CPP Property Services Training Package

Release: 7.1

Contents

CPP Property Services Training Package	19

CPP20116 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services	20

CPP20617 Certificate II in Cleaning	23

CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations	26

CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management	29

CPP30216 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services	32

CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations	35

CPP30416 Certificate III in Strata Community Management	38

CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations	40

CPP31418 Certificate III in Close Protection Operations	44

CPP31218 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	47

CPP40115 Certificate IV in Building Design Drafting	50

CPP40216 Certificate IV in Surveying	53

CPP40316 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services	56

CPP40416 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management	59

CPP40516 Certificate IV in Strata Community Management	61

CPP50116 Diploma of Surveying	65

CPP50216 Diploma of Spatial Information Services	68

CPP50316 Diploma of Strata Community Management	71

CPP60116 Advanced Diploma of Surveying	74

CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team	77

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team	80

AHCLPW404 Produce maps for land management purposes	83

Assessment Requirements for AHCLPW404 Produce maps for land management purposes	86

BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources	88

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources	91

BSBADM502 Manage meetings	93

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM502 Manage meetings	97

BSBCMM401 Make a presentation	99

Assessment Requirements for BSBCMM401 Make a presentation	102

BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	104

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	107

BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity	109

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity	113

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	115

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	118

BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	120

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	124

BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness	126

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness	129

BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	131

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	135

BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	137

Assessment Requirements for BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	140

BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence	142

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence	146

BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals	148

Assessment Requirements for BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals	152

BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	154

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	158

BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	160

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	164

BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	166

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	170

BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation	172

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation	176

BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans	178

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans	182

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	184

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	188

BSBREL401 Establish networks	190

Assessment Requirements for BSBREL401 Establish networks	193

BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	195

Assessment Requirements for BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	198

BSBRSK501 Manage risk	200

Assessment Requirements for BSBRSK501 Manage risk	204

BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances	206

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances	209

BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning	211

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning	215

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	217

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	222

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	224

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	227

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	229

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	233

BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	235

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	238

BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	240

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	243

BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	245

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	249

CHCCCS020 Respond effectively to behaviours of concern	251

Assessment Requirements for CHCCCS020 Respond effectively to behaviours of concern	254

CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights	256

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	264

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	268

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	272

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	275

CPCSUS5002A Develop action plans to retrofit existing buildings for energy efficiency	277

CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects	285

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects	291

CPPBDN4002 Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation	294

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4002 Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation	298

CPPBDN4003 Collect, apply and store building design project information	301

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4003 Collect, apply and store building design project information	305

CPPBDN4004 Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects	307

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4004 Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects	311

CPPBDN4005 Review and report structural integrity of building designs	313

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4005 Review and report structural integrity of building designs	318

CPPBDN4006 Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings	320

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4006 Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings	325

CPPBDN4007 Store and retrieve building design documentation	328

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4007 Store and retrieve building design documentation	332

CPPBDN4008 Produce digital building design concept drawings	334

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4008 Produce digital building design concept drawings	339

CPPBDN4009 Analyse building design drawings and review findings	342

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4009 Analyse building design drawings and review findings	347

CPPBDN4010 Prepare documentation for planning approval	350

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4010 Prepare documentation for planning approval	354

CPPBDN4011 Prepare documentation for building approval	357

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4011 Prepare documentation for building approval	361

CPPBDN4012 Provide support to project building designers	364

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4012 Provide support to project building designers	368

CPPBDN4013 Produce construction detail drawings	370

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4013 Produce construction detail drawings	375

CPPBDN5007A Inspect and analyse sites and produce measured drawings for small-scale building design projects	378

CPPBDN5017A Produce 2-D drawings for building design projects using CAD software	385

CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors	393

Assessment Requirements for CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors	396

CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets	399

Assessment Requirements for CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets	403

CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces	406

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces	410

CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces	413

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces	417

CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings	419

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings	423

CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings	426

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings	430

CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces	433

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces	437

CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material	440

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material	444

CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities	446

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities	449

CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment	451

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment	455

CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces	457

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces	461

CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment	464

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment	468

CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents	470

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents	474

CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces	477

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces	483

CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces	487

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces	493

CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices	497

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices	502

CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors	505

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors	510

CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work	513

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work	517

CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets	519

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets	525

CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains	529

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains	535

CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage	539

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage	544

CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces	547

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces	552

CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets	555

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets	561

CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices	564

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices	567

CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets	569

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets	575

CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings	580

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings	586

CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments	590

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments	596

CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains	599

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains	605

CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets	609

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets	614

CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas	618

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas	625

CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings	628

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings	635

CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials	640

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials	646

CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces	649

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces	654

CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery	657

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery	663

CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery	666

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery	672

CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning	677

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning	681

CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets	683

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets	689

CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas	692

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas	698

CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights	701

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights	706

CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces	709

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces	715

CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas	718

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas	724

CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings	727

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings	732

CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques	735

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques	740

CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents	742

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents	747

CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces	750

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces	755

CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff	757

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff	762

CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques	764

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques	768

CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply	771

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply	775

CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks	777

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks	782

CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site	785

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site	790

CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services	793

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services	797

CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements	800

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements	803

CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services	805

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services	808

CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints	810

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints	816

CPPCMN3005 Complete client documentation	819

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3005 Complete client documentation	822

CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service	824

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service	828

CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace	831

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace	835

CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability	837

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability	841

CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	843

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	848

CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams	850

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams	854

CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations	856

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations	861

CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements	863

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements	870

CPPCMN4008 Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings	874

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4008 Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings	879

CPPCMN4009 Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability	881

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4009 Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability	886

CPPCMN4012A Contribute to sustainable solutions throughout a building's life cycle	888

CPPCMN4013B Operate a sustainable business	895

CPPCMN5001A Plan for a sustainable business	902

CPPDSM3007 Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry	910

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3007 Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry	914

CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry	916

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry	920

CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry	922

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry	926

CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities	928

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities	932

CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry	934

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry	940

CPPDSM3017 Work in the strata community management sector	943

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3017 Work in the strata community management sector	949

CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry	952

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry	956

CPPDSM3020 Source and extract information from strata plans	959

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3020 Source and extract information from strata plans	963

CPPDSM3021 Collect and process information relevant to strata communities	966

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3021 Collect and process information relevant to strata communities	970

CPPDSM4009 Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry	973

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4009 Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry	979

CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals	981

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals	986

CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information	988

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information	992

CPPDSM4027 Analyse resource use in building operations	994

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4027 Analyse resource use in building operations	998

CPPDSM4028 Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry	1000

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4028 Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry	1004

CPPDSM4031 Arrange lease of space	1006

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4031 Arrange lease of space	1010

CPPDSM4034 Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement	1013

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4034 Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement	1018

CPPDSM4040 Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy	1021

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4040 Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy	1025

CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract	1028

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract	1032

CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities	1035

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities	1039

CPPDSM4045 Facilitate meetings in the property industry	1042

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4045 Facilitate meetings in the property industry	1046

CPPDSM4047 Implement and monitor procurement process	1049

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4047 Implement and monitor procurement process	1052

CPPDSM4048 Implement customer service strategies in the property industry	1055

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4048 Implement customer service strategies in the property industry	1059

CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties	1061

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties	1067

CPPDSM4055 Maintain asset management system	1070

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4055 Maintain asset management system	1074

CPPDSM4056 Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry	1076

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4056 Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry	1080

CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry	1083

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry	1088

CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts	1090

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts	1094

CPPDSM4066 Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection	1096

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4066 Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection	1100

CPPDSM4071 Promote process improvement in the property industry	1103

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4071 Promote process improvement in the property industry	1107

CPPDSM4072 Provide leadership in the property industry	1110

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4072 Provide leadership in the property industry	1115

CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry	1118

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry	1122

CPPDSM4082 Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities	1124

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4082 Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities	1128

CPPDSM4083 Terminate strata community	1130

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4083 Terminate strata community	1134

CPPDSM4084 Administer insurance for strata communities	1136

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4084 Administer insurance for strata communities	1141

CPPDSM4085 Handle strata community funds held on trust	1143

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4085 Handle strata community funds held on trust	1146

CPPDSM4086 Oversee preparation of strata community budgets	1148

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4086 Oversee preparation of strata community budgets	1152

CPPDSM4087 Facilitate operation of owners committee	1154

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4087 Facilitate operation of owners committee	1158

CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry	1160

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry	1164

CPPDSM5007 Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities	1167

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5007 Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities	1171

CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry	1174

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry	1178

CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry	1181

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry	1187

CPPDSM5025 Maintain public relations in the property industry	1190

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5025 Maintain public relations in the property industry	1194

CPPDSM5026 Manage a consultant property project team	1196

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5026 Manage a consultant property project team	1200

CPPDSM5027 Provide facilities and amenities for property users	1202

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5027 Provide facilities and amenities for property users	1207

CPPDSM5029 Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry	1210

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5029 Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry	1214

CPPDSM5030 Manage projects in the property industry	1216

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5030 Manage projects in the property industry	1221

CPPDSM5039 Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities	1223

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5039 Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities	1227

CPPDSM5040 Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities	1229

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5040 Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities	1233

CPPDSM6007 Develop life cycle asset management plans	1235

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM6007 Develop life cycle asset management plans	1239

CPPPMT3002 Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations	1241

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3002 Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations	1250

CPPPMT3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides	1253

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides	1261

CPPPMT3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides	1264

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides	1274

CPPPMT3007 Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations	1277

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3007 Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations	1284

CPPPMT3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests	1287

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests	1295

CPPPMT3010 Control timber pests	1298

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3010 Control timber pests	1308

CPPPMT3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments	1311

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments	1321

CPPPMT3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment	1324

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment	1329

CPPPMT3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles	1332

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles	1340

CPPPMT3019 Organise and monitor pest management operations	1343

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3019 Organise and monitor pest management operations	1349

CPPPMT3026 Select pest management vehicle and equipment	1352

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3026 Select pest management vehicle and equipment	1358

CPPPMT3029 Plan and schedule pest management operations	1361

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3029 Plan and schedule pest management operations	1366

CPPPMT3042 Install physical termite management systems	1368

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3042 Install physical termite management systems	1375

CPPPMT3043 Prepare and present pest management proposals for complex or high risk operations	1378

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3043 Prepare and present pest management proposals for complex or high risk operations	1385

CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security	1388

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security	1391

CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security	1393

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security	1397

CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations	1400

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations	1403

CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients	1406

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients	1410

CPPSEC2106 Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques	1412

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2106 Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques	1415

CPPSEC2107 Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security	1418

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2107 Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security	1421

CPPSEC2108 Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security	1424

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2108 Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security	1427

CPPSEC2109 Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises	1430

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2109 Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises	1433

CPPSEC2110 Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security	1436

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2110 Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security	1439

CPPSEC2111 Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons	1442

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2111 Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons	1445

CPPSEC2112 Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises	1448

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2112 Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises	1451

CPPSEC2113 Escort and protect persons and valuables	1454

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2113 Escort and protect persons and valuables	1457

CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events	1459

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events	1462

CPPSEC3101 Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation	1464

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3101 Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation	1467

CPPSEC3102 Maintain operational safety and security of work environment	1469

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3102 Maintain operational safety and security of work environment	1472

CPPSEC3103 Determine and implement response to security risk situation	1475

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3103 Determine and implement response to security risk situation	1478

CPPSEC3104 Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour	1481

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3104 Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour	1484

CPPSEC3105 Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients	1487

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3105 Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients	1490

CPPSEC3106 Gather, organise and present security information and documentation	1492

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3106 Gather, organise and present security information and documentation	1495

CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms	1497

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms	1500

CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information	1503

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information	1506

CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports	1509

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports	1512

CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons	1514

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons	1517

CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs	1520

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs	1523

CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions	1525

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions	1528

CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols	1530

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols	1533

CPPSEC3114 Control security risk situations using firearms	1536

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3114 Control security risk situations using firearms	1540

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes	1543

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes	1547

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes	1550

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes	1554

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes	1557

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes	1561

CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults	1564

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults	1567

CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures	1570

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures	1573

CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments	1575

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments	1578

CPPSEC3121 Control persons using empty hand techniques	1580

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3121 Control persons using empty hand techniques	1583

CPPSEC3122 Plan provision of close protection services	1586

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3122 Plan provision of close protection services	1590

CPPSEC3123 Implement close protection services	1593

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3123 Implement close protection services	1597

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court	1600

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court	1603

CPPSEC3125 Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets	1606

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3125 Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets	1609

CPPSEC3126 Defend persons using spray	1612

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3126 Defend persons using spray	1615

CPPSEC3127 Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment	1617

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3127 Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment	1620

CPPSEC3128 Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment	1623

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3128 Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment	1626

CPPSEC3129 Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment	1629

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3129 Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment	1632

CPPSEC3130 Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors	1635

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3130 Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors	1638

CPPSEC3131 Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes	1641

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3131 Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes	1644

CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data	1647

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data	1650

CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data	1652

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data	1655

CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities	1657

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities	1660

CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers	1662

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers	1666

CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps	1668

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps	1671

CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data	1673

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data	1676

CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects	1679

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects	1683

CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads	1685

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads	1689

CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys	1692

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys	1695

CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations	1697

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations	1700

CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data	1702

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data	1705

CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data	1708

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data	1711

CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data	1713

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data	1717

CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS	1719

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS	1723

CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data	1725

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data	1728

CPPSIS4027 Organise surveying field services	1731

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4027 Organise surveying field services	1735

CPPSIS4030 Operate surveying equipment	1737

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4030 Operate surveying equipment	1741

CPPSIS4031 Perform surveying computations	1744

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4031 Perform surveying computations	1747

CPPSIS4032 Conduct field surveying operations	1749

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4032 Conduct field surveying operations	1753

CPPSIS4034 Maintain spatial data	1755

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4034 Maintain spatial data	1759

CPPSIS4035 Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems	1761

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4035 Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems	1766

CPPSIS4036 Operate spatial software applications	1769

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4036 Operate spatial software applications	1773

CPPSIS4037 Produce computer-aided drawings	1776

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4037 Produce computer-aided drawings	1780

CPPSIS4038 Prepare and present GIS data	1783

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4038 Prepare and present GIS data	1787

CPPSIS4039 Design and produce maps	1790

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4039 Design and produce maps	1794

CPPSIS4040 Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies	1796

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4040 Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies	1799

CPPSIS4041 Set out site and building works	1801

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4041 Set out site and building works	1805

CPPSIS5031 Plan spatial data collection	1807

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5031 Plan spatial data collection	1811

CPPSIS5032 Capture new spatial data	1814

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5032 Capture new spatial data	1819

CPPSIS5035 Obtain and validate spatial data	1822

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5035 Obtain and validate spatial data	1826

CPPSIS5036 Integrate spatial datasets	1828

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5036 Integrate spatial datasets	1833

CPPSIS5037 Maintain spatial data systems	1836

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5037 Maintain spatial data systems	1841

CPPSIS5038 Develop spatial databases	1844

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5038 Develop spatial databases	1849

CPPSIS5039 Plan and implement spatial projects	1852

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5039 Plan and implement spatial projects	1856

CPPSIS5040 Interpret and collate spatial data	1859

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5040 Interpret and collate spatial data	1863

CPPSIS5043 Design spatial data storage systems	1866

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5043 Design spatial data storage systems	1870

CPPSIS5044 Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval	1872

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5044 Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval	1877

CPPSIS5046 Set out stormwater systems	1881

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5046 Set out stormwater systems	1885

CPPSIS5047 Conduct GNSS surveys	1888

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5047 Conduct GNSS surveys	1892

CPPSIS5048 Conduct engineering surveys	1895

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5048 Conduct engineering surveys	1899

CPPSIS5049 Plan and implement surveying projects	1901

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5049 Plan and implement surveying projects	1905

CPPSIS5051 Apply land and planning law to surveying	1907

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5051 Apply land and planning law to surveying	1912

CPPSIS5052 Integrate surveying datasets	1915

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5052 Integrate surveying datasets	1919

CPPSIS5053 Perform advanced surveying computations	1921

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5053 Perform advanced surveying computations	1925

CPPSIS5054 Perform geodetic surveying computations	1927

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5054 Perform geodetic surveying computations	1931

CPPSIS5057 Conduct precision surveys	1934

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5057 Conduct precision surveys	1938

CPPSIS5058 Conduct geodetic surveys	1941

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5058 Conduct geodetic surveys	1945

CPPSIS5060 Develop spreadsheets for spatial data	1948

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5060 Develop spreadsheets for spatial data	1952

CPPSIS5061 Locate underground services in surveying practice	1955

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5061 Locate underground services in surveying practice	1959

CPPSIS5062 Conduct photogrammetric mapping	1962

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5062 Conduct photogrammetric mapping	1966

CPPSIS5064 Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis	1969

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5064 Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis	1973

CPPSIS5065 Design basic engineering structures	1976

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5065 Design basic engineering structures	1982

CPPSIS6021 Conduct open pit mine surveys	1986

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6021 Conduct open pit mine surveys	1991

CPPSIS6022 Produce mine drawings	1994

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6022 Produce mine drawings	1998

CPPSIS6025 Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services	2001

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6025 Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services	2005

CPPSIS6031 Design basic mines	2008

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6031 Design basic mines	2012

CPPSIS6032 Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys	2015

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6032 Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys	2019

CPPSIS6033 Conduct underground mine surveys	2022

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6033 Conduct underground mine surveys	2027

CPPSIS6034 Conduct mining geology operations	2031

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6034 Conduct mining geology operations	2036

CPPSIS6035 Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys	2039

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6035 Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys	2043

CPPSIS6036 Monitor engineering structures	2046

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6036 Monitor engineering structures	2051

CPPSIS6037 Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis	2054

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6037 Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis	2059

CPPSIS6040 Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations	2062

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6040 Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations	2066

CPPSIS6041 Compile mine survey plans	2069

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6041 Compile mine survey plans	2074

CPPSPS3001 Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely	2077

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3001 Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely	2080

CPPSPS3002 Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations	2083

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3002 Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations	2086

CPPSPS3003 Maintain swimming pools and spas	2089

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3003 Maintain swimming pools and spas	2092

CPPSPS3004 Maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems	2095

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3004 Maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems	2098

CPPSPS3005 Maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems	2101

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3005 Maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems	2104

CPPSPS3006 Maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems	2107

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3006 Maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems	2110

CPPSPS3007 Maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems	2113

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3007 Maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems	2116

CPPSPS3008 Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry	2119

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3008 Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry	2123

CPPSPS3009 Maintain swimming pool and spa stock	2125

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3009 Maintain swimming pool and spa stock	2128

CPPSPS3010 Sell swimming pool and spa products and services	2131

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3010 Sell swimming pool and spa products and services	2134

CPPSPS3011 Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing	2138

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3011 Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing	2141

CPPSPS3012 Access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals	2144

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3012 Access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals	2146

CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	2148

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	2151

FNSORG501 Develop and manage a budget	2153

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG501 Develop and manage a budget	2157

FNSORG508 Analyse and comment on management reports	2159

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG508 Analyse and comment on management reports	2162

FNSORG601 Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes	2164

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG601 Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes	2168

HLTAID003 Provide first aid	2170

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID003 Provide first aid	2173

HLTAID006 Provide advanced first aid	2177

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID006 Provide advanced first aid	2181

HLTAID007 Provide advanced resuscitation	2186

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID007 Provide advanced resuscitation	2189

HLTINF001 Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures	2194

Assessment Requirements for HLTINF001 Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures	2197

HLTINF003 Implement and monitor infection prevention and control policies and procedures	2200

Assessment Requirements for HLTINF003 Implement and monitor infection prevention and control policies and procedures	2203

HLTWHS003 Maintain work health and safety	2206

Assessment Requirements for HLTWHS003 Maintain work health and safety	2209

ICPKNW322 Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry	2212

Assessment Requirements for ICPKNW322 Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry	2219

ICTDBS502 Design a database	2221

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS502 Design a database	2225

ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer	2227

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer	2230

ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications	2232

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications	2235

ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications	2237

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications	2241

ICTICT203 Operate application software packages	2243

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT203 Operate application software packages	2247

ICTICT210 Operate database applications	2249

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT210 Operate database applications	2252

ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	2254

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	2257

ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	2259

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	2262

ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients	2264

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients	2267

ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications	2269

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications	2272

ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	2274

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	2277

ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements	2279

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements	2282

ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages	2284

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages	2287

ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification	2289

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification	2292

LGACOMP008A Apply conflict resolution strategies	2294

MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects	2299

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects	2305

PMAOMIR210 Control evacuation to muster point	2307

Assessment Requirements for PMAOMIR210 Control evacuation to muster point	2312

PSPLND001 Investigate tenure and land use history	2315

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND001 Investigate tenure and land use history	2318

PSPLND002 Compile and check survey plans	2320

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND002 Compile and check survey plans	2322

PSPLND012 Review planning documents and environmental assessments	2324

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND012 Review planning documents and environmental assessments	2327

RIISTD201D Read and interpret maps	2329

Assessment Requirements for RIISTD201D Read and interpret maps	2331

SISCAQU001 Test pool water quality	2334

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU001 Test pool water quality	2336

SISCAQU004 Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures	2338

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU004 Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures	2341

TLIB2004 Carry out vehicle inspection	2344

Assessment Requirements for TLIB2004 Carry out vehicle inspection	2347

TLIC1051 Operate commercial vehicle	2349

Assessment Requirements for TLIC1051 Operate commercial vehicle	2352

TLIC2025 Operate four wheel drive vehicle	2355

Assessment Requirements for TLIC2025 Operate four wheel drive vehicle	2360

TLIC3036 Apply safe car driving behaviours	2363

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3036 Apply safe car driving behaviours	2366

CPP Property Services Training Package	2369

CPPSS00045 Manage complex fumigation operations	2379

CPPSS00046 Manage non-timber pests	2381

CPPSS00047 Manage timber pests	2383

CPPSS00048 Clean and restore hard floors	2385

CPPSS00049 Clean carpets	2387

CPPSS00050 Clean hospitals and aged care facilities	2389

CPPSS00051 Clean residential work sites	2391

CPPSS00052 Develop and implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs	2393

CPPSS00053 Implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs	2395

CPPSS00054 Induct cleaning staff	2397

CPPSS00055 Perform environmentally sustainable cleaning operations	2399

CPPSS00059 Batons and handcuffs	2401

CPPSS00060 Canine	2402

CPPSS00061 Cash-in-transit	2403

CPPSS00062 Control room operations	2404

CPPSS00063 Firearms	2406

CPPSS00064 Monitoring centre operations	2408

CPP Property Services Training Package

Copyright Statement
© <2019> Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Education and Training or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education and Training, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	Artibus Innovation

Release Date:	<8 February, 2019>

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP20116 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP20112 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Release 2.

Replace superseded core unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry with core unit CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. This Version release with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.1

Qualification Description

This qualification applies to those undertaking pre-vocational programs, or entering the workforce and working under close supervision and possibly assisting in simple surveying or spatial information services activities. They can operate in the field and may use a computer to assist in collecting, storing and retrieving basic spatial data.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 8 units of competency: 4 core units 4 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 4 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate II or III qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPSIS2012	Assist in collecting basic spatial data
CPPSIS2013	Store and retrieve basic spatial data
CPPSIS3011	Produce basic maps
Elective units
BSBSUS201	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCMN3006	Provide effective client service
CPPSIS2015	Assist with surveying and spatial field activities
CPPSIS2016	Assist with load transfers
ICTICT101	Operate a personal computer
ICTICT102	Operate word-processing applications
ICTICT105	Operate spreadsheet applications
ICTICT203	Operate application software packages
ICTICT210	Operate database applications
ICTICT211	Identify and use basic current industry-specific technologies
RIISTD201D	Read and interpret maps

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP20112 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP20617 Certificate II in Cleaning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who have a defined and limited range of cleaning operational skills and basic industry knowledge. They are mainly involved in routine and repetitive tasks and work under supervision.

This qualification provides a pathway to further learning and work in various cleaning roles and settings including but not limited to:

administration, support and correctional services;

health care and social assistance;

accommodation and food services, and

education and training.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: • 11 units of competency: • 3 core units • 8 elective units. The elective units are to be chosen as follows: • a minimum of 6 units from the elective units listed below • up to 2 units in CPP or another Training Package or accredited course, provided the integrity of the AQF alignment is ensured, and they contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.
Core Units
CPPCLO2032	Plan basic cleaning activities
CPPCLO2034	Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment
CPPCMN2002	Participate in workplace safety arrangements
Electives Units
CPPCCL2008	Clean carpeted floors
CPPCCL2009	Perform basic stain removal from carpets
CPPCLO2002	Clean hard floor surfaces
CPPCLO2005	Maintain glass surfaces
CPPCLO2011	Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings
CPPCLO2014	Clean and arrange furniture and fittings
CPPCLO2016	Clean wet surfaces
CPPCLO2018	Sort, remove and recycle waste material
CPPCLO2036	Maintain external surfaces
CPPCLO2042	Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment
CPPCLO2045	Clean rooms for guests and residents
CPPCMN2004	Provide basic client services
HLTAID003	Provide first aid

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence Status
CPP20617 Certificate II in Cleaning	CPP20611 Certificate II in Cleaning Operations	New qualification. Replaces superseded but not equivalent CPP20611 Certificate II in Cleaning Operations.	Not Equivalent

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP20212 Certificate II in Security Operations.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1 Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP10107 Certificate I in Security Operations

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a security officer, responsible for maintaining safety and security by patrolling, protecting or guarding property while unarmed, and screening entry, monitoring behaviour and removing persons from premises.

This qualification is intended to align with the following occupational licencing outcomes:

security officer – unarmed guard

security officer – crowd controller.

Occupational titles could include:

security officer

unarmed guard

crowd controller

It provides a pathway to further learning and work in various security roles and settings including, but not limited to:

armed guarding

cash-in-transit

close protection

control room operations

guard dog handling.

Security officers may work alone or work in a team environment under general supervision, operating with limited autonomy and judgement to complete routine but variable tasks, with some accountability and responsibility for their own outputs, work and learning.

Occupational licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply at the time of publication. Please refer to the CPP Companion Volume Implementation Guide for information.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

14 units of competency:

14 core units of competency.

Core units
CPPSEC2101	Apply effective communication skills to maintain security
CPPSEC2102	Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team
CPPSEC2103	Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security
CPPSEC2104	Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations
CPPSEC2105	Provide quality services to a range of security clients
CPPSEC2106	Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques
CPPSEC2107	Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security
CPPSEC2108	Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security
CPPSEC2109	Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises
CPPSEC2110	Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security
CPPSEC2111	Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons
CPPSEC2112	Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises
CPPSEC2113	Escort and protect persons and valuables
HLTAID003	Provide first aid

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Service Training Package	CPP07 Property Service Training Package	Comment	Equivalency Statement
CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations	CPP20212 Certificate II in Security Operations	Supersedes and replaces CPP20212 Certificate II in Security Operations	N
CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations	CPP10107 Certificate I in Security Operations	Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP10107 Certificate I in Security Operations	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management

Modification History

Release 1.

This qualification replaces superseded equivalent CPP30911 Certificate III in Pest Management.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the roles of pest management technicians who are required to identify common urban pests, assess pest problems, consider pest management options, develop pest management plans, liaise with customers and implement pest management strategies.

In most cases, the technician will work alone and have responsibility for managing chemicals and equipment used in pest management as well as for a pest management vehicle, including the vehicle storage area.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 13 units of competency: 9 core units 4 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: up to 4 units and no less than 2 units from the elective units listed below up to 2 units from other Certificate III or Certificate IV qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPCMN3004	Respond to enquiries and complaints
CPPPMT3002	Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations
CPPPMT3005	Manage pests without applying pesticides
CPPPMT3006	Manage pests by applying pesticides
CPPPMT3007	Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations
CPPPMT3017	Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment
CPPPMT3018	Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles
CPPPMT3026	Select pest management vehicle and equipment
CPPPMT3043	Prepare and present pest management proposals for complex or high risk operations
Elective units
BSBSMB407	Manage a small team
CPPPMT3008	Inspect for and report on timber pests
CPPPMT3010	Control timber pests
CPPPMT3011	Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments
CPPPMT3019	Organise and monitor pest management operations
CPPPMT3029	Plan and schedule pest management operations
CPPPMT3042	Install physical termite management systems
HLTAID003	Provide first aid

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP30911 Certificate III in Pest Management

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30216 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPP30112 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.
2	Replaces superseded core unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry with core unit CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.1.
3	Update to superseded imported elective unit TLIC2025A to equivalent unit TLIC2025. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of surveying or spatial information services assistants. These people provide support under supervision to a surveying or spatial information services team. They perform a range of duties, from collecting basic spatial data and providing field support services, to simple drafting and map production.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some States where cadastral and mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 11 units of competency: 5 core units 6 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 6 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate II, III or IV qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPSIS3011	Produce basic maps
CPPSIS3015	Collect basic surveying data
CPPSIS3019	Produce basic plans of surveys
CPPSIS3020	Perform basic surveying computations
Elective units
CPPSIS3016	Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects
CPPSIS3018	Transfer loads
CPPSIS3021	Visually interpret image data
CPPSIS4022	Store and retrieve spatial data
CPPSIS4030	Operate surveying equipment
CPPSIS4039	Design and produce maps
HLTAID003	Provide first aid
ICTICT203	Operate application software packages
RIISTD201D	Read and interpret maps
TLIC2025	Operate four wheel drive vehicle

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP30112 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP31011 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of cleaners responsible for undertaking a range of routine and non-routine tasks according to work schedules, liaising with clients and in some cases members of the public, and operating in a range of general residential and commercial settings as well as specialist cleaning environments. The cleaner may work alone, with or without supervision, and has responsibility for selecting, preparing and using appropriate cleaning methods for a range of cleaning situations while ensuring safe work practices.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 14 units of competency: 5 core units 9 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 9 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 3 units may be chosen from other Certificate III or Certificate IV qualifications in CPP or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPCLO3003	Clean using safe work practices
CPPCLO3005	Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work
CPPCLO3019	Remove waste and recyclable materials
CPPCLO3035	Maintain cleaning storage areas
CPPCMN3006	Provide effective client service
Elective units
CPPCLO3001	Maintain hard floor surfaces
CPPCLO3002	Restore hard floor surfaces
CPPCLO3004	Maintain carpeted floors
CPPCLO3006	Clean carpets
CPPCLO3007	Remove carpet stains
CPPCLO3008	Mitigate carpet water damage
CPPCLO3009	Clean glass surfaces
CPPCLO3010	Apply odour control to carpets
CPPCLO3011	Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCLO3012	Repair and reinstall carpets
CPPCLO3013	Clean window coverings
CPPCLO3014	Maintain clean-room environments
CPPCLO3015	Treat complex carpet stains
CPPCLO3016	Apply topical treatments to carpets
CPPCLO3017	Clean wet areas
CPPCLO3018	Clean and maintain furniture and fittings
CPPCLO3020	Pressure wash and clean surfaces
CPPCLO3021	Clean industrial machinery
CPPCLO3024	Clean fabric upholstery
CPPCLO3029	Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning
CPPCLO3030	Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets
CPPCLO3036	Clean at heights
CPPCLO3037	Clean external surfaces
CPPCLO3038	Clean food-handling areas
CPPCLO3040	Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings
CPPCLO3043	Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques
CPPCLO3044	Prepare rooms for guests and residents
CPPCLO3045	Clean high-touch surfaces
CPPCMN3004	Respond to enquiries and complaints
CPPCMN3007	Support leadership in the workplace
HLTINF001	Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP31011 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP30416 Certificate III in Strata Community Management

Modification History

Release 1.

New qualification.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of those involved in working in administrative and support roles in the strata community management sector.

In most situations, the individual will work as part of a strata community management team and will assist with the administration of strata communities by facilitating meetings of strata community members, monitoring the condition of building facilities and maintaining financial records associated with the management of strata communities.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to strata community management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 11 units of competency: 8 core units 3 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 3 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 1 of the units may be chosen from the Certificate IV in Strata Community Management or other Certificate III or Certificate IV qualifications in CPP or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
BSBFIA301	Maintain financial records
CPPDSM3009	Maintain workplace safety in the property industry
CPPDSM3011	Monitor building facilities
CPPDSM3016	Work in the property industry
CPPDSM3017	Work in the strata community management sector
CPPDSM3019	Communicate with clients in the property industry
CPPDSM3020	Source and extract information from strata plans
CPPDSM4045	Facilitate meetings in the property industry
Elective units
BSBFLM303	Contribute to effective workplace relationships
BSBSUS201	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPDSM3007	Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry
CPPDSM3010	Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry
CPPDSM3021	Collect and process information relevant to strata communities

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations

Modification History

Release 1

Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPP30411 Certificate III in Security Operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a security officer, responsible for maintaining safety and security by patrolling, protecting and guarding property, and screening entry, monitoring behaviour and removing persons from premises.

Occupational titles could include:

security officer

unarmed guard

crowd controller.

This qualification is suitable for individuals who wish to deepen and broaden their skills and knowledge in security operations and lead security teams in the field. It provides a pathway to further learning and work in various security roles and settings, including security risk management.

Security officers at this level provide leadership in a team environment, operate under limited supervision, and use discretion and judgement in known and unpredictable work contexts. They take responsibility for their own outputs in work and learning, and limited responsibility for the output of others in the work team.

Occupational licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply at the time of publication. This qualification does not provide the required competencies for a security officer license. Learners who hold a security license may select units as part of this qualification required for additional license endorsements in;

Batons and handcuffs

Canine

Cash-in-transit

Control room operations

Firearms.

Please refer to the CPP Companion Volume Implementation Guide for information.

Entry Requirements

Must hold a current Security Officers licensing in the relevant jurisdiction.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

14 units of competency:

8 core units

6 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

a minimum of 4 elective units must be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below, or elsewhere from the CPP Property Services Training Package or other current Training Packages.

Electives selected from outside this qualification must be relevant to the occupational outcome.

An asterisk against a unit code listed below indicates that there is a prerequisite.

Core units
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
CPPSEC3101	Manage conflict and security risks through negotiation
CPPSEC3102	Maintain operational safety and security of work environment
CPPSEC3103	Determine and implement response to security risk situation
CPPSEC3104	Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour
CPPSEC3105	Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients
CPPSEC3106	Gather, organise and present security information and documentation
HLTWHS003	Maintain work health and safety
Elective units
CHCCCS020	Respond effectively to behaviours of concern
CPPSEC2114	Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events
CPPSEC3107	Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms
CPPSEC3108	Store, protect and dispose of security information
CPPSEC3109	Use and maintain security databases and compile reports
CPPSEC3110	Control persons using batons
CPPSEC3111	Restrain persons using handcuffs
CPPSEC3112	Manage training and wellbeing of dogs for security functions
CPPSEC3113	Handle dogs for security patrols
CPPSEC3114 *	Control security risk situations using firearms
CPPSEC3115	Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes
CPPSEC3116	Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes
CPPSEC3117	Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes
CPPSEC3118	Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment
CPPSEC3119	Implement cash-in-transit security procedures
CPPSEC3120	Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments
CPPSEC3121	Control persons using empty hand techniques
CPPSEC3122	Plan provision of close protection services
CPPSEC3123	Implement close protection services
CPPSEC3124	Prepare and present evidence in court
CPPSEC3125	Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets
CPPSEC3126	Defend persons using spray
CPPSEC3127	Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment
CPPSEC3128	Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment
CPPSEC3129	Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment
CPPSEC3130	Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors
CPPSEC3131	Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes
HLTAID006	Provide advanced first aid
HLTAID007	Provide advanced resuscitation
PMAOMIR210	Control evacuation to muster point
TLIB2004	Carry out vehicle inspection
TLIC1051	Operate commercial vehicle

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency Statement
CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations	CPP30411 Certificate III in Security Operations	Supersedes and replaces CPP30411 Certificate III in Security Operations	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP31418 Certificate III in Close Protection Operations

Modification History

Release 1

New qualification

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a close protection operative who is responsible for providing security services to protect the safety and security of principals who may be celebrities, political figures, very important persons (VIPs) or other persons requiring close protection services.

This qualification provides an occupational licence outcome of a close protection operative.

Occupational titles could include:

close protection operative.

This qualification is suitable for people within or entering the security industry who wish to specialise in the provision of close protection services. It provides a pathway to further learning and work in various security roles and settings, including security risk management.

Close protection operatives work in a team environment under limited supervision and use discretion and judgement in known and unpredictable work contexts. They take responsibility for their own outputs in work and learning, and limited responsibility for the output of others in the work team.

Occupational licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply at the time of publication.

Please refer to the CPP Companion Volume Implementation Guide for information.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

14 units of competency:

8 core units

6 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

a minimum of 4 elective units must be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below, or elsewhere from the CPP Property Services Training Package or other current Training Packages.

Electives selected from outside this qualification must be relevant to the occupational outcome.

Core units
CPPSEC3101	Manage conflict and security risks through negotiation
CPPSEC3103	Determine and implement response to security risk situation
CPPSEC3105	Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients
CPPSEC3121	Control persons using empty hand techniques
CPPSEC3122	Plan provision of close protection services
CPPSEC3123	Implement close protection services
HLTAID006	Provide advanced first aid
HLTWHS003	Maintain work health and safety
Elective units
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
CHCCCS020	Respond effectively to behaviours of concern
CPPSEC3102	Maintain operational safety and security of work environment
CPPSEC3104	Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour
CPPSEC3106	Gather, organise and present security information and documentation
CPPSEC3108	Store, protect and dispose of security information
CPPSEC3109	Use and maintain security databases and compile reports
CPPSEC3110	Control persons using batons
CPPSEC3111	Restrain persons using handcuffs
CPPSEC3124	Prepare and present evidence in court
CPPSEC3125	Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets
CPPSEC3126	Defend persons using spray
CPPSEC3131	Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes
HLTAID007	Provide advanced resuscitation
PMAOMIR210	Control evacuation to muster point
TLIB2004	Carry out vehicle inspection
TLIC1051	Operate commercial vehicle
TLIC3036	Apply safe car driving behaviours

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency Statement
CPP31418 Certificate III in Close Protection Operations	New qualification	N

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP31218 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 6.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPP31212
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Imported unit CPCCWHS2001 - Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Qualification Description

This is an entry level qualification that provides the competencies required by swimming pool and spa technicians to routinely maintain swimming pools and spas in domestic, commercial and public settings.

The qualification is suitable for an Australian Apprenticeship pathway.

Occupational titles include:

Swimming pool and spa maintenance technician.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in:

18 units of competency:

12 core units

6 elective units.

The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF qualification level and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows:

all six elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to three elective units may be chosen from other Certificate II or Certificate IV qualifications in the CPP Property Services Training Package, or another current Training Package or accredited course provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit already chosen for the qualification.

Core units
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
CPPCMN3005	Complete client documentation
CPPDSM3009	Maintain workplace safety in the property industry
CPPSPS3001	Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely
CPPSPS3002	Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations
CPPSPS3003	Maintain swimming pools and spas
CPPSPS3004	Maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems
CPPSPS3005	Maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems
CPPSPS3006	Maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems
CPPSPS3008	Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry
SISCAQU001	Test pool water quality
SISCAQU004	Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures
Elective Units
CPCCCM2010B	Work safely at heights
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPPDSM3010	Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry
CPPSPS3007	Maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems
CPPSPS3009	Maintain swimming pool and spa stock
CPPSPS3010	Sell swimming pool and spa products and services
CPPSPS3011	Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing
CPPSPS3012	Access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals
HLTAID003	Provide first aid

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP Property Services Training Package	CPP07 Property Services Training Package	Comments	Equivalency Statement
CPP31218 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	CPP31212 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service	Qualification supersedes and is equivalent to CPP31212.	E

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40115 Certificate IV in Building Design Drafting

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 1.0. New qualification.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 4.1. Imported unit CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.
Release 3	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Imported unit CPCCWHS2001 - Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Qualification Description

This qualification provides building design drafters with the competencies required to support building designers and architects. The building design drafter may work on a wide range of building design projects, including high rise commercial projects, but always under the supervision and instruction of an appropriately licensed or accredited architect or building designer.

The role of the drafter includes using building information modelling (BIM)-capable current industry standard building design software to produce drawings and documentation required by clients and stakeholders, and for the planning and building authorisation processes. It also involves researching and applying relevant information, including drawings and reports from other construction professionals and compliance requirements relevant to specific projects. The drafter also provides administrative support to the design team, including data collection and storage, and file management.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 15 units of competency: 9 core units 6 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 6 may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate IV or Diploma qualifications in CPP07, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPBDN4001	Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects
CPPBDN4002	Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation
CPPBDN4003	Collect, apply and store building design project information
CPPBDN4004	Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects
CPPBDN4005	Review and report structural integrity of building designs
CPPBDN4006	Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings
CPPBDN4007	Store and retrieve building design documentation
CPPBDN4008	Produce digital building design concept drawings
CPPBDN5017A	Produce 2-D building design drawings using CAD software
Elective units
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPPBDN4009	Analyse building design drawings and review findings
CPPBDN4010	Prepare documentation for planning approval
CPPBDN4011	Prepare documentation for building approval
CPPBDN4012	Provide support to project building designers
CPPBDN4013	Produce construction detail drawings
CPPBDN5007A	Inspect and analyse sites and produce measured drawings for small-scale building design projects
MSFID5014	Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40216 Certificate IV in Surveying

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP40112 Certificate IV in Surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of surveying technicians who work under supervision to support a surveying team. They perform a range of duties using surveying tools and equipment, including total stations and global navigation satellite systems (GNSS).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some States where cadastral and mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 14 units of competency: 6 core units 8 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 8 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate III, Certificate IV or Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPSIS4025	Collect spatial data using GNSS
CPPSIS4027	Organise surveying field services
CPPSIS4031	Perform surveying computations
CPPSIS4037	Produce computer-aided drawings
CPPSIS4040	Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies
CPPSIS4041	Set out site and building works
Elective units
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCMN4003	Establish, develop and monitor teams
CPPSIS4022	Store and retrieve spatial data
CPPSIS4026	Digitally enhance and process image data
CPPSIS4030	Operate surveying equipment
CPPSIS4032	Conduct field surveying operations
CPPSIS4036	Operate spatial software applications
CPPSIS4038	Prepare and present GIS data
CPPSIS4039	Design and produce maps
CPPSIS5060	Develop spreadsheets for spatial data

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP40112 Certificate IV in Surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40316 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPP40212 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.
2	Update superseded imported elective unit CUVACD301A Produce drawings to communicate ideas to equivalent unit CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of geographic information system (GIS) technicians who work under supervision to support a spatial information services team. They perform a range of duties using various geospatial technologies, including global navigation satellite system (GNSS) and specialised geospatial software.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 15 units of competency: 7 core units 8 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 8 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate III, Certificate IV or Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPSIS4022	Store and retrieve spatial data
CPPSIS4024	Source and assess spatial data
CPPSIS4025	Collect spatial data using GNSS
CPPSIS4034	Maintain spatial data
CPPSIS4035	Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems
CPPSIS4038	Prepare and present GIS data
CPPSIS5035	Obtain and validate spatial data
Elective units
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCMN4003	Establish, develop and monitor teams
CPPSIS4026	Digitally enhance and process image data
CPPSIS4027	Organise surveying field services
CPPSIS4036	Operate spatial software applications
CPPSIS4037	Produce computer-aided drawings
CPPSIS4039	Design and produce maps
CPPSIS4040	Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies
CPPSIS4041	Set out site and building works
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
ICTDBS502	Design a database
ICTICT302	Install and optimise operating system software
ICTWEB401	Design a website to meet technical requirements
ICTWEB411	Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages
ICTWEB429	Create a markup language document to specification

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP40212 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40416 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP41011 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of cleaning industry personnel who use well developed skills and a broad knowledge base in a wide variety of cleaning management contexts. They may be responsible for wide-ranging operational cleaning management activity and for managing staff, providing quotations, planning and overseeing work, and providing customer support.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 14 units of competency: 7 core units 7 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 7 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 3 units may be chosen from Certificate IV qualifications in BSB Business Services Training Package up to 3 units may be chosen from other Certificate IV or Diploma qualifications in CPP or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPCLO4001	Induct cleaning staff
CPPCLO4022	Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks
CPPCLO4024	Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site
CPPCMN4003	Establish, develop and monitor teams
CPPCMN4004	Develop and manage client relations
CPPCMN4007	Manage workplace safety arrangements
BSBRSK501	Manage risk
Elective units
CPPCLO3005	Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work
CPPCLO3029	Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning
CPPCLO3030	Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets
CPPCLO4002	Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques
CPPCLO4003	Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply
CPPCLO4025	Provide quotation for cleaning services
CPPCMN4001	Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
HLTINF003	Implement and monitor infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP41011 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP40516 Certificate IV in Strata Community Management

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	New qualification. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
2	Update to superseded imported equivalent elective unit BSBSUS301 to BSBSUS401. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of those involved in providing management services for strata communities.

In most situations, the individual will work independently but may operate as part of a strata community management team. In this role, the person will perform all functions associated with the administration of strata communities, including facilitating meetings of strata community members, administering insurance for strata communities, handling strata community funds, as well as maintaining business records and reporting on the financial activities of strata communities.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to strata community management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 18 units of competency: 13 core units 5 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: a minimum of two elective units must be chosen from the Group A Specialist elective units listed below the remaining 3 elective units may be chosen as follows: up to 3 units from both Group A Specialist elective units and Group B Common elective units up to 2 units from the Certificate III in Strata Community Management, the Diploma of Strata Community Management, or from other Certificate IV or Diploma qualification in CPP or another current endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
BSBFIA402	Report on financial activity
BSBRKG304	Maintain business records
CPPCMN4008	Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings
CPPDSM3016	Work in the property industry
CPPDSM3017	Work in the strata community management sector
CPPDSM3019	Communicate with clients in the property industry
CPPDSM4009	Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry
CPPDSM4044	Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities
CPPDSM4045	Facilitate meetings in the property industry
CPPDSM4056	Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry
CPPDSM4057	Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry
CPPDSM4084	Administer insurance for strata communities
CPPDSM4085	Handle strata community funds held on trust
Elective units
Group A Specialist elective units
CPPCMN4009	Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability
CPPCMN4012A	Contribute to sustainable solutions throughout building life cycle
CPPCMN4013B	Operate a sustainable business
CPPDSM4020	Present at tribunals
CPPDSM4026	Analyse property and facility information
CPPDSM4027	Analyse resource use in building operations
CPPDSM4028	Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry
CPPDSM4031	Arrange lease of space
CPPDSM4034	Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement
CPPDSM4040	Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy
CPPDSM4042	Coordinate construction contract
CPPDSM4047	Implement and monitor procurement process
CPPDSM4048	Implement customer service strategies in the property industry
CPPDSM4055	Maintain asset management system
CPPDSM4063	Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts
CPPDSM4066	Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection
CPPDSM4071	Promote process improvement in the property industry
CPPDSM4072	Provide leadership in the property industry
CPPDSM4074	Select and appoint contractors in the property industry
CPPDSM4082	Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities
CPPDSM4083	Terminate strata community
CPPDSM4086	Oversee preparation of strata community budgets
Group B Common elective units
BSBADM409	Coordinate business resources
BSBCMM401	Make a presentation
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBITS401	Maintain business technology
BSBLED401	Develop teams and individuals
BSBMGT402	Implement operational plan
BSBREL401	Establish networks
BSBSMB402	Plan small business finances
BSBSMB404	Undertake small business planning
BSBSUS401	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPDSM4087	Facilitate operation of owners committee

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP50116 Diploma of Surveying

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPP50112 Diploma of Surveying. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.
2	Update superseded equivalent imported elective units: AHCLPW404A to AHCLPW404 PSPLAND308A to PSPLND002 PSPLAND302A to PSPLND001 This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of skilled surveying technicians. These people hold advanced surveying skills, and perform duties involving the performance of precise measurements and setting out structures using specialised surveying equipment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some States where cadastral and mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 16 units of competency: 7 core units 9 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 9 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate IV, Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPSIS5031	Plan spatial data collection
CPPSIS5047	Conduct GNSS surveys
CPPSIS5048	Conduct engineering surveys
CPPSIS5053	Perform advanced surveying computations
CPPSIS5054	Perform geodetic surveying computations
CPPSIS5058	Conduct geodetic surveys
CPPSIS5065	Design basic engineering structures
Elective units
AHCLPW404	Produce maps for land management purposes
BSBPMG522	Undertake project work
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPSIS4032	Conduct field surveying operations
CPPSIS4038	Prepare and present GIS data
CPPSIS5032	Capture new spatial data
CPPSIS5037	Maintain spatial data systems
CPPSIS5040	Interpret and collate spatial data
CPPSIS5043	Design spatial data storage systems
CPPSIS5044	Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval
CPPSIS5046	Set out stormwater systems
CPPSIS5049	Plan and implement surveying projects
CPPSIS5051	Apply land and planning law to surveying
CPPSIS5052	Integrate surveying datasets
CPPSIS5057	Conduct precision surveys
CPPSIS5060	Develop spreadsheets for spatial data
CPPSIS5061	Locate underground services in surveying practice
CPPSIS5064	Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis
CPPSIS6021	Conduct open pit mine surveys
CPPSIS6022	Produce mine drawings
CPPSIS6033	Conduct underground mine surveys
PSPLND001	Investigate tenure and land use history
PSPLND002	Compile and check survey plans

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP50112 Diploma of Surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP50216 Diploma of Spatial Information Services

Modification History

Version	Comment
1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPP50212 Diploma of Spatial Information Services. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.
2	Update to superseded equivalent imported elective units: AHCLPW404A to AHCLPW404 ICPKNW315 to ICPKNW322 PSPLAND302A to PSPLND001 PSPLAND501A to PSPLND012 This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.2.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of skilled geographic information system (GIS) technicians. They perform advanced data manipulation, including spatial dataset updating and management, and use a range of technologies, such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS) and specialised geospatial software.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of endorsement.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 15 units of competency: 6 core units 9 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 9 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Certificate IV, Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
CPPSIS5031	Plan spatial data collection
CPPSIS5032	Capture new spatial data
CPPSIS5035	Obtain and validate spatial data
CPPSIS5036	Integrate spatial datasets
CPPSIS5039	Plan and implement spatial projects
CPPSIS6040	Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations
Elective units
AHCLPW404	Produce maps for land management purposes
BSBFIM501	Manage budgets and financial plans
BSBWOR502	Lead and manage team effectiveness
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPSIS5037	Maintain spatial data systems
CPPSIS5038	Develop spatial databases
CPPSIS5040	Interpret and collate spatial data
CPPSIS5043	Design spatial data storage systems
CPPSIS5060	Develop spreadsheets for spatial data
CPPSIS5062	Conduct photogrammetric mapping
CPPSIS5064	Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis
ICTICT307	Customise packaged software applications for clients
ICTICT308	Use advanced features of computer applications
ICTICT409	Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products
ICPKNW322	Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry
PSPLND001	Investigate tenure and land use history
PSPLND012	Review planning documents and environmental assessments

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP50212 Diploma of Spatial Information Services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP50316 Diploma of Strata Community Management

Modification History

Release 1.

New qualification.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of those involved in managing strata communities.

In most situations, the individual will work independently but will usually also have responsibility for a strata community management team. In this role, the person will perform all functions associated with managing strata communities, including assessing and implementing strata community management agreements, analysing and commenting on management reports prepared for strata communities, developing life cycle asset management plans, and implementing maintenance programs for managed properties.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to strata community management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 16 units of competency: 8 core units 8 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: a minimum of 2 units must be chosen from Group A Specialist elective units listed below a minimum of 2 units must be chosen from Group B Common elective units listed below up to 4 units may be chosen from any Certificate IV, Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualification in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
BSBRSK501	Manage risk
CPPDSM4034	Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement
CPPDSM4049	Implement maintenance program for managed properties
CPPDSM5039	Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities
CPPDSM5040	Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities
CPPDSM6007	Develop life cycle asset management plans
FNSORG508	Analyse and comment on management reports
BSBLDR503	Communicate with influence
Elective units
Group A Specialist elective units
CPCSUS5002A	Develop action plans to retrofit existing buildings for energy efficiency
CPPCMN5001A	Plan for a sustainable business
CPPDSM5006	Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry
CPPDSM5007	Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities
CPPDSM5009	Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry
CPPDSM5018	Ensure a safe work place in the property industry
CPPDSM5025	Maintain public relations in the property industry
CPPDSM5026	Manage a consultant property project team
CPPDSM5027	Provide facilities and amenities for property users
CPPDSM5029	Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry
CPPDSM5030	Manage projects in the property industry
Group B Common elective units
BSBADM502	Manage meetings
BSBFIM501	Manage budgets and financial plans
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBMGT502	Manage people performance
BSBMGT517	Manage operational plan
BSBMGT605	Provide leadership across the organisation
BSBMGT616	Develop and implement strategic plans
BSBWOR501	Manage personal work priorities and professional development
FNSORG601	Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes
LGACOMP008A	Apply conflict resolution strategies

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPP60116 Advanced Diploma of Surveying

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPP60312 Advanced Diploma of Surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of surveyors. These people carry out highly specialised surveying functions in areas such as mining and engineering construction. Duties involve carrying out precise measurements and control surveys relating to engineering structures and mine sites using highly specialised surveying equipment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some States where cadastral and mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.

Entry Requirements

The entry requirement to this qualification is CPP50116 Diploma of Surveying, or demonstrated equivalent competency.

Packaging Rules

To achieve this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in: 9 units of competency: 4 core units 5 elective units. The elective units must ensure the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome and are to be chosen as follows: all 5 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below up to 2 units may be chosen from other Diploma, Advanced Diploma, Graduate Certificate or Graduate Diploma qualifications in CPP, or another current Training Package or accredited course, provided they do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
BSBRSK501	Manage risk
CPPSIS6032	Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys
CPPSIS6035	Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys
CPPSIS6036	Monitor engineering structures
Elective units
CPPSIS5044	Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval
CPPSIS5046	Set out stormwater systems
CPPSIS5051	Apply land and planning law to surveying
CPPSIS5057	Conduct precision surveys
CPPSIS6021	Conduct open pit mine surveys
CPPSIS6022	Produce mine drawings
CPPSIS6025	Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services
CPPSIS6031	Design basic mines
CPPSIS6033	Conduct underground mine surveys
CPPSIS6034	Conduct mining geology operations
CPPSIS6037	Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis
CPPSIS6041	Compile mine survey plans
FNSORG501	Develop and manage a budget

Qualification Mapping Information

CPP60312 Advanced Diploma of Surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2003B Work effectively in the security industry and CPPSEC2005A Work as part of a security team.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply legal and procedural regulations to working effectively within a security team.

It requires:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures, workplace policies, legislative requirements and professional standards to understand and comply with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work

understanding requirements for recording and presenting evidence in court and securing and preserving incident or crime scenes

working individually and as part of a team to plan, organise and complete work tasks and improve performance.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with legal and procedural requirements and professional standards.	1.1 Read work instructions and clarify standard operating procedures and workplace policies governing work tasks. 1.2 Apply policies and procedures to work tasks to comply with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work. 1.3 Locate and clarify professional standards for security officers to demonstrate compliance in own work performance and conduct with relevant persons. 1.4 Identify requirements for recording and presenting evidence in court and preserving incident or crime scenes. 1.5 Clarify legal and procedural requirements and professional standards with relevant persons.
2. Plan, organise and complete daily work tasks.	2.1 Check work instructions and confirm own role, responsibilities, authority and reporting requirements and timeframes. 2.2 Organise equipment and plan work schedule to meet designated timeframes. 2.3 Identify factors that may impede successful completion of work tasks and promptly notify relevant persons. 2.4 Use information technology to organise and complete work tasks.
3. Participate in team assignments.	3.1 Read instructions for team assignment and identify own responsibilities. 3.2 Discuss individual and team responsibilities with team members to clarify work objectives and assist in resolving areas of conflict. 3.3 Encourage input of all team members to support decision-making that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 3.4 Maintain communication with team members during team assignment to share information and respond to instructions and requests for back-up assistance. 3.5 Assist team members to complete individual and team objectives within designated timeframes.
4. Identify and access opportunities for learning and improvement.	4.1 Seek feedback on individual and team performance from team members and supervisors, and discuss opportunities to improve future collaborations. 4.2 Seek feedback on own work performance and standards from relevant persons, and identify areas for improvement and learning. 4.3 Identify opportunities for professional development and discuss opportunities with relevant persons.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using approved security industry terminology and call signs

writing skills to:

describe learning and skill development needs

record observations in a clear, succinct, accurate and factual manner

record and maintain learning and skill development information

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

industry codes of practice that clarify professional standards and conduct requirements

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when clarifying legal rights and responsibilities

give clear and accurate instructions and receive feedback from team members

use basic negotiation to resolve conflict when working with team members

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out work tasks

problem solving skills to recognise factors that may impede completion of work tasks

self-management skills to plan tasks to meet job requirements

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2003B Work effectively in the security industry and CPPSEC2005A Work as part of a security team.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2003B Work effectively in the security industry and CPPSEC2005A Work as part of a security team.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply legal and procedural regulations to:

work individually to plan, organise and complete one set of work instructions

work in partnership with at least one colleague to complete one team assignment

identify and participate in one professional development opportunity to improve own performance.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

the legal and procedural framework for performing security work as set out in standard operating procedures and workplace policies associated with:

anti-discrimination

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

privacy and confidentiality of information

records and reports that may be used for legal purposes

use of force and force model

use of self-defence techniques

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic operational functions of mobile devices, radios and telephones used to transmit and receive security information

basic principles of effective teamwork

consequences of not complying with legal and procedural requirements when performing security work

how to read and use body language to gain the confidence of others

limits of own competence and authority

methods and reasons for securing and preserving an incident or crime scene

methods for giving and receiving constructive feedback

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

procedures, protocols and rules to be followed when presenting evidence in court:

addressing court personnel

language

manner

participating and giving evidence

personal presentation

who's who in court

professional standards and code of conduct for work in the security industry

purpose of the Evidence Act

requirements for recording and reporting incidents

requirements for recording information that is factual and can be used as evidence in court including meaning of ‘continuity of evidence’

rules of evidence that can be presented in court:

contemporaneousness

must be relevant

must be admissible

must not be ‘hearsay’

must not be opinion

terms and conditions of own employment

types of law:

civil

common

criminal

statute

types of professional development opportunities that can assist own learning and improvement

ways that individual social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply legal and procedural regulations to work effectively within a security team

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

AHCLPW404 Produce maps for land management purposes

Modification History

Release Number	TP Version	Comments
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to access geographical information and incorporate it onto maps for use in land management.

This unit applies to those whose job role includes preparing maps by hand or by using geographical information systems (GIS) for land management purposes.

This unit applies to individuals who have limited responsibilities for others in known and changing contexts.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Lands, Parks and Wildlife (LPW)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Obtain information for a specific land management purpose	1.1 Define information required from data sets 1.2 Collect and present information from stakeholders on land management and production systems consistent with the local area management strategy 1.3 Collect information to include temporal and spatial data 1.4 Review information for relevance and accuracy
2. Assess data availability	2.1 Ascertain availability of required data sets from internal and external sources 2.2 Confirm ownership of data and determine access and pricing 2.3 Obtain data in accordance with industry standards, statutory requirements and enterprise policy 2.4 Develop procedures to capture data
3. Assess data quality	3.1 Assess data for integrity and to determine suitability for task 3.2 Investigate and resolve disparities between data sets
4. Format and present data	4.1 Identify compatible formats for data 4.2 Assemble relevant data elements 4.3 Select data formats to meet user's requirements 4.4 Present information using suitable media 4.5 Present information in accordance with appropriate enterprise requirements and Australian standards
5. Incorporate data onto maps	5.1 Use range of computer applications to transfer information from various data sources onto maps 5.2 Produce draft maps showing spatial and temporal data consistent with development and implementation of the land management strategy 5.3 Review and edit maps to confirm accuracy and develop a map key to identify natural resource features, structures and land uses 5.4 Analyse maps for data to assist in development or implementation of land management plan
6. Review customer satisfaction	6.1 Seek feedback from users regarding satisfaction with information and presentation 6.2 Resolve any areas of dissatisfaction 6.3 Analyse and use customer feedback as a quality improvement tool

Foundation Skills

Foundation Skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

This unit is equivalent to AHCLPW404A Produce maps for land management purposes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCLPW404 Produce maps for land management purposes

Modification History

Release Number	TP Version	Comments
1	AHCv1.0	Initial release

Performance Evidence

The candidate must be assessed on their ability to integrate and apply the performance requirements of this unit in a workplace setting. Performance must be demonstrated consistently over time and in a suitable range of contexts.

The candidate must provide evidence that they can:

source data sets that provide the required information

validate the data for currency and compare to ground observations

present data to workplace requirements

incorporate data onto a map

use drafting and editing processes to ensure accuracy of data and maps and to ensure reports and maps meet organisational standards

provide a map key and any supporting information required

evaluate maps for suitability for purpose and value in making land management decisions

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

land management processes relevant to map being prepared

mapping principles and conventions including layout, legends, scale, media, printing and presentation styles

use of software and hardware such as GIS, computer-aided design (CAD), desktop publishing, desktop mapping, multimedia, graphic animation, plotters and printers

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy current standards for RTOs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and analyse existing and required resources, their effective application and the accountability for their use.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of business resources who contribute well developed skills and knowledge to ensure adequate resources are available to perform the work of the organisation. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Administration – General Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Determine resource requirements	1.1 Determine resource requirements in accordance with business and operational plans and organisational requirements 1.2 Provide opportunities to individuals and workgroups to contribute to the identification of resource requirements 1.3 Ensure resource expenditure is realistic and makes efficient use of available budget resources 1.4 Present recommendations on resource requirements in the required format, style and structure using relevant business equipment and technology
2 Acquire and allocate resources	2.1 Acquire physical resources and services in accordance with organisational requirements 2.2 Check resources to ensure quality and quantity are in line with service agreements 2.3 Allocate resources promptly to enable achievement of workgroup objectives 2.4 Ensure consultation with individuals and teams on allocation of resources is participative and is conducted using appropriate interpersonal skills
3 Monitor and report on resource allocation and usage	3.1 Measure effectiveness of resource planning and assess against actual costs, identified shortfalls and surpluses 3.2 Develop and implement methods of monitoring resource use to enable timely and accurate reporting against business and operational plans 3.3 Identify improvements in resource planning through consultation and feedback, and implement in accordance with organisational requirements 3.4 Maintain records concerning equipment and resource purchases in accordance with organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Identifies and interprets information from organisational plans, policies and procedures
Writing	1.4, 2.1, 3.1-3.4	Develops a range of documents using structure and vocabulary appropriate to audience, context and purpose
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.4, 3.3	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using active listening and questioning to confirm and clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.3, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Interprets and comprehends a range of mathematical information that is embedded in familiar texts Calculates and compares numeric data to track expenditure
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.1, 3.3, 3.4	Recognises and responds to explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols and legislative/regulatory requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 1.4, 2.4, 3.3	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities playing an active role in facilitating group interaction
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Applies formal processes when planning complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps, reflecting an awareness of time constraints Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts Utilises a range of features within digital applications to access, store and share information Reflects on the ways in which variables impact on decision outcomes to identify improvement opportunities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources	BSBADM409A Coordinate business resources	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM409 Coordinate business resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

monitor resource usage

maintain records of resource requirements and usage

calculate costs and expenditures in relation to use and maintenance of business resources

acquire and allocate physical resources and services to team members

consult and communicate with individuals and teams about acquiring and using resources

monitor, review and report on resource use acquisition, allocation, use and procedures

follow organisational policies and procedures in relation to business resource acquisition and monitoring.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the functions of business equipment used in an organisation and identify common faults

identify organisational policies, plans and procedures in relation to business resource acquisition and monitoring.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the general administration field of work and include access to:

records relating to business resources

policies and procedures relating to resources

case studies, and where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBADM502 Manage meetings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage a range of meetings including overseeing the meeting preparation processes, chairing meetings, organising the minutes and reporting meeting outcomes.

It applies to individuals employed in a range of work environments who are required to organise and manage meetings within their workplace, including conducting or managing administrative tasks in providing agendas and meeting material. They may work as senior administrative staff or may be individuals with responsibility for conducting and chairing meetings in the workplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Administration – General Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for meetings	1.1 Develop agenda in line with stated meeting purpose 1.2 Ensure style and structure of meeting are appropriate to its purpose 1.3 Identify meeting participants and notify them in accordance with organisational procedures 1.4 Confirm meeting arrangements in accordance with requirements of meeting 1.5 Despatch meeting papers to participants within designated timelines
2 Conduct meetings	2.1 Chair meetings in accordance with organisational requirements, agreed conventions for type of meeting and legal and ethical requirements 2.2 Conduct meetings to ensure they are focused, time efficient and achieve the required outcomes 2.3 Ensure meeting facilitation enables participation, discussion, problemsolving and resolution of issues 2.4 Brief minute-taker on method for recording meeting notes in accordance with organisational requirements and conventions for type of meeting
3 Follow up meetings	3.1 Check transcribed meeting notes to ensure they reflect a true and accurate record of the meeting and are formatted in accordance with organisational procedures and meeting conventions 3.2 Distribute and store minutes and other followup documentation within designated timelines, and according to organisational requirements 3.3 Report outcomes of meetings as required, within designated timelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies and interprets information from complex texts including legislation, organisational policies and procedures Compares final output with original notes to check for accuracy
Writing	1.1-1.5, 3.2, 3.3	Addresses the context, purpose and audience when generating a range of texts Prepares complex texts from notes using appropriate structure, and accurate spelling, grammar and punctuation Records notes of meeting proceedings according to organisational requirements Edits and corrects own work to ensure accuracy
Oral Communication	2.1-2.4	Participates in verbal exchanges using appropriate style, tone and vocabulary for audience, context and purpose Listens for specific information during meetings Asks questions and listens to responses to clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.4, 1.5, 3.2, 3.3	Recognises and interprets numerical information related to timeframes and budgets
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols and legislative/regulatory requirements
Interact with others	1.3, 1.5, 2.3, 3.2	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Cooperates with others as part of familiar activities, playing an active role in facilitating group interaction
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Applies formal processes when planning complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps, reflecting an awareness of time constraints Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBADM502 Manage meetings	BSBADM502B Manage meetings	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM502 Manage meetings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

apply conventions and procedures for formal and informal meetings including:

developing and distributing agendas and papers

identifying and inviting meeting participants

organising and confirming meeting arrangements

running the meeting and following up

organise, take part in and chair a meeting

record and store meeting documentation

follow organisational policies and procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline meeting terminology, structures, arrangements

outline responsibilities of the chairperson and explain group dynamics in relation to managing meetings

describe options for meetings including face-to-face, teleconferencing, web-conferencing and using webcams

identify the relevant organisational procedures and policies regarding meetings, chairing and minutes including identifying organisational formats for minutes and agendas.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the general administration field of work and include access to:

reference material in regard to meeting venues and technology, catering and transport suppliers

organisational policies and procedures for managing meetings

office supplies and equipment

computers and relevant software

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCMM401 Make a presentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0

Application

This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to prepare, deliver and review a presentation to a target audience.

This unit applies to individuals who may be expected to make presentations for a range of purposes, such as marketing, training and promotions. They contribute well developed communication skills in presenting a range of concepts and ideas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Communication – Interpersonal Communication

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare a presentation	1.1 Plan and document presentation approach and intended outcomes 1.2 Choose presentation strategies, format and delivery methods that match the characteristics of the target audience, location, resources and personnel needed 1.3 Select presentation aids, materials and techniques that suit the format and purpose of the presentation, and will enhance audience understanding of key concepts and central ideas 1.4 Brief others involved in the presentation on their roles/responsibilities within the presentation 1.5 Select techniques to evaluate presentation effectiveness
2 Deliver a presentation	2.1 Explain and discuss desired outcomes of the presentation with the target audience 2.2 Use presentation aids, materials and examples to support target audience understanding of key concepts and central ideas 2.3 Monitor non-verbal and verbal communication of participants to promote attainment of presentation outcomes 2.4 Use persuasive communication techniques to secure audience interest 2.5 Provide opportunities for participants to seek clarification on central ideas and concepts, and adjust the presentation to meet participant needs and preferences 2.6 Summarise key concepts and ideas at strategic points to facilitate participant understanding
3 Review the presentation	3.1 Implement techniques to review the effectiveness of the presentation 3.2 Seek and discuss reactions to the presentation from participants or from key personnel involved in the presentation 3.3 Utilise feedback from the audience or from key personnel involved in the presentation to make changes to central ideas presented

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.2	Reviews and analyses documents to identify information relevant to a specific presentation
Writing	1.1, 3.3	Develops material to convey ideas and information to target audience in an engaging way
Oral Communication	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2	Presents information using words and non-verbal features appropriate to the audience and context Uses listening and questioning techniques to gather information required to develop or modify presentations Interprets audience reactions and changes words or non-verbal features accordingly
Interact with others	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols to encourage interaction or to present information Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals Recognises the need to alter personal communication style in response to the needs or expectations of others
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.2, 2.5, 3.1-3.3	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload to achieve outcomes Uses feedback from others, analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices and develop new ideas Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCMM401 Make a presentation	BSBCMM401A Make a presentation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCMM401 Make a presentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare and deliver presentations related to occupation or area of interest which demonstrate the use of:

effective presentation strategies and communication principles

aids and materials to support the presentation

select and implement methods to review the effectiveness of own presentation and document any changes which would improve future presentations.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify information collection methods that will support review and feedback of presentations

identify regulatory and organisational obligations and requirements relevant to presentations

describe the principles of effective communication

describe the range of presentation aids and materials available to support presentations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced by individuals using interpersonal communication skills in the workplace and include access to:

equipment, materials and business software packages for making a presentation

business technology

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain daily financial records such as reconciling debtors’ and creditors’ systems, preparing and maintaining a general ledger and trial balance and includes activities associated with monitoring cash control for accounting purposes.

It applies to individuals who are skilled operators and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts and may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of financial records.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Finance – Financial Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Maintain daily financial records	1.1 Correctly maintain daily financial records in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements for accounting purposes 1.2 Identify and rectify or refer discrepancies or errors in documentation or transactions to designated persons in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 1.3 Accurately credit and debit transactions and promptly enter into journals in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements
2 Maintain general ledger	2.1 Maintain general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Post transactions into general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative reporting requirements 2.3 Reconcile systems for accounts payable and receivable with general ledger 2.4 Accurately prepare trial balance from general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements
3 Monitor cash control	3.1 Ensure cash flow is accurately accounted for in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 3.2 Make and receive payments in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 3.3 Collect or follow up outstanding accounts within designated timelines 3.4 Check payment documentation for accuracy of information and despatch to creditors within designated timeline

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Recognises and interprets numerical and textual information to determine and complete required activities
Writing	1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Integrates data from different sources and records numerical information in a format appropriate to context and purpose of material Prepares clear and detailed information and instructions using format, structure and tone suitable to audience
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.2, 3.3	Explains financial issues and requirements clearly, using facts and examples, and uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain sequenced instructions
Numeracy	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Uses a limited range of mathematical calculations to reconcile amounts using whole numbers and decimals and arrange/compare numerical information
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.3	Recognises, understands and monitors adherence to legislative and organisational requirements in undertaking own work
Interact with others	3.3, 3.4	Understands the importance of using appropriate practices and protocols when handling confidential information
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Takes responsibility for own workload and monitors adherence to specified goals and timelines Uses digital technologies to access, record, store, organise and compile data as required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	BSBFIA301A Maintain financial records	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor edits to clarify meaning of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

maintain daily transactions and identify and respond to discrepancies and errors

transfer and record financial data accurately

reconcile expenditures and revenue in a timely manner.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards that may affect financial record keeping

discuss organisational policies and procedures relating to maintaining financial records

define credits/creditors and debits/debtors

describe principles of double entry bookkeeping and accrual accounting

identify methods of presenting financial data.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial administration field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

computer equipment and relevant software

examples of source documents relating to financial record keeping

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to report financial activity for business both in response to client requests and to meet statutory requirements such as the completion of financial reports.

This unit applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of financial activities who contribute financial skills and knowledge to address reporting requirements of clients and legal authorities. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Finance – Financial Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Compile financial information and data	1.1 Collect, evaluate and code current financial data to ensure consistency, quality and accuracy in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Use conversion and consolidation procedures to compile analysis in accordance with organisational requirements 1.3 Make, record and disclose asset and liability valuations in accordance with organisational requirements 1.4 Ensure that discrepancies, unusual features or queries are identified, resolved or referred to the appropriate authority
2 Prepare statutory requirement reports	2.1 Correctly record income and expenditure to ensure compliance with statutory requirements 2.2 Calculate liabilities for tax in accordance with current legislation and revenue gathering practices 2.3 Correctly identify relevant receipts, revenue documentation and payments 2.4 Ensure that statements and claims take full advantage of available benefits and allowances in accordance with statutory requirements 2.5 Submit statutory requirement reports to appropriate authorities within stated deadlines
3 Provide financial business recommendations	3.1 Ensure that recommendations are logically derived and supported by evidence in report 3.2 Provide recommendations to propose constructive actions to enhance the effectiveness and efficacy of functions and services 3.3 Ensure recommendations are concise and facilitate direction and control of organisation’s operations 3.4 Identify and prioritise significant issues in statements including comparative financial performances for review and decision making 3.5 Ensure structure and format of reports are clear and conform to organisational and statutory requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.5	Compares and analyses information from a range of sources varying in complexity to determine and complete financial requirements
Writing	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.5	Records numerical and textual information incorporating required financial language organising data in a manner that supports the format and purpose of the document
Oral Communication	1.4, 3.2, 3.3	Presents financial issues and requirements clearly, succinctly and based on own findings using language appropriate to audience and environment Exchanges and obtains information from others by listening and questioning
Numeracy	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5	Establishes criteria and categories for financial management purposes and monitors activities on a regular basis Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to interpret and arrange/compare numerical information in order to comply with requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5	Recognises, understands and applies applicable legislation, industry standards and organisational policies and procedures in the conduct of own work
Interact with others	1.4, 2.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with external stakeholders to supply required information
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, 3.4	Uses formal and logical processes to plan and complete tasks, achieving timelines and organisational requirements Uses analytical skills to identify discrepancies, attempts to resolves the issues within the context of own responsibilities and, where appropriate, consults with more experienced colleagues for assistance Uses a range of digital technologies to access, record, store, organise, compile, analyse and present complex data from multiple sources of information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity	BSBFIA402A Report on financial activity	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA402 Report on financial activity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

organise and present financial data including budget variances, budgets and forecasts, cash flow/profit reports, balance sheets, financial year reports, operating statements, expenditure and receipts and profit and loss statements to highlight relevant features and meet workplace requirements

use conversion and consolidation procedures such as moving averages, standardised variables, trend analysis and unit costs

identify, resolve or refer discrepancies such as absence of auditable trail, expenditure report mismatches, incorrect payments and unreconciled cash flows

record income and expenditure to meet statutory requirements

calculate liabilities for tax including completing Business Activity Statements

provide financial business recommendations

apply knowledge of relevant legislation and regulations

perform double entry bookkeeping and accrual accounting.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the key provisions of legislation, regulation and codes of practice relevant to financial operations

describe the techniques used for forecasting and analysis

identify the options, methods and practices for deductions, benefits and depreciations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial administration field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

computer with relevant software

examples of financial data, reports and documents

workplace financial policies and procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake financial management within a work team in an organisation. It includes planning and implementing financial management approaches, supporting team members whose role involves aspects of financial operations, monitoring and controlling finances and reviewing and evaluating effectiveness of financial management processes.

It applies to managers in a wide range of organisations and sectors who have responsibility for ensuring that work team financial resources are used effectively and are managed in line with financial objectives of the team and organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Finance - Financial Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan financial management approaches	1.1 Access budget/financial plans for the work team 1.2 Clarify budget/financial plans with relevant personnel within the organisation to ensure that documented outcomes are achievable, accurate and comprehensible 1.3 Negotiate any changes required to be made to budget/financial plans with relevant personnel within the organisation 1.4 Prepare contingency plans in the event that initial plans need to be varied
2 Implement financial management approaches	2.1 Disseminate relevant details of the agreed budget/financial plans to team members 2.2 Provide support to ensure that team members can competently perform required roles associated with the management of finances 2.3 Determine and access resources and systems to manage financial management processes within the work team
3 Monitor and control finances	3.1 Implement processes to monitor actual expenditure and to control costs across the work team 3.2 Monitor expenditure and costs on an agreed cyclical basis to identify cost variations and expenditure overruns 3.3 Implement, monitor and modify contingency plans as required to maintain financial objectives 3.4 Report on budget and expenditure in accordance with organisational protocols
4 Review and evaluate financial management processes	4.1 Collect and collate for analysis, data and information on the effectiveness of financial management processes within the work team 4.2 Analyse data and information on the effectiveness of financial management processes within the work team and identify, document and recommend any improvements to existing processes 4.3 Implement and monitor agreed improvements in line with financial objectives of the work team and the organisation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1-3.4, 4.2, 4.3	Interprets and analyses information to determine activities required
Writing	1.1, 1.4, 4.1-4.3	Records information in correct forms and prepares materials which convey detailed and factual content in accordance with internal procedures
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.3	Presents information about financial issues and requirements to a range of audiences using structure and language to suit the audience Uses active listening and questioning to clarify information and to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3	Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to analyse numeric information in budgets or financial plans
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 4.3	Recognises, understands and adheres to organisational requirements in undertaking own work
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 2.3, 4.2, 4.3	Uses a range of strategies to connect, collaborate and cooperate with other work colleagues in activities requiring collective effort and diverse skills and knowledge
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3	Uses logical processes in planning, implementing and evaluating complex tasks and developing alternative strategies in achieving goals and timelines Uses a range of digital technologies to access, filter, compile, integrate and logically present complex information from multiple sources

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	BSBFIM501A Manage budgets and financial plans	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use financial skills to work with and interpret budgets, ageing summaries, cash flow, petty cash, Goods and Services Tax (GST), and profit and loss statements

communicate with relevant people to clarify budget/financial plans, negotiate changes and disseminate information

prepare, implement and modify financial contingency plans

monitor expenditure and control costs

support and monitor team members

report on budget and expenditure

review and make recommendations for improvements to financial processes

meet record keeping requirements for the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) and for auditing purposes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe basic accounting principles

identify and explain the relevant legislation and current requirements of the Australian Taxation Office, including the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

explain the key requirements for financiall record keeping and auditing

describe the principles and techniques involved in managing:

budgeting

cash flows

electronic spreadsheets

GST

ledgers and financial statements

profit and loss statements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial management field of work and include access to:

resources and documentation used in the workplace

workplace policies and procedures

workplace budgets and financial plans

business technology

case studies and, where available, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather information and maintain effective relationships and networks, with particular regard to communication and representation.

This unit applies to individuals who use leadership skills including motivation, mentoring and coaching to develop efficient, effective and unified teams and facilitate communication between team members and management of the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Seek, receive and communicate information and ideas	1.1 Collect information associated with the achievement of work responsibilities from appropriate sources 1.2 Communicate ideas and information to diverse audiences in an appropriate and sensitive manner 1.3 Seek contributions from internal and external sources to develop and refine new ideas and approaches in accordance with organisational processes 1.4 Facilitate consultation processes to allow employees to contribute to issues related to their work, and promptly communicate outcomes of consultation to the work team 1.5 Promptly deal with and resolve issues raised, or refer them to relevant personnel
2 Encourage trust and confidence	2.1 Treat people with integrity, respect and empathy 2.2 Encourage effective relationships within the framework of the organisation’s social, ethical and business standards 2.3 Gain and maintain the trust and confidence of colleagues, customers and suppliers through competent performance 2.4 Adjust interpersonal styles and methods in relation to the organisation’s social and cultural environment
3 Identify and use networks and relationships	3.1 Identify and utilise workplace networks to help build relationships 3.2 Identify and describe the value and benefits of networks and other work relationships for the team and the organisation
4 Contribute to positive outcomes	4.1 Identify difficulties and take action to rectify the situation within own level of responsibility according to organisational and legal requirements 4.2 Support colleagues in resolving work difficulties 4.3 Regularly review workplace outcomes and implement improvements in consultation with relevant personnel 4.4 Identify and resolve poor work performance within own level of responsibility and according to organisational policies 4.5 Deal constructively with conflict, within the organisation’s established processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 4.3	Comprehends textual information to determine regulatory requirements and adhere to job processes and internal policies
Writing	1.1-1.5, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Uses appropriate language to record key information related to the outcomes of the job Varies writing style to meet requirements of audience and purpose
Oral Communication	1.2-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 4.2-4.5	Speaks clearly using tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose Uses appropriate techniques, including active listening and questioning, to clarify information and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to explicit and implicit organisational policies, procedures, standards and legislative requirements within own job role and in all interactions with others
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to build rapport, establish networks, seek or share information, Adjusts personal communication style in response to a diverse range of individuals in the work context Uses collaborative techniques to engage team members in consultations and negotiations Implements strategies to respond appropriately to conflict and poor work performance
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4,1.5, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for effective outcomes Uses formal analytical thinking techniques and broad ranging consultative processes to identify issues and implement a constructive approach to solutions and improvement opportunities Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access, present and communicate information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	BSBFLM303C Contribute to effective workplace relationships	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

access and analyse information to achieve planned outcomes

apply techniques for resolving problems and conflicts and dealing with poor performance within organisational and legislative requirements

review and improve workplace outcomes in consultation with relevant personnel

adjust interpersonal style and communications to respond to cultural and social diversity

apply relationship management and communication skills with a range of people that:

demonstrate integrity, respect, empathy and cultural sensitivity and promote trust

forge effective relationships with internal and/or external people and help to maintain these networks

encourage participation and foster contribution of and respect for ideas and feedback

provide support to colleagues to resolve difficulties.

communicate ideas and information to diverse audiences

develop networks and build team relationships.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of how work relationships and the cultural and social environment can support or hinder achieving planned outcomes

explain techniques for developing positive work relationships and building trust and confidence in a team

identify relevant legislation from all levels of government that affects business operation

describe a range of methods and techniques for communicating information and ideas to a range of stakeholders

outline problems solving methods

explain methods to resolve workplace conflict

explain methods to manage poor work performance

explain how to monitor, analyse and introduce ways to improve work relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation and regulations

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute to the effectiveness of the work team. It involves planning with the team to meet expected outcomes, developing team cohesion, participating in and facilitating the work team, and communicating with the management of the organisation.

It applies to individuals who play a prominent part in motivating, mentoring, coaching and developing team cohesion through team leadership and forming the link between the management of the organisation and the team members. At this level, work will normally be carried out within known routines, methods and procedures, and may also involve complex or non-routine activities that require some discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Contribute to team outcomes	1.1 Consult team members to identify team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals, plans and objectives 1.2 Support team members to meet expected outcomes
2 Support team cohesion	2.1 Encourage team members to participate in the planning, decision making and operational aspects of the work team to their level of responsibility 2.2 Encourage team members to take responsibility for their own work and to assist each other in undertaking required roles and responsibilities 2.3 Provide feedback to team members to encourage, value and reward team members’ efforts and contributions 2.4 Identify and address issues, concerns and problems identified by team members, or refer to relevant persons as required
3 Participate in work team	3.1 Actively encourage and support team members to participate in team activities and communication processes and to take responsibility for their actions 3.2 Support the team to identify and resolve problems which impede its performance 3.3 Utilise own contribution to work team to serve as a role model for others and enhance the organisation’s image within the work team, the organisation and with clients/customers
4 Communicate with management	4.1 Maintain open communication with line manager/management at all times 4.2 Communicate information from line manager/management to the team 4.3 Communicate unresolved issues to line manager/management and follow up to ensure action is taken in response to these matters

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Writing	2.3, 2.4, 4.2, 4.3	Uses appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions to communicate information, matching style to purpose and audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1-4.3	Presents ideas and seeks feedback from others using vocabulary and non-verbal features appropriate to the audience Participates in open discussions to elicit the views of others by asking questions and listening to responses
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Ensures that team members are aware of their rights and responsibilities in the workplace, including workplace safety
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1-4.3	Collaborates, supports and cooperates with others to achieve work outcomes, and encourages others to do the same Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Recognises importance of own interpersonal skills in projecting a positive image to others in work context Understands the need to modify own communication style to accommodate individual differences
Get the work done	1.1, 2.4, 4.1, 4.3	Plans and implements tasks required to achieve required outcomes Recognises and responds to problems related to role and seeks assistance when problems are beyond immediate responsibilities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness	BSBFLM312C Contribute to team effectiveness	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

discuss and clarify goals and responsibilities with a team of people

apply management and communication skills with a range of people that:

provides direction and leadership

assists individuals to achieve goals

motivates and builds team cohesion

fosters contribution of and respect for ideas

apply techniques for resolving problems within organisational and legislative requirements

communicate effectively with management including escalating problems outside own area of responsibility

manage communication of information to, and between, the team.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list organisational goals, objectives and plans that relate to the team

identify legislation, regulations, standards or codes of practice that may impact team performance and outcomes

describe the organisational structure with reference to the organisational chart

describe options for addressing performance issues in the organisation

explain the principles and techniques of:

group dynamics and processes

motivation

negotiation

explain why considering individual behaviour and differences is important to a manager.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

relevant legislation

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to execute tasks associated with the recruitment cycle and apply in-depth knowledge of the work of the organisation, and how recruitment and selection practices fit with other human resources functions.

This unit applies to individuals who support recruitment, selection and induction functions under the direction of a human resource manager.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Human Resource Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan for recruitment	1.1 Obtain approval to fill position, clarify time lines and requirement for appointment 1.2 Assist in preparing job descriptions that accurately reflect the role requirements, according to organisational policies and procedures, legislation, codes, national standards and work health and safety (WHS) considerations 1.3 Consult with relevant personnel about job descriptions and workforce strategy 1.4 Assist in ensuring that job descriptions comply with legislative requirements and reflect the organisation's requirements for a diverse workforce 1.5 Obtain approvals to advertise position
2 Plan for selection	2.1 Choose appropriate channels and technology to advertise vacancies and/or identify potential talent pool 2.2 Advertise vacancies for staffing requirements according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Consult with relevant personnel to convene selection panel and develop interview questions 2.4 Assist in ensuring that interview questions comply with legislative requirements 2.5 Assist in short-listing applicants 2.6 Schedule interviews and advise relevant people of times, dates and venues
3 Support selection process	3.1 Participate in interview process and assess candidates against agreed selection criteria 3.2 Discuss assessment with other selection panel members 3.3 Correct biases and deviations from agreed procedures and negotiate for preferred candidate 3.4 Contact referees for referee reports 3.5 Prepare selection report and make recommendations to senior personnel for appointment 3.6 Advise unsuccessful candidates of outcomes and respond to any queries 3.7 Secure preferred candidate's agreement 3.8 Complete necessary documentation according to organisational procedures, observing confidentiality and privacy requirements
4 Induct successful candidate	4.1 Provide successful candidate with employment contract and other documentation 4.2 Advise manager and work team of new appointment 4.3 Advise managers and staff of candidate's starting date and make necessary administrative arrangements for pay and employee record keeping 4.4 Arrange successful candidate's induction according to organisational policy

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.4, 2.4, 2.5	Synthesises ideas, concepts and specific information from workplace and regulatory texts to inform development of workplace documents Evaluates information to make judgements
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 2.2, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 4.2, 4.3	Produces a range of text types using specific information, workplace conventions and templates
Oral communication	1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1-3.5. 3.7	Asks questions and listens carefully to gather, interpret or evaluate information Uses appropriate vocabulary to present ideas or persuasive arguments
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.4, 2.4, 3.3, 3.8, 4.1, 4.4	Applies workplace protocols, legislation or regulations relevant to own responsibilities
Interact with others	1.3, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with personnel, candidates or referees Participates in conversations relevant to role responding, explaining, negotiating and persuading as required
Get the work done	2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Selects and uses digital technology to access, enter, store and retrieve information in accordance with security requirements Takes responsibility for planning and implementing tasks for efficient and effective outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	BSBHRM405A Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare job descriptions

use job descriptions to support sourcing, selecting and appointing suitable staff

use different advertising channels to promote vacancies and/or establish a potential talent pool

consult with managers to gain approvals

develop selection criteria and interview questions in consultation with relevant personnel

schedule interviews and advise relevant people of times, dates and venues

participate in interviews and other selection techniques including assessing candidates against selection criteria to short list them

obtain referees' reports

prepare and distribute a selection report including feedback to give unsuccessful candidates

advise unsuccessful candidates of the results

secure preferred candidate’s agreement and provide an employment contract

advise other staff of the successful candidate and arrange induction.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify documentation required for recruitment, selection and induction

explain human resources life cycle and the place of recruitment and selection

identify legislation relevant to recruitment, selection and induction of staff

describe channels and technology to advertise vacancies

explain a range of interviewing techniques and other selection processes and their application.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce development – human resource development field of work and include access to:

workplace policies and procedures

business technology

position descriptions

legislation, regulations, Codes and Standards relevant to staff recruitment, selection and induction

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITS401 Maintain business technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the effectiveness of business technology in the workplace. It includes maintaining existing technology and planning for future technology requirements.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of business technology who may be required to contribute well-developed skills in creating solutions to maintenance and upgrade issues with existing technology. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislation or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Maintain performance of hardware and software	1.1 Monitor and evaluate system effectiveness to ensure it meets organisational and system requirements 1.2 Use operating system, drive and disk structure, reports and files to identify performance problems 1.3 Maintain disk drives and peripherals according to manufacturers’ and organisational requirements 1.4 Replace consumables in accordance with manufacturers’ and organisational requirements
2. Provide basic system administration	2.1 Carry out system backup procedure at regular intervals according to organisational and system requirements 2.2 Install and operate software applications in accordance with developers’ and organisational requirements 2.3 Maintain and update security access procedures in line with organisational requirements 2.4 Ensure that licences for use of software are used, checked and recorded in accordance with organisational requirements 2.5 Regularly maintain and update virus programs in accordance with organisational requirements
3. Identify future technology requirements	3.1 Maintain knowledge of current and new technology by regularly accessing sources of information 3.2 Identify and develop improved technology systems using feedback from clients and colleagues 3.3 Assess existing technology against newly available technology to determine future needs and priorities 3.4 Identify and select new technologies to achieve and maintain continuous organisational development 3.5 Obtain management and budget approval for new selected technologies

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.4	Gathers, analyses and interprets a range of textual information from a variety of sources and identifies relevant information
Writing	2.3, 2.4, 3.5	Produces texts of varying complexity using appropriate language and logical structure to record and convey information
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1-2.5	Complies with organisational policies and legal responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.5	Plans, implements and monitors tasks required to achieve required outcomes Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions directly related to own role Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Identifies innovations by monitoring trends from other contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	BSBITS401B Maintain business technology	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITS401 Maintain business technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

install software and hardware and maintain performance according to manufacturers’ and organisational requirements

organise and access software, materials and consumables

maintain and update technology and security systems.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the costs and benefits of technology maintenance

describe the general features and capabilities of current industry-accepted hardware and software products

explain the importance of:

backup and security procedures

maintenance and diagnostic procedures

licensing, installation and purchasing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT support field of work and include access to:

case studies and, where possible, real situations

office equipment and resources

examples of technology maintenance and security procedures.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to present and negotiate persuasively, lead and participate in meetings and make presentations to customers, clients and others.

It applies to managers and leaders who identify, analyse, synthesise and act on information from a range of sources, and who deal with unpredictable problems. They use initiative and judgement to organise the work of self and others and plan, evaluate and co-ordinate the work of teams.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership - Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Communicate clearly	1.1 Confirm the authority or mandate to present business views or position 1.2 Respect protocols and confidentiality of information 1.3 Clarify the audience information needs and prepare a position 1.4 Use language that is appropriate for the audience 1.5 Use active listening to seek stakeholder and other organisation input and achieve a balanced exchange of views 1.6 Seek immediate feedback to ensure that the views expressed by all stakeholders have been understood
2. Present and negotiate persuasively	2.1 Identify key individuals and target groups for their value to advance the business interests 2.2 Prepare realistic positions and supporting arguments in advance in anticipation of the likely expectations and tactics of others 2.3 Respect values, concerns and views of others and keep lines of communication open 2.4 Acknowledge differences of opinion to encourage the rigorous examination of all options 2.5 Use a variety of communication styles to present business positions to best effect 2.6 Seek mutually beneficial solutions by establishing areas of common ground and potential compromise 2.7 Keep negotiations focused on key issues and moving forward towards a final resolution 2.8 Adhere to agreements in order to maintain the credibility and trust of others
3. Participate in and lead, meetings effectively	3.1 Identify the need for meetings and program meetings in response to the need 3.2 Use an agenda and efficient, inclusive meeting procedures to maximise participation and maintain order 3.3 Prepare summaries of key issues and possible options disseminated in advance 3.4 Achieve agreed outcomes in the available time by co-operating with and seeking consensus and compromise 3.5 Outcomes of meetings are promptly summarised for action and distributed to stakeholders, as required
4. Make presentations at meetings, forums and conferences	4.1 Select appropriate forums to present business positions to best effect 4.2 Obtain reliable information and advice to prepare appropriate presentations. 4.3 Adapt language, explanations, media and information/entertainment balance to meet the needs of the audience 4.4 Respond to questions openly and honestly

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Writing	2.2, 3.3, 3.5, 4.2	Prepares documentation that accurately summarises key findings or outcomes for own use and for distribution to others Prepares presentations appropriate to audience needs, context and purpose
Oral Communication	1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.5	Selects appropriate and engaging vocabulary adjusting language and presentation features to maintain effectiveness of interaction Uses active listening and questioning to seek information and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.2	Understands the implications of legal and ethical responsibilities to maintain confidentiality
Interact with others	1.1-1.6, 2.3, 2.4, 2.8, 4.3, 4.4	Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and/or written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with team members Adapts personal communication style to build trust and positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions and values of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective negotiation and collaboration, demonstrating high level conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Get the work done	2.1, 2.2, 2.6, 3.1-3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Plans, organises and implements complex tasks required to achieve required outcomes Uses analytical processes to evaluate options, and aid in problem-solving and decision-making

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence	Not applicable	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR503 Communicate with influence

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

negotiate and present persuasively

communicate clearly with business associates, client groups and others to position the business to best effect including listening actively, understanding the information needs of others and adapting communication to suit the audience

prepare for, participate in, and lead meetings to obtain outcomes

prepare and make presentations to groups of people including:

identifying suitable forums for presentations

presenting reliable information

designing the presentation to meet the needs of the audience

answering questions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the business and organisational protocols for the release of information and communicating internally or externally

explain the requirements to maintain confidentiality in the workplace

identify industry, media and government organisations, events and communication channels relevant to the organisation

demonstrate principles of cross-cultural communication

explain principles of negotiation, mediation, conflict resolution and incident de-escalation

describe structured and inclusive meeting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify assessment requirements
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine individual and team development needs and to facilitate the development of the workgroup.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of learning and development who apply their skills in addressing development needs to meet team objectives. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workforce Development – Learning and Development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine development needs	1.1 Systematically identify and implement learning and development needs in line with organisational requirements 1.2 Ensure that a learning plan to meet individual and group training and development needs is collaboratively developed, agreed to and implemented 1.3 Encourage individuals to selfevaluate performance and identify areas for improvement 1.4 Collect feedback on performance of team members from relevant sources and compare with established team learning needs
2. Develop individuals and teams	2.1 Identify learning and development program goals and objectives, ensuring a match to the specific knowledge and skill requirements of competency standards relevant to the industry 2.2 Ensure that learning delivery methods are appropriate to the learning goals, the learning style of participants, and availability of equipment and resources 2.3 Provide workplace learning opportunities, and coaching and mentoring assistance to facilitate individual and team achievement of competencies 2.4 Create development opportunities that incorporate a range of activities and support materials appropriate to the achievement of identified competencies 2.5 Identify and approve resources and time lines required for learning activities in accordance with organisational requirements
3. Monitor and evaluate workplace learning	3.1 Use feedback from individuals or teams to identify and implement improvements in future learning arrangements 3.2 Assess and record outcomes and performance of individuals/teams to determine the effectiveness of development programs and the extent of additional development support 3.3 Negotiate modifications to learning plans to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of learning 3.4 Document and maintain records and reports of competency according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.3	Uses structured approaches to set goals, monitor progress and adjust learning approaches for self and others Builds on knowledge and experience to facilitate interaction and learning with others
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.4	Analyses textual information from a range of sources to identify organisational requirements Analyses information from a range of sources to evaluate performance
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.5, 3.1-3.4	Develops materials to suit the requirements of different roles and individuals in the organisation Maintains records using correct technical and organisational vocabulary
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3	Uses vocabulary appropriate to context and to establish a supportive and learning environment Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm or show understanding of different perspectives
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.5, 3.4	Recognises and responds to explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols Understands how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader goals
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers in a range of work contexts Recognises the importance of building rapport to establish effective working relationships Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction Negotiates with others to achieve joint/agreeable outcomes playing an active role in facilitating consensus in potentially contentious situations
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Uses logical planning processes to organise, implement and monitor learning and development needs Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to make informed decisions Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals Release 2	BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals Release 1	Updated to clarify assessment requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify assessment requirements
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

systematically identify and implement learning opportunities for others

collect feedback on team and individual performance

give and receive feedback from team members to encourage participation in and effectiveness of the team

collaboratively develop learning plans to match skill needs of individuals and groups

provide mentoring and coaching assistance to teams and individuals

monitor and review workplace learning.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe facilitation techniques to encourage team development and improvement

outline organisational policies, plans and procedures for developing teams

identify career paths and competency standards relevant to the industry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the workforce learning and development field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

learning and development plans, policies and procedures

case studies and, where available, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement the operational plan by monitoring and adjusting operational performance, planning and acquiring resources and providing reports on performance as required.

It applies to individuals who plan activities to achieve the measurable, stated objectives of the team and the organisation. At this level work will normally be carried out within routine and non-routine methods and procedures which require planning, evaluation, leadership and guidance of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement operational plan	1.1 Collate, analyse and organise details of resource requirements in consultation with relevant personnel, colleagues and specialist resource managers 1.2 Implement operational plans to contribute to the achievement of organisation’s performance/business plan 1.3 Identify and use key performance indicators (KPIs) to monitor operational performance 1.4 Manage contingencies by adjusting the implementation of the operational plan in consultation with others 1.5 Provide assistance in the development and presentation of proposals for resource requirements in line with operational planning processes
2. Implement resource acquisition	2.1 Recruit and induct employees within organisation’s policies, practices and procedures 2.2 Implement plans for acquisition of physical resources and services within organisation’s policies, practices and procedures and in consultation with relevant personnel
3. Monitor operational performance	3.1 Monitor performance systems and processes to assess progress in achieving profit/productivity plans and targets 3.2 Analyse and use budget and actual financial information to monitor profit/productivity performance 3.3 Identify unsatisfactory performance and take prompt action to rectify the situation according to organisational policies 3.4 Provide mentoring, coaching and supervision to support individuals and teams to use resources effectively, economically and safely 3.5 Present recommendations for variation to operational plans to the designated persons/groups and gain approval 3.6 Implement systems, procedures and records associated with performance in accordance with organisation’s requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.4	Actively reinforces learning by applying new knowledge and skills in mentoring, coaching and supervising others
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.6	Identifies, interprets, analyses and reviews textual information related to the operational plan and monitoring of operational performance
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2-3.6	Communicates relationships between ideas and information, matching style of writing to purpose and audience Researches, plans and prepares workplace documentation for relevant stakeholders using organisational formats
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with a range of audiences varying structure and language to suit the audience
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses familiar mathematical techniques to organise timely supply of adequate resources for the operational plan and to use budgetary information to monitor performance
Navigate the world of work	1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse individuals to build rapport, seek or present information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group communication, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.6	Takes responsibility for planning, organising, implementing and monitoring tasks required to achieve required outcomes Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they met stated goals Recognises and addresses an increasing range of familiar problems by implementing contingency plans

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	BSBMGT402A Implement operational plan	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Edits to clarify intent of Performance Criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interact with a range of people/groups to identify resource requirements, performance objectives, systems, procedures and records relating to the operational plan

vary the operational plan and gain approval to deal with contingencies

monitor operational performance against the performance objectives and budgets and take action to rectify unsatisfactory performance

plan and acquire physical and human resources using organisation’s systems and procedures

manage and support personnel to achieve performance objectives. including inducting new employees and providing mentoring and coaching

present information and recommendations to support implementation and variation of the operational plan

document and provide reports on performance as required by the organisation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe performance monitoring systems and processes

describe methods for problem solving

explain how organisational policies and procedures relate to the operational plan.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

organisational operational plans, policies and procedures

workplace documentation and resources including budgets, physical and human resource procurement documentation, employee induction and performance monitoring procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT502 Manage people performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the performance of staff who report to them directly. Development of key result areas and key performance indicators and standards, coupled with regular and timely coaching and feedback, provide the basis for performance management.

It applies to individuals who manage people. It covers work allocation and the methods to review performance, reward excellence and provide feedback where there is a need for improvement.

The unit makes the link between performance management and performance development, and reinforces both functions as a key requirement for effective managers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Allocate work	1.1 Consult relevant groups and individuals on work to be allocated and resources available 1.2 Develop work plans in accordance with operational plans 1.3 Allocate work in a way that is efficient, cost effective and outcome focussed 1.4 Confirm performance standards, Code of Conduct and work outputs with relevant teams and individuals 1.5 Develop and agree performance indicators with relevant staff prior to commencement of work 1.6 Conduct risk analysis in accordance with the organisational risk management plan and legal requirements
2. Assess performance	2.1 Design performance management and review processes to ensure consistency with organisational objectives and policies 2.2 Train participants in the performance management and review process 2.3 Conduct performance management in accordance with organisational protocols and time lines 2.4 Monitor and evaluate performance on a continuous basis
3. Provide feedback	3.1 Provide informal feedback to staff on a regular basis 3.2 Advise relevant people where there is poor performance and take necessary actions 3.3 Provide onthejob coaching when necessary to improve performance and to confirm excellence in performance 3.4 Document performance in accordance with the organisational performance management system 3.5 Conduct formal structured feedback sessions as necessary and in accordance with organisational policy
4. Manage follow up	4.1 Write and agree on performance improvement and development plans in accordance with organisational policies 4.2 Seek assistance from human resources specialists, where appropriate 4.3 Reinforce excellence in performance through recognition and continuous feedback 4.4 Monitor and coach individuals with poor performance 4.5 Provide support services where necessary 4.6 Counsel individuals who continue to perform below expectations and implement the disciplinary process if necessary 4.7 Terminate staff in accordance with legal and organisational requirements where serious misconduct occurs or ongoing poorperformance continues

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	2.2, 3.3, 4.4	Consolidates and improves own knowledge and skills by coaching, mentoring or training others
Reading	1.2, 1.6, 2.4	Gathers, interprets and analyses texts in organisational documents to facilitate performance management
Writing	1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.7	Plans and prepares documents for allocating work and managing performance suitable for the target audience and in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 4.2-4.7	Uses language and structure appropriate to context and audience to explain expected standards of performance, provide feedback and coach staff
Numeracy	1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.4, 3.4, 4.1	Extracts and evaluates mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and text relating to performance standards and risk analysis
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.6, 2.1, 2.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.7	Appreciates the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work and the organisation as a whole Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.2-4.6	Recognises and applies the protocols governing what to communicate to whom and how in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.4, 4.1, 4.2	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Seeks advice, feedback and support as required to assist in the decision-making process Uses experiences to reflect on the ways in which variables impact on performance

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	BSBMGT502B Manage people performance	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT502 Manage people performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

consult with relevant stakeholders to identify work requirements, performance standards and agreed performance indicators

develop work plans and allocate work to achieve outcomes efficiently and within organisational and legal requirements

monitor, evaluate and provide feedback on performance and provide coaching or training, as needed

reinforce excellence in performance through recognition and continuous feedback

seek assistance from human resources specialists where appropriate

keep records and documentation in accordance with the organisational performance management system.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline relevant legislative and regulatory requirements

outline relevant awards and certified agreements

explain performance measurement systems utilised within the organisation

explain unlawful dismissal rules and due process

describe staff development options and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and monitor implementation of the operational plan to provide efficient and effective workplace practices within the organisation’s productivity and profitability plans.

Management at a strategic level requires systems and procedures to be developed and implemented to facilitate the organisation’s operational plan.

This unit applies to individuals who manage the work of others and operate within the parameters of a broader strategic and/or business plan.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop operational plan	1.1 Research, analyse and document resource requirements and develop an operational plan in consultation with relevant personnel, colleagues and specialist resource managers 1.2 Develop and/or implement consultation processes as an integral part of the operational planning process 1.3 Ensure the operational plan includes key performance indicators to measure organisational performance 1.4 Develop and implement contingency plans for the operational plan 1.5 Ensure the development and presentation of proposals for resource requirements is supported by a variety of information sources and seek specialist advice as required 1.6 Obtain approval for the plan from relevant parties and explain the plan to relevant work teams
2. Plan and manage resource acquisition	2.1 Develop and implement strategies to ensure that employees are recruited and/or inducted within the organisation’s human resources management policies, practices and procedures 2.2 Develop and implement strategies to ensure that physical resources and services are acquired in accordance with the organisation’s policies, practices and procedures 2.3 Recognise and incorporate requirements for intellectual property rights and responsibilities in recruitment and acquisition of resources and services
3. Monitor and review operational performance	3.1 Develop, monitor and review performance systems and processes to assess progress in achieving profit and productivity plans and targets 3.2 Analyse and interpret budget and actual financial information to monitor and review profit and productivity performance 3.3 Identify areas of under-performance, recommend solutions and take prompt action to rectify the situation 3.4 Plan and implement systems to ensure that mentoring and coaching are provided to support individuals and teams to effectively, economically and safely use resources 3.5 Negotiate recommendations for variations to operational plans and gain approval from designated persons/groups 3.6 Develop and implement systems to ensure that procedures and records associated with documenting performance are managed in accordance with organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6	Identifies and extracts relevant information from a range of complex texts Gathers, interprets and analyses workplace documentation to determine requirements for the operational plan
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.6	Develops and documents a range of detailed texts relating to the management of an operational plan according to organisational requirements Ensures the vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions are appropriate for the context and target audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 3.4, 3.5	Presents information to a range of audiences using appropriate register, vocabulary and paralinguistic features Listens and comprehends information from a variety of spoken exchanges with clients, co-workers and other stakeholders Confirms understanding through questioning and active listening
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 3.1-3.4	Selects and uses mathematical problem-solving strategies to organise resource requirements, performance benchmarks and financial viability of the operational plan
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 3.6	Monitors adherence to organisational policies, procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment Appreciates the implications of legal responsibilities with specific reference to health and safety
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 3.5	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and external stakeholders Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6	Takes responsibility for developing and implementing systems and processes to achieve organisational objectives, seeking advice, feedback and support as required to assist in the development and planning phase Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Uses systematic analytical processes to aid decision making, identify potential problems and generate contingency plans or solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	BSBMGT515A Manage operational plan	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Edits to clarify intent of Performance Criteria. Additional performance criterion and evidence for intellectual property.	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement an operational plan using a variety of information sources and consultation (including using specialist advice if required) which includes:

resource requirements

key performance indicators

monitoring processes

contingency plans

communicate effectively with relevant stakeholders to explain the plan and supporting information, seek approvals, negotiate variations and engage work teams

develop and implement strategies to achieve the operational plan within the organisation’s policies, practices and procedures including:

recruiting, inducting and developing personnel

acquiring physical resources and services

protecting intellectual property

making variations to the plan

monitoring and documenting performance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe models and methods for operational plans

explain the role of an operational plan in achieving the organisation’s objectives

explain budgeting processes

list alternative approaches to developing key performance indicators to meet business objectives

outline the legislative and regulatory context relevant to the operational plan of the organisation

outline the organisation’s policies, practices and procedures that directly relate to the operational plan.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation and regulations

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Version 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to demonstrate senior leadership behaviour and personal and professional competence. Business ethics are also addressed in this unit.

It applies to individuals who have a role in inspiring and motivating others to achieve organisational goals and to model professionalism in their organisation and industry. Leadership is seen in the context of the organisational mission.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Communicate organisational mission and goals	1.1 Clarify objectives, values and standards in accordance with organisation’s strategic direction 1.2 Establish linkages between organisational objectives, values and standards and the responsibilities of relevant groups and individuals 1.3 Ensure media and language used is appropriate to individuals and group circumstances 1.4 State clear expectations of internal groups and individuals and explain in a manner which builds commitment to the organisation 1.5 Address expectations of the organisation 1.6 Investigate incidents promptly and communicate results clearly to relevant groups and individuals
2. Influence groups and individuals	2.1 Build trust, confidence and respect of diverse groups and individuals through positive role modelling and effective communication and consultation 2.2 Embrace, resource and effectively implement improvements to organisational and workplace culture 2.3 Demonstrate understanding of the global environment and new technology in work activities 2.4 Ensure actions convey flexibility and adaptability to change and accessibility 2.5 Ensure consultation and participation in decision making occurs with relevant groups and individuals where appropriate 2.6 Ensure decision making takes into account needs and expectations of both internal and external groups 2.7 Ensure decision making occurs in accordance with risk management plans for all options, and within appropriate timeframes 2.8 Ensure that the organisation is represented positively in the media and community
3. Build and support teams	3.1 Assign accountabilities and responsibilities to teams consistent with their competencies and operational plans 3.2 Ensure teams are resourced to allow them to achieve their objectives 3.3 Empower teams and individuals through effective delegation and support for their initiatives 3.4 Create and maintain a positive work environment 3.5 Encourage teams and individuals to develop innovative approaches to the performance of work
4. Demonstrate personal and professional competence	4.1 Model ethical conduct in all areas of work and encourage others to adopt business ethics 4.2 Adapt appropriate interpersonal and leadership styles to meet particular circumstances and situations 4.3 Set and achieve personal objectives and work program outcomes 4.4 Ensure self-performance and professional competence is continuously improved through engagement in a range of professional development activities 4.5 Participate regularly in industry/professional networks and groups

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Actively looks for and accepts ways to maintain and improve own skills and knowledge
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 1.6, 2.7, 4.4, 4.5	Evaluates and integrates facts and ideas to construct meaning from a range of text types
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 3.1, 4.3	Records and reports key information related to the outcomes of the job to interact effectively and appropriately with the team Researches, plans and prepares documentation using format and language appropriate to the audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with clients, co-workers and stakeholders using structure and language appropriate to context and audience
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 2.8, 3.1, 4.1	Works autonomously making high level decisions related to the achievement of organisational goals Reflects on designation of roles and responsibilities and how everyone’s role contributes to broader organisational goals Appreciates the implications of ethical and other organisational responsibilities in carrying out own role
Interact with others	1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and/or written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals Identifies strengths and limitations of own interpersonal skills and addresses areas that would benefit from further development Recognises the importance of building rapport in order to establish effective working relationships and inspire trust and confidence Collaborates and cooperates with others, playing an active role in leading and facilitating effective group interaction and influencing direction Facilitates a climate in which others feel comfortable to identify, explore and build on a variety of perspectives in order to achieve shared outcomes
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.6, 2.2-2.7, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload of self and others, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Applies problem solving processes to identify risks, evaluate options and determine solutions Facilitates a climate in which creativity and innovation are accepted as an integral part of achieving outcomes Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation	BSBMGT605B Provide leadership across the organisation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT605 Provide leadership across the organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Version 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to use interpersonal and risk management skills to:

clearly communicate the organisation’s objectives, values and standards to a range of stakeholders using appropriate media and language

influence, support and provide resources for individuals and groups to:

participate in consultations and decision making processes

contribute to innovation and improvements

achieve their responsibilities and objectives

facilitate consultative decision making processes with relevant internal and external stakeholders

demonstrate ethical conduct and professional competence and continuing professional development

encourage others to adopt business ethics and build their commitment to the organisation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain business ethics and their application to leadership

outline leadership styles and their application in supporting the organisation’s mission, objectives and values

explain the impact of legislation in providing leadership in the organisation

explain the organisation’s mission, purpose and values

describe organisation objectives, plans and strategies

explain organisational change processes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulation, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish the strategic direction of the organisation, sustain competitive advantage and enhance competitiveness. It covers analysis and interpretation of relevant markets, capability assessment of the organisation and analysis of the organisation’s existing and potential competitors and allies. It also covers implementation of the strategic plan and developing specific actions and initiatives that will be undertaken by people working in various roles.

It applies to individuals working in senior roles in the organisation who have responsibility for ensuring that the organisation is positioned to ensure its long-term viability and success.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm organisational vision and mission	1.1 Check with stakeholders that organisational vision and mission are still held to be current and are supported 1.2 Make any changes or refinements to vision or mission statement as required 1.3 Review or develop organisational values to support the vision and mission statement 1.4 Gain support for strategic planning process from all relevant stakeholders
2. Analyse the internal and external environment	2.1 Determine information requirements and undertake or commission research to deliver relevant information 2.2 Analyse political, economic, social, and technological developments in a global context 2.3 Seek advice from appropriate experts wherever necessary 2.4 Identify and consider strengths and weaknesses of existing and potential competitors and allies 2.5 Analyse organisation’s strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats 2.6 Consider cooperative ventures that are supported by risk and cost benefit analyses, are consistent with the organisational vision, mission and values and provide for due diligence 2.7 Check that analysis of internal and external environment is consistent with the perspectives of other informed people
3. Write strategic plan	3.1 Document relevant research and background for inclusion in the strategic plan 3.2 Formulate strategic objectives and strategies needed for the future 3.3 Detail each strategy with an assigned priority, a timeframe, responsible parties and measurable performance indicators 3.4 Circulate strategic plan for comment, support and endorsement
4. Implement strategic plan	4.1 Communicate strategic plan to all relevant parties 4.2 Brief people with a specific role in relation to strategies 4.3 Use performance indicators to monitor progress in implementing plan 4.4 Make necessary refinements to plan 4.5 Evaluate achievement of objectives at agreed milestones 4.6 Review effectiveness of plan and consider methods for improving strategic planning processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.6, 3.1, 3.3, 4.4-4.6	Identifies and analyses complex organisational texts to determine business requirements Reviews, evaluates, interprets and applies content from a range of sources to aid in development of strategies
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.6, 3.1-3.3, 4.3- 4.6	Prepares strategic plans for relevant stakeholders incorporating appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and conventions Incorporates amendments to documents according to organisational requirements Collates and compiles data to convey specific information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 4.1, 4.2	Presents information and seeks advice using language and register appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.6, 3.2, 3.3, 4.5, 4.6	Interprets and analyses statistical data and mathematical information to consider trends and resource implications of proposed strategies
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3	Works autonomously making high level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals Takes a lead role in the development of strategies to achieve organisational goals
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role Seeks feedback or expert advice where required
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.7, 3.2, 4.3-4.6	Develops flexible plans for complex, high impact activities with strategic implications, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to inform decisions about organisational strategies Evaluates outcomes to identify opportunities for improvement Applies problem solving processes to identify risks, evaluate options and determine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans	BSBMGT616A Develop and implement strategic plans	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT616 Develop and implement strategic plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

consult and communicate effectively with relevant stakeholders to:

confirm or revise the organisation’s mission, vision and values

validate findings of research and analysis

get input to and endorsement of strategic plans

brief relevant parties about the plan

analyse organisation’s internal and external environment to formulate strategic plans including:

background and research relevant to the plan

legislation, regulations and codes of practice, including for intellectual property

objectives, strategies and priorities

roles and responsibilities

performance indicators

timeframes

consideration of co-operative ventures

cost-benefit and risk analysis

seek advice from appropriate experts wherever necessary

monitor and evaluate the implementation of the plan and make refinements as appropriate

review effectiveness of planning processes and identify opportunities for improvement.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the legislation, regulations and codes of practice relevant to the organisation’s strategic plan.

give examples of risks and risk management strategies relevant to strategic planning including:

intellectual property rights and responsibilities

other risks

outline strategic planning methodologies including political, economic, social and technological (PEST) analysis and strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats analysis (SWOT)

identify internal and external sources of information relevant to the organisation's market, competitors, customer base, vision, values and capabilities

outline techniques for developing organisational values.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake a straightforward project or a section of a larger project. It covers developing a project plan, administering and monitoring the project, finalising the project and reviewing the project to identify lessons learned for application to future projects.

This unit applies to individuals who play a significant role in ensuring a project meets timelines, quality standards, budgetary limits and other requirements set for the project.

The unit does not apply to specialist project managers. For specialist project managers, the other units of competency in the project management field (BSBPMG) will be applicable.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define project	1.1 Access project scope and other relevant documentation 1.2 Define project stakeholders 1.3 Seek clarification from delegating authority of issues related to project and project parameters 1.4 Identify limits of own responsibility and reporting requirements 1.5 Clarify relationship of project to other projects and to the organisation's objectives 1.6 Determine and access available resources to undertake project
2. Develop project plan	2.1 Develop project plan in line with the project parameters 2.2 Identify and access appropriate project management tools 2.3 Formulate risk management plan for project, including Work Health and Safety (WHS) 2.4 Develop and approve project budget 2.5 Consult team members and take their views into account in planning the project 2.6 Finalise project plan and gain necessary approvals to commence project according to documented plan
3. Administer and monitor project	3.1 Take action to ensure project team members are clear about their responsibilities and the project requirements 3.2 Provide support for project team members, especially with regard to specific needs, to ensure that the quality of the expected outcomes of the project and documented time lines are met 3.3 Establish and maintain required recordkeeping systems throughout the project 3.4 Implement and monitor plans for managing project finances, resources and quality 3.5 Complete and forward project reports as required to stakeholders 3.6 Undertake risk management as required to ensure project outcomes are met 3.7 Achieve project deliverables
4. Finalise project	4.1 Complete financial recordkeeping associated with project and check for accuracy 4.2 Ensure transition of staff involved in project to new roles or reassignment to previous roles 4.3 Complete project documentation and obtain necessary sign-offs for concluding project
5. Review project	5.1 Review project outcomes and processes against the project scope and plan 5.2 Involve team members in the project review 5.3 Document lessons learned from the project and report within the organisation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 3.3, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.3	Develops plans, reports and recommendations using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text Establishes and maintains records according to organisational requirements
Numeracy	1.6, 2.4, 3.4, 4.1	Uses formal and some informal, oral and written mathematical language and representation to prepare and communicate budgetary and financial information
Oral communication	2.5, 5.2	Participates in verbal discussions using clear language and appropriate features to present or seek information Using listening and questioning skills to seek information and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 4.3	Recognises and responds to organisational and legislative/regulatory requirements
Interact with others	2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 5.2	Selects and uses appropriate communication protocols and practices to ensure shared understanding of project roles and expectations Uses collaborative techniques to engage stakeholders in consultations and negotiations
Get the work done	1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.6, 3.1-3.7, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3	Develops and implements plans to manage projects that involve diverse stakeholders with potentially competing demands Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to make informed decisions Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Uses digital technologies and applications to access, organise and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	BSBPMG522A Undertake project work	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG522 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

define the parameters of the project including:

project scope

project stakeholders, including own responsibilities

relationship of project to organisational objectives and other projects

reporting requirements

resource requirements

use project management tools to develop and implement a project plan including:

deliverables

work breakdown

budget and allocation of resources

timelines

risk management

recordkeeping and reporting

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to generate input and engagement in planning, implementing and reviewing the project

provide support to team members to enable them to achieve deliverables and to transition them as appropriate at completion of the project

finalise the project including documentation, sign-offs and reporting

review and document the project outcomes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of project management tools and how they contribute to a project

outline types of documents and other sources of information commonly used in defining the parameters of a project

explain processes for identifying and managing risk in a project

outline the organisation's mission, goals, objectives and operations and how the project relates to them

explain the organisation's procedures and processes that are relevant to managing a project including:

lines of authority and approvals

quality assurance

human resources

budgets and finance

recordkeeping

reporting

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation in relation to project work, including work health and safety (WHS) requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership – project management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBREL401 Establish networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and maintain effective work relationships and networks through relationship building and negotiation skills required by workers within an organisation as well as freelance or contract workers.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of networking and negotiation who contribute well developed skills in creating solutions to unpredictable problems through analysis and evaluation of information from a variety of sources. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Relationship Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and maintain business networks	1.1 Use appropriate network strategies to establish and maintain relationships that promote the development of business opportunities 1.2 Identify and pursue network opportunities to maximise a range of contacts 1.3 Communicate information regarding new networks to inform individuals, colleagues and clients of potential benefits 1.4 Participate in professional networks and associations to obtain and maintain personal knowledge and skills
2. Establish and maintain business relationships	2.1 Develop and maintain relationships to promote benefits consistent with organisational/client requirements 2.2 Gain and maintain trust and confidence of contacts through demonstration of high standards of business practices 2.3 Use a high level of negotiation skills to encourage positive outcomes 2.4 Identify difficult situations and negotiate solutions using collaborative problem-solving techniques 2.5 Seek specialist advice in the development of contacts where appropriate
3. Promote the relationship	3.1 Develop strategies to represent and promote the interests and requirements of the relationship 3.2 Use appropriate presentation skills to communicate the goals and objectives of the relationship 3.3 Effectively communicate issues, policies and practices of the relationship to a range of audiences, in writing and verbally 3.4 Obtain feedback to identify and develop ways to improve promotional activities within available opportunities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.4, 3.4	Seeks opportunities to develop and extend expertise and identify areas for professional improvement
Reading	2.1	Sources and analyses information to establish networks that consistently promote business opportunities
Writing	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5 3.1-3.4	Uses appropriate vocabulary, layout and grammatical structure to convey ideas and information
Oral Communication	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Utilises persuasive language and appropriate non-verbal features to achieve mutually acceptable outcomes Uses active listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Understands and adheres to organisational policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Begins to cultivate relationships with people with the knowledge, skills and influence to get things done or provide support
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and implementing tasks required to build and maintain networks Uses analytical processes to identify problems, gather relevant information, evaluate options and determine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBREL401 Establish networks	BSBREL401A Establish networks	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBREL401 Establish networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and use networking opportunities

maintain records of relevant contacts

use written and verbal communication skills to establish, cultivate and promote professional business relationships

use feedback to improve promotional activities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list and describe strategies for establishing and maintaining business relationships

identify relevant networks, organisations, agencies, associations or individuals

describe the principles and techniques needed to negotiate positive outcomes

explain client or organisational policies, plans and procedures relevant to business relationships

outline methods for obtaining feedback on promotional activities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the stakeholder relations – relationship management field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBRKG304 Maintain business records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the records of a business or records system in good order on a day-to-day basis.

It applies to individuals who follow established guidelines and processes to assist them to carry out their work. They work under supervision or in consultation with more senior staff or system users to support effective recordkeeping and governance practices across the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Knowledge Management – Recordkeeping

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collate business records	1.1 Identify individual records or information which should be incorporated into business or records system according to organisational criteria 1.2 Sort records in accordance with workplace requirements 1.3 Follow security and access requirements in accordance with organisational procedures
2. Update business or records system	2.1 Identify and record control information for describing new records to be incorporated into business or records system 2.2 Update control information describing movement or use of records within business or records system 2.3 Accurately record and update control information in business or records system 2.4 Identify and remove records of completed business activities from current system for disposal
3. Prepare reports from the business or records system	3.1 Interpret requests for reports and clarify the content and frequency sought, where necessary 3.2 Prepare reports from business or records system in accordance with instructions or request 3.3 Prepare reports in accordance with organisational security and access procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1	Gathers and interprets textual information from different sources to determine how information may be applied to job requirements
Writing	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Uses clear and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace information
Oral Communication	3.1	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to confirm job requirements
Numeracy	1.1	Recognises and uses numerical systems associated with recordkeeping systems
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 3.3	Takes some personal responsibility for following organisational procedures
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload to ensure work deadlines are met Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	BSBRKG304B Maintain business records	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBRKG304 Maintain business records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

collate business records in compliance with organisational procedures and workplace requirements

record and update control information accurately in business records system.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the organisational requirements regarding the maintenance and security of business records

describe the general principles and processes of records management and records management systems, such as:

systems of control

records continuum theory

mandate and ownership of business process

environmental context

records characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the knowledge management – recordkeeping field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBRSK501 Manage risk

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to manage risks in a range of contexts across an organisation or for a specific business unit or area in any industry setting.

It applies to individuals who are working in positions of authority and are approved to implement change across the organisation, business unit, program or project area. They may or may not have responsibility for directly supervising others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Risk Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish risk context	1.1 Review organisational processes, procedures and requirements for undertaking risk management in accordance with current risk management standards 1.2 Determine scope for risk management process 1.3 Identify internal and external stakeholders and their issues 1.4 Review political, economic, social, legal, technological and policy context 1.5 Review strengths and weaknesses of existing arrangements 1.6 Document critical success factors, goals or objectives for area included in scope 1.7 Obtain support for risk management activities 1.8 Communicate with relevant parties about the risk management process and invite participation
2. Identify risks	2.1 Invite relevant parties to assist in the identification of risks 2.2 Research risks that may apply to scope 2.3 Use tools and techniques to generate a list of risks that apply to the scope, in consultation with relevant parties
3. Analyse risks	3.1 Assess likelihood of risks occurring 3.2 Assess impact or consequence if risks occur 3.3 Evaluate and prioritise risks for treatment
4. Select and implement treatments	4.1 Determine and select most appropriate options for treating risks 4.2 Develop an action plan for implementing risk treatment 4.3 Communicate risk management processes to relevant parties 4.4 Ensure all documentation is in order and appropriately stored 4.5 Implement and monitor action plan 4.6 Evaluate risk management process

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2	Comprehends a variety of relatively complex texts Gathers, interprets and analyses textual information from a range of sources to identify relevant information
Writing	1.6, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 4.3	Develops textual material and organises content in a manner that effectively documents risk management analysis and assessment priorities and processes
Oral Communication	1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 4.3	Participates in interactions with stakeholders using questioning and listening to elicit opinions, and to confirm and clarify understanding
Numeracy	2.2	Uses numerical tools to assess risk and uses numerical data to review plans
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.1, 4.3	Refers to organisational processes, procedures and requirements when making decisions about risk management
Interact with others	1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 4.3	Establishes and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with stakeholders about risk management Consults and negotiates with stakeholders about risk management processes and outcomes
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6	Sequences and schedules a range of routine and complex activities, monitors implementation, evaluates processes and manages relevant communication Systematically analyses information to decide on appropriate risk management treatments Uses digital technologies and systems to access information, document plans and communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBRSK501 Manage risk	BSBRSK501B Manage risk	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBRSK501 Manage risk

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse information from a range of sources to identify the scope and context of the risk management process including:

stakeholder analysis

political, economic, social, legal, technological and policy context

current arrangements

objectives and critical success factors for the area included in scope

risks that may apply to scope

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to identify and assess risks, determine appropriate risk treatment actions and priorities and explain the risk management processes

develop and implement an action plan to treat risks

monitor and evaluate the action plan and risk management process

maintain documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the purpose and key elements of current risk management standards

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation in relation to risk management

outline organisational policies, procedures and processes for risk management.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the regulation, licensing and risk - risk management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify financial requirements of a business, including profit targets, cash flow projections and strategies to garner financial support.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business or work within an existing micro or small businesses and interpret financial data.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify costs, calculate prices and prepare profit statement	1.1 Identify and document costs associated with production and delivery of business products and services 1.2 Calculate prices based on costs and profit margin, as an hourly charge-out rate for labour or unit price for products 1.3 Calculate breakeven sales point to establish business viability and profit margins 1.4 Identify appropriate pricing strategies in relation to market conditions to meet business profit targets 1.5 Prepare projected profit statement to supplement the business plan
2. Develop a financial plan	2.1 Set profit targets or goals to reflect owner’s desired returns 2.2 Identify working capital requirements necessary to attain profit projections 2.3 Identify noncurrent asset requirements and consider alternative asset management strategies 2.4 Prepare cash flow projections to enable business operation in accordance with business plan and legal requirements 2.5 Identify capital investment requirements accurately for each operational period 2.6 Select budget targets to enable ongoing monitoring of financial performance
3. Acquire finance	3.1 Identify startup and ongoing financial requirements according to financial plan/budget 3.2 Identify sources of finance, including potential financial backers, to provide required liquidity for the business to complement business goals and objectives 3.3 Investigate cost of securing finance on optimal terms 3.4 Identify strategies to obtain finance as required to ensure financial viability of the business

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex information from a range of sources
Writing	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.2	Uses specific and relevant language to secure finance and uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify outcomes Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.6, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Analyses numerical information to determine costs, prices, profit and losses, and other financial data
Navigate the world of work	2.4	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Sequences and schedules complex activities, including implementing and monitoring financial strategies Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account, making adjustments as necessary Regularly uses formal thinking techniques to generate new ideas

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances Release 2	BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop a financial plan which identifies financial requirements of the business, including cash flow projections and a projected profit statement

follow the financial plan, including:

demonstrating an awareness of appropriate legal requirements

implementing strategies to monitor financial performance

identify sources and investigate costs of securing appropriate financial assistance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain breakeven analysis

clarify costing for the business, including margin or markup, hourly charge-out rates and unit costs

summarise financial decision-making relevant to the business

outline methods and relative costs of obtaining finance

summarise principles for preparing balance sheets

provide a detailed explanation of:

principles for preparation of cash flow forecasts

principles for preparation of profit and loss statements

purpose of financial reports

explain relevant accounting terminology

describe working capital cycles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

software for financial calculations

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and develop an integrated business plan for achieving business goals and objectives.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that operates independently, or as part of a larger organisation. Individuals in this role interpret business information and numerical data competently.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify elements of the business plan	1.1 Identify purpose of the business plan 1.2 Identify and review essential components of the business plan 1.3 Identify and document business goals and objectives as a basis for measuring business performance
2. Develop a business plan	2.1 Research resources, legal and compliance requirements, specifically in relation to work health and safety (WHS), in accordance with business goals and objectives 2.2 Research market needs, and market size and potential 2.3 Identify sources and costs of finance, from financial plan, to provide required liquidity and profitability for the business 2.4 Identify methods, from marketing strategies, to promote market exposure of the business 2.5 Identify methods or means of production or operation from production or operations plan to conform with business goals and objectives 2.6 Identify staffing requirements to effectively produce or deliver products and services 2.7 Identify, assess and prioritise internal and external risks 2.8 Identify specialist services and sources of advice, where required, and cost in accordance with available resources
3. Develop strategies for minimising risks	3.1 Identify specific interests and objectives of relevant people and seek and confirm their support of planned business direction 3.2 Identify and develop risk management strategies according to business goals and objectives, and relevant legal requirements 3.3 Develop a contingency plan to address possible areas of nonconformance with the plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.7, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex workplace documentation during planning process
Writing	1.3, 2.3-2.7, 3.1-3.3	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.1	Articulates ideas and requirements clearly and creatively based on techniques appropriate to assess business performance
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 2.5-2.7	Interprets numerical information to determine prospective markets, resource allocations and business profits/losses
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 3.2	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Interact with others	3.1	Looks for strengths in others, finding ways of working with and building on these and sharing own knowledge and experience freely
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.7, 3.2, 3.3	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and to evaluate alternative strategies Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts, and redesigns these to suit own situation Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning Release 2	BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop a business plan which provides for finance, marketing and provision of products or services to facilitate all business goals and objectives

identify and plan all work health and safety (WHS) and duty of care responsibilities

identify and assess internal and external risks to the business

develop risk management strategies including a contingency plan for non-conformance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss all government legislative requirements relating to business operation, especially in regard to WHS and environmental issues, equal employment opportunity, industrial relations and antidiscrimination

explain methods of evaluation

summarise WHS responsibilities and procedures for identifying hazards relevant to the business

outline planning processes

describe preparation of a business plan

identify principles of risk management relevant to small business planning

outline common risks particular to the small business type or industry

explain reasons for, and benefits of, business planning

clarify relevant industry codes of practice

outline setting goals and objectives

explain types of business planning – feasibility studies; strategic, operational, financial and marketing planning.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, induct, train and develop staff members to enhance business operations within the parameters of all relevant legislative requirements.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that stands alone, or is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role have a good knowledge of industrial relations and team management and use effective, responsive and supportive communication in workplace interactions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop staffing plan	1.1 Determine staffing requirements to allow the business to run effectively, in accordance with requirements outlined in the business plan 1.2 Identify and compare existing skills of owner/s and staff with business requirements to identify any gaps 1.3 Develop policies and procedures for owner/s and staff, in accordance with the business plan
2. Recruit, induct, train and retain team	2.1 Develop job or position descriptions, competencies required and selection criteria to meet business’ needs 2.2 Judge information obtained from each candidate against specified selection criteria, and select according to business needs and legal requirements 2.3 Induct new staff members in accordance with policies and procedures of the business 2.4 Make team members aware of their responsibilities and performance requirements as soon as practicable, and take opportunities to coach team members who are unfamiliar with procedures of the business 2.5 Develop and implement a staff development program and career paths based on requirements of business and staff competencies 2.6 Advertise staff vacancies appropriately in accordance with staffing plan
3. Comply with industrial relations obligations	3.1 Clarify workplace rights and obligations of employers and employees, in accordance with legal requirements and codes of practice 3.2 Counsel staff, if required, in a positive and constructive manner and record outcomes accurately
4. Maintain staff records	4.1 Develop staff records system to provide timely and accurate information, in accordance with confidentiality, legal and taxation requirements 4.2 Monitor and accurately maintain system for recording and retrieving personnel and payroll information, and seek specialist advice where required
5. Manage staff	5.1 Regularly review contribution and skills of self and other team members to ensure performance is in line with agreed performance measures 5.2 Monitor and adjust staffing requirements to respond to any changes in tasks and functions required by the business 5.3 Support and encourage staff, and acknowledge and reward their contribution 5.4 Regularly provide opportunities for staff to discuss work related issues 5.5 Develop contingency plans to cope with unexpected or extreme situations and take appropriate corrective action as required
6. Review team performance	6.1 Develop positive and constructive relationships with and between team members 6.2 Review and update team objectives in support of business goals on a regular basis in consultation with team members 6.3 Identify strengths and weaknesses of team against current and expected work requirements 6.4 Schedule time, on a regular basis, for team members to review work operations to maintain and improve operational efficiency 6.5 Encourage team members to monitor their own performance, suggest improvements and identify professional development needs, in accordance with personal and business requirements 6.6 Monitor and review staff turnover rate

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 4.1, 5.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 5.5, 6.1-6.3, 6.5	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.2-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding Participates in verbal negotiations and coaching using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	6.4	Uses basic mathematical formulas to review staff performances within available work schedules
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.2. 3.1, 4.1	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities and is extending understanding of general legal principles across work contexts Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	2.4, 2.6, 5.3, 6.1, 6.5	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Actively identifies important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and context to suit purpose and audience, and monitors impact
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.5, 6.3, 6.6	Uses digital technologies and systems safely, legally and ethically when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of ideas and reflect on outcomes Recognises and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, actively looking for early warning signs and implementing contingency plans

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB407 Manage a small team Release 2	BSBSMB407 Manage a small team Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use the business plan to:

determine staffing requirements

coordinate skill-gap training where required

develop human resource policies and procedures

develop job descriptions and selection criteria

determine induction processes

implement staff development program

adhere to legal requirements and codes of practice

develop staff records system

conduct ongoing performance measures

communicate effectively with staff members

develop contingency plans

develop strategies to review team performance

monitor and review staff.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss all government legislative requirements relating to staffing the business operation

explain work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards

summarise relevant industry awards or enterprise agreements

outline staff development pathways

identify training course options for staff development

summarise staff counselling, grievance and disciplinary procedures

identify unfair dismissal legislation and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively measure current resource use and carry out improvements, including reducing the negative environmental impact of work practices.

It applies to individuals, working under supervision or guidance, who are required to follow workplace procedures and instructions, and work in an environmentally sustainable manner within scope of competency, authority and own level of responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify current resource use	1.1 Identify workplace environmental and resource efficiency issues 1.2 Identify resources used in own work role 1.3 Document and measure current usage of resources using appropriate techniques 1.4 Record and file documentation measuring current usage, using technology (such as software systems) where applicable 1.5 Identify and report workplace environmental hazards to appropriate personnel
2. Comply with environmental regulations	2.1 Follow workplace procedures to ensure compliance 2.2 Report breaches or potential breaches to appropriate personnel
3. Seek opportunities to improve resource efficiency	3.1 Follow organisational plans to improve environmental practices and resource efficiency 3.2 Work as part of a team, where relevant, to identify possible areas for improvements to work practices in own work area 3.3 Make suggestions for improvements to workplace practices in own work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 3.1	Recognises and interprets textual information to establish job requirements from relevant information
Writing	1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2	Completes documents using required formats
Oral Communication	1.5, 2.2, 3.3	Articulates ideas clearly and uses simple and relevant language to identify and report issues to designated person
Numeracy	1.3	Calculates basic metric measurements to determine resource usage
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Understands and adheres to legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Interact with others	1.5, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers in range of work contexts Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 3.1, 3.3	Implements actions as per plan, taking some responsibility for sequencing and timing of tasks Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information Analyses current practices to identify opportunities for improvement.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	BSBSUS201A Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

locate and interpret a range of environment/sustainability legislation and procedural requirements

participate in and support discussions for an improved resource efficiency process

identify, document and measure usage of resources

collaborate with team members on suggestions for improving workplace practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify environmental and resource hazards/risks as well as environmental or sustainability legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to own role

outline sustainability requirements in the workplace

identify reporting channels and procedures to report breaches and potential issues

identify where to find environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the sustainability field of work and include access to:

documentation, information and resources related to workplace environmental and resource efficiency issues

office equipment and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to better align unit to AQF level.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively analyse the workplace in relation to environmentally sustainable work practices and to implement improvements and monitor their effectiveness.

It applies to individuals with responsibility for a specific area of work or who lead a work group or team and addresses the knowledge, processes and techniques necessary to implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices, including the development of processes and tools.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Investigate current practices in relation to resource usage	1.1 Identify environmental regulations applying to the enterprise 1.2 Analyse procedures for assessing compliance with environmental/sustainability regulations 1.3 Collect information on environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures, and provide to the work group where appropriate 1.4 Collect, analyse and organise information from a range of sources to provide information/advice and tools/resources for improvement opportunities 1.5 Measure and document current resource usage of members of the work group 1.6 Analyse and document current purchasing strategies 1.7 Analyse current work processes to access information and data to assist in identifying areas for improvement
2. Set targets for improvements	2.1 Seek input from stakeholders, key personnel and specialists 2.2 Access external sources of information and data as required 2.3 Evaluate alternative solutions to workplace environmental issues 2.4 Set efficiency targets
3. Implement performance improvement strategies	3.1 Source and use appropriate techniques and tools to assist in achieving efficiency targets 3.2 Apply continuous improvement strategies to own work area of responsibility, including ideas and possible solutions to communicate to the work group and management 3.3 Implement and integrate environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans for own work group with other operational activities 3.4 Supervise and support team members to identify possible areas for improved practices and resource efficiency in work area 3.5 Seek suggestions and ideas about environmental and resource efficiency management from stakeholders and act upon where appropriate 3.6 Implement costing strategies to fully utilise environmental assets
4. Monitor performance	4.1 Use and/or develop evaluation and monitoring, tools and technology 4.2 Document and communicate outcomes to report on efficiency targets to key personnel and stakeholders 4.3 Evaluate strategies and improvement plans 4.4 Set new efficiency targets, and investigate and apply new tools and strategies 4.5 Promote successful strategies and reward participants where possible

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 1.6, 1.7, 2.3, 3.1	Identifies and analyses complex texts to determine legislative, regulatory and business requirements Reviews reported information to evaluate workplace strategies and improvement practices
Writing	1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.4, 4.5	Documents findings of investigations from written and oral sources according to organisational requirements Provides updates about progress using formats and language appropriate to the audience and context
Oral Communication	2.1, 2.2, 3.3-3.5, 4.4, 4.5	Presents information and seeks advice using structure and language appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.5, 2.4, 3.1, 3.6, 4.4	Analyses numerical information to measure usage and calculates metric measurements, quantities/ratios and financial data using appropriate tools
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2	Recognises and follows legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures associated with own role
Interact with others	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3-3.5, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Collaborates and consults with a range of stakeholders to achieve shared understanding of individual roles in meeting objectives
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4-1.7, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Develops plans to manage routine and non-routine tasks for own work group with an awareness of how they contribute to the broader organisation Uses systematic, analytical processes to set environmental targets, gather relevant information, identify and evaluate alternative approaches Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	BSBSUS301 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	Recoded to meet AQF standards	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to better align unit to AQF level.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse information from a range of sources to identify current procedures, practices and compliance requirements in relation to environmental and resource sustainability

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to seek input and encourage engagement with developing and implementing sustainability improvements, encourage feedback and suggestions and report on outcomes

plan and organise work group activities to:

measure current resource usage

solve problems and generate ideas for improvements

evaluate and implement strategies to improve resource usage

plan, implement and integrate improvements into operations

meet environmental requirements

apply continuous improvement approach to sustainability performance

apply change management techniques to support sustainability performance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify relevant internal and external sources of information and explain how they can be used to identify sustainability improvements

explain the compliance requirements for the work area with reference to legislation, regulations, codes of practice and workplace procedures that relate to environmental and resource issues

outline common environmental and energy efficiency issues within the industry

give examples of benchmarks for environmental and resource sustainability that are relevant to the organisation

outline organisational systems and procedures that relate to environmental and resource sustainability improvements including:

supply chain, procurement and purchasing

quality assurance

making recommendations and seeking approvals

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the sustainability field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to organise own work schedules, to monitor and obtain feedback on work performance and to maintain required levels of competence.

This unit applies to individuals who exercise discretion and judgement and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise and complete own work schedule	1.1 Ensure that work goals, objectives or Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are understood, negotiated and agreed in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Assess and prioritise workload to ensure tasks are completed within identified timeframes 1.3 Identify factors affecting the achievement of work objectives and incorporate contingencies into work plans 1.4 Use business technology efficiently and effectively to manage and monitor scheduling and completion of tasks
2. Monitor own work performance	2.1 Accurately monitor and adjust personal work performance through self assessment to ensure achievement of tasks and compliance with legislation and work processes or KPIs 2.2 Ensure that feedback on performance is actively sought and evaluated from colleagues and clients in the context of individual and group requirements 2.3 Routinely identify and report on variations in the quality of and products and services according to organisational requirements 2.4 Identify signs of stress and effects on personal wellbeing 2.5 Identify sources of stress and access appropriate supports and resolution strategies
3. Co-ordinate personal skill development and learning	3.1 Identify personal learning and professional development needs and skill gaps using self assessment and advice from colleagues and clients in relation to role and organisational requirements 3.2 Identify, prioritise and plan opportunities for undertaking personal skill development activities in liaison with work groups and relevant personnel 3.3 Access, complete and record professional development opportunities to facilitate continuous learning and career development 3.4 Incorporate formal and informal feedback into review of further learning needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1-3.4	Employs a range of approaches and investigative techniques to source the knowledge necessary to arrange personal learning experiences
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1	Interprets textual information to determine organisation’s procedures, own work performance and objectives
Writing	1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Prepares written reports and workplace documents that communicate information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Clearly gives and receives feedback using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3	Understands responsibilities and scope of role and complies with organisational policies, procedures and protocols
Interact with others	1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Fosters and nurtures a culture of constructive and respectful feedback Proactively collaborates with others to achieve specific goals
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.4, 2.5, 3.2	Plans and organises work commitments to ensure deadlines and objectives are met Uses formal analytical thinking techniques to recognise and respond to routine problems Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and monitor information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	BSBWOR301B Organise personal work priorities and development	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare a work plan according to organisational requirements and work objectives

use business technology to schedule, prioritise and monitor completion of tasks in a work plan

assess and prioritise own work load and deal with contingencies

monitor and assess personal performance against job role requirements by seeking feedback from colleagues and clients

identify personal development needs and access, complete and record skill development and learning.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline key provisions of legislation that relate to own work role

describe goals, objectives or key performance indicators of own work role

explain ways to elicit, analyse and interpret feedback when communicating with other people in the workplace

explain the principles and techniques of goal setting, measuring performance, time management and personal assessment of learning and development needs

explain signs and sources of stress and strategies to deal with stress in the workplace

identify methods to identify and prioritise personal learning needs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability - workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

work schedules and performance improvement plans

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create systems and process to organise information and prioritise tasks.

It applies to individuals working in managerial positions who have excellent organisational skills. The work ethic of individuals in this role has a significant impact on the work culture and patterns of behaviour of others as managers at this level are role models in their work environment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish personal work goals	1.1 Serve as a positive role model in the workplace through personal work planning 1.2 Ensure personal work goals, plans and activities reflect the organisation’s plans, and own responsibilities and accountabilities 1.3 Measure and maintain personal performance in varying work conditions, work contexts and when contingencies occur
2. Set and meet own work priorities	2.1 Take initiative to prioritise and facilitate competing demands to achieve personal, team and organisational goals and objectives 2.2 Use technology efficiently and effectively to manage work priorities and commitments 2.3 Maintain appropriate work-life balance, and ensure stress is effectively managed and health is attended to
3. Develop and maintain professional competence	3.1 Assess personal knowledge and skills against competency standards to determine development needs, priorities and plans 3.2 Seek feedback from employees, clients and colleagues and use this feedback to identify and develop ways to improve competence 3.3 Identify, evaluate, select and use development opportunities suitable to personal learning style/s to develop competence 3.4 Participate in networks to enhance personal knowledge, skills and work relationships 3.5 Identify and develop new skills to achieve and maintain a competitive edge

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Investigates and uses a range of strategies to develop personal competence
Reading	1.2, 3.1, 3.2	Analyses and interprets textual information from organisational policies and practices or feedback to inform personal development planning
Writing	3.2	Uses feedback to prepare reports that summarise ways to improve competence
Oral Communication	3.2	Uses active listening and questioning to seek and receive feedback
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.1	Understands how own role contributes to broader organisational goals Considers organisational protocols when planning own career development
Interact with others	1.1, 3.2, 3.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse stakeholders Uses interpersonal skills to establish and build positive working relationships with others
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Plans and prioritises tasks in order to meet deadlines, manage role responsibilities and to manage own personal welfare Identifies and uses appropriate technology to improve work efficiency

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	BSBWOR501B Manage personal work priorities and professional development	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor edits to clarify Performance Criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use business technology to create and use systems and processes to organise and prioritise tasks and commitments

measure and maintain personal work performance including assessing competency against competency standards and seeking feedback

maintain an appropriate work-life balance to manage personal health and stress

participate in networks

develop a personal development plan which includes career objectives and an action plan

develop new skills.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain principles and techniques involved in the management and organisation of:

performance measurement

personal behaviour, selfawareness and personality traits identification

a personal development plan

personal goal setting

time

discuss management development opportunities and options for self

describe methods for achieving a healthy work-life balance

outline organisation’s policies, plans and procedures

explain types of learning style/s and how they relate to the individual

describe types of work methods and practices that can improve personal performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability - workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

workplace equipment and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead teams in the workplace and to actively engage with the management of the organisation.

It applies to individuals working at a managerial level who facilitate work teams and build a positive culture within their work teams. At this level, work will normally be carried out using complex and diverse methods and procedures requiring the exercise of considerable discretion and judgement, using a range of problem solving and decision making strategies.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish team performance plan	1.1 Consult team members to establish a common understanding of team purpose, roles, responsibilities and accountabilities in accordance with organisational goals, plans and objectives 1.2 Develop performance plans to establish expected outcomes, outputs, key performance indicators (KPIs) and goals for work team 1.3 Support team members in meeting expected performance outcomes
2. Develop and facilitate team cohesion	2.1 Develop strategies to ensure team members have input into planning, decision making and operational aspects of work team 2.2 Develop policies and procedures to ensure team members take responsibility for own work and assist others to undertake required roles and responsibilities 2.3 Provide feedback to team members to encourage, value and reward individual and team efforts and contributions 2.4 Develop processes to ensure that issues, concerns and problems identified by team members are recognised and addressed
3. Facilitate teamwork	3.1 Encourage team members and individuals to participate in and to take responsibility for team activities, including communication processes 3.2 Support the team in identifying and resolving work performance problems 3.3 Ensure own contribution to work team serves as a role model for others and enhances the organisation’s image for all stakeholders
4. Liaise with stakeholders	4.1 Establish and maintain open communication processes with all stakeholders 4.2 Communicate information from line manager/management to the team 4.3 Communicate unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by team members and followup with line manager/management and other relevant stakeholders 4.4 Evaluate and take necessary corrective action regarding unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by internal or external stakeholders

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 4.4	Analyses and interprets textual information from the organisation’s policies, goals and objectives to establish team goals or to determine corrective action
Writing	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3	Engages in discussions or provides information using appropriate vocabulary and non-verbal features Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding and to engage the audience
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3	Understands how own role contributes to broader organisational goals Modifies or develops policies and procedures to achieve organisational goals
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 4.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse stakeholders Uses interpersonal skills to gain trust and confidence of team and provides feedback to others in forms that they can understand and use Adapts personal communication style to build positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions, values and particular needs of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating high level conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Develops, implements and monitors plans and processes to ensure team effectiveness Monitors and actively supports processes and development activities to ensure the team is focused on work outcomes Plans for unexpected outcomes and implements creative responses to overcome challenges

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	BSBWOR502B Ensure team effectiveness	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Title change	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use leadership techniques and strategies to facilitate team cohesion and work outcomes including:

encouraging and fostering shared understanding of purpose, roles and responsibilities

identifying and resolving problems

providing feedback to encourage, value and reward others

modelling desired behaviour and practices

develop policies and procedures to ensure team members take responsibility for own work and assist others to undertake required roles and responsibilities

establish processes to address issues and resolve performance issues

support team to meet expected performance outcomes including providing formal and informal learning opportunities as needed

develop performance plans with key performance indicators (KPIs), outputs and goals for individuals or the team which incorporate input from stakeholders

communicate effectively with a range of stakeholders about team performance plans and team performance

facilitate two-way flow of information between team and management relevant to team performance

evaluate and take necessary corrective action regarding unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by internal or external stakeholders.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain how group dynamics can support or hinder team performance

outline strategies that can support team cohesion, participation and performance

explain strategies for gaining consensus

explain issue resolution strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability - workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

workplace documents

case studies and, where possible, real situations

office equipment and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

CHCCCS020 Respond effectively to behaviours of concern

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version was released in CHC Community Services Training Package release 2.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Minimal change to the elements and performance criteria. New evidence requirements for assessment including volume and frequency requirements. Significant changes to knowledge evidence.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to respond effectively to behaviours of concern of people. Skills are associated with handling difficult incidents rather than managing ongoing behaviour difficulties.

The unit applies to workers in any context exposed to difficult and challenging behaviour.

The skills in this unit must be applied in accordance with Commonwealth and State/Territory legislation, Australian/New Zealand standards and industry codes of practice.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1. Identify behaviour and plan response	1.1 Identify behaviours of concern in line with work role and organisation policies and procedures 1.2 Identify appropriate response to potential instances of behaviours of concern 1.3 Ensure planned responses to behaviours of concern maximise the availability of other appropriate staff and resources 1.4 Give priority to safety of self and others in responding to behaviours of concern
2. Apply response	2.1 Ensure response to instances of behaviours of concern reflect organisation policies and procedures 2.2 Seek assistance as required 2.3 Deal with behaviours of concern promptly, firmly and diplomatically in accordance with organisation policy and procedure 2.4 Use communication effectively to achieve the desired outcomes in responding to behaviours of concern 2.5 Select appropriate strategies to suit particular instances of behaviours of concern
3. Report and review incidents	3.1 Report incidents according to organisation policies and procedures 3.2 Review incidents with appropriate staff and offer suggestions appropriate to area of responsibility 3.3 Access and participate in available debriefing mechanisms and associated support and/or development activities 3.4 Seek advice and assistance from legitimate sources as and when appropriate

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5e0c25cc-3d9d-4b43-80d3-bd22cc4f1e53

Assessment Requirements for CHCCCS020 Respond effectively to behaviours of concern

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version was released in CHC Community Services Training Package release 2.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Minimal change to the elements and performance criteria. New evidence requirements for assessment including volume and frequency requirements. Significant changes to knowledge evidence.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role. There must be evidence that the candidate has:

effectively dealt with at least 5 different behaviours of concern

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

different behaviours of concern:

aggression

confusion or other cognitive impairment

intoxication

intrusive behaviour

manipulation

noisiness

self-destructive behaviour

verbal offensiveness

wandering

strategies for dealing with behaviours of concern

issues needing to be referred to an appropriate professional

legal and ethical consideration relevant to recognising and responding to behaviours of concern, including:

duty of care

human rights

work health and safety

organisation reporting processes

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources including organisation policies and procedures in relation to reporting behaviours of concern

modelling of industry operating conditions and contingencies, including scenarios that reflect different behaviours of concern

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5e0c25cc-3d9d-4b43-80d3-bd22cc4f1e53

CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights

Modification History

Photovoltaic (solar) panels added to range statement

Equivalent to CPCCCM2010A

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to work safely on construction sites where the work activity involves working above 1.5 metres from ground level and where fall protection measures are required.

Application of the Unit

Construction work is undertaken on domestic and commercial work sites within new construction, renovation or refurbishment, and maintenance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Identify work area requirements.	1.1	Site of proposed work at heights is identified from relevant information.
1.2	Method of accessing work area is identified.
1.3	Tasks to be completed are identified from work orders and supervisor instructions.
1.4	Fall protection equipment is identified if required by site job workplace health and safety (WHS) analysis and statutory and regulatory requirements.
1.5	Approved methods of moving tools and equipment to work area are identified to minimise potential of falling objects, removal of scaffold components, inappropriate carrying of materials on ladders, and excessive bending or twisting in pass-up situations.

2	Access work area.	2.1	Fall protection equipment where required is correctly fitted, adjusted and anchored.
2.2	Arrangements are made to appropriately install required equipment taking account of all potential hazards.
2.3	Appropriate methods are used to access work area for self, tools and equipment, and materials.
2.4	Tools and materials are placed to eliminate or at least minimise the risk of items being knocked down.

3	Conduct work tasks.	3.1	Work is conducted following workplace approved procedures.
3.2	Fall protection equipment is kept in place and adjusted appropriately to cater for movement during work.
3.3	Scaffold components and fall barriers are kept in place during work.
3.4	Egress from work area is completed following work site supervisor approved methods for self, tools, materials and environmental requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: construction terminology job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements material safety data sheets (MSDS) quality requirements types, characteristics, uses and limitation of plant, tools and equipment workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan, OHS regulations and state and territory legislation applicable to workplace operations safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment communicate and work effectively and safely with others select and use appropriate height access and fall protection equipment and work methods, including inspecting fall protection equipment, scaffold and fall barriers for faults apply knowledge of industry products to identify: manual handling risks types of lifting and support structures approved for use modify work activities to cater for variations in work site procedures, contexts and environment and use appropriate behaviour for safe work at heights use safe handling requirements, based on information provided, for equipment, products and materials.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Work at heights includes:	assessment of conditions and hazards determination of work requirements identification of equipment defects inspection of work sites.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel material safety data sheets (MSDS) memos signage verbal or written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules, plans and specifications.
Workplace health and safety is to be in accordance with state or territory legislation and regulations, organisational safety policies and procedures, and project safety plan and may include:	emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling of materials hazard control hazardous materials and substances safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting photovoltaic (solar) panels power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working in confined spaces working in proximity to others working with dangerous materials organisational first aid personal protective clothing and equipment prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices relevant OHS legislation applying in the jurisdiction where work is carried out, including: AS6001 - 1999 Working platforms for domestic application AS1576 - Scaffolding AS/NZS4576 - 1995 Guidelines for scaffolding use of tools and equipment workplace environment and safety.
Statutory and regulatory authorities include:	federal, state and local authorities administering applicable Acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Hazards include:	air temperature construction activity involving other workers and contractors dust and vapours electrical equipment energy sources equipment and materials hazardous materials light manual handling moisture noise pholtovoltaic (solar) panels stationary and moving plant work at heights.
Tools and equipment include:	air compressors and hoses hand and power tools nail guns power leads scaffolding.
Materials include:	materials used on the construction work site.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management noise and dust vibration waste management.

Unit Sector(s)

Functional area
Unit sector	Construction

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Version 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the mandatory work health and safety training required prior to undertaking construction work. The unit requires the person to demonstrate personal awareness and knowledge of health and safety legislative requirements in order to work safely and prevent injury or harm to self and others. It covers identifying and orally reporting common construction hazards, understanding basic risk control measures, and identifying procedures for responding to potential incidents and emergencies. It also covers correctly selecting and fitting common personal protective equipment (PPE) used for construction work.

This unit meets the general construction induction training requirements of:

Part 1.1 Definitions and Part 6.5 of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations;

Division 11 of Part 3 of the Occupational Safety and Health Regulations 1996 for Western Australia; and

Division 3 of Part 5.1 of the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 for Victoria.

It is expected that site-specific induction training will be conducted prior to conducting construction work.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit. Relevant work health and safety state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm jurisdictional requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify health and safety legislative requirements of construction work.	1.1.	Basic roles, responsibilities and rights of duty holders are identified and explained according to jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements.
1.2.	Duty of care requirements are identified.
1.3.	Construction safe work practices are identified and explained.
2.	Identify construction hazards and risk control measures.	2.1.	Basic principles of risk management are identified.
2.2.	Construction hazards are identified and discussed.
2.3.	Purpose and use of PPE are identified and demonstrated.
2.4.	Measures for controlling hazards are identified.
3.	Identify health and safety communication and reporting processes.	3.1.	Health and safety documents are identified and discussed.
3.2.	Roles of designated health and safety personnel are identified and explained.
3.3.	Safety signs and symbols are identified and explained.
3.4.	Procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries are identified.
4.	Identify incident and emergency response procedures.	4.1.	Procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies are identified and explained.
4.2.	Procedures for accessing first aid are identified.
4.3.	Types and purpose of fire safety equipment are identified and discussed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	locate and recognise numbers commonly used in safety signs.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions listen to instructions to identify key safety information tell another person about a construction problem or hazard.
Reading skills to:	follow simple pictorial safety instructions follow simple safety instructions that are written in English.
Problem-solving skills to:	select risk control measures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements must include at least one of the following state and territory Acts or their equivalent:	Australian Capital Territory: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 New South Wales: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 Northern Territory: Work Health and Safety (National Uniform Legislation) Act 2011 Queensland: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 South Australia: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Tasmania: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Victoria: Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Western Australia: Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Version 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills, and range of conditions of this unit, in addition to the specific performance and knowledge evidence described below.

The person must:

identify and orally report two construction hazards

orally explain how risk could be reduced or removed in relation to those two hazards

select appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) to control the risk

orally explain basic procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies, including types and purpose of the following fire safety equipment:

fire blankets

fire extinguishers, including water, carbon dioxide, powder and foam

hose reels and mains

identify and orally explain the meaning of required safety signs and symbols

orally explain the purpose of job safety analyses (JSAs), safe work method statements (SWMS) and safety data sheets (SDS)

orally explain the roles of the following designated health and safety personnel:

first aid officers

work health and safety representatives

work health and safety committee members

supervisors.

The person must also demonstrate correctly fitting to themselves the PPE listed below:

eye protection

hearing protection

hard hat

high visibility retro reflective vest.

Knowledge Evidence

A person must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic duty of care, and the roles, rights and responsibilities of business owners and workers in relation to working safely while undertaking construction work

basic meaning of the terms ‘hazard’ and ‘risk’

basic principles of risk management, including the following five steps in order:

identify hazard

assess risk

consult and report

control hazard

review

basic procedures for accessing first aid

construction hazards, including those relating to:

asbestos

confined spaces

electrical: power lines, cords and equipment

excavations and trenches, including underground services

dust

falling objects

hazardous substances and dangerous goods

hot and cold work environments

manual handling

noise

plant and equipment operation

traffic and mobile plant

unplanned collapse

ultraviolet radiation

working at heights, including scaffolding

construction work that requires a high risk work licence

types, purpose and use of PPE used in construction, as specified in the performance evidence, and including safety footwear, harnesses and respiratory protection, and ultraviolet (UV) protective clothing and sunscreen

construction emergencies, including:

chemical spill

fire

injury to personnel

structural collapse

toxic or flammable vapour emission

vehicle or mobile plant accident

construction incidents, including:

incidents resulting in personal injury or damage to property

near misses or dangerous occurrences that do not cause injury but may pose an immediate and significant risk to persons or property, and need to be reported so that action can be taken to prevent recurrence

safe work practices that should be followed in construction work, including:

accessing and using site amenities for drinking water, hand washing and toilets

following safety procedures when performing work tasks and using equipment

identifying and reporting hazards, incidents and injuries in the workplace

keeping the work area clean, tidy and free from debris

not using or being affected by drugs and/or alcohol while at work

preventing bullying and harassment in the workplace

selecting and using required PPE

smoking only in designated areas

storing and removing waste and debris in designated areas

meanings and symbols associated with construction safety signs, symbols and tags, including:

emergency information signs: exits, emergency equipment and first aid

fire signs: location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment

hazard signs and symbols: danger and warning

regulatory signs and symbols: prohibition, mandatory and limitation or restriction

safety and lockout tags: danger and out-of-service tags.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

all of the PPE listed in the performance evidence

specifications:

state or territory Act relevant to the location of the learner, as specified in the range of conditions.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically and/or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media in real time.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Assessors must hold the unit CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, or its successor.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes required to carry out work health and safety (WHS) requirements through safe work practices in all on- or offsite construction workplaces.

It requires the performance of work in a safe manner through awareness of risks and work requirements, and the planning and performance of safe work practices with concern for personal safety and the safety of others.

The unit covers fundamental WHS requirements necessary to undertake work tasks within any sector in the construction industry. It includes the identification of hazardous materials, including asbestos, and compliance with legislated work safety practices. It does not cover removal of asbestos, which is a licensed activity.

It applies to workers in the construction industry.

This unit also relates directly to the general construction induction training requirements of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations 2011 and relevant occupational health and safety regulations for Victoria and for Western Australia. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry covers these induction training requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and assess risks.	1.1 Identify, assess and report hazards in the work area to designated personnel. 1.2 Report safety risks in the work area based on identified hazards, to designated personnel. 1.3 Follow safe work practices, duty of care requirements and safe work instructions for controlling risks. 1.4 Contribute to WHS, hazard, accident or incident reports in accordance with workplace procedures, Australian government and state or territory WHS legislation, and relevant information.
2. Identify hazardous materials and other hazards on work sites.	2.1 Correctly identify and, if appropriate, handle and use hazardous materials on a work site in accordance with legislative requirements, and workplace policies and procedures. 2.2 Apply measures for controlling risks and construction hazards effectively and immediately. 2.3 Use appropriate signs and symbols to secure hazardous materials that have safety implications for self and other workers, immediately they are identified. 2.4 Identify asbestos-containing materials on a work site and report to designated personnel.
3. Plan and prepare for safe work practices.	3.1 Identify, wear, correctly fit, use and store correct personal protective equipment and clothing for each area of construction work in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Select tools, equipment and materials, and organise tasks in conjunction with other personnel on site and in accordance with workplace procedures. 3.3 Determine required barricades and signage, and erect at the appropriate site location. 3.4 Apply material safety data sheets (MSDSs), job safety analyses (JSAs) and safe work method statements (SWMSs) relevant to the work to be performed.
4. Apply safe work practices.	4.1 Carry out tasks in a manner that is safe for operators, other personnel and the general community, in accordance with legislative requirements, and workplace policies and procedures. 4.2 Use plant and equipment guards in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications, work site regulations and Australian Standards. 4.3 Follow procedures and report hazards, incidents and injuries to relevant authorities. 4.4 Recognise and do not use prohibited tools and equipment in areas containing identified asbestos. 4.5 Identify and follow requirements of work site safety signs and symbols. 4.6 Clear and maintain work site area to prevent and protect self and others from incidents and accidents, and to meet environmental requirements.
5. Follow emergency procedures.	5.1 Identify designated personnel in the event of an emergency for communication purposes. 5.2 Follow safe workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and other emergencies, including identification and use, if appropriate, of fire equipment within scope of own responsibilities. 5.3 Describe, practice and effectively carry out emergency response and evacuation procedures when required. 5.4 Carry out emergency first aid treatment of minor injuries and, as soon as possible, accurately report treatment details to designated personnel.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures on three separate and different occasions in the construction industry.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

jurisdictional work health and safety (WHS) and environmental legislation and regulations

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of applying WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry including interpreting work orders and reporting problems

procedures and policies for identifying and reporting hazards, safety risks and hazardous materials, including asbestos, in the workplace

procedures for following safe practices when dealing with hazards and hazardous materials, and controlling risks associated with them

use of appropriate protective equipment and clothing, choice of tools, use of barricades and signage, and the necessity of following relevant safety procedures as indicated

methods of safely performing tasks in accordance with legislative requirements and workplace policies and procedures

procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries

necessity for keeping work site clear of risks to prevent accidents and to meet environmental requirements

policies and procedures to be followed in an accident, fire or other type of emergency.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCSUS5002A Develop action plans to retrofit existing buildings for energy efficiency

Modification History

New unit.

This version first released with CPC08 Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 9.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required when planning to improve the energy efficiency of an existing building.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency applies to those involved in the design or development of retro fits for energy efficiency, including building designers, tradespeople and building project managers.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

Nil

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Commence retro-fit planning processes.	1.1	Client requirements and expectations for the specific use of the building and the energy efficient retro-fit priorities are discussed and incorporated into planning.
1.2	Energy assessment is initiated or report from a prior assessment is reviewed and discussed with key stakeholders to determine energy conservation measures.
1.3	Client is provided with overview of recommended processes and information relevant to generating an energy efficient retro fit.

2	Identify and evaluate opportunities to improve energy conservation and efficiency of the existing building.	2.1	Recommendations from energy efficiency assessor are reviewed and evaluated for input into the retro-fit action plan.
2.2	Limitations and obstacles involved in the energy efficiency upgrade of the building are identified and appropriate solutions developed.
2.3	Risks of retrofitting existing building for improved energy efficiency are identified and managed, including possible installation of mechanical ventilation systems.
2.4	Strategies that provide a measurable increase in the operational energy efficiency of the existing building are developed and costed.
2.5	Structural adequacy of the existing building is assessed to determine appropriateness of retro-fit solutions for energy efficiency.

3	Research and select energy efficient materials, products and systems.	3.1	Materials, products and systems appropriate to the existing building are researched for energy efficiency specifications.
3.2	Manufacturer representatives and literature are consulted to identify installation and operational specifications.
3.3	Compliance requirements for selecting and installing materials, products and systems are understood and adhered to.
3.4	Thermal and acoustic insulation of the building and quality of installation are assessed where appropriate to determine energy efficiency rating and appropriate solutions to improve insulating properties of the building.

4	Finalise retro-fit action plan.	4.1	Final retro-fit action plan is developed according to organisational procedures.
4.2	Projected benefits of undertaking each of the proposed retro fit measures are explained to client.
4.3	Client sign-off is obtained and documentation of agreed plan is finalised.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
learning skills to evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform advice to client on retro-fitting buildings for energy efficiency numeracy skills to: calculate and confirm correct quantities of materials for work tasks prepare costings for proposed project work oral communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, and share information use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences reading skills to: interpret documentation, including drawings and specifications research and interpret manufacturer product information writing skills to develop recommendations and reports for clients
Required knowledge
building science principles and their application to the retro-fitting of existing buildings for improved energy efficiency compliance requirements relating to construction materials and methods, including: Australian standards environmental and sustainability requirements, including: energy efficiency fire resistance, including resistance from bushfire attack National Construction Code deemed-to-satisfy requirements energy efficiency ratings available for buildings, and their meaning general construction terminology processes for calculating material requirements risks of completely sealing the building envelope and ways to mitigate them types, characteristics, uses and limitations of materials, products and systems used when retrofitting for energy efficiency types, uses and limitations of previously used materials types, uses and limitations of renewable sources of energy types, location and use of relevant safety information, such as: job safety analyses (JSA) and safe work method statements environmental and work site safety plans safety data sheets (SDS)

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by performing a range of tasks in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person should demonstrate the ability to: develop an action plan to retrofit and improve the energy efficiency of either one existing residential building or one existing commercial building, providing evidence of the following: engaging in a team environment working with stakeholders across multiple disciplines, such as engaging or leading an integrated project design or delivery of a project research undertaken to identify appropriate products, materials and systems for use in the retro fit evaluation of risks involved in the retro fit and identification of appropriate solutions to avoid risks or hazards to occupants and others written action plan for the retro fit of the building which responds to identified client requirements and expectations, as well as research undertaken into energy efficiency opportunities and recommended systems, materials and products to be used in the retro fit with relevant costings and timelines locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications to ensure the development of compliant action plans that meet client expectations and organisational policies and procedures comply with work health and safety (WHS) legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to workplace operations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of this unit: must be in the context of the work environment may be conducted in an off-site context, provided it is realistic and sufficiently rigorous to cover all aspects of workplace performance, including task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills must meet relevant compliance requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity research resources, including industry-related systems information safety data sheets.
Method of assessment	Assessment for this unit must verify the practical application of the required skills and knowledge, using one or more of the following methods: direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application review of relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function, such as: CPPHSA4001A Assess household energy use Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should, as far as is practical, take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Client requirements and expectations may include:	enhanced health and safety outcomes for occupants through improved air quality and selection of materials improved building durability increased return on investment through higher resale or higher rental income reduction in energy bills following retro fit.
Energy assessment:	can include financial and non-financial benefits of retrofitting the building to improve energy efficiency can include recommendations that will improve the energy efficiency of the building identifies existing energy rating of a building using a variety of testing and assessment methods.
Information must include:	energy efficient materials and installation methods regulations, codes and standards governing energy efficient construction.
Limitations and obstacles may include:	budget constraints condition of existing building local council planning provisions, including land overlays and requirements relating to neighbourhood character orientation of the existing building original design and construction of existing building position of existing services to the building presence of protected vegetation adjacent to existing building protection of existing building under heritage listing proximity of other buildings or structures.
Solutions may include:	engaging experts in heritage construction to advise on appropriate solutions for heritage listed buildings undergoing energy efficiency upgrades repairing parts of the existing structure before commencing energy efficiency retro fit repositioning services to the building seeking permission from relevant authorities to remove large trees that may inappropriately overshadow the building and reduce energy efficiency opportunities selecting and using economical and effective energy efficient systems and materials.
Risks must include:	risks associated with completely sealing the building envelope, such as: air pressure differentials combustion moisture and mould poor indoor air quality.
Strategies may include:	changing light fittings to LEDs installing motion sensor lighting replacing insulation in ceilings, walls or floors sealing building envelope to reduce unwanted air leakage sealing openable windows repositioning the heating system installing solar photovoltaic systems replacing electric hot water system with gas or solar hot water system.
Materials may include:	aerated autoclaved concrete products bricks and mortar concrete blocks insulating materials plasterboard reflective paints slabs timber window frames and glass.
Final retro-fit action plan must address:	client expectations costings material use other resourcing risk management timelines.
Benefits may include:	improved levels of comfort for the occupants increased air changes per hour to improve indoor air quality increased durability of the building potential for improved return on investment reduction in and prevention of mould reduction in heating and cooling costs.
Documentation may include:	applications for permits and service connections copies of plans, drawings and specifications environmental applications.

Unit Sector(s)

Construction

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to research and evaluate existing and emerging construction materials and methods for residential, commercial and industrial buildings, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA), including for new buildings, additions and renovations to existing structures, and heritage restorations.

Research and evaluation are undertaken to develop an understanding of the range of contemporary construction materials and methods available; and their application, performance and interaction.

The unit supports drafters who work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers, ensuring that accurate and current information and data on construction materials and methods are identified and applied across building design projects.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Review project brief and determine requirements.	1.1.	Project brief is reviewed and information relating to work requirements, BCA class, and type of building to be researched is identified.
1.2.	Requirements for research are confirmed, as required, with architect or building designer.
1.3.	Compliance requirements relevant to project building class and type and research scope are identified.
2.	Research materials and methods for structural elements of specified building.	2.1.	Features and applications of materials used for structural elements are researched and evaluated.
2.2.	Compliance requirements for materials used for structural elements are researched and interpreted.
2.3.	Construction methods and systems for structural elements are researched and evaluated.
3.	Research materials and methods for building envelope of specified building.	3.1.	Characteristics and applications of materials used for building envelope are researched and evaluated.
3.2.	Construction methods for building envelope and their compliance requirements are researched and interpreted.
4.	Research systems and components for services of specified building.	4.1.	Features of systems and components for services are evaluated for costs and benefits according to client requirements for the building project.
4.2.	Compliance requirements for services are researched and interpreted.
4.3.	Installation methods for services are researched in relation to different types of systems and components.
5.	Document and maintain research findings.	5.1.	Draft research findings with collated data, recommendations and supporting evidence are produced.
5.2.	Input into draft research findings is sought according to agreed procedures.
5.3.	Research findings are finalised and distributed to appropriate stakeholders.
5.4.	Research findings are updated as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate the validity and reliability of information relating to existing and emerging building materials and methods independently navigate and find specific information in the National Construction Code (NCC) use systems for ordering, classifying and storing familiar reference materials and research information for easy retrieval.
Numeracy skills to:	extract and interpret numerical information relating to building materials and methods, including: fractions, decimals and percentages, ratio, rates and proportions routine formulas and building design mathematical representations and conventions two-dimensional and three-dimensional shapes, including compound shapes statistical data in complex tables, spreadsheets and graphs measure, estimate and calculate in order to recommend cost-effective solutions for building design projects.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to and clarify instructions and information relating to building materials and methods received from architect, building designer or manufacturer consider audience when arguing for or against specific building materials and methods being used in a building project respond to specific enquiries regarding own research findings, and clarify as necessary.
Reading skills to:	use different reading strategies to locate at times complex information about material characteristics and construction methods understand specialised NCC terminology.
Writing skills to:	record data about building materials in text, table and diagram format integrate information and ideas from a range of sources and document associated recommendations, using support materials such as photographs, diagrams and graphs.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Compliance requirements must include:	ccurrent Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design NCC.
Features must include:	acoustic properties aesthetic properties availability cost defects durability energy efficiency fire resistance properties health and safety issues interaction with other materials limitations due to manufacturing process maintenance requirements structural safety sustainability features thermal properties tolerance.
Applications of materials used for structural elements must include:	coatings required compatibility with other elements fixings required structural application substructural application use in specific construction methods or systems.
Materials used for structural elements must include three or more of the following:	existing and emerging materials bricks clay composite materials concrete glass glass blocks metals stone timber and timber products.
Structural elements must include:	footings floors slabs walls roofs.
Materials used for building envelope must include three or more of the following:	existing and emerging materials bricks clay composite materials concrete glass glass blocks metals stone timber and timber products.
Services must include:	energy fire suppression heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) telecommunications water

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to develop and maintain current research findings to support the building design process for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

The person must produce research findings, with recommendations and supporting evidence for each of the above buildings, based on an evaluation of:

features and applications of a range of at least three materials suitable for the structural elements and building envelope of each building project

different construction methods and systems applicable to structural elements and building envelope for each building project

systems and components for services, having considered:

relevant compliance requirements for each building project

installation methods for each building project.

The person must also be able to demonstrate a process for:

seeking feedback on and distributing findings from each of the building projects

maintaining the currency of research findings.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of the sections of the BCA relevant to the classes and types of buildings specified in the performance evidence, including knowledge of the following:

performance features of building materials detailed in the range of conditions, and the cost benefits of their application

building construction methods used for different materials that form structural elements and the building envelope

construction and design terminology to describe the features and applications of materials and construction methods used.

In addition, evidence of the following knowledge must be demonstrated relevant to the classes and types of buildings specified in the performance evidence:

sources of reliable information on existing and emerging uses of construction materials and methods

workplace procedures for handling, storing and retrieving research information and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and software currently used in architectural and building design practices

telephone

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications – access to:

BCA and Australian standards applicable to the buildings specified in the performance evidence

manufacturer specifications relating to construction materials and methods used in the buildings specified in the performance evidence.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4002 Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to research and apply compliance requirements to building design documentation for residential, commercial and industrial buildings, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA).

The unit applies to additions and renovations to a range of different types of new buildings and existing structures. It supports drafters who assist, and work under the supervision and instruction of an architect or building designer; and who take responsibility, at the level appropriate to their role, for ensuring that building design documentation complies with current and relevant legislation, codes and standards, including the National Construction Code (NCC) and local authority planning schemes.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Research building design project compliance requirements.	1.1.	Legislation, codes and standards relating to the compliance of specific building design project are accessed, and variations in requirements are interpreted and noted.
1.2.	Compliance requirements for designs in different project locations and different conditions are researched, and variations in requirements are interpreted and noted.
1.3.	Research findings are recorded, filed and regularly updated according to workplace procedures.
2.	Analyse and interpret implications of compliance requirements.	2.1.	Ambiguous and conflicting compliance requirements are clarified with relevant professionals.
2.2.	Constraints placed on design options due to compliance requirements are identified and discussed with the designer.
2.3.	Potential exemptions from compliance with relevant codes are investigated and discussed with designer, and appropriate course of action is noted.
2.4.	Processes for obtaining an exemption are identified and actioned as required.
3.	Review and action compliance requirements.	3.1.	Technical construction documentation is reviewed for compliance with relevant legislation, codes and standards according to designer’s instructions.
3.2.	Non-compliance issues are noted and discussed with designer and required amendments are identified.
3.3.	Amendments or modifications to plans and technical documentation are made to ensure compliance with relevant legislation, codes and standards.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support, including the BCA, to assist in developing own understanding of compliance requirements relating to construction documentation draw on experience in compliance research and apply to analysis of different building design projects.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply information from technical drawings and reports, including ratios, scales and scale conversions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in discussions in the workplace and with external specialists using specialised vocabulary relating to compliance.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised vocabulary and acronyms specific to technical documentation used in building design projects use different reading approaches to locate specific compliance requirements in a range of resources, including the BCA.
Writing skills to:	make legible notes of discussions with colleagues and external specialists use specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislation must include:	legislation and regulations relating to: building construction materials and methods disability access energy efficiency environment local authority planning schemes work health and safety (WHS).
Codes and standards must include:	Australian standards, including standards for drawing: AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing AS1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering - Hydraulic and pneumatic systems NCC.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations and planning schemes applicable to the building design NCC.
Constraints must include:	reference to: local authority planning scheme relevant to the applicable building design project brief sections of the BCA relevant to the applicable building design.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4002 Research and apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to apply compliance requirements to technical construction documentation for the following three different building projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

In each of the projects, the person must:

develop a body of current research findings relating to the codes and standards affecting compliance of building designs

analyse compliance requirements in relation to client requests

review compliance of drawings, including those from other disciplines such as land surveyors, and hydraulic and fire engineers

amend technical construction documents to ensure compliance with codes and standards

document and store research findings.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of the sections of the BCA relevant to the classes and types of buildings specified in the performance evidence, including knowledge of the following:

compliance requirements relating to specific building design projects, including:

Australian standards for drawing applicable to the building projects

local authority planning schemes

National Construction Code (NCC) requirements

state planning policies

state building codes

disability access requirements

environmental and sustainability requirements, including:

energy efficiency

fire resistance, including resistance to bushfire attack

sound

flood

ventilation

building designers’ duty of care to ensure quality and safety of designs

legislation as listed in the range of conditions and as relevant to the building project

work health and safety requirements relevant to the building projects specified in the performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practice

telephone

materials:

technical reports

working drawings and plans

contingencies:

implications of non-compliance

implications of preparing and submitting to relevant authority insufficient or inaccurate documentation

specifications – access to:

NCC and Australian standards

legislation, regulations, codes and other relevant compliance documentation relating to each building design project specified in the performance evidence

manufacturer product specifications on building materials and methods

project brief for the three building classes and types specified in the performance evidence, including specifications relating to:

building envelopes

services

structural components

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

relationship with client:

limited liaison with the client is required and only under direction of the architect or building designer.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4003 Collect, apply and store building design project information

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to set up project filing systems for documentation relevant to different residential, commercial and industrial building design projects as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA).

The unit covers setting up digital filing systems for documentation other than the building design project’s design drawings; and hard copy filing systems, for both internal and externally-sourced documents. It also covers collecting and filing relevant documentation required at the initiation of building design projects, reviewing the contents of documentation, and applying the information to the progress of the building design project.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the instruction and supervision of architects, building designers and other personnel, such as home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Set up project files.	1.1.	Building design project naming and version control system is confirmed and applied to project filing systems for incoming hard copy and digital documents from internal and external sources.
1.2.	Folders are created and named for storage of different types of documentation.
1.3.	Systems for recording file removal from storage and amendments or additions to content are confirmed and applied.
2.	Collect, store and maintain information.	2.1.	Sources of information relating to client requirements for building design projects are identified and information is collected and stored.
2.2.	Sources of information relating to compliance requirements are identified and information is collected and stored.
2.3.	Sources of information relating to site location characteristics are identified and information is collected and stored.
2.4.	Sources of information relating to existing site infrastructure and services are identified and information is collected and stored.
2.5.	Building engineers’ documents are collected and stored in relevant files.
2.6.	Files are reviewed periodically to ensure storage is correct, contents are complete and up-to-date, and files are backed up according to workplace procedures.
3.	Apply building design project information.	3.1.	Information contained in documentation is summarised, with accurate references and discussed with designer and project team, as required.
3.2.	Procedures for ensuring relevant information is incorporated into building design project drawings and documentation are confirmed with project manager and followed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support to assist in developing understanding of file management systems use hard copy and digital filing systems to collect, analyse, store, organise and facilitate ongoing access to information.
Numeracy skills to:	apply version control systems to project files use mathematical language to discuss with colleagues information gathered from documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in workplace discussions using specialised technical vocabulary relating to building design projects.
Reading skills to:	interpret building design project information with specialised vocabulary and technical content in graphic form check own understanding of texts and use strategies to clarify meaning.
Writing skills to:	integrate information from a variety of sources to create summary of information gathered use specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects when summarising information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4003 Collect, apply and store building design project information

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to collect, apply and store information for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

The person must provide evidence of:

applying and maintaining project file naming and storage systems, including hard copy and digital drawing files and back-ups

applying systems for monitoring file removals and amendments

collecting, reviewing and filing digital and hard-copy documentation relating to:

client requirements

compliance requirements

site location characteristics

existing site infrastructure and services

providing summarised information to project designer and team

following procedures as directed to ensure relevant information is incorporated into the design process.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of collecting, applying and storing information for three building design projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

construction terminology required to summarise and discuss types and content of internally and externally-sourced information with colleagues and designer

building design project file naming and storing systems for:

digital information, including:

incoming drawing files

internal and external text, database, spreadsheet and presentation files

hard-copy documentation, including:

internal and externally-sourced drawing files

internal and external text, database, spreadsheet and presentation files

file management processes for tracking both digital and hard-copy building design project information

types and sources of information required at the initiation of building design projects, including:

client requirements

site-specific compliance requirements

site location characteristics

existing site infrastructure and services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and storage capacity for a range of typical building design project information

electronic file storage devices

hard copy file storage system

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications – access to:

project information relating to the three buildings design projects specified in the performance evidence

National Construction Code (NCC) and relevant Australian standards relating to the three building design projects specified in the performance evidence.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4004 Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to set up digital project files in building information modelling (BIM)-capable industry-standard building design drawing software for residential, commercial and industrial building design projects as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA).

It covers installing BIM-capable design software and applying its functions and options to create, name and save project files and templates for different types of building design projects.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects, building designers and other personnel, such as home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to use building design drawing software to set up project files.	1.1.	Building design drawing software is installed and configured following relevant instructions.
1.2.	Information to operate building design drawing software is accessed and interpreted to prepare for setting up project files.
1.3.	Support for software installation and interpretation and application of software functions and operations is obtained as required.
2.	Plan software drawing file requirements.	2.1.	Project brief and designer’s notes are reviewed and scope and nature of building design project are identified.
2.2.	Naming protocols for digital drawing files are determined according to project and workplace requirements and systems.
2.3.	Types of drawings required by client, project and relevant authorities are determined in consultation with designer.
2.4.	Title block information is confirmed with designer.
2.5.	Checklist of drawing files required for project is prepared with file-naming protocols applied.
2.6.	Folder name and location for digital project drawing files are confirmed with designer.
3.	Set up project templates.	3.1.	Building design drawing software support information is accessed to assist in adapting built-in templates to set up project template files.
3.2.	Software support information is accessed to assist in creating original project template files.
3.3.	Project template files are named according to file-naming protocols and saved in project folder in correct location.
3.4.	Files are backed up according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, professional development activities, information and support, including proprietary help tutorials and instructions, to assist in understanding the operation of building design drawing software, especially relating to new versions and functions draw on experience with the functions and operations of building design software and apply to new work.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information relating to building design project information and software options and functions including measurements of dimensions, scales, scale conversions and version control.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in workplace discussions using specialised vocabulary relevant to building design drawing software and its functionality.
Reading skills to:	interpret software operation manuals and building design project information with specialised vocabulary and technical content, sometimes in graphic form apply strategies to clarify meaning of texts.
Writing skills to:	make accurate notes of technical discussions with colleagues relating to digital building design drawings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Building design drawing software must include:	BIM-capable current industry-standard software.
Software functions and operations for setting project parameters and templates must include those for:	fundamental project information, including: name number location project settings, including predefined elements view templates groups or families title blocks project views, including: plan views levels schedules legends sheets visibility and graphic settings print settings project and shared parameters.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4004 Set up BIM-capable software and files for building design drafting projects

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to set up project template files for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

Within the context described above, a person must provide evidence of:

installing and configuring building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design drawing software

accessing and interpreting software operation information when setting up digital building design drawing files

planning project file creation, including confirming project details and preparing a checklist of templates and required elements

applying software functions and options to create project templates for the range of drawings required for the three building design projects, including:

using in-built proformas

creating original templates

using workplace protocols and systems to name, save and back up building design templates and files.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

construction and technical terminology required to discuss digital building design drafting project templates and files with work colleagues, designer and external personnel

functions and options of building design drawing software relevant to creating project templates and files

strategies for developing knowledge of building design drawing software

systems for naming, saving and backing up digital drawing files

types of digital drawing templates and files required for building design projects.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and BIM-capable building design drawing software

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks must be completed individually but may rely on information sourced from team members and supervisor as relevant to the task

specifications:

architect’s or building designer’s notes, sketches and instructions for digital building design project template and file requirements for three building design projects as specified in the performance evidence

building design drawing software specifications and manuals.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4005 Review and report structural integrity of building designs

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to understand and apply principles of structural engineering to analyses of building designs for residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA), including additions and renovations.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers in preparing design drawings for client, planning and construction approval. The drafter is not responsible for the structural integrity of the building, but contributes to assessing building compliance with specific requirements relating to structural integrity, as specified in relevant codes and standards. The drafter requires the skills and knowledge to recognise and bring to the attention of the designer structural anomalies in the building design drawings.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Review project documentation to identify structural systems.	1.1.	Site conditions and nature of proposed footings are identified from project documentation and noted in project file.
1.2.	Nature and format of floor systems are identified from project documentation and noted.
1.3.	Nature and format of walls and wall sheeting and cladding systems are identified from project documentation and noted.
1.4.	Nature and format of roofs and roof cladding systems are identified from project documentation and noted.
2.	Evaluate effects of loads and forces.	2.1.	Geophysical and climatic conditions at different locations are researched.
2.2.	Types of loads acting on project buildings are identified and noted.
2.3.	Stresses and strains acting on project buildings are identified and noted.
2.4.	Properties of project structural building materials and responses to loads and forces are researched and noted.
3.	Review structural integrity of building designs.	3.1.	Structural integrity of proposed footings is reviewed, under supervision, for compliance with structural engineer’s notes and relevant codes and standards.
3.2.	Proposed floor system components are reviewed for structural integrity and compliance with structural engineer’s notes and relevant codes and standards.
3.3.	Structural integrity of proposed walls and wall sheeting and cladding systems are reviewed for compliance with structural engineer’s notes and relevant codes and standards.
3.4.	Structural integrity of proposed roofs and roof cladding system components are reviewed for compliance with structural engineer’s notes and relevant codes and standards.
3.5.	Anomalies in structural integrity and compliance are noted according to workplace procedures.
4.	Report findings and amend drawings.	4.1.	Review of structural integrity of project building is reported to, and discussed with, designer and consultant engineer according to workplace procedures, and information from discussion is noted.
4.2.	Drawings are amended and notated according to instructions of designer as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support to assist in developing understanding of: compliance requirements relating to structural integrity of buildings, including BCA requirements structural systems, loads and forces standards and conventions for different types of technical drawings draw on experience of drawing analysis and apply to new work.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply ratios for loads and resistance from AS1684 Residential Timber Framed Construction use mathematical language to discuss findings from analysis of plans and drawings with colleagues.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in discussions in the workplace and with external specialists using specialised vocabulary relating to building designs.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised technical vocabulary, abbreviations and acronyms specific to building design work use different reading approaches to locate specific details in complex compliance documentation, including the BCA.
Writing skills to:	make concise and accurate technical notes of findings and discussions with colleagues or external specialists use specialised technical vocabulary, abbreviations and acronyms relating to building design projects in personal notes on review of structural integrity.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Geophysical and climatic conditions must include:	bushfires earthquakes extreme temperatures flooding marine and industrial atmosphere noise snow steep land soil classification wind (cyclones).
Types of loads must include:	environmental loads, including wind events (cyclones) live, dead and combination loads moving loads, including volume of users permanent loads, including weight of building.
Stresses and strains must include:	bearing bending or deflection and long-term creep compression racking shearing tensile torsion yield.
Structural building materials must include:	concrete glass masonry metal plastics wood other materials in common use.
Codes and standards must include:	BCA and referenced Australian standards for structural provisions AS1684 Residential Timber Framed Construction.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4005 Review and report structural integrity of building designs

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. They must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to review complete sets of drawings and then report on the structural integrity of the designs of the following four different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

two different buildings selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

Within the context described above, a person must provide evidence of:

assessing the structural integrity of footings, floors, walls, wall sheeting and cladding systems, roofs and roof cladding systems covering:

identification of site conditions for projects

analysis of types of construction and materials used

evaluation of loads, forces, stresses and strains that could act on the buildings and effects on materials and construction methods used

compliance with relevant legislation, codes and standards

sourcing and interpreting:

building material compliance certificates

structural data and reports

reporting and discussing findings with designer and consultant engineer, according to workplace procedures

amending drawings according to instructions of designer.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to review and report on the structural integrity of building designs in relation to four different types of building design projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

calculation methods for evaluating loads acting on buildings

compliance requirements relating to the buildings’ structural integrity

construction methods used for the buildings specified in the performance evidence

construction terminology required to discuss structural integrity of building designs with work colleagues, designer and consultant engineer

drawing conventions, formats and standards

drawing software functions

loads and forces acting on buildings in different project locations, including nature of loads

properties of structural building materials and responses to loads, stress and strain.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications:

BCA and Australian standards applicable to the four buildings specified in the performance evidence

building design plans and drawings for four buildings as specified in the performance evidence.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4006 Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to import drawing files and transpose information from drawings prepared by external surveyors, engineers and construction consultants into existing digital building design drawings for residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA), using building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software.

It also covers understanding and applying functions and options of drawing software for different methods of importing files and for managing elements in imported drawings.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers and who check drawings and reports for accuracy and compliance with relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards before importing or transposing into existing drawings; and who then check the integrity and accuracy of the completed drawings.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Confirm accuracy and compliance of externally-sourced drawings.	1.1.	Land survey drawings are checked for accuracy according to workplace requirements.
1.2.	Structural engineering drawings are checked for accuracy and compliance according to workplace requirements.
1.3.	Drawings and reports from engineers are checked for accuracy and compliance according to workplace requirements.
1.4.	Drawings, reports and drawing notations from consultants are checked for accuracy and compliance according to workplace requirements.
1.5.	Inaccuracies and non-compliance issues relating to drawings and drawing notations are reported to, and discussed with, architect or building designer.
1.6.	Architect’s or building designer’s observations on externally-sourced drawings are noted.
1.7.	Amended drawings are requested, noted details of amendments required are provided, and amended drawings are obtained from relevant engineers or consultants according to workplace requirements.
2.	Import drawings from external sources into digital building design files.	2.1.	Compatibility of digital drawings from external sources for importing into digital building design files is determined and confirmed with architect or building designer.
2.2.	Building design software and work instructions relating to the importing of drawings from external sources are interpreted to determine options to be applied for different building design projects.
2.3.	Method for importing drawings is applied according to work instructions.
2.4.	Import options are applied to incoming files according to work instructions.
2.5.	Files depicting materials and scenery are imported to enhance presentation and conceptual drawings, as required.
2.6.	Digital building design files are re-named and saved according to workplace requirements.
2.7.	Files are checked for integrity, submitted to architect or building designer for approval, and amendments made as directed.
3.	Transpose information from externally-sourced drawings into digital building design files.	3.1.	Work instructions for transposing information from externally-sourced drawings into digital building design files are interpreted and confirmed with architect or building designer.
3.2.	Information is added to drawings according to work instructions and checked for accuracy and completeness of transposition according to workplace requirements.
3.3.	Details of externally-sourced documents are added to the list of supporting documents in the drawing set.
3.4.	Digital building design files are re-named and saved according to workplace requirements.
3.5.	Files are checked for integrity, submitted to architect or building designer for approval, and amendments made as directed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support to assist in developing understanding of: building design software functions and options for importing digital drawing file standards and conventions for different types of technical drawings use hard copy and digital filing systems to collect, analyse, store, organise and facilitate ongoing access to information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply information from technical drawings and reports, including ratios, scales and scale conversions use mathematical language to discuss information gathered from documentation with colleagues.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in discussions in the workplace and with external specialists using specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised vocabulary, abbreviations and acronyms specific to building design work, including functions and operation of BIM-capable software use different reading approaches to locate specific details in sometimes complex drawings and documentation.
Writing skills to:	prepare requests for amended drawings from external consultants, giving technical details of the changes or additions required using specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Drawings must include at least one from each of the following:	consultant engineer land survey structural engineering.
Workplace requirements must include:	building design project procedures, including: communication protocols for liaising with external consultants file naming, storing and saving systems and procedures quality requirements work health and safety requirements roles and responsibilities of building project team, including extent and limitations of drafter’s role.
Compliance must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.
Engineers must include one or more of the following:	electrical fire safety geotechnical hydraulic mechanical.
Consultants must include one or more of the following:	access acoustic arborist bushfire energy efficiency flooding lighting traffic.
Building design software must include:	BIM-capable current industry-standard software.
Options to be applied must include:	colours external references layers positioning scale views.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4006 Import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to import and transpose information from at least five different types of externally-sourced drawings into digital building design drawing files for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

Within the context described above, a person must provide evidence of:

identifying consultants’ design discrepancies

checking drawings and notations for accuracy and compliance before importing and transposing files

consulting with architect or building designer to discuss inaccuracies or non-compliance and to obtain designer’s observations

requesting and obtaining amended drawings

checking drawings for compatibility with design software

applying building design software functions and options to import drawings into digital building design drawing files

checking integrity of drawings once import is completed

transposing information and notations from drawings into digital building design drawing files and confirming accuracy and completeness

adding details of externally-sourced documents to supporting documentation list for the project

applying naming conventions and version control protocols to renaming, storing and saving files according to workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to import and transpose information from external sources into digital building design drawings for the three different types of building design projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

compliance requirements relating to the three different types of building design projects

construction terminology required to discuss content of externally-sourced drawings and reports with work colleagues, designers and external consultants

functions and options of building design software relating to importing external digital drawings into project files

protocols for communication and liaison with construction professionals who provide drawings and information for building designs

roles and responsibilities of internal and external contributors to building design projects

systems for naming, saving and storing digital files and ensuring version control

types of drawings from external sources required for building designs, including the extent and level of detailed information required.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access, building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and storage capacity for a range of typical building design project information

electronic file storage devices

materials:

electronic and hard copy project files for the three projects specified in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications:

a range of project documentation, both hard copy and electronic, from construction professionals and consultants involved in the building design process for the three different building design projects specified in the performance evidence

National Construction Code and Australian standards relevant to building design projects.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4007 Store and retrieve building design documentation

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure documentation relating to building design projects is filed and stored safely and effectively. It addresses managing and archiving files for future retrieval and responding to requests for copies of documentation.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of an architect or building designer to produce and file a range of documentation as part of the building design and approval process.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Maintain filing system.	1.1.	Project file naming, storing, saving and version control systems are identified and followed when creating, amending and filing documents.
1.2.	Hard copy and digital files are reviewed to identify and remove duplicate, outdated and unnecessary documentation, and archived as required.
2.	Manage file requests.	2.1.	Processes for actioning file requests are identified and followed.
2.2.	File requests are assessed and confirmed according to workplace procedures.
2.3.	Digital documents are made available to others with appropriate file protections in place according to workplace requirements.
2.4.	Hard copy documents are retrieved, logged as removed from file, and provided to others, photocopied or scanned as necessary.
2.5.	Hard copy files are regularly monitored for missing documentation and logging systems are used to locate and replace documentation.
3.	Back up and archive project files.	3.1.	Digital files are backed up periodically and stored in a safe and secure location for emergency access.
3.2.	Hard copy files are collated, scanned where appropriate and saved to relevant electronic project files.
3.3.	Files relating to finalised projects are archived in a safe, secure and accessible manner.
3.4.	Processes allowing for access to archived project files are reviewed and implemented as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access a range of resources, information and support to develop own understanding of file management protocols and their application use hard copy and digital filing systems to ensure the safe storage and retrieval of files.
Numeracy skills to:	use version control protocols when filing and storing documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	review, clarify and respond to requests for files use appropriate file naming conventions when liaising with others in relation to current and archived digital and hard copy project files.
Reading skills to:	interpret and follow workplace file naming protocols and file management processes.
Writing skills to:	use appropriate vocabulary and terminology in relation to file naming and archiving.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
File protections must include:	read only format password-protected portable document format (PDF).
Back-up must include:	computer hard drive external storage devices, including: portable and non-portable hard drives: CD or DVD USB devices off-site location remote, online and managed back-up services.
Archived must include:	online storage of electronic versions of documentation physical offsite storage of hard copy project files.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4007 Store and retrieve building design documentation

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to maintain current and accurate files of documents for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

Within the context described above, a person must provide evidence of:

using file naming, storage, saving and version control systems when managing documentation

forwarding digital and hard copy documents and files to relevant personnel as requested, in relevant formats and according to workplace procedures

reviewing files for missing, duplicate and outdated information and following up or removing as required, according to workplace requirements

backing up project files according to accepted workplace file management procedures

archiving files for the three different projects, with one in hard copy, ensuring safety and security and future accessibility of documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

building construction techniques and processes in order to recognise the relevance of documentation in the project files of those buildings specified in the performance evidence

construction and technical terminology required to discuss appropriate file management processes applicable to the various documentation in files

recognising plans from other disciplines, including land surveys, hydraulics and fire engineering, and determining appropriate file management processes for those plans

workplace protocols addressing file naming, storing, back-up and retrieval.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with:

internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practice

storage capacity for a range of typical building design project information

electronic file saving devices

materials – access to:

electronic and hard copy project files for a range of building projects

lockable filing cabinet

password-protected digital files

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications:

access to applicable codes and standards and local planning requirements

timeframe:

completion of required tasks within timeframes specified by the workplace.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4008 Produce digital building design concept drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to produce building design drawings and documentation with appropriate scale and notations using current industry-standard software packages with building information modelling (BIM) capability.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers and produce design documentation for all types of residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA), up to the stage of client approval of the design concept. It also covers ensuring that the drawings and documentation meet compliance requirements for the type of building and location and are formatted and notated to facilitate understanding by the client.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Produce building design sketches	1.1.	Client brief and designer’s concept drawings and notes are reviewed and requirements confirmed.
1.2.	Existing site information and measured drawings are reviewed and information is applied to the production of sketches.
1.3.	Compliance requirements are confirmed and applied to the production of sketches.
1.4.	Building design software and project templates are used according to workplace requirements to produce and save sketches that illustrate designer’s concept, with accurate proportions and within project timelines.
1.5.	Spatial and dimensional awareness is applied when producing sketches to allow ample space for movement of persons.
1.6.	Rendering techniques are applied to sketches as required by designer.
1.7.	Sketches are reviewed in consultation with designer to check that compliance requirements have been addressed, and adjustments are made and saved as required.
1.8.	Scaled renditions of design concept sketches are produced as required.
2.	Review and apply designer’s instructions in response to client feedback on building design concept sketches.	2.1.	Designer’s instructions, notes and notations to drawings following client consultations are reviewed and client’s required changes to sketches are confirmed.
2.2.	Sketches are adjusted and cross-checked to confirm that client requirements are incorporated.
2.3.	Impacts of changes on compliance requirements are identified and confirmed through consultation with relevant personnel and according to workplace requirements.
2.4.	Adjusted drawings and identified impacts on compliance requirements are reviewed with designer.
2.5.	Final adjustments to sketches are made according to instructions and following designer’s final consultations with client and other relevant personnel.
2.6.	Sketches are stored and saved according to workplace requirements.
3.	Produce building design drawings.	3.1.	Building design software and project templates are used to set up design drawings based on client-approved concept sketches.
3.2.	Details of spatial, structural and technical elements of the building’s design are confirmed with designer and incorporated into building design drawings.
3.3.	Details of strategies to address work health and safety (WHS) issues in the building’s design are confirmed with designer and incorporated into design drawings.
3.4.	Details of sustainable building design for the project are confirmed with designer and incorporated into building design drawings.
3.5.	Readability of drawings is reviewed and drawings are adjusted to ensure clarity of detail, consistency and ease of understanding by clients.
3.6.	Design drawings are saved and stored according to workplace requirements.
3.7.	Design drawings are reviewed in consultation with designers to ensure client and compliance requirements and anomalies are addressed, and drawings are adjusted as required.
3.8.	Design drawings are rendered to watercolour wash or photo-realistic finish as required.
4.	Review and apply client feedback to building design drawings.	4.1.	Designer’s instructions, notes and notations to drawings following client consultations are reviewed and client’s required changes to design drawings are confirmed.
4.2.	Design drawings are adjusted and cross-checked to confirm that client requirements are incorporated.
4.3.	Impacts of changes on compliance of building are identified and confirmed according to workplace requirements.
4.4.	Adjusted drawings and identified impacts on compliance requirements are reviewed in consultation with designer.
4.5.	Final adjustments to drawings are made according to instructions and following designer’s final consultations with client and other relevant personnel.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	develop an understanding of compliance requirements and the constraints they may place on client’s requested changes to design concepts seek advice and respond to feedback from designer.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and convert ratios and scales on drawings use and apply knowledge about space and shape to draw accurate two-dimensional and three-dimensional scale plans and drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	consult with external professional personnel regarding interpretation of compliance requirements discuss adjustments to drawings with designer using construction and design terminology.
Reading skills to:	interpret designer margin notes and simple diagrams to make connections between information and design requirements interpret specialised vocabulary and acronyms used in compliance requirement documents, including the BCA.
Writing skills to:	consider the audience for design drawings and represent technical information in notations using language suitable for clients with limited or no technical knowledge.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.
Building design software must include:	BIM-capable current industry-standard software.
Workplace requirements must include:	application of drawing conventions according to: AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing building design project procedures relating to: communication protocols for liaising with external consultants file naming, storing and saving systems and procedures quality requirements WHS requirements roles and responsibilities of building project team, including extent and limitations of drafter’s role.
Rendering techniques must ensure:	depiction of light and shade range of material finishes readability.
Review must include:	labelling and notation of drawings layout scale white space.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4008 Produce digital building design concept drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to produce digital building design sketches and concept drawings and documentation under the supervision and direction of an architect or building designer for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

Each project must be in a different locality where local compliance requirements vary.

A person should provide evidence of:

researching and applying compliance requirements relating to the nature and location of each building design project

applying drawing conventions according to:

AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles

AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing

applying dimensional awareness to designs to ensure ample space is allowed for movement of persons

producing digital building design sketch drawings and documentation using building information modelling (BIM)-capable current industry-standard software, of the required quality standard and within project timelines, based on client specifications and designer’s instructions

incorporating client feedback into sketches and checking compliance of documentation

consulting with designer on finalisation of sketches and discussing and implementing strategies to resolve compliance issues

producing digital design drawings, documentation and building information models using BIM-capable current industry-standard software based on finalised sketches and according to designer instructions

incorporating client feedback into design drawings, models and documentation and checking whether these meet compliance requirements

consulting with designer on finalisation of design drawings, models and documentation and discussing and implementing strategies to resolve compliance issues.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to produce digital building design concept drawings and documentation for the three different types of building design projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

compliance requirements relating to the three building design projects

drawing conventions relevant to the sketch and design concept drawings

construction and design terminology required to discuss aspects of digital design documentation with designer

functions and options of BIM-capable building design software that enable the production of digital building design drawings for residential, commercial and industrial building design projects

principles of BIM and its use by building and construction professions

protocols for communication and liaison with construction professionals who provide information for building designs

roles and responsibilities of internal and external contributors to building design projects

systems for naming, saving and storing digital files and ensuring version control

types of drawings, documentation and models required for client consultations regarding building design concepts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace. Unit outputs must be completed to full industry and workplace standards and procedures.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and BIM-capable building design software

materials:

project site information

reports from technical experts

specifications – access to:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other relevant compliance documentation relating to each building design project

client’s design brief

designer’s sketches and notes.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4009 Analyse building design drawings and review findings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to analyse drawings relating to building designs for residential, commercial and industrial buildings, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA).

It covers interpreting construction industry conventions for drawings, and analysing drawings for different projects to identify design and technical features. It also covers presenting findings and discussing these with the architect or building designer to inform the design process.

The unit supports the work of drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects, building designers and other personnel, such as home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Interpret drawing conventions.	1.1.	Industry standard formats and content for technical drawings are interpreted.
1.2.	General technical drawing conventions used in all types of construction drawings are interpreted.
1.3.	Architectural conventions used in building design drawings are interpreted.
1.4.	Notations used in general technical and architectural drawings are interpreted.
2.	Analyse architectural drawings.	2.1.	Key features of site plans for different projects are identified in drawings and analysed.
2.2.	Key features of floor plans and sub-floor plans are identified in drawings and analysed.
2.3.	Key features of elevations of each aspect of building are identified in drawings and analysed.
2.4.	Sections of buildings are analysed to determine construction methods and features of internal design and finishes.
2.5.	Unknown elements of, or anomalies in, architectural drawings are noted for discussion with architect or building designer.
3.	Analyse drawings from other construction disciplines.	3.1.	Land survey drawings are analysed to identify topographical features of site for building design projects and requirements for cutting and filling.
3.2.	Structural engineering drawings are analysed to determine construction methods and load considerations for building design project.
3.3.	Drawings and reports from electrical, hydraulic, fire and mechanical engineers are analysed to determine layout of services for building design project.
3.4.	Drawings and drawing notations from consultants are analysed to identify recommendations for building design project.
3.5.	Unknown elements of, or anomalies in, drawings from other disciplines are noted for discussion with architect or building designer.
4.	Present and discuss findings.	4.1.	Advice is sought where required from architect or building designer to assist in identifying and analysing unknown elements of drawings.
4.2.	Findings from analysis of architectural drawings are presented to, and discussed with, architect or building designer to inform building design process.
4.3.	Findings from analysis of drawings from other construction disciplines are presented to, and discussed with, architect or building designer to inform building design process.
4.4.	Strategies for producing corrections to drawings are developed in consultation with architect or building designer and followed up as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	access Australian standards to assist in developing understanding of different types of drawings and drawing standards and conventions draw on experience in drawing analysis and apply to new work.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and check the accuracy of numerical information in technical drawings and reports, including dimensions, ratios, scales and scale conversions use mathematical language to discuss with colleagues findings from analysis of drawings, such as anomalies in dimensions or inaccuracies in scale conversions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in discussions in the workplace and with external specialists using specialised vocabulary relating to building designs, including the names used for different types of drawings and the names for different building elements and fixtures.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised vocabulary, abbreviations and acronyms specific to building design work, including terms used by external consultants use different reading strategies to locate specific and sometimes complex details in drawings and reports.
Writing skills to:	make concise and technically accurate personal notes on findings from analysis of drawings and reports and discussions with designer.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Industry standard formats and content for technical drawings must include:	drawing types project identification version control.
General technical drawing conventions must include:	those specified in: AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing AS1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering - Hydraulic and pneumatic systems abbreviations components dimensioning lines gradients layout levels scales spaces symbols.
Architectural conventions must include:	dimensioning orientation representations of: doors fittings fixtures materials natural light shadow windows.
Key features of site plans must include:	site boundaries and dimensions locations and orientations of buildings locations of: utility services retaining walls fences driveways walkways setback requirements easements topographical data.
Key features of floor and sub-floor plans must include:	access construction methods dimensions locations of services plan-level fittings, fixtures and features, including representations of overhead features room and wall layouts.
Key features of elevations must include:	dimensions of buildings exterior finishes fence locations features of exterior design.
Consultants must include one or more of those contributing to the design drawings:	land surveyors structural, electrical, hydraulic, fire and mechanical engineers access, acoustic, arborist, energy efficiency, lighting, traffic and other relevant consultants required to contribute to building design projects.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4009 Analyse building design drawings and review findings

Modification History

Release 1.New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to analyse complete sets of drawings for the following three different types of building design projects, as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

The person must present and discuss with the project architect or building designer:

an analysis of relevant information, features and details included on architectural drawings, including:

details

elevations

plans:

footings and slab setout

roof framing layout

wall framing layout

sections

site plans

sub-floor and floor plans

analysis of information, features and details included on drawings specifically required for the project from consultants as listed in the range of conditions

clarification of unknown elements of drawings through consultation, as required

anomalies in drawings, including strategies for producing corrections to drawings

strategies for correcting drawings, as required.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required to analyse building design drawings for the building projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

principles of structural engineering sufficient to recognise structural anomalies in building design drawings for the building projects and report them to the designer

basic principles of the work of those construction professionals who are required to contribute to the building designs of the projects, including:

consultants

engineers

surveyors

building construction techniques and processes applied to the construction of the buildings

building materials used in the construction of the buildings, and their application

building designers’ duty of care to ensure quality and safety of designs

construction terminology required to discuss content of internally and externally sourced drawings with work colleagues and designer

conventions and formats used for:

architectural drawings

general technical drawings

drawing standards:

AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles

AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing

AS1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering - Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

types of drawings relevant to building design projects.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software materials

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

specifications:

Australian standards for drawing

design drawings for building projects specified in the performance evidence.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4010 Prepare documentation for planning approval

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare documentation that complies with planning approval requirements for residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). The documentation is required as part of the process for preparing a planning application, which if successful will result in the issuing of a planning permit.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects and building designers to prepare a range of documentation as part of the planning approval process.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and produce planning approval support documentation.	1.1.	Documentation requirements for planning approval applications are confirmed with relevant authorities.
1.2.	Design drawings required in applications for planning approval are confirmed with architect, building designer or relevant authorities.
1.3.	Compliance requirements for design drawings are confirmed with architect, building designer and relevant authorities.
1.4.	Timelines and methodologies for producing final design drawings are confirmed with architect or building designer.
1.5.	Drawings and documentation required from electrical, hydraulic, geotechnical, fire and mechanical engineers are specified and requested in consultation with architect or building designer.
1.6.	Drawings and documentation required from access, traffic, lighting, arborist, acoustic, energy efficiency and other relevant consultants are specified and requested in consultation with architect or building designer.
2.	Prepare and submit planning approval application.	2.1.	Design drawings are checked for planning approval compliance and required additions or changes are made.
2.2.	Drawings and documentation required from technical experts are obtained within required timeframes and checked for completeness and compliance.
2.3.	Documentation for planning approval application is prepared, checked for compliance with requirements, and confirmed with client.
2.4.	Completeness of planning approval application is confirmed in consultation with architect or building designer and submitted to relevant authority according to workplace procedures.
2.5.	Notifications and advertisements are arranged as required.
3.	Obtain feedback and amend documentation as required.	3.1.	Local authority, client and stakeholder feedback to planning application design drawings and documentation is obtained and discussed with architect or building designer to identify required amendments.
3.2.	Design drawings and documentation are amended as required, and client approval is obtained, documented and processed according to workplace procedures.
4.	Support and finalise the application through approval process.	4.1.	Progress of application through planning approval processes is monitored and requests for information are responded to according to workplace procedures.
4.2.	Requirements for changes to planning approval drawings and documentation are completed on time and in consultation with architect or building designer as requested.
4.3.	Planning approval is obtained and filed with final design project documentation according to workplace procedures.
4.4.	Client is notified of planning approval and any conditions, and copies of relevant documentation are provided according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	develop a sequenced plan for tasks required in the planning approval process draw on experience in preparing planning documentation to ensure that processes and requirements meet the requirements of authorities within required timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	apply measurements prescribed in compliance requirements to sketches and drawings apply scale accurately to working drawings calculate and confirm measurements in drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	consult with client and a range of external stakeholders regarding compliance requirements discuss required changes to planning documentation as required.
Reading skills to:	interpret and adhere to documentation compliance requirements of the BCA and relevant authorities interpret specialised vocabulary and acronyms used in planning documentation.
Writing skills to:	prepare forms and other documentation required for planning approval use appropriate vocabulary and technical terminology when compiling planning documentation and liaising with clients.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Design drawings must include:	drawings produced by building designers or technical experts elevations: contour demolition floor framing roof sections shadow drawings site analyses landscape designs services layout.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4010 Prepare documentation for planning approval

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also be able to provide evidence of the ability to prepare documentation to meet planning approval requirements for the following three different building projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

For each of the three projects, the person must provide evidence of:

confirming documentation and compliance requirements with the relevant authority for each of the building projects specified

identifying and collecting relevant documentation and drawings from technical experts for each of the building projects specified and confirming that documents received are accurate and compliant

preparing and finalising relevant planning approval documentation specified by the approving authority for each of the building projects

amending relevant documentation to incorporate feedback from client and relevant approval authorities while ensuring compliance with relevant codes and standards

submitting final, complete and accurate planning documentation to the relevant authority within specified timeframes and monitoring its progress, responding to feedback or questions as instructed by the architect or building designer

processing planning approval and notifying client of the outcome.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate documentation required for planning approval relevant to the three classes and types of building projects specified in the performance evidence, including knowledge of :

architectural styles and building construction terminology relevant to working with building plans specified in the planning approval process

principles of energy efficiency and sustainable design sufficient to be able to communicate with others in relation to the designs and planning approval applications

design drawings gathered and used in the planning approval process for each of the specified building projects

duty of care required to ensure quality and safety of designs

implications of changes to design throughout the planning approval process

legislation, codes and standards relevant to sustainable design requirements required to ensure compliance with planning approval requirements

processes that must be confirmed and satisfied for each of the building projects, including:

documentation requirements for planning approval applications

types of drawings required for planning approval applications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace. Unit outputs must be completed to full industry and workplace standards and procedures.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practice

materials:

planning application forms and documentation

technical reports prepared by external consultants and relevant to the planning approval process for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

working drawings and plans relevant to the planning approval process for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

contingencies:

impact of variations to plans as directed by client or other stakeholders

implications of submitting non-compliant documentation to relevant authorities

types of documentation supplied by technical experts and their purpose in overall submission for planning approval

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks must be completed individually but may rely on information sourced from team members and supervisor as relevant to the task

relationship with client:

liaison with the client as directed by architect or building designer

specifications – access to:

BCA

client briefs

state and local council planning regulations

National Construction Code (NCC).

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4011 Prepare documentation for building approval

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to gather and prepare documentation that complies with building approval requirements, including detailed working drawings of designs for all types of residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). The documentation is required as part of the building approval process which, if successful, results in the issuing of a building permit.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of an architect or building designer to gather and produce a range of documentation as part of the building approval process.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan documentation production.	1.1.	Documentation required for building approval applications for building design projects is confirmed with design project manager and other relevant personnel.
1.2.	Compliance requirements to be addressed in working drawings are confirmed with relevant personnel.
1.3.	Timelines and methodologies for producing working drawings are confirmed and followed.
1.4.	Drawings and documentation required from construction contractors, engineers and consultants, are confirmed and obtained.
2.	Prepare and gather documentation.	2.1.	Project design drawings and documentation are reviewed in consultation with design project manager and information relevant to different types of working drawings is identified.
2.2.	Construction details requiring clarification are resolved through research and consultation.
2.3.	Draft working drawings are prepared and notations added according to project and workplace requirements.
2.4.	Working drawings are checked and finalised, in consultation with design project manager.
2.5.	Required documentation is completed or obtained, and checked and confirmed as correct or referred for amendment in consultation with design project manager.
3.	Submit and support building approval application.	3.1.	Documentation for building approval application is prepared, checked for compliance with requirements, and submitted to design project manager.
3.2.	Progress of application through building approval process is monitored and requests for clarification or changes are addressed in consultation with design project manager.
3.3.	Building approval is obtained and filed with final design project documentation according to workplace procedures.
3.4.	Client is notified of building approval and copies of relevant documentation are provided in consultation with design project manager, as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	develop a sequenced plan for tasks required in the building approval process draw on experience in preparing building documentation to ensure that documentation prepared and submitted meets the requirements of authorities within required timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	apply measurements prescribed in compliance requirements to sketches and drawings, for example distance of building from boundary apply scale accurately to working drawings calculate and confirm measurements in drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions relating to design drawings and compliance requirements consult with external professional personnel regarding compliance requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret and adhere to documentation compliance requirements of relevant authorities interpret specialised vocabulary and acronyms used in building documentation.
Writing skills to:	prepare forms and other documentation required for building approval communicate with clients and prepare building documentation using appropriate vocabulary and technical terminology.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Documentation must include:	contract administration documentation items specified in relevant authorities’ requirements for building approval, including: localised pest management details relevant authority forms requests for exemptions risk assessments specifications for materials, fixtures and fittings technical reports, such as: access conservation energy rating fire safety soil analysis two- and three-dimensional working drawings sub-floor ventilation details waterproofing details.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.
Working drawings must include:	detail drawings elevations location of neighbouring buildings plans sections site plans.
Checking of working drawings must include:	accuracy completeness compliance with relevant requirements, including building approval requirements consistency of presentation cross-referencing titles and reference numbers version control.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4011 Prepare documentation for building approval

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to prepare drawings and documentation for the following three different building projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

For each of the building projects, the person must provide evidence of:

confirming documentation and compliance requirements with the relevant authority, for each of the building projects specified

preparing complete sets of compliant working drawings and documentation as required for the submission of the building application for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

identifying and collecting supporting documentation from other construction professionals for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence, and confirming that documents received are accurate and compliant

submitting final, complete and accurate building approval application to the relevant authority within specified timeframe and monitoring its progress, responding to feedback or questions as instructed by the architect or building designer

processing building approval permit and notifying the client.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of documentation required for building approval relevant to the three classes and types of building projects specified in the performance evidence, including knowledge of:

processes of the relevant approving authority that must be confirmed and satisfied for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence, including:

range of documentation and types of drawings required for building approval applications relating to specified types of building design projects in specified locations

technical knowledge of plans required for building approval, including knowledge of:

bracing

ceilings

concrete slabs

floor finishes

floor footings

lighting

timber framing

services

sites

sustainability requirements

ventilation

sections of the BCA relevant to the classes and types of buildings specified in the performance evidence, including:

architectural styles and building construction terminology relevant to working with building plans specified in the building approval process

principles of energy efficiency and sustainable design sufficient to be able to communicate with others in relation to the designs and approval applications

duty of care required to ensure quality and safety of designs submitted for building approval

potential cost implications of changes to design at each stage of the building approval process

legislation, codes and standards relevant to sustainable building design required to ensure compliance with building approval requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practices

materials:

building application forms and related documentation

reports from technical experts and external consultants, relevant to the building approval process for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

working drawings relevant to the building approval process for each of the building projects specified in the performance evidence

contingencies:

impact of variations to plans as directed by client or other stakeholders

implications of preparing and submitting to relevant authority insufficient or non-compliant documentation

specifications – access to:

current Australian standards applicable to the building design and as required in the building approval process

local council planning regulations

National Construction Code

state codes and planning policies

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed individually but may rely on information sourced from team members and supervisor as relevant to the task

relationship with client:

liaison with the client is limited and only as directed by the architect or building designer

timeframe:

according to the requirements for preparing and lodging documentation for building approval processes.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4012 Provide support to project building designers

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide a range of support to project building designers.

It covers attending and supporting client and stakeholder meetings, undertaking site visits, using industry-approved software, and liaising with relevant authorities on behalf of the architect or building designer responsible for the overall project design.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the supervision and instruction of architects or building designers and engage in a range of consultation processes as part of the building design process.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Participate in client communications.	1.1.	Client consultations are attended and detailed notes are taken to support the role of the designer or architect according to workplace requirements.
1.2.	Client preferences and proposed building outcomes are represented in line with designer’s instructions using building design software.
1.3.	Clients are consulted independently according to designer’s instructions, as required.
1.4.	Records of written and verbal correspondence with clients are checked for accuracy, kept up-to-date, filed and stored for access by designer or architect in compliance with relevant legislation and standards.
2.	Assist designer with project tasks.	2.1.	Concept plans are drafted under the supervision and instruction of the designer and according to client brief.
2.2.	Research into materials, mechanical systems and construction methods is conducted and documented as required, to assist in developing appropriate and compliant building design solutions.
2.3.	Accurate drawings are completed in line with compliance requirements to reflect client specifications and any requested variations.
2.4.	Project cost estimates and material quantities are identified and calculated with reference to plans and drawings as required.
3.	Liaise with others to support the project.	3.1.	Consultation meetings with building design project contractors are attended and detailed notes are taken to support the designer.
3.2.	Relevant authorities are consulted and information is obtained to support the timely completion and compliance of the project.
3.3.	Technical experts are consulted for specialist advice, and information is noted and provided to the designer to assist in design development.
3.4.	Sales representatives and manufacturers are consulted regarding products, specifications and costings, and information is collated and filed according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	independently access a range of information sources to assist in providing accurate and relevant support to the building designer interpret research information relating to materials and products.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply numerical information from technical documentation estimate project costs and material quantities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask technical questions concerning materials, systems and construction methods consult with manufacturers and make enquiries that assist with providing support to the building designer.
Reading skills to:	use different reading strategies to identify relevant information located through research into materials and systems.
Writing skills to:	make legible notes of discussions with colleagues and external specialists in a range of agreed formats use specialised vocabulary relating to building design projects.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Notes must cover:	agreed actions variations to drawings.
Building design software must include:	current industry-standard building information modelling (BIM)-capable software.
Compliance requirements must include:	current Australian standards applicable to the building design federal, state or territory, and local authority legislation and regulations applicable to the building design National Construction Code.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4012 Provide support to project building designers

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to provide support to the architect or building designer for the following three different building projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one building project must be three storeys or more.

For each of the building projects, the person must provide evidence of:

using industry-approved software to vary drawings and specifications during client consultations as support to the designer

maintaining accurate and up-to-date client communications in an agreed format

consulting with a range of technical experts to gather data and reports for the designer to assist in building design decisions

liaising with sales representatives and manufacturers to gather relevant product information and costings

documenting and storing accurate notes from meetings between the architect or building designer, clients, construction contractors and other relevant personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of the following, as they relate to the three classes and types of building projects specified in the performance evidence:

building construction techniques and processes

building materials and their application in the different building projects specified in the performance evidence

compliance requirements and regulatory limitations relating to building design projects, including:

Australian standards

National Construction Code

state building codes

design terminology used by architects and building designers when liaising with clients and other personnel

environmental and sustainability requirements, including:

energy efficiency

fire resistance, including resistance to bushfire attack

structural principles relevant to the construction of buildings specified in the performance evidence

techniques for reading plans and drawings including those from other disciplines, such as land surveys, hydraulics and fire engineering.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access and building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practice

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed as an individual and as a team member, under the direction of an architect, building designer or other relevant person

relationship with client:

liaison with the client is limited and only as directed by the architect or building designer

specifications – access to:

applicable codes and standards

design drawings and specifications.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN4013 Produce construction detail drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to produce construction detail drawings and specifications for all types of residential, commercial and industrial buildings as defined by the Building Code of Australia (BCA). Construction detail drawings will provide construction contractors with information required to select, cost and apply construction materials and methods according to the client’s design brief and relevant development approvals.

It also covers the production of drawings where variations are required during the construction process.

The unit supports drafters who assist and work under the instruction and supervision of an architect or building designer to produce drawings relied upon throughout the various construction phases of a building development.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to building design drafting in some states. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drafting

Unit Sector

Building design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Gather and interpret project information.	1.1.	Current documentation and project information are reviewed to identify components of drawings requiring construction detail and scope of detail drawings required.
1.2.	Approved changes in building design requirements that have occurred since approval to build was received are identified and their impact on existing documentation is confirmed with architect or building designer.
1.3.	Client specifications for materials, systems and fixtures are determined and clarified throughout the detail drawing process.
1.4.	Research into relevant materials, systems and fixtures is undertaken and noted for application to construction detail drawings.
2.	Prepare for production of construction detail drawings.	2.1.	Digital files are set up and prepared according to workplace procedures.
2.2.	Amendments to original working drawings are made where required, to reflect agreed changes to the building project.
2.3.	Design methodology for areas and elements of the building to be drawn in detail are confirmed in consultation with architect or building designer.
2.4.	Specific requirements for construction detail drawings are confirmed based on marked-up drawings received from architect or building designer.
3.	Create initial construction views and details.	3.1.	Existing library of objects is reviewed and relevant objects are imported and manipulated where appropriate for the production of construction detail drawings.
3.2.	Views of building elements are created according to requirements for the production of construction detail drawings.
3.3.	Callouts are used or created as necessary to show required detail in plans.
3.4.	Initial detail construction drawings and specifications are produced and submitted to the architect or building designer for feedback.
4.	Modify and update detail drawings.	4.1.	Modifications to construction detail drawings are undertaken in response to architect or building designer feedback and instructions.
4.2.	Final construction detail drawings are provided to client and construction practitioners as directed and in an approved format.
4.3.	Approved variations to drawings received during construction are actioned and revised drawings are submitted to architect or building designer for sign-off.
5.	Finalise construction detail drawing.	5.1.	Design personnel are consulted to ensure iterations of the construction detail drawings adhere to project design brief.
5.2.	Builder and other construction personnel are consulted where necessary to confirm construction methodologies and to inform finalisation of construction detail drawings.
5.3.	External consultant’s documentation and expertise are sought as directed to ensure accuracy of drawings.
5.4.	Relevant approval authorities are consulted as required to undertake final cross-checking and confirmation of approval conditions and to resolve unforeseen conflicts.

Foundation Skills

This section describes core skills that are essential to performance and not explicit in the performance criteria. Employment skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	assess nature and scope of construction detail drawings required across a range of different building types independently access a range of information and resources to support the production of construction detail drawings required.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and convert ratios and scales on drawings use and apply knowledge about space and shape when drawing accurate two-dimensional (2-D) and three-dimensional (3-D) scale plans and construction detail drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	liaise with external consultants regarding interpretation of specialist documentation and plans discuss required modifications to drawings with architect or building designer using construction and design terminology.
Reading skills to:	interpret margin notes on plans, drawings and simple diagrams.
Writing skills to:	represent technical information in notations using language suitable for clients with no technical knowledge.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Documentation must include:	building plans and permits, including: approval conditions comments and notations on drawings services related approvals 2-D and 3-D digital design drawings and models.
Elements of the building must include one or more of:	architraves balustrades box gutters ceiling finishes connections between floor and wall and wall and ceiling doors, including trims flashings kitchen or bathroom interior, including wall finishes, fixtures, fittings parapets roof details, including fascias skirting boards stair construction details timber reveals vermin proofing wall design windows, including trims and rebates.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4013 Produce construction detail drawings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 1.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must be able to provide evidence of the ability to produce construction detail drawings under the supervision and instruction of an architect or building designer for the following three building design projects, as defined in the Building Code of Australia (BCA). At least one of the building design projects must include a Class 10 component:

one Class 1 building

one Class 2 building

one building selected from Classes 3 to 9.

At least one of the above building projects must be two storeys and one must be three storeys or more.

For each of the building design projects, the person must provide evidence of:

producing three construction detail drawings in 1:20 or 1:10 scale for elements of the building required by the building design project as listed in the range of conditions

applying drawing conventions according to:

AS1100.101 Technical drawing - General principles

AS1100.301 Technical drawing - Architectural drawing

current industry best practice

making at least one modification to the construction detail drawings in response to feedback received from client, architect or building designer or other relevant specialist consultant.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate knowledge of the following, as they relate to the three classes and types of building projects specified in the performance evidence:

construction terminology required to discuss construction detail drawings with colleagues, architect or building designer and specialist external consultants

current industry drawing standards and conventions appropriate to the production of construction detail drawings, including:

appropriate use of dimensions, scale, layout, white space and notations on drawings to ensure ease of interpretation by client and others

current Australian standards relating to drawings

functions of building information modelling (BIM)-capable building design software used for producing construction detail drawings

line styles and conventions used in technical and detail drawings for construction purposes

principles of architectural conventions used in detail drawings

types of drawings, documentation and models required for client consultations regarding construction detail drawings

methods of construction, including the sequencing of construction work and potential challenges experienced onsite during construction

principles and qualities of construction materials used in the range of building classes and types.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace.

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access, BIM-capable building design software and business software currently used in drafting, architectural and building design practices

telephone

materials – access to:

building design plans and drawings for building design plans and drawings for building projects specified in the performance evidence

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other relevant compliance documentation relating to each building design project specified in the performance evidence

reports from technical experts

working drawings and plans

specifications – access to:

technical drawings and plans

client design brief

relationships with team members and supervisor:

tasks may be completed individually but may rely on information sourced from team members and supervisor as relevant to the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPBDN5007A Inspect and analyse sites and produce measured drawings for small-scale building design projects

Modification History

New unit

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to inspect sites for commercial, industrial and residential building design projects covered by the Building Code of Australia (BCA), except construction Type A buildings. Site inspections are conducted to determine contours and measurements; existing conditions, structures, features and services; and neighbourhood characteristics.

The unit also covers analysing sites; determining orientation and layout of building, access and egress points, and existing utilities and services infrastructure; and producing measured drawings.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports building designers who gather and correlate field data from small-scale building design project sites and produce accurate measured drawings.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work in this area must be completed according to relevant legislative, industry and organisational requirements, including occupational health and safety (OHS) policies and procedures.

Different states and territories may have regulatory mechanisms that apply to this unit. Users are advised to check for regulatory limitations.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Inspect sites for small-scale building design projects	1.1	Site inspection tasks for small-scale building design projects are planned with reference to relevant site information and workplace procedures.
1.2	Site is inspected, sketched and where required photographed, and existing characteristics are noted according to workplace procedures.
1.3	Features of surrounding area that may affect design options are investigated and noted according to workplace procedures.

2	Measure and record site dimensions	2.1	Linear site dimensions are measured or calculated, and recorded according to workplace procedures.
2.2	Levelling devices are set up and adjusted according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures.
2.3	Horizontal and vertical angles are determined and recorded.

3	Plot contours and cut and fill areas	3.1	Contour lines are interpolated from spot level values and plotted on site plan.
3.2	Cut and fill areas are measured or calculated and plotted in plan and section drawings.

4	Analyse site and produce measured drawings	4.1	Field data is correlated and applied to production of measured drawings according to workplace procedures.
4.2	Orientation and layout of key design elements are determined, in consultation with technical experts as required, and added to measured drawings.
4.3	Measured drawings and relevant site analysis documentation are finalised within project timelines and processed according to workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
administration and management skills to: manage documents manage time, including planning and prioritising work analytical and problem-solving skills to: apply design principles and theories within regulatory requirements correlate site information from different sources respond to the challenges of irregularly shaped sites language, literacy and numeracy skills to: calculate measurements communicate with clients and colleagues interpret complex documents, including: client briefs compliance requirements land titles reports site plans technical skills to: apply on-site OHS procedures apply drawing skills, including: drawing to scale field sketching producing measured drawings based on field data take accurate measurements using basic surveying equipment, including: chains and tapes global positioning systems (GPS) automatic, dumpy and tilting levels theodolites technology skills to use information technology and relevant software
Required knowledge
architectural styles and terminology construction materials and methods to accurately assess materials and methods used in existing on-site and neighbouring buildings contextual and site constraints design development processes and uses of on-site measured drawings in these processes key features of building life cycles to accurately assess potential for re-use of existing buildings legislation, codes and standards relevant to small-scale building design projects, including: drawing standards OHS organisational scope of business, service levels and fees principles of building design, including sustainable design safe operating procedures for basic levelling and surveying equipment

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person should demonstrate the ability to: safely and thoroughly inspect at least three sites for small-scale building design projects, each site having significantly different features and characteristics observe and document relevant features and characteristics of sites and neighbouring areas accurately measure or calculate relevant angles, contours and dimensions produce sets of accurate and scaled measured site drawings.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of this unit: must be in the context of the work environment may be conducted in an off-site context, provided it is realistic and sufficiently rigorous to cover all aspects of workplace performance, including task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills must meet relevant compliance requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: access to: suitable assessment venue and equipment suitable simulated or real opportunities and resources to demonstrate competence assessment instruments.
Method of assessment	Assessment for this unit must verify the practical application of the required skills and knowledge, using one or more of the following methods: written and/or oral assessment of the candidates required knowledge for the unit observed, documented and/or firsthand testimonial evidence of the candidates implementation of appropriate procedures and techniques for the safe, effective and efficient achievement of the required outcomes identification of the relevant information and scope of the work required to meet the required outcomes identification of viable options and the selection of options that best meet the required outcomes consistently achieving the required outcomes.
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate, and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Small-scale building design projects:	include buildings covered by the BCA, except construction Type A buildings may be residential projects, such as: additions and renovations heritage restoration new buildings may be commercial or industrial projects, such as: factories motels offices restaurants retail and service outlets warehouses.
Site information may include:	compliance requirements environmental reports, including: climate flora and fauna soil water catchment maps overlays service and utility layouts site plans titles.
Workplace procedures may include:	access arrangements drawing production systems and procedures equipment operation and maintenance procedures hazard and risk assessment and control OHS requirements project management procedures.
Existing characteristics of a site may include:	access boundaries buildings, including: materials and methods structural integrity contours easements features fences flora, especially significant trees relationship to adjoining properties services, including power, telecommunications and water supply structures views water and drainage, including: absorption and transpiration areas ground water rainwater tanks roof water sewerage treatment plant stormwater.
Features of surrounding area may include:	architectural styles of buildings and structures dimensions, locations and uses of adjacent buildings and structures, including: aesthetics noise produced shade cast on site traffic landscaping, including significant trees street features and furniture, such as poles and cables.
Key design elements may include:	access and egress points buildings existing utilities and services infrastructure.

Unit Sector(s)

Building design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPBDN5017A Produce 2-D drawings for building design projects using CAD software

Modification History

Release 2 - minor editorial correction removal of duplicate Element 7 Import files

This version first released with CPP07 Property Services Training Package Version 14.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to produce two-dimensional (2-D) drawings for residential, commercial and industrial building design projects using computer-aided design (CAD) software.

Work in this area must be completed according to relevant legislative, industry and organisational requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports the needs of industry personnel responsible for preparing 2-D building design drawings from instructions, sketches, drawings and plans for residential, commercial and industrial building design projects. The drawings produced and notations included should conform to Australian standards and drawing protocols.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Different States and Territories may have regulatory mechanisms that apply to this unit. Users are advised to consult with the relevant regulatory authorities.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Create drawing template files.	1.1	Basic drawing environment is set up according to organisational standards and industry protocols.
1.2	Layering strategy is created as needed to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.3	Architectural library is created to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.4	Text and dimension styles are created to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.5	Line types of different thicknesses are created to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.6	Hatch patterns and types are created to meet standard drawing requirements.
1.7	Title blocks are set up for different drawing sizes.
1.8	Reference schedules are set up according to workplace and statutory requirements.

2	Create 2-D drawings.	2.1	Drawing requirements are identified and confirmed with relevant project personnel.
2.2	2-D CAD software programs and functions are used to produce different types of 2-D drawings using appropriate layers if required.
2.3	Notations, compliant with Australian standards and drawing protocols, are added to drawings as required.
2.4	Dimensions are added to drawings as required, and scales are applied according to Australian standards and drawing protocols.

3	Import files.	3.1	Digital text and drawing files from other software applications are imported into 2-D CAD drawings.
3.2	External 2-D drawing files are inserted into 2-D CAD drawings.
3.3	Hard copy documents are scanned and saved as correct file types to import into 2-D CAD drawings.

4	Edit drawing components.	4.1	Elements that are not required are deleted or purged from drawings.
4.2	Editing commands are used to modify drawing elements and text.

5	Print CAD drawings.	5.1	Page layout for the drawing file is set to suit printing requirements.
5.2	Print parameters for the printer are set.
5.3	Drawings are printed on the correct media.

6	Save and back up files.	6.1	Suitable file directories are created for the drawing project.
6.2	Drawing files are saved for later retrieval and backed up to specified drives or directories according to workplace procedures.

7	Export files.	7.1	Drawing files are created and sent to external personnel for use in different software applications.
7.2	PDF files are created for relevant personnel to view completed drawings without using CAD software packages.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand seek clarification creative design, drawing and drafting skills, including: identifying and applying characteristics, decorative styles and text styles using: drafting technologies drafting equipment numeracy skills to apply measurements and make calculations relating to scales and ratios in drawings planning and organising skills to ensure coordinated development of drawings reading skills to read and interpret: plans, drawings, specifications and design briefs documentation from a variety of sources technology skills to use information technology and 2-D CAD software writing skills to add notations to drawings
Required knowledge
architectural styles and terminology building materials used in building design projects, and their representation in drawings drafting and drawing protocols construction technology relating to building design projects functions and operation of 2-D CAD software programs general WHS principles and responsibilities relating to the production of 2-D CAD drawings hard copy and digital file management procedures relevant industry standards and codes of practice relating to the production of 2-D CAD drawings structural systems used in building design projects types and uses of architectural drawings

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment providing that simulated or project-based assessment techniques replicate workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures. It may be assessed on its own or as part of an integrated assessment activity involving preparation of CAD drawings, including construction detailing and material identification, for a range of typical National Construction Code (NCC) structures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit should provide evidence of the ability to: use two different types of 2-D CAD software according to manufacturer specifications and organisational standards to produce at least five different types of 2-D building design drawings selected from the following: bracing plans electrical power and lighting plans floor framing plans floor plans house drainage plans (sewerage) lot plans roof drainage plans roof framing plans site plans slab or footing layout plans stormwater layout plans. A person should also provide evidence of: identifying and applying drawing protocols identifying and applying styles, characteristics, technologies and decorative styles sound understanding of the structural function of building elements importing and exporting information.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of this unit: must be in the context of the work environment may be conducted in an off-site context, provided it is realistic and sufficiently rigorous to cover all aspects of workplace performance, including task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills must meet relevant compliance requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: suitable assessment venue and equipment, including computers with 2-D CAD software, printers, and building codes and standards suitable simulated or real opportunities and resources to demonstrate competence.
Method of assessment	Assessment for this unit must verify the practical application of the required skills and knowledge, using one or more of the following methods: written and/or oral assessment of the candidates required knowledge for the unit observed, documented and/or firsthand testimonial evidence of the candidates implementation of appropriate procedures and techniques for the safe, effective and efficient achievement of the required outcomes identification of the relevant information and scope of the work required to meet the required outcomes identification of viable options and the selection of options that best meet the required outcomes consistently achieving the required outcomes.
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate, and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Drawing requirements include:	details: area analysis construction notes general notes location of neighbouring buildings services plans structural information types of drawings, such as: isometric drawings plans: bracing plans electrical power and lighting plans floor framing plans floor plans house drainage plans (sewerage) lot plans roof drainage plans roof framing plans site plans slab or footing layout plans stormwater layout plans perspective drawings elevations or projections sections structural detail.
Drawing protocols include:	abbreviations commonly used symbols dimensioning drawing titles hatched regions legends lettering standards line types numbering paper size scale schedules standard units of measurement.

Unit Sector(s)

Building design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes to clean carpeted floors in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform cleaning tasks on carpeted floors. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify carpeted floor cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify carpeted floor surface and soil type on surface.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean carpet	2.1	Select, check, and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select cleaning technique.
2.4	Select carpeted floor cleaning equipment and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Patch test carpeted floor for colour fastness.
2.7	Clean carpeted floor surface in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with workplace procedures.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use carpet cleaning equipment and cleaning agents; and

clean, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of carpeted floor surfaces, including at least:

one carpeted floor with dry soiling; and

one carpeted floor with wet soiling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor, team members or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient carpet cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

the main types of carpeted flooring and their characteristics including natural, synthetic, looped, tufted, and modular tiled carpeting

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on carpeted surfaces including dust, dirt, food, beverages, liquids, and oil

carpet cleaning techniques and equipment including:

vacuuming, steam cleaning and manual stain removal

industry standard equipment for cleaning wet and dry carpeted floors, including wet and dry vacuum cleaners and steam cleaners

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for carpets, including carpet shampoo and stain removal cleaning agents

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning carpeted floors including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

safe usage of carpet stain removal cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings and installing covers

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry standard equipment such as, residential and industrial wet and dry vacuums, steam cleaners, cloths and cleaning agents.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools, equipment, and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify and remove stains from carpets using basic stain removal techniques in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform basic stain removal tasks. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this Unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements Describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify carpet cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify type of carpet and type of stain.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Remove Stain from carpet.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Select stain removal technique and equipment.
2.3	Safely move, cover, or protect, furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.4	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.5	Patch test carpeted surface for colour fastness.
2.6	Treat carpet to remove stain in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
2.7	Compare treated area with surrounding surface to determine need for further action.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete carpet stain removal task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Clean equipment and check for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use stain removal equipment and cleaning agents; and

remove, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of carpet stains, including at least:

one dry soil carpet stain; and

one wet soil carpet stain.

Performance must include:

using efficient carpet stain removal methods.

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

safely using carpet stain removal cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents; and

disposing of collected soil and waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

the main types of carpet and their characteristics, including natural, synthetic, looped, tufted, and modular tiled carpet

different types of carpet stains; including staining from coffee, tea, juice, food, blood and ink

stain removal and carpet cleaning techniques and equipment including;

basic stain removal techniques; including manual stain removal, pre-spotting, pre-spraying, vacuuming and steam cleaning

industry standard equipment for cleaning wet and dry carpeted floors, including; cloths, sponges and pads, wet and dry vacuum cleaners and steam cleaners

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for carpets, including carpet shampoo and stain removal agents

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain removers

workplace rules, regulations, and requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning carpeted floors including;

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

safe usage of carpet stain removal cleaning agents

manual handling and moving of furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email and electronic or written reports.

workplace procedures for;

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text, or electronic form

use and care of equipment, including pre-start inspection checks of electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft, and threats to personal security.

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, residential and industrial wet and dry vacuums, steam cleaners, stain removal products, carpet cleaning agents, cloths, pads and sponges.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes required to clean hard floor surfaces in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform hard floor surface cleaning tasks. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify hard floor surfaces cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify hard floor surface and soil types on the surface.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean hard floor surface.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select cleaning technique and identify related chemicals and equipment.
2.4	Select hard floor cleaning equipment and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Clean floor in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Clean equipment and check for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use hard floor cleaning equipment and cleaning agents; and

clean, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of hard floors surfaces, including at least:

one hard floor surface with dry soiling; and

one hard floor surface with wet soiling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using hard floor cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

the main types of hard floor surfaces; including hardwood, wood tile, concrete, marble, ceramic tiling, laminate, and vinyl

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on hard floor surfaces; including dust, heavy dirt build-up, food, beverages, liquids and oil

cleaning techniques and industry standard equipment used to clean hard floor surfaces including;

scrubbing, mopping, sweeping, vacuum and pressure cleaning

mops, brushes, industrial scrubbers and sweepers, pressure washers, and vacuum cleaners

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for hard floor surfaces; including hard floor cleaning solutions, low environmental impact cleaning solutions, solvent cleaners, stain removal agents and

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain removers

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning hard floor surfaces including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheet (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of equipment

safe usage of cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for;

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, residential and industrial scrubbers and sweepers, brooms, dry and wet mops, residential and industrial wet and dry vacuums, pressure hose, cloths, sponges and pressure washers.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain glass surfaces, including windows, in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to individuals performing glass and window cleaning services, but may be applied to other custodial-cleaning roles. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, apply and follow workplace safety measures, and understand client requirements.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

Different states and territories may also have regulatory frameworks applicable to this unit or require a working at height licence. Users are advised to check for regulatory limitations.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify glass surface cleaning requirements
1.2	Identify glass surface and soil type on surface.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Maintain glass surface.	2.1	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely remove window coverings and fittings to permit access and prevent damage.
2.3	Select cleaning technique.
2.4	Select glass cleaning equipment and inspect prior to use to ensure safety.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Wipe glass surface and window edges to remove soil and waste in accordance with workplace hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Replace window coverings and fittings.
4.	Complete task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use glass cleaning maintenance equipment and cleaning agents; and

to clean, using a different technique in each instance:

one internal glass surface with dry soiling;

one internal glass surface with wet soiling;

one external glass surface with dry soiling; and

one external glass surface with wet soling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using glass surface cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

standard glass surfaces; including float glass, toughened, and non-toughened glass

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on glass surfaces

glass surface cleaning techniques and industry standard equipment including;

pre-spraying, scraping, spot cleaning, squeegeeing and wiping

buckets, chamois cloths, lamb’s wool applicator, lint-free cloths, microfibre products, cobwebber, ladders, extension pole, glass scraper and hose

cleaning solutions for glass; glass cleaners, solvent cleaners and surfactants.

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of maintain glass surfaces including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheet (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, glass cleaning agents, ladders, pressure hoses, dry and wet lint free cloths, lint free towels, microfibre clothes and squeegees.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to individuals who perform ceiling cleaning tasks. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, identify safety procedures, particularly height assessments.

This unit applies to individuals with the ability to follow effectively company policies and procedures and to safely perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

Different states and territories may also have regulatory frameworks applicable to this unit or require a working at height licence. Users are advised to check for regulatory limitations.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and assess work area to identify cleaning requirements for ceiling surfaces and fittings.
1.2	Identify ceiling surfaces and fittings and soil types on surfaces.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings.	2.1	Select, check, and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Cover floor, furniture, and equipment with drop sheets.
2.4	Select cleaning technique.
2.5	Select equipment, including ladder and or step stool and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.6	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.7	Clean ceiling and fittings attached to ceiling in accordance with workplace procedures.
2.8	Vacuum difficult-to-reach areas.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove drop sheets from furniture and equipment.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete tasks.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Clean equipment and check for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use cleaning maintenance equipment and cleaning agents to clean; and

two different types of ceiling surfaces, including:

one plaster ceiling; and

one tiled ceiling.

two different types of fittings, including:

light fittings and fans;

vents or grills; and

decorative ceiling features such as; ceiling roses, cornicing and edging or exposed wooden beams.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using ceiling surfaces and fittings cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

standard ceiling surfaces; including plaster, concrete, mineral fibre tiles, panelling and wooden plank ceilings

different types of ceiling fittings; including lights, fans, vents, grills, and cameras, decorative plaster features or exposed wooden or metal beams

common soil and stain types found on ceilings and ceiling fittings and effects; including dust, cobwebs, grease, condensation and water based stains

cleaning techniques and equipment for ceiling surfaces and fittings including:

dusting, vacuuming, washing, rinsing, stain removal and polishing

ladders, footstools, vacuum cleaners and extended fittings, extended squeegee, sponges and soft dusting cloths

cleaning agents; soap solutions for ceilings, stain removal agents, polishing fluid or spray

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning agents

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of maintaining ceiling surfaces and fittings:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

workplace regulations and procedures for working at heights

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of equipment and cleaning agents

safe usage of stain removal cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving ladders, furniture and fittings and installing covers

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, inspecting and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, ladders, footstools, rubber gloves, pressure hoses, long-handle cleaner, long-handle duster, extended squeegee, cloths and cleaning agents.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean and arrange furniture and fittings, and to present rooms in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to individuals who clean furniture and fittings and then place the furniture and fittings in their original positions, or in an arrangement specified by a client. It includes the ability to assess the extent of the cleaning task, understand client requirements and apply procedures.

This unit applies to individuals with the ability to follow effectively company policies and procedures and to safely perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify furniture, fittings and arrangement requirements.
1.2	Identify furniture and fitting surfaces and soil types on surfaces.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean furniture and fittings.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Select cleaning technique.
2.3	Select cleaning equipment and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.4	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.5	Clean furniture and fittings in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
2.6	Return furniture and fittings to their designated location in the room and arrange in an orderly manner.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
4.	Complete cleaning tasks.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use furniture and fitting cleaning equipment and cleaning agents to clean, using a different technique in each instance:

two different types furniture items, including at least:

one furniture item with dry soiling; and

one furniture item with wet soiling.

two different types of fittings, including at least:

one fitting with dry soiling; and

one fitting with wet soiling.

arrange furniture and fitting twice using a different technique in each instance.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

industry standard types of furniture including; beds, bedside cupboards, shelves, benches, chairs, tables, desks, work stations and filing cabinets,

industry standard types of fittings including; door handles, light fittings and switches, railings, skirting, window sills, window coverings, picture frames, clocks, ornaments, telephone handsets, computers, kettles and microwaves

the main surface types including; wood, laminate, metal, glass, plastic, tile, vinyl, leather or fabric

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on furniture and fitting surfaces including; mud and dirt, dust, cobwebs, grease, wax, ink, nail polish, food, beverages, blood, and human and animal waste

standard furniture and fitting cleaning techniques and industry standard equipment

including;

wiping, washing, scrubbing, pre-spraying, vacuuming and polishing

cloths, sponges, scourers, microfibre products, lint-free dusters and polishing cloths, alcohol wipes, brooms, long-handle cleaner, extended squeegee, dry and wet mops, buckets, ladders, footstools, industrial dry and wet vacuums

cleaning agents; acid cleaners, alkaline cleaners, low environmental impact chemicals, neutral cleaners, solvent cleaners and stain removal agents

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning furniture and arranging fittings including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheet (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports.

workplace procedures for;

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, ladders, footstools, brooms, long-handle cleaner, long-handle duster, extended squeegee, industrial dry and wet vacuums, dry and wet mops, cleaning agents, dry and wet cloth and sponges.

industry-standards relating to workplace safety practices when moving and arranging furniture and fittings.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean a wet area in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform cleaning tasks on wet areas. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify wet area cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify wet surface and soil types on surface.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean wet areas.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely remove, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select cleaning technique.
2.4	Select cleaning equipment and check for correct operation and safe use.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Clean wet surface in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning tasks.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use wet surface cleaning equipment and cleaning agents; and

clean, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of wet surfaces, including at least:

one wet surface with dry soiling; and

one wet surface with wet soiling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using wet surface cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

characteristics of a wet surface and the main industry environments with wet surface cleaning requirements including; bathrooms, toilets, change rooms and laundries

the main types of wet and dry soiling and effects on wet surfaces

cleaning techniques and equipment for wet areas including;

scrubbing, wiping, mopping, polishing, vacuum and pressure cleaning

dry and wet mops, buckets, soft cloths, microfibre cloths, lint free cloths, towels and

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for hard floors, low environmental impact cleaning solutions, solvent cleaners, stain removal agents and stain removal cleaning agents

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain removers

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of cleaning wet surfaces including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheet (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of equipment

safe usage of cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for;

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, lint free cloths and towels, brooms, dry and wet mops, microfibre cloths and cleaning agents.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to sort and remove waste and recyclable materials in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to cleaning personnel who sort, remove and recycle waste material. It includes the ability to assess the task, identify types of waste and recyclable materials, identify the safety specifications and procedures of the task, understand client requirements and apply company policies and procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify sorting requirements for waste and recyclable material.
1.2	Identify types of waste and recyclables to be sorted and removed.
1.3	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.4	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.5	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.6	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Sort, remove and recycle waste.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Select cleaning and waste removal equipment and inspect prior to use to ensure safety.
2.3	Identify, separate and sort recyclable materials.
2.4	Safely sort materials and remove waste to waste carrier.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with workplace procedures.
3.2	Tidy work area.
3.3	Spot-clean rubbish bins and surrounds in accordance with workplace hygiene standards.
3.4	Replace soiled rubbish bin liners.
4.	Complete task.	4.1	Safely store equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

properly use personal protective equipment (PPE); and

sort and remove waste and recyclable materials in two different workplace contexts.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

disposing of collected waste; and

recycling materials

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

procedures to safely Identify, separate and sort and remove recyclable materials

industry-standard equipment such as, waste bins, rubbish bags, cleaning solutions and disinfecting products.

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of waste removal and recyclable materials including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

Manual handling techniques for moving waste and recyclable materials

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, waste bins, rubbish bags, cleaning solutions and disinfecting products.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan for safe and efficient cleaning activities in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who plan cleaning tasks. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who work alone or as part of a team, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to plan cleaning activities.
1.2	Identify time of day cleaning activity is required and time frames for completing work order.
1.3	Identify types and volume of work.
1.4	Identify cleaning methods, equipment and chemicals required.
1.5	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.6	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.7	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and review safe work methods.
1.8	Identify required safety signage and barriers.
1.9	Identify and review emergency response and evacuation procedures
2.	Plan and prepare work activities.	2.1	Obtain access key or card for area or premises to be cleaned.
2.2	Determine availability of equipment, chemicals, consumables and personal protective equipment (PPE) suitable for implementing work order.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance of this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

plan two different safe and efficient cleaning activities.

Performance must include:

communicating effectively with supervisor, team members or clients; and

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of planning basic cleaning activities including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

workplace emergency response and evacuation procedures

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard practices such as workplace cleaning policies and procedures including workplace safety practices relating to cleaning activities.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain cleaning equipment and consumable storage areas in a range of workplace contexts.

This unit applies to cleaning personnel that perform maintenance on cleaning storage areas. It includes the ability to safely secure and store equipment, chemicals and consumables, follow workplace safety procedure.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and assess maintenance requirements for cleaning storage area.
1.2	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.3	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.4	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.5	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Maintain cleaning equipment and chemicals.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Follow workplace safety policies and procedures and display safety warning and information.
2.3	Ensure storage area is accessible and free of obstacles.
2.4	Store chemicals and consumables on a first-in first-out basis.
2.5	Store equipment, chemicals, and consumables following manufacturers’ instructions.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Dispose of obsolete equipment, chemicals and waste in accordance with workplace procedures.
3.2	Complete basic regulatory and company documentation.
4.	Complete task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and storage area to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace maintenance schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and properly use PPE and safely store and maintain cleaning equipment in three different types of storages.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisors; and

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

common requirements for storage of equipment, chemicals, and consumables and reasons for storage methods

PPE, cleaning solutions, vehicle security elastic straps and nets

key procedures for keeping storage areas accessible and free of obstacles including the cleaning storage areas: commercial, industrial and vehicle

principles of first-in first-out storage of chemicals and consumables

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of maintaining storage area and cleaning equipment including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

manual handling techniques

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

identifying and understanding the requirements of manufacturers’ instruction for storing cleaning chemicals and equipment

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

methods for completing basic regulatory and company documentation

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, PPE, cleaning solutions, vehicle security elastic straps and nets.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes to clean external surfaces in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform cleaning tasks on external surfaces. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

Please note: Working above 2.2 metres of height may require a working at height licence. Different states and territories may have regulatory frameworks applicable to this unit. Users are advised to check for regulatory limitations.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order, assess work area to identify external surface cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify external surface and soil types on surfaces.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Maintain external surfaces.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect items that impede cleaning operation
2.3	Select cleaning technique and identify related chemicals and equipment.
2.4	Select external surface cleaning equipment and inspect prior to use to ensure safety.
2.5	Calculate and prepare chemicals following manufacturers’ instructions and job requirements.
2.6	Clean external surfaces in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with workplace environmental requirements.
3.2	Safely replace moved items and move protective covers.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use external surface cleaning maintenance equipment and cleaning agents to clean; and

maintain, using a different technique in each instance, four different types of external surfaces, including at least:

one external surface with dry soiling; and

one external surface with wet soiling.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

understanding, clarifying, and following supervisor or client instructions;

safely using cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

the effects of wet and dry soils on external surfaces including: timber, tile, laminate, painted surface and canvas

cleaning techniques and equipment including:

scrubbing, mopping, sweeping, polishing, vacuum and pressure cleaning

industry-standard equipment such as, glass cleaning agents, ladders, pressure hoses, dry and wet lint free cloths, lint free towels, microfibre clothes, mops, and squeegees.

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for external surfaces; including hard surface cleaning solutions for brick and glass, low environmental impact cleaning solutions, solvent cleaners, stain removal agents

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain remover

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects for maintenance of external surfaces including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

identifying and understanding the requirements of manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, glass cleaning agents, ladders, pressure hoses, dry and wet lint free cloths, lint free towels, microfibre clothes, mops, and squeegees.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use microfibre cleaning equipment on a range of surfaces, including floor surfaces, walls, and furniture in range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who clean using microfibre equipment. It includes the ability to assess the microfibre cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

This unit applies to individuals with the ability to follow effectively company policies and procedures and to safely perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this Unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify microfibre cleaning requirements.
1.2	Identify soil types on surfaces.
1.3	Identify microfibre equipment required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean Surface.	2.1	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select and prepare microfibre-cleaning equipment.
2.4	Perform microfibre-cleaning procedure in accordance with workplace hygiene standards.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Sanitise, wash, dry and store microfibre cloths and mops to maximise their efficacy and longevity.
3.2	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.3	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.4	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Clean microfibre cloth and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Safely store equipment and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.3	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.4	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use microfibre cleaning equipment; and

clean, using a different technique in each instance, three different types of surface, including at least:

one dry soil surface; and

one wet soil surface.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

safely using microfibre cleaning equipment;

disposing of collected soil and waste; and

using efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

microfibre equipment including; microfibre cloths, microfibre mop, microfibre towels

different type of surfaces including; hardwood, tile, vinyl, laminate, glass and marble

microfibre cleaning techniques for removing wet and dry soiling from surfaces

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of microfibre cleaning methods including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, microfibre cloths, microfibre towels, absorbent towels, and dusting products.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean rooms for guests and residents in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel who perform cleaning activities for guests and residents. It includes the ability to assess the cleaning task, understand client requirements and follow workplace safety procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify job requirements.	1.1	Review work order and work area to identify requirements for preparing rooms for guests and residents.
1.2	Identify number and types of rooms.
1.3	Identify equipment and chemicals required.
1.4	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.5	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.6	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.7	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Clean rooms.	2.1	Select, check and use personal protective equipment (PPE).
2.2	Safely move, cover, or protect furniture and fittings that impede cleaning operation.
2.3	Select cleaning technique and related chemicals and equipment.
2.4	Select cleaning equipment and inspect prior to use to ensure safety.
2.5	Clean furniture, fixtures and fittings in accordance with workplace procedures and hygiene standards.
2.6	Check and replenish room supplies.
2.7	Collect, report and store guest or resident items left in vacated rooms in a safe location.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1	Tidy work area and dispose of collected soil and waste in accordance with environmental requirements.
3.2	Remove protective covers from furniture and fittings.
3.3	Safely replace furniture and fittings.
4.	Complete cleaning task.	4.1	Safely clean equipment and PPE, as required by workplace standards.
4.2	Check equipment for damage and wear before storing.
4.3	Safely store equipment, chemicals, and PPE to allow ready-to-use access.
4.4	Report malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to cleaning equipment and environs to supervisor.
4.5	Complete workplace cleaning schedule.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret work orders and workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret equipment manuals and chemical labels
Oral communication skills to:	Communicate effectively with supervisors and team members. Ask questions and clarify any queries when necessary Report any problems to supervisor
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Numeracy skills to:	Calculate and measure quantities of chemicals
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person must demonstrate the ability to:

select and use cleaning and cleaning agents and clean; and

prepare two different furnished rooms for guests and residents including one of the following:

lounge room;

bathroom;

kitchen; and

bedroom.

Performance must include:

selecting, using, and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE);

manual handling techniques;

communicating effectively with supervisor or clients;

safely using cleaning equipment and preparing and using cleaning agents; and

disposing of collected soil and waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

cleaning techniques and equipment including:

industry-standard equipment such as, residential and industry vacuums, cloths, squeegee, microfibre cloths, towels, sponges, dry and wet mops, cleaning agents and brooms.

dusting, wiping, scrubbing, polishing, vacuuming, steam cleaning and manual stain removal

cleaning agents; cleaning solutions for floors, carpets, ceramic tiles, bathroom surfaces, toilets, and stain removal cleaning agents and low environmental impact cleaning solutions

manufacturers’ instructions for mixing and using cleaning chemicals and stain removers

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects cleaning rooms for guests and residents of including:

key workplace health and safety, hygiene and environmental regulations

use of safety data sheets (SDS) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling and usage of cleaning equipment and cleaning agents

safe usage of carpet stain removal cleaning agents

manual handling techniques for moving furniture and fittings and installing covers

methods for communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisors and clients; verbally, in person or via phone, via electronic medium such as text and email, electronic or written reports

workplace procedures for:

health and safety, hygiene and environmental care

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

use and care of equipment; including checking electrical safety tags to ensure safe use of equipment

tidying work areas, disposing of soil and waste, cleaning equipment and PPE, and storing equipment and chemicals

replenishing room supplies

collecting, reporting and storing guest or resident items left in vacated rooms

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

the use of industry-standard equipment such as, residential and industry vacuums, cloths, squeegee, microfibre cloths, towels, sponges, dry and wet mops, cleaning agents and brooms.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release 1

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2001A Maintain hard floor surfaces.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean and maintain hard floor surfaces, selecting the required equipment, chemicals and methods in order to perform the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to both manual and mechanical methods of cleaning hard floor surfaces in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess hard floor to be cleaned.	1.1.	Floor type and condition are assessed, soil type is identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning methods for hard floor surface are selected according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared according to task requirements.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
1.9.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean hard floor surface.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Hard floor surface is cleaned using equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.3.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Floor types must include at least two of the following:	brick ceramic tiles concrete cork marble parquetry pavers polished or unpolished wood proprietary flooring quarry tiles rubber slate terrazzo vinyl.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	beverage cigarette butts dust food gravel heavy dirt build-up hospital waste industrial and chemical waste liquids oil paint paper rainwater stones tar.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Cleaning methods must include at least two of the following:	air blowing automatic floor scrubbing dry buffing dust mopping and sweeping low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products scrubbing spray buffing wet mopping.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	air blowers brooms cleaning cloths cleaning trolleys damp mops doodle bag holder dust mops dustpans and brushes hospital mops mechanical sweepers microfibre products mop buckets scouring pads split mops squeegees water hoses.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators protective clothing safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2001A Maintain hard floor surfaces

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release 1

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2001A Maintain hard floor surfaces.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

clean and maintain two of the following different hard floor surfaces:

brick

ceramic tiles

concrete

cork

marble

parquetry

pavers

polished or unpolished wood

proprietary flooring

quarry tiles

rubber

slate

terrazzo

vinyl

use two of the following different cleaning methods when cleaning the above surfaces:

air blowing

automatic floor scrubbing

dry buffing

dust mopping and sweeping

low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products

scrubbing

spray buffing

wet mopping.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and condition of hard floor surface

select cleaning equipment and chemicals required for task

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials

comply with company, legislative and regulatory requirements relating to the cleaning work

use safe and efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

application methods for maintaining hard floor surfaces using microfibre cleaning techniques, including using:

cloth and water in spray bottle to spot clean low-level stains

damp mops for hard floor surface cleaning and finishing

dry mopping techniques

different cleaning chemicals and equipment for hard floor surfaces

environmental requirements relating to maintaining hard floor surfaces, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of cleaning chemicals

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

methods for cleaning and maintaining microfibre cloths and mops, including:

air drying for optimal performance

avoiding fabric softeners

regular hand or machine washing in hot soapy water

removing stains with hot water and washing liquid

washing products on their own to avoid static transfer of lint

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to maintaining hard floor surfaces, including:

quality assurance and certification requirements

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

litter

obsolete equipment

sweeping detritus

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for distilling chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types and characteristics of different hard floor surfaces and required cleaning methods for each type.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with hard floor surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO3002A Restore hard floor surfaces and CPPCLO3003A Replace a hard floor finish. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assess the type and condition of hard floor surfaces, determine the nature and extent of damage, remove pre-existing floor sealant, and replace it with a new protective coating using selected chemicals and techniques.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to restore hard floor surface.	1.1.	Work instructions are obtained, and type of hard floor surface and surface coating are identified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Restoration techniques are selected according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Remove existing surface coating from hard floor.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Wet and dry embedded soil types are removed and disposed of according to company requirements.
2.3.	Existing surface coating is sanded or stripped off hard floor using chemicals and equipment that are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications.
2.4.	Chemical residue is rinsed off hard floor and liquid waste is disposed of according to manufacturer recommendations and environmental requirements.
3.	Seal exposed hard floor surface.	3.1.	Exposed floor is checked to be dry and clean of all chemical residue, and loose soil and debris are dry vacuumed.
3.2.	Sealant is applied to hard floor surface using correct application techniques and equipment according to manufacturer specifications and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Sealant is allowed to dwell according to manufacturer recommendations.
3.4.	Additional coats of sealant are applied according to manufacturer and client recommendations.
4.	Tidy work site.	4.1.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
4.2.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply prior knowledge of techniques to strip and seal different hard floor surfaces.
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions of clients and others to confirm work requirements and identify existing hard floor sealant type respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety instructions in a range of texts, including: chemical labels equipment operating manuals safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report equipment faults.
Planning and organising skills to:	develop and work to a sequenced plan of tasks with attention to timelines.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Type of hard floor surface must include at least three of the following:	brick concrete cork granite parquetry pavers quarry tiles rubber slate terrazzo timber vinyl.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	anti-static dusters buckets cleaning cloths cleaning trolleys drop sheets dust mops flat mops with extension pole fringe dusters lamb’s wool applicators sponges vacuum cleaners.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	glass cleaners solvent cleaners surfactants water.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO3002A Restore hard floor surfaces and CPPCLO3003A Replace a hard floor finish. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also restore:

three of the following hard floor surfaces:

brick

concrete

cork

granite

parquetry

pavers

quarry tiles

rubber

slate

terrazzo

vinyl

two different timber floor surfaces.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and condition of hard floor surface techniques required for the task

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

types and characteristics of different hard floor surfaces and restoration methods for:

non-slip

porous or non-porous

sealed or unsealed

smooth or textured

environmental requirements relating to restoring hard floor surfaces, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to restoring hard floor surfaces

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

sweeping detritus

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

range, type and characteristics of timber floor sealants:

oil modified products

water-based acrylic

water-based urethane

key requirements of legislation and regulations relating to restoring hard floor surfaces, including:

chemical controls

chemical registers and manifests

environmental protection

industrial equipment certificates of competency or licences

health and safety legislation and regulations

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types and uses of different scrubbing machine pads:

white

red

green

blue

techniques for identifying type of existing sealant on floors

techniques for applying sealants to different hard floor types

types and application of different signs and barricades to be installed prior to cleaning, including:

physical barriers and restraints erected to restrict access to site

signs complying with legislative requirements and Australian standards warning of danger or adverse conditions, including:

cleaning in progress

hazardous chemicals in use or present in work area

types, characteristics and application methods of cleaning chemicals and equipment used in restoring hard floor surfaces.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

work site or venue with hard floor surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO2033A Plan for safe and efficient cleaning activities and CPPCMN3003A Contribute to workplace safety arrangements. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to undertake cleaning tasks safely and according to company health and safety policies and procedures and legislative requirements. The unit covers assessing the work environment for hazards and ensuring risks are controlled; checking and maintaining equipment and materials, including storing and handling hazardous chemicals; safely handling equipment; and following required processes in the event of a health and safety incident in the workplace.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to work.	1.1.	Work instructions, including client and environmental requirements, are obtained, confirmed, and applied to planning.
1.2.	Work site and nature of cleaning task are assessed for hazards, and risks are controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning tasks to be conducted at heights are identified and required access equipment is identified, obtained and prepared.
1.4.	Cleaning equipment, including required personal protective equipment (PPE), is selected according to job requirements and checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported prior to starting work.
1.5.	Cleaning products to be used are selected, diluted, and dispensed or prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and company and health and safety requirements.
1.6.	Pre-existing damage to cleaning site is identified and reported according to client and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to cleaning task and work site.
2.	Apply safe work practices to cleaning tasks.	2.1.	Cleaning products and equipment are brought into position with cleaning trolley or other suitable form of transport, using safe work practices.
2.2	Techniques to prevent trips, falls, and repetitive sprains and strains are identified and implemented.
2.3.	Cleaning tasks conducted at heights are undertaken using access equipment prepared and placed for the task.
2.4.	Cleaning tasks undertaken in enclosed spaces are conducted using safe work practices that prevent chemical exposure.
2.5.	Cleaning tasks undertaken while working in the vicinity of building occupants are conducted using safe work practices.
3.	Participate in workplace health and safety initiatives.	3.1.	Health and safety training and coaching programs are undertaken as required.
3.2.	Incidents or accidents are reported and recorded according to company requirements.
3.3.	Suggestions to improve workplace health and safety conditions are submitted to required personnel.
3.4.	Workplace health and safety initiatives are implemented as required and in line with own role and responsibilities.
4.	Finalise cleaning tasks.	4.1.	Soil and waste collected from site are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Equipment, including PPE and chemical products, are returned to cleaning storage area and stored according to legislative requirements.
4.3.	Quantity and condition of PPE are assessed and need for replacements is reported according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels product information sheets or posters safety data sheets (SDS) company risk assessment procedures.
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Planning and organising skills to:	manage own time, prioritise work and schedule tasks.
Teamwork skills to:	work in pairs when using ladders work safely and collaboratively with others.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire ground stability for access equipment manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Access equipment must include at least one of the following:	elevated work platform ladder scaffolding stepladder.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.
Signs and barricades must include at least one of the following:	physical barriers and restraints erected to restrict access to site signs complying with legislative requirements and Australian standards warning of danger or adverse conditions, including: cleaning in progress hazardous chemicals in use or present in work area.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO2033A Plan for safe and efficient cleaning activities and CPPCMN3003A Contribute to workplace safety arrangements. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also safely perform three different cleaning tasks in a commercial or residential cleaning site, in which each task must involve:

transporting equipment and cleaning products to the area to be cleaned

completing cleaning tasks according to client and company requirements using cleaning equipment and products selected and prepared according to job requirements

returning equipment and materials to cleaning storage area.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

use safe and efficient cleaning methods

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company policies and procedures for applying work health and safety (WHS) practices while cleaning, including:

assessing and reporting hazards in the workplace

incident reporting

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) required for the cleaning task

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of practice relating to cleaning safely at heights

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

access equipment

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning products required for the task

specifications:

company policies and procedures for applying WHS practices

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

commercial or residential work sites

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2004A Maintain carpeted floors. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain carpeted floors using a range of methods, including hand collecting waste, sweeping, using a dustpan and brush, using low-water cleaning methods, and vacuuming. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task, and selecting the required equipment, chemicals and methods to perform the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to both manual and mechanical methods of maintaining carpeted floors in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to maintain carpets.	1.1.	Type and condition of carpet to be cleaned are assessed, fibre and construction method are identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks are controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Required cleaning methods and carpet cleaning products are selected, and products are prepared according to job requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean carpet.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Large items of waste are collected using selected equipment, and are transferred to waste receptacle according to health and safety requirements.
2.3.	Carpeted floor is vacuumed using required equipment, accessories, chemicals and techniques according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
2.4.	Need for spot cleaning and stain removal is identified and documented according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requests, and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least three of the following:	accumulation bags brooms, such as deck fibre or millet carpet rakes dustpan and broom hoses and filters microfibre products.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection protective clothing respirators safety shoes tongs.
Vacuuming equipment must include at least one of the following:	back-mounted unit ducted system floor-based mobile system mechanical push sweeper wet and dry system.
Accessories must include at least two of the following:	brush crevice tool floor head power head upholstery head variable pile height and adjustable head.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2004A Maintain carpeted floors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2004A Maintain carpeted floors. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also maintain two different carpets where:

one carpet type must be a natural fibre selected from:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

one carpet type must be a synthetic fibre selected from:

acrylic

nylon

polyester

polypropylene.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly identify the type and characteristics of the carpet and carpet fibres

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for carpet type

select and apply carpet maintenance method suited to carpet type.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

carpet characteristics, including:

methods of carpet construction

types and features of fibres

environmental requirements relating to use of chemicals when maintaining carpeted floors, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to maintaining carpeted floors

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

range and characteristics of cleaning chemicals and equipment and their applications for carpet maintenance

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to maintaining carpeted floors, including:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

disposable vacuum liner bags

litter

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

vacuuming equipment and accessories as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions on equipment

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpeted floors

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to confirm and apply personal and property security procedures when cleaning a work site, and to maintain client privacy. It also involves obtaining and securing property access information and equipment, and confirming and applying procedures when security risks are evident. It covers establishing which areas of the work site are not to be accessed, and maintaining privacy of information obtained in the course of providing cleaning services.

The unit supports the work of cleaners commencing at a new work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Confirm site access and security procedures.	1.1.	Client details, including address, are confirmed according to company requirements.
1.2.	Cleaning work site access and security arrangements are clarified.
1.3.	Areas of work site not to be accessed or cleaned are identified and clarified with client.
1.4.	New client is provided with details of company policy relating to maintaining privacy of client information.
2.	Confirm personal or property security procedures.	2.1.	Client preferences and workplace procedures to be followed in the case of personal risk or incidents, and reporting requirements, are confirmed.
2.2.	Client and workplace procedures to be followed in the case of a breach of security are confirmed.
3.	Implement privacy and security procedures.	3.1.	Client work site is accessed on arrival and secured on leaving the site, according to agreed procedures.
3.2.	Security systems are deactivated and reactivated according to agreed procedures.
3.3.	Internal areas of work site to be cleaned are accessed and secured according to agreed procedures and restricted areas are not entered.
3.4.	Confidentiality of client personal or commercial information is maintained according to privacy requirements, and not disclosed unless essential for incident reporting.
4.	Implement security risk or breach procedures.	4.1.	Work site is assessed for signs of security risk or breach during site access and cleaning, and agreed procedures and reporting requirements are followed as required.
4.2.	Risks to personal security are assessed and workplace procedures and reporting requirements are followed as required.
4.3.	Incidents involving personal security are reported immediately and workplace procedures are followed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	respond to feedback from client and supervisor following completion of security procedures and when applying privacy requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	recognise and apply numbering to activate and deactivate security systems determine site location and specific rooms on site plans.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures obtain and provide information from client relating to privacy and security requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret company policy documentation relating to privacy and confidentiality.
Writing skills to:	legibly complete required documentation following a security breach or incident.
Technology skills:	operate electronic devices for communication purposes or for accessing or securing a cleaning site.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site access must include at least one of the following:	electronic codes keys security cards.
Security arrangements must include:	processes for locking and unlocking doors location of internal door keys if applicable alarm deactivation and reactivation procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also confirm and apply privacy and security procedures for two different work sites to be applied when cleaning.

In doing the above work, the person must:

implement agreed procedures for accessing and securing the work site

assess work site for signs of security risks or breaches

implement agreed procedures for responding to and reporting security risks and breaches.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

processes for obtaining and confirming client details

procedures for using access passes and keys for different client sites

company policy or code of conduct in relation to privacy and confidentiality of client information

workplace procedures, including reporting requirements for:

security risks and breaches

personal security risks and incidents.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

access requirements as listed in the range of conditions

contingencies:

risks to personal safety

specifications:

alarm activation and deactivation procedures

company privacy and confidentiality policy

procedures for handling risks to personal or property security

reporting requirements and documentation in the event of security incidents

physical conditions:

commercial or residential cleaning work sites

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL2001A Use hot water extraction, CPPCCL2002A Use bonnet cleaning, CPPCCL2003A, Use dry foam shampoo, CPPCCL2004A Use dry absorbent compound and CPPCCL2005A Use wet foam shampoo. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean carpets using selected processes, chemicals and equipment. Cleaning carpets is undertaken in addition to daily maintenance of carpets to provide a thorough and deep clean of the carpet fibres. The selection of equipment, chemicals and methods suited to the task is essential for performing the work safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean carpets.	1.1.	Type of carpet fibre and carpet construction are assessed, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are identified and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Required carpet cleaning process is determined according to type of carpet and job requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing stains or damage are identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.9.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
2.	Undertake cleaning process.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Carpet is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.3.	Cleaned carpet area is compared with surrounding carpet surface, and need for further cleaning action is identified and carried out according to job and company requirements.
2.4.	Results are reported according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others when accessing and cleaning carpets.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Type of carpet fibre must include:	natural: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic: acrylic nylon polyester.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing and handling chemicals while undertaking work tasks risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	carpet-cleaning bonnets and hand bonnets carpet-drying equipment cleaning cloths extraction unit garbage bin measuring equipment plastic coaster or polystyrene block rotary or cylindrical scrubbing machine scraper or spatula sponge spray equipment steam iron trigger sprayer vacuum cleaner waste recovery tank.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners neutral cleaners protein spotter solvent cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves safety shoes.
Cleaned must include:	selecting and using required: equipment PPE chemicals cleaning techniques.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL2001A Use hot water extraction, CPPCCL2002A Use bonnet cleaning, CPPCCL2003A, Use dry foam shampoo, CPPCCL2004A Use dry absorbent compound and CPPCCL2005A Use wet foam shampoo. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean two different carpet types where:

one carpet type must be a natural fibre selected from:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

one carpet type must be a synthetic fibre selected from:

acrylic

nylon

polyester.

In cleaning the above carpets, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly identify the type and characteristics of the carpet and carpet fibres

identify cleaning techniques and chemicals required for the task

use the following cleaning methods:

bonnet cleaning

hot water extraction

use cleaning equipment safely

check carpet after cleaning process and assess whether further cleaning is required

correctly and safely handle waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

features of fibres

range and application of cleaning equipment and chemicals, including:

encapsulation

low environmental impact chemicals

low-moisture use equipment

correct application and techniques for different cleaning methods, including:

dry absorbent compound

bonnet cleaning

hot water extraction

dry foam shampoo

wet foam shampoo

environmental requirements relating to removing stains from carpets, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of carpet cleaning chemicals

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy carpet-cleaning methods

use of low-moisture carpet-cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical carpet-cleaning methods

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to carpet cleaning, including:

Australian standards AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

litter

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

range and application of cleaning solutions used to clean carpets and their reactions with different carpet types

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

contingencies:

carpet cleaning action is repeated when carpet has not cleaned sufficiently first time

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpet types listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL2007A Perform basic stain removal. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify the nature of carpet stains and remove the stains using selected stain removal techniques, chemicals and equipment. The selection of required equipment, chemicals and methods is essential for performing the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. Removing stains can occur as a separate task or in conjunction with other cleaning tasks, such as daily vacuuming, extraction and general carpet cleaning.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to remove stain.	1.1.	Type of carpet fibre and construction are assessed, job requirements reviewed, and issues clarified as required.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Stain type is identified through observation or by discussing and clarifying with client, and previous treatments or removal techniques that have been applied are confirmed.
1.4.	Required stain removal process is determined according to carpet type and cause of stain, client is advised of likelihood of treatment success, and client approval to proceed with stain removal process is obtained before commencing work.
1.5.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.6.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.7.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.8.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.9.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.10.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
2.	Treat carpet stain.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Physical remnants of stain are removed as much as possible using technique suited to cause of stain.
2.3.	Required cleaning chemical is applied and allowed to dwell according to manufacturer specifications.
2.4.	Carpet is inspected for evidence of previously used chemicals that may impede the cleaning process and all chemicals are removed using water treatment before reapplying chemical.
2.5.	Treated area is agitated using required equipment and inspected to check that stain removal technique and process are working.
2.6.	Cleaning process is continued until stain is completely removed or until agreed job requirements have been met.
3.	Finalise stain removal.	3.1.	Chemical residue is extracted using required extraction equipment and techniques.
3.2.	Treated carpet is checked for pH levels and neutraliser is applied if required.
3.3.	Treated area is dried or left to dry according to company and job requirements.
3.4.	Soil is removed and carpet is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.5.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface area to determine need for further action according to job and company requirements.
3.6.	Results are reported according to company requirements.
4.	Tidy work site.	4.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requirements.
4.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others when accessing and cleaning carpets.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Type of carpet fibre must include:	natural: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic: acrylic nylon polyester polypropylene.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing and handling chemicals while undertaking work tasks risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Stain types must include at least three of the following:	beverage candle wax chewing gum food grease heavy dirt build-up lipstick nail polish oil shoe polish tar.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	air mover carpet groomer cleaning cloths extraction unit measuring equipment pH stick scraper or spatula sponge spray equipment steam iron waste disposal container.
Cleaning chemicals must include:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners neutral cleaners solvent cleaners protein spotter.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves disposable respirators eye protection gloves protective clothing safety shoes.
Cleaned must include:	selecting and using required: equipment PPE chemicals cleaning techniques.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL2007A Perform basic stain removal. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also remove three different stains from each of the following types of carpet:

one natural fibre carpet, selected from:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

one synthetic fibre carpet, selected from:

acrylic

nylon

polyester.

Stain types to be removed during above work, must include three of the following:

beverage

candle wax

chewing gum

food

grease

heavy dirt build-up

hospital waste

industrial and chemical waste

lipstick

nail polish

oil

plant stains

shoe polish

tar.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of each carpet and its carpet fibres

identify type of stain and cleaning techniques, cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

correctly and safely handle waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

features of fibres

characteristics of different carpet stains and process for cleaning them according to type, duration of stain, and whether previous treatments and chemicals have been applied

range and application of cleaning equipment and chemicals required to remove carpet stains

environmental requirements relating to removing stains from carpets, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of carpet cleaning chemicals

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy carpet-cleaning methods

use of low-moisture carpet-cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical carpet-cleaning methods

regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to carpet cleaning, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

litter

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpet stains as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required to confirm details of the carpet stain and for approval to proceed.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3008A Mitigate water damage. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to mitigate water damage to residential or commercial carpets by stopping the inflow of water, extracting water and drying out the carpet, and making the site safe before carpets are restored or replaced. It requires assessing the category of water ingress and selecting equipment and methods to perform tasks safely and efficiently.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites, and to water ingress caused by an overflow of water from bathrooms and laundries, toilet backflows, overflowing gutters, roof leaks, and rising external waters.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to mitigate water damage.	1.1.	Area of water damage is assessed, category and extent of water damage are determined, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Suitable water extraction method is determined and technique for pumping extracted water is identified and confirmed.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completion.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Undertake water mitigation processes.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are moved or removed according to job, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.2.	Water source is eliminated or contained according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.3.	Excess water is extracted and disposed of safely using required equipment and according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.4.	In-structure drying equipment is activated as required and drying progress is monitored according to company requirements.
2.5.	Work area is treated with antimicrobial chemicals as required.
2.6.	Options for carpet restoration or replacement are identified and discussed with client.
3.	Secure work site.	3.1.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requests, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Site is assessed as safe for access, and level of access allowed is communicated to client and required personnel.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate clearly and concisely with clients when explaining processes and expected outcomes request advice or further information respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Category must include at least two of the following types of water:	contaminated water: black grey non-contaminated water: clean.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include:	air filtration device carpet-drying equipment dehumidification equipment extraction tools and units moisture detection tools.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection protective clothing respirators safety shoes wet-work clothing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3008A Mitigate water damage

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3008A Mitigate water damage. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also mitigate water damage at two different sites where one site contains black or grey water and one contains clean water.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly classify the category of water damage as being:

clean water

black water

grey water

identify source of water damage and prevent further damage

select and use cleaning equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), required for the task

identify and implement water mitigation methods suited to each task

comply with company, health and safety, environmental and legislative requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to mitigating water damage, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to mitigating carpet water damage

hazardous materials handling

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

features of fibres

sub-flooring structures

underlay types

correct techniques for extracting water and drying carpets

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to mitigating water damage to carpets, including IICRC S500 Water Damage Restoration

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types, characteristics and processes to identify different water categories:

clean

black

grey.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

IICRC S500 Water Damage Restoration

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

work site or venue with water ingress

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

verbal and written communication with the client to clarify job requirements and communicate plans and costs.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2009A Clean glass surfaces. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean glass surfaces, including mirrors, doors and windows, from the ground using extension poles to aid access if required. The unit covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting required equipment, chemicals and methods. All work is conducted according to job, health and safety, and company requirements.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to ordinary or frosted glass or mirrors as well as to textured glass surfaces in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean glass surfaces.	1.1.	Glass surfaces to be cleaned are assessed for extent of cleaning required and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Surface soil is inspected and identified as organic or inorganic and required cleaning techniques are confirmed.
1.4.	Glass surface is inspected for pre-existing damage and defects are reported according to company requirements.
1.5.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.6.	Cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.8.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Clean glass.	2.1.	Existing soil is carefully scraped from glass surface as required, using required equipment.
2.2.	Spot cleaning techniques are used according to specified requirements.
2.3.	Glass surface is washed and squeegeed according to specified requirements.
2.4.	Window edges and sills are wiped to remove soil and waste.
2.5.	Glass surface, surrounding areas and floor are checked to be free of chemicals, water and soil.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked, and stored according to manufacturer specifications, and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions report faults or damage.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Cleaning techniques must include:	pre-spraying scraping spot cleaning squeegeeing wiping.
Equipment must include a squeegee and at least two of the following:	bucket chamois cobwebber extension pole glass scraper hose lamb’s wool applicator lint-free cloths microfibre products.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	glass cleaners solvent cleaners surfactants.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes sun protection.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2009A Clean glass surfaces

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2009A Clean glass surfaces. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean three different glass surfaces, including:

one ordinary glass (including mirror) or frosted glass surface measuring at least 1.5 metres in height or length, in which the work must involve:

selecting and using required cleaning equipment, including a squeegee

spot cleaning the glass

removing smears and drips from the glass and surrounding surfaces and floor

one textured glass surface, in which the work must involve:

selecting and using required cleaning equipment

spot cleaning the glass

conducting full clean of the glass to remove all soil

removing smears and drips from the glass and surrounding surfaces and floor

one ordinary frosted or textured glass surface, in which the work must involve:

removing three different inorganic soils from the glass surface using required cleaning techniques, one of which must require use of the scraping technique

selecting and using required cleaning equipment.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify and plan for work site hazards

identify types and characteristics of glass surfaces and select cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

use safe and efficient cleaning techniques

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

types of glass surfaces, their characteristics and required cleaning methods

types and characteristics of organic and inorganic soils and required cleaning chemicals, equipment and methods of treatment

application methods for cleaning glass using microfibre products, including using:

cloth and water in spray bottle to spot clean low-level stains

damp mops and cloths for surface cleaning and finishing

dry mopping techniques

environmental requirements relating to cleaning glass surfaces, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to cleaning glass surfaces

hazardous materials handling

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

methods for cleaning and maintaining cloths, including:

air drying for optimal performance

avoiding fabric softeners

regular hand or machine washing in hot soapy water

removing stains with hot water and washing liquid

washing products on their own to avoid static transfer of lint

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

range and use of cleaning chemicals and equipment for cleaning glass surfaces

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

venue with access to glass surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3010A Apply odour control to carpets. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to remove odours from carpets by identifying the type of odour, and selecting and applying odour control methods according to the odour and carpet type.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. The source of carpet odours can be due to factors such as animal or human body odour, animal waste, chemicals, decaying matter, faeces, fire damage, mould, urine, vomit and water damage.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to apply odour control.	1.1.	Carpet type and condition are assessed, cause of odour is identified, and odour treatment techniques are confirmed according to job requirements.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.5.	Cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Apply treatment.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Soiled carpet is cleaned using required cleaning methods, in preparation for odour control.
2.3.	Odour control treatment is applied to carpet using equipment and chemicals, according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.4.	Odour control chemicals are left to dwell according to manufacturer specifications.
2.5.	Chemical residue is removed from treated carpet area and odour of treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to work order and company requirements.
2.6.	Results are reported according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requests, work order, and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel provide written record of work undertaken and results achieved.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Carpet types must include:	natural fibre: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic fibre: acrylic nylon polyester polypropylene.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	air scrubber carpet groomer carpet repair kit chemical hand spray unit cleaning cloths eye dropper fogger hair dryer nylon bristle brush ozone machine scraper or spatula sponge steam generator steam iron.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection disposable respirators protective clothing safety shoes splash-proof face masks tongs.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners antimicrobial low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners odour neutralising, masking and destruction agents ozone gas sealers solvent cleaner.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3010A Apply odour control to carpets

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3010A Apply odour control to carpets. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also remove three different odours from each of the following carpet types, where:

one carpet type must be a natural fibre selected from:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

one carpet type must be a synthetic fibre selected from:

acrylic

nylon

polyester

polypropylene.

The odour types to be removed from each of the above carpets, must include three of the following:

animal or human body odour

animal waste

chemicals

decaying matter

faeces

fire damage

mould

urine

vomit

water damage.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly identify type and characteristics of carpet to be treated

correctly and safely classify the type of odour

select and prepare equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), and chemicals required for the task

prepare the work site

comply with company, legislative and environmental requirements relating to applying odour control to carpets.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to applying odour control to carpets, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to applying odour control to carpets

types and characteristics of carpets and fibres

cleaning options for carpet, including:

low environmental impact chemicals

low moisture

water-efficient methods

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to applying odour control to carpets, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

range and application of different odour treatment techniques:

chemical treatment followed by:

extraction spot cleaning

heat application process

transfer method using hand application

sealing floor

lifting and refitting carpet

removing and replacing pad

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

SDS

physical conditions:

work site or venue with carpets as listed in the range of conditions

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communications with the client to confirm and clarify job requirements.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded non-equivalent CPPCMN3001B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean using the environmentally sustainable work practices defined by company and government compliance requirements. The unit covers identifying resource use, ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements, and contributing to improvements in environmentally sustainable work practices.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify requirements for sustainable work practices.	1.1.	Company sustainability targets and measures for ensuring sustainable work practices are identified and confirmed.
1.2.	Impact of own work and resource consumption on sustainability measures is identified in discussion with supervisor.
1.3.	Company policies and procedures regarding resource efficiency issues are identified and benefits communicated to clients and colleagues.
2.	Comply with environmental regulations.	2.1.	Company environmental regulations are identified for the cleaning site or task and applied to planning.
2.2.	Breaches or potential breaches of environmental regulations are reported according to company requirements.
2.3.	Changes to sustainable work practices to rectify breaches are identified and followed.
3.	Contribute to resource efficiency improvements.	3.1.	Practical ways to increase water usage efficiency and minimise waste are identified and followed.
3.2.	Own waste management practices and resource usage are monitored and opportunities to minimise waste and maximise resource efficiency are identified.
3.3.	Suggestions for improving resource efficiency in own work area are submitted to and discussed with designated personnel.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	measure and calculate in order to monitor own resource use.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret company policies and procedures relating to environmentally sustainable work practices and requirements.
Writing skills to:	document suggestions for improved work practices using required company procedures.
Teamwork skills to:	contribute to team interactions when discussing opportunities to improve environmentally sustainable work practices.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Resources must include at least two of the following:	bin liners cleaning chemicals cleaning cloths electricity usage hand towels liquid soap toilet paper water usage.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded non-equivalent CPPCMN3001B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also identify and apply environmentally sustainable work practices while undertaking three different cleaning tasks, which must:

involve the use of cleaning products, such as cleaning chemicals and water

support company environmental sustainability policy and related procedures.

In doing the above work, the person must:

locate and interpret company environmental sustainability policies and procedures relating to the three cleaning tasks

contribute to the company’s sustainability targets by suggesting one resource efficiency

identify opportunities to improve own resource efficiency.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

benefits of efficient and environmentally sustainable use of resources

key requirements of industry codes, legislation, regulations and standards relating to environmentally sustainable cleaning work practices

principles of environmental sustainability and their application to cleaning

environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures relevant to own work area

techniques for minimising environmental risks and maximising opportunities to improve environmental performance, including:

efficient energy use

efficient water use

minimising use of chemicals

implementing waste management hierarchy.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

specifications:

company’s sustainability targets

physical conditions:

work site where cleaning tasks are undertaken

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL2006A Identify carpet fibre and construction, CPPCCL3011A Perform carpet repair and reinstallation and CPPCCL3012A Perform carpet colour repair and reinstallation. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to perform carpet re-stretching, seam repairs, patch work, colour repair, and basic carpet installation repairs. The unit covers assessing the extent of the repair and reinstallation task by identifying client requirements and examining the characteristics of the carpeted floor. The selection of suitable equipment and methods is essential for performing the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Job requirements are identified and confirmed with required personnel.
1.2.	Health and safety requirements for site and type of work to be undertaken are identified and applied to planning.
1.3.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.4.	Carpet repair and reinstallation equipment and materials are selected to carry out tasks according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Determine methods for repair and reinstallation.	2.1.	Carpet type, condition, fibre, construction method and sub-flooring are identified.
2.2.	Colour fastness of carpet is tested and agents causing colour damage are identified.
2.3.	Repair and reinstallation techniques are selected and confirmed according to assessment of carpet and company requirements.
3.	Repair and reinstall carpet.	3.1.	Furniture and fittings are moved or removed according to health and safety and company requirements.
3.2.	Carpet is repaired using required techniques, equipment and materials according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.3.	Cleaning chemical is applied followed by extraction or heat transfer method according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
3.4.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to company requirements.
3.5.	Spot dye baths are prepared and applied according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
3.6.	Carpet is reinstalled using required reinstallation method.
3.7.	Results are documented and reported according to company requirements.
4.	Tidy work site.	4.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
4.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others on site when repairing carpets.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	identify errors in own work and rectify faults.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	glue guns with glue sticks hammers seam rollers seaming irons spatulas stair tools trimming knives.
Materials must include at least two of the following:	adhesives awls duct tape kickers latex masking tape metal bars nails of various sizes and for different backing surfaces napping shears power stretchers protector boards seaming tape tackless carpet grippers.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves kneepads protective clothing safety shoes.
Carpet types must include:	natural fibre: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic fibre: acrylic nylon polyester polypropylene.
Sub-flooring must include at least one of the following:	concrete old carpet wood wood panelling.
Repair and reinstallation techniques must include at least one of the following:	gluing replacing re-stretching sewing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL2006A Identify carpet fibre and construction, CPPCCL3011A Perform carpet repair and reinstallation and CPPCCL3012A Perform carpet colour repair and reinstallation

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL2006A Identify carpet fibre and construction, CPPCCL3011A Perform carpet repair and reinstallation and CPPCCL3012A Perform carpet colour repair and reinstallation. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

repair one natural fibre carpet and one synthetic fibre carpet specified in the range of conditions

select and apply repair equipment, materials and each of the following techniques:

gluing

replacing

re-stretching

sewing

reinstall one natural or synthetic fibre carpet to an area measuring at least three square metres, using reinstallation techniques, equipment and materials specific to the carpet type and area.

In doing the above repair and installation work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type of carpet, sub-flooring and carpet installation method required for the job

identify type of damage to carpet and its source

clean repaired or reinstalled carpet using required cleaning and neutralisation methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

colour theory and range of carpet dye methods, including:

acid

beck

continuous

differential

print

solution

space

spray

stock

yarn

range and characteristics of agents causing colour damage to carpet, including:

airborne pollutants

bleaches

dye strippers and reducing agents

fluorocarbons

hydrocarbons

oxidising agents

pesticides

pharmaceutical preparations

ultraviolet light from sunlight and artificial light

types and applications of different carpet testing methods, including:

burn test

chemical test

sink and float test

types, characteristics and repair methods for different carpets

types of carpet construction methods and their characteristics, including:

flocked

fusion bonded

needle punched

tufted

woven

types of carpet installation methods, including:

direct stick

double bond

loose lay

stretch in

tackless carpet gripper

turn and tack

two-sided tape

types of different underlay, including:

crumble foam

felt

foam

sandwich

urethane

waffle rubber

types of carpet fibres, including:

continuous filament

staple yarn

type and characteristics of different carpet yarn types, including:

heat set

plied

single

textured

twist

range of different pile or tuft types, including:

cut

cut and loop

loop

types and characteristics of carpet backing materials, including:

cotton

jute

latex

polyester

polypropylene

polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

environmental requirements relating to repairing and reinstalling carpet, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to repairing and reinstalling carpets

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to carpet repair and reinstallation, including AS/NZS 2455 Textile floor coverings – Installation practice

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 2455 Textile floor coverings – Installation practice

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

work site or venue with carpets

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3013A Clean window coverings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assess the condition of blinds, curtains, screens and associated fixtures, and select required equipment, chemicals and methods to remove dirt and grime from a range of window coverings.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to a range of window coverings, including blinds, curtains and screens in commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean window coverings.	1.1.	Work instructions are obtained and window coverings and fixtures to be cleaned are assessed for type, fixture method and scope of cleaning required.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Soil type is identified by observation and required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Locations of washing and drying sites are selected according to health and safety, and legislative requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean and refit window coverings.	2.1.	Window coverings and fixtures are removed according to health and safety and company requirements and loose fittings are tagged to ensure correct refit.
2.2.	Window coverings are sorted according to washing method and company requirements.
2.3.	Window coverings are washed, rinsed, and excess water is removed using equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques, and according to health and safety requirements.
2.4.	Window coverings are dried, checked and spot cleaned according to company requirements.
2.5.	Window coverings are refitted and checked to be in working order according to manufacturer specifications.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Wash area is cleaned according to company requirements.
3.2.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and legislative requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate clearly and concisely when requesting advice or further information and responding to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	adhered soil cobwebs dust mould or mildew nicotine stains oil paint road grime.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	access equipment brushes chamois cleaning cloths garbage bins hoses hot air dryers microfibre products pressure-washing equipment scourers soft brooms water extraction machines.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection safety shoes sun protection wet-work clothing.
Cleaning techniques must include at least six of the following:	air blowing dusting low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products pressure washing rinsing scrubbing spot cleaning water extraction wiping.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3013A Clean window coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3013A Clean window coverings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean one fixed awning and:

two of the following blinds:

holland blinds

roman blinds

venetian blinds

vertical blinds

two of the following curtains:

lined curtains

unlined curtains

pelmet systems

two of the following screens:

flywire screens

securing screens

shutter screens.

In doing the above work, the person must select and prepare required cleaning chemicals to clean each window covering. By the end of the whole task, the person must have removed three of the following soil types:

adhered soil

cobwebs

dust

mould and mildew

nicotine stains

oil

paint

road grime.

In doing the above work, the person must demonstrate six of the following cleaning techniques:

air blowing

dusting

low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products

pressure washing

rinsing

scrubbing

spot cleaning

water extraction

wiping.

During the above work, the person must also:

identify type and characteristics of window coverings and fixtures

select and prepare cleaning equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

select and apply safe and efficient cleaning methods

remove, clean and refit window coverings according to specified requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to the use of chemicals and cleaning equipment when cleaning window coverings, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

low-energy cleaning methods

low environmental impact chemicals

low-moisture cleaning methods

low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

non-chemical cleaning methods

types of different window covering surfaces and their suitability for either wet or dry cleaning

range of techniques and methods to clean window coverings, including:

basic wash-down

full immersion wash

spot cleaning

cleaning chemicals and equipment suitable for cleaning window coverings, and their application for different window covering surfaces

cleaning techniques for safely removing different soil types from different window coverings

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning window coverings

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types of window coverings and fixtures, their characteristics and methods of operation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

acid cleaners

alkaline cleaners

low environmental impact chemicals

neutral cleaners

solvent cleaners

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

work site or venue with a range of window covering types listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3014A Maintain clean-room environments. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure clean-room environments housing electronic and other sensitive equipment are cleaned and maintained to avoid dust and moisture entering equipment and cabling. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting and using the equipment, chemicals and methods required for the task.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. Clean rooms may be used for specialised computer installations, computer equipment repairs, installation of PABX units, manufacturing electronic components, laboratories and sterile rooms for food manufacturing. Some clean rooms may be pressurised to reduce the amount of dust entering the room.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess area to be cleaned.	1.1.	Clean room is assessed and issues are clarified as required.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Required equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Cleaning procedures are planned and sequenced to start from work site highest point and move to lowest according to job, health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Implement cleaning plan.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques are used to remove soil and clean surfaces according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
2.3.	Clean-room maintenance work is performed to minimise damage caused by electrostatic or electromagnetic contamination and loosening of cables or wiring according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Assessed must include:	extent of cleaning required types of clean-room surfaces to be cleaned, which must include at least two of the following: benchtops and work stations cabling ceilings equipment casings hard floor surfaces soft floor surfaces, such as special dust-catching carpets types of clean-room fittings to be cleaned, which must include at least four of the following: cameras furniture glass lights monitors skylights smoke detectors sprinkler systems vents and grilles potential for damage to clean-room equipment.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	brooms buckets buffing machines with brushes and pads cleaning trolleys dustpans extension poles garbage bins glass cleaning equipment lint-free and anti-static cleaning cloths microfibre products mops: damp dust scourers vacuum cleaners and accessories.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	gloves eye protection masks protective clothing safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3014A Maintain clean-room environments

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3014A Maintain clean-room environments. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also maintain each of the following surfaces in two different clean-room environments:

benchtops and work stations

cabling

ceilings

equipment casings

hard floor surfaces

soft floor surfaces, such as special dust-catching carpets.

In doing the above work, the person must clean four of the following fittings in each clean room:

cameras

furniture

glass

lights

monitors

skylights

smoke detectors

sprinkler systems

vents and grilles.

During the above work, the person must also:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

select cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

use safe and efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning chemicals and equipment suitable for using with sensitive equipment

cleaning techniques for clean-room environments, including:

buffing

damp mopping

dust mopping

low-water cleaning methods using microfibre cleaning products

spot cleaning

steam cleaning

surface wiping with lint-free or anti-static cloths

vacuuming with crevice tool on hard-to-access surfaces

correct procedures for handling and disposing of:

chemicals

contaminated and toxic waste

environmental requirements when maintaining clean-room environments, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to maintaining clean-room environments

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

impact of dust, moisture, electrical current and magnetic fields on sensitive electronic equipment

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to maintaining a clean-room environment

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

at least two different clean-room environments with surface types listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3015A Perform advanced stain removal. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to remove complex stains from carpets after standard stain removal and cleaning techniques have failed. It covers selecting and preparing required equipment and chemicals, and applying complex stain removal techniques to the task.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. Removing stains is undertaken as a separate task or in conjunction with other cleaning methods, such as vacuuming, extraction and general cleaning.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Type and condition of carpet, fibre and construction are identified, complex stains are assessed, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Complex stain removal techniques are selected according to job and company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.9.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
2.	Clean complex carpet stain.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Pre-spotting cleaning treatment is applied to carpet stain and allowed to dwell according to manufacturer recommendations.
2.3.	Soil is removed using required techniques, equipment and chemicals, according to manufacturer specifications.
2.4.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to job and company requirements.
2.5.	Results are reported according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others at the same work site.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and perform a range of methods for cleaning stubborn stains without causing damage to the carpet.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Complex stains must include at least five of the following:	beverage candle wax chewing gum cigarette butts dye stuffs food grease heavy dirt build-up hospital waste industrial and chemical waste lipstick nail polish oil plant stains shoe polish tar.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Complex stain removal techniques must include at least one of the following:	chemical treatment followed by transfer method using hand application chemical treatment followed by extraction spot cleaning dye stripping heat transfer with a steam iron oxidisation.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	carpet groomers carpet spot-cleaning kits cloths extraction units eye droppers garbage bins nylon bristle brushes scrapers sponges spray equipment steam generators steam irons.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners oxidising agents, such as bleaches reducing agents, such as dye strippers solvents.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves respirators safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3015A Perform advanced stain removal

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3015A Perform advanced stain removal. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also remove three different complex stains from two different carpets as follows:

at least one complex stain from one of the following natural fibre carpets:

organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal

wool

at least one complex stain from one of the following synthetic fibre carpets:

acrylic

nylon

polyester

polypropylene.

The three different complex stains above must be selected from the following:

beverage

blood

candle wax

dye stuffs

food

human and animal waste

lipstick and makeup

medicine

nail polish

oil

plant stains

shoe polish

tar

timber stains.

In doing the above work, the person must also:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

correctly identify the type and characteristics of the carpet and carpet fibres

classify the type of stain or spot and identify cleaning techniques, cleaning equipment and chemicals, required for the task

use each of the following cleaning methods:

bonnet cleaning

dry absorbent compound

dry foam shampoo

hot water extraction

wet foam shampoo

correctly and safely handle waste.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements to be applied when treating complex carpet stains, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to treating complex carpet stains

use of low-energy carpet-cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical carpet-cleaning methods

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet types

features of fibres

cleaning methods for carpets, including:

heat transfer process

pre-spotting and stain-removal methods

testing methods

water-efficient cleaning methods

correct techniques for performing:

extraction cleaning

heat transfer

treatments using:

oxidising agents, such as bleaches

reducing agents, such as dye strippers

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to treating complex carpet stains, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with complex carpet stains

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required to confirm and clarify requirements.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3016A Apply topical treatments. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to protect carpets from the potential effects of odour and soiling by applying suitable topical treatments. The unit covers identifying the type of carpet and selecting equipment, treatments and treatment methods to perform the required task.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to apply topical treatment.	1.1.	Type and condition of carpet fibre, construction method and type of underlay are identified, and job requirements are confirmed.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Application techniques are confirmed according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Topical treatment chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Perform treatment.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
2.2.	Surface area to be treated is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.3.	Area is treated according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.4.	Treated area is compared with surrounding surface to determine need for further action according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate clearly and concisely with clients request advice or further information.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others at the same work site.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify required treatments for different carpet types.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Carpet must include:	natural fibre: organic (plant) fibres, such as cotton and sisal wool synthetic fibre: acrylic nylon polyester polypropylene.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	absorbent cloths airless sprayers carpet rakes chemical hand spray units horsehair brushes powered sprayers pump-up sprayers.
Treatment chemicals must include at least one of the following:	antimicrobial agents antistatic agents deodorisers protectors.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves protective clothing respirators safety shoes.
Treated must include:	selecting and using required: equipment PPE topical treatment chemicals.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3016A Apply topical treatments

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3016A Apply topical treatments. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

select and apply suitable topical treatments to one natural fibre carpet and one synthetic fibre carpet specified in the range of conditions

use each of the following topical treatments in the above work:

antimicrobial agents

antistatic agents

deodorisers

protectors.

In doing the above work, the person must:

prepare the work site

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of carpet to be treated

select and prepare equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and topical treatment chemicals, required for the task

use safe and efficient topical treatment methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to applying topical treatments to carpets, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to applying topical treatments to carpets

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods.

application processes for applying topical treatments, including:

antimicrobial agents

antistatic agents

deodorisers

protectors

types of carpet installation methods and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

direct stick

double bond

loose lay

stretch in

tackless carpet gripper

turn and tack

two-sided tape

types of carpet fibres and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

continuous filament

staple yarn

types, characteristics and features of carpet underlay and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

crumble foam

felt

foam

sandwich

urethane

waffle rubber

types and characteristics of carpet backing materials and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

cotton

jute

latex

polyester

polypropylene

polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

types and characteristics of carpet construction methods and requirements for applying topical treatments, including:

flocked

fusion bonded

needle punched

tufted

woven

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to carpet cleaning, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

litter

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

treatment chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpet requiring topical treatment

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required to confirm and clarify requirements.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2017A Clean wet areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean wet areas, including bathrooms, toilets, change rooms and laundries and their associated fixtures and fittings, so that they are free from soil, odour and hazards. The unit covers assessing the extent of cleaning required; selecting required equipment, chemicals and methods; and performing the cleaning task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean wet area.	1.1.	Wet areas to be cleaned are assessed, soil types are identified by observation, and areas requiring special treatment, including graffiti, are identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Operation and condition of fixtures and fittings are checked and pre-existing damage at work site is reported according to company requirements.
1.4.	Cleaning chemicals and techniques for wet areas are selected according to company requirements.
1.5.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.	Clean work site.	2.1.	Loose soil is removed before commencing surface cleaning according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.2.	Fixtures, fittings and surfaces are cleaned using equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques according to company requirements.
2.3.	Remaining heavy soil, graffiti and stained surfaces are treated or reported for follow-up action according to company requirements.
2.4.	Soiled items are despatched for laundering according to company requirements.
3.	Replenish consumables and tidy work site.	3.1.	Consumables are replenished according to client requests and company requirements.
3.2.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others on the same work site.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and select required cleaning products and equipment for a range of cleaning challenges apply required chemicals and cleaning processes to different surfaces in wet areas.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Soil types must include at least five of the following:	blood cobwebs dust food and residue grease human and animal waste litter mould and mildew mud and dirt pen, texta and pencil rust soap scum.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological contaminants chemical exposure via absorption and ingestion chemical reactivity contaminated waste material dust and fibre particulates electrocution environmental allergens fatigue loud and repeated noise levels respiratory hazards and poor ventilation slips and falls from wet or uneven surfaces strains or injury from damaged, heavy or awkward equipment syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Fixtures and fittings must include at least ten of the following:	baths bidets bins cleaner’s sluices hand basins hand dryers mirrors paper dispensers personal item product dispensers racks showers sinks soap dispensers spas taps toilet bowls, seats and cisterns troughs urinal trough and wall vanity units.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Cleaning techniques must include at least three of the following:	buffing cobwebbing dusting hosing mopping polishing pre-spraying scrubbing spot cleaning sweeping wet wiping.
Equipment must include at least six of the following:	absorbent cleaning cloths brooms buckets damp cloths doodle bugs dry cloths microfibre products hoses and nozzles lint-free cloths long-handled brushes and dustpan tongs mops sharps disposal units nylon scourers scrapers scrubbing brushes scrubbing and polishing machines toilet brushes squeegees wringer buckets.
Personal protective equipment must include at least three of the following:	safety shoes gloves eye protection masks tongs wet-work clothing.
Surfaces must include at least five of the following:	ceramics and porcelain chrome concrete glass laminate metal paint plastic stainless steel stone terracotta vinyl.
Consumables must include at least three of the following:	air fresheners bin liners cloth towels and tea towels deodorant blocks hand towels, such as cloth, rolls and sheets liquid and bar soap personal toiletries toilet paper.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2017A Clean wet areas

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2017A Clean wet areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean three of the following wet areas, and their fixtures and fittings:

bathroom

change rooms

laundry

shower facilities

toilet.

During the above work, the person must select and use three of the following cleaning techniques:

buffing

cobwebbing

dusting

hosing

mopping

polishing

pre-spraying

scrubbing

spot cleaning

sweeping

wet wiping.

During the above work, the person must also:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing task

identify fittings, surfaces and soil types found in wet areas

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

use safe and efficient cleaning methods

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials

replenish three of the following consumables in each wet area:

air fresheners

bin liners

cloth towels and tea towels

deodorant blocks

hand towels, such as cloth, rolls and sheets

liquid and bar soap

personal toiletries

toilet paper.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

range, application and limitation of cleaning chemicals and equipment available for wet areas

cleaning chemicals and methods suitable for wet area surfaces, including:

ceramics and porcelain

chrome

concrete

glass

laminate

metal

paint

plastic

stainless steel

stone

terracotta

vinyl

environmental requirements relating to cleaning wet areas, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

emergency chemical spill control measures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of cleaning chemicals

hazardous materials handling

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods to clean wet areas

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

contaminated waste

obsolete equipment

used cleaning cloths

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

consumables as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

safety data sheets (SDS)

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with wet areas as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2015A Maintain furniture, fittings and room dressing and CPPCLO3016A Wash furniture and fittings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to wash furniture and fittings and to present rooms according to client requirements. The unit covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task; identifying the different surface types; selecting and using cleaning techniques and chemicals required for the task; and returning furniture and fittings, including loose items, to their original position.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential settings, including boardrooms, function rooms, hospital wards, offices and private residences.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Condition of furniture and fittings to be cleaned, including surface type and soil type, are assessed, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks are controlled according to legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning techniques and chemicals that reflect company requirements are selected, and chemicals are prepared.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean furniture, fittings and loose items.	2.1.	Furniture and fittings are moved to allow cleaning tasks to be performed, according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.2.	Floor, furniture and fittings are covered by drop sheets as necessary according to company requirements.
2.3.	Soil is removed from surfaces, and furniture and fittings are cleaned using selected equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques.
2.4.	Loose items are cleaned using required cleaning equipment and techniques.
3.	Place furniture and fittings.	3.1.	Drop sheets are removed and stored, and floors are cleaned according to client requirements and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Cleaned furniture and loose items are placed in specified room locations according to client requirements.
3.3.	Fittings are checked to be in working order and wiped or cleaned according to specified requirements.
4.	Tidy work site.	4.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions calculate current and required levels of stock.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals chemical labels equipment manuals.
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Furniture must include at least five of the following:	beds bedside cupboards benches chairs compactus computers and associated equipment desks doors filing cabinets lamps ovens refrigerators shelves tables work stations.
Fittings must include at least ten of the following:	bars ceiling fans clocks door handles electrical items, including kettles and microwaves light fittings and switches ornaments picture frames railings skirting telephone handsets vents and grilles walls window coverings window sills.
Surface types must include at least three of the following:	fabric glass laminate leather metal paint plastic polyresin tile timber vinyl.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	beverage blood blu-tac candle wax chewing gum cobwebs dust food glue grease human and animal waste lipstick medicine mud and dirt nail polish paint shoe polish.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting safety data sheets (SDS) selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Cleaning techniques must include:	for fittings, at least two of the following: polishing pre-spraying scrubbing vacuuming washing wiping for fabric surfaces, at least one of the following: spot cleaning spray pack foam vacuuming low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	alcohol wipes buckets damp cloths drop sheets dust extraction tools, such as wall mates and fridge dusters extension poles lint-free dusters, such as lamb’s wool and feather dusters lint-free polishing cloths, such as cotton and colour-fast cloths microfibre products mini mops oil impregnated cloths polishing cloths scourers sponges vacuum cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.
Loose items must include at least five of the following:	ashtrays bins books and magazines calculators crockery desk calendars electrical leads food and drink containers kitchen implements mats picture frames radios recognition awards telephone indexes tissue boxes wall charts.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2015A Maintain furniture, fittings and room dressing and CPPCLO3016A Wash furniture and fittings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2015A Maintain furniture, fittings and room dressing and CPPCLO3016A Wash furniture and fittings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

clean furniture and fittings according to client requirements in two of the following rooms:

boardroom

lounge room in private residence

home office

commercial office

function room

identify the type and characteristics of furniture, fittings and loose items in the above rooms and their surface types, which must include three of the following:

fabric

glass

laminate

leather

metal

paint

plastic

polyresin

tile

timber

vinyl

clean five of the following different items of furniture and ten of the following different fittings in the two rooms:

furniture:

bed

bedside cupboard

bench

chair

compactus

computer and associated equipment

desk

door

filing cabinet

lamp

oven

refrigerator

shelf

table

work station

fittings:

bar

ceiling fan

clock

door handle

electrical item, including kettle and microwave

light fitting and switch

ornament

picture frame

railings

skirting

telephone handset

vent and grille

walls

window coverings

window sill

clean five of the following loose items in each room:

ashtray

bin

books and magazines

calculator

crockery

desk calendar

electrical leads

food and drink containers

kitchen implements

mat

photograph frame

radio

recognition award

telephone index

tissue box

wall chart

identify and remove three of the following soil types on the loose items above:

beverage

blood

blu-tac

candle wax

chewing gum

cobwebs

dust

food

glue

grease

human and animal waste

lipstick

medicine

mud and dirt

nail polish

paint

shoe polish.

During the above work, the person must also:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of furniture and fittings and their surfaces

apply cleaning techniques suited to the surfaces of fittings and fabric furniture

use safe and efficient cleaning methods

select cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

place cleaned furniture in specified room locations according to client requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of cleaning chemicals and equipment and their application to furniture and fitting surfaces

procedures for selecting and applying required cleaning chemicals for different surfaces

cleaning methods for furniture and fittings, including:

pre-spotting and stain removal

low-water

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning furniture and fittings, including:

AS/NZS 4849.1 Upholstery cleaning – Fabric upholstery

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

range of soil types found on furniture and fittings listed in the performance evidence, and methods for cleaning them.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals required for task

physical conditions:

suitable work site with furniture, fittings and loose items

specifications:

AS/NZS 4849.1 Upholstery cleaning – Fabric upholstery

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2019A Sort and remove waste and recyclable materials.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify waste and recyclable materials to be removed, assess hazards associated with their removal, remove waste collected or created through the cleaning process, and safely transfer it to a dedicated waste disposal point for collection using required equipment and methods. Waste collection is conducted as part of a regular cleaning routine, usually on a daily basis and can include a range of materials, such as chemicals, contaminated materials and general waste. The unit also covers identifying recyclable materials and transferring them to required collection points. Recyclable materials are those that may be reused or made into another product.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to handle waste.	1.1.	General waste, contaminated and biological waste and recyclable items are identified according to company requirements, and any issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
1.6.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency when completing cleaning requirements.
2.	Transfer waste to waste carrier.	2.1.	Waste items are collected and safely transferred to waste carrier according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.2.	Biological waste is transferred to biohazard bins according to health and safety requirements.
2.3.	Rubbish bins and surrounds are spot cleaned according to company requirements.
2.4.	Soiled rubbish bin liners are replaced according to health and safety, and company requirements.
3.	Transfer waste to disposal unit.	3.1.	Waste is removed from site according to health and safety, and company requirements.
3.2.	Waste is transported to disposal units by shortest practical safest route and according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Deliver recyclable materials.	4.1.	Recyclable materials are identified and separated according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Recyclable materials are transferred safely to dedicated recycling collection units for each type of material according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.3.	Recycling containers and surrounds are spot cleaned according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.4.	Recycling containers are checked and replaced in designated locations.
4.5.	Transfer of recyclable materials is documented according to company requirements.
5.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Problem-solving skills to:	assess range of different waste types and determine required waste handling techniques.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
General waste must include at least two of the following:	drinks food packaging manufactured foods non-recyclable plastics.
Contaminated and biological waste must include at least one of the following:	blood and other bodily fluids cytotoxic waste human waste soiled and disposable linen syringes and needles.
Recyclable items must include at least one of the following:	cardboard computer consumables glass metal packaging material paper plastic printing consumables.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least three of the following:	bin liners cleaning cloths damp wiping kits litter picker long-handled dustpans and brooms microfibre products nylon pads pick-up trolleys scrubbing brushes sharps kits spray bottles wheelie bins.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves high visibility vests protective clothing safety shoes sun protection tongs.
Rubbish bins must include at least one of the following:	biohazard bags and bins contaminated waste bins general purpose bins sharps disposal units radioactive waste bins recycle bins restroom bins wet rubbish bins.
Disposal units must include at least one of the following:	compactors dump masters open trucks wheelie bins.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2019A Sort and remove waste and recyclable materials

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2019A Sort and remove waste and recyclable materials.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also use safe and efficient methods to remove waste at three different cleaning sites. Across all three sites they must remove both of the following types of waste:

general

contaminated and hazardous biological waste.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify the different waste types and correct methods for dealing with each, including health and safety requirements

identify site hazards and control risks before handling waste

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

identify items for recycling at each site and arrange for their transfer

clean the rubbish bins and surrounds.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to removing waste and recyclable materials, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of chemicals

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to removing waste and recyclable materials, including:

AS/NZ 3831 Waste management – Glossary of terms

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and treating waste, including:

recyclable materials

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

waste transfer procedures, including:

location of disposal units

location of waste pick-up equipment

use of waste handling equipment

use of waste storage receptacles

selection and use of bin liners.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZ 3831 Waste management – Glossary of terms

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with waste disposal requirements and facilities

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3020A Clean using pressure washing. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to set up and use pressure washing equipment to clean surfaces by producing a variable stream of water or cleaning chemical. The unit covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task, and selecting the equipment, chemicals and cleaning methods required for the task.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean using pressure washing.	1.1.	Type and condition of surfaces to be pressure washed are assessed, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Soil types are identified by observation and cleaning chemicals required for the task are selected and prepared.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Use pressure washing equipment and techniques.	2.1.	Items requiring protection from pressure spray are covered and secured according to specified requirements.
2.2.	Heavily soiled areas are pre-sprayed according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.3.	Pressure washing is conducted using equipment and chemicals and according to manufacturer specifications.
2.4.	Hand washing is performed on areas requiring additional treatment, using suitable equipment and chemicals according to manufacturer specifications.
2.5.	Washed area is rinsed using required equipment and allowed to dry.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Protective coverings are removed and items returned to position according to specified requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Surfaces must include at least three of the following:	brick, including rendered brick surfaces concrete, including polished concrete metal surfaces, including industrial kitchen equipment and industrial machinery painted polyresin.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	graffiti grease and oil mould and mildew pollution marks.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	brooms cloths hoses lances pressure washers squeegees wet area electrical safety connections.
Personal protective equipment must include at least three of the following:	ear muffs and plugs gloves eye protection disposable respirators safety shoes sun protection wet-work clothing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3020A Clean using pressure washing

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3020A Clean using pressure washing. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also pressure wash three of the following surface types:

brick, including rendered brick surfaces

concrete, including polished concrete

metal surfaces, including industrial kitchen equipment and industrial machinery

painted

polyresin.

In doing the above work, the person must:

remove three of the following different soil types:

graffiti

grease and oil

mould and mildew

pollution marks

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify surface and soil types

select and prepare required cleaning equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and cleaning chemicals

use safe and efficient cleaning methods using pressure washing.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

suitability of different surfaces for pressure washing

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning using pressure washing, including industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

disposal of packaging

sweeping detritus

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

range and functionality of equipment used in pressure washing

procedures for selecting and applying cleaning chemicals required for different surfaces, including:

acid cleaners

alkaline cleaners

low environmental impact chemicals

neutral cleaners

solvent cleaners.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site with range of surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3021A Clean industrial machinery. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean industrial machinery. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting the required equipment, chemicals and cleaning methods.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to machinery cleaning in industrial, food manufacturing, and processing or mining environments.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean industrial machinery.	1.1.	Machinery to be cleaned is assessed, surfaces and soil types are identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Hazards, including machinery cleaning hazards, are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.5.	Cleaning techniques and chemicals are selected and chemicals prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and legislative, health and safety, company, and environmental requirements.
1.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Conduct cleaning tasks.	2.1.	Existing access platforms are used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.
2.2.	Items and areas requiring protection from damage are covered according to client and company requirements.
2.3.	Heavily soiled areas are pre-treated according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.4.	Machinery is cleaned according to client requirements, manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.5.	Machinery is inspected for residual soil and spot cleaned according to company requirements.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Machinery must include at least three of the following:	bottle-making machines concrete-making machines earth-moving equipment food-processing machines and equipment mining industry equipment trucks welders.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Machinery cleaning hazards that must be assessed include:	exposed or damaged electrical components, wiring and cabling faulty pressure hoses or pressure relief valves overriding, removing or interfering with machinery safety devices.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	air blowers brooms cloths high-pressure water cleaning units hoses squeegees.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	ear muffs and plugs gloves eye protection hard hats hair and beard nets disposable respirators safety shoes.
Cleaning techniques must include:	air blowing dry wiping hosing down low-water cleaning methods pre-spraying pressure washing rinsing scrubbing and wiping spot cleaning washing and wiping wet wiping.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Cleaned must include:	selecting and using required: equipment PPE chemicals cleaning techniques.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3021A Clean industrial machinery

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3021A Clean industrial machinery. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also use safe and efficient methods to clean three of the following types of industrial machinery:

bottle-making machines

concrete-making machines

earth-moving equipment

food-processing machines and equipment

mining industry equipment

trucks

welders.

The person must demonstrate each of the following techniques when cleaning the above industrial machinery:

air blowing

dry wiping

hosing down

low-water cleaning methods

pre-spraying

pressure washing

rinsing

scrubbing and wiping

spot cleaning

washing and wiping

wet wiping.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

select required cleaning equipment and chemicals according to type of machinery and extent of cleaning required

identify surface and soil types

handle and dispose of waste safely and according to client and environmental requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to cleaning industrial machinery, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to cleaning industrial machinery

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods.

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning industrial machinery, including industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

machinery manufacturer cleaning specifications, including restrictions or limitations on surfaces that can be pressure washed

procedures for avoiding incidental damage to industrial machinery through the cleaning process, including:

discoloration

electrical dampness

filter damage

paint removal

rust

range and application of cleaning equipment and chemicals for industrial machinery

range and application of cleaning methods for:

electrical equipment

industrial machinery

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

type and characteristics of different soil found on industrial machinery, including:

dust

exhaust and soot

food and food scraps

grease

oil

paint.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable venue with access to range of industrial machinery listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3014A Clean fabric upholstery. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean fabric upholstery. The unit covers identifying the backing materials used, classifying the fibre, and assessing the furniture construction. It also covers selecting equipment, chemicals and methods to perform the cleaning task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify upholstery construction.	1.1.	Job requirements are identified, upholstery is assessed, and yarn type and fibre form are identified and confirmed.
1.2.	Weave type and texture style are determined by observation and tactile methods according to company requirements.
2.	Assess and classify upholstery fabric.	2.1.	Upholstery fabric sample is obtained and tested to identify fibre according to manufacturer specifications, company and health and safety requirements.
2.2.	Fibre is inspected to determine probable dye methods used during manufacture.
2.3.	Pre-existing conditions are identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.4.	Colour-fastness of fabric upholstery is tested and any previously applied topical treatments are identified.
3.	Assess furniture construction.	3.1.	Backing materials and cushion filling are identified by opening cushioning where possible or inspecting behind buttons according to company requirements.
3.2.	Filling material in piping is inspected and classified according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
4.	Determine cleaning methods.	4.1.	Type of soil is identified and cleaning techniques are selected according to company requirements.
4.2.	Cleaning processes and expected outcomes are explained clearly to client and client approval to proceed is obtained.
5.	Prepare to apply cleaning techniques to fabric upholstery.	5.1.	Work site hazards are identified and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
5.2.	Health and safety requirements for the site and type of work to be undertaken are identified and applied to planning.
5.3.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
5.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
5.5.	Chemicals are selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
5.6.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
6.	Apply cleaning techniques to fabric upholstery.	6.1.	Furniture and fittings are removed to allow cleaning tasks to be performed.
6.2.	Soil is removed and fabric upholstery is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
7.	Tidy work site.	7.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
7.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to client requests, work order, and health and safety requirements.
7.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to work order, and health and safety, and company requirements.
8.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	8.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
8.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	recognise different fabrics, fibres and upholstery methods of construction based on previous experience.
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others when cleaning at the same work site.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	identify and rectify faults in own work.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Fabrics must include at least three of the following:	acetate acrylic cotton jute linen nylon polyester polypropylene rayon silk wool.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Testing of colour-fastness must use at least one of the following:	burn test chemical test sink and float test.
Types of soil must include at least three of the following:	beverage blood candle wax chewing gum dye stuffs food glue grease human and animal waste hydrocarbons lipstick medicine mud and dirt nail polish paint plant stains shoe polish tar.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and animal waste blood and blood-stained products confined and restricted spaces contaminated clothing, materials and equipment dust and fibres electrical hazards heights inadequate lighting and ventilation indoor air quality infectious diseases noise.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves safety shoes.
Equipment must include at least one of the following:	air filtration device dehumidification equipment extraction tools and units moisture detection equipment.
Cleaned must include	selecting and using required: equipment PPE chemicals cleaning techniques.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3014A Clean fabric upholstery

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3014A Clean fabric upholstery. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

clean three of the following different types of fabric upholstery:

acetate

acrylic

cotton

jute

linen

nylon

polyester

polypropylene

rayon

silk

wool

for each cleaning task, remove three of the following different types of soil:

beverage

blood

candle wax

chewing gum

dye stuffs

food

glue

grease

human and animal waste

hydrocarbons

lipstick

medicine

mud and dirt

nail polish

paint

plant stains

shoe polish

tar.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

analyse data gathered during visual and tactile inspection of fabric upholstery to identify type and characteristics of fabric upholstery to be treated

identify type of yarns, fibres, methods, dyes, filling material and backing used in upholstery making

correctly and safely test the colour-fastness of the fabric using one or more of the following tests:

burn test

chemical test

sink and float test

select and prepare equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and chemicals required for the task

prepare the work site and apply safe and efficient fabric upholstery cleaning methods

comply with company and environmental requirements relating to cleaning fabric upholstery.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental requirements relating to cleaning fabric upholstery, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

low-energy cleaning methods

low environmental impact chemicals

low-moisture cleaning methods

low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

non-chemical cleaning methods

types and characteristics of different upholstery textures and implications for cleaning:

crushed velvet

damask

glazed

moire

quilted

types and characteristics of different upholstery yarns and implications for cleaning:

novelty

plied

single

textured

twist

types and characteristics of different upholstery weaves and implications for cleaning:

flat

jacquard

knitted

satin

twill

velvet

types and characteristics of different upholstery fibre forms and implications for cleaning:

continuous filament

staple yarn

construction methods, including:

backing

dying

filling

manufacturing

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to upholstery cleaning, including:

AS/NZS 4849.1 Upholstery cleaning – Fabric upholstery

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

procedures for applying fabric upholstery testing methods

processes for conducting colour-fastness tests, including:

burn test

chemical test

sink and float test

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

machine exhaust emissions

obsolete equipment

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

fabrics as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

AS/NZS 4849.1 Upholstery cleaning – Fabric upholstery

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

work site or venue with upholstered furniture

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client are required to confirm and clarify job requirements.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3019A Inspect sites prior to cleaning or treatment.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to complete an initial analysis of a site prior to the carpet-cleaning process to ensure proper assessment of carpet or fabric cleaning needs. The unit requires the ability to analyse potential hazards and risks, assess the condition of the carpet or upholstery, and communicate with the client to confirm client needs and expectations.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Conduct pre-work site assessment.	1.1.	Approval to access and inspect premises is gained from client.
1.2.	Hazards are assessed, and risks are controlled and communicated to client.
1.3.	Future access requirements are identified and negotiated with client.
2.	Assess condition of carpet and upholstery.	2.1.	Age, usage patterns, and history of carpet or upholstery care are confirmed with client.
2.2.	Level of wear and tear, soil type, and carpet or fabric fading are identified and documented.
2.3.	Age, mobility and needs of people and pets on premises are identified to determine potential impact of work, which is then communicated to client.
3.	Determine and communicate approach to cleaning.	3.1.	Cleaning approach for carpet or upholstery is identified according to manufacturer specifications.
3.2.	Cleaning techniques that achieve desired outcomes and satisfy company procedures and legislative requirements are identified following analysis of gathered information.
3.3.	Cleaning technique, limitations of achievable results, and requirements for care after cleaning process are determined and communicated to client.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document assessment and recommendations for the cleaning approach, limitations, and after care requirements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Soil types must include at least five of the following:	beverage blood candle wax chewing gum cigarette butts dust dye stuffs food grease heavy dirt build-up hospital waste hydrocarbons industrial and chemical waste lipstick nail polish oil paper plant stains rainwater shoe polish tar.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCCL3019A Inspect sites prior to cleaning or treatment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCCL3019A Inspect sites prior to cleaning or treatment.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also inspect and assess the condition of two different types of carpet and one upholstered piece of furniture, and provide recommendations on suitable cleaning care for each.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

communicate with customers to obtain required information and negotiate access

diagnose textile condition and determine cleaning techniques to be used

communicate recommended cleaning approach to client.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

carpet types

dying methods

features of fibres, piles and yarns

installation methods

cleaning options for carpet, including:

drying times

low-moisture cleaning methods

pre-spotting and stain-removal methods

water-efficient cleaning methods.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with carpets and upholstery

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

communication with the client is required to negotiate site access, gather information and communicate recommendations.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL3018A Inspect sites with water damage and CPPCCL3020A Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpet.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to inspect water damaged sites, identify the cause of damage, and develop a plan to manage the water damage mitigation and carpet restoration process. Communicating effectively with the client or insurer to clarify their needs and expectations is central to the process. The unit includes working with the owner or manager of the premises and insurance company to plan and resource the project and select the most cost-effective and appropriate restoration techniques.

The unit supports carpet cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Access and prepare site for inspection.	1.1.	Client and insurance company contact details are obtained and confirmed, reporting requirements are determined, and approval to access and inspect site is gained.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Health and safety requirements for site and type of work to be undertaken are identified and applied to planning.
1.4.	Insurance arrangements are confirmed and insurance excess payment is collected according to company policy.
1.5.	Site is secured and immediate physical hazards are addressed prior to proceeding with assessment.
1.6.	Equipment required to conduct site assessment is selected and prepared.
1.7.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced and used according to manufacturer specifications and industry standards.
2.	Assess water damage.	2.1.	Existing inundation of water is identified and water entry is isolated or stopped as required.
2.2.	Investigations and discussions are held with client to identify source and type of water.
2.3.	Extent of damage to carpet, underlay and sub-floor is assessed using selected techniques, and is documented.
2.4.	Factors affecting mitigation and restoration are analysed and documented.
2.5.	Other building materials and installations are checked for water damage using penetrative and non-penetrative measuring devices to determine degree of moisture and results are documented.
2.6.	Photographic evidence of site damage is recorded according to company procedures.
2.7.	Site measurements are documented to assist in calculating repair costs and determining techniques to be used to assist mitigation and restoration.
3.	Develop and document plan.	3.1.	Information gathered during site assessment is analysed to determine potential for drying and restoring carpet or replacing carpet and underlay.
3.2.	Strategies to protect or restore other building materials and installations are analysed and documented.
3.3.	Risk management plan outlining cost-effective solutions for managing and mitigating water damage is developed and documented according to legislative and company procedures.
3.4.	Timeline for conducting mitigation and restoration work is negotiated with owner or manager and insurer of premises.
3.5.	Formal agreement to proceed with work is secured and documentation, including acceptance of quotation, is completed according to standard company procedures.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	take accurate site measurements perform cost estimates.
Oral communication skills to:	request advice or further information from client or others respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions, including: work instructions safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document findings and produce reports.
Problem-solving skills to:	develop damage mitigation plans and strategies for different work sites.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include:	digital camera moisture measuring devices.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves high visibility vests protective clothing respirators safety shoes tongs wet-work clothing.
Type of water must include at least one of the following:	black water clear water grey water.
Techniques must include at least five of the following:	corner inspection blue lights high intensity inspection lights hygrometers moisture meters moisture sensors or probes psychometric evaluation thermal imaging thermometers visual inspection.
Factors affecting mitigation and restoration must include:	method of carpet construction condition of carpet type and condition of underlay method of installation condition of smooth edge type and condition of sub-floor.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCCL3018A Inspect sites with water damage and CPPCCL3020A Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpet.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also assess two different sites with water damaged carpet and develop and document a plan to mitigate the water damage, including a cost analysis to undertake works. The plan must include all associated costs of works to be undertaken, an assessment of the risks and hazards to be managed before commencing work, and timelines to complete the work.

In doing the above work, the person must:

communicate with clients to obtain required information and arrange site access

assess and protect the above sites against the following immediate physical hazards:

continuing water inundation

electrical dangers

identify the source of water damage from the following common occurrences:

blocked drains

burst pipes

overflow of sinks and baths

river and stream overflows

storm damage

identify the type of water damage from the following:

black water

clear water

grey water

assess extent of water damage using five of the following different techniques:

corner inspection

blue lights

high intensity inspection lights

hygrometers

moisture meters

moisture sensors or probes

psychometric evaluation

thermal imaging

thermometers

visual inspection

comply with company, legislative and regulatory requirements for water mitigation and restoration operations.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

range of methods and equipment used to assess water damage, and their application and limitations

carpet characteristics, including:

carpet construction

carpet types

dying methods

features of fibres, piles and yarns

sub-flooring structures

underlay types

carpet restoration options, including:

carpet removal and reinstallation

pre-spotting and stain-removal methods

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to restoring carpets, including AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

processes and techniques for confirming the presence of black, clean and grey water.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

contingencies:

water entering site may need to be isolated or stopped to make site safe

specifications:

AS/NZS 3733 Textile floor coverings – Cleaning maintenance of residential and commercial carpeting

company documentation relating to developing plans to mitigate water damage and restore carpets

clients with differing needs and expectations

physical conditions:

actual or simulated work environments

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

confirm requirements

liaise with client and insurers.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2035A Maintain cleaning storage areas. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain cleaning consumable storage areas to ensure they are accessible to authorised personnel only, that their contents are safely stored, and that equipment is maintained in serviceable condition. It requires the ability to maintain and operate a safe and efficient cleaning storage area following established procedures for storing and using chemicals according to legislative and health and safety requirements. The unit includes the movement and control of equipment, chemicals and consumables used in the provision of cleaning services.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to storage areas in a range of commercial and residential work sites, including cleaners’ rooms at a client work site, chemical cupboards, equipment storage bays, and in-built vehicular storage arrangements to keep consumables and equipment secure during transportation.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Ensure safety and security of cleaning storage area and its contents.	1.1.	Storage area is secured from unauthorised access according to legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.2.	Hazards in storage area are assessed and risks controlled according to legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Safety warning charts and labels are prominently displayed and safety information is made accessible according to legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is stored, maintained and checked to enable ready access and re-use according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.5.	Cleaning chemicals and consumables are stored according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is cleaned, safety checked and stored, and maintenance requirements are recorded, according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Communication tools are stored and used according to company requirements.
1.8.	Storage area is kept accessible and free of obstacles according to practical restrictions of site or vehicle, and health and safety and company requirements.
2.	Control equipment, chemical and consumable stock.	2.1.	Inventory system of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables with maximum and minimum holding levels is maintained according to company requirements.
2.2.	Usage patterns are monitored and chemicals and consumables are re-ordered to maintain required levels according to company requirements.
2.3.	Labelling system of containers is maintained according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
2.4.	Chemicals and consumables are issued on a first-in first-out basis according to company requirements.
3.	Handle waste.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Obsolete equipment and chemicals are identified, collected and disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and environmental, legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
4.	Respond to emergency situations.	4.1.	Spillages and emergency situations are responded to in line with emergency response procedures and according to environmental, legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.
4.2.	Required documentation is completed following an emergency situation and submitted according to environmental, legislative, company, and health and safety requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and access a range of resources to assist in maintaining security and safety of cleaning storage area.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate current and required levels of stock.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel use legible handwriting when recording stock levels and completing incident reports.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others accessing and using the same storage area.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	proactively report the need for additional products or equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Storage area must include at least one of the following:	cleaners’ room located at client work site in-vehicular cleaning storage facility.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Safety information must include:	chemical co-location, separation and segregation arrangements chemical manifests chemical registers company policies and procedures relating to workplace safety equipment operation manuals manufacturer specifications product labels SDS.
Equipment must include at least five of the following:	access equipment, such as ladders bins brooms buckets buffers cleaning trolleys cloths cobwebbers doodle bag holders drop sheets drying equipment dustpans and brushes dusters extension poles extraction units wands hoses microfibre products mops polishers pressure-washing equipment and attachments scouring pads scrapers scrubbers sponges spray bottles squeegees steam cleaners sweepers vacuum cleaners and attachments window cleaning equipment work site communication devices.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Consumables must include at least two of the following:	air fresheners hand towels liner bags soap toilet paper.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves protective clothing safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2035A Maintain cleaning storage areas

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2035A Maintain cleaning storage areas. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also maintain one of the following cleaning storage areas:

cleaners’ room located at client work site

in-vehicular cleaning storage facility used to transport cleaning equipment from site to site.

In doing the above work, the person must:

maintain cleaning storage area and stock levels, ensuring correct storage of equipment, chemicals and consumables required for work site and client requirements

maintain the security and accessibility of storage area

maintain accurate labelling of chemicals

maintain legible stock control records and documentation

access each of the following documentation:

accident and incident reporting documentation

job sheets

health and safety control procedures, forms and documentation

safety data sheets (SDS).

In doing the above work, the person must also implement correct emergency response procedures in the event of a chemical spillage on site or inside the cleaning storage area, including:

undertaking correct clean-up procedures, including erecting required signs and barricades

accurately and legibly completing required incident reporting documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

application and operation of on-site communication tools, including:

mobile telephones

noticeboards

two-way radios

whiteboards

documentation requirements in the event of an incident or accident

environmental requirements relating to maintaining cleaning storage areas, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to maintaining cleaning storage areas

use of low-energy cleaning methods

use of low-moisture cleaning methods

use of low water-use equipment and water-efficient cleaning methods

use of non-chemical cleaning methods

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to maintaining cleaning storage areas, including:

health and safety legislation

industry advisory standards and codes, such as dangerous goods codes

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to SDS

procedures for safe treatment and handling of the following waste:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

processes for inventory and stock control and ordering replenishment stock

manufacturer specifications for equipment and chemicals being used.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

consumables as listed in the range of conditions

contingencies:

handling of chemicals that are past expiry

disposal of contaminated PPE and materials

handling of emergency situations

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

access to commercial or residential cleaning site with suitable cleaning storage area

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3036A Clean at high levels.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean at heights above two metres from the ground or from a solid floor construction. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting the required equipment, chemicals and cleaning methods. Cleaning at heights may occur indoors or outdoors and can involve the use of specialised equipment to access the area to be cleaned.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. The unit does not apply to work requiring the use of elevated work platforms.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify work area requirements.	1.1.	Work area and job requirements are identified and need for access equipment is confirmed according to work instructions.
1.2.	Method of accessing work area is identified according to safe work method statement (SWMS).
1.3.	Access equipment is selected, set up and inspected for defects, and issues are reported and rectified before commencing cleaning tasks.
1.4.	Safe work methods for moving cleaning equipment and chemicals are identified to minimise risks.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected according to the work task, manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure maximum efficiency for completing cleaning requirements.
1.7.	Drop sheets are placed on floor, furniture and equipment as required and according to client and site requirements.
2.	Access area to be cleaned.	2.1.	Fall protection system where required is correctly fitted, adjusted and anchored.
2.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
2.3.	Access equipment is inspected for defects, and issues are reported and rectified within scope of own responsibilities according to health and safety requirements.
2.4.	Cleaning equipment and chemicals are positioned to eliminate risk of items falling.
3.	Conduct cleaning tasks.	3.1.	Cleaning is conducted following approved procedures and SWMS.
3.2.	Communication with team members and other site personnel is maintained as required to progress cleaning tasks within agreed timelines.
3.3.	Fall protection system is kept in place and adjusted to cater for movement during cleaning process.
3.4.	Scaffold components and fall barriers are kept in place during cleaning process.
3.5.	Work area is exited following SWMS and supervisor-approved methods for moving self, cleaning equipment and chemicals to ground level.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix chemicals required for cleaning tasks using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety instructions in a range of texts, including: equipment manuals safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Planning and organising skills to:	locate and apply instructions for cleaning tasks plan and schedule cleaning tasks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Safe work method statement must include:	tools and equipment, including PPE prescribed by legislation, regulations, and work site and workplace requirements establishing exclusion areas using signs and barricades hazard identification and risk assessment for work site and job tasks health and safety and environmental requirements mandated by regulatory authorities, work site safety plan, and workplace procedures risk control measures to be implemented for job tasks safe operating procedures for: accessing, moving within, and leaving work site moving and placing tools, equipment and materials using tools and equipment at heights.
Fall protection systems must include at least one of the following:	lanyards harness.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations SWMS for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3036A Clean at high levels

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3036A Clean at high levels.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

identify, assess and manage risks while completing three different cleaning tasks at a height above two metres from the ground or from a solid floor construction, with one of the cleaning tasks requiring the use of a fall protection system

transport cleaning equipment and chemicals to the above work areas

complete the above cleaning tasks using the transported cleaning equipment and chemicals

return the cleaning equipment and chemicals to ground level at job completion.

In doing the above work, the person must:

locate, interpret and apply cleaning task information, standards and specifications

select, prepare and use required access and fall protection system and work methods

safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment

communicate and work effectively and safely with others.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning at heights, including:

Australian standards and codes of practice for the safe use of ladders

work health and safety legislation when cleaning at heights

preparation and safe use of access equipment when cleaning, including:

bosun chairs

building maintenance units

extension poles

industrial rope access

ladders, including extension ladders

scaffolding

water-fed extension brooms

processes for identifying and reporting faults in access equipment and fall protection systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

access equipment required for site

cleaning equipment required for task

fall protection systems required for site

signs and barricades required for task

materials:

cleaning products required for task

specifications:

safe work method statement (SWMS)

physical conditions:

suitable venue with cleaning required at least two metres above ground or a solid floor construction

suitable weather conditions if task performed outdoors

contingencies:

faults in access equipment

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2037A Clean external surfaces. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use cleaning equipment, chemicals and materials to remove soil from external surfaces. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task; selecting required equipment, chemicals and cleaning methods; and performing the task safely from ground level using extension poles if height access is required.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. The unit does not apply to specialised cleaning of sandstone and heritage buildings.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Type and condition of external surface are assessed, soil type is identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning techniques are confirmed according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean and tidy work site.	2.1.	Surface area is pre-sprayed with cleaning chemicals if required according to manufacturer specifications.
2.2.	Surface area is cleaned using selected and prepared equipment, chemicals and cleaning techniques to remove visible dirt and grime.
2.3.	Surface area is rinsed and wiped or squeegeed to remove streaks and excess water.
2.4.	Cleaning process is repeated if required for heavy staining.
2.5.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
2.6.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
3.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	3.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others at the same work site.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and select cleaning products and equipment for a range of external surfaces.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
External surfaces must include at least three of the following:	aluminium brick ceramic concrete marble metal polymer resin rendered surfaces terrazzo wood.
Soil types must include at least two of the following:	food and beverage stains graffiti human and animal waste mould mud and soil scuff marks.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	buckets cloths extension poles extraction units for contaminated waste garbage bins microfibre products nylon scourer pads scrapers scrubbing brushes soft bristle brooms spray bottles squeegees water-fed brooms.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves high visibility vests masks safety shoes sun protection wet-work clothing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2037A Clean external surfaces

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2037A Clean external surfaces. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

clean three of the following different external surfaces, each measuring at least 10 square metres:

aluminium

brick

ceramic

concrete

marble

metal

polymer resin

rendered surfaces

terrazzo

wood

select and use three of the following cleaning methods to clean the above surfaces:

low-water cleaning methods, such as using microfibre cleaning products

pre-spraying

rinsing

scraping

spot cleaning

squeegeeing.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of external surfaces and types of soil

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

install required safety signs and barricades at the site

correctly and safely handle waste generated or collected during the cleaning process.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

range and application of cleaning chemicals and equipment for external surfaces

cleaning techniques suited to different surface types

environmental requirements relating to cleaning external surfaces, including:

clean-up, containment and isolation procedures

environmental protection agency requirements relating to using and disposing of cleaning chemicals

use of low water-use equipment and other water-efficient cleaning methods

processes for treating and handling waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types and characteristics of external surfaces and required cleaning methods.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with a range of external surfaces as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3038A Clean food-handling areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean areas where food is dispatched, handled, inspected, packaged, prepared, processed, received, stored and transported. The unit covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task and selecting required cleaning equipment, chemicals and methods.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites, including food courts and commercial or industrial food-processing kitchens or plants.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to clean food-handling areas.	1.1.	Work site hazards, including cross-contamination, are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.2.	Requirements of food-safety program applicable to the area are accessed, interpreted and applied to planning.
1.3.	Surfaces and soil types are identified by observation, and cleaning techniques and cleaning chemicals required for task are selected and prepared.
1.4.	Equipment is selected, checked for serviceability and compliance with cleaning and sanitation requirements of food-safety program, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Consumables are obtained to meet anticipated usage patterns according to company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Replenish consumables and remove waste.	2.1.	Consumables are replenished according to client and company requirements.
2.2.	Rubbish bins are emptied, cleaned and sanitised according to specified requirements, and new replacement bin liners are inserted.
2.3.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.	Clean food-handling surfaces.	3.1.	Loose dirt and debris are removed from food-handling surfaces prior to applying cleaning treatment.
3.2.	Physical movement around food-handling areas is conducted according to food-safety program.
3.3.	Chemicals are applied to surfaces and allowed to dwell according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
3.4.	Surfaces are thoroughly rinsed and allowed to dry according to company requirements.
3.5.	Practices inconsistent with food-safety program are reported according to company requirements.
4.	Sanitise food-handling surfaces.	4.1.	Chemical sanitisers or heat are applied to food-handling surfaces according to job requirements.
4.2.	Surfaces are thoroughly rinsed and allowed to dry according to company requirements.
5.	Clean, safety check and store equipment.	5.1.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
5.2.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
5.3.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	source and apply requirements of different food-safety programs to different food-handling environments.
Numeracy skills to:	perform calculations required for diluting and mixing chemicals as specified on product labels.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals read and interpret directions and safety instructions, including: chemical labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls sharps.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Surfaces must include at least five of the following:	ceramics and porcelain chrome concrete floors and walls fridge and freezer seals glass laminate metal paint plastic stainless steel stone terracotta vinyl.
Soil types must include at least three of the following:	baked-on food and grease dust food and drink stains food and drink residue grease and oil litter mould rust tannin stains.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Equipment must include at least five of the following:	brooms brushes and dustpan buckets cleaning trolleys cloths disposable wipes doodle bugs hoses and nozzles mops sharps disposal units scourers scrapers scrubbing and polishing machines scrubbing brushes tongs squeegees.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves hair nets safety shoes tongs.
Consumables must include at least two of the following:	air fresheners bin liners disposable gloves paper hand towels liquid hand-soap.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3038A Clean food-handling areas

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3038A Clean food-handling areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean three of the following different food-handling areas:

commercial food-preparation area

commercial food-processing area

food court

food storage area

refrigeration area

public food-handling area

residential food-handling area.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify and control site hazards, including contamination hazards, before commencing cleaning, and take steps to prevent identified hazards

identify type of surfaces and soil present in the work area

select cleaning equipment required for the task

fit and use personal protective equipment (PPE) as required by work tasks to meet food business requirements

maintain housekeeping standards in food-handling area and dispose of waste to meet food-handling requirements

maintain personal hygiene to ensure that food safety is not compromised

replenish two different types of consumables.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

methods for cleaning food-handling areas, including the use of microfibre products

methods for cleaning surfaces in food-handling areas

cleaning and sanitation requirements of food-handling areas, including:

required chemicals, equipment and cleaning methods

personal hygiene practices, including:

clothing and footwear requirements associated with working and moving in and between food-handling and non food-handling areas

washing hands before entering food-handling areas

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning food-handling areas, including Food Safety Standard 3.2.2, Clause 17:3

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

disposal of packaging

sweeping detritus

used containers

used or contaminated PPE

used or unused chemicals

processes for recording and reporting health conditions and illness as required by workplace food-safety procedures

purpose and operation of food-safety program as it applies to cleaning food-handling areas, including specifications for:

how hazards can be controlled

how controls are monitored

corrective actions required if conditions are not met

information to be recorded and procedures to be signed off

key requirements of legislation and regulations relating to work in food-handling areas

responsibilities for any person visiting or working in food-handling areas

minimum procedures to ensure person does not:

contaminate food

have unnecessary contact with ready-to-eat food

spit, smoke or use tobacco or similar in food-handling areas

range of potential contamination hazards in food-handling areas, including:

chemical contamination of food caused by cleaning and sanitation chemicals

microbiological contamination of food resulting from cross-contamination when moving into and between food-handling areas

physical contamination of food caused by metal, glass, plastic and cloths used in the cleaning process

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

types and application of different signs and barricades to be installed prior to cleaning, including:

physical barricades and restraints erected to restrict access to site

signs complying with legislative requirements and Australian standards warning of danger or adverse conditions, including:

cleaning in progress

hazardous chemicals in use or present in work area.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

PPE as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

consumables as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

Food Safety Standard 3.2.2, Clause 17:3

food-safety program

work instructions and schedules

physical conditions:

work site with food-handling areas

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2010A Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to clean ceiling surfaces and their fittings. It covers assessing the ceiling and fittings to identify the type of soil present, and then selecting and preparing required equipment and cleaning processes. Ceiling surfaces and fittings may be accessed using extension poles or ladders; and surfaces are cleaned to ensure they are free from adhered soil, cobwebs and dust.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites. Ceiling surfaces can be flat, suspended or raked, and made of hard or absorbent materials.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Ceiling surface area and fittings to be cleaned are assessed, soil types are identified, job requirements are reviewed, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Cleaning techniques are selected according to company requirements.
1.4.	Equipment is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected and prepared.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
1.8.	Pre-existing damage is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean ceilings and fittings.	2.1.	Floor, furniture and equipment are covered with drop sheets according to company requirements.
2.2.	Cobwebs and dry dust are removed from ceiling and fittings using required equipment according to job requirements.
2.3.	Difficult to reach areas are vacuumed according to job requirements.
2.4.	Fittings are dry wiped according to job requirements.
2.5.	Chemical solution is applied, if required, to surfaces and fittings, allowed to dwell, and rinsed from surfaces according to manufacturer specifications and job requirements.
2.6.	Adhered soil is removed and delicate surfaces are cleaned using equipment, including stepladder, selected according to manufacturer safety recommendations.
3.	Tidy work site.	3.1.	Collected soil and waste are disposed of according to client and company specifications, and legislative, environmental, and health and safety requirements.
3.2.	Furniture and fittings are returned to original position according to job requirements.
3.3.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret simple, structured manufacturer instructions when using equipment and preparing chemicals interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Fittings must include at least five of the following:	audiovisual equipment cameras ceiling fans ceiling roses cornices lighting tracks pendant lighting recessed lights skylights sprinkler systems vents and grilles.
Hazards to be assessed must include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with safe work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least three of the following:	buckets cleaning cloths cleaning trolleys cobwebbers drop sheets dust mops extension poles flat mop lamb’s wool applicators microfibre cloths sponges vacuum cleaner and accessories.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least one of the following:	glass cleaners solvent cleaners surfactants.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection goggles masks safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2010A Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2010A Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

dust and cobweb one ceiling from the ground, using equipment selected for the job

use selected equipment and materials to clean five of the following fittings:

audiovisual equipment

cameras

ceiling fans

ceiling roses

cornices

lighting tracks

pendant lighting

recessed lights

skylights

sprinkler systems

vents and grilles

one of the above fittings must be accessed using a stepladder according to manufacturer and safety specifications.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

identify type and characteristics of ceiling surface and fittings

select and prepare cleaning equipment and chemicals required for the task

use safe and efficient cleaning methods

correctly and safely handle waste, including contaminated materials

comply with company requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning techniques for removing soil from ceiling surfaces and fittings

types and characteristics of cleaning chemicals and their application on different surfaces, including:

application techniques

risks of damage to surfaces caused by use of incompatible chemicals

environmental and health controls

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to cleaning ceiling surfaces and fittings

processes for safely handling and disposing of waste, including:

chemicals past their expiry date

obsolete equipment

packaging

used containers

used or contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE)

used or unused chemicals

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS)

types of ceiling and fitting surfaces and their characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning chemicals as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

product labels

SDS

safety instructions

physical conditions:

work site or venue with ceiling surfaces and fittings

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2043A Clean using microfibre techniques.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques to clean a range of surfaces, including durable and soft surfaces on floors, furniture and fittings. It covers assessing the capacity for microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques to clean surfaces, selecting required equipment and cleaning techniques, and ensuring microfibre products are cleaned and stored following the cleaning work according to manufacturer specifications.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for cleaning.	1.1.	Area to be cleaned is assessed, and company and client requirements are identified and confirmed.
1.2.	Pre-existing damage to surfaces is identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.3.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.4.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is sourced according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.5.	Microfibre cleaning equipment is selected according to type of surface, level of soiling, and company colour-coding procedures; and is prepared for use.
2.	Undertake cleaning process.	2.1.	Water is applied to low level stains and surface is cleaned using selected equipment.
2.2.	Dry microfibre cleaning equipment is applied to surfaces, dust and dry debris are removed, and surface cleaning is finished to client requirements.
2.3.	Damp microfibre cleaning equipment is applied to surfaces, and surfaces are cleaned and finished according to client requirements.
2.4.	Stains and marks that cannot be removed during the cleaning process are identified and reported according to company procedures and client requirements.
2.5.	Microfibre cleaning equipment is checked regularly during cleaning process and soiled equipment is stored separately from unsoiled equipment while moving between cleaning areas.
3.	Clean and store equipment.	3.1.	Microfibre cleaning equipment is washed, dried and sanitised as required and according to manufacturer specifications.
3.2.	Microfibre cleaning equipment is stored according to company procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret and apply manufacturer instructions for cleaning and maintaining microfibre equipment interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals manufacturer instructions safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify type of soiling and confirm use of microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques required for the task.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	clothing eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.
Microfibre cleaning equipment must include at least three of the following:	cleaning trolley cloths dusting wand mitts mops spray bottles squeegees.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2043A Clean using microfibre techniques

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2043A Clean using microfibre techniques.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean two of the following surfaces in a commercial or residential work site, using microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques:

fittings

floor

furniture.

In doing the above work, the person must:

assess and manage work site risks

assess suitability of microfibre and chemical-free cleaning techniques for the task

clean and store used microfibre equipment at the end of the cleaning task according to manufacturer specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

benefits and application of microfibre and low-water techniques when cleaning

characteristics and techniques of microfibre and chemical-free cleaning products

colour-coding conventions used when handling and storing cleaning products

company processes and procedures, including:

biological and viral control

emergency response and evacuation procedures

environmental protection procedures

hazard and risk assessment techniques

health and safety procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

company procedures required for the cleaning tasks specified in the performance evidence, including:

client and contractual requirements

company service standards

documentation and information systems and processes

work roles and responsibilities

use of electronic job scheduling and communication devices

methods for cleaning microfibre cloths and mops.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

microfibre cleaning equipment as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

colour-coding conventions

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue with surfaces listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2044A Prepare rooms for guests and residents. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare rooms for guests or residents in a range of accommodation types. It covers assessing the extent of the cleaning task; selecting required equipment, chemicals and methods; and performing cleaning tasks safely.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to preparing rooms for guests or residents in a range of accommodation types, including private residences, hotels and motels.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare to service guest room.	1.1.	Work site hazards are assessed and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.2.	Cleaning methods are selected according to job requirements.
1.3.	Equipment required for room cleaning is selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.4.	Required cleaning chemicals are selected, prepared and loaded safely on to cleaning trolley.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.6.	Pre-existing damage to room and contents is identified and reported according to company requirements.
1.7.	Signs and barricades are selected and installed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
2.	Inspect rooms.	2.1.	Rooms are accessed in the correct order and with minimum disruption to guests or residents.
2.2.	Guest or resident items left in vacated rooms are collected and stored according to company requirements.
2.3.	Pests are identified promptly and action is taken to eliminate them according to safety and company procedures.
2.4.	Unusual and suspect items or occurrences are reported promptly according to company procedures.
3.	Clean and service rooms.	3.1.	Linen is removed from beds, checked for stains and damage, and transferred for cleaning.
3.2.	Clean bed linen is fitted according to job requirements.
3.3.	Furniture, fixtures and fittings are cleaned according to client requirements.
3.4.	Room supplies for each room are checked and replenished or replaced according to client requirements.
3.5.	Signs and barricades are removed according to health and safety, and company requirements.
4.	Clean and safety check equipment, and store equipment and chemicals.	4.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.
4.2.	Unused chemicals are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required chemicals using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements respond clearly and concisely to client questions.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: equipment operating manuals product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	document and report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Equipment must include at least two of the following:	brushes buckets cleaning and polishing cloths mops vacuum cleaners.
Rooms must include at least three of the following:	balcony bathroom bedroom kitchen lounge room.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable respirators eye protection gloves masks safety shoes sun protection.
Furniture, fixtures and fittings must include at least three of the following:	desks floor surfaces light fittings mirrors and glassware refrigerators shelving soft furnishings telephones televisions wardrobes.
Room supplies must include at least two of the following:	bathroom supplies crockery and cutlery fridge supplies glassware linen local information magazines and newspapers stationery tea, coffee and sugar.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO2044A Prepare rooms for guests and residents

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO2044A Prepare rooms for guests and residents. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

prepare three of the following rooms for guests:

balcony

bathroom

bedroom

kitchen

lounge room

for each of the above rooms, replenish two of the following different room supplies:

bathroom supplies

crockery and cutlery

fridge supplies

glassware

linen

local information

magazines and newspapers

stationery

tea, coffee and sugar.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing the task

select and prepare equipment required for the task, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

use safe and efficient cleaning methods.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning chemicals and equipment for cleaning room furniture, fixtures and fittings

cleaning methods, including:

methods for various types of furniture, fixtures and fittings

pre-spotting and stain removal

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards when preparing rooms for guests and residents, including:

privacy requirements

health and safety requirements

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

room supplies as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

SDS

physical conditions:

work site or venue with fully equipped guest or resident rooms with a range of furniture, fixtures and fittings requiring cleaning

housekeeping storage area

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO3044A Clean using steam sanitising techniques. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to remove all soils and microorganisms from a range of frequently touched surfaces. It covers selecting required cleaning equipment and solutions, applying techniques to remove contaminants from the high-touch surfaces, and preventing cross-contamination.

The unit supports cleaners who work alone or in teams. It applies to removing soil from high-touch surfaces in a range of commercial and residential work sites. It also applies to non-medical contexts, such as healthcare, aged care and childcare facilities; and to public areas, such as food courts, waiting rooms, washrooms and offices. The high-touch surfaces include door handles, hand railings, dining tables, nappy change tables, desks, reception counters, computer keyboards and mice, telephones and light switches.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Work instructions are obtained, high-touch surfaces and soil types are identified and assessed, and required cleaning methods are selected and confirmed.
1.2.	Work site hazards are identified and risks controlled according to company, legislative, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Colour-coded cleaning equipment is selected according to area to be cleaned, checked for serviceability and cleanliness, and replaced as required before starting work.
1.4.	Cleaning solutions are selected and prepared according to surface and soil to be cleaned, and client and company requirements.
1.5.	Tasks are sequenced to ensure hygiene and efficiency in completion of cleaning tasks.
1.6.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
1.7.	Pre-existing damage to surfaces is identified and reported according to company requirements.
2.	Clean surfaces.	2.1.	Loose soil and debris are removed from surfaces using required cleaning equipment and techniques.
2.2.	Required cleaning solution is applied to surfaces using correctly prepared cleaning equipment, and allowed to dwell according to manufacturer specifications.
2.3.	Surfaces are wiped clean using selected cleaning tools and techniques.
2.4.	Surfaces are rinsed free of residual cleaning solutions using selected equipment and techniques.
2.5.	Moisture is removed from surfaces using required equipment or allowed to air dry according to company requirements.
3.	Clean and store equipment.	3.1.	Unused cleaning solutions are stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety and company requirements.
3.2.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned, safety checked and stored or disposed of according to manufacturer specifications and environmental, health and safety, and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	dilute and mix required cleaning solutions using whole numbers and routine fractions.
Oral communication skills to:	request advice or further information from personnel.
Reading skills to:	interpret directions and safety instructions, including: product labels safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	report faults in equipment to manufacturer and other personnel.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and apply required solutions and cleaning techniques to different high-touch surfaces.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Soil types must include:	chemical residue dust fingerprints moisture smears soil stickiness.
Hazards that must be assessed include:	biological and environmental contaminants chemical exposure via absorption, ingestion and inhalation chemical reactivity cross-contamination dust and fibre particulates electrical environmental allergens explosions fatigue fire manual handling noise poor ventilation slips, trips and falls syringes and sharps working in confined spaces.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Cleaning equipment must include at least two of the following:	disposable wipes dusting cloths microfibre cloths pre-impregnated disinfectant wipes pre-impregnated dusting wipes reusable cleaning cloths spray or squeeze bottles.
Cleaning solutions must include at least two of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners disinfectants ionised water low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners soapy water water.
Sequence of cleaning must include cleaning:	cleanest to dirtiest surfaces top to bottom of vertical surfaces.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	eye protection gloves masks safety shoes.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPCLO3044A Clean using steam sanitising techniques. This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.
Release 2	Minor update to typo in the Knowledge Evidence, replace 'distilling' with 'diluting'. This version released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clean five of the following high-touch surfaces:

computer keyboards and mouse

desks

dining tables

door handles

hand railings

light switches

nappy change tables

reception counters

telephone receivers.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify site hazards and control risks before commencing cleaning tasks

select and prepare cleaning solutions and equipment required for the task

ensure surfaces are completely free of all soil types.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

application and limitation of different cleaning solutions

cleaning techniques for nappy change tables

processes for preventing cross-contamination while cleaning, including:

application and use of colour-coded cleaning equipment

sequence cleaning tasks to ensure hygiene and efficiency

maintenance and storage of cleaning equipment

processes for maintaining personal hygiene to minimise spread of infection and germs

safe handling techniques for working with hazardous chemicals, including:

emergency chemical spill control measures

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe methods for diluting chemicals

working according to safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

cleaning equipment as listed in the range of conditions

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

cleaning solutions as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines

SDS

physical conditions:

suitable venue with access to high-touch surfaces listed in the range of conditions

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to brief a cleaning team on the client and workplace requirements for cleaning a work site. It involves identifying the client requirements, service level agreement, cleaning schedules and cleaning techniques for different areas of the work site; and planning and delivering induction sessions for cleaning team members. Induction includes a work site tour and presentation, including demonstrations where required, to ensure team members are fully informed of the cleaning tasks, schedules and quality standards required. The induction must also cover all health, safety and environmental compliance and security requirements.

The unit supports those who supervise small cleaning teams and take responsibility for the quality of cleaning at a particular work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare for cleaning team induction.	1.1.	Information relating to work site cleaning requirements is obtained and analysed, and items relevant to cleaning team are noted for inclusion in induction.
1.2.	Arrangements for induction tour are negotiated and confirmed with client and induction session is scheduled according to workplace requirements.
1.3.	Communication strategies that meet the needs of team members are identified for use in induction activities.
1.4.	Presentation, demonstrations and induction tour are planned, and personal notes and induction documentation for cleaning team are prepared.
1.5.	Cleaning team is notified of scheduled induction presentation and work site tour.
2.	Present induction information.	2.1.	Cleaning team members are introduced and roles and responsibilities are outlined.
2.2.	Client business activity, work site location, and cleaning requirements are explained to cleaning team.
2.3.	Documentation relating to cleaning task details is distributed and explained.
3.	Conduct work site induction tour.	3.1.	Work site access and security details are explained and cleaning team members are introduced to relevant site personnel.
3.2.	Work site areas are identified, cleaning techniques specific to each area are demonstrated, and coaching is provided to team members as required.
3.3	Work site health, safety and environmental requirements and emergency procedures are identified and explained.
3.4.	Questions from cleaning team members are invited and addressed throughout induction tour and demonstrations.
3.5.	Cleaning team members’ understanding of client and work site requirements is confirmed and further explanation, demonstrations and coaching are provided as required.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	prepare simple schedules and checklists relating to required frequency of cleaning tasks.
Oral communication skills to:	present and explain cleaning requirements for new site to team members using accessible language question team members to determine their understanding of induction information present information to team members in a sequence that is easy to understand.
Reading skills to:	identify information from the following for inclusion in induction material: client work site documentation health and safety and environmental protection legislation workplace policies and procedures.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear, sequenced documents for induction session, including work site information and cleaning procedures.
Problem-solving skills to:	understand and apply knowledge of learning styles of team members to then present information in suitable formats.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site must include:	wet areas food service areas general office areas public areas.
Induction tour must include:	access to, and security requirements of, work site areas to be cleaned and cleaning techniques to be used introduction to work site personnel supplies to be used and storage arrangements.
Induction documentation must include at least three of the following:	cleaning equipment colour-coding conventions company policies and procedures relating to cleaner’s work attendance emergency contact numbers hazard and incident reporting requirements safety requirements site map.
Cleaning task details must include:	methods schedules material and equipment storage.
Work site health and safety must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting safety data sheets (SDS) selection and use of required personal protective equipment (PPE) storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Emergency procedures must include:	calling emergency numbers as required use of first aid according to SDS information.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

conduct an induction presentation and tour at a work site for a cleaning team consisting of a minimum of three members

document the above induction presentation

interpret client, legislative and workplace requirements and apply to induction presentation and documentation.

The above induction presentation must involve the following four different areas to be cleaned:

wet area

food service area

general office area

public area.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning techniques, and associated equipment and materials, suitable for different types of areas within work sites

communication and presentation techniques for presenting induction information to team members

information required in order to assess cleaning contract requirements and include required information in induction, including:

client service level agreement

health, safety and environmental protection legislation

workplace policies and procedures, including sustainability policies

work site information, including:

access and security arrangements

numbers and types of areas to be cleaned

storage areas for cleaning supplies

client requirements relating to cleaning schedules and tasks for different types of areas within work sites

safe handling and operating procedures for cleaning equipment and materials, including cleaning chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

cleaning equipment for demonstrating techniques

materials:

cleaning materials for demonstrating techniques

specifications:

client service level agreement

physical conditions:

cleaning team with a minimum of three members

work site with a minimum of four areas to be cleaned

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team

relationship with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to investigate cleaning methods and materials to develop new techniques for dealing with cleaning problems, such as stubborn stains, discolouration, deposits and moulds. It involves consulting with cleaning equipment and material suppliers, trialling new methods for dealing with cleaning problems, and demonstrating new techniques to cleaning teams. The unit also covers monitoring the effectiveness of new methods and introducing adjustments in consultation with suppliers and cleaning staff.

The unit supports those who supervise small cleaning teams and take responsibility for the quality of cleaning at a particular work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Analyse cleaning problems.	1.1.	Cleaning problems are identified in consultation with cleaning team and client.
1.2.	Locations of cleaning problems are examined, substrate is identified, and photographs and samples are taken as required.
1.3.	Cleaning techniques that have been applied to the problem are identified and effectiveness is assessed in consultation with cleaning team.
1.4.	Adaptations to current cleaning techniques that comply with client and workplace requirements are trialled and effectiveness is assessed.
2.	Investigate new cleaning techniques.	2.1.	Alternative cleaning techniques that address the problem and substrate, and comply with client and workplace requirements, are researched and identified.
2.2.	Industry networks, manufacturers and suppliers, are consulted on alternative cleaning techniques that address the problem and substrate, and comply with client and workplace requirements.
2.3.	Cost-effectiveness of alternative cleaning techniques is assessed and new cleaning techniques are selected for trialling.
3.	Trial new cleaning techniques.	3.1.	Equipment and materials required for trialling new cleaning techniques are identified and obtained according to workplace procedures.
3.2.	Locations where cleaning problems are most severe are identified for trialling new cleaning techniques.
3.3.	Cleaning techniques are applied according to research findings and manufacturer specifications, and results are assessed over recommended time period.
3.4.	Variations to new cleaning techniques recommended by research findings, consultation and manufacturer specifications are trialled, as required.
3.5.	Results of new cleaning techniques, including details of variations to techniques, are recorded and effectiveness is assessed.
4.	Implement and monitor new cleaning techniques.	4.1.	Effective new cleaning techniques are documented and communicated or demonstrated to cleaning team, as required.
4.2.	Cleaning team’s implementation of new cleaning techniques is observed and coaching on application of techniques is provided as required.
4.3.	Effectiveness of new cleaning technique is monitored, recorded and reported according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply knowledge of cleaning techniques used for different problems and substrates and develop modifications to suit new problems find information on new cleaning techniques using simple internet searches.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate numbers and volume of equipment and cleaning materials required calculate probable costs of new cleaning techniques compare costs of different new cleaning techniques.
Oral communication skills to:	explain cleaning problem clearly to external industry personnel and discuss possible solutions present and explain new cleaning techniques to team members using accessible language and in a sequence that is easy to understand.
Reading skills to:	interpret and analyse manufacturer information regarding: product capacity to assist in solving cleaning problems safe handling and operation of product.
Writing skills to:	maintain records of new cleaning techniques applied, including assessment of success and cost-effectiveness.
Technology skills to:	access and search the internet.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Substrate must include three of the following:	carpet concrete fabric glass painted surface plastic metal tiles vinyl surface wood.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop cleaning techniques for three of the following cleaning problems, each involving a different substrate as listed in the range of conditions:

stubborn stains

discolouration

deposits

moulds.

In doing the above work, the person must:

research possible cleaning techniques with networks, manufacturers and suppliers to identify agreed cleaning techniques

interpret and apply the following information relating to developing, implementing and monitoring new cleaning techniques:

safe handling and operating procedures for cleaning equipment and materials, including cleaning chemicals

health, safety and environmental protection legislation

workplace policies and procedures, including sustainability policies.

apply the new cleaning techniques over a recommended timeframe agreed with those consulted, and assess results.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common types of cleaning problems and cleaning techniques used to resolve them on different types of substrates

equipment and materials required to implement new cleaning techniques

industry personnel and networks that could provide information on solutions to cleaning problems

internet research strategies and sources for finding information about products that could assist in identifying and resolving new cleaning techniques

methods for coaching team members in new cleaning techniques

methods for identifying causes of cleaning problems and type of substrate

methods for monitoring success and cost-effectiveness of new cleaning techniques

safe handling and operating procedures for cleaning equipment and materials, including cleaning chemicals

workplace requirements for developing, implementing and monitoring new cleaning techniques, including compliance with:

health, safety and environmental protection legislation

workplace policies and procedures, including sustainability policies.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

cleaning equipment

telephone

computer with internet access

materials:

cleaning chemicals

specifications:

manufacturer product information

physical conditions:

three different cleaning problems on different substrates

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibilities for a small team

relationship with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure that equipment used by a cleaning team is inspected, serviced and maintained regularly, is fit for purpose, and is replaced when required. The equipment involved includes items such as high pressure hoses, high-reach safety ladders, steam cleaners, vacuum cleaners, buffers, scrubbers and sweepers.

The unit involves conducting regular audits and developing and monitoring maintenance schedules.

The unit supports those who supervise cleaning teams and take responsibility for the quality of cleaning at a particular work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Initiate equipment audit and maintenance procedures.	1.1.	Initial equipment audit is conducted and number, type, age and condition of work site cleaning equipment are identified and noted.
1.2.	Maintenance requirements and service providers for different types of equipment are determined from manufacturer recommendations and company procedures.
1.3.	Maintenance schedules and checklists for work site equipment are developed and confirmed with cleaning team, service providers and required company personnel.
1.4.	Work site equipment audit schedule is developed and confirmed with required company personnel.
2.	Manage equipment faults.	2.1.	Company procedures for equipment fault reporting are confirmed and explained to cleaning team members.
2.2.	Equipment fault reports are followed up promptly and substitute equipment is provided to cleaning team, or alternative cleaning methods are explained and demonstrated as required.
2.3.	Service providers are notified of equipment faults, and repair or replacement strategies are negotiated, actioned and recorded.
2.4.	Repaired or replacement equipment is examined and operation is checked according to company procedures before releasing to cleaning team for use.
3.	Monitor equipment maintenance.	3.1.	Maintenance activities to be conducted by cleaning staff are explained and demonstrated, and observed and checked periodically.
3.2.	Regular maintenance checklists completed by cleaning team are monitored.
3.3.	Maintenance conducted by service providers, including electrical tag and testing services, is monitored to ensure scheduled checks are completed.
3.4.	Maintenance records and reports from service providers are reviewed and processed according to workplace procedures.
4.	Audit and manage work site equipment.	4.1.	Number, type, age and condition of work site cleaning equipment are assessed and compared to initial or previous audit and noted.
4.2.	Equipment requiring replacement is noted and suitable alternatives are researched and discussed with cleaning team and required company personnel.
4.3.	Replacement equipment is selected and obtained according to company procedures.
4.4.	Industry information is reviewed regularly and new types of equipment suitable for workplace cleaning activities are noted for future reference.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply knowledge of cleaning equipment operation, common faults and required repairs to assess condition of equipment and effectiveness of maintenance, service and repair work locate and use reliable sources for information about advances in equipment technology and performance.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical data in manufacturer information to identify types and regularity of maintenance requirements for different equipment.
Oral communication skills to:	explain fault reporting requirements and maintenance activities in language suitable for cleaning team members negotiate services to be provided by equipment repair and service providers using technical language.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical details of manufacturer recommendations for regular maintenance, service and repair of equipment.
Writing skills to:	complete equipment audit documentation according to company requirements develop equipment maintenance schedules and checklists in suitable formats for use by cleaning team.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Equipment must include at least five of the following:	high pressure hoses high-reach safety ladders steam cleaners vacuum cleaners buffers scrubbers sweepers.
Maintenance requirements must include:	daily, weekly and monthly operator maintenance tasks, including keeping equipment and attachments clean electronic tagging and testing periodic maintenance and servicing to be provided by manufacturer-approved service providers inspecting for damage cleaning filters and parts replacing consumables charging batteries.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also audit cleaning equipment and manage and monitor equipment servicing, maintenance and replacement for a cleaning work site.

The cleaning equipment to be audited must include five of the following:

high pressure hose

high-reach safety ladder

steam cleaner

industrial vacuum cleaner

buffer

scrubber

sweeper.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

communication strategies for ensuring cleaning team members understand equipment maintenance and fault reporting requirements

types of equipment used in the cleaning industry

manufacturer recommendations for equipment maintenance and servicing requirements

common faults in cleaning equipment and repairs required to rectify them

company procedures relating to auditing equipment and managing maintenance and supply, including:

engaging service providers

fault reporting

health and safety

purchasing.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

at least five pieces of the cleaning equipment listed in the performance evidence

specifications:

company procedures for maintaining cleaning equipment

manufacturer recommendations for maintaining and servicing equipment

physical conditions:

work site with cleaning team

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team.

Timeframe:

according to client requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPCCLO4022A Organise and monitor cleaning operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to schedule and allocate staff to cleaning tasks to meet contracted service level agreements. It covers monitoring the efficiency and quality of the work through cleaning audits, preparing audit reports, and applying the information to ensure staff effectiveness for a cleaning contract. The unit involves interpreting client work orders, and applying knowledge of staff skills and availability and the range of cleaning methods available and required for the contract.

The unit supports cleaning supervisory staff with responsibility for supporting a small team and ensuring work targets are met. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine work site requirements.	1.1.	Work site areas to be cleaned are assessed, and scope of cleaning work is clarified with client or nominated representative.
1.2.	Detailed client needs and expectations for cleaning different areas of work site are determined and recorded according to company requirements.
1.3.	Special requirements arising from site characteristics or client requests are identified according to company and health and safety requirements.
1.4.	Client’s reporting requirements are clarified and reporting format negotiated and developed according to company requirements.
2.	Analyse resource requirements of required cleaning tasks and provide resources.	2.1.	Shift arrangements, number of cleaners, and specific skill levels required to meet client needs are determined.
2.2.	Numbers, skills and availability of cleaners are analysed to identify shortfalls and recruitment procedures are initiated according to company procedures.
2.3.	Work schedules are developed and suitably qualified cleaners are assigned to shifts and work site cleaning areas according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.4.	Human resource requirements and staff schedules are assessed or reorganised according to company procedures when contingencies and special requests from clients arise.
3.	Communicate and monitor work requirements.	3.1.	Cleaning team members are advised of work requirements according to company requirements.
3.2.	Cleaning schedule checklists are prepared and displayed at work site as required, and cleaning team is briefed using checklists.
3.3.	Work site audit schedule and checklist are prepared according to client needs and company procedures.
3.4.	Work team members’ understanding of their tasks and responsibilities is confirmed according to company requirements.
3.5.	Regular work site audits are conducted to ensure compliance with customer needs, cleaners’ performance is monitored, and adjustments to work practices are made according to company requirements.
3.6.	Restrictions affecting completion of work or changes in client needs are identified and work schedules are adjusted according to company requirements.
3.7.	Client reports are prepared and processed according to agreed procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	draw on prior knowledge of cleaning work and work sites to assess scope of work.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate human resource requirements from estimated hours of work required per day, health and safety requirements, and cleaners’ availability.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify details of cleaning requirements with client to inform selection of cleaning methods and materials and development of task outlines and auditing checklists give detailed briefing to cleaning staff outlining work requirements and responsibilities using accessible language.
Reading skills to:	interpret manufacturer information about equipment, chemicals and consumables in order to select and obtain required materials for the cleaning work.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear sequential schedules and associated checklists for team members to complete.
Planning and organising skills to:	allocate cleaning tasks efficiently according to staff skills and experience.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site areas must include:	wet areas food service areas general office areas public areas.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting safety data sheets (SDS) selection and use of required personal protective equipment (PPE) storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Work requirements must include:	work schedules individual tasks cleaning methods quality standards supplies to be used storage arrangements.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO4022A Organise and monitor cleaning operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4022A Organise and monitor cleaning operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

schedule and monitor cleaning staff for cleaning operations in one of the following types of premises:

wet areas

food service areas

general office areas

public areas

clarify details of the cleaning work requirements for the above premises, including:

timing of access to work site and specific access and egress points

completion times and dates

details of different cleaning tasks

dress and presentation requirements

need for cleaners to communicate while on site with client or members of the public

required use of signs and barricades

work site contact persons.

In doing the above work, the person must:

analyse work order and assess resource requirements

comply with company requirements relating to staff scheduling, including award or enterprise agreements

develop work schedules for cleaning tasks, ensuring that scheduling and resourcing meet client and company requirements

implement effective system for monitoring the completion of cleaning work order

identify and supply equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE), chemicals and consumables to work team.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company processes and procedures, including those relating to:

biological and viral control

emergency response and evacuation procedures

environmental protection procedures

identifying hazards and controlling risks

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

work health and safety (WHS) procedures

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to scheduling cleaning staff, including award or enterprise agreements

mathematical methods required to calculate resource requirements specific to work order

product knowledge, including:

chemicals and their uses

cleaning equipment and its uses

surfaces and effective and compatible cleaning methods

types of restrictions that may affect volume of work and procedures for addressing contingencies that arise, including assessment of:

amount of cleaning anticipated

client activities at the work site during scheduled cleaning times

team member level of literacy and communication skills

faulty or unsuitable equipment

site accessibility

site hazards

skills of work unit or team

staffing resources

time limitations

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe work practices for using:

chemicals

equipment, including PPE

work order specifications.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

materials:

client work order, instructions or service level agreement

scheduling and rostering documentation

physical:

cleaning work sites as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team

relationship with client:

client contact required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4024A Control the supply of resources to the work site.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to manage the supply of cleaning equipment, chemicals and consumables used when providing cleaning services at a work site. Supply is based on sound understanding of available cleaning methods, the equipment and chemicals used for each method, and demand estimates. The unit covers updating information on products and equipment and amending orders to improve cost-effectiveness.

The unit supports supervisory staff responsible for selecting and ensuring the continuous availability of cleaning supplies at a work site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and order required supplies.	1.1.	Work site areas to be cleaned are assessed, cleaning methods to be applied are confirmed according to company requirements, and issues are clarified.
1.2.	Types of required equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE), cleaning chemicals and consumables are determined according to client, company and work health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Suitability of different options for the supply of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables is assessed and items are selected to meet cleaning requirements.
1.4	Quantities of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are estimated and ordered to meet anticipated demand, based on cleaning and health and safety requirements.
2.	Control and maintain stocks of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables.	2.1.	Stock control system for equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables is implemented and operated according to health and safety and company requirements.
2.2.	Equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are acquired according to company requirements.
2.3.	Usage patterns are monitored and equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are re-ordered according to manufacturer specifications and legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
2.4.	Stock records and chemical register are maintained according to legislative, health and safety, and company requirements.
3.	Review effectiveness of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables.	3.1.	Effectiveness and efficiency of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are reviewed according to company requirements.
3.2.	Industry information is reviewed and new products are assessed in comparison with existing selections of supplies.
3.3.	Recommendations for future purchases of equipment, PPE, chemicals and consumables are recorded and discussed with required personnel according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply prior knowledge of cleaning tasks and methods to assess equipment, chemicals and consumables required identify and access reliable sources of industry information about new products.
Numeracy skills to:	manage stock control systems estimate turnover of supplies.
Oral communication skills to:	confirm details of cleaning tasks required and methods to be used question suppliers and manufacturers about new product performance using technical language.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety data sheets (SDS) for cleaning chemicals and ensuring availability of required PPE ensure correct supplies for splashes or spillage are available at work site interpret equipment operating manuals.
Writing skills to:	maintain stock control documentation prepare notes on cost-effectiveness, characteristics and performance of new products.
Planning and organising skills to:	implement stock control system efficiently, and on a first-in first-out basis for chemicals, to minimise waste.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site areas must include:	wet areas food service areas general office areas public areas.
Equipment must include at least three of the following:	brooms buckets cleaning trolleys cloths cobwebbers dustpans and brushes dusters extension poles mops scouring pads scrapers scrubbers site communication devices spray bottles squeegees vacuum cleaners and attachments window cleaning equipment.
Personal protective equipment must include at least two of the following:	ear muffs and plugs gloves eye protection high visibility vests and clothing protective clothing disposable respirators safety shoes splash-proof face masks sun protection tongs wet-work clothing.
Cleaning chemicals must include at least two of the following:	acid cleaners alkaline cleaners low environmental impact chemicals neutral cleaners solvent cleaners.
Consumables must include at least one of the following:	air freshener hand towels liner bags soap toilet paper.
Work health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required PPE storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO4024A Control the supply of resources to the work site

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4024A Control the supply of resources to the work site.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

assess the requirements for equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE), chemicals and consumables for one work site over a two-week period

in doing the above work:

select suitable supplies for the cleaning methods used

estimate volume of supplies required over the timeframe and ensure a continuous supply of suitable supplies to the work site

implement and maintain effective stores and ordering systems

review effectiveness of current products.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cleaning tasks, methods and supplies required, including:

cleaning chemicals and their uses

cleaning equipment, including PPE and its uses

methods for assessing effectiveness of cleaning products

sources of information for updating knowledge

surfaces to be cleaned and compatible cleaning methods

company requirements relating to managing the supply of cleaning stores to the work site, including:

client communication and confidentiality procedures and service standards

environmental protection procedures

quality and continuous improvement processes and standards

records and information systems and processes

stock purchasing processes and procedures

work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures, including:

emergency procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

risk assessment and hazard control

routes of entry and potential symptoms of exposure to chemicals

safe operating practices and procedures

safe work method statements

manufacturer specifications relating to supplies, including:

equipment operating manuals

instructional guides

product labels

safety data sheets (SDS)

safety instructions pre-printed on equipment

mathematical methods for estimating resources

regulatory compliance requirements in relation to managing the supply of cleaning stores to the work site, including:

AS 2508 Safe storage and handling information card for hazardous material

key requirements of legislation and regulations relating to managing work site cleaning stores, including:

chemical controls

chemical registers and manifests

consumer protection

energy conservation

environmental protection

industrial equipment certificates of competency or licences

health and safety legislation and regulations

privacy

public health

water conservation

quality assurance and certification requirements

stock control procedures and methods.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

cleaning equipment and PPE required for a work site

materials:

cleaning chemicals and consumables as listed in the range of conditions

company procedures for managing the supply of cleaning stores to the work site, including purchasing procedures

specifications:

AS 2508 Safe storage and handling information card for hazardous material

manufacturer information relating to cleaning products

physical conditions:

work site areas to be cleaned, as listed in the range of conditions

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4025A Provide quotation for cleaning services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assess client requirements, calculate the cost of required cleaning services and service conditions, and develop quotations for clients detailing both. Comprehensive knowledge is required of the use of cleaning equipment and chemicals, the range of cleaning methods available and the associated human resource requirements, as well as the company’s quoting policies and procedures.

The unit supports cleaning company staff who liaise with new clients. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Cleaning operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess and calculate cost of services.	1.1.	Client is contacted and work site is assessed, as required, according to company procedures.
1.2.	Client and work site details and cleaning requirements are noted and client record is created according to company requirements.
1.3.	Human resource requirements and product and costing information are sourced, selected and interpreted according to company requirements.
1.4.	Costs, taxes and profit margin are calculated according to company requirements.
1.5.	Calculations are checked, and detailed and legible records of methods of calculations are kept, according to company requirements.
2.	Provide quotation to client.	2.1.	Accurate details of cost of service and conditions and limitations of quotation are included in quotations according to company requirements.
2.2.	Quotations are provided to client according to company requirements.
2.3.	Options, with secondary quotations, are offered according to company requirements.
2.4.	Details of quotations are recorded accurately and legibly and retained on file according to company requirements.
3.	Respond to request for variation of existing contract.	3.1.	Client request for variation is handled by authorised person as determined by company requirements.
3.2.	Requests are assessed according to company requirements.
3.3.	Accurate costing is prepared and quotation for requested changes is provided according to company requirements.
3.4.	Client record is updated and details of quotation are recorded according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply previous knowledge of work sites and cleaning requirements to assess scope of work at a new site.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate numbers and volume of required human resources, equipment and cleaning materials apply company costing policies and procedures, including formulas and percentages for calculating taxes and profit margins.
Oral communication skills to:	identify details of client requirements in order to provide accurate quotations.
Reading skills to:	interpret company policies and procedures in relation to estimating, costing and quoting for cleaning services.
Planning and organising skills to:	assess feasibility of fulfilling requests for variations to contracts.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site must include:	wet areas food service areas general office areas public areas.
Conditions and limitations of quotation must include:	dates of quotations general conditions and rules inclusions and exclusions expiry dates of quotations payment details.
Requests for variation must be in response to four of the following:	change in level of client’s business contractor requirements emergencies irregular requirements, such as shampoo carpet or window cleaning new building work.
Requests must be assessed against:	existing contract conditions additional work required capacity to respond.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO4025A Provide quotation for cleaning services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCLO4025A Provide quotation for cleaning services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

prepare a quotation for cleaning services for two different new work sites, where each quotation must:

comply with company requirements

reflect company policies and procedures

present service offer, costing and conditions, and limitations of the quotation

respond to two different requests for variations to existing contracts for cleaning services.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

consumer protection issues and fair trading and trade practices requirements relating to cleaning operations

contractual requirements, including processes for handling and responding to requests to vary contracts

company processes and procedures, including those relating to:

client records

environmental protection procedures

health and safety procedures

purchasing policy and processes

reporting procedures

key requirements of legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to providing quotations for cleaning services, including:

chemical controls

chemical registers and manifests

energy conservation

environmental protection

privacy

public health

water conservation

work health and safety (WHS)

mathematical methods for calculating costs, taxes and profit margins

product and service knowledge, including:

effective and compatible cleaning methods for various surface types

chemicals and their uses

cleaning equipment and its uses

work order specifications.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

contingencies:

two requests for variations to contracts

specifications:

company policies and procedures relating to developing quotations

costing information, including costs for human resources and equipment required to meet client requirements

physical conditions:

two cleaning work sites to assess

relationship with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies outcomes required to participate in predetermined workplace safety arrangements in a range of workplace contexts.

The unit applies to personnel who participate in workplace safety arrangements in a cleaning work context. It includes identifying workplace hazards, basic knowledge, and application of workplace emergency procedures.

It applies to individuals who perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this Unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify and report workplace hazards.	1.1	Assess work area and identify workplace hazards.
1.2	Assess workplace hazards and work restrictions affecting completion of work order.
1.3	Communicate and clarify issues with supervisor, team member or client.
1.4	Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and follow safe work methods.
1.5	Position safety signage and barriers to control hazards.
2.	Follow workplace WHS procedures.	2.1	Follow work health and safety (WHS) legislation requirements in accordance with workplace procedures.
2.2	Participate in WHS workplace practices within scope of own role and responsibilities.
2.3	Actively follow emergency procedures as required by workplace standards.
2.4	Complete workplace safety checklist.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy, and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret workplace safety procedures Interpret Safety Data Sheets (SDS) Interpret workplace signs and safety plans
Oral communication skills to:	Report workplace hazards Clarify safety issues and procedures
Learning skills to:	Locate information in workplace documents, manuals, and labels
Writing skills to:	Complete workplace reports

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

Code and Title Current Version	Code and Title Previous Version	Comment	Equivalence Status
CPPCMN2002 - Participate in workplace safety arrangements	CPPCMN2002A - Participate in workplace safety arrangements	Unit replaces superseded unit CPPCMN2002A - Participate in workplace safety arrangements. Minor changes to performance criteria, and inclusion of foundation skills. Unit updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.	Equivalent Unit

Links

Companion Volumes to this Training Package are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must participate in two different workplace safety arrangements.

Performance must include:

communicating effectively with supervisors;

understanding workplace safety procedures;

applying basic safety principles in the workplace; and

assessing and controlling workplace risks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

cleaning workplace safety policies and procedures, WHS standards, supervisory instructions relating to safety measures and PPE.

workplace hazards and risk control measures in cleaning workplaces, including:

equipment and material use, storage, cleaning and disposal procedures

range and meaning of workplace safety signs and symbols

site safety plan

types and purpose of personal protective equipment (PPE)

ways to maintain WHS in emergency situations

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of workplace safety arrangements tasks including;

key workplace safety policies and procedures,

work health and safety standards,

supervisory instructions relating to safety measures and PPE.

workplace procedures for;

basic assessment of cleaning work areas for workplace hazards

basic health and safety including:

emergency response and evacuation procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

reporting workplace hazards

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

cleaning workplace safety policies and procedures, WHS standards, supervisory instructions relating to safety measures and PPE.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide effective client services.

The unit applies to cleaning personnel responsible for establishing effective client relationships. It includes identifying and meeting client needs by providing information/advice on products and services.

Individuals undertaking this unit would perform their duties alone or in a team environment, under routine supervision and without supervisory responsibilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this Unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Cleaning Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.	Identify client needs.	1.1	Greet client courteously and follow organisational client-service standards.
1.2	Communicate clearly during client contact.
1.3	Identify and confirm client needs.
1.4	Confirm agreed timeframes and commitments with client.
1.5	Provide client with product and service information.
2.	Deliver services to client.	2.1	Deliver services specified by client.
2.2	Verify with client that services have been delivered and meet client expectations and required workplace standards.
2.3	Complete required workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to the performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance Feature
Reading skills to:	Interpret and follow workplace instructions.
Writing skills to:	Record client needs.
Oral communication skills to:	Effectively communicate with clients from diverse social and cultural backgrounds. Clarify client-service issues.

Range of Conditions

Not Applicable

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must provide effective client services to:

two different clients with two different service requirements.

Performance must include:

effectively communicating with clients;

understanding of basic communications methods; and

addressing client’s needs.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must identify:

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of providing effective customer service, including;

methods to greet clients, identify and confirm needs, timeframes and commitments

key features of effective communication with clients

workplace procedures for:

communicating clearly and effectively with clients

dealing with client’s complaints or comments

communicating and clarifying work requirements with supervisor, team members or client

notifying supervisor, team members or client of work completion; verbal

communication in person or by phone, written communication including hard copy

cleaning schedules, text or electronic form

reporting incidents; accidents and injury, damage to or breakages in the cleaning area or cleaning equipment, theft and threats to personal security

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace and/or under realistic workplace conditions which reflect:

Industry-standard client-based services, information relating to cleaning practices and methods, WHS safety measures in the workplace.

performing tasks/activities to the level of proficiency and within timelines that would be expected in a workplace; and

following standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that candidates have access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry;

legislation and regulations; and

workplace policies and procedures.

Links

An Implementation Guide to this Training Package is available at the VETNet website at - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN3004A Respond to enquiries and complaints.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to respond effectively to client enquiries and complaints regarding company products and services. The worker needs to handle formal and informal enquiries, as well as negative feedback and complaints from clients.

The unit covers acknowledging and processing client enquiries and complaints, and communicating with clients to resolve issues. It also covers researching and documenting relevant information relating to an enquiry or complaint, which may include site visits where required; and referring the enquiry or complaint to other personnel or external organisations where appropriate.

The unit supports employees without managerial or supervisory responsibilities. Performance would usually be carried out under routine supervision, within company guidelines. It applies to workers who have significant contact with clients and who provide information on routine, well-defined services or products to clients, and deal with enquiries or complaints of a more complex nature.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify nature and type of enquiry or complaint.	1.1.	Client is addressed according to company requirements.
1.2.	Details of enquiry or complaint and degree of urgency are clarified and confirmed with client according to company requirements.
1.3.	Details of enquiry or complaint are recorded according to company and legislative requirements.
1.4.	Impact of relevant legislative and company requirements on handling of enquiry or complaint is identified.
1.5.	Arrangements are made for enquiries or complaints requiring additional research and follow-up, according to company requirements.
2.	Investigate enquiry or complaint.	2.1.	Information relevant to enquiry or complaint is obtained from internal and external sources as appropriate according to company requirements.
2.2.	Site is inspected with client, where required, to clarify details of the enquiry or complaint according to company requirements.
2.3.	Possible solutions to enquiry or complaint are determined and likelihood of associated problems is assessed using available information according to company requirements.
2.4.	Advice is sought from appropriate personnel where necessary on nature of enquiry or complaint, and proposed solution according to company requirements.
3.	Refer enquiry or complaint.	3.1.	Enquiry or complaint that requires referral to other company personnel or external bodies is identified according to company and legislative requirements.
3.2.	Referral to appropriate personnel is made according to individual level of responsibility and company requirements.
3.3.	Investigation report and other relevant documentation are forwarded to appropriate personnel according to company requirements.
3.4.	Progress of referred enquiry or complaint is followed up with appropriate personnel according to company requirements and within expected timeframes.
4.	Determine and communicate solution to client and relevant staff.	4.1.	Solution to enquiry or complaint is determined and documented according to company requirements.
4.2.	Method for responding to client or their agent is established according to nature of enquiry or complaint and company requirements.
4.3.	Response to enquiry or complaint is prepared and communicated to client or their agent according to company requirements.
4.4.	Client or agent agreement to solution is confirmed, or solution is negotiated according to company requirements.
4.5.	Relevant staff members are promptly advised of work allocations required to resolve enquiry or complaint according to company requirements.
5.	Satisfy complex client needs.	5.1.	Complex needs requiring adaptation of routine products or services are identified and clarified with client.
5.2.	Possibilities for meeting client needs are explained to client according to legislative and company requirements.
5.3.	Client is assisted to evaluate product and service options to satisfy needs according to legislative and company requirements.
5.4.	Preferred action is determined and prioritised according to legislative and company requirements.
5.5.	Potential difficulties in client service delivery are identified and appropriate action is taken according to legislative and company requirements.
6.	Update company information	6.1.	Information on type and source of enquiry or complaint is collated and processed according to company requirements.
6.2.	Information on identified problems and solutions is recorded, processed and reported according to company requirements.
6.3.	Information on resolved enquiry or complaint is shared with co-workers according to legislative and company requirements and strategies to avoid repeat issues are discussed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	find and interpret information relevant to client enquiries and complaints by searching company and industry data and using simple internet searches draw on experience of assessing and responding to client enquiries and complaints and apply knowledge to new issues, including assessing complexity of problem and need to refer to other personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information relating to client enquiries and complaints, including technical data in manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication skills to:	interact effectively with clients to identify and resolve problems and complaints, and express technical information in appropriate language for the client negotiate and finalise agreed solutions to client enquiries and complaints.
Reading skills to:	interpret information relating to client enquiries and complaints, including company procedures and manufacturers’ technical information extract critical information from at times complex text, such as legislative information and Australian Privacy Principles.
Writing skills to:	record information regarding customer enquiries and complaints and their solutions using industry-specific technical vocabulary as required communicate proposed solutions to clients in writing, using appropriate language and explaining technical terms as required.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Clients must include those with one or more of the following:	routine enquiry for advice or general information that requires no specific research suggestion for service or product improvement special enquiry requiring further research or consultation with other staff routine complaint requiring investigation to clarify details complex complaint requiring referral to other technical or supervisory personnel complex need involving adaptation or combination of products and/or services.
Information must include:	client records, including verbal reports from staff if available company policies and procedures relevant to the enquiry or complaint legislative requirements relevant to the enquiry or complaint manufacturer information relevant to the enquiry or complaint workplace information relevant to the enquiry or complaint.
Appropriate personnel must include one or more of the following:	colleagues manufacturers staff and employee representatives supervisors suppliers technical experts.
Method for responding must include one or more of the following:	email face-to-face meeting letter phone call.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN3004A Respond to enquiries and complaints

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN3004A Respond to enquiries and complaints.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must deal with:

one routine enquiry for advice or general information, or suggestion for service or product improvement

one special enquiry requiring further research or consultation

one routine complaint requiring investigation

one complex complaint requiring referral to other personnel

one matter where client needs are complex and require adaptation or a combination of products or services.

For each of the above, the person must:

use knowledge of company procedures

handle clients and situations with diplomacy and tact

clarify customer enquiries and complaints using communication skills

provide solutions or options and resolve issues within required timeframes

record and document issues and resolution according to company requirements

refer matters to appropriate personnel as required and according to company requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements relevant to responding to enquiries and complaints

common industry and company service problems and solutions

company policies and procedures for handling and documenting client complaints, including:

client confidentiality provisions

client service procedures

code of conduct or ethics

company dress and presentation requirements

quality and continuous improvement processes and standards

work documentation and reporting procedures

details of products and services offered by the company

industry advisory standards and codes of practice relevant to company operation

legislation and regulations that apply to responding to enquiries and complaints, including:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental protection

privacy

work health and safety

options for solutions and responses to client enquiries and complaints, including:

additional service provision

changes in service provision

litigation

mediation

no action

payment of compensation

rectification

cancellation of services

client education

general advice

information on products and services available, including features and benefits

planned visits

provision of further information

quotations and pricing estimates

referral to others, including specialist advisors

standard industry disclaimers

range of client expectations in relation to services offered by the company

relevance of good communication and own role in processing client complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

telephone

computer with access to email, internet and company information

materials:

tools and equipment for investigating site of client complaint, if required

specifications:

company information

manufacturer specifications and other technical information

plain English guides to relevant legislative guidelines, standards and codes of practice

physical conditions:

access to site of client complaint, if required

relationships with team members and supervisor:

acting alone under supervision

access to supervisor and other relevant personnel for assistance with gathering information

relationship with client:

direct communication with client or agent representing client

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN3005 Complete client documentation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPCMN3005A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to complete client documentation in the property services industry.

It includes gathering and verifying the information required to complete client documentation, and processing client documentation.

The unit supports the work of those engaged in servicing in a range of property services contexts.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collate information required for processing client documentation.	1.1 Confirm client contact details. 1.2 Confirm details of products and services supplied to client and verify quoted prices. 1.3 Record time spent in providing service to client. 1.4 Confirm guarantees or warranty arrangements for products and services. 1.5 Check terms of client payment. 1.6 Check discrepancies between costs quoted to client and actual cost of products and services, and undertake required follow-up to collect shortfall.
2. Process client documentation.	2.1 Prepare documentation containing complete details of product or service provided. 2.2 Calculate cost of providing product or service, and record price in client documentation. 2.3 Check documentation for accuracy and amend as necessary prior to providing to client. 2.4 Provide and explain documentation to client, including advice on follow-up service if required. 2.5 Maintain privacy and confidentiality of client information and documentation.
3. Finalise client documentation process.	3.1 Address client queries or complaints. 3.2 Collect payments from client and issue receipts.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to review and check:

client details

products and services documentation

guarantees and warranties

writing skills to prepare client documentation

numeracy skills to use methods and tools to calculate and check price of products and services provided for clients.

Range of Conditions

Not applicable

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPCMN3005A Complete client documentation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3005 Complete client documentation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPCMN3005A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must complete client documentation for two different property services industry clients.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures for completing property services industry client documentation

requirements of legislation, regulations, Australian standards and codes of practice relevant to client interaction, including those related to:

confidentiality

consumer protection

privacy

work health and safety (WHS)

client documentation, including:

types of client documentation and standard forms used in the relevant property services industry sector

consequences of providing incomplete or inaccurate client documentation

details required for completing client documentation

importance of accuracy in completing client documentation

procedures for explaining documentation to client

customer service principles

procedures for processing different methods of payment

operation and maintenance of equipment required for electronic processing of client documentation, including:

calculator

EFTPOS machine

electronic tablet

computer

scanner

printer.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to complete client documentation

standard format or template for client documentation

specifications for the product or service provided to client

fee schedule for products and services

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded non-equivalent CPPCMN2003A Provide effective client service.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to establish client relationships, and identify and meet client needs through the delivery of services or by providing information and advice on products and services.

The unit supports those who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of work sites, and to new or repeat client encounters, either on company or client premises.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and confirm client needs.	1.1.	Client is greeted according to company requirements and initial information regarding required products or services is obtained.
1.2.	Client requests are analysed and confirmed with client or others where necessary.
1.3.	Personal limitations are identified while assessing client needs, and assistance is sought from others where required according to company requirements.
2.	Confirm agreed products or services.	2.1.	Current sales brochures and product or service information are provided to client according to company requirements.
2.2.	Product or service features and benefits are communicated to client according to company requirements and established communication channels.
2.3.	Client requests for further information or explanation are responded to accurately and clearly.
2.4.	Agreement to provide product or service is established with client, and service level agreement, including costs and timelines, and legislative requirements, are discussed and agreed with client according to company requirements.
3.	Deliver products or services to client.	3.1.	Human resources required to provide agreed client products or services are identified, briefed and coordinated.
3.2.	Client products or services are provided within agreed timelines and according to company requirements.
3.3.	Requests to provide products or services outside agreed client service agreement are directed to designated personnel and actioned as required.
3.4.	Alternative arrangements are negotiated with clients when commitments cannot be met, according to workplace procedures and company requirements.
4.	Respond to client feedback.	4.1.	Client feedback is received and responded to within agreed timelines and according to company customer service standards and service requirements.
4.2.	Opportunities to improve product or service delivery are identified and discussed with designated personnel.
4.3.	Complaints are received and responded to within specified timeframes according to company complaints handling procedures.
4.4.	Improvements to product or service delivery are communicated to clients.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify personal strengths and weaknesses when providing client services in different contexts seek to develop skills and knowledge in areas of need.
Numeracy skills to:	identify, interpret and meet service timelines.
Oral communication skills to:	interpret non-verbal cues from clients when communicating features and benefits of services and products request feedback from client where necessary.
Reading skills to:	understand specialised vocabulary and acronyms used in own area of expertise or work environment.
Writing skills to:	respond to complaints in writing using layout and sequencing that produce cohesive text.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded non-equivalent CPPCMN2003A Provide effective client service.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit.

The person must also provide a service to two different clients within the agreed service level agreement, in which the work must include:

clarifying client needs and expectations and communicating the features and benefits of one product or service to each client verbally or in writing

confirming and coordinating human resource requirements for the task

responding verbally or in writing to one question from each client

confirming the services to be provided to the client verbally or in writing, including service costs and timelines for service provision

delivering agreed service to client within agreed timelines

responding accurately and positively to one client complaint according to company’s complaints handling procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

communication techniques for establishing and building client rapport

company expectations for maintaining personal presentation standards, including:

cleanliness and tidiness of own work space

codes of conduct

dress code

company standards relating to customer service standards and providing effective client services, including complaints handling procedures

key requirements of consumer protection legislation, regulations and codes of practice relating to providing client service, including:

Competition and Consumer Act

Privacy Act

processes for accessing company products and services, including accessing:

company databases

manufacturer specifications and information

product brochures

key features of effective negotiation processes and techniques

range of company products and services available, including their features and benefits, and ways to communicate them to different clients.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

communication devices required for the task

materials:

products and information used when providing client services, including sales brochures and company website

contingencies:

customer complaints

specifications:

client service manuals

company policies, including:

complaints handling procedures

dress code

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3039A Support leadership in the workplace.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to promote a supportive culture and environment in the workplace that enables effective leadership. The unit covers participating in and facilitating team planning, and promoting team commitment and cooperation.

The unit supports those who work alone or in teams. It applies in a range of work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Contribute to team effectiveness.	1.1.	Contributions are made to developing team plans, roles and responsibilities according to company requirements.
1.2.	Skills and knowledge of team members are identified, documented and used to enhance team performance according to company requirements.
1.3.	Interpersonal skills and communication techniques are used to facilitate open communication within team.
1.4.	Company policies and procedures, and legislative, environmental and health and safety requirements are conveyed to team members according to company requirements.
2.	Provide leadership within the team.	2.1.	Assistance is provided to team members to achieve team and company objectives according to company requirements.
2.2.	Individuals and work teams are encouraged to participate in developmental opportunities according to company requirements.
2.3.	Coaching and mentoring are provided to team members to achieve team and company goals according to company requirements.
2.4.	Conflict situations in work team are identified and conflict-resolution strategies applied, according to company requirements.
2.5.	Causes of incomplete work are identified and documented, and improved work practices are discussed with individual or team according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	review leadership ideas from different sources and incorporate them into own practice.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify coaching and mentoring requirements respond clearly and concisely to questions from colleagues, including those being mentored or coached.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret internal company documents specifying company and team goals and policies.
Writing skills to:	complete documentation using company templates.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Health and safety requirements must include at least six of the following:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hazardous chemicals register hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting safety data sheets (SDS) selection and use of required personal protective equipment (PPE) storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCLO3039A Support leadership in the workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCLO3039A Support leadership in the workplace.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also provide the following support to a workplace supervisor or manager:

participate in two team meetings, actively and constructively responding to group discussions

provide coaching or mentor support to one colleague

identify and resolve a conflict in the workplace using conflict resolution techniques and strategies according to company requirements

communicate effectively one-to-one and with a small group

actively contribute to two different team building activities in the workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

causes of stress or conflict in teams and strategies for identifying, managing and reducing them

company requirements and procedures relating to supporting leadership in the workplace, including:

codes of conduct

communication protocols

own role, responsibility and delegation requirements

reporting procedures

role and function of workplace teams

developmental opportunities available to team members and ways to access them, including:

apprenticeship opportunities

career pathways

in-house training programs

job rotations

mentoring opportunities

key requirements of legislation and regulations, including work health and safety (WHS) legislation and industrial awards and legislation in order to provide support to leadership

company goals, including:

budgetary and profit targets

company service standards

team development techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

physical conditions:

suitable work site or venue where work is performed under supervision and where team meetings are conducted

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted alone or as part of a team.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4001B Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop a workplace sustainability policy to minimise and reduce resources and toxic materials used during work functions. The unit supports the development of skills to review legislation and develop and communicate workplace policies and procedures relating to environmental sustainability.

The unit supports staff responsible for ensuring policies and procedures comply with environmental legislative requirements and that sustainability targets are achieved. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify scope of sustainability policy.	1.1.	Company’s commitment to sustainability and sustainability objectives is identified and confirmed in consultation with required personnel.
1.2.	Existing internal policies and procedures are identified and reviewed for relevance and impact on sustainability policy.
1.3.	Impact of requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice is reviewed to inform practices and policy development.
1.4.	Relevant stakeholders are identified and consulted as a key component of policy development process.
2.	Develop sustainability policy.	2.1.	Strategies are developed and documented for minimising resource use and reducing toxic material and hazardous chemical use at all stages of work.
2.2.	Recommendations are made for policy options and benchmark indicators based on likely effectiveness, timeframes and cost.
2.3.	Policy is developed that reflects organisational commitment to sustainability.
3.	Communicate policy.	3.1.	Policy and its expected outcomes are promoted to key stakeholders.
3.2.	Those involved in implementing policy are informed of expected outcomes, activities to be undertaken, and assigned responsibilities.
4.	Develop sustainability procedures.	4.1.	Procedures to help implement policy are developed and documented, and communicated to required personnel.
4.2.	Staff coaching and training on sustainability expectations are conducted or arranged as required.
4.3.	Mechanisms for tracking resource usage and wastage are established and monitored.
4.4	Opportunities for continuous improvement in resource efficiency are identified and actioned.
5.	Review sustainability policy.	5.1.	Processes, including timeline for reviewing policy implementation, are documented and required personnel are briefed on roles and responsibilities.
5.2.	Data on resource usage and waste minimisation efforts over specified timeframes is collated, analysed and documented.
5.3.	Records are monitored to identify trends that may require remedial action, and used to promote continuous improvement of performance.
5.4.	Sustainability outcomes are reported according to company requirements.
5.5.	Policy and procedures are modified as required to ensure improvements are made.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information on requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice apply previous knowledge of strategies to new work situations to increase sustainability.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate and calculate numerical values, including costs and volumes associated with assessing strategies for reducing use of materials.
Oral communication skills to:	engage, inform and gain information from stakeholders as part of consultation process communicate policy implementation strategies to stakeholders.
Reading skills to:	interpret information on requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear procedures to inform stakeholders of implementation strategies for sustainability policy.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Existing internal policies and procedures must include review of at least two of the following policies:	environmental health and safety procurement quality management waste management.
Environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice must include at least two of the following:	energy rating standards environmental protection legislation ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems waste management legislation.
Stakeholders must include at least two of the following:	clients co-workers senior management suppliers.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4001B Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4001B Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop a sustainability policy and associated implementation procedures for a workplace, referencing legislation and standards applicable to the work function.

In doing the above work, the person must:

consult with stakeholders

develop an implementation strategy for the sustainability policy that includes:

methods for communicating the policy objectives

plans for training stakeholders

strategies for continuous improvement of policy

timeline and processes for reviewing implementation of the policy and incorporating improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

policy development processes and practices

key requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice, including:

energy rating standards

environmental protection legislation

industry codes of practice relating to environmental sustainability

ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems

health and safety legislation and regulations

principles and practices of sustainability management

methods for implementing sustainability policies and procedures in the workplace, including communication techniques and processes.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with access to company policies and procedures

materials:

company policies and procedures relating to environmental, health and safety, procurement, quality management and waste management

specifications:

energy rating standards

environmental health legislation

environmental protection legislation

industry codes of practice relating to environmental sustainability

ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems

health and safety legislation.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4002B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to analyse the workplace in relation to environmentally sustainable work practices, and then implement improvements and monitor their effectiveness.

The unit supports those responsible for a specific area of work or who lead a work team. It applies in a range of property services sectors and organisations.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Investigate current workplace practices in relation to resource use.	1.1.	Environmental regulations applying to work conducted on client sites are identified.
1.2.	Procedures for assessing compliance with environmental legislation, regulations, and codes of practice are evaluated.
1.3.	Information on environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures is collected and provided to work group according to organisational policies and procedures.
1.4.	Current resource use is measured and documented according to organisational policies and procedures.
1.5.	Current purchasing strategies and potential for influencing suppliers to take up environmental sustainability are analysed and documented.
1.6.	Current work processes are analysed to assist in identifying areas for improvement.
2.	Set targets for improvements.	2.1.	Input into achievable targets is sought from internal and external stakeholders.
2.2.	External sources of information and data on achievable targets are accessed as required.
2.3.	Improvements in efficiency targets are set.
3.	Implement performance improvement strategies.	3.1.	Techniques and tools are sourced to assist in achieving efficiency targets.
3.2.	Alternative solutions to workplace environmental issues are evaluated and applied.
3.3.	Continuous improvement strategies are applied to own area of responsibility, and ideas and possible solutions are communicated to work group and management.
3.4.	Environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans for own work group are integrated into other operational activities and are implemented.
3.5.	Recommendations for environment and resource efficiency management are sought from stakeholders and acted upon according to organisational policies and procedures.
3.6.	Costing strategies are implemented to fully value environmental assets.
4.	Monitor performance.	4.1.	Outcomes are documented and reports on targets are communicated to key personnel and stakeholders.
4.2.	Strategies and benchmark indicators are evaluated.
4.3.	New targets are set and new tools and strategies investigated and applied.
4.4.	Compliance with requirements of legislative standards or codes is monitored and reported according to company requirements.
4.5.	Successful strategies are documented according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information on requirements of environmental legislation, standards and codes of practice.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse numerical information, including costs and volume of resources used calculate realistic targets for environmental improvements and resource efficiency.
Oral communication skills to:	engage, inform and gain information from stakeholders as part of consultation process.
Reading skills to:	interpret information on requirements of environmental and sustainability legislation, standards and codes of practice.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear reports on strategies, targets and outcomes for environmental improvements and resource efficiency.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Resource use must include review of at least two of the following:	chemicals consumables electricity usage rates gas usage rates water usage rates.
Environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans must include at least two of the following:	determining organisation’s most suitable waste treatment, including waste to landfill, recycling, re-use and wastewater treatment initiating and maintaining organisational procedures for operational energy consumption, including for stationary and non-stationary (transport) energy sustainability initiatives, action plans, surveys and audits.
Recommendations must include strategies that result in at least two of the following outcomes:	elimination of hazardous and toxic materials improved energy efficiency improved opportunities to re-use and recycle materials increased use of renewable resources, including solar or other alternative forms of energy plans to offset or mitigate environmental impacts reduced greenhouse gas emissions reduced reliance on non-renewable resources.
Compliance must include:	coverage of at least one of the following: energy efficient rating system ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4002B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4002B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also implement three new strategies to support environmentally sustainable work practices. Each of the strategies must:

relate to sustainability improvements in the use of the following resources:

consumables

electricity

gas

water

specify:

current usage rates measured in quantities and cost

targeted usage rates and how these targets will enhance organisation’s commitment to sustainability

methods for implementing each strategy

processes for documenting and monitoring strategy implementation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

laws, by-laws, regulations and codes of practice relating to environmental sustainability and resource efficiency improvement

types, limitations and uses of environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans, including:

environmental and resource sustainability initiatives, action plans, surveys and audits

applying waste management hierarchy in the workplace

determining organisation’s most suitable waste treatment, including waste to landfill, recycling, re-use and wastewater treatment

initiating and maintaining organisational procedures for operational energy consumption, including stationary and non-stationary (transport) energy

use of standards, guidelines and approaches:

energy efficiency rating systems

ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with internet access to retrieve and send company documentation

specifications:

energy efficiency rating systems

ISO 14001 Environment Management Systems

existing company policies and procedures relating to sustainable work practices

relationship with client:

consultation required.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4005A Facilitate effective teamwork and CPPCMN4006A Facilitate effective workplace relationships.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to facilitate the development of team members’ working relationships, monitor their interactions and performance, and manage coaching and incentive programs to improve team effectiveness.

The unit supports those who supervise small teams and take responsibility for the quality of work at a particular site. It applies in a range of commercial and residential work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish team.	1.1.	Company’s social, ethical and business standards are promoted to ensure those standards and legislative requirements are applied.
1.2.	Team communication requirements are established and communication methods are selected to meet team member needs, according to company requirements.
1.3.	Roles and tasks of team members are agreed through team consultation and negotiation, and recorded according to company requirements.
1.4.	Team and individual KPIs are established and communicated to team members, and recorded according to company requirements.
1.5.	Commitment of team members to key performance indicators (KPIs) is gained and maintained through consistent outlining and competent demonstration of workplace procedures.
2.	Monitor and support team outcomes.	2.1.	Team’s work performance is monitored against KPIs and team members are held accountable for completing activities and achieving required outcomes.
2.2.	Individual coaching is provided to team members in response to requests or as a result of team monitoring, as required.
2.3.	Individual or team member problems are discussed and issues resolved according to company requirements.
3.	Develop team performance.	3.1.	Opportunities for staff development and training are regularly promoted to staff according to company requirements.
3.2.	Development needs of team are identified, recorded and discussed with team members according to company requirements.
3.3.	Development activities and support materials that suit identified needs of team members are planned and scheduled according to company requirements.
3.4.	Improvements in team and individual work performance are monitored, recorded and rewarded according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply simple performance assessment rating systems.
Oral communication skills to:	facilitate team discussions and negotiations using accessible language.
Writing skills to:	establish clear and measurable KPIs for a small team take notes and record details of individual team member’s performance and development needs.
Problem-solving skills to:	listen to and resolve concerns in relation to workplace issues understand and apply knowledge of learning styles of team members and select required development activities and support materials in suitable formats.
Teamwork skills to:	develop rapport and gain confidence of team members work with diverse individuals and groups actively encourage team members to learn in order to develop new skills and improve team performance.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislative requirements must include:	anti-discrimination, equal employment opportunity and racial vilification consumer law environmental law harassment and other laws specific to local government industry codes of conduct Work Health and Safety (WHS) Act and regulations privacy legislation.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4005A Facilitate effective teamwork and CPPCMN4006A Facilitate effective workplace relationships

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4005A Facilitate effective teamwork and CPPCMN4006A Facilitate effective workplace relationships.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also establish a working team comprised of a minimum of three members, in which the work must involve:

establishing three different key performance indicators (KPIs) for each team member according to their roles and responsibilities

communicating KPIs to each team member and clarifying and confirming understanding and acceptance

identifying and communicating one developmental opportunity with each person

monitoring and recording team interactions and individual and team performance over a suitable timeframe.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

team dynamics, including causes of stress or conflict in teams and suitable resolution strategies

communication requirements and methods suitable for team members and work roles

company codes and standards for workplace conduct, ethics, and personal presentation

company policies and procedures relating to own and team members’ roles, responsibilities and delegation level, including:

work instructions

counselling and disciplinary procedures

reporting and documentation requirements

staff development and learning opportunities

specific customer requirements

quality and continuous improvement requirements

legislative compliance requirements relating to teamwork and work role, including:

anti-discrimination

consumer rights

environmental protection

equal employment opportunity

privacy

sustainability

work health and safety (WHS), including personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

materials:

company-specific business standards

legislative requirements as listed in range of conditions

specifications:

teamwork instructions

physical conditions:

work site

a minimum of three new team members

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4004B Facilitate effective client relationships.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to establish business contacts and networks, and develop and manage these relationships effectively to increase and retain the client base of the company. The unit covers identifying and analysing potential clients and their needs. It also covers exploring products or services with the client that could improve or enhance their operations, which requires knowledge of the range of organisational products and services. The unit involves managing client problems, issues and changing needs; and identifying opportunities to promote additional products and services to meet those needs.

The unit supports those with significant contact with external clients but without managerial or supervisory responsibilities. It applies to those providing information on routine, well-defined products and services, and dealing with enquiries of a more complex nature, including pricing. Performance would usually be carried out under routine supervision, within company guidelines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish new business contacts.	1.1.	New organisations with potential to benefit from company products and services are identified according to company requirements.
1.2.	Individuals in target organisations with potential to benefit are identified and contacted, and effective relationships built according to company requirements.
1.3.	Communication protocols are agreed with business contacts and maintained according to own level of responsibility and company requirements.
2.	Work effectively with business contacts.	2.1.	Roles of business contacts are clarified and responsibilities of parties in business relationship are agreed according to company requirements.
2.2.	Realistic service commitments are set and adhered to according to company requirements.
2.3.	Flexibility in work practices required in unusual or difficult situations is adopted according to company requirements.
2.4.	Situations outside own area or level of responsibility are identified and, where appropriate, referred to designated personnel according to company requirements.
3.	Identify and monitor client needs.	3.1.	Needs and expectations for service delivery are regularly discussed with client according to company requirements.
3.2.	Feedback on company performance and level of satisfaction is sought from client according to company requirements.
3.3.	Prompt action is taken on feedback received according to company requirements.
3.4.	Contracts or variations to contracts or levels of agreed service provision are reviewed and implemented according to company requirements.
4.	Respond to complex client needs.	4.1.	Complex client needs are analysed and options for resolution are explained to client according to company requirements.
4.2.	Clients are assisted to evaluate product and service options to satisfy their needs according to company requirements.
4.3.	Preferred action is determined and prioritised according to company requirements.
4.4.	Potential difficulties in service delivery are identified and actions taken according to company requirements.
5.	Communicate advice and pricing information.	5.1.	Pricing information for routine and specified products and services is provided where these match client needs, according to company requirements.
5.2.	Follow-up information required by client is provided promptly according to company requirements.
5.3.	Bookings with client are scheduled and confirmed according to company requirements.
6.	Promote company.	6.1.	Strategies to represent, promote and grow company’s interests are developed.
6.2.	Additional products, services and information are suggested to clients according to company requirements.
6.3.	Information is provided to company members to support the development of effective relationships with client.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply prior knowledge of company offerings to select required services or products to meet identified client needs.
Numeracy skills to:	provide routine pricing information, including estimating volume of product or service required and calculation of cost over time.
Oral communication skills to:	present information to clients professionally, using a range of presentation techniques use questioning skills to identify fine details of client requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret updates on company product and service information.
Writing skills to:	communicate with clients by email to convey information about products, services and solutions to complex requests.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Company requirements must include at least two of the following:	organisational policies and guidelines legislative and regulatory requirements relating to the work or service function, including: anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity industry codes of conduct consumer law environmental law harassment and other laws specific to local government work health and safety requirements privacy legislation policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality and continuous improvement systems, standards and guidelines.
Communication protocols must include:	client’s preferred frequency and timing of contact client’s preferred method of contact types of information that client wishes to receive.
Personnel must include at least one of the following:	colleagues manufacturers staff and employee representatives supervisors suppliers.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4004B Facilitate effective client relationships

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4004B Facilitate effective client relationships.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop and manage business relationships with three new clients and respond to two client requests.

In doing the above work, the person must:

identify each client’s needs

explain key features and benefits of company’s products and services

present verbal and written information on products and services to each client.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

processes to identify, establish and maintain business contacts and networks

company requirements, including:

client confidentiality provisions

code of ethics

company image

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to the work or service function, including:

codes of conduct

consumer law

environmental law

privacy legislation

quality and continuous improvement systems, standards and guidelines

range of products and services available to business contacts

benefits of maintaining good client communication when delivering customer service

role of designated personnel in developing and managing client relations.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with internet access

materials:

company policies and procedures relating to client relations

legislation and regulatory information relating to job role

contingencies:

two client requests

specifications:

company product and service specifications

relationship with client:

client consultation.

Timeframe:

according to workplace requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4007A Manage workplace safety arrangements.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement and monitor the company’s health and safety policies, procedures and programs to achieve and maintain health and safety standards and ensure the effective implementation of workplace safety arrangements. It includes managing the provision of information and the implementation, supervision and review of health and safety policies and programs that contribute to a safe work environment.

The unit supports employees with supervisory responsibilities who carry out work within company guidelines. It applies in a range of work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Provide information about company’s health and safety policies, procedures and programs.	1.1.	Relevant provisions of health and safety legislation as they relate to workplace procedures are explained clearly and accurately to work group according to company requirements.
1.2.	Company health and safety requirements, policies, procedures and programs are explained clearly and accurately to work group according to company requirements.
1.3.	Information about health and safety policies, procedures and programs is provided to work group in a readily accessible manner according to company requirements.
1.4.	Information about identifying hazards and assessing risks and the process and outcomes of risk assessment and risk control procedures is provided and explained regularly, clearly and accurately to work group according to company requirements.
2.	Implement and monitor participative arrangements for managing health and safety.	2.1.	Processes enabling participation in health and safety issues are implemented and monitored.
2.2.	Issues arising from participative arrangements are promptly assessed and resolved, or referred for resolution according to workplace procedures.
2.3.	Outcomes of participative arrangements pertaining to health and safety issues are documented and promptly communicated to work group according to company requirements.
3.	Implement and monitor company procedures for identifying hazards and assessing risks.	3.1.	Existing and potential hazards in the work area are identified and reported according to health and safety legislation, workplace procedures, and company requirements.
3.2.	Risk analysis using risk analysis protocols is conducted and action to control risks is taken according to health and safety legislation, workplace procedures, and company requirements.
3.3.	Work area is monitored continuously to identify new hazards according to health and safety legislation, workplace procedures, and company requirements.
4.	Implement and monitor company procedures for controlling risks.	4.1.	Work procedures for controlling risks are developed and implemented according to health and safety legislation and company requirements.
4.2.	Adherence to work procedures by work group is monitored according to company requirements.
4.3.	Effectiveness of work procedures is monitored using hierarchy of control, and results are reported regularly according to company requirements.
4.4.	Resource allocation requirements for implementing work procedures to control risks are identified, and inadequacies are reported according to company requirements.
5.	Implement company procedures for dealing with hazardous events.	5.1.	Incidents are investigated to establish cause according to health and safety legislation and company requirements.
5.2.	Hazardous event control procedures for dealing with hazardous events and emergencies are implemented according to health and safety and environmental legislation, and company requirements.
5.3.	Control measures based on hierarchy of control are implemented within scope of responsibilities or referred to appropriate personnel for implementation according to company requirements.
6.	Implement and monitor company procedures for providing health and safety training.	6.1.	Health and safety training needs are identified and documented according to company requirements.
6.2.	Training, coaching and mentoring to meet identified needs of work group are arranged through consultation with involved parties according to company requirements.
7	Implement and monitor company procedures for maintaining health and safety records.	7.1.	Company’s incident or accident reporting and recording process is provided and explained to work group according to company requirements.
7.2.	Health and safety records of occupational injury and disease are completed according to legal requirements, workplace procedures, and company requirements.
7.3.	Hazard analysis data and information from health and safety records are used to identify hazards and monitor risk control procedures within scope of responsibilities and competencies and according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of work health and safety (WHS) requirements apply prior knowledge of assessing risks and evaluating risk control measures, including applying hierarchy of control to new work hazards.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information from manufacturer specifications and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate work group training, coaching and mentoring explain accident and reporting and recording process to work group using suitable language.
Reading skills to:	locate and interpret WHS compliance requirements in complex texts.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear and sequential procedural documentation in language suitable for work group.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	develop rapport with team members to facilitate coaching and mentoring.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Health and safety requirements must include:	access to communication devices when working alone compliance with Safe Work Australia regulations and guidelines electrical equipment test and tag compliance emergency response procedures environmental controls hazard signs and barricades health and safety induction and refresher training manual handling techniques processes for safely dispensing chemicals risk assessment procedures, including: hierarchy of control job safety analyses (JSA) for low-risk situations safe work method statements (SWMS) for high-risk situations incident reporting SDS selection and use of required personal protective equipment (PPE) storage and maintenance of equipment according to manufacturer specifications use of first aid according to SDS information.
Information about health and safety policies, procedures and programs must include:	hazards and risk management procedures information on the safety aspects of work, tasks and procedures procedures for providing direct supervision, such as to inexperienced workers information in industry association journals or workers’ compensation literature details of health and safety representatives and health and safety committees.
Information about identifying hazards and assessing risks must include:	accessing manufacturer guidance information and manuals applying SWMS procedures assessing job and work systems assessing severity of identified hazards, and ranking according to severity briefing workplace safety inspectors or contracted health and safety advisers checking work area and equipment before and during work conducting pre- and post-operational equipment checks conducting workplace inspections consulting with employees, health and safety representatives and health and safety committee housekeeping performing routine job hazard analysis purchasing supplies and equipment reviewing SDS manufacturer or supplier information referencing government or industry hazard or safety alerts, including via industry association contacts and networks regularly maintaining plant and equipment reviewing health and safety records, including: registers of hazardous substances and dangerous goods undertaking safety audits.
Risk analysis must include:	hazard identification risk assessment risk treatment and/or control risk monitoring and evaluation.
Risk analysis protocols must be selected based on at least one of the following criteria:	Australian standards, company standards and client standards combination of quantitative and qualitative assessment tools, specific to risks being assessed operational, technical, financial, legal, social, humanitarian or other criteria scope of risk management project being undertaken.
Controlling risks must include at least one of the following:	applying hierarchy of control consulting with manufacturers, suppliers, employers and their representatives consulting with workers and their representatives developing reliable systematic approach to risk control ensuring adequate training of staff measuring risk likelihood and consequence implementing measures to remove cause of risk at its source monitoring and regularly reviewing work systems and procedures rewarding good health and safety practice.
Hazardous event control procedures must include:	following instructions from authorised and delegated personnel during hazardous events chemical containment and clean-up emergency management plan evacuations provision of first aid accident and incident reporting injury and dangerous occurrence reporting.
Appropriate personnel must include at least one of the following:	managers health and safety personnel other persons, including emergency service personnel, authorised or nominated by the company or industry to: approve specified work direct specified work or functions inspect specified work perform specified work or functions.
Hazards that must be identified and reported include:	biological hazards chemical hazards, including unlabelled chemicals and substances environmental hazards, such as: noise radiation untidy work areas vibration ergonomic or mechanical hazards, such as those associated with electrical and mechanical faults of plant and equipment, including mobile plants physical hazards, such as: electrical obstructions or blocked exits slippery or uneven floors psychological hazards.
Health and safety records must include documented:	first aid and medical post records hazardous substances registers health surveillance and workplace environmental monitoring records maintenance and testing reports manufacturer and supplier information, including SDS and dangerous goods storage lists health and safety audits and inspection reports records of instruction and training safety bulletins or notices workers’ compensation and rehabilitation records.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4007A Manage workplace safety arrangements

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised unit of competency replacing superseded equivalent CPPCMN4007A Manage workplace safety arrangements.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also provide clear information and instruction to one work group on workplace procedures pertaining to health and safety in a readily accessible manner, and:

apply company processes and procedures for health and safety

demonstrate leadership skills in working with teams to identify hazards within work group, ensuring unresolved issues are referred and actioned

apply risk management procedures, including undertaking hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control according to hierarchy of control

identify and facilitate health and safety training needs and reporting requirements of work group

identify characteristics of workforce that affect the management of health and safety

identify health and safety compliance requirements relating to specific work tasks

integrate health and safety into company systems

apply key requirements of health and safety legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to work tasks

provide clear information and instructions to work group on workplace procedures relating to health and safety in plain English and catering for individual language and literacy levels

apply obligations for duty of care.

In doing the above work, the person must also demonstrate strategies in place to manage five of the following hazardous events that may occur in the workplace:

accidents, including motor vehicle accidents

bomb threats

chemical spills

electrocution

fires and explosions

inhalation of dangerous substances

manual handling

natural disasters

slips, trips and falls

violent incidents, such as:

armed robberies

workplace bullying.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

characteristics of the company’s workforce, including type of work undertaken and impacts on health and safety management

company processes and procedures, including those relating to:

accident and incident investigation

assessing and controlling risks

consultation and participation arrangements for employees and third parties

emergency planning and response

housekeeping and work environment

identifying hazards

health and safety management

health and safety procedures, including:

developing and communicating company health and safety policy

providing health and safety information, instruction, supervision and training

health and safety record keeping

reporting and resolving health and safety issues

training and assessment

risk management

principles of:

access and equity

hazard management

leadership as it applies to managing workplace safety

health and safety management systems

risk management procedures, including risk assessment and risk control procedures reflecting the following order of the process:

hazard identification

risk assessment

hazard control

evaluation

safe operating procedures or instructions that cover:

awareness of electrical hazards

chemical storage, handling and disposal

confined space procedures

dust

first aid and injury management

manual handling

noise

requirements for maintaining safety when working alone

safe use of tools and equipment

security

specific hazards

storage of dangerous goods

toxic, infectious and sharps waste

use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

use of safety data sheets (SDS)

vehicles and mobile equipment

working safely around electrical hazards, including wiring, cables and overhead powerlines

processes and practices for training staff in workplace safety requirements

strategies for providing workplace participative arrangements:

implementing employee performance feedback programs

formal and informal meetings of:

health and safety representatives

health and safety committees

other special purpose committees, such as consultative, planning and purchasing

company information, staff bulletins and notices

suggestions, requests, reports and concerns put forward by employees to management

strategies for encouraging staff contributions to participative arrangements, including:

actively listening to ideas and opinions of staff

reinforcing positive behaviours that contribute to a safe workplace

sharing opinions, views, skills and knowledge of workplace health and safety

key requirements of work health and safety (WHS) legislation and regulations, including:

dangerous goods codes

general duty of care under health and safety legislation and common law provisions relating to health and safety issue resolution

legal responsibilities of employers, employees and other parties with legal responsibilities

provisions relating to roles and responsibilities of health and safety representatives and/or health and safety committees

regulations and codes of practice, including those relating to hazards present in the workplace or industry

maintenance and confidentiality of records of occupational injury and disease

provision of health and safety information and training

procedures for workplace safety inspections and audits.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

materials:

computer with internet access

health and safety records as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

company’s health and safety policies, procedures and programs

plain English guides to legislation and other compliance requirements

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervisory responsibility for a small team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4008 Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN4008A Read and extract information from plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to read and extract information from different types of plans, building drawings and specifications for residential buildings.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to read and extract routine information from a variety of plans and drawings associated with residential buildings. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and review plans and drawings.	1.1.	Main types of plans and drawings for residential buildings are identified.
1.2.	Purpose of different types of plans and drawings are identified.
1.3.	Key features of each type of plan and drawing are identified.
2.	Check amendments to plans and drawings.	2.1.	Title panel is checked to verify latest amendment to plans and drawings.
2.2.	Amendments to specifications are checked to ensure currency of information.
3.	Identify symbols, terms, abbreviations and shading used in plans and drawings.	3.1.	Symbols used in plans and drawings are identified.
3.2.	Abbreviations used in plans and drawings are identified.
3.3.	Colouring and shading used in plans and drawings are identified.
3.4.	Building and construction terms used in plans and drawings are identified.
4	Locate and identify key features on a site plan.	4.1.	Site is identified from location drawings.
4.2.	True north and building orientation are identified from details provided on site plan.
4.3.	Key features of site plan are identified.
5	Extract data from plans, drawings and specifications.	5.1.	Key building features are identified in relevant plans and drawings.
5.2.	Data on key building features is extracted from relevant plans, drawings and specifications.
5.3.	Building codes or standards identified in specifications are identified.
5.4.	Key features of products included in specifications are identified.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of types and application of plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings.
Numeracy skills to:	convert numerical values and scales shown on plans, drawings and specifications for buildings.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret information about agency practices, industry conduct standards, and employment conditions.
Writing skills to:	record information extracted during review.
Technology skills to:	use computerised databases to locate relevant plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Types of plans and drawings must include:	drawings: details elevation ground plans layout drawings plans: heritage and conservation overlays landscaping and vegetation locality lot and common property survey plans sites strata plans survey plans services drawings: drainage ducts piping vertical section waste disposal wiring sketches.
Residential buildings must include:	any building categorised as Class 1, 2, 4 and 10a of the Building Code of Australia or in accordance with jurisdictional requirements.
Key features of each type of plan and drawing must include at least four of the following:	certification compatibility construction dimensions legend location orientation quantities of materials scale sizes types of products or services.
Specifications must include at least two of the following:	levels and survey information material technical data materials lists performance data schedules of quantities stress, load and bearing calculations.
Key features of site plan must include:	access and egress common property contours and slopes drainage lines easements environmental and heritage overlays existing dwellings, buildings or other structures location and situation major geological and topographical features orientation paving retaining walls scale service connection points set backs stormwater disposal trees and other vegetation.
Data on key building features must include:	common property dimensions location materials ratings standards.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4008A Read and extract information from plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4008 Read plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN4008A Read and extract information from plans, drawings and specifications for residential buildings.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must read and extract information from different types of plans, building drawings and specifications for four different residential buildings.

The person must also source the plans, building drawings and specifications relating to each of the above buildings, and identify the information needed to respond to three routine workplace requests for information on each building.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify different types of plans and drawings for residential buildings and their functions

read and interpret plans, drawings and specifications for each residential building, including identifying key features, levels, contours, sections, service entry points, and site features

check amendments to plans and drawings for each residential building

identify symbols, terms and abbreviations used in the plans and drawings.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

building drawings, including:

drawing perspectives

features

scale

symbols, terms and abbreviations used

types of building drawings and their respective purposes

plans relevant to residential buildings:

heritage and conservation overlays

landscaping and vegetation

locality

lot and common property survey plan

sites

strata plan

survey plan

key requirements of federal, state or territory building and construction codes, standards and regulations relating to:

residential building materials

residential building styles.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system to access online databases of residential building plans and drawings

specifications:

plans, drawings and specifications for different styles of residential buildings

relevant codes, standards and regulations relating to the construction of residential buildings.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4009 Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN4009A Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop and support team members to build their understanding of and commitment to the principles and practices associated with sustainability. The ability to lead and motivate a team and to develop and use coaching, mentoring and learning strategies that bring about organisational and cultural change are required.

The unit supports businesses in adopting sustainable practices and policies that go beyond meeting mandated requirements, to harnessing opportunities. It applies to individuals responsible for leading team members in a business committed to economic, social and environmental sustainability.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Support the building of skills to reflect sustainability principles.	1.1.	Purpose, benefits and practices of sustainability are researched and analysed.
1.2.	Government policies and incentives regarding the implementation of sustainable business practices are accessed and reviewed.
1.3.	Current organisational strategies, policies and procedures regarding the implementation of sustainable practices are accessed and reviewed.
1.4.	Information is gathered on existing staff skills, knowledge and behaviours in relation to sustainability, and gaps are identified.
1.5.	Contribution is made to developing and documenting a strategy to build required staff skills, and their understanding of the purpose, benefits and practices of sustainability.
2.	Support the implementation of sustainable practices.	2.1.	Organisational goals and objectives relating to sustainability are communicated to staff.
2.2.	Individuals and teams are provided with guidance to establish goals, responsibilities and performance indicators relating to sustainability.
2.3.	Individuals and teams are supported in enhancing performance and achievement of organisation’s goals, including effective implementation of sustainability processes, policies and procedures.
2.4.	Own performance is managed in line with organisational and legal requirements.
3.	Lead the team effectively.	3.1.	Updates on the organisation’s plans and approach to implementing sustainability processes are communicated to staff using effective and open communication channels.
3.2.	Staff are coached and mentored to develop understanding of sustainability issues and improve the implementation and performance of workplace processes.
3.3.	Effective strategies to facilitate team growth and increase motivation are developed, trialled and implemented.
3.4.	Outcomes of sustainability initiatives in the workplace are communicated and effective performance is acknowledged and supported in line with organisational policies and guidelines.
4.	Contribute to staff development needs.	4.1.	Current and future staff development needs relating to sustainability are identified and documented.
4.2.	Staff members are provided with opportunities to develop skills and knowledge relating to sustainability.
4.3.	Training and development needs of staff are accounted for in relevant budgets and operational plans.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of sustainability policies and practices used in business.
Numeracy skills to:	use graphs and statistics to report on business attainment of performance indicators relating to sustainability.
Oral communication skills to:	respond to complex questions from team members about sustainability policies and practices of the business and performance against sustainability performance indicators.
Reading skills to:	read and assess reports and papers on building support among team members for organisational sustainability policies.
Writing skills to:	prepare reports on existing staff skills, knowledge and behaviours in relation to sustainability.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to communicate with team members on the outcomes of sustainability initiatives in the workplace.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Sustainability must include:	economic sustainability, demonstrated by: cost-effective use of resources ensuring costs of ‘green’ solutions are properly accounted for and recovered growing market share by appealing to socially aware customers purchasing locally to reduce transport costs seeking to participate in government schemes that reward or fund sustainable operations social sustainability, demonstrated by: building community involvement communicating benefits of sustainable products and services to customers purchasing locally and using local and community-based products and services using ‘fair trade’ products environmental sustainability, demonstrated by: efficient use of resources eliminating hazardous and toxic materials identifying strategies to offset or mitigate environmental impacts, such as purchasing carbon credits making more efficient use of energy maximising opportunities to re-use and recycle materials preventing and minimising risks and maximising opportunities, such as use of solar or other alternative forms of energy where appropriate purchasing renewable energy reducing emissions of greenhouse gases reducing use of non-renewable resources reducing waste.
Performance indicators must include at least two of the following:	benchmarks achieved against external certification process requirements costs measured against performance targets level of recycling achieved and reduction of waste response to marketing and communication strategies sales achieved measured against performance targets.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPCMN4009A Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPCMN4009 Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPCMN4009A Develop team understanding of and commitment to sustainability.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also lead a team involved in implementing and monitoring a sustainable business practice in an organisation. The sustainable business practice must focus on at least one of the following:

economic sustainability

social sustainability

environmental sustainability

integrated economic, social and environmental sustainability.

In doing the above, the person must:

research and identify good sustainability business practices

support the implementation of sustainability practices, including leading and motivating a team involved in implementing sustainability practices

develop and use coaching, mentoring and learning strategies that bring about organisational and cultural change in relation to the sustainability focus.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

concepts and models of sustainability

concepts and models of team leadership

organisational policies and procedures relating to sustainable practices

strategies, tools and products to support sustainable practices in the organisation

adult learning and development principles and processes

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to sustainability

techniques for identifying training needs

theories of work team motivation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational sustainability policies

resources explaining and providing examples of sustainable business practices

reports from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing sustainability practices

relationship with team members:

leading a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPCMN4012A Contribute to sustainable solutions throughout a building's life cycle

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to participate in the implementation throughout a building's life cycle of policies and practices that are environmentally responsible and resource efficient. It covers the skills and knowledge necessary to research and implement policies and practices that address factors, including the use of non-toxic materials, enhancement of internal environmental quality, reduction of waste, efficient use of resources, and inclusion of alternative and renewable energy solutions. Sustainable practices also relate to the retrofitting of 'green' solutions and the maintenance of buildings. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports individuals responsible for contributing to the implementation of sustainable solutions.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Unit Descriptor

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Develop understanding of environmental impact over a building's life.	1.1 Purpose, benefits and practices of identifying and addressing environmental impact of a building during its life cycle are explored and used to inform the provision of services to customers. 1.2 Concepts and models of the environmental life cycle of buildings are explored and used to inform the provision of services to customers. 1.3 Range of products and services offered to support the sustainable and effective management of a building over its life cycle are reviewed and assessed.
2. Identify and communicate effective environmental solutions.	2.1 Benefits of adopting strategies that contribute to reducing environmental impact over the building's life cycle are analysed and communicated to customers. 2.2 Current products and services offered by the business are reviewed and analysed to identify their benefits and contribution to reducing environmental impacts. 2.3 Advice is sought from team members or related external professionals when services sought by the customer extend beyond current offerings.
3. Support implementation of effective environmental solutions.	3.1 Information and advice are provided to customer regarding optimal use and maintenance of the product or service to ensure environmental benefits are maximised. 3.2 Services provided by the business are checked for compliance with legislation and industry best practice to ensure optimum environmental performance. 3.3 Documentation, including 'green' certification and environmental performance ratings, is provided to the customer and its purpose explained.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
analytical skills to: apply suitable sustainable practices analyse risks problem-solving skills to identify appropriate sustainable solutions for the customer research skills to identify sustainable products, services and trends in sustainability and the environmental impact of buildings technical skills relevant to job role technology skills to use computer applications written and oral communication skills to: communicate clearly and concisely verbally and in writing consult with individuals and work team read and interpret documentation
Required knowledge
advanced understanding of the principles and practices of sustainability within the construction and property services industries concepts and models for building life cycle management concepts of risk management planning and processes environmental and resource hazards industry codes and standards, including Building Code of Australia (BCA) industry quality requirements organisational policies and procedures related to sustainable practices strategies, tools and products to support sustainable practices techniques and models for research legislative and regulatory requirements relating to environmental standards and OHS

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by observing at least two instances of the implementation and monitoring of integrated economic, social and environmental sustainability policies and procedures in an organisation.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the required skills and knowledge specified in this unit. In particular the person should demonstrate the ability to: identify and communicate the environmental impact of a building over its life cycle, from construction to demolition identify the products and services that support improved sustainability communicate with customers effectively and develop environmentally effective solutions.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge may be conducted in an off-site context. It is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: relevant legislation, standards and guidelines workplace documentation and personnel reports from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing improvements.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Property Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function.
Guidance information for assessment	Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Environmental impact of a building can be reduced by strategies, including:	efficient use of energy efficient use of resources required for construction and maintenance elimination or minimisation of hazardous and toxic materials minimisation of water use reduced use of non-renewable resources re-use and recycling of materials use of solar or other alternative forms of energy waste reduction.
Environmental life cycle of buildings refers to the impacts of:	extraction and processing of the raw materials used in construction and the energy intensity used construction of the building, including: design to minimise reliance on energy-intensive heating, cooling and lighting efficient use of materials installation of alternative energy sources minimisation of waste use of non-toxic materials use of recycled materials maintenance of the building, including: use of non-toxic cleaning and maintenance materials efficient energy and water use recycling and materials re-use efficient waste recycling demolition of the building, including: efficient and safe disposal of materials recycling of building materials.
Range of products and services is diverse, will typically be provided by a range of companies, and may include:	building design services cleaning operations services construction services facilities management services supply of energy-efficient building systems waste management services.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Competency field

Competency field

CPPCMN4013B Operate a sustainable business

Modification History

Unit revised and equivalent to CPPCMN4013A Operate a sustainable business

Minor changes to performance criterion 2.2 and range statement

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to, when operating a business, identify and implement products, services and practices that are economically, socially and environmentally sustainable over time.

The ability to monitor operations, implement plans efficiently, and deliver sustainable services, products and practices that meet customer needs is essential.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports individuals responsible for managing the operations of sustainable businesses.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

Nil

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Seek sustainable business opportunities.	1.1	Trends in consumer expectations and business environment regarding sustainability are researched and analysed.
1.2	Developments in sustainable products and services offered within the market are researched and analysed, and their suitability is assessed.
1.3	Competitors’ sustainable offerings and market position are identified and reviewed.
1.4	Existing and new customers are consulted to explore sustainable business opportunities.

2	Communicate performance requirements and monitor sustainable product and service provision.	2.1	Performance indicators to manage the delivery of products or services are identified and implemented.
2.2	Required sustainable business outcomes are documented and reports on progress against performance indicators are communicated to stakeholders.
2.3	Opportunities to gain certification or participate in external benchmarking activities to validate sustainable products, services and practices are identified and responded to in line with operational procedures and authorisation.
2.4	Compliance with relevant legislative standards and codes is monitored and reported according to requirements.
2.5	Successful sustainable business strategies and practices are promoted and, where possible, compliance is recognised.

3	Promote a workplace culture that supports sustainable products, services and practices.	3.1	Policies and procedures are developed and communicated to establish understanding of and commitment to economic, social and environmental sustainability.
3.2	Coaching and mentoring strategies are used to build the skills and knowledge of contractors and team members with regard to sustainable products, services and practices.
3.3	Reward and recognition processes are developed to ensure staff commitment to implementing and applying sustainability solutions.

4	Monitor and manage customer satisfaction with sustainability policies, practices, products and services.	4.1	Mechanisms to monitor client satisfaction are designed and used.
4.2	Effective and timely feedback is provided to staff, contractors and suppliers regarding the efficiency and effectiveness of their service provision.
4.3	Strategies to communicate and market the benefits of sustainable strategies are planned and implemented.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
change-management skills to respond to new opportunities and implement sustainable business solutions decision-making skills to: evaluate and select business opportunities develop communication strategies assess effectiveness of service provision language, literacy and numeracy skills to: communicate clearly and concisely verbally and in writing compare benchmarks consult with work group read and interpret documentation, including: environment and energy efficiency requirements resource use report against identified performance indicators seek and receive feedback source, organise and record information use costing strategies lateral and creative thinking to identify new sustainable business opportunities and plan projects problem-solving skills to respond to customer service issues research skills to: identify policies, practices, products and services that contribute to sustainability analyse and compare their performance technology skills to use computer applications
Required knowledge
concepts and models that address: economic sustainability social sustainability environmental sustainability concepts and models of strategic and tactical business planning governance and accountability models and processes that inform sustainability practices legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards that apply to sustainability organisational strategy, policy and procedures to enhance business sustainability performance characteristics and benefits of sustainable policies, products, services and processes strategies for: continuous improvement effecting outcomes maximising opportunities minimising impacts

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by observing at least two instances of the implementation and monitoring of integrated economic, social and environmental sustainability policies and procedures in an organisation.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the required skills and knowledge specified in this unit. In particular the person should demonstrate the ability to: identify opportunities for improved sustainability within the business build a culture that supports sustainability policies and practices implement and monitor the quality delivery of sustainable business operations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge may be conducted in an off-site context. It is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards’ requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: relevant legislation, standards and guidelines workplace documentation and personnel reports from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing improvements.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Property Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function.
Guidance information for assessment	Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sustainability is broadly defined as having three separate but inter-related components with characteristics, including:	economic sustainability, demonstrated by: cost-effective use of resources ensuring costs of ‘green’ solutions are properly accounted for and recovered growing market share by appealing to socially aware customers purchasing locally to reduce transport costs seeking to participate in government schemes that reward or fund sustainable operations social sustainability, demonstrated by: building community involvement communicating benefits of sustainable products and services to customers purchasing locally and using local and community-based products and services using ‘fair trade’ products environmental sustainability, demonstrated by: efficient use of resources eliminating hazardous and toxic materials identifying strategies to offset or mitigate environmental impacts, such as purchasing carbon credits making more efficient use of energy maximising opportunities to re-use and recycle materials preventing and minimising risks and maximising opportunities, such as use of solar or other alternative forms of energy where appropriate purchasing renewable energy reducing emissions of greenhouse gases reducing use of non-renewable resources waste reduction.
Performance indicators may include:	benchmarks achieved against external certification process requirements costs measured against performance targets level of: recycling achieved reduction of waste response to marketing and communication strategies sales achieved, measured against performance targets.
Stakeholders may include:	contractors customers other stakeholders staff suppliers.
Mechanisms to monitor client satisfaction may include:	customer satisfaction surveys that may be repeated over time to identify trends formal customer debriefings of project and response received to the debriefing tracking data to monitor: resolution of problems, including time taken for response and completeness of resolution of issue repeat purchases verbal or written feedback provided to sales consultants or staff.
Strategies to communicate and market may include:	advertising brand management internet and ‘viral’ marketing personal selling product placements promotions public relations sponsorships word of mouth.

Unit Sector(s)

Common

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPCMN5001A Plan for a sustainable business

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan sustainable business operations. The unit covers the skills and knowledge required to develop plans and strategies to ensure a business is successful in addressing factors that lead to economic, social and environmental sustainability. Planning skills and the ability to review sustainable policies and practices are important. Understanding resourcing implications and the ability to put in place appropriate measures of sustainability outcomes are also essential for success. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports individuals responsible for managing sustainability planning.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Unit Descriptor

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Inform the development of a plan for sustainability.	1.1 Research into the aspects of sustainability is conducted and analysed. 1.2 Regulations applying to the sustainable operation of the business are identified. 1.3 Procedures for assessing compliance with sustainability regulations are evaluated. 1.4 Concepts of triple bottom line planning, budgeting and reporting are reviewed and used to inform the planning process.
2. Review current sustainable business practices.	2.1 Current business planning is reviewed to identify aspects that reflect sustainable practices. 2.2 Sustainable practices and processes are reviewed and measured to assess current performance. 2.3 Alternative solutions for improved and sustainable operations are evaluated.
3. Prepare a business sustainability plan.	3.1 Objectives and performance measures for the business sustainability plan are identified in consultation with organisation's key staff. 3.2 Market conditions and market potential are analysed to inform plan development. 3.3 Research and industry intelligence are collated and analysed to build understanding of customer and community needs and preferences. 3.4 Competitors' sustainable offerings and market position are identified and reviewed. 3.5 Costings of proposed strategies are determined and included using standard budgetary processes. 3.6 Impact of proposed strategies on the community and the reputation of the business is reviewed and considered in the planning process. 3.7 Environmental impact of the proposed strategies is identified and evaluated to ensure positive outcomes for the business, community and environment. 3.8 Business sustainability plan is prepared using standard organisational procedures and approved by appropriate senior staff.
4. Plan for implementation.	4.1 Performance indicators relevant to the monitoring of plan performance are identified. 4.2 Team members involved in implementation of plan are briefed and ongoing communication channels are established. 4.3 Timelines and resources to support plan implementation are identified and sourced.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
organisational skills to undertake business and project planning change-management skills to respond to new opportunities and implement sustainable business solutions decision-making skills to: determine costing and their impact establish performance indicators select suitable strategies language, literacy and numeracy skills to: communicate clearly and concisely verbally and in writing compare benchmarks consult with work group read and interpret documentation, including: environment and energy efficiency requirements resource use request information report against identified performance indicators seek and receive feedback source, organise and record information use costing strategies lateral and creative thinking to: identify new sustainable business opportunities strategically analyse information technology skills to use computer applications
Required knowledge
concepts and models of sustainability, corporate citizenship, and strategic and business planning ethics regarding the impact of business activity on the community and environment techniques for financial planning and modelling governance and accountability models and processes legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards that apply to environmental sustainability overarching organisational strategy, policy and procedures strategies for: continuous improvement effecting outcomes maximising opportunities minimising impacts

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by observing at least two instances of the implementation and monitoring of integrated economic, social and environmental sustainability policies and procedures in an organisation.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the required skills and knowledge specified in this unit. In particular the person should demonstrate the ability to: research and identify opportunities for improved sustainability within the business plan for economic, social and environmental business operations establish and monitor performance indicators for sustainable business operations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge may be conducted in an off-site context. It is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include access to: relevant legislation, standards and guidelines workplace documentation and personnel reports from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing improvements.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Property Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function.
Guidance information for assessment	Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Research data may be sourced from:	'think tanks' and research houses industry associations primary research, such as surveys and focus groups publicly available data, such as Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) regional economic development plans secondary research, such as national and international literature searches.
Sustainability is broadly defined as having three separate but inter-related components with characteristics including:	economic sustainability, demonstrated by: cost-effective use of resources ensuring costs of 'green' solutions are properly accounted for and recovered growing market share by appealing to socially aware customers purchasing locally to reduce transport costs seeking to participate in government schemes that reward or fund sustainable operations social sustainability, demonstrated by: building community involvement communicating benefits of sustainable products and services to customers purchasing locally and using local and community-based products and services using 'fair trade' products environmental sustainability, demonstrated by: efficient use of resources eliminating hazardous and toxic materials identifying strategies to offset or mitigate environmental impacts, such as purchasing carbon credits making more efficient use of energy maximising opportunities to re-use and recycle materials preventing and minimising risks and maximising opportunities, such as use of solar or other alternative forms of energy where appropriate purchasing renewable energy reducing emissions of greenhouse gases reducing use of non-renewable resources waste reduction.
Compliance includes:	meeting relevant federal, state or territory, and local government laws, by-laws, regulations and codes of practice addressing voluntary industry benchmarking and certification processes.
Triple bottom line refers to:	methods of planning, monitoring and reporting business operations that measure: financial performance social impact and performance ecological or environmental impact and performance.
Performance indicators may include:	benchmarks achieved against external certification process requirements costs measured against performance targets level of: recycling achieved reduction of waste response to marketing and communication strategies sales achieved measured against performance targets.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Competency field

Competency field

CPPDSM3007 Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3007B Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify risks and opportunities in the property industry. It requires the ability to identify key assets and business systems, identify risks associated with asset and system use, and document and report identified risks and opportunities.

The unit supports the work involved in identifying risks and opportunities to maintain effective use of assets and business systems. It applies to all people working in the property industry.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify risks and opportunities in relation to assets and business systems.	1.1.	Client and organisational assets and business systems to be analysed for risk and opportunities are identified.
1.2.	Potential risks to and opportunities for clients and organisation are identified and confirmed with relevant people in line with organisational requirements.
1.3.	Relevant legislative requirements, insurance, codes and standards applicable to use of assets and business systems are identified and examined to identify potential risks and opportunities.
1.4.	Limitations in identifying risks and opportunities are identified and specialist advice is sought as required.
1.5.	Gaps or breaches in established risk management practices are identified and reported.
2.	Document and report identified risks and opportunities.	2.1.	Identified risks and opportunities supported by verifiable evidence are documented in a clear and concise manner and suitable format.
2.2.	Feedback is actively sought to ensure sufficiency and relevance of information in meeting client and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Information is securely maintained according to legislative and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of routine risk identification and reporting procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine graphical and statistical information on common risks in the property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify scope of own responsibility with regard to identifying and reporting risks and opportunities.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret routine workplace documents on own responsibility for identifying and reporting risks to relevant people.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation, including emails, memos and letters, to report risks and opportunities.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access online information about routine risks and opportunities in the property industry.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Risks must include:	people performance premises, plant and equipment processes profile or reputation providers or suppliers.
Opportunities must include at least five of the following:	adding value aggregating assets altering existing property or facility change in consumer perceptions or tastes change in use, ownership, appearance and perception of property or facility changing style of investment creating something new identifying a market niche new or redeveloped property-related product or service new source of funds.
Assets must include at least three of the following:	building facilities buildings cash common property equipment goodwill inventory land securities vehicles.
Business systems must include at least three of the following:	administration finance information technology knowledge management marketing sales trust fund administration.
Securely maintaining information must include:	using business equipment and technology according to work health and safety (WHS) requirements maintaining client confidentiality.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3007B Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3007 Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3007B Identify risks and opportunities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also identify and document routine risks and opportunities relating to two different assets and two different business systems in a property-related organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify a range of potential risks and opportunities in key assets and business systems in the above organisation

identify and report gaps or breaches in established risk management practices

prepare risk and opportunity findings in a format suitable for presentation and review, using standardised styles and formats.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

client and organisational confidentiality requirements

insurance policies, codes and operations relating to insurance requirements for assets and business systems

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to identifying risks and opportunities in the property industry

mechanisms to obtain and analyse feedback

methods to identify and prioritise a range of risks and opportunities

risk management practices in the property industry

types of assets and business systems in organisations in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational risk management policies and procedures

organisational procedures relating to asset and business system use

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3009A Maintain workplace safety in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to follow defined work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in a property industry workplace. It requires the ability to identify and control workplace hazards and risks, apply appropriate responses to emergency situations, and communicate workplace safety requirements.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to follow WHS policies and procedures. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assist in implementing safety policies and procedures in the workplace.	1.1.	Workplace safety requirements relevant to own role and responsibilities are identified and implemented.
1.2.	Organisational information outlining WHS policies and procedures is identified and accessed.
1.3.	Information identifying and controlling workplace hazards and risks is reviewed in line with organisational procedures.
1.4.	Work is conducted using safe workplace practices and according to WHS policies and procedures.
2.	Follow workplace procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risk.	2.1.	Hazards in work area are identified and reported in line with organisational requirements.
2.2.	Workplace instructions and procedures for controlling hazards and risks are followed.
2.3.	Emergency procedures are followed in line with WHS and organisational requirements.
3.	Contribute to participative arrangements for managing WHS.	3.1.	WHS issues, including compliance with applicable WHS policies and procedures, are raised with required people.
3.2.	Colleague contributions to participative arrangements for managing WHS in the workplace are encouraged.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of WHS policies and procedures identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of workplace hazards and risks.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical and graphical information in safety information in the workplace.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures to follow in identifying potential workplace hazards and safe work practices.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret information about safe work practices and hazards.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine correspondence, including emails, messaging and letters, to record and report details of safety-related incidents in the workplace.
Technology skills to:	access the internet and web pages prepare and complete online forms lodge electronic documents search online databases in relation to workplace safety.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
WHS policies and procedures must include:	consultative arrangements for employees emergency and evacuation procedures equipment maintenance and use first aid hazard and risk identification and reporting hazard, accident and incident investigation on-site contractors, visitors and members of the public risk assessment and control measures safe operating procedures and instructions transport, use and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials use and maintenance of personal protective clothing and equipment WHS audits and safety inspections.
Procedures for controlling hazards and risks must include:	compliance with environmental requirements compliance with ergonomic requirements, including safe lifting and manual handling procedures correctly selecting, using, storing and maintaining personal protective clothing and equipment following emergency, fire and accident procedures following safe operating procedures reporting hazards, accidents and incidents regular WHS consultations.
Participative arrangements must include:	formal and informal meetings to discuss WHS matters mechanisms for conveying employee suggestions, requests and concerns to management WHS committees, such as consultative, planning and purchasing committees.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3009A Maintain workplace safety in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3009 Maintain workplace safety in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3009A Maintain workplace safety in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also follow defined work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in three different work environments in the property industry.

The person must demonstrate this performance by:

identifying the workplace hazards and risks in each of the above work environments

identifying how each of the identified hazards and risks may be controlled and the appropriate responses to apply in associated emergency situations

contributing to participative arrangements aimed at managing the hazards and risks identified in each of the above environments.

In doing the above, the person must:

carry out work activities in a safe manner using safe operating practices and procedures

follow required WHS risk and hazard response procedures within scope of own role and responsibilities.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace hazards and risks in the property industry

ways of controlling hazards and risks in the property industry

organisational communication channels and procedures

federal, state or territory legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to workplace safety in the property industry

range and meaning of WHS safety signs and symbols

rights and responsibilities of employers and employees with regard to workplace safety

types and purposes of personal protective clothing and equipment in the workplace

workplace WHS management processes and designated personnel.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system to access online information concerning workplace safety in the property industry

specifications:

relevant legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to workplace safety in the property industry

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3010B Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify, clarify and meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry in a single encounter or multiple encounters on a one-to-one basis with a customer.

The unit supports work situations involving a direct relationship with internal and external customers. It applies to those in the property industry involved in identifying and clarifying customer needs and expectations, exploring alternative ways of satisfying them, and selecting appropriate products or services to meet them.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify customer needs and expectations.	1.1.	Customer preferences, needs and expectations are identified and clarified.
1.2.	Customer special requirements are identified and where appropriate referred to specialist staff in the organisation.
1.3.	Communication techniques appropriate to relationship and purpose of interaction are used.
1.4.	Limitations in identifying customer preferences, needs and expectations are identified, and advice is sought from required people.
2.	Respond to identified customer needs and expectations.	2.1.	Product and service knowledge is applied to provide assistance to customers consistent with scope of own work role and responsibilities, organisational policies, and legislative requirements.
2.2.	Customer is provided with options and alternatives where appropriate.
2.3.	Features and benefits of relevant products and services are explained to customers.
2.4.	Information on special promotions for products and services is provided to customer.
2.5.	Feedback is sought from customer whether needs and, where practical, expectations have been satisfied.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information on organisation’s products and services maintain current knowledge of organisation’s products and services.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine numerical and graphical information on organisation’s products and services.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify customer needs and expectations.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret supplier information to determine benefits and features of products and services.
Writing skills to:	prepare notes and summaries of customer needs and preferences in relation to services offered.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to conduct routine communication with customers and provide standard information on the organisation’s products and services.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Customer must include:	internal and external customers people from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds people with varying physical and mental abilities regular and new customers those with routine or special requests.
Communication techniques must include:	active listening giving customers full attention maintaining eye contact non-verbal communication, such as body language and personal presentation speaking clearly and concisely using appropriate language and tone of voice using open and closed questions writing clearly and legibly.
Product and service knowledge must include:	cost of products and services features and benefits of products and services legislation impacting on products and services limits of advice that may be provided on products and services product and service disclosures range of products and services supplier product and service information timeframe for provision of products and services.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3010B Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3010 Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3010B Meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also clarify and meet customer needs and expectations in the property industry by responding to the following two different customer service situations:

a single encounter on a one-to-one basis with one internal customer

two or more encounters on a one-to-one basis with one external customer.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify needs and expectations of each customer

deliver a service to both customers in required timeframes

apply knowledge of organisational practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with meeting customer needs and expectations

locate, interpret and apply relevant product and service information

recommend acceptable options or alternatives to customers, or explain to customers why their needs cannot be met

use communication strategies suited to the customer and service situation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

communication strategies to use when establishing and maintaining customer relationships

organisation’s product and service range, sufficient to make choices between different products and services based on identified customer needs and expectations

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

financial probity

work health and safety (WHS)

property sales, leasing and management.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet access and printer

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures for interacting and communicating with customers

details of services offered by organisation

relevant legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to organisation’s products and services

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context under supervision of the manager or a workplace principal.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3011B Monitor building facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to monitor building facilities to ensure that maintenance and service problems are identified and resolved, or reported where necessary. It requires the ability to identify and arrange necessary maintenance and service work and to check the results against work orders.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to monitor building facilities. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify maintenance and service requirements.	1.1.	Maintenance and service requirements of building facilities are specified and confirmed against work order.
1.2.	Work practices and timelines are confirmed.
1.3.	Site access and specific site requirements are verified and appropriate arrangements are made.
1.4.	Communication channels and processes are confirmed.
2.	Monitor building facilities.	2.1.	Building facilities are monitored against work order to ensure that designated maintenance and service tasks are completed within required timeframes.
2.2.	Maintenance and service requirements are identified and noted according to work health and safety (WHS) and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Notified breaches of building controls are reported.
2.4.	Interpersonal techniques are used to discuss issues or concerns.
2.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Arrange for routine maintenance and service.	3.1.	Routine maintenance and service to building facilities are arranged.
3.2.	Notification of completed maintenance and service is confirmed on receipt.
3.3.	Accredited contractor inspections are arranged to confirm maintenance or service has been effectively carried out according to work order.
3.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain relevant documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of policies and procedures for monitoring building facilities identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of routine maintenance and service requirements for building facilities.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine numerical and graphical information on maintenance and service requirements for building facilities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures for sourcing expert advice and services relating to the maintenance and service of building facilities.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret work orders that specify maintenance and service tasks to be conducted.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine correspondence, including email and letters, to record and report on breaches of building controls.
Technology skills to:	access the internet and web pages prepare and complete online forms lodge electronic documents search online databases in relation to maintenance of building facilities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Maintenance and service requirements must include at least six of the following:	changing user codes confirming operational effectiveness data backups identifying and replacing worn parts inspections, lubrication, cleaning and adjustments regular services, such as waste removal, cleaning, and grounds maintenance repairs, maintenance or service under warranty routine repairs, maintenance or service.
Building controls must include:	access procedures alarms exit procedures fire equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3011 Monitor building facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3011B Monitor building facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also monitor building facilities to ensure that maintenance and service problems are identified and resolved, or reported where necessary.

The person must demonstrate this performance by identifying and arranging the maintenance and service requirements for two different buildings, and monitoring these arrangements to ensure that designated maintenance and service tasks are completed within required timeframes.

In doing the above, the person must:

verify maintenance and service requirements for building facilities against work order and consult with relevant people to arrange access to building facilities

monitor building facilities to ensure completion of designated maintenance and service tasks within required timeframes

arrange accredited contractor inspection

use business equipment and technology to maintain associated documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

building facilities’ maintenance and service requirements

common hazards to public and personal safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

key features of property contracts and administrative requirements

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to monitoring building facilities, including:

building and construction

property leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

points of contact with emergency service agencies.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system to access online information concerning maintenance and service requirements for building facilities

specifications:

building facilities’ service and maintenance requirements and/or work order

procedures for building function checks

relevant legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to workplace safety in the property industry

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3016A Work in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to apply foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the property industry. It covers the basic entry-level functions to enable compliance with legislative, financial and procedural requirements. It requires the ability to identify potential risks associated with a range of activities in the property industry, and opportunities for improving own professional development.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to apply foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Interpret and comply with legislative, financial and procedural requirements.	1.1.	Legislative, financial and procedural requirements relevant to organisation’s services are identified.
1.2.	Key principles relating to consumer protection and trade practices within the context of own role are identified and interpreted.
1.3.	Own interpretation and application of legislative, financial and procedural requirements are confirmed to ensure consistent and accurate understanding.
1.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Interpret and comply with ethical practices and rules of conduct.	2.1.	Regulatory and industry standards, and codes of ethics and conduct are identified and interpreted.
2.2.	Key principles relating to organisation’s ethical values are identified and interpreted in line with legislative and industry requirements.
2.3.	Own interpretation and application of ethical and conduct requirements are confirmed to ensure consistent and accurate understanding.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Interpret work role and responsibilities.	3.1.	Own role and responsibilities are identified and confirmed with supervisor.
3.2.	Work tasks are identified, scheduled and completed within designated timeframes.
3.3.	Work practices are adapted to meet the specific needs of relevant people.
3.4.	Feedback from clients and colleagues is sought and used to determine professional competency and quality of performance, and to identify key areas for improvement.
3.5.	Information regarding learning and professional development is recorded and maintained.
4.	Identify risks.	4.1.	Potential and existing risks are identified and reported according to organisational procedures.
4.2.	Recommendations on appropriate strategies to minimise risks and complaints are discussed with supervisor.
4.3.	Limitations in identifying risks are identified and assistance is sought.
4.4.	Information collection techniques are used to access information from individuals and groups on identified potential and existing risks.
5.	Complete standard contractual documentation.	5.1.	Standard documentation for property operations is completed according to legislative and organisational requirements.
5.2.	Business equipment and technology are used as required to complete documentation.
5.3.	Written information is prepared that complies with organisational standards of language, accuracy and relevance; and is used in an ethically and legally appropriate manner.
5.4.	Property documentation and information systems are securely maintained.
6.	Access information on industry employment and professional development requirements.	6.1.	Industry employment and professional development requirements are accessed and interpreted to ensure own continuing professional development.
6.2.	Employee and employer rights and responsibilities, including remuneration and awards, are accessed and interpreted.
6.3.	Key industry and statutory organisations able to assist own professional development are identified and assistance is sought as required.
6.4.	Industry competency standards and other relevant benchmarks are identified and reviewed to establish future professional development needs and priorities.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of ethical and conduct standards for the property industry identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of employment conditions in the property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures for sourcing expert advice and services relating to risk identification in the property industry.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret standards documentation used routinely in property industry operations.
Writing skills to:	complete forms and other types of standard documentation used routinely in the property industry.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to access information, complete standard forms, lodge electronic documents, and search online databases.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislative, financial and procedural requirements must include two or more of the following:	Australian Securities and Investments Commission, Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, and Foreign Investment Review Board requirements Australian standards relating to working in the property industry federal and state taxation requirements consumer protection laws and guidelines court and tribunal precedents environmental and zoning laws affecting access security, access and property use freedom of information home building requirements licensing requirements privacy and confidentiality requirements and laws applying to owners, contractors and tenants public health requirements relating to working in the property industry quality assurance and certification requirements federal, and state or territory legislation and regulations affecting organisational operation, including: anti-discrimination environmental issues equal employment opportunity (EEO) industrial relations work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of conduct relating to own role, which may cover areas including market sector, financial transactions, taxation, environment, construction, land use, native title, zoning, utility use (water, gas and electricity), and contract or common law local government policies and regulations relating to own role strata, community and company titles tenancy agreements.
Risks must include:	changes to regulations and legislation client and staff satisfaction competition emergencies and disasters fire and security health and safety market influences physical, financial or human resources project control and cash flow suppliers and contractors time constraints.
Competency standards and other relevant benchmarks must include:	benchmarks: industry code of conduct and code of ethics statutory and legislative requirements relating to working in the property sector personal and technical knowledge, skills and attitudinal aspects required to undertake day-to-day tasks and duties of the work function effectively and efficiently; specifically: competency standards for the property industry other relevant industry, cross-industry and organisational competency standards.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3016A Work in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3016 Work in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3016A Work in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also respond to six routine workplace situations, one relating to each of the following aspects of work in the property industry:

interpreting and complying with legislative, financial and procedural requirements

interpreting and complying with ethical practices and rules of conduct

interpreting own work role and responsibilities

identifying and reporting risks

completing standard contractual documentation

accessing information on industry employment requirements.

In each of the above, the person must respond to the situation, evaluate his or her personal performance in resolving it, and assess his or her personal competency development needs in relation to the way he or she responded.

In doing the above, the person must:

interpret and comply with relevant legislative, financial and procedural requirements and confirm own understanding and application with relevant people

interpret and comply with ethical practices and codes of conduct and check own understanding and application with relevant people

identify a range of potential and existing risks using appropriate information collection techniques, and discuss recommendations on strategies to minimise risks with relevant people

complete standard contractual documentation ensuring adherence to legislative and procedural requirements, and securely maintain property information

interpret and use industry employment and professional development guidelines and benchmarks, and seek assistance from key industry and statutory organisations to ensure own continuing professional development

interpret and verify own role and responsibilities, and carry out work tasks according to professional standards.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

organisational and professional procedures relating to own work role

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to own work role, including:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS)

property sales, leasing and management

risk factors relating to a variety of transactions

routine knowledge of procedures for general office processes

WHS issues and requirements relating to working in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet access and printer to access legislation, ethical and conduct standards, and policies and procedures

specifications:

workplace safety and risk identification procedures

relevant legislation, codes, standards and local government regulations relating to workplace safety in the property industry

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context under supervision of the manager or workplace principal.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3017 Work in the strata community management sector

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPDSM3017A Work in the strata community management sector.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to apply foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the strata community management sector. It covers the basic entry-level functions to enable compliance with legislative, ethical and procedural requirements. It requires the ability to identify the role of strata communities, access information on by-laws relating to those communities, and clarify the roles and duties of strata managers and resident managers.

The unit supports the work of those involved in applying foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the strata community management sector. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Access information on strata.	1.1.	Legislation relevant to strata communities is identified.
1.2.	Developments that may exist under strata plans and the management issues associated with different types of development are identified.
1.3.	Own interpretation and application of legislation relating to strata communities are confirmed to ensure consistent and accurate understanding.
1.4.	Procedures for use of the strata community’s common seal are identified and checked for compliance with legislative requirements.
1.5.	Strata community decision-making processes, including meeting requirements and meeting procedures for lot owners and owners committee, are identified and checked for compliance with legislative requirements.
1.6.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Identify role of the owners committee.	2.1.	Membership, role and responsibilities of owners committee are identified and checked for compliance with legislative requirements.
2.2.	Key provisions of code of conduct for owners committees are identified and followed.
2.3.	Process for appointment, operation and powers of owners committee responsible for administering owners corporation is identified and checked for compliance with legislative arrangements.
2.4.	Process and powers of owners committee to raise funds by levying contributions against lot owners are identified and checked for compliance with legislative arrangements.
2.5.	Process for removal of owners committee or committee member is identified and checked for compliance with legislative arrangements.
2.6.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and authorised, and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Access information on by-laws for strata communities.	3.1.	By-laws relevant to strata communities are identified, accessed and interpreted to clarify rules that owners and tenants in strata communities must follow.
3.2.	Process for changing or amending by-laws is identified.
3.3.	Availability of model by-laws prepared by state or territory governments is determined, and suitability for use or amending for use with strata communities is assessed.
3.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
4	Identify role of strata managers.	4.1.	Role and duties of strata manager are identified and checked for compliance with legislative requirements and contract with strata community.
4.2.	Relationship between strata manager and the owners committee is identified.
4.3.	Roles and duties of strata manager and resident manager are determined and verified with owners committee.
4.4.	Role and duties of strata manager in facilitating meetings of owners and owners committee are identified and verified with owners committee.
4.5.	Role of strata manager in resolving disputes in strata communities is identified.
4.6.	Key provisions of the code of conduct for strata managers are identified and followed in all dealings with the owners corporation, lot owners and other parties.
4.7.	Own interpretation of the role of strata managers is confirmed with relevant people to ensure consistent and accurate understanding.
4.8.	Own professional development needs in relation to role as strata manager are determined and appropriate sources of continuing professional development are accessed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	assess personal knowledge of legislation applying to strata communities and identify appropriate sources of professional development identify and use reliable sources of information to confirm details of duties of strata managers and resident managers.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine numerical and graphical information on levies determined by the owners committee.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures relating to the routine administration of strata communities.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret: by-laws for strata communities industry competency standards industry code of conduct.
Writing skills to:	prepare minutes of meetings of owners committees and lot owners.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to: access information complete standard forms lodge electronic documents search online databases.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislation relevant to strata communities must include:	Australian Securities and Investments Commission, Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, and Foreign Investment Review Board requirements Australian standards common law relating to working in the strata community management sector consumer protection laws and guidelines court and tribunal precedents environmental and zoning laws affecting access security, access and property use freedom of information home building requirements licensing requirements privacy and confidentiality requirements and laws applying to owners, contractors and tenants public health requirements quality assurance and certification requirements federal, and state or territory legislation and regulations affecting organisational operation, including: anti-discrimination and diversity Acts Interpretation Act environmental issues equal employment opportunity (EEO) electronic transactions industrial relations work health and safety (WHS) federal and state taxation requirements industry codes of conduct covering areas such as market sector, financial transactions, taxation, environment, construction, land use, native title, zoning, utility use (water, gas and electricity), and contract law relevant local government policies and regulations strata, community and company titles tenancy agreements.
Developments that may exist under strata plans must include:	agriculture caravan parks commercial hotels layered schemes mixed use, such as retail, and/or commercial, and/or residential residential resorts retail retirement villages serviced apartments viticulture.
Duties of strata manager must include:	arranging payment of all invoices attending to correspondence attending to orders, submissions and appeals ensuring strata community complies with WHS regulations maintaining the strata community register organising and coordinating repairs and maintenance of common property, including following a preventative maintenance program preparing and distributing: notices, including contribution notices financial statements and budgets meeting agendas and minutes providing advice in handling difficult or complex strata issues setting dates for committee meetings, annual general meetings, and extraordinary meetings.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3017 Work in the strata community management sector

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPDSM3017A Work in the strata community management sector.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also apply foundation knowledge to work effectively and efficiently in the strata community management sector.

The person must demonstrate this performance by responding to four routine workplace situations, one relating to each of the following aspects of work in the strata community management sector:

complying with legislative requirements associated with strata communities

clarifying the role of the owners committee

accessing and interpreting by-laws for a strata community

identifying the duties of strata managers.

In doing the above, the person must:

comply with relevant legislative requirements and confirm own understanding and application with relevant people

comply with ethical practices and code of conduct, and check own understanding and application with relevant people

identify the role and duties of lot owners, owners committee, strata manager and resident manager in strata communities

identify by-laws applying to individual strata communities and the processes involved in changing and amending them

access and use industry employment and professional development guidelines and benchmarks, and seek assistance from own organisation and statutory organisations to ensure own continuing professional development

identify and verify own role and responsibilities and demonstrate an understanding and respect of individual differences in carrying out work tasks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

code of conduct relating to:

owners committees

strata managers

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

relevant federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to strata communities, including:

Australian Securities and Investments Commission, Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, and Foreign Investment Review Board requirements

Australian standards

common law relating to working in the strata community management sector

consumer protection laws and guidelines

court and tribunal precedents

environmental and zoning laws affecting access security, access and property use

freedom of information

home building requirements

licensing requirements

privacy and confidentiality requirements and laws applying to owners, contractors and tenants

public health requirements

quality assurance and certification requirements

federal, and state or territory legislation and regulations affecting organisational operation, including:

anti-discrimination and diversity

Acts Interpretation Act

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

electronic transactions

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS)

federal and state taxation requirements

industry codes of conduct covering areas such as market sector, financial transactions, taxation, environment, construction, land use, native title, zoning, utility use (water, gas and electricity), and contract or common law

relevant local government policies and regulations

strata, community and company titles

tenancy agreements

social and ethical practices and business standards relevant to strata managers

strata communities:

decision making processes in strata communities

distinction between the various strata title types

meetings, including:

meeting procedures

legislative requirements relating to notification and conduct of meetings

processes for appointing and managing owners committees

role and duties of resident manager

role and duties of strata manager

role of lot owners

role of owners corporation

situations in which common seal may be used

types of developments under strata plans

WHS issues and requirements relating to working in the strata community management sector.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet access and printer to access legislation, ethical and conduct standards, and policies and procedures

specifications:

strata community by-laws

relevant codes, standards and regulations relevant to the strata community management sector

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a strata community management context under supervision of the strata manager.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3019B Communicate with clients as part of agency operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to interact and build relationships with clients in the property industry. It includes developing rapport with clients, handling initial client enquiries, establishing and maintaining a client database, and dealing with client complaints and problems.

The unit supports the work of a range of property industry professionals, including licensed real estate agents, real estate representatives and support staff, stock and station agents, and strata managers, in interacting and building effective relationships with clients as part of agency or organisation operations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish contact with clients and determine their needs.	1.1.	Contact with client is established and an interest in client needs, preferences and requirements is expressed to enhance client commitment and trust, and credibility of agency or organisation, and build return client base.
1.2.	Professional ethics are maintained with client to promote agency image and credibility.
2.	Handle initial client enquiries.	2.1.	Client needs, preferences and requirements are accurately clarified to maximise opportunities to promote agency or organisation services.
2.2.	Client is given space and time to evaluate agency or organisation services, while time is used to maximum advantage for client and agency or organisation.
2.3.	Client is provided with accurate initial information on agency or organisation services.
2.4.	Features and benefits of agency or organisation services are explained to client.
2.5.	Interview appointment time is arranged where necessary and interview preparations are completed.
2.6.	Formal and informal information is gathered and appropriate notes are taken for file.
3.	Maintain and use client database.	3.1.	Client database is accurately developed, regularly maintained and securely stored, while maintaining client confidentiality.
3.2.	Regular clients are accurately identified and followed up.
3.3.	Client records are accurately used to advise clients on agency or organisation services of possible interest.
4.	Deal with client complaints and problems.	4.1.	Client complaints and problems are acknowledged and client is supported to produce a positive outcome.
4.2.	Client is encouraged to verbalise issues and active listening is used to minimise client frustration.
4.3.	Client’s confidence in agency or organisation is developed to promote long-term commitment and trust.
4.4.	Mutually acceptable resolution of complaint or problem is achieved by implementing agency or organisation’s policies and procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information on ways of enhancing client service strategies.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine numerical and graphical client information derived from client database.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures for dealing with client enquiries and complaints.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret client profiles to gather routine information on client needs and previous use of agency or organisation’s services.
Writing skills to:	prepare notes and summaries of client needs, preferences and requirements in relation to services offered by agency or organisation.
Technology skills to:	use business technologies to access information from client databases and conduct online searches to gather routine information on clients while paying due regard to confidentiality and privacy.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Client needs, preferences and requirements must include:	agency or organisation services in relation to specific property contract administration current and planned developments service, repair and maintenance of building facilities.
Professional ethics must include:	acting in the interests of client code of conduct confidentiality disclosure of conflicts of interest due care honesty integrity privacy professional behaviour professional competence.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM3019B Communicate with clients as part of agency operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3019 Communicate with clients in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM3019B Communicate with clients as part of agency operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also interact and build relationships with clients as part of agency or organisation operations.

The person must demonstrate this performance by responding to each of the following routine workplace situations in the property industry:

dealing with an initial enquiry from a potential new client about services offered by agency or organisation

responding to a specific request from an existing client of agency or organisation

responding to a customer complaint about the quality of service provided by agency or organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

apply agency or organisational policies and procedures, and relevant legislative requirements in regard to dealing with clients

apply knowledge of agency or organisational services to enhance client support

develop client commitment to agency or organisation and build return custom by establishing rapport and a relationship with client, maintaining professional ethics, and accurately discerning client needs, preferences and requirements

establish and maintain client records and details, maintain client confidentiality, ensure secure storage of client records, and use client records to maximise client interest in agency or organisation’s services

resolve client complaints by acknowledging problems, supporting client in arriving at positive outcomes, and obtaining mutually acceptable complaint resolution

use effective questioning, listening and observation skills to accurately determine client requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

agency or organisation’s record-keeping requirements

client service goals and objectives

services, including:

features and benefits

types

client complaints and problems, including:

strategies for resolving conflicts

types

client database with contact information

client needs, preferences and requirements specific to own work role

effective communication principles, including principles of and barriers to effective communication

ethical standards, including:

acting in the interests of client

confidentiality

disclosure of conflict of interest

due care

honesty

integrity

privacy

professional behaviour

professional competence

work organisation techniques and procedures, including:

prioritising workload to deal effectively with clients and enquiries

preparing timely and sufficient information

timing and scheduling of appointments.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet access and printer

specifications:

agency or organisation policies and procedures for interacting and communicating with clients, including for resolving disputes

client database

details of services offered by agency or organisation

codes, standards and regulations relating to client service in the property industry

relationships with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context under supervision of the manager or workplace principal.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3020 Source and extract information from strata plans

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to read and interpret strata plans. It includes sourcing strata plans, extracting information from them, and safely storing and retrieving strata plans.

The unit supports the work of strata managers who are required to source and extract information on strata communities from strata plans. It applies to those involved in managing strata communities, including strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Source strata plan.	1.1.	Copy of strata plan and other source documents are obtained.
1.2.	Sources of information on strata plans are accessed as required according to organisational requirements.
2.	Extract information from strata plan.	2.1.	Administrative information on strata plan is extracted from administrative documents.
2.2.	Key features of strata community are correctly identified on plan drawing documents.
2.3.	Features omitted on plans are identified and noted.
3.	Store and retrieve strata plan.	3.1.	Strata plan is safely and securely stored according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Strata plan is accessed and retrieved using business technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of content and structure of strata plans.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations associated with extracting information from strata plans, including scale and area calculations.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify information in strata plans.
Writing skills to:	make notes relating to features omitted from strata plans.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to store and retrieve strata plans.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Strata plan must include:	administration documents plan documents: location plan lot plan.
Source documents must include:	building approvals planning approvals legislation, including: land titles subdivision.
Administrative information must include:	administrative information: by-laws name and address for service of notices purpose or type of information schedule of lot entitlement and liabilities approvals for the plan: registration surveyor certificate signatures seals.
Plan drawing documents must include:	location plan lot plan: common property easements encroachments stairs strata lots voids.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3020 Source and extract information from strata plans

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also source strata plans and extract information from them.

The person must demonstrate this performance by correctly sourcing one strata plan, and identifying the information needed to respond to six routine workplace requests for information relating to each of the following features of strata communities:

common property

easements

encroachments

lot boundaries and areas

name and address for service of notices

schedule of unit entitlements and liabilities.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify the correct strata plan

extract the information required from the strata plan

retrieve and store the strata plan.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to strata plans

definition and types of common property

contents and structure of strata plans

location plans, including:

purpose

content

abbreviations, symbols and shading

scale

orientation

lot entitlements and liabilities

lot plans, including:

purpose

content

abbreviations, symbols and shading

techniques for locating lots

scale

orientation

easements

encroachments

sources of information on strata plans

terms, symbols, abbreviations and shading used in strata plans.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

strata plans

organisational policies and procedures on strata plans

strata community to verify information on strata plan

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to strata plans

relationships with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM3021 Collect and process information relevant to strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to gather and organise information relevant to strata community management in a format that is suitable for decision making. It requires the ability to review information requirements and obtain information from a variety of sources.

The unit supports the work of administrative staff involved in strata community management who are engaged in gathering and organising information on strata communities in a format suitable for decision making. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and collect information relevant to strata community management.	1.1.	Information requirements in relation to strata community are specified.
1.2.	Information sources are identified and accessed.
1.3.	Information is collected according to organisational requirements.
2.	Organise and assess information.	2.1.	Information is collated and organised in a suitable format to allow analysis and decision making.
2.2.	Information is assessed for relevance, accuracy, and consistency with organisational reporting requirements.
2.3.	Information is recorded, stored and retrieved using suitable business equipment and technology, and in line with client privacy and confidentiality requirements.
3.	Review information needs.	3.1.	Information is reviewed in consultation with strata community to confirm its sufficiency.
3.2.	Gaps in data are identified and addressed, where necessary.
3.3.	Information database is maintained according to own role and responsibility.
3.4.	Feedback on future information needs is obtained and incorporated into existing information collection and reporting processes.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of sources of information on routine matters relating to the operation of strata community schemes.
Numeracy skills to:	process and present numerical and statistical information in response to requests for routine information relating to the operation of strata community schemes.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify information requirements.
Reading skills to:	read and extract information from routine workplace documents relating to the operation of strata community schemes.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine correspondence, including emails, electronic messaging and letters, relating to the operation of strata community schemes.
Technology skills to:	access the internet and web pages and search online databases prepare and complete online forms lodge electronic documents.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Information must include:	strata community: by-laws fees and levies functions insurance management of disputes meetings obligations of owners and tenants operation powers public liability repairs and maintenance scope of decision making property characteristics: accessibility for people with disabilities common property energy costs energy efficiency lot boundaries safety strata community management company services strata community management legislation and regulations.
Organisational requirements must include collecting information:	in an efficient manner using suitable business equipment and technology in line with time and resource constraints with due regard to privacy and confidentiality requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM3021 Collect and process information relevant to strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also gather and organise information relevant to strata community management in a format that is suitable for decision making.

The person must demonstrate this performance by correctly gathering and organising the information needed to respond to five routine requests for information in relation to the operation of a strata community scheme. Each request for information must address a different strata community management topic from the following:

operations and functions of a strata community

by-laws

characteristics of the property

strata community management company services

strata community legislation and regulations.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine information requirements and provide information to meet identified and defined purposes

identify and address gaps in collected data

apply organisational practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with gathering and organising property information in a format suitable for decision making

source, organise and use information in compliance with applicable industry and legal requirements

use consultative processes to review, maintain and improve existing information collection and reporting processes.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

data security and safe record-keeping practices

internal and external sources of information relating to managing strata community schemes

organisational policies and procedures relating to collecting and using information, including privacy and confidentiality

organisational record-keeping and filing systems

procedures for using office equipment and technology

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

managing strata community schemes

roles of strata managers

software applications used to access, store and retrieve data

types of information management systems used in strata community management.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system to access online databases and other electronic data and information sources

specifications:

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to strata communities

documentation relating to strata management schemes, including by-laws, and minutes of meetings

relationship with team members and supervisor:

work is performed under supervision of a strata manager

timeframe:

information request is responded to within organisational timeframes.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4009 Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4009B Interpret legislation to complete agency work.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to source and interpret legislation affecting operations in the property industry. It includes identifying and applying statutory interpretation techniques, identifying and tracking changes to relevant property industry legislation and industry codes of conduct, and maintaining appropriate records.

The unit supports the work of professionals in the property industry, including licensed real estate and stock and station agents, strata managers and their authorised representatives, with regard to identifying, interpreting and applying legislation and industry codes of conduct affecting property operations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify legal principles and legislative requirements affecting property operations.	1.1.	Legal framework in which property organisations operate is identified.
1.2.	Components of statute law and their relationships are identified with respect to their application to practice in the property industry.
1.3.	Source documents for legislation and regulations relating to provision of property services are identified and accessed.
2.	Interpret legislative requirements affecting property operations.	2.1.	Structure of property legislation and regulations are identified.
2.2.	Common interpretation problems with property legislation and regulations are identified.
2.3.	Rules and techniques for interpreting property legislation and regulations are identified and applied.
3.	Identify changes to legislation and regulations affecting agency or organisation operations.	3.1.	Processes that lead to changes in property legislation and regulations are identified.
3.2.	Source documents for amendment legislation relevant to the provision of agency or organisation services are identified and accessed.
3.3.	Techniques for tracking amendments to property legislation and regulations are identified and applied.
3.4.	Implications of changes to legislative and regulatory requirements are identified and addressed in line with agency or organisation practice.
3.5.	Strategies for identifying amendments to legislation and regulations are implemented.
3.6.	Changes to legislative and regulatory requirements are communicated to appropriate people.
4.	Comply with relevant industry codes.	4.1.	Industry codes of conduct are sourced and accessed.
4.2.	Relationship between industry codes of conduct and legislative requirements are identified.
4.3.	Key principles and responsibilities of industry codes of conduct are interpreted and applied to own work.
4.4.	Commitment to complying with industry codes of conduct is demonstrated through own ethical behaviour.
5.	Maintain records of legislation and industry codes.	5.1.	Agency or organisation processes for maintaining records of changes to legislation and industry codes are identified.
5.2.	Records of changes to legislation and industry codes are maintained.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative requirements and amendments affecting work in the property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify legislative requirements affecting operations relating to the sale, lease and management of residential property.
Reading skills to:	read and extract information from legislation, regulations and code of conduct.
Writing skills to:	prepare briefing notes, reports and letters to communicate with other industry professionals about changes to legislation, regulations and code of conduct affecting operations in the property industry.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access complex online databases and other sources of information on legislation relevant to the property industry.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legal framework must include:	common law contract law equity law statute law.
Components of statute law must include:	principal legislation, such as Acts subordinate legislation, such as: approvals determinations mandatory and non-mandatory administrative guidelines orders regulations.
Structure of property legislation and regulations must include:	endnotes, including: explanatory notes index table of amendments section headings, margin notes and clause notes parts, sections, subsections, paragraphs, regulations, sub-regulations and clauses types of provisions, including: approvals deeming provisions definitions and interpretations general penalties objectives offences prescribed arrangements relating to regulations and orders.
Common interpretation problems must include:	ambiguous words broad phrases need for words to be implied printing and drafting errors unforeseen developments, such as changes in technology or practice.
Rules and techniques for interpreting property legislation and regulations must include:	aids to interpreting legislation, including: external: interpretations of legislation, Acts, Hansard/parliamentary papers, legal dictionaries and previous judicial interpretations internal: objectives, legislation to be accessed as a whole, definitions and interpretation sections in legislation, headings, and margin notes language conventions and expressions, including: and, or gender hierarchy includes may, should and must reading rules, including: context golden literal mischief purposive express mention of one thing to the exclusion of another words interpreted through their connection with other words words with the same meaning.
Processes must include:	government agency approval governor approval minister approval parliament.
Source documents must include:	amendment Acts amendment regulations Bills consolidated or reprinted Acts.
Techniques for tracking amendments must include:	government and industry newsletters and information sessions use of margin notes and tables of amendments.
Appropriate people must include:	agency or organisation principal authorised representatives bookkeepers, accountants and auditors licensed real estate agents property managers sales people.
Industry codes of conduct must address at least two of the following:	ethical behaviour general business operations property sales and management strata community management.
Records must include at least two of the following:	agency administration property management property sales strata scheme administration.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4009B Interpret legislation to complete agency work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4009 Interpret legislation to complete work in the property industry

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also source and interpret legislation affecting operations in the property industry.

The person must demonstrate this performance by sourcing and documenting the latest legislative requirements for three aspects of property operations in either the real estate, stock and station agency, or strata community management sector; and communicating this information in an accessible manner to those engaged in agency or organisation operations.

In doing the above, the person must:

apply rules and techniques to interpret legislative provisions affecting operations in the property industry

apply techniques to track amendments to legislation in a timely manner

apply strategies to communicate legislative requirements and amendments to appropriate people in the agency or organisation in a timely manner

identify changes to legislation and industry codes of conduct affecting agency or organisation operations

apply general principles of legislation, regulations and industry codes of conduct affecting operations in the property industry

maintain accurate and up-to-date records of legislation and industry codes of conduct.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

codes of conduct relating to property industry operations

common problems associated with interpreting legislation

principles and purpose of legislation

key requirements of federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to the property industry:

anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity

consumer protection and trade practices

employment and industrial relations

environment and sustainability

financial services

leases

privacy

property sales and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email, printing facilities, and online access to relevant legislative databases

specifications:

agency or organisation policies and procedures for storing and retrieving documents

guidelines for interpreting property legislation and regulations, and tracking amendments to legislation

legislation, regulations and codes of conduct relevant to property industry operations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4020A Present at tribunals.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to appear effectively before a tribunal. It includes preparing for tribunal hearings, using tribunal etiquette, acting as a witness, participating in conciliation hearings, and presenting a case.

The unit supports the work of property industry professionals, including licensed real estate agents, stock and station agents, strata managers and their authorised representatives involved in preparing and presenting cases at tribunals relating to property industry operations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for tribunal.	1.1.	Process for making an application to relevant tribunal is followed.
1.2.	Documentation required for application to relevant tribunal is accurately completed.
1.3.	Evidence and other documentation required for tribunal are prepared and reviewed.
1.4.	Advice from appropriate assisting professionals is sought in preparing for tribunal hearing, as required.
1.5.	Pre-tribunal hearing briefings are participated in as appropriate and required.
1.6.	Procedure to follow where a matter has been settled prior to hearing is implemented in line with organisational and legislative requirements.
2.	Participate in conciliation processes for grievances and disputes.	2.1.	Purpose and role of conciliation are clarified within particular tribunal and case context.
2.2.	Opportunities are explored to resolve grievances and disputes through conciliation.
2.3.	Conciliators are provided with complete and accurate information regarding grievance or dispute.
2.4.	Clear and concise formal case statements are prepared and provided for conciliator.
2.5.	Opportunities are taken to obtain relevant information from other parties during conciliation process.
2.6.	Realistic assessments are made of conciliated offers against the likely outcome of continuing with conciliation process and any subsequent rulings from adjudicating body.
3.	Use appropriate tribunal etiquette.	3.1.	Appropriate manner of entering and departing tribunal is used.
3.2.	Appropriate manner of addressing tribunal is used.
3.3.	Relevant legal and industry language is used where appropriate.
4.	Present case before tribunal.	4.1.	Rules and procedures of tribunal are applied.
4.2.	Case is outlined in a clear and concise manner.
4.3.	Evidence is given and routine examination of witnesses is undertaken appropriately.
4.4.	Relevant decisions and precedents are referred to appropriately.
4.5.	Respondent submissions are responded to appropriately.
4.6.	Questions and directions from tribunal are responded to appropriately.
4.7.	Statement of reasons for tribunal decision is requested in line with tribunal and agency practice.
5.	Act as a witness.	5.1.	Pre- and post-tribunal briefings and debriefings are participated in as required.
5.2.	Evidence is provided clearly and concisely using factual descriptions that reflect questions and directions asked by tribunal or legal representatives.
5.3.	Requirements of tribunal processes and proceedings are observed while acting as witness.
5.4.	Liaison with appropriate legal representatives is maintained.
5.5.	Appropriate and required documentation and reporting are completed and stored according to agency practice.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of tribunal procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical material that is provided as evidence.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify procedures used in conciliation and tribunal processes provide verbal testimony and respond to questions in tribunal hearings; reiterating, summarising and clarifying as required.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret sometimes complex written text on tribunal rules and procedures.
Writing skills to:	prepare summaries and take notes on information presented in pre- and post-hearing tribunal briefings and debriefings.
Technology skills to:	access online information when preparing for tribunal hearings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Purpose and role of conciliation must include:	giving parties a chance to settle a matter on their terms giving parties the opportunity to hold a frank discussion about the complaint in an attempt to resolve the matter through negotiation.
Evidence must include information that:	is descriptive is devoid of assumptions or judgemental statements represents details and facts of evidence pertinent to the case.
Examination of witnesses must include:	cross-examining respondent witnesses questioning own witnesses re-examining own or respondent witnesses.
Pre- and post-tribunal briefings and debriefings must include:	details of the case outcomes and consequences of tribunal decisions presentation of evidence rules of evidence tribunal protocol.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4020A Present at tribunals

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4020 Present at tribunals

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4020A Present at tribunals.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also appear effectively before a tribunal on three separate occasions as follows:

prepare and present a case before a tribunal on a property-related matter

participate in a conciliation process to resolve a property-related grievance or dispute

act as a witness at a tribunal on a property-related matter.

In doing the above, the person must:

apply knowledge of the role and jurisdiction of tribunals that hear matters relating to property operations

prepare and lodge applications for a tribunal

complete and store documentation relating to the above matters according to agency or organisation requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

protocols to follow when acting as a witness

purpose and role of conciliation in the property industry

key requirements of federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity

consumer protection and trade practices

employment and industrial relations

environmental issues

financial services

franchises and business structure

leases

privacy

property sales and management

work health and safety (WHS)

role and jurisdiction of tribunal that hear matters relating to property operations

key features of the rules of evidence

powers and role of tribunals in property-related hearings

tribunal procedures, including:

documentation required for applications to tribunal

procedure to be followed for presenting a case to a tribunal

procedure to be followed where a matter has been settled prior to hearing

process for making an application to a tribunal

role of witnesses

tribunal etiquette.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

tribunal environment

specifications:

checklist for identifying tasks to be completed in preparing for a hearing

guides for acting as a witness, tribunal processes, and presenting a case at a tribunal

federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to property operations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4026A Analyse property and facility information.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to collect and analyse property and facility information. It requires the ability to obtain information from a variety of sources, review information, and use research and analysis techniques to enable recommendations to be made.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to collect and analyse property information. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Organise property information.	1.1.	Property information requirements are identified.
1.2.	Sources of property information relevant to identified requirements are accessed.
1.3.	Reliable methods of organising property information are used, making efficient use of business equipment and technology and available time and resources.
2.	Analyse property information.	2.1.	Property information is analysed for validity and reliability, using reliable and valid data analysis methods to identify facts, issues, patterns, interrelationships and trends.
2.2.	Assumptions used in analysis are clear, justified and consistent with evaluation objectives.
2.3.	Conclusions are supported by evidence and contribute to achieving client and organisational objectives.
2.4.	Limitations in analysing property information are identified and specialist advice is sought as required.
3.	Present findings.	3.1.	Outcomes of analysis are presented in required format, style and structure using clear and concise language.
3.2.	Analysis findings are reported and distributed to required people.
3.3.	Feedback on suitability and sufficiency of findings is obtained and reviewed for improved future processes.
3.4.	Property information is securely maintained with due regard to client privacy and confidentiality, and legislative and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of types of property data and data analysis methods.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical data on properties and facilities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to identify limitations of property and facility information.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret complex written texts to gather property and facility information.
Writing skills to:	prepare summaries and take notes on outcomes of analysis of property and facility data.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of property and facility information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Property information must include at least six of the following:	company services construction costs current and planned property or site developments depreciation schedules inventories leasing rates management policy and procedures marketing services occupancy rates operating costs purchasing information sales information.
Sources of property information must include:	internet, intranet and extranet local, state and federal government documents and registers newspapers and journals policy statements property reports qualitative and quantitative data television and radio.
Data analysis methods must include:	basic statistical analysis critical analysis mathematical calculations problem solving.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4026A Analyse property and facility information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4026 Analyse property and facility information

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4026A Analyse property and facility information.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also collect and analyse property and facility information as follows:

collect and analyse information on the physical condition of one property or facility and present findings, including recommendations for action to the owner

collect and analyse information on the use of a property or facility and present findings, including recommendations for action to the manager

collect and analyse information on the management policies for a property or facility and present findings, including recommendations for action to the owner and manager.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify property information requirements

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with collecting and analysing property and facility information

obtain information from a range of sources

identify gaps in information

review and prepare findings in a format suitable for presentation

use appropriate data analysis techniques

use appropriate software to sort and analyse data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

client and organisational privacy and confidentiality policies

internal and external sources of property information

methods of data analysis

organisational policies and procedures relating to data collection

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

security procedures and safe record-keeping practices

software applications used to organise and analyse data

types of data collection and management systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

materials:

property or facility

software applications used to organise and analyse data

specifications:

client and organisational confidentiality policies

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4027 Analyse resource use in building operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4027A Analyse resource use in building operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to analyse requirements for resources used in building operations. It covers the processes required to analyse current resource requirements and advise on future resource needs. It requires the ability to identify work health and safety (WHS) hazards and apply appropriate risk-management processes.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are required to analyse resource requirements for buildings. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, home sustainability assessors, and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Check and monitor store of resources.	1.1.	Stores are monitored routinely and checked to ensure availability of required resources using business equipment and technology.
1.2.	Variances in supply requirements are identified and documented.
1.3.	Stores records are routinely updated to ensure safe and effective use of materials.
1.4.	Advice is provided on ways to improve the use and control of stores.
2.	Undertake routine building function checks.	2.1.	Routine building inspections are conducted.
2.2.	Maintenance and repair requirements are identified and documented according to applicable WHS and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Maintenance and repair requirements are actioned within scope of own responsibility.
2.4.	Breaches of building controls are identified and reported.
2.5.	Recommendations to improve compliance with building tenancy and practice codes are prepared.
3.	Monitor waste collection and disposal arrangements.	3.1.	Sorting of waste is arranged and monitored according to legislative requirements and WHS procedures.
3.2.	Arrangements for hazardous waste to be collected and stored are assessed and where necessary variations to accepted procedures are identified.
3.3.	Risks to health and safety of self and others are identified and reported.
3.4.	Waste storage and disposal procedures are checked and monitored to ensure risk to others and own health and safety is minimised.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of property inspection procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical data on resource use in buildings.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to verify availability of resource stores.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret text on labels to identify dangerous goods.
Writing skills to:	prepare summaries and take notes on building maintenance and repair items.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of information on building controls.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Stores must include at least one of the following:	chemical items mechanical items tools and equipment.
Routine building inspections must include at least four of the following:	access building services common areas dangerous goods emergency equipment hazardous materials hazards and risks health and amenity energy use safety security waste water.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4027A Analyse resource use in building operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4027 Analyse resource use in building operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4027A Analyse resource use in building operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also analyse requirements for resources used in building operations as follows:

check and monitor the use of resource stores, such as chemical and mechanical items, in the operation of one building and report on usage over a three-month period

undertake a routine building function check and present findings, including recommendations for action to the manager of facility or owners corporation

monitor waste collection and disposal arrangements for above building, and present findings and recommendations for action.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify and address breaches of building controls

apply knowledge of agency practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with analysing requirements for resources used in building operations

maintain and update inventory records during check and monitoring

monitor waste collection and disposal arrangements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

type and operation of building controls

types, purpose of, and procedures for building function checks

property contracts and administrative requirements

building codes and Australian standards relating to access, dangerous goods storage, emergency equipment, hazards and risks

common hazards to public and personal safety in building operations

points of contact with emergency service agencies

procedures for checking and monitoring use of stores

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

consumer protection

environmental issues

work health and safety (WHS)

waste collection and disposal arrangements, including type, frequency, recycling and reuse options.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

materials:

software applications used to organise and analyse data

specifications:

building function checklists

policies and procedures for collecting and analysing information on resource use in building operations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4028 Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4028A Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify and analyse potential threats and opportunities to ensure safe and effective property operations. It requires the ability to assess property systems and assets to determine the level of risk exposure and identify areas of opportunity for property operations.

The unit supports workers in the property industry involved in identifying and analysing potential threats and opportunities to ensure safe and effective property operations. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify risks and opportunities.	1.1.	Information on actual and potential risks and opportunities is collected and assessed for currency, accuracy and relevance.
1.2.	Structured plan for identifying and assessing likelihood of risk and opportunity is developed.
1.3.	Limitations in identifying and assessing risks and opportunities are recognised, and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Analyse risks and opportunities.	2.1.	Identified risks and opportunities are analysed for validity and reliability.
2.2.	Assessment criteria for measuring level of potential or existing risk or opportunity, together with an assessment of consequences, are developed according to terms of reference.
2.3.	Gaps in assessment methodology are identified and appropriate actions implemented.
2.4.	Valid and relevant data is analysed against assessment criteria to determine level of potential risk or opportunity.
3.	Document findings.	3.1.	Risk and opportunity assessment findings are documented.
3.2.	Feedback on findings is actively sought to ensure accuracy and relevance of information.
3.3.	Findings are updated as required and incorporated into risk and opportunity assessment plan for future management decision making.
3.4.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of routine risk identification and reporting procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret routine graphical and statistical information to analyse occurrence of risks in the property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify scope of own responsibility with regard to identifying and reporting risks and opportunities.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret routine workplace documents on own responsibility for identifying and reporting risks.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation, including emails, memos and letters, to report risks and opportunities.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access online information about routine risks and opportunities in the property industry.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Risks must include at least three of the following:	deliberate, natural, accidental or perceived risks industry special risks loss of goodwill, reputation or credibility loss of profits loss, disclosure, destruction or compromise of asset equipment malfunction work health and safety (WHS) public liability trade practices issues.
Opportunities must include at least four of the following:	adding value aggregation of assets altering existing property or facility change in use, ownership, appearance and perception of property or facility changing style of investment creating something new use of bankers and financiers.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4028A Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4028 Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4028A Identify and analyse risks and opportunities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also identify and analyse potential risks and opportunities to ensure safe and effective property operations.

The person must demonstrate this performance by identifying and analysing three potential risks and three potential opportunities relating to the operations of one property-related organisation. The findings of this work must be documented in a form suitable for presentation to senior managers in the organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

assess level of potential risk or opportunity against agreed assessment criteria

establish terms of reference and develop effective action plan and structure for analysis and assessment

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with identifying and analysing potential risks and opportunities to ensure safe and effective property operations

obtain information from a range of sources and consultative processes to ensure accurate understanding of operating environment

review and prepare findings relating to risks and opportunities in a format suitable for presentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

client and organisational confidentiality requirements

concept of litigation

insurance policies, codes and operations

mechanisms to obtain and analyse feedback on findings of risk and opportunity analysis

principles and techniques for identifying and measuring risks and opportunities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS)

property sales, leasing and management

property industry code of conduct and professional standards

risk and opportunity assessment techniques and processes.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisation’s policies and procedures for identifying and assessing risks

procedures for identifying and analysing risks and opportunities

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4031 Arrange lease of space

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4031A Arrange lease of space.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to arrange and formalise lease arrangements for the use of space. It requires the ability to determine lease requirements, coordinate lease documentation, and formalise and review lease processes.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in arranging and formalising lease arrangements for the use of space. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish lease requirements.	1.1.	Space lease requirements are determined.
1.2.	Client needs are confirmed and clarified using appropriate interpersonal techniques.
1.3.	Lease terms and conditions are identified.
1.4.	Retention strategies are devised and marketed to selected tenants.
1.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Arrange lease agreement.	2.1.	Lease agreement is arranged.
2.2.	Accurate and relevant exchange of information with legal advisers is facilitated using appropriate interpersonal techniques.
2.3.	Lease documentation is reviewed to ensure it is accurate and meets client, legal and organisational requirements.
2.4.	Necessary amendments to documents are arranged prior to lease execution.
3.	Formalise lease arrangements.	3.1.	Lease arrangements are implemented and standard lease documentation is completed.
3.2.	Lease documentation is stamped and registered.
3.3.	Copies of lease contracts are distributed to contracting parties to confirm respective obligations.
3.4.	Agents are appointed to facilitate completion of leasing arrangements.
3.5.	Lease records and relevant information are securely stored.
4.	Review lease arrangements.	4.1.	Lease arrangements and documentation are reviewed.
4.2.	Variations to lease requirements are identified and negotiated with contracting parties, and amendments are made according to client, legislative and organisational requirements.
4.3.	Lease arrangements are monitored.
4.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain and securely store relevant documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of leasing procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations associated with preparing lease documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify space requirements with potential tenants.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret standard lease documentation.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to prepare, store and retrieve lease documentation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Space must include at least one of the following:	buildings car parking facilities land lettable areas properties.
Client needs must include at least two of the following:	developing fit-out guidelines for builders facilitating transaction by separately meeting with fit-out and legal advisers managing fit-outs to preserve building services observing building rules.
Lease agreements must include:	acceptance and consideration agreement to lease building rules existing partitioned space fit-outs heads of agreement lessee and lessor obligations letters of intent negotiations containing offers.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4031A Arrange lease of space

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4031 Arrange lease of space

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4031A Arrange lease of space.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also arrange and formalise a lease for the use of three of the following different spaces:

building

car park

facility

land

lettable area

property.

For each of the above spaces, the person must:

determine requirements for lease of space through an accurate assessment of client needs and identification of lease terms and conditions

devise and market retention strategies to selected tenants

implement lease arrangements, including appointing an agent to facilitate the completion of lease arrangements

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with the lease of space

monitor lease arrangements against lease agreement requirements, and safely and securely maintain associated documentation

organise the preparation of lease documentation, reviewing it for accuracy and arranging necessary amendments.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common lease terms and conditions

contract law applied to property leasing

government duties and taxes as applied to lease documentation

legal operations for lease preparation

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices, and business standards relating to arranging leases

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

types of property leases

WHS issues and requirements relating to arranging lease of spaces.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational leasing policies and procedures

organisational tenant retention strategies

standard leasing documentation

physical conditions:

spaces to lease and associated client requirements

potential tenants

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4034 Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded by non-equivalent CPPDSM4034A Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to effectively assess and implement a strata community management agreement. It requires the ability to negotiate the implementation of the agreement, and monitor and review the implementation process.

This unit of competency applies to those involved in assessing and implementing strata community management agreements. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine functions and obligations of strata manager.	1.1.	Legislative, ethical and procedural requirements relevant to strata community management services are identified.
1.2.	Fiduciary duties are identified and disclosed in strata community management agreement.
1.3.	Procedures for appointing and terminating the manager are identified and disclosed in strata community management agreement.
1.4.	Registration or licencing requirements with appropriate authorities are identified and complied with.
1.5.	Record management systems are maintained.
1.6.	Execution procedures for strata community management agreement are identified.
2.	Determine functions and obligations of the strata community.	2.1.	Owners’ responsibilities and accountabilities are identified and disclosed in strata community management agreement.
2.2.	Fiduciary duties of strata community and its owners committee are identified and disclosed.
3.	Negotiate strata community management agreement requirements.	3.1.	Functions and obligations of strata managers and owners are detailed in strata community management agreement.
3.2.	Owners’ responsibilities, management fees and services are negotiated and agreed.
3.3.	Additional services are agreed according to strata community management agreement and budget allocations.
3.4.	Conflicts of interest are identified and disclosed.
3.5.	Strata community management agreement is reviewed to establish obligations, service and termination requirements.
3.6.	Delegations are identified.
4	Implement strata community management agreement.	4.1.	Strata community management agreement is agreed and entered in to according to legislative requirements.
4.2.	Record management system is maintained in relation to agreement.
4.3.	Obligations of strata manager and strata community are monitored and complied with.
5.	Review and report on operation of strata community management agreement.	5.1.	Agreement implementation processes and outcomes are reviewed.
5.2.	Recommendations for improving processes are identified.
5.3.	Report on implementation of strata community management agreement is prepared and distributed to strata community.
5.4.	Strata community management agreement is revised to take into account review outcomes.
6	Terminate strata community management agreement.	6.1.	Legislative, contractual, ethical and procedural requirements relating to terminating strata community management agreement are identified.
6.2.	Procedures for handing over strata community records to new manager or owners committee are identified and implemented.
6.3.	Procedures for transfer of strata community funds to new manager or owners committee are identified and implemented.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of strata community management procedures.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client service requirements relating to the implementation of strata community management agreement.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret complex business documentation, including strata community management agreements.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex written reports to strata community.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to prepare, store and retrieve strata community management agreement documentation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Record management systems must include at least five of the following:	administrative and sinking funds ballots bookkeeping accounts budgets building maintenance reports by-laws contracts and agreements correspondence disclosures fee for service income tax returns insurance investments leases and licences levies maintenance plans meeting management notices and orders served on owners committee register of owners renewal dates of contracts repairs valuations.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4034 Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded by non-equivalent CPPDSM4034A Negotiate and implement strata community management agreement.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

negotiate one strata community management agreement

implement one strata community management agreement

review one strata community management agreement

terminate one strata community management agreement.

In doing the above, the person must:

establish and negotiate strata community management agreement requirements

implement and monitor a management agreement for a strata community

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with implementing strata community management agreements

maintain records associated with above work

review and report on agreement implementation processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

administration of property strata plans

business law relating to contracts and property management

financial management in relation to budgeting and bookkeeping

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

management of administration and sinking funds

work health and safety (WHS) issues and requirements

organisational and professional procedures relating to strata community management agreements

social and ethical practices and business standards relating to strata community management agreements

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

strata community

WHS

risk management processes and procedures relating to strata community management agreements, including required insurances

use and application of statutory forms in strata community management.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures for establishing and implementing management agreements for strata communities

management agreement for a strata community

source documentation or access to source documentation relating to management of a strata community

physical conditions:

access to a strata community

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team involved in managing a strata community.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4040 Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4040A Contribute to life cycle maintenance strategy.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to determine maintenance strategies that contribute to life cycle management of assets. It requires the ability to identify maintenance requirements.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in determining maintenance strategies that contribute to life cycle management of assets. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify asset requirements.	1.1.	Assets are identified and relevant documentation is obtained and analysed to establish asset evaluation parameters.
1.2.	Consultation is undertaken with relevant people to obtain information using appropriate interpersonal techniques.
1.3.	Source documents are accessed and reviewed to ensure information is valid and reliable.
1.4.	Asset characteristics are assessed and documented in a maintenance strategy.
2.	Recommend maintenance strategy.	2.1.	Information on asset performance is gathered and analysed against industry benchmarks.
2.2.	Asset performance is established and appropriate maintenance methods and schedules are documented.
2.3.	Strategic prioritisation is undertaken to identify risks, anticipate future maintenance requirements, and identify opportunities to improve quality or cost efficiency of asset.
2.4.	Limitations in providing objective client advice are recognised and specialist advice is sought as required.
2.5.	Cost-effective solutions regarding asset life cycle are presented to relevant people in required format, style and structure.
3.	Monitor and report on maintenance strategy.	3.1.	Asset life cycle maintenance strategy is monitored and evaluated to ensure it is effective.
3.2.	Feedback is used to identify and develop future strategies to improve life cycle maintenance.
3.3.	Business equipment and technology are used to complete and process relevant documentation.
3.4.	Asset information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of asset life cycle maintenance strategies.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse complex statistical and graphical information on asset life cycle performance indicators.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify information provided by specialist advisers on asset maintenance strategies.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret complex reports on asset maintenance requirements.
Writing skills to:	prepare written reports on asset maintenance requirements.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to prepare written reports for asset owners on asset maintenance requirements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Assets must include at least two of the following:	building equipment furniture land facility vehicle.
Evaluation parameters must include:	financial performance functionality physical condition utilisation.
Maintenance strategy must include at least four of the following:	asset replacement strategies emergency lighting and security energy efficiency strategies housekeeping painting, cleaning and waste disposal pest control plumbing and electrical.
Strategic prioritisation must include at least two of the following:	effect of not maintaining an asset future usage plans for the asset how long particular asset will be required to be in operation owner or manager-specific requirements for aesthetics risks associated with current condition risks associated with not maintaining a particular asset serviceability requirements of the asset.
Asset life cycle must include:	acquisition disposal maintenance operation planning for and establishing a new asset replacement.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4040A Contribute to life cycle maintenance strategy

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4040 Contribute to asset life cycle maintenance strategy

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4040A Contribute to life cycle maintenance strategy.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also determine maintenance strategies that contribute to life cycle maintenance of assets.

The person must demonstrate this performance by determining and monitoring a maintenance strategy for two of the following different types of assets:

buildings

common property

equipment

furniture

land

facilities

vehicles.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine asset system requirements through consultation and analysis of business and operational plans

determine asset performance needs using industry benchmarks and consideration of risk

identify performance of assets and incorporate life cycle strategies into maintenance plans

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with determining maintenance strategies that contribute to life cycle management of assets

monitor asset life cycle strategies by obtaining feedback and using sound evaluation techniques.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key stages of asset life cycles

basic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirements

common hazards to public and personal safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

company record-keeping policies and procedures relating to asset maintenance

industry benchmarks for asset maintenance procedures

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

details of characteristics of assets to be maintained

organisational policies and procedures for determining and monitoring asset maintenance strategies

source documentation or access to source documentation relating to determining and monitoring asset maintenance strategies

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team involved in determining and monitoring asset maintenance strategies.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4042A Coordinate construction contract.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement and monitor construction contracts. It requires the ability to effectively plan and document work activities, coordinate and monitor subcontractors, and check and report completed work.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in implementing and monitoring construction contracts. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine construction contract requirements.	1.1.	Construction contract requirements are reviewed and confirmed with relevant people.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to negotiate and confirm construction requirements with contracted parties.
1.3.	Site access and specific site requirements are identified and appropriate arrangements made as required according to client, legislative and organisational requirements.
1.4.	Construction plan is prepared and contingencies are planned to ensure contract and organisational requirements are met.
1.5.	Additional resource requirements are identified according to construction plan and budget.
1.6.	Draft documentation is reviewed to ensure accuracy and relevance of information.
2.	Monitor construction contract.	2.1.	Construction plan is monitored against contract and work schedules to ensure completion within designated timeframes.
2.2.	Site inspections are made on a regular basis so progress can be assessed and reported.
2.3.	Factors affecting achievement of scheduled work are identified and required variations to schedules are negotiated and agreed.
2.4.	Established communication channels and processes are used to ensure accurate exchange of information throughout operation.
2.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and support is sought as required.
3.	Check and record completed works according to contract conditions.	3.1.	Certificate of practical completion is received from contracted parties and checked against client and organisational requirements to finalise construction contract.
3.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm that construction meets contract requirements and industry standards.
3.3.	Defects are identified and prompt remedial action is arranged.
3.4.	Written reports and associated documentation are prepared using business equipment and technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of contents and procedures for preparing construction contracts.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate and analyse costs associated with implementing construction contracts interpret and convert measurements and scales used in constructions plans, drawings and specifications.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify information in construction contracts and work schedules.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret complex information in site reports.
Writing skills to:	prepare written reports on defects identified through site inspections.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Consultative processes must include:	face-to-face meetings telephone, facsimile and written communication.
Site access and specific site requirements must include:	access and egress points access codes building codes and regulations heritage listings keys, passes and security clearances noise control time of access union requirements work health and safety (WHS) requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4042A Coordinate construction contract

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4042 Coordinate construction contract

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4042A Coordinate construction contract.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also implement and monitor a construction contract for two of the following:

new building construction

renovation of existing building

fitout of existing building

new building facility installation

upgrade or replacement of existing building

equipment installation.

In doing the above, the person must:

administer the contracts for the above construction work in normal industry conditions

determine appropriate work schedules with contracted parties

identify and organise appropriate documentation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with implementing and monitoring the contracts

negotiate variations and adjustments to construction schedules.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

building codes and Australian standards relating to construction contracts

purpose, contents, and process for preparing building contracts

building construction practices, principles and processes

building control legislation

common building defects

key features of construction plans, drawings and specifications

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

local zoning requirements

methods and techniques for monitoring project outcomes

project planning methods and techniques

range of contracted parties and their roles and capabilities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

details of construction work to be undertaken

organisational policies and procedures for coordinating construction contracts

organisational template for construction contracts

source documentation or access to source documentation relating to construction work to be undertaken

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team involved in implementing and monitoring construction contracts strategies.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4044A Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and coordinate the repair, maintenance and modification of properties and facilities. It requires the ability to plan and document work activities effectively, coordinate and monitor subcontractors, and check and report the results of work performed.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in planning and coordinating the maintenance and repair of properties and facilities. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan repair or maintenance operation.	1.1.	Repair or maintenance requirements are confirmed.
1.2.	Site access and specific site requirements are identified and appropriate arrangements are made.
1.3.	Work order is prepared and contingencies are planned to ensure client and organisational requirements are met in an efficient and effective manner.
1.4.	Safety and security requirements are recognised and implemented.
1.5.	Communication channels and processes are established.
2.	Coordinate repair or maintenance operation.	2.1.	Repair or maintenance operation is monitored against work schedules to ensure completion within designated timeframes.
2.2.	Factors affecting achievement of scheduled work are identified and required variations to schedules are negotiated and agreed.
2.3.	Established communication channels and processes are used to ensure accurate exchange of information throughout operation.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Check and record completed repair or maintenance operation.	3.1.	Notification of completed repair or maintenance is received and checked against client and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm repair or maintenance is fully operational and meets performance specifications and industry standards.
3.3.	Faults, errors or omissions are verified and prompt remedial action is determined and arranged.
3.4.	Documentation of repair or maintenance is prepared using business equipment and technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of building regulations and building controls.
Numeracy skills to:	determine quantities of resources and costs associated with repair, service and maintenance of buildings and facilities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to gather complex information and clarify nature of building repair, service and modification requirements.
Reading skills to:	read and assess the accuracy of work orders and building specifications.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation associated with planning and coordinating repairs, maintenance and modifications to buildings and facilities, including agendas, minutes, meeting notes, and correspondence in the form of email and letters.
Digital literacy skills to:	use complex project management software to plan and coordinate repairs, maintenance and modifications to buildings and facilities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Repair or maintenance requirements must include at least three of the following:	backups changing user codes confirming operational effectiveness identifying and replacing worn parts inspecting, lubricating, cleaning and adjusting parts routine repairs.
Site access and specific site requirements must include at least four of the following:	access and egress points access codes building codes and regulations heritage listings keys, passes and security clearance noise control time of access union requirements work health and safety (WHS) requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4044A Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4044 Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4044A Coordinate maintenance and repair of properties and facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also plan and coordinate the following repair, maintenance and modification of properties and facilities:

an immediate routine repair to an item of common property

the longer-term maintenance of a shared facility

a major modification to a common use facility.

In doing the above, the person must:

inspect completed work against work order and ensure remedial action for faults, errors and omissions

monitor maintenance and repair work, ensuring effective communication exchange and identifying factors requiring variations to work schedules

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with planning and coordinating the repair, maintenance and modification of properties and facilities

plan maintenance and repair work ensuring:

client and tenant safety and security

resource requirements are according to budget parameters

respond appropriately to requests for maintenance and repair work and maintain adequate records and reports.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirements

building codes and Australian standards relating to the maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

building construction practice

building control legislation relating to the maintenance and repair of properties and facilities

common hazards to personal and public safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

common building defects

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

maintenance and service intervals and requirements for building facilities

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standards

points of contact with emergency service agencies

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

consumer protection

environmental issues

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS)

sources of information on maintaining and repairing property assets

WHS issues and requirements, including risks with maintenance and repair activities and risk control measures.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

material:

project management software

physical conditions:

technical expertise and relevant contractors

buildings

specifications:

site plans and drawings

contract for provision of repair, service or modification works

relevant building regulations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4045 Facilitate meetings in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4045A Facilitate meetings in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare for meetings and facilitate groups to discuss common issues in the property industry. It requires the ability to coordinate meeting arrangements, facilitate meetings, and accurately record meeting outcomes.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in preparing for meetings and facilitating groups to discuss common issues. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Arrange meetings.	1.1.	Type of meeting and its purpose are identified.
1.2.	Meeting participants are identified and meeting is scheduled to provide maximum opportunities for attendance.
1.3.	Participants are notified of meeting agenda and specific requests are actioned according to organisational and legislative requirements.
1.4.	Participants are advised of changes to original meeting details as required.
2.	Facilitate meetings.	2.1.	Open and participative environment is provided for participants to discuss common issues.
2.2.	Arrangements for taking meeting notes are made to ensure accurate record of meeting outcomes.
2.3.	Meeting is facilitated and conducted in a manner that enables participation, discussion, problem solving, voting and resolution of matters.
2.4.	Meeting style and structure are selected appropriate to meeting purpose.
2.5.	Leadership styles and strategies are used that provide clear information at appropriate stages during meeting to assist in mutual understanding and agreement.
3.	Record meeting outcomes.	3.1.	Meeting minutes or notes are documented, checked to ensure accuracy, and formatted according to organisational and legislative requirements.
3.2.	Meeting issues requiring urgent action are identified and addressed.
3.3.	Meeting records are distributed to relevant people within agreed timeframes, and are securely maintained and stored for easy retrieval.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of meeting procedures and where necessary statutory requirements for meetings.
Numeracy skills to:	determine number of people in attendance at meeting and whether quorum requirements are met.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify routine meeting procedures.
Reading skills to:	read and assess accuracy of meeting notes and minutes.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation associated with the conduct of a property industry meeting, including agendas, minutes, meeting notes, and correspondence in the form of email and letters.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce routine documentation associated with the conduct of a property industry meeting.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Type of meeting must include at least three of the following:	annual general meeting board meeting committee meeting extraordinary general meeting formal meeting informal meeting one-off meeting owners committee regular meeting semi-formal special purpose meeting staff meeting teleconference videoconference.
Meeting agenda must include:	correspondence date, time and location of meeting statement of meeting purpose matters or business arising from previous meeting proxies reports.
Leadership styles and strategies must include at least four of the following:	maintaining ethical practice and beliefs in the face of opposition modelling behavioural and personal presentation standards acknowledging and respecting attitudes and beliefs of others not accepting unreasonable expectations presenting a confident, assured and unhesitant manner in challenging situations initiating action and directing decision making promoting active and genuine participation time management.
Meeting minutes or notes must include:	apologies decisions made and resolutions future action to be taken meeting outcomes meeting participants points discussed and suggestions made.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4045A Facilitate meetings in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4045 Facilitate meetings in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4045A Facilitate meetings in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also prepare for two of the following different meetings in a property industry context and facilitate groups in those meetings to discuss common property industry issues:

one formal meeting requiring the production of an agenda and compliance with formal meeting procedures, including legislative requirements

one informal meeting requiring the production of a list of items for discussion and a statement of meeting outcomes.

In both cases the person must arrange the meeting, facilitate the meeting, and record the meeting outcomes.

In doing the above, the person must also:

accurately record and securely maintain notes of meeting discussions

effectively plan and administer meetings using appropriate procedures and protocols

apply organisational practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with preparing for meetings and facilitating groups to discuss issues

use effective communication and presentation skills to manage and conduct meetings

use technology to prepare documentation relating to meeting outcomes and distribute to relevant people in a timely manner.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

different types, purpose and formats of meetings, including general awareness of procedures for formal meetings

group dynamic principles and theory as applied to formal and informal meetings

compliance with specific legislative requirements for particular meetings in the property industry

meeting terminology

organisation’s system for recording and reporting meeting outcomes

standard meeting procedures, including:

agenda format and order

decision-making processes

minutes or meeting notes

processing and implementing meeting decisions and outcomes

quorum

role of chairperson and note taker

types of seating arrangements

strategies for facilitating meetings and discussing meeting issues

types of minutes and their purpose.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

venue suitable for formal and informal meetings

specifications:

organisational meeting policies and procedures

organisational templates for meeting documentation

contingencies:

conflict in meeting

lack of quorum for meeting

meeting documentation not provided to meeting participants in time for meeting

inaccurate or incomplete minutes of meeting

participants in meeting unable or unwilling to attend

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4047 Implement and monitor procurement process

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4047A Implement and monitor procurement process.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement and monitor purchasing processes for goods and services. It requires the ability to follow procurement procedures, determine and arrange appropriate suppliers, and check that final procurement meets client objectives.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in implementing and monitoring purchasing processes for goods and services. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine procurement requirements.	1.1.	Procurement requirements and objectives are identified.
1.2.	Information on procurement requirements is gathered and reviewed to determine appropriate procurement process and timelines.
1.3.	Factors likely to affect procurement objectives are identified.
1.4.	Own limitations of authority are identified and appropriate approvals gained as required.
2.	Monitor procurement process.	2.1.	Procurement process is systematically monitored and variations to supply are identified.
2.2.	Effective communication channels are used to ensure accurate communication flow with suppliers.
2.3.	Expenditure and resource usage are monitored to ensure procurement objectives are achieved within budget parameters.
2.4.	Reliable methods of monitoring procurement are used to ensure efficient use of time and resources.
3.	Finalise procurement process.	3.1.	Purchase of goods and services is completed within designated timeframes.
3.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm procurement meets required quality standards and procurement objectives.
3.3.	Defects or variances to procurement objectives are identified and prompt remedial action is taken.
3.4.	Procurement system and records, and reports on procurement process, are maintained using business equipment and technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of procurement procedures.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and confirm procurement arrangements with suppliers.
Reading skills to:	interpret procurement documentation.
Writing skills to:	complete standards forms and prepare complex written reports on defects or variations to goods or services ordered through procurement process.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Procurement process must include at least two of the following:	open tendering request for proposal request for quotation restricted tendering single source two stage tendering.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4047A Implement and monitor procurement process

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4047 Implement and monitor procurement process

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4047A Implement and monitor procurement process.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also implement and monitor purchasing processes for two different goods or services relating to managing a building or facility.

Each product or service must be procured using a different procurement method selected from the following:

open tendering

request for proposal

request for quotation

restricted tendering

single source

two-stage tendering.

In doing the above, the person must:

review procurement objectives and relevant information to determine procurement processes, and source appropriate authority or delegations for procurement

finalise procurement process within agreed timeframes, using business equipment and technology to maintain records and reports

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with implementing and monitoring purchasing processes for goods and services

use effective oral and written communication to effectively monitor the implementation of the procurement process against budget parameters.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

benefits and risks associated with, and procedures for, the following procurement processes:

open tendering

request for proposal

request for quotation

restricted tendering

single source

two-stage tendering

best practice procurement principles

implications of warranties, guarantees and exclusions relating to goods and services

key principles of procurement, including:

accountability and recording

ethics and fair dealing

open and effective competition

planning and professionalism

value for money

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

details of goods or services to be procured

organisational procurement policies and procedures

organisational procurement process checklist

guides on procurement processes and procedures

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4048 Implement customer service strategies in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4048B Implement customer service strategies in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide advice to identify customer needs and evaluate customer service in the property industry. It requires the ability to advise on customer needs, support implementation of customer service strategies relevant to the property industry, obtain and analyse customer feedback, and design strategies to improve customer service strategies.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in providing advice to customers and evaluating customer service. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Advise on customer needs.	1.1.	Customer needs are assessed and clarified using appropriate communication techniques.
1.2.	Problems matching service delivery to customer needs are diagnosed and options for improved service are developed.
1.3.	Relevant and constructive advice is provided that promotes the improvement of customer service delivery.
1.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to structure and present information on customer service needs.
2.	Support implementation of customer service strategies.	2.1.	Customer service strategies and opportunities are promoted within the organisation.
2.2.	Available resources are identified and allocated to fulfil customer service objectives.
2.3.	Procedures to resolve customer difficulties and complaints are actioned.
2.4.	Coaching and mentoring assistance is provided to colleagues to overcome difficulties in meeting customer service standards.
3.	Evaluate and report on customer service.	3.1.	Customer satisfaction with service delivery is reviewed using verifiable data.
3.2.	Changes necessary to maintain service standards are identified, and actions are implemented according to organisational procedures.
3.3.	Conclusions and recommendations are prepared from verifiable data and constructive advice is provided on future directions of customer service strategies.
3.4.	Systems, records and reporting procedures are maintained to compare changes in customer satisfaction.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of customer service standards and strategies.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical data on customer satisfaction with service provided by organisation.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and confirm customer service standards with team members.
Reading skills to:	interpret routine text on customer service strategies.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex written reports on changes in customer satisfaction.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce reports on impact of customer service strategies on customer satisfaction levels.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Customers must include at least two of the following:	corporate customers customers with routine or special requests individual members of the organisation internal or external customers members of the public other agencies people from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds regular or new customers.
Customer needs must include at least three of the following:	advice or general information company information on services contract administration current and planned property development making an appointment management policy and procedures property characteristics, including: availability of alternative energy sources accessibility for people with disabilities energy efficiency energy ratings water saving devices property operations sales and marketing services specific information.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4048B Implement customer service strategies in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4048 Implement customer service strategies in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4048B Implement customer service strategies in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also implement and monitor customer services strategies for an organisation in the property industry. The person must demonstrate this performance by carrying out each of the following:

identify the needs of one customer and communicate this to team members

support the implementation of one improved customer service strategy in an organisation

evaluate and report on customer satisfaction with service delivery within one department or organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

distinguish between different levels of customer satisfaction

identify and confirm needs, priorities and expectations of the organisation in delivering service to customers

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with providing advice to customers and evaluating customer service

provide constructive advice on customer service practices.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

principles of customer service

service standards and best practice models in relation to customer service in the property industry

common problems relating to customer service

consultation methods, techniques and protocols for gathering information on customer satisfaction

organisational business structure, products and services relating to implementing customer service strategies

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

techniques for dealing with customers with special needs.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

baseline data on customer satisfaction in the relevant department or organisation

organisational customer service policies and procedures

guides on best practice customer service practices

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4049A Implement maintenance plan for managed properties.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop and implement a maintenance program for all types of managed properties. It includes determining property maintenance requirements, establishing a property maintenance program, establishing and maintaining a key register, monitoring the security of managed properties, and implementing and reviewing the property maintenance program.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in developing and implementing maintenance programs for all types of managed properties. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine property maintenance requirements.	1.1.	Property reports, maintenance specifications, feedback from tenants, owner instructions and other relevant documentation are obtained and analysed to establish property maintenance requirements.
1.2.	Industry benchmarks are reviewed to determine maintenance intervals and other requirements.
1.3.	Work health and safety (WHS) and other legislative requirements are interpreted and incorporated into maintenance requirements.
2.	Develop property maintenance program.	2.1.	Property maintenance program is established in line with owner instructions, legislative requirements, and agency practice.
2.2.	Reliable and efficient maintenance methods are identified in line with agency practice.
2.3.	Maintenance costs are established.
2.4.	Contract specifications for maintenance services are developed and incorporated into tender documents, where appropriate.
2.5.	Safety and security requirements are incorporated into maintenance program.
2.6.	Criteria for selecting tradespeople and other service providers to provide repair and maintenance services are established.
2.7.	Register of tradespeople and other service providers is compiled and maintained.
2.8.	Property maintenance schedule is established.
2.9.	Systems for recording and implementing property maintenance requirements and reporting to owners are established.
2.10.	Aspects of maintenance program requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Establish key register.	3.1.	Key register system is established, administered and maintained.
3.2.	Security of register and keys is maintained.
4.	Implement property maintenance program.	4.1.	Property maintenance program, including agency fees, is presented to owners for discussion and approval.
4.2.	Property maintenance program is implemented in line with owner instructions, legislative requirements, and agency practice.
4.3.	Regular reports on property are provided to owners.
4.4.	Agency fees for property maintenance services are recorded and billed to owner.
5.	Monitor security of managed properties.	5.1.	Security risks associated with managed properties are identified and documented.
5.2.	Causes and potential impact of security risks on agency, clients and other stakeholders are determined.
5.3.	Property security measures are established in line with terms of the property management agreement, owner instructions, legislative requirements and agency practice.
6.	Review property maintenance program.	6.1.	Property maintenance program is reviewed in consultation with client.
6.2.	Outcomes of review are prepared in required format, style and structure and presented to owners within agreed timeframes.
6.3.	Recommendations for improving property maintenance program are presented to owners and other relevant people in line with agency practice.
6.4.	Documentation on property maintenance is produced and maintained using business equipment and technology.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of property maintenance standards and industry benchmarks.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate the cost of property maintenance activities monitor property maintenance costs against budget projections calculate and interpret data on property maintenance costs, such as the annual level of maintenance expenditure required to sustain a property at its current condition.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify owner’s property maintenance requirements negotiate contracts with tradespeople and service providers for provision of property maintenance and repair services.
Reading skills to:	read and review property maintenance programs extract information from complex documents, such as legislation, regulations, building programs, and property maintenance reports and specifications.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation, such as property maintenance reports.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Property must include at least one of the following:	business property commercial property development property, including subdivision and multi-unit sites holiday rental industrial property investment property periodic rental property residential property retail property rural property strata community.
Property maintenance requirements must include:	confirmation of operational effectiveness cyclical maintenance emergency repairs refurbishment non-routine repairs routine servicing and repairs.
Industry benchmarks must include at least four of the following:	age of the properties, with allowance for mid-life upgrades and refurbishments annual level of maintenance expenditure required to sustain a property at its current condition compliance with safety codes expenditure on repairs and maintenance as a percentage of asset value functionality and amenity of property strategic importance of individual properties structural soundness.
Property maintenance program must include:	cleaning electrical emergency lighting evacuation fencing and boundaries fire lighting garden housekeeping painting pests plant and equipment maintenance plumbing sanitary disposal security vertical movement waste disposal weather proofing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4049A Implement maintenance plan for managed properties

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4049 Implement maintenance program for managed properties

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4049A Implement maintenance plan for managed properties.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop and implement a maintenance program for one of the following managed properties:

business property

commercial property

development property, including subdivision and multi-unit sites

holiday rental

industrial property

investment property

periodic rental property

residential property

retail property

rural property

strata community.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine property maintenance requirements for managed properties

develop a property maintenance program for managed properties that includes procedures for selecting maintenance contractors and maintaining safety and security of clients

establish and maintain a key register for managed properties

monitor security of managed properties

apply knowledge of agency practice, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with establishing, implementing and reviewing a maintenance program for managed properties

review the property maintenance program for the above managed property.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirements relating to implementing a property maintenance program

building codes and Australian standards relating to implementing a property maintenance program

building construction practices relating to implementing a property maintenance program

common building styles

common building faults

common hazards to public and personal safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

industry benchmarks and ethical standards for property maintenance procedures

key register, including:

its purpose

operating procedures

risks associated with its inadequate management

management strategies relating to different types of residential, industrial, commercial, rural and retail property

work health and safety (WHS) issues and requirements relating to maintenance programs for managed properties

property maintenance:

methods

programs

requirements

schedules

property safety and security requirements

key requirements of federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination and equal employment opportunity

consumer protection and trade practices

employment and industrial relations

environmental issues

financial services

industrial relations

leases and tenancy agreements

WHS

privacy

strata communities

taxation

procedures for reporting repairs and maintenance to owners

risks and risk management strategies associated with property maintenance

register of tradespeople and service providers, including:

its location and procedures for accessing it

contact details of those on the register and the services they provide

procedures for selecting registered tradespeople and providers

systems for implementing property maintenance requirements

procedures for tendering repair and maintenance work to be undertaken at managed properties.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

managed properties

specialist advice required to develop maintenance programs for managed properties

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to developing and implementing maintenance programs for managed properties

legislation and regulations impacting on maintenance programs for managed properties

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4055 Maintain asset management system

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4055A Maintain asset management system.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide advice to set up a system of asset control that applies to all property assets. It requires the ability to classify assets in line with organisational requirements.

The unit supports workers in the property industry who are involved in developing and implementing maintenance programs for all types of managed properties. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine system requirements.	1.1.	Asset management system requirements are determined.
1.2.	Opportunities are given to colleagues and clients to contribute to identifying system requirements.
1.3.	Recommendations on system requirements are presented in required format, style and structure using relevant business equipment and technology.
2.	Classify assets.	2.1.	Assets are identified and classified.
2.2.	Assets are recorded according to Australian accounting standards and legislative requirements.
2.3.	Level of security and disclosure of financial statements are determined.
2.4.	Reliable processes for classifying and recording assets are used, making efficient use of business technology and available time and resources.
3.	Monitor and report on asset management system.	3.1.	System effectiveness is monitored and evaluated.
3.2.	Feedback from client and colleagues is used to identify and develop improved systems.
3.3.	Existing technology is assessed against newly available technology to determine needs and priorities.
3.4.	Asset information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of asset management systems and processes.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical data on asset management system performance.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and confirm asset management requirements with team members.
Reading skills to:	interpret business documentation on asset management system needs.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex written reports on asset management system requirements.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to operate computerised asset management systems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Asset management system must be either:	computer-based manual.
Assets must include at least one of the following:	intangible assets: goodwill human capital intellectual property tangible assets: buildings business and marketing contracts equipment furniture goodwill land property vehicles.
Asset information must include at least two of the following:	historical data insurance key personnel lines of responsibility maintenance schedules operating environment of organisation, including financial markets, competitors, core business activities, functions and stakeholders property management reports register of assets reports and relevant documentation residual life of assets.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4055A Maintain asset management system

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4055 Maintain asset management system

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4055A Maintain asset management system.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also set up a system that applies to all property assets of a department or organisation operating in the property industry. The system established can be manual, or it can be a computerised system using commercially available software.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine the department or organisation’s asset system requirements through consultation and analysis of business and operational plans

classify and record assets using Australian accounting standards

apply knowledge of legislative requirements and department or organisation’s practices and ethical standards associated with setting up a system of control that applies to all property assets

monitor and report on effectiveness of the asset management system.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

difference between tangible and intangible assets

asset management principles

asset management software systems, including their types, sources of information, and functions

department or organisation’s asset management policies and procedures

key provisions of ISO 55000 Asset management - Overview, principles and terminology

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to maintaining an asset management system

key financial record-keeping standards, practices and codes

required asset financial record-keeping manuals

relevant Australian standards and legislation, including Australian accounting standards

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to asset management, including:

environmental issues

financial probity

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

asset classification in Australian accounting standards

baseline data on assets of department or organisation

organisation’s asset management policies and procedures

guides on best practice in asset management for property-related organisations

ISO 55000 Asset management - Overview, principles and terminology

materials:

asset management software

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4056 Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4056A Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use communication techniques to manage and resolve conflicts and disputes in the property industry. It requires the ability to assess conflict or dispute situations, accurately receive and relay information, adapt interpersonal styles and techniques to varying social and cultural environments, and evaluate responses.

The unit supports the work of those involved in using communication techniques to manage and resolve conflicts and disputes in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess conflict or dispute.	1.1.	Causes of conflict or dispute are identified and response required to prevent escalation is identified and evaluated.
1.2.	Effective communication, observation and active listening skills are applied to elicit and interpret verbal and non-verbal information and ensure an accurate exchange of information.
1.3.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Negotiate resolution.	2.1.	Conflict or dispute is negotiated and resolved constructively using strategies that comply with established organisational procedures.
2.2.	Negotiation techniques are used to maintain positive interaction, and divert and minimise aggressive behaviour.
2.3.	Communication with others is conducted in a courteous manner that reflects sensitivity to individual, social and cultural differences.
2.4.	Contradictions, ambiguity, uncertainty or misunderstandings are identified and clarified.
2.5.	Factors that might impact on the safety or security of clients and colleagues are identified and appropriate responses or contingency measures are formulated and implemented.
3.	Evaluate response.	3.1.	Response evaluation findings are organised in a format suitable for analysis.
3.2.	Effectiveness of response is reviewed and evaluated.
3.3.	Incident observations are provided in an accurate, concise and constructive manner when reviewing and debriefing situations.
3.4.	Records and, where required, report of conflict or dispute are prepared using business equipment and technology.
3.5.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to confidentiality, and legislative and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of conflict-resolution strategies.
Oral communication skills to:	summarise positions and agreements of parties in dispute to establish common ground and advance discussions.
Reading skills to:	clearly document areas of agreement and disagreement in complex disputes.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation associated with the resolution of workplace conflicts and disputes, including agendas, minutes, meeting notes, and correspondence in the form of emails and letters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Causes of conflict or dispute must include at least three of the following:	breakdown of communication change of economic and commercial circumstances differing legal concepts and changes in law differing views of underlying facts impact of third parties and force majeure a person under the influence of intoxicating substances a person with criminal intent refusal to comply with committee or group decisions refusal to pay for services situations affecting the safety and security of self, others or property technical problems or defective products.
Communication techniques must include at least four of the following:	active listening clear, legible writing giving customers full attention maintaining eye contact non-verbal communication, including body language and personal presentation speaking clearly and concisely using appropriate language and tone of voice using open and closed questions.
Negotiation techniques must include at least four of the following:	control of tone of voice and body language demonstrating flexibility and willingness to negotiate using positive, confident and cooperative language using clear presentation of options and consequences using language and concepts appropriate to the people involved using strategic questioning and listening to gather information and direct the focus of people involved using summarising of positions and agreements to move understanding.
Contingency measures must include at least two of the following:	arbitration counselling cultural support defusing strategies intervention legal action mediation selecting alternative actions that may require use of force, within legally permissible limits security specialists and experts.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4056A Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4056 Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4056A Manage conflicts and disputes in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also use communication techniques to manage and resolve two of the following different conflicts or disputes in a property industry context:

breakdown of communication

change of economic and commercial circumstances

differing legal concepts and changes in law

differing views of underlying facts

impact of third parties and force majeure

a person under the influence of intoxicating substances

a person with criminal intent

refusal to comply with committee or group decisions

refusal to pay for services

situations affecting the safety and security of self, others or property

technical problems or defective products.

In doing the above, the person must:

evaluate resolution process and accurately record and report facts and outcomes

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with managing and resolving conflict and disputes

negotiate conflict or dispute situations to an effective resolution where possible

use communication techniques to accurately identify causes and incidences of conflict or dispute.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

conflict or dispute-resolution techniques and procedures

consultation methods, techniques and protocols

ethical practices and relevant codes of conduct

negotiation strategies

organisational policies and procedures for property services relating to managing conflicts and disputes, including procedures for handling complaints

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

contextual information on conflicts or disputes to be managed and resolved

organisational conflict and dispute-resolution policies and procedures

organisational templates for reporting conflicts and disputes

guides on negotiation techniques and conflict-resolution strategies

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4057A Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to follow and promote work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace. It requires the ability to identify and control workplace hazards and risks, and communicate workplace safety requirements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in following and promoting WHS policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Provide information on safety policy and procedures in the workplace.	1.1.	Relevant provisions of WHS legislation and code of conduct are accurately and clearly explained to team members.
1.2.	Documentation is developed and maintained to support implementation of WHS policies and procedures.
1.3.	Recommendations are made to improve effectiveness of WHS and workplace policies and procedures.
2.	Implement and monitor participative arrangements.	2.1.	Consultative processes are implemented and monitored to ensure all team members have an opportunity to contribute to management of WHS in the workplace.
2.2.	Health and safety issues raised through consultation are resolved, or referred to relevant people for resolution.
2.3.	Outcomes of consultation over WHS issues are reported to team members.
3.	Implement and monitor hazard and risk control procedures.	3.1.	Existing and potential hazards and risks in work area are identified and appropriate actions are implemented.
3.2.	Individual and team adherence to control hazards and risks in work area is maintained and monitored.
3.3.	Inadequacies in existing procedures to control risks are identified and appropriate actions are implemented.
3.4.	Cause of hazardous events is investigated according to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures.
3.5.	Measures to minimise risk and prevent recurrence of hazardous events are implemented based on hierarchy of control and own role.
4.	Support WHS training.	4.1.	WHS training needs of individuals and teams are identified and discussed with relevant people.
4.2.	Arrangements are made for addressing identified WHS training needs in consultation with relevant people.
4.3.	Coaching and mentoring assistance is provided to team members to support the effective development of their own WHS competencies.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of workplace safety policies and procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical material on safety-related incidents in the workplace.
Oral communication skills to:	promote WHS policies and procedures to others in the workplace.
Reading skills to:	access information in pamphlets, brochures and other general information on the management of workplace safety.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine documentation associated with promoting workplace safety, including agendas, minutes, meeting notes, and correspondence in the form of emails and letters.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce reports on workplace safety and near misses.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
WHS legislation and code of conduct must include:	Australian standards, and quality assurance and certification requirements maintenance and confidentiality of records of occupational injury and disease relevant federal, and state or territory legislation with regard to: common law general duty of care issue resolution provisions relating to roles and responsibilities of WHS representatives and committees requirements of provision of WHS information and training.
WHS policies and procedures must include:	consultative arrangements for employees emergency and evacuation procedures equipment maintenance and use first aid hazard and risk identification and reporting hazard, accident and incident investigation WHS audits and safety inspections on-site contractors, visitors and members of the public risk assessment and control measures safe operating procedures and instructions transport, use and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials use and maintenance of personal protective clothing and equipment.
Consultative processes must include at least two of the following:	formal and informal meetings health and safety representatives WHS committees other committees, such as consultative, planning and purchasing suggestions, requests and concerns put forward by employees to management.
Relevant people must include at least two of the following:	clients colleagues designated WHS representatives emergency personnel supervisors.
Hazards and risks must include:	electrical environmental ergonomic hazardous materials loose objects and fixtures mechanical obstructions.
Procedures to control risks must include:	compliance with environmental requirements compliance with ergonomic requirements, including safe lifting and manual handling procedures correct selection, use, storage and maintenance procedures for personal protective clothing and equipment emergency, fire and accident procedures safe operating procedures hazard, accident and incident reporting procedures regular WHS consultations.
Hazardous events must include:	accidents bomb scares emergencies fires and explosions violent incidents.
Measures to minimise risk must include:	application of the hierarchy of control: elimination of the risk substitution engineering controls administrative controls personal protective equipment consultation with workers and their representatives measures to remove the cause of a risk at its source.
Training needs must include at least two of the following:	coaching, mentoring and supervision formal and informal learning programs internal and external training provision personal study quality assurance assessments and recommendations recognition of prior learning seminars and conferences work experience and exchange opportunities.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4057A Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4057 Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4057A Monitor a safe workplace in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also follow and promote work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in one property industry work environment.

In doing the above, the person must:

assess and control risks according to the hierarchy of control

comply with a range of WHS legislative and organisational procedures

identify and address WHS training needs of team members

provide clear and accurate information and advice to team members on workplace hazards and risks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

consultative processes for improving workplace WHS culture

legal responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees in the workplace relating to workplace safety

organisational communication channels and procedures

organisational policies and procedures relating to hazard management, fire, emergency, evacuation, and incident or accident investigating and reporting

range of hazards and associated risks that exist in the workplace and their control measures

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

environmental issues

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

WHS

techniques to control risks, such as the hierarchy of control.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

checklist for identifying workplace hazards and risks

organisational templates for reporting hazards and risks

organisational WHS policies and procedures

guides for identifying and mitigating workplace hazards and risks

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4063A Participate in developing and establishing property or facilities contracts.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to participate in developing standard contracts for routine matters relating to property operations. It requires the ability to accurately determine and comply with contract specifications and guidelines, and to prepare and finalise contract documentation.

The unit supports the work of those involved in developing and establishing contracts relating to property operations. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine contract requirements.	1.1.	Contract requirements are reviewed and agreed.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to negotiate and confirm contract specifications.
1.3.	Information is sourced and assessed for currency, accuracy and relevance.
1.4.	Own limitations in assessing contract requirements are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Prepare contract for routine services.	2.1.	Contract is prepared according to contract specifications and in required format, style and structure, using business equipment and technology.
2.2.	Advice is sought to confirm that contract captures and addresses identified risks, protects contracted parties, and provides basis for due performance.
2.3.	Contract is distributed to contract parties to check accuracy of information and that contract specifications and requirements are clearly addressed.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Finalise contract.	3.1.	Feedback on suitability of contract is sought from contract parties and their advisers, and recommended improvements are incorporated into contract where appropriate.
3.2.	Gaps or deficiencies are identified and appropriate actions implemented.
3.3.	Contract is finalised.
3.4.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of contracts relating to property operations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in property-related contracts.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions on technical matters to clarify meaning of provisions in contracts relating to property operations.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret information in contracts relating to property operations.
Writing skills to:	prepare text associated with preparation of contracts relating to property operations.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce contract documents.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Contract requirements must include at least one of the following:	facility management property management property-related maintenance operations strata community management.
Risks must include at least four of the following:	changes to regulations and legislation client and staff satisfaction competition emergencies and disasters failure of a contracted party to comply with contract terms and conditions fire and security health and safety loopholes in contracts market influences physical, financial or human resources project control and cash flow suppliers and contractors time constraints.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4063A Participate in developing and establishing property or facilities contracts

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4063 Participate in developing and establishing property or facility contracts

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4063A Participate in developing and establishing property or facilities contracts.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also participate in developing two standard contracts relating to one of the following operations:

routine property operation

strata community or facility management operation

property maintenance operation.

In doing the above, the person must:

finalise contract within agreed timeframes using obtained feedback to rectify gaps or deficiencies

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with developing contract

seek advice as required to confirm contract specifications have been addressed

use business equipment and technology to prepare contract documentation

use consultative processes to review and confirm contract requirements and specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

contract layout, format and presentation methods

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

principles of contract law with regard to property use and management

key requirements of federal, and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to contracts, including:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to contract preparation and finalisation

organisational templates for contracts

physical conditions:

sources of specialist advice on property-related contracts

specifications:

specifications for standard contracts relating to property operations

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4066 Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4066A Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and coordinate a property or facility inspection to evaluate its condition, worth and redevelopment requirements. It requires the ability to plan and document work activities effectively, monitor and conduct inspection tasks, and record and report results of the inspection.

The unit supports the work of those involved in planning and coordinating property and facility inspections. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan property or facility inspection.	1.1.	Property or facility information is researched and analysed to determine status and occupancy details.
1.2.	Context and purpose of inspection are determined.
1.3.	Property or facility inspection plan is developed.
1.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to access, organise and monitor information.
1.5.	Property or facility access arrangements and approvals required to conduct inspection are determined.
2.	Inspect property or facility.	2.1.	Property or facility is inspected according to inspection plan, using reliable inspection processes and ensuring all relevant aspects of the property or facility are sighted and noted.
2.2.	Variations to inspection plan are determined and implemented to meet changing circumstances and improve service delivery.
2.3.	Condition of features associated with property or facility is recorded.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Review and report on inspection outcomes.	3.1.	Inspection outcomes are reported and reviewed against inspection plan.
3.2.	Recommendations and issues are prepared in required format and in style and structure suitable for review and interpretation.
3.3.	Feedback on client satisfaction with inspection outcomes is sought using valid methods and verifiable data.
3.4.	Relevant documentation is completed and processed.
3.5.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of property and facility inspection procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	take measurements and perform calculations associated with building and facilities inspection.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify and seek further information on aspects of building or facility condition and performance as part of inspection procedures.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret information from building or facility’s technical and financial reports as part of the inspection process.
Writing skills to:	prepare technical reports on the conditions and performance of buildings and facilities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Property or facility must include at least one of the following:	commercial industrial mixed use residential retail strata community special use property, such as health, education or other community facility.
Purpose of inspection must:	be defined through a contract between organisation providing inspection service and legal entity commissioning the service form part of internal procedures of property management organisation.
Property or facility inspection plan must:	include range of suitable inspection activities and timelines be sufficiently flexible and adaptable to accommodate unforeseen contingencies that arise.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4066A Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4066 Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4066A Plan and coordinate property and facility inspection.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also plan and coordinate the inspection of two of the following different properties or facilities to evaluate their condition, worth or redevelopment requirements:

commercial

industrial

mixed use

residential

retail

strata community

special use property, such as health, education or other community facility.

In doing the above, the person must:

conduct a property or facility inspection under normal industry conditions ensuring condition of features is recorded

apply knowledge of organisational practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with inspecting a property or facility, and assessing its condition

report inspection conclusions and recommendations, including client feedback on level of satisfaction with service

undertake sufficient research of property or facility to develop an inspection plan detailing a range of suitable inspection activities and incorporating appropriate contingency arrangements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic knowledge of property and facility contracts and administrative requirements

building construction principles

key features of building drawings

common building defects

inspection methods for different property and facility types

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

local regulations affecting use and conditions of above properties or facilities

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standards relating to inspecting properties and facilities

principles of business and property law, and specific precedents likely to influence conduct of inspection

building codes relevant to properties and facilities being inspected

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS)

risks and risk management procedures to be followed during building and facility inspections

sources of information and assistance for property or facility

WHS issues and requirements for property and facilities inspections.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

materials:

buildings or facilities to be inspected

sources of specialist advice on building and facility inspections

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to inspecting buildings and facilities

organisational templates for inspection findings

specifications for building or facility to be inspected

WHS requirements to be met during inspections of buildings and facilities

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4071 Promote process improvement in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4071A Promote process improvement in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to research and implement improvement processes in the property industry to reduce costs and improve quality services. It requires the ability to promote the use and implementation of innovative work practices to affect change.

The unit supports the work of those involved in promoting process improvements in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify opportunities for improvement.	1.1.	Work practices and procedures are analysed to determine opportunities for improvement.
1.2.	Information is gathered and organised in a format suitable for analysis using business equipment and technology.
1.3.	Consultative processes are used to actively encourage feedback from colleagues and clients in order to identify opportunities for improvement.
1.4.	Opportunities for improvement are assessed against organisational business goals and objectives.
2.	Determine change requirements.	2.1.	Purpose of change, objectives and timelines are established.
2.2.	Risk factors likely to affect change are analysed to identify potential constraints.
2.3.	Improvement plan is developed that details a range of suitable activities that reflect change requirements.
2.4.	Roles, responsibilities and accountabilities for the change process are established according to improvement plan.
2.5.	Communication channels are used to clearly promote objectives of change to relevant people.
3.	Implement and monitor change processes.	3.1.	Leadership styles and methods are used to provide clear direction and support to individuals and teams throughout change process.
3.2.	Future support services required for change processes are identified and delivery is planned.
3.3.	Suitable organisational systems and technology are used to monitor change processes systematically to ensure consistency with improvement plan.
3.4.	Feedback on change processes is obtained and analysed.
3.5.	Evidence and information on impact of change are documented and reported.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of process improvement strategies relevant to the property industry.
Numeracy skills to:	identify, collect and analyse benchmark data on work processes in property-related organisations.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret case studies of best practice process improvement strategies relevant to the property industry.
Writing skills to:	prepare technical reports on impact of process improvements in property-related organisations.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work practices and procedures must include at least three of the following:	conducting appraisals conducting meetings engaging clients implementing, promoting and reviewing processes listing properties managing common property managing facilities managing strata schemes marketing properties promoting the organisation and its services providing support within the organisation securing customers selling techniques staff training undertaking research undertaking routine functions working with owners corporations in strata schemes.
Opportunities for improvement must include at least four of the following:	education and training energy conservation innovative product or service innovative work practices investment strategies marketing, including use of social media new markets online business expansion pricing strategies recycling and reusing materials redesign business process review financial performance take on a mentor or business coach use of new technologies waste reduction work experience, exchange and opportunities.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4071A Promote process improvement in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4071 Promote process improvement in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4071A Promote process improvement in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also research and implement two different improvement processes that reduce costs and improve quality services in one of the following property-related organisations:

education and training

energy conservation

innovative product or service

innovative work practices

investment strategies

marketing, including use of social media

new markets

online business expansion

pricing strategies

recycling and reusing materials

redesign business process

review financial performance

take on a mentor or business coach

use of new technologies

waste reduction

work experience, exchange and opportunities.

In doing the above, the person must:

assess opportunities for improvement against business goals and objectives

identify opportunities for improving processes through an accurate assessment of work practices, information gathering and consultation

determine change requirements through development of an improvement plan incorporating an analysis of risk

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with researching and implementing improvement processes to reduce costs and improve quality services

implement and monitor change using organisational systems and technology, and documenting and reporting the results.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common effects of change and innovation in the workplace

industrial and organisational context of change

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

organisational policies, plans, procedures and structure relating to promoting process improvements

principles and techniques for goal setting and recording priorities

principles of negotiation

processes for interpreting and applying feedback in a change management process

process improvement principles

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

sources of specialist advice on process improvement measures

specifications:

case studies of best practice process improvement strategies relevant to the property industry

organisational plans, policies and procedures relating to key business processes

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4072 Provide leadership in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4072A Provide leadership in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide effective leadership in the property industry. It requires the ability to model high standards of performance and behaviour, and positively influence individuals and work teams. It requires knowledge of financial, legal and procedural requirements relevant to the property industry.

The unit supports the work of those involved in leadership roles in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, home sustainability assessors and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Apply high standards of performance in undertaking individual and team tasks.	1.1.	Own work practices model high standards of performance and ethics in providing property services.
1.2.	Property services and work practices are planned and implemented.
1.3.	Work practices reflect an understanding of and respect for individual differences, and are adapted as appropriate to meet specific needs of clients and others.
1.4.	Individual and team efforts and contributions are encouraged and rewarded.
1.5.	Breaches of organisational code of conduct and code of ethics are identified and reported.
2.	Interpret and comply with financial, legislative and procedural requirements.	2.1.	Financial, legislative and procedural requirements relevant to property services are identified.
2.2.	Key financial, legislative and procedural principles relating to organisational values and requirements are identified and interpreted.
2.3.	Information relevant to property services is identified and assessed.
2.4.	Own interpretation and application of financial, legislative and procedural requirements are confirmed.
2.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.	Facilitate commitment to workplace change.	3.1.	Opinions and suggestions on improving work practices are encouraged to facilitate participation in change processes.
3.2.	Goals and objectives of change are communicated clearly and promptly to individuals and teams.
3.3.	Business equipment and technology are used to manage and provide access to information on progress towards objectives of change.
3.4.	Mentoring and coaching are provided to support individuals and groups through introduction of change.
3.5.	Decisions to overcome problems in implementation of change are made in consultation with colleagues and clients.
3.6.	Effective relations and communications are maintained with clients and colleagues during process of change.
4.	Develop and maintain professional competence.	4.1.	Own professional development is maintained in consultation with relevant people.
4.2.	Feedback from clients and colleagues is used to determine professional competency and quality of performance, and to identify key areas for improvement in providing property services.
4.3.	Own knowledge and skills in providing property services are assessed against competency standards and other relevant benchmarks to determine professional development needs and priorities.
4.4.	Strategies to maintain currency of professional competency in providing effective property services are identified, planned and implemented.
4.5.	Professional networks are participated in to identify and build relationships with relevant individuals and organisations in the property industry to obtain and maintain personal knowledge.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of code of ethics relevant to property industry.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify and seek further information on code of conduct and ethical issues relating to providing property services.
Reading skills to:	access and interpret legislation and code of ethics relating to the provision of property services.
Writing skills to:	prepare own professional development plan in relation to providing effective property services.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access and participate in professional networks relevant to building own professional competence in property services.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Property services must include at least one of the following:	business broking buyer advocacy or agent facilities management for a range of property types marketing, sale and leasing a range of property types property development operations property management for a range of property types, including on-site residential property management rural agency practice stock and station agency operations strata community management urban agency practice.
Code of conduct and code of ethics must include:	accurate determination and clarification of expectations of owners and owners corporations acting in principal’s best interests clear communication of services offered and fee for services clear negotiation of fees declaration of beneficial interest declaration of conflict of interest disclosure of relevant information, including management fees disclosure of pecuniary interests fair and honest provision of property services individual behaviour maintaining confidentiality misrepresentation non-discriminatory practices over-servicing, fixed charges rather than fee for service privacy representation of organisation and clients use of organisational property.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4072A Provide leadership in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4072 Provide leadership in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4072A Provide leadership in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also provide effective leadership by applying leadership skills in two situations to positively impact on the performance of a property-related organisation.

In doing the above, the person must:

accurately interpret and comply with relevant legislative, financial and procedural requirements and prescribed codes of conduct, and check own understanding and application with relevant people

demonstrate high standards of work practices and ethics in providing property services, including:

accurately determining and clarifying expectations of owners and owners corporations

acting in principal’s best interests

adequately disclosing relevant information, including management fees

declaring beneficial interests

representing organisation and clients ethically

providing fair and honest property services

identifying and disclosing conflicts of interest

maintaining privacy and confidentiality

non-discriminatory practices

avoiding over-servicing

use constructive feedback and industry competency standards and benchmarks to identify and implement opportunities for developing and maintaining own professional development

use effective communication techniques to introduce and monitor change, while providing support to, and maintaining relationships with, clients and colleagues throughout the change process.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

characteristics of a positive role model

common effects of change in the workplace

industrial and organisational context of change

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

mechanisms to obtain and analyse feedback

methods to identify and prioritise personal learning needs

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standards, including:

acting in principal’s best interests

adequate disclosure of relevant information, including management fees

declaration of beneficial interests

ethical representation of organisation and clients

fair and honest provision of property services

identification and disclosure of conflicts of interest

maintenance of confidentiality

non-discriminatory practices

principles and techniques associated with:

establishing effective consultative processes

establishing key performance indicators

influencing others

leading people

making decisions

preparing performance plans

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

property sales, leasing and management

strata communities

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

case studies of leadership in the property industry

organisational plans, policies and procedures

financial, legislative and procedural requirements of property organisations

industry competency standards and benchmarks

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4074A Select and appoint contractors in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to coordinate contractor requirements for a variety of projects in the property industry. It requires the ability to administer contracts and coordinate the selection and monitoring of contractor arrangements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in coordinating contractor requirements for a variety of projects in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, property managers, strata managers and facility managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine selection requirements.	1.1.	Selection purpose and context are identified to determine selection requirements.
1.2.	Selection information is gathered to assist in identifying selection process and types of contractors required.
1.3.	Draft selection documentation is prepared.
1.4.	Selection processes and timelines are established that make efficient use of time and resources.
2.	Arrange selection process.	2.1.	Individuals involved in the selection process are nominated and organised.
2.2.	Selection criteria are prepared.
2.3.	Selection process and criteria are checked for compliance with organisational and legislative requirements.
2.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to gather and organise evidence in a format suitable for analysis and interpretation.
3.	Select contractors.	3.1.	Selection process is conducted.
3.2.	Information obtained from each contractor is judged against specified selection criteria.
3.3.	Contractor preferences, needs and expectations are clarified and addressed using appropriate consultative processes.
3.4.	Selection decision is made based on selection criteria and evaluation of sufficient evidence to enable a judgement of best candidate.
3.5.	Own limitations in interpreting selection criteria or making selection decision are identified and appropriate support is sought as required.
4.	Record and report selection results.	4.1.	Selection decisions are recorded and reported.
4.2.	Clear and constructive feedback is provided to candidates regarding outcomes of selection process, and guidance on future options.
4.3.	Relevant documentation is completed and processed.
4.4.	Selection process is reviewed against established criteria to improve and modify future assessment practices.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of sources of contractors, services provided and fees.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to seek and clarify further information relating to previous work experience of contractors.
Reading skills to:	access, interpret and evaluate tender documents submitted by contractors.
Writing skills to:	prepare terms of reference and selection criteria for contractors.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access online information on the type and quality of service provided by contractors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Selection process must include at least two of the following:	competitive tendering direct order request for proposal request for quotation restricted tendering select tendering.
Contractors must include at least three of the following:	business advisers information technology professional advisers property advisers technicians tradespeople.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM4074A Select and appoint contractors in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4074 Select and appoint contractors in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM4074A Select and appoint contractors in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person also coordinate contractor requirements, including selecting and appointing the contractor, for two different tasks in a property industry context.

In doing the above, the person must:

complete selection of contractors, including reviewing criteria and reporting recommendations

evaluate and select contractors using appropriate selection criteria and communication techniques

determine contractor requirements through research and consultation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with coordinating contractor requirements for a variety of projects

prepare selection schedule and criteria, and arrange people to be involved in the selection process.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

contract law relating to engaging contractors

contractor fees and payments

contractor types, roles and capabilities

insurance requirements for contractors

intellectual property rights and contractors

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities relating to engaging contractors

professional indemnity for contractors

key requirements of federal and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to engaging contractors

selection processes and selection criteria for contractors

techniques for monitoring contractor performance.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational plans, policies and procedures for engaging contractors

organisational templates for use in selecting and appointing contractors

specifications for work to be performed or service to be provided by contractor

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4082 Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify and respond to service requirements of owners and occupiers, and to report on the service provision of strata managers. It requires the ability to determine service requirements of owners and occupiers, monitor service provision to ensure compliance with management agreement and budget parameters, and report on service provision to owners and occupiers in strata communities.

The unit supports the work of those involved in managing strata communities who have responsibility for monitoring the service requirements of owners and occupiers and reporting on service provision. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and address service requirements of owners and occupiers.	1.1.	Professional rapport is established with owners and occupiers to encourage accurate and relevant exchange of information.
1.2.	Communication protocols and points of contact for owners and occupiers with strata manager are established.
1.3.	Service requests from owners and occupiers are handled in a professional manner, prioritised and actioned.
1.4.	Potential difficulties in dealing with service requests of owners and occupiers are identified and addressed or referred to responsible officer in strata management organisation for recommended action.
1.5.	Service requests from owners and occupiers are analysed to determine risk factors and where necessary are referred to emergency services in line with organisational risk management procedures.
1.6.	Occurrences that are likely to impact on quality of service provision are conveyed to owners and occupiers in a timely manner.
1.7.	Service requests from owners and occupiers are documented detailing time, location, nature of service and action taken.
2.	Monitor service provision.	2.1.	Information on service provision is routinely collected and analysed.
2.2.	Service provision is monitored to ensure compliance with management agreement and budget parameters.
2.3.	Feedback from owners and occupiers on service delivery is collected, analysed and used to improve service provision.
3.	Report and make recommendations on service provision.	3.1.	Reports on service provision are prepared and communicated to owners and occupiers.
3.2.	Meetings are conducted with strata community to discuss and review service provision, including non-conformance and quality issues, in an open and participative environment.
3.3.	Suggestions for improvements in service provision are noted and referred to responsible officer in strata community management organisation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of ways of identifying and monitoring the provision of services to owners and occupiers in strata communities.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret graphical and statistical material on service provision in strata communities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify service requirements of owners and occupiers.
Reading skills to:	interpret written feedback from owners and occupiers on service provision.
Writing skills to:	prepare reports for owners corporation on service provision in strata communities.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to produce reports for owners and occupiers on service provision in strata communities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Service requests must include those that:	fall within scope of management agreement require authorisation to proceed vary from the terms of the management agreement.
Information must include:	qualitative information on service provision quantitative information on service provision.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4082 Monitor service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also identify and respond to service requirements of owners and occupiers and report on the service provision of strata managers as follows:

respond to three of the following different service requests from either owners or occupiers in a strata community:

one request that falls within the terms of the management agreement

one request that varies from the terms of the management agreement

one request that requires authorisation to proceed

collect relevant data and report to the owners and occupiers in a strata community on the quality of service provision of the strata manager.

In doing the above, the person must:

consult with owners and occupiers in a strata scheme to determine service requirements

log and report service requests

respond to service requests promptly and determine appropriate action

obtain feedback on service provision from owners and occupiers in a strata scheme

monitor and report on service provision to owners and occupiers in a strata scheme.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common areas of non-compliance and quality issues in relation to service provision in strata communities

risk identification and management procedures

role of strata community in relation to monitoring service provision of strata managers

services offered by strata managers

strata management agreements, including:

format

purpose

service requirements

obligations of strata community managers

strata manager requirements to report to owners and occupiers on service provision

techniques for:

gathering and analysing routine information gathered on service provision of strata managers

gathering feedback on service provision of strata managers

gathering information on service requirements of owners and occupiers in strata communities

communicating with owners and occupiers in strata communities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

strata community management agreement

qualitative and quantitative data on service provision in a strata scheme

organisational policies and procedures relating to identifying and responding to service requests from owners and occupiers in a strata community

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4083 Terminate strata community

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to terminate a strata community. It includes confirming instructions from the strata community to terminate the community, making application for termination of the strata community, and terminating the strata community.

The unit supports the work of those involved in managing strata communities who have responsibility for acting on instructions from lot owners to terminate the community. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish and clarify termination requirements for a strata community.	1.1.	Context for termination of strata community is identified and communicated to strata community.
1.2.	Legislative requirements for termination of strata community are researched and accessed.
1.3.	Conditions required for termination of strata community are explained to strata community.
1.4.	Procedures and timeframes for termination of strata community are explained to strata community.
1.5.	General meeting of strata community is facilitated to terminate the strata community and appropriate follow-up action is taken.
1.6.	Resolutions for termination or non-termination of strata community are confirmed and communicated to strata community and mortgagees.
1.7.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Make application to terminate strata community.	2.1.	Information and agreements required for termination of strata community are identified and collated.
2.2.	Application to terminate strata community is prepared in line with strata community instructions and legislative requirements.
2.3.	Termination application is distributed to relevant people to check accuracy of information and to ensure that application requirements are clearly addressed.
2.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required according to organisational requirements.
2.5.	Application to terminate strata community is lodged with relevant authorities in line with legislative requirements.
2.6.	Lot owners are kept informed of termination application, and inquiries from lot owners regarding the termination process are responded to in line with organisational procedures.
3.	Terminate the strata community.	3.1.	Following granting of application, strata community is terminated within agreed timeframes in line with organisational, legislative and lot owners’ requirements.
3.2.	Lot owners are informed of granting of termination of strata community and are provided with information on actions to be taken and timeframe for termination of strata community.
3.3.	Information regarding termination of strata community is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality and legislative and organisational requirements.
3.4.	Strata community funds are distributed according to legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legal processes involved in terminating a strata community.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify legal requirements for termination of strata communities.
Reading skills to:	interpret and extract information from complex texts on termination of strata communities.
Writing skills to:	prepare reports for owners corporation on progress of applications for termination of strata communities.
Technology skills to:	use business technology to access online information relating to the termination of strata communities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Context of termination must include:	building end of life catastrophe compulsory acquisition redevelopment of the strata community land.
Conditions required for termination of strata community must include:	legislative requirements in jurisdiction for termination of strata community requirements for agreement of lot owners and other interested parties.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4083 Terminate strata community

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also complete all tasks associated with terminating one strata community, including:

consulting with lot owners and gaining instructions relating to termination of strata community

collecting information and agreements required to complete the application to terminate the community

making application to relevant authorities for termination of strata community

keeping lot owners informed of progress of application to terminate strata community

terminating strata community in line with organisational, legislative and lot owners’ requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common problems involved in terminating strata communities

legislative requirements for terminating strata communities

procedures involved in terminating strata communities

reasons for terminating strata communities

roles and responsibilities of lot owners, owners corporations and other interested parties in terminating strata communities

role and responsibilities of strata managers in terminating strata communities

strata management agreements, including:

purpose

format

obligations of strata managers

provisions for terminating strata communities

techniques for communicating with owners and occupiers in strata communities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

strata community management agreement

legislation relating to terminating strata communities

organisational policies and procedures relating to terminating strata communities

procedures for making application for termination of strata communities

details of strata community to be terminated, including the strata plan

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4084 Administer insurance for strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to administer insurance for strata communities in line with strata community instructions. It requires the ability to identify the community’s insurance requirements, place the suitable insurance, assist with lodging insurance claims, and review insurance arrangements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in administering insurance for strata communities. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1	Establish legislative requirement for insurance.	1.1.	Research and access legislative requirements for insurance for each strata community.
1.2.	Organisational requirements for arranging insurance for individual strata community are identified.
2.	Clarify insurance requirements for strata community.	2.1.	Legislative insurance requirements for strata community are communicated to strata community.
2.2.	Information on optional insurance cover is provided to strata community.
2.3.	Relationships with insurers and insurance brokers are disclosed to strata community.
2.4.	Information on extent of insurance cover is communicated to individual lot owners.
2.5.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.6.	Authority to obtain quotations from insurers or insurance brokers for strata community is obtained from owners committee.
2.7.	Insurance proposal documentation is completed.
3.	Arrange valuation of asset for insurance purposes.	3.1.	Source documents are obtained.
3.2.	Information on assets to be insured is gathered.
3.3.	Valuation specialist is engaged to advise on value of asset.
3.4.	Valuation is recorded and associated documentation, including statement of limitations in determining value of asset, is stored for ease of retrieval.
3.5.	Information on value of asset is provided to strata community and as required to insurer.
4.	Place insurance.	4.1.	Suitable insurers or insurance brokers are identified and quotations and product information are obtained in line with instructions from strata community.
4.2.	Insurance quotations are reviewed to ensure accuracy and compliance with strata community, legislative and organisational requirements.
4.3.	Insurance quotations and associated documentation are communicated to the strata community.
4.4.	Adequate insurance policies and cover are acquired in line with instructions from the strata community.
4.5.	Certificates of currency for insurance policies for strata community are maintained and stored securely.
4.6.	Potential risks are monitored and communicated to strata community and strata community’s insurer.
5.	Assist with lodging insurance claim.	5.1.	Assistance is provided to strata community to make insurance claim.
5.2.	Documentation to support insurance claim is lodged with insurer or insurance broker.
5.3.	Roles and responsibilities of insurance assessors are recognised.
5.4.	Insurance claim records and relevant information are securely stored.
6.	Review insurance arrangements.	6.1.	Insurance arrangements are monitored and reviewed regularly in consultation with strata community to ensure compliance with legislative and strata community’s requirements.
6.2.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain and securely store insurance documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative requirements for insurance for strata communities.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations associated with reviewing insurance options.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify insurance requirements of strata community.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret standard insurance documentation.
Writing skills to:	complete standard insurance claim forms.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislative requirements for insurance must include:	Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) Corporations Act Insurance Contracts Act Strata Title Acts.
Strata communities must include:	commercial new builds residential.
Optional insurance cover must include:	office bearers’ legal liability appeal expenses catastrophe insurance common property contents fidelity guarantee government audit costs legal defence expenses lot owners’ improvements to the building machinery breakdown voluntary workers insurance workers’ compensation.
Relationships with insurers and insurance brokers must include:	acting as an agent receiving commissions from a third party.
Source documents must include:	as-built plans certificate of occupancy depreciation schedule legislation requirement plan of subdivision previous valuation sinking fund report.
Information on assets must include:	building classification building material improvements and additions, including: communication towers embedded networks playgrounds underground tanks number of storeys plant and machinery.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4084 Administer insurance for strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must administer the insurance arrangements and resolutions required for the strata communities of each of the following:

one new build

one residential strata community

one commercial strata community.

In doing the above, the person must:

establish legislative requirements for above insurance

place required insurance

assist owners corporation with lodging insurance claims

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with administering insurance for strata communities

monitor and review insurance requirements, and safely and securely maintain required documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

asset valuation procedures

insurance requirements for:

commercial developments

new builds

residential developments

minimum legislative insurance requirements for strata communities

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

privacy

strata communities

work health and safety (WHS)

roles and responsibilities of strata managers in relation to insurance for strata communities

sources of professional advice about insurance for strata communities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisation’s policies and procedures for administering insurance for strata community

sources of information on insurers and insurance brokers

information on insurance products for strata communities

legislation on minimum insurance requirements for strata communities

advice from relevant consumer affairs agencies and industry associations on duties of strata managers in relation to administering insurance for strata communities

physical conditions:

strata community

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4085 Handle strata community funds held on trust

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to handle strata community funds received from clients that are held on trust. It includes identifying procedures for handling strata community funds held on trust, processing funds held on trust received from clients, and reporting discrepancies.

The unit supports the work of those involved in handling moneys held on trust. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify procedures for handling strata community funds.	1.1.	Situations in which funds are held on trust are identified.
1.2.	Key legislative controls relating to handling funds are identified to ensure compliance with legislative and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Organisational policies and procedures for handling funds are sourced.
1.4.	Organisational personnel responsible for monitoring and communicating changes to legislation, industry codes, and organisational policies and procedures relating to handling funds are identified.
2.	Process funds.	2.1.	Funds received from clients are promptly and accurately processed in line with organisational policies and procedures.
2.2.	Questions from strata communities and lot owners relating to funds are responded to promptly and honestly, within scope of own responsibilities, and according to organisational policies and procedures.
2.3.	Limitations in knowledge of legislation and organisational policies and procedures relating to processing funds are identified and specialist advice is sought as required.
2.4.	Compliance with relevant legislation, standards, codes, and organisational policies and procedures relating to processing funds is monitored.
3.	Report fund discrepancies.	3.1.	Discrepancies in funds are reported in line with organisational policies and procedures.
3.2.	Non-compliance with organisational procedures for handling funds is reported in line with organisational policies and procedures.
3.3	Records relating to fund discrepancies are completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative and organisational requirements for handling strata community funds held on trust.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations required to verify records of funds held on trust.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify organisational policies and procedures for processing funds held on trust.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret source documents, including organisational policies and procedures, relating to processing funds held on trust.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Funds must include:	contractor payments insurance claims and refunds lot owner contributions non-mutual income.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4085 Handle strata community funds held on trust

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also correctly handle four of the following situations relating to the strata community funds held for four different clients:

contractor payments

discrepancy in client account

insurance claims or refunds

lot owner’s contribution

processing non-mutual income.

In doing the above, the person must:

identify and follow procedures for handling strata community funds held on trust

process the funds held on trust received from the above clients.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common discrepancies and non-compliances associated with handling strata community funds held on trust

ethical requirements relating to handling strata community funds held on trust

organisational administrative routines and practices for handling strata community funds held on trust

organisational information technology and management systems used when handling strata community funds held on trust

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to strata community funds held on trust

risks and risk management strategies relating to strata community funds held on trust

security requirements for strata community funds held on trust

situations in which funds are held on trust by strata manager companies

sources of information on requirements for handling strata community funds on trust.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures for handling strata community funds

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to handling strata community funds on trust

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4086 Oversee preparation of strata community budgets

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to oversee the preparation of the annual budget for a strata community. It includes gathering budget information, identifying projected income and expenditure, overseeing the preparation of a budget, and presenting the budget to the strata community.

The unit supports the work of those involved in preparing budgets for strata communities. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Gather and analyse relevant budget information for strata community.	1.1.	Legislative provisions relating to strata community administrative funds, fee and contribution levies, as well as sinking funds and fees, are identified.
1.2.	Budgeting method is selected.
1.3.	Previous year’s budget performance is reviewed.
1.4.	Budget planning information is collated.
1.5.	Strata community’s expenditure priorities are identified.
2.	Identify and document projected income and expenditure.	2.1.	Sources of income and expenditure are identified.
2.2.	Estimates of expenditure relating to administrative activities, including repairs and maintenance, are prepared.
2.3.	Potential variations to income and expenditure estimates are identified and their impact on overall budget is assessed.
2.4.	Identified items are documented and stored for easy retrieval.
3.	Oversee budget preparation.	3.1.	Budget preparation is coordinated in consultation with owners committee and professional financial advisors.
3.2.	Budget documentation is reviewed and where necessary clarification is sought from owners committee or professional financial advisors.
3.3.	Expenditure commitments are checked against final income estimates.
3.4.	Cash flow forecasts are prepared.
3.5.	Contingencies are identified and included in draft budget.
3.6.	Draft budget is reviewed and modifications are proposed as required.
4.	Present strata community budget.	4.1.	Owner’s committee is engaged in finalising and approving draft budget.
4.2.	Draft budget and schedule of contribution levies and fees are presented to strata community for approval.
4.3.	Budget is regularly reviewed and variances are reported to owners committee.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative and organisational requirements for overseeing preparation of a strata community budget.
Numeracy skills to:	perform routine calculations required to estimate income and expenditure of strata community.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify planned expenditure of strata community.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret source financial documents, such as bank statements, and identify relevant and key information.
Writing skills to:	complete workplace documents used in preparing budgets.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Budgeting method must include:	historical zero.
Sources of income must include:	bank interest contribution levies embedded network fees from owners corporation records interest from investments penalty interest recovered fees, such as from debt collection or insurance excess rental income.
Sources of expenditure must may include:	debt collection cost insurance grounds strata manager utilities.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4086 Oversee preparation of strata community budgets

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also oversee the preparation of the annual budget for one strata community, in which the work must involve:

identifying typical information to be included in budget

recognising when budget indicates expenditure is greater than income, and suggesting modifications that will bring it into balance

overseeing the preparation of budget in collaboration with others in a manner that meets the strata community’s identified needs.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

components of a typical budget

concept of and procedures for financial contingency planning

concept of strata community control and how it applies to budgetary decision making

provisions of federal, state or territory legislation and funding body requirements that affect how finances and assets can be used by strata communities

sources of income and expenditure for strata communities

standard budgeting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to budget preparation

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to preparing budgets for strata communities

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM4087 Facilitate operation of owners committee

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to facilitate the effective operation of owners committees in strata communities. It includes establishing the legislative and governance requirements for owners committees, facilitating the establishment of owners committees, and supporting owners committees in managing strata communities.

The unit supports the work of those involved in forming and supporting the ongoing function of owners committees. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish legislative and governance requirements of owners committee.	1.1.	Legislative requirements governing establishment, appointment, operation and removal of owners committee are researched and identified.
1.2.	Duties and good governance principles for committee are researched and identified.
2.	Facilitate establishment of owners committee.	2.1.	Support is provided to strata community to appoint and/or remove members of owners committee in line with legislative requirements.
2.2.	Support is provided to strata community to implement procedures governing operation of committee.
2.3.	Relationship between owners committee and strata manager is identified, documented in strata community management agreement, and communicated to strata community.
2.4.	Procedures for delegating duties, powers and functions of owners committee are identified and resolved by strata community.
2.5.	Appointment of owners committee is confirmed by strata community.
2.6.	Roles and responsibilities of owners committee are identified, documented and communicated to committee members.
3.	Support owners committee to manage strata communities.	3.1.	Owners’ committee is supported in establishing procedures for overseeing the management and governance of the strata community in line with the strata community management agreement.
3.2.	Fiduciary duties of owners committee is clarified and accepted by the committee.
3.3.	Meeting and voting legislated obligations, as well as best practice protocols, are developed and documented with and for owners committee.
3.4.	Support is provided to owners committee members to take management responsibility for the strata community and to assist each other in undertaking required roles and responsibilities.
3.5.	Owners’ committee is assisted on an ongoing basis to ensure that legal, administrative and maintenance requirements of the strata community are monitored and met.
3.6.	Owners’ committee is given support to identify and resolve problems associated with managing the strata community.
3.7.	Professional advice is sourced and communicated to owners committee to inform decision making as required.
3.8.	Owners’ committee is given support to create reporting to annual general meeting.
3.9.	Professional and ethical relationships, based on trust and open communication, are fostered between strata managers and owners committee.
3.10.	Communication and team building strategies are applied to develop commitment and cooperation between members of owners committee.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain current knowledge of legislative requirements of owners committees.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify roles and responsibilities of owners committees play a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret strata community management agreements.
Writing skills to:	complete workplace documents associated with the administration of strata communities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Delegating duties, powers and functions must include at least three of the following:	arranging and undertaking administrative duties in relation to annual general meetings and any other general meetings arranging building inspections and reports arranging insurance cover effecting repairs to and maintaining common property, or engaging tradespeople to do so holding documents and maintaining records managing the sinking fund and the administrative fund paying accounts paying disbursements and expenses incurred in connection with the strata manager’s management of the strata community representing the person on behalf of whom the strata manager is acting in tribunal or court proceedings serving notices to comply with a by-law undertaking steps necessary to recover any money owing in relation to levies undertaking the financial management of funds and books of account.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM4087 Facilitate operation of owners committee

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also support one owners committee to manage a strata community, in which the work must involve:

establishing legislative requirements for the owners committee

facilitating the establishment of the committee

supporting the committee in administering the strata community.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative requirements governing the establishment and operation of owners committees

principles and techniques associated with:

delegation

effective communication

goal setting

group dynamics and processes

problem solving

planning

owners committee:

membership

roles and responsibilities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

owners committee in a strata community

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to services provided by strata managers

relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations relating to managing strata communities

relationship with team members and supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5006A Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to identify and implement customer service policies and procedures in the property industry. It includes contributing to quality customer standards, implementing customer service systems, and leading customer service teams.

The unit supports the work of those involved in understanding and implementing customer service policies and procedures. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Contribute to quality customer standards.	1.1.	Customer service standards are accessed, interpreted, applied and monitored in the workplace.
1.2.	Contributions are made to developing, refining and improving customer service policies, standards and processes.
2.	Implement customer service systems.	2.1.	Personnel are encouraged to consistently implement customer service systems of organisation.
2.2.	Customer feedback is reviewed and considered when improving work practices.
2.3.	Customer service problems are identified and adjustments made to ensure continued service quality.
2.4.	Adjustments are communicated to all those involved in service delivery within appropriate timeframes.
2.5.	Services and products are delivered according to organisational quality standards.
3.	Lead a customer service team.	3.1.	Coaching and mentoring are used to assist colleagues to deal with customer service issues and achieve service potential.
3.2.	Team is motivated to achieve high standard of service to customers.
3.3.	Team is informed of changes in policies and procedures that affect relations with customers.
3.4.	Team is provided with regular feedback in regard to achievement or non-achievement of organisational standards of customer service.
3.5.	Team members are encouraged to contribute feedback in regard to achievement of customer service standards.
3.6.	Training is undertaken as required to meet changing needs.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform customer service strategies.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret statistical and graphical data on customer satisfaction with organisation’s products and services.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss solutions to customer service problems with team members and professional advisors use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	interpret documentation, including academic and technical reports, on building the capability of customer service teams.
Writing skills to:	prepare guidance for team members and senior management on customer service strategies.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Customers must include:	customers from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds customers with routine and special requests customers with varying physical and mental abilities internal and external customers regular and new customers.
Customer feedback must include:	analysis of quality assurance data reports feedback directly solicited from customers through different means, including: questionnaires telephone surveys face-to-face surveys online surveys.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5006A Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5006 Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5006A Coordinate customer service activities in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also lead the implementation of one customer service initiative in a property-related business designed to improve customer service in one of the following areas:

business broking

livestock sales and auctions

property management

property sales

strata community management.

In doing the above, the person must:

develop and implement improved customer service procedures

ensure staff are adequately trained to deliver customer service to agreed organisational standards

identify customer service requirements and ensure they are delivered to a professional standard in an appropriate timeframe

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with implementing customer service policies and procedures

obtain and give constructive feedback on customer service strategies.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

organisational quality and customer service standards

organisational policies and procedures for customer service

principles and techniques for managing customer behaviour, including:

customer relations

maintaining product and service quality

identifying and resolving problems

researching customer needs

range of analysis techniques to interpret data on customer service

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

work health and safety (WHS).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

workplace policies and procedures on customer service

reports and case studies from other parties involved in the process of identifying and implementing business processes designed to enhance customer service

information on current customer service performance

outline of initiatives for enhancing customer service

physical conditions:

customer service team

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5007 Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5007A Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to coordinate the construction or renovation of facilities. It requires the ability to use appropriate consultative processes to determine construction or renovation requirements and to develop, monitor and finalise a construction plan.

The unit supports the work of those involved in coordinating the construction or renovation of facilities. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, and stock and station agents.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine construction or renovation requirements.	1.1.	Construction drawings are reviewed and confirmed with relevant people according to project requirements.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to negotiate and confirm construction requirements with contracted parties.
1.3.	Site access and specific site requirements are identified and appropriate arrangements are made as required.
1.4.	Construction plan is prepared, including contingencies to ensure contract and organisational requirements are met.
2.	Organise resources and support processes.	2.1.	Provision of financial, physical and human resources is planned.
2.2.	Construction strategies, objectives and timelines are negotiated and agreed in consultation with client and relevant people.
2.3.	Monitoring and reporting arrangements for construction activities are established and documented.
2.4.	Relevant approvals are obtained within designated timeframe.
3.	Arrange contractors and consultants.	3.1.	Contractors and consultants are arranged to undertake construction.
3.2.	Tendering and selection methods are selected and followed to meet client and organisational procurement guidelines.
3.3.	Contracted services are provided that are relevant to the construction work to be undertaken and client requirements.
3.4.	Documentation regarding reporting arrangements and deliverables is finalised.
4.	Monitor construction or renovation process.	4.1.	Construction or renovation is monitored against construction plan to ensure completion within designated timeframes.
4.2.	Factors affecting achievement of scheduled work are identified and required variations to schedules are negotiated and agreed with relevant people.
4.3.	Established communication channels and processes are used to ensure accurate exchange of information throughout operations.
4.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and appropriate support is sought as required.
5.	Finalise construction or renovation process.	5.1.	Notification of completed construction is received and checked against client and organisational requirements.
5.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm facilities are fully operational and meet required specifications and industry standards.
5.3.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to client privacy and confidentiality, and legislative and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform selection of appropriate tendering and selection methods for contractors on construction projects.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret statistical and graphical data to evaluate progress of construction project against time and budget parameters.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss solutions to problems affecting completion of facility construction or renovation with team members and professional advisors use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	interpret documentation on scope and progress of construction and renovation works, including technical specifications and contractor reports.
Writing skills to:	notify tenderers of outcomes of tender processes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Construction must include at least one of the following:	construct only cost plus design and construct involvement of more than one builder use of fixed price.
Project must include at least two of the following:	creating an asset fitting out new structures modifying existing structures.
Tendering and selection methods must include at least two of the following:	open tendering request for proposal request for quotation restricted tendering single source two stage tendering.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5007A Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5007 Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5007A Coordinate construction or renovation of facilities.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also coordinate the construction or renovation of two different facilities in the property industry, involving two of the following:

creating an asset

fitting out a new structure

modifying an existing structure.

In doing the above, the person must:

arrange inspections and prepare and collate documentation relating to finalisation of contract requirements using business technology

determine construction requirements and develop a construction plan through research and consultation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with coordinating the construction or renovation of facilities

make available appropriate resources to support the construction or renovation process

monitor construction processes using project management methodologies, and develop and communicate appropriate contingency plans

negotiate variations and adjustments to work schedules

prepare selection schedule and criteria for contractors and arrange people to be involved in the contract process by following organisational procurement procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common defects in facilities

contract law applied to building contracts

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to coordinating the construction and renovation of facilities

processes and procedures for project planning and scheduling

key features of project management software

regulations and legislation affecting property investments

key provisions of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community

work health and safety (WHS)

roles and capabilities of contractors and consultants

whole of life costing and price-quality relationship issues

workplace policies and procedures relating to engaging consultants and contractors.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

materials:

project management software

physical conditions:

work sites as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

specialist advice on renovation and construction of facilities

key provisions of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

building drawings and plans

workplace policies and procedures relating to engaging consultants and contractors, constructing and renovating facilities, and workplace safety

details of facilities to be constructed or renovated

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5009A Coordinate risk management system in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop, implement and evaluate a risk management system to ensure effective operations in the property industry. It requires the ability to determine system requirements, and identify and organise appropriate support processes to implement, monitor, maintain and review the system.

The unit supports the work of those involved in developing, implementing and evaluating risk management systems in the property industry. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine risk management system requirements.	1.1.	Risk management context is determined.
1.2.	Relevant documentation and legislative requirements are reviewed to identify critical requirements of risk management strategy.
1.3.	Resource requirements to facilitate achievement of risk management goals and objectives are identified and arranged.
1.4.	Roles and responsibilities associated with implementing risk management activities are established according to risk management strategy.
2.	Organise support processes.	2.1.	Consultative processes are used to determine individual professional development requirements.
2.2.	Risk management processes requiring specialist support are identified and personnel or finance support is sought as required.
2.3.	Systems to encourage communication flow and feedback are established and maintained to ensure an accurate exchange of information between relevant people.
2.4.	Administrative processes are analysed to ensure outcomes are accurately reported and recorded.
2.5.	Assessment criteria for measuring level of potential or existing risk and assessment of consequences are developed.
3.	Monitor and maintain system.	3.1.	Risk management system is systematically evaluated to maintain consistency and meet relevant legislative and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Factors affecting achievement of risk management strategies are identified and required variations are negotiated and agreed.
3.3.	Information, costs and statistics relating to risk management system are collected and analysed.
3.4.	Audits of implementation of treatments of risks are arranged according to risk management system requirements.
3.5.	Changes to operating environment and risk or threat to assets are monitored on an ongoing basis, and corrective measures are identified and implemented according to risk management plan.
4.	Review and report on system.	4.1.	Risk management plan is reviewed against established criteria to improve and modify future risk assessment practices.
4.2.	Evaluation processes are implemented that incorporate strategies for review, evaluation and comparison of risk management strategies and processes, according to risk management plan.
4.3.	Feedback regarding satisfaction with risk assessment practices is collected, analysed and included in evaluation process.
4.4.	Business continuity plan covering all aspects of continuity cycle is developed.
4.5.	Findings of analysis of risk management system are incorporated into business continuity plan.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform analysis of risk management system.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret statistical and graphical data to evaluate risks.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss perceived and actual risks with team members and professional advisors use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	interpret and extract information from documentation, including risk assessments, to inform development of risk management strategy.
Writing skills to:	prepare and document business continuity plans that cover emergency and disaster planning.
Digital literacy skills to:	communicate electronically with team members and professional advisors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Risk management context must include at least one of the following:	business operations competitors economic climate human and physical assets of organisation organisational strengths and weaknesses previous history of organisational operations.
Business continuity plan must include at least one of the following:	full recovery resilient design resilient operations salvage service restoration.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5009A Coordinate risk management system in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5009 Coordinate risk management systems in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5009A Coordinate risk management system in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop, implement and evaluate a risk management system for one aspect of a property-related organisation to ensure its effective operation.

In doing the above, the person must:

determine system requirements

maintain required physical and human resources to support the risk management system

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards, and legislative requirements associated with developing, implementing and evaluating a risk management system

prepare a business continuity plan to cover emergency and disaster planning

review the risk management system to identify and implement improvements

support staff to manage risk, and implement recovery processes where projected risks have eventuated.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

auditing requirements for risk management systems

client and organisational privacy and confidentiality requirements

business continuity cycle and plans, including development process and required contents

insurance policies, codes and operations

mechanisms to obtain and analyse feedback on risk management system

organisational goals and objectives, activities and systems relating to risk management system

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

public safety

work health and safety (WHS)

risks in property-related organisations, including:

assessment criteria for measuring level of potential or existing risk

risk assessment techniques and processes

risk management plans

industry standards and code of conduct relating to coordinating risk management systems in the property industry.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

specialist advice on risks and risk management in the property industry

risk assessment reports

best practice case studies of risk management procedures in property and related industries

workplace policies and procedures relating to risk management and other key business processes

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5018A Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to establish, maintain and evaluate an organisation’s work health and safety (WHS) system and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace. It requires the ability to identify and control workplace hazards and risks, and communicate workplace safety requirements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in establishing, maintaining and evaluating a property industry organisation’s risk management systems. It applies to those involved in working with WHS systems and procedures to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Establish and maintain WHS framework.	1.1.	WHS framework is developed that clearly expresses the organisation’s commitment to implementing relevant WHS legislation in the organisation.
1.2.	WHS roles and responsibilities for all workplace personnel are defined to allow implementation of WHS policies, procedures and programs.
1.3.	Financial and human resources for the effective operation of WHS system are identified, sought and provided in a timely manner.
1.4.	Information on WHS system and its operational procedures is provided and explained to employees in an accessible form.
2.	Establish and maintain participative arrangements.	2.1.	Consultative processes are established and maintained with employees and their representatives according to relevant WHS legislation.
2.2.	Issues arising from participation and consultation are resolved promptly and effectively according to procedures for issue resolution.
2.3.	Workplace safety information collected through participative arrangements is provided to employees in line with organisational procedures.
3.	Establish and maintain procedures for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risks.	3.1.	Procedures for ongoing hazard identification and assessment and control of associated risks are developed.
3.2.	Hazard identification is addressed at the planning, design and evaluation stages of change in the workplace to ensure that new hazards are not created by proposed changes.
3.3.	Procedures for selecting and implementing risk control measures according to the hierarchy of control are developed and maintained.
3.4.	Inadequacies in existing risk control measures are identified according to the hierarchy of control, and resources enabling implementation of new measures are promptly provided.
4.	Review system effectiveness.	4.1.	WHS induction and training program is developed and provided for all employees as part of organisation’s general training program.
4.2.	WHS record-keeping system is established and maintained to allow identification of patterns of occupational injury in the organisation.
4.3.	Measurement and evaluation of WHS system are undertaken in line with organisation’s quality system framework.
4.4.	Improvements to WHS system are developed and implemented to achieve organisational WHS objectives.
4.5.	Compliance with WHS legislative framework is assessed to ensure that legal WHS standards are maintained as a minimum.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to inform development of WHS framework.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret statistical and graphical data to evaluate hazards and risks in the workplace.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss financial and human resources required to support WHS system with team members and professional advisors use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	interpret and extract information from documentation, including WHS records, to inform development of WHS framework.
Writing skills to:	prepare and document WHS policies and procedures.
Digital literacy skills to:	communicate electronically with team members and professional advisors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
WHS framework must include:	counselling and disciplinary processes designing safe operations and systems of work determining ways WHS will be managed, for example: designed operations, workflow and materials handling maintaining plant and equipment planning or implementing alterations to site, operations, plan or work systems purchasing materials and equipment mechanisms for obtaining updated information on such things as health effects of hazards, technical developments in risk control, and changes to legislation obtaining expert WHS advice as required resolving WHS issues developing and updating policies providing training ensuring system for communicating information to employees, supervisors and managers within organisation.
WHS legislation must include:	Australian standards, and quality assurance and certification requirements issue resolution maintenance and confidentiality of records of occupational injury and disease provisions relating to roles and responsibilities of WHS representatives and committees relevant industry code of conduct requirements of provision of WHS information and training.
Roles and responsibilities must include:	advisory decision making duty of care WHS officer.
WHS policies, procedures and programs must include:	consultative arrangements for employees emergency and evacuation procedures equipment maintenance and use first aid hazard and risk identification and reporting hazard, accident and incident investigation WHS audits and safety inspections on-site contractors, visitors and members of public risk assessment and control measures safe operating procedures and instructions transport, use and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials use and maintenance of personal protective equipment.
Consultative processes must include at least two of the following:	formal and informal meetings, including WHS meetings health and safety representatives WHS committees other committees, for example, consultative, planning and purchasing suggestions, requests and concerns put forward by employees to management.
Hazard identification must include:	audits and review of audit reports checking work area and equipment before and during work consulting with work team members housekeeping job and work system assessment review of WHS records, including registers of hazardous materials and dangerous goods workplace inspections in area of responsibility.
Procedures for selecting and implementing risk control measures must include:	compliance with environmental requirements compliance with ergonomic requirements, including safe lifting and manual handling procedures correct selection, use, storage and maintenance procedures for personal protective clothing and equipment emergency, fire and accident procedures safe operating procedures hazard, accident and incident reporting procedures regular WHS consultations.
Risk control measures must include:	measures to remove cause of risk at its source application of the hierarchy of control: elimination of risk substitution engineering controls administrative controls personal protective equipment consultation with workers and their representatives.
Training program must include at least four of the following:	allocation of resources for training, including purchasing training services and developing staff training skills group discussions and other consciousness-raising techniques handouts, including information sheets induction training ongoing assessment of training needs, relating to such things as: emergencies and evacuations new operations and materials specific equipment use specific hazards specific tasks specific courses.
WHS record-keeping system must include:	audit and inspection reports hazardous materials registers manufacturer and supplier information meeting agendas, including items and actions relating to WHS plant and equipment maintenance and testing reports records of induction, instruction and training workers compensation and rehabilitation records workplace environmental monitoring records.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5018A Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5018 Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5018A Ensure a safe workplace in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also establish, maintain and evaluate the work health and safety (WHS) system and procedures of one property-related organisation to ensure own safety and that of others in the workplace.

In doing the above, the person must:

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with establishing, maintaining and evaluating organisation’s WHS system and procedures

apply knowledge of the principles and practices of effective WHS management

establish and maintain:

WHS management system

participative arrangements

procedures for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risks

maintain WHS framework

identify when expert advice is needed, obtaining advice and acting on it promptly

implement WHS Acts, regulations and code of conduct relevant to own area of responsibility

review WHS system effectiveness.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key components of the hierarchy of control

procedures for identifying intervention points for expert WHS advice

literacy levels and communication skills of work group members and consequent suitable communication techniques to use when discussing WHS matters

principles and practices of effective WHS management in small, medium and large businesses

principles and techniques associated with modelling safe work practices, hazard identification and risk management

record-keeping systems, procedures and requirements relating to WHS

regulatory compliance arrangements in relation to WHS

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to:

anti-discrimination

consumer protection

environmental issues

equal employment opportunity (EEO)

financial probity

franchise and business structures

industrial relations

privacy

property sales, leasing and management

strata community management

WHS

WHS roles and responsibilities for all workplace personnel, including legal responsibilities of employers, manufacturers, suppliers, employees and other parties in relation to WHS.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

access to specialist advice on WHS in the property industry

best practice case studies of WHS, hazard identification and risk management procedures in the property and related industries

hazard identification and risk assessment reports

WHS legislation

workplace policies and procedures with regards to WHS

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5025 Maintain public relations in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5025A Maintain public relations in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to promote and maintain positive public relations for a property organisation and the property industry. It requires the ability to facilitate effective communication processes, prepare media releases, and conduct media interviews.

The unit supports the work of those involved in promoting and maintaining positive public relations for the organisation and property industry. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainaibility assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Maintain relationships and networks with the media.	1.1.	Relationships and networks with media are established and maintained in a positive and professional manner.
1.2.	Organisational social, ethical and business standards are complied with to maintain positive relationships.
1.3.	Systems to encourage communication flow and ongoing feedback are established and maintained to ensure accurate and relevant exchange of information.
1.4.	Communication and interpersonal techniques are used to develop professional relationships with media that reflect sensitivity to individual differences and client requirements.
1.5.	Media networks are accessed to ensure that information on unplanned events is communicated in an accurate and timely manner.
2.	Prepare media release.	2.1.	Media release is drafted using clear, concise and appropriately targeted language.
2.2.	Media release is drafted in a manner that presents a positive image of the property and client and conforms to organisational requirements.
2.3.	Professional service providers are engaged where required to support relationships with media.
2.4.	Media release is distributed using established communication channels.
2.5.	Information is securely maintained with due regard to client confidentiality and organisational requirements.
3.	Conduct media interviews.	3.1.	Media interviews are conducted in a professional manner that represents preferred position of property organisation and its clients.
3.2.	Information is provided in a manner that is clear, accurate and protects the interests of the property organisation and its clients.
3.3.	Suitable aids are used to ensure message is relevant and of interest to selected media.
3.4.	Feedback is used to develop and implement strategies to maintain and improve the profile of the property organisation and its clients.
3.5.	Communication and interpersonal techniques are used to deal with difficult situations in media interviews and effectively represent the views of the property organisation and its clients.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to select appropriate media for communicating key message about the organisation.
Numeracy skills to:	check complex statistical and graphical information in media releases for accuracy.
Oral communication skills to:	conduct interviews on complex matters relating to the property industry use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	check complex text in media releases for accuracy.
Writing skills to:	prepare media releases.
Technology skills to:	analyse effectiveness of different forms of media in communicating property industry-related information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Media must include:	online print radio social television.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5025A Maintain public relations in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5025 Maintain public relations in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5025A Maintain public relations in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also promote and maintain positive public relations for an organisation in the property industry by:

preparing one media release

conducting one media interview

demonstrating how to manage relationships and networks with the media in a positive and professional manner in response to both of the following situations:

undertaking a promotional activity for the property industry

responding to adverse media coverage.

In doing the above, the person must:

conduct media interviews that provide clear and accurate information in a professional manner and are appropriate and sensitive to the audience

maintain positive relationships and networks with the media and industry personnel through effective communication and interpersonal techniques

promote and maintain positive public relations for the organisation and property industry

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with preparing and distributing media releases that present a positive image for the property organisation and its clients

review work processes to include feedback from colleagues and clients on strategies to further improve and maintain media relationships and networks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

forms of media

types of media organisations in the property industry, including electronic and print

media processes and protocols

processes for conducting media interviews

processes for preparing and distributing media releases

social networking techniques

sources of advice for dealing with the media

techniques for dealing with adverse media coverage

techniques for managing relationships with media and media networks

trends in media use

ways of using the media to convey key organisational messages.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

access to specialist advice on working with the media

workplace policies and procedures on media relations

key messages to be conveyed through the media

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5026 Manage a consultant property project team

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5026A Manage a consultant property project team.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to select and coordinate a consultancy team to complete property projects. It requires the ability to administer project contracts; select and appoint contractors; and monitor contractor compliance with contract requirements.

The unit supports the work of those involved in selecting and coordinating a consultancy team to complete property projects. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainaibility assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine project requirements.	1.1.	Project specifications and other relevant documentation are obtained and analysed to establish project requirements.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to negotiate and confirm contract requirements with relevant people.
1.3.	Project plan is developed and contingencies are planned to ensure contract requirements are met.
1.4.	Financial, physical and human resource requirements are identified and organised according to project plan.
1.5.	Draft documentation is reviewed to ensure accuracy and relevance of information, and disseminated to relevant people for feedback.
2.	Assess and select contractors.	2.1.	Project information is reviewed and assessed to determine selection process and types of contractors required.
2.2.	Selection criteria are developed according to project requirements, ensuring adherence to principles of value management.
2.3.	Selection processes are implemented in line with agreed timeframes.
2.4.	Contractor assessment, selection and appointment processes are conducted.
2.5.	Selection decision is based on evaluation of sufficient evidence against specified selection criteria to enable a judgement to be made on the best candidate.
3.	Monitor project.	3.1.	Project plan is monitored against contracts and work schedules to ensure completion within designated timeframes.
3.2.	Effective communication channels are used that facilitate regular and accurate communication flow and feedback with contractor.
3.3.	Expenditure and resource usage are monitored to ensure objectives are achieved within project budgetary parameters.
3.4.	Factors affecting achievement of scheduled work are identified, and variations to schedules are negotiated as required.
4.	Finalise project.	4.1.	Notification of completed project is received and checked against contract and work schedules.
4.2.	Inspection is arranged to confirm that project meets industry standards and contract and client requirements.
4.3.	Faults, errors and omissions are identified and prompt remedial action is arranged.
4.4.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain relevant documentation securely.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to choose appropriate process for selecting and appointing consultant project team.
Numeracy skills to:	check complex statistical and graphical information on projects.
Oral communication skills to:	conduct selection interviews for consultant project teams undertaking complex tasks in the property industry use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	evaluate written bids from potential project consultant teams.
Writing skills to:	prepare specifications for consultant project team services.
Technology skills to:	analyse effectiveness of different forms of social media communicating property industry-related information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Project requirements must include at least one of the following:	create a new business product create a new service create an asset develop a new business process fit out a new or existing structure improve service to clients modify an existing structure upgrade or modify an existing service.
Principles of value management must include:	adherence to costing constraints attention to detail coordination of services effective selection of contractor and ancillary workforce minimisation of variations.
Selection processes must include at least one of the following:	compulsory competitive tender direct appointment interview public tender selective tender.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5026A Manage a consultant property project team

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5026 Manage a consultant property project team

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5026A Manage a consultant property project team.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also select and manage a consultant project team to undertake a project in the property industry that involves one of the following activities:

creating an asset

fitting out a new or existing structure

modifying an existing structure

creating a new service

upgrading or modifying an existing service

developing a new business process

creating a new business product

improving a service to clients.

In doing the above, the person must:

establish contractor requirements through research of project specifications and consultation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with selecting and coordinating a project consultancy team

prepare selection criteria and conduct a contractor selection process

monitor a project against the project plan

inspect a completed project to confirm it meets project plan requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

consultant project team roles and capabilities

consultative processes used in property-related projects

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to managing consultant property project teams

principles of value management relating to managing a consultant property project team

processes for administering project contracts, including managing contract variations

processes for selecting and monitoring project teams

systems and procedures for project planning and scheduling

type and scope of property-related projects

types of contingencies in property-related projects

work health and safety (WHS) issues and requirements associated with managing consultant project teams.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

specialist advice on managing consultant project teams

tools for monitoring projects

workplace policies and procedures on project management

workplace policies and procedures on selecting and using consultant project teams

project specifications

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5027 Provide facilities and amenities for property users

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5027A Provide facilities and amenities for property users.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide facilities, amenities and associated services for property users. It requires the ability to establish the need for facilities and amenities; and coordinate the planning, implementation and review of services.

The unit supports the work of those involved in providing facilities and amenities and associated services for property users. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, and stock and station agents.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine requirements for facilities and amenities.	1.1.	Facility and amenity requirements are identified in consultation with property users and other relevant people using appropriate research and survey techniques.
1.2.	Client needs are accurately assessed and clarified using appropriate consultative processes.
1.3.	Relevant documentation and legislative requirements are reviewed to ensure facilities and amenities comply with requirements.
1.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
2.	Plan for provision of facilities and amenities.	2.1.	Provision of facilities and amenities is planned.
2.2.	Project strategies, objectives and timelines are negotiated and agreed in consultation with client.
2.3.	Monitoring and reporting arrangements for project activities are established and documented.
2.4.	Financial, physical and human resource requirements are identified and arranged according to project plan.
2.5.	Risk management plan to identify, assess and control risks is prepared and incorporated into project plan.
2.6.	Relevant approvals are obtained within designated timeframe.
3.	Coordinate implementation of facilities and amenities.	3.1.	Facilities and amenities are implemented according to agreed project plan.
3.2.	Equipment and services are provided.
3.3.	Contingency arrangements for implementing facilities, and amenities are identified and activities planned to maximise quality outcomes.
3.4.	Expenditure and resource usage are monitored and controlled to ensure objectives are achieved within specified budgetary parameters.
3.5.	Regular reports on progress and outcomes are provided to relevant people according to project plan.
4.	Review effectiveness of facilities and amenities.	4.1.	Systematic review processes and established evaluation methods are used to assess effectiveness of facilities and amenities.
4.2.	Feedback from users is used to confirm quality of facilities and amenities, and to identify areas for future improvement.
4.3.	Identified non-conformances and non-compliances are documented and referred for action.
4.4.	Evaluation results and recommendations for improvements to processes are prepared in required format, style and structure, and presented to relevant people within agreed timeframes.
4.5.	Business equipment and technology are used to maintain relevant documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	evaluate information from a variety of sources to select appropriate amenities and facilities for property users.
Numeracy skills to:	check complex statistical and graphical information on use of facilities and amenities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to determine property user preferences for facilities and amenities use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	evaluate written reports on property users’ needs for facilities and amenities.
Writing skills to:	prepare specifications for facilities and amenities.
Digital literacy skills to:	access online information on trends in property users’ preferences for facilities and amenities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Facilities and amenities must include at least two of the following:	access controls business support car parking and bicycle storage child care common areas communications facilities gymnasium firefighting and other essential service equipment lifts and escalators meeting places minding services postal facilities public address systems recreation and entertainment facilities recycling facilities security facilities storage facilities swimming pool waste management facilities wi-fi and internet access.
Property users must include:	occupiers owners service providers tenants visitors.
Evaluation methods must include:	qualitative methods quantitative methods.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5027A Provide facilities and amenities for property users

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5027 Provide facilities and amenities for property users

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5027A Provide facilities and amenities for property users.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also provide facilities, amenities and associated services for property users; planning and coordinating the provision; and reviewing the operations of one of the following properties:

commercial building

educational institution

hospital or health centre

industrial complex

industrial estate

public building

shopping centre

strata scheme.

The above property may be a new facility or amenity, or the upgrade of an existing facility or amenity for its users.

In doing the above, the person must:

coordinate the implementation of facilities and amenities, ensuring equipment and services meet manufacturer and supplier specifications, and expenditure and resource use are monitored against budgets

evaluate effectiveness of facilities and amenities and feedback from users and recommend improvements to processes

identify requirements for facilities and amenities by consulting with property users and reviewing documentation

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with providing facilities, amenities and associated services for property users

plan the provision of facilities and amenities, incorporating strategies for monitoring and reporting, risk management, resource needs, and gaining necessary approvals.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

demographics of property users

evaluation methods for assessing effectiveness of building facilities and amenities

facilities and amenities for different types of properties and user groups

planning methods and techniques

product information on facilities and amenities

public liability and insurance issues associated with installing facilities and amenities

risk management strategies relating to facilities and amenities

techniques for consulting with property users

techniques for determining property users’ requirements for facilities and amenities

warranties, guarantees and service contracts for facilities and amenities

work health and safety (WHS) issues associated with installing and using facilities and amenities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

specialist advice on facilities and amenities for different types of properties and user groups

building drawings and plans

workplace policies and procedures on consulting with property users

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5029 Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5029A Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain positive business relationships and active professional networks in the property industry. It requires the ability to share and promote professional experiences within a network, and use interpersonal skills to build trust and improve client relationships.

The unit supports the work of those involved in maintaining business relationships and professional networks. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainability assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify relationship and network requirements.	1.1.	Relationships and networks required to achieve business goals and objectives are systematically identified.
1.2.	Consultative processes are used to identify and verify relationship and network requirements.
1.3.	Business equipment and technology are used to organise and maintain information for easy access and retrieval.
1.4.	Strategies are developed to obtain ongoing feedback to maintain and improve client relationships.
2.	Establish and maintain client relationships.	2.1.	Communication methods are adapted to meet client-preferred communication style.
2.2.	Client preferences, needs and expectations are confirmed and clarified using appropriate communication techniques.
2.3.	Clear and constructive client advice is provided, detailing service provision outcomes, current needs and future options.
2.4.	Feedback from clients and colleagues is used to assess quality of own performance and identify areas for improvement.
3.	Participate and influence business networks.	3.1.	Professional networks and relevant business relationships are maintained to provide identifiable benefits for clients and the organisation.
3.2.	Interactions with network members reflect sensitivity to social and cultural differences and individual needs.
3.3.	Appropriate negotiation skills are used to promote and encourage participation in a supportive environment for network members.
3.4.	Future support and service requirements for network members are identified and addressed in consultation with relevant people.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	source and evaluate information to identify appropriate business networks.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate with industry members to promote participation and gain support for business networks use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	evaluate written reports on operations and effectiveness of business networks.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex texts for use in presenting organisational viewpoints in business networks.
Digital literacy skills to:	prepare presentations for use in presenting organisational viewpoints in business networks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Relationships and networks must include at least two of the following:	advocacy groups committees, including advisory committees community service groups corporate social responsibility organisations government agencies internal and external clients lobby groups local inter-agency groups professional, industry and occupational associations project-specific ad hoc consultative or reference groups specific interest or support groups sponsors strata communities suppliers supporting professionals and advisers work teams.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5029A Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5029 Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5029A Manage client relationships and networks in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also:

identify and maintain one business relationship or professional network in the property industry

establish and maintain one client relationship

demonstrate having influenced one issue in one professional network.

In doing the above, the person must:

develop and implement feedback strategies to obtain information from relevant people on ways to improve relationships and delivery of client services

identify networking requirements through consultation with clients and colleagues

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices and ethical standards associated with maintaining positive business relationships and active professional networks

maintain up-to-date computer databases of relevant contacts and associated information

promote and participate in networks and provide support to network members

select appropriate methods and adapt communication styles when communicating with clients.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

benefits of establishing relationships and business networks

key features of principal communication styles

features of ethical business relationships

networking strategies

principles and operations of networks

techniques for building relationships of trust, including with people from different cultures.

techniques for obtaining ongoing feedback to maintain and improve client relationships.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

clients and business networks

specifications:

sources of information on property industry networks

ethical standards for business relationships and networks

workplace policies and procedures on business relationships and networks

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5030 Manage projects in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5030A Manage projects in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan, organise and monitor projects in the property industry. It requires the ability to establish project requirements, monitor quality assurance processes, and evaluate project processes and outcomes.

The unit supports the work of those involved in planning, organising and monitoring projects. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, stock and station agents, Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) assessors, and home sustainaibility assessors.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine project requirements.	1.1.	Project brief is identified and analysed to determine project requirements.
1.2.	Project objectives and timelines are negotiated and agreed in consultation with client.
1.3.	Roles and responsibilities associated with project implementation are clearly defined and documented.
1.4.	Quality assurance goals and strategies are established.
1.5.	Monitoring and reporting arrangements for project activities are established and documented.
1.6.	Risk management plan to identify, assess and control risks is developed and incorporated into project plan.
1.7.	Project plan is developed and reviewed to ensure it accurately reflects agreed terms and conditions.
2.	Organise support processes.	2.1.	Resource requirements are identified and organised according to project plan.
2.2.	Targets and milestones are identified and linked to achievement of outcomes according to project plan.
2.3.	Effective communication strategies to encourage regular and accurate communication flow and feedback are established.
2.4.	Documentation and checklists associated with project plan implementation are prepared and disseminated.
2.5.	Contingencies are identified and activities planned to maximise quality outcomes.
3.	Monitor project processes and outcomes.	3.1.	Project progress is systematically monitored and variations to project plan are verified with client and adjusted accordingly.
3.2.	Expenditure and resource usage are monitored and controlled to ensure objectives are achieved within specified parameters.
3.3.	Coaching and mentoring assistance is provided to project team as required to overcome difficulties throughout implementation process.
3.4.	Regular reports on project progress and outcomes are provided to client and project team to ensure adherence to project plan.
3.5.	Systems, records and reporting procedures are maintained.
4.	Evaluate project outcomes.	4.1.	Project processes and outcomes are evaluated.
4.2.	Systematic review processes and established evaluation methods are identified and used to assess project processes and outcomes.
4.3.	Evaluation results and recommendations are prepared and presented to management.
4.4.	Relevant documentation is completed and processed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain up-to-date information on project management strategies.
Oral communication skills to:	reach agreement with stakeholders on procedures to be followed in project planning and implementation use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	evaluate written progress and final reports on project activities.
Writing skills to:	prepare complex texts for use in presenting reports on project activities.
Digital literacy skills to:	prepare presentations for use in communicating information on the project in an accessible manner to project stakeholders.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Project must include:	outcomes that are focused on the property industry.
Quality assurance goals and strategies must include at least four of the following:	formal structure against which progress can be evaluated budgets and timetables that enable the commitment of resources at appropriate points in the project compliance with Australian standards contingency plans to cater for a change of corporate focus or significant project difficulties continuous improvement strategies mechanisms for involving a wide variety of interested parties or stakeholders in the project procedures for monitoring and evaluating project outcomes and client satisfaction reducing risk by anticipating, evaluating and developing strategies for managing possible problems reporting procedures and protocols.
Risks must include at least four of the following:	budget constraints competing work demands inadequate active participation in the quality management process by all stakeholders resource and material availability equipment and technology breakdown time delays workplace hazards, risks and controls.
Project plan must include at least five of the following:	formal structure against which progress can be evaluated acquisition strategies budgets and timetables that enable the commitment of resources at appropriate points in the project consultation strategies to involve stakeholders contingency plans to cater for changes or significant project difficulties objectives, scope and expected benefits of the project project implementation plans project management methodology to be used quality assurance procedures risk management plans specifications structure of the project transition plans.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM5030A Manage projects in the property industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5030 Manage projects in the property industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM5030A Manage projects in the property industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also plan, organise and monitor one project in the property industry.

In doing the above, the person must:

develop and implement feedback strategies to obtain information from relevant people on ways to improve relationships and delivery of client services

identify networking requirements through consultation with clients and colleagues

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices and ethical standards associated with maintaining positive business relationships and active professional networks

maintain up-to-date computer databases of relevant contacts and associated information

promote and participate in networks and provide support to network members

select appropriate methods and adapt communication styles when communicating with clients.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

consultative processes used in property-related projects

contingency and risk analysis techniques

continuous improvement processes relating to managing projects

key project success factors and typical project pitfalls

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities in relation to managing projects

organisational quality systems, such as:

issues relating to client satisfaction

recording systems

strategic planning processes

project management concepts and principles

project management systems and tools, such as:

critical path method

program evaluation and review technique (PERT)

processes for administering project contracts, including managing contract variations

systems and procedures for project planning and scheduling

type and scope of property-related project specified in the performance evidence

types of contingencies in property-related project.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

material:

project management software

specifications:

project specifications

sources of information on project management

workplace policies and procedures on project management

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5039 Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to comply with the legal requirements associated with managing strata communities. It includes identifying legal requirements; complying with relevant legislation, codes and regulatory requirements, and administering contracts for providing and/or procuring goods and services.

The unit supports the work of those involved in managing strata communities. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify legal requirements associated with managing strata communities.	1.1.	Reliable sources of information are identified and accessed to ensure that knowledge of legislation and regulations applying to strata communities is current, comprehensive and relevant.
1.2.	Professional relationships and networks are established and maintained to facilitate personal awareness of legislation and regulations relevant to managing strata communities.
1.3.	Applicable legislation and regulations are identified and their relationship to work practices is established.
2.	Comply with legislation, codes and regulatory requirements.	2.1.	Systems are established to ensure compliance with the legislative and regulatory requirements associated with managing strata communities.
2.2.	Duties and obligations of strata manager, lot owners and owners committees in relation to compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements are identified and communicated to relevant parties.
2.3.	Legal documents are identified, maintained and securely stored to ensure accessibility.
2.4.	Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements is monitored.
2.5.	Situations involving non-compliance with relevant legislative and regulatory requirements are reported and corrective actions are taken in line with organisational, strata community and legislative requirements.
3.	Administer contracts.	3.1.	Duties and obligations of strata manager in relation to administration of contracts are confirmed.
3.2.	Proposed contract is presented and terms and conditions are reviewed in consultation with strata community.
3.3.	Risks associated with contract terms and conditions are identified and action to mitigate risks is determined.
3.4.	Situations requiring specialist advice are identified and assistance is sought as required.
3.5.	Instruction is taken from strata community on contract requirements.
3.6.	Terms of contracts for provision of goods and services are negotiated with potential suppliers and contract documentation is updated as required.
3.7.	Contracts are finalised ensuring that they are signed and exchanged between the relevant parties, and contract documentation is safely stored.
3.8.	Performance of contractor is monitored and non- compliance is addressed and reported to strata community.
3.9.	Plan for contract evaluation and renewal options are established.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain up-to-date information on legal requirements associated with managing strata communities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify own understanding of legal requirements associated with managing strata communities use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	read, extract information and interpret legislation and associated regulations applying managing strata communities.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine text that explains relevant legislation and associated regulations to lot owners, occupiers, owners committees, industry stakeholders and colleagues.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of information on legal requirements associated with managing strata communities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Legislation and regulations applying to strata community must include:	anti-discrimination banking and investment building code consumer protection and trade practices contracts equal employment opportunity (EEO) electronic transactions environmental issues fencing industrial relations insurance nuisance and trespass privacy residential tenancy sale of property swimming pools taxation water work health and safety.
Duties and obligations must include:	expectations of different parties legislative requirements of strata managers maintaining records maintaining up-to-date knowledge and sources of information on legislation relevant to strata communities duty of care obligations identifying and reporting potential conflict of interests responsibilities with regard to communicating and reporting.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5039 Meet legal requirements in managing strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also comply with the legislative and regulatory requirements associated with managing strata communities.

In doing the above, the person must source relevant legislation and regulations and apply this information to perform each of the following on behalf of a strata community:

check compliance with work health and safety (WHS) legislation

check compliance with the provisions of legislation applying to strata community

check that common property is managed in compliance with relevant legislation

administer a contract for works to be performed or services to be provided.

In doing the above, the person must also:

identify legal requirements associated with managing strata communities

comply with identified legislative and regulatory requirements

maintain knowledge of legislation impacting on strata communities

identify key provisions of contract law

administer contracts.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

duties and obligations of strata manager, owners committee and lot owners in relation to compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations affecting strata communities

principles of contract law

relevant industry code of conduct

WHS issues and requirements.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

access to professional associations, networks and peer support activities

specifications:

relevant legislation and associated regulations

workplace policies and procedures on compliance with legislation, including procedures for dealing with non-compliance

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM5040 Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to ensure that strata managers apply current and relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards in interacting with lot owners, occupiers, owners committees, and industry stakeholders in the general management of strata communities. The unit requires knowledge of professional codes of ethics and their application to practice. It requires the ability to consider a range of ethical issues and to reflect on and continuously develop professional practice.

The unit supports the work of those involved in managing strata communities. It applies to strata managers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify professional, ethical and conduct standards.	1.1.	Reliable sources of information are identified and accessed to ensure that personal knowledge of professional, ethical and conduct standards is current, comprehensive and relevant.
1.2.	Productive professional relationships and networks are established and maintained to facilitate awareness of current issues relating to professional, ethical and conduct standards.
1.3.	Applicable professional, ethical and conduct standards are identified and their relationship to work practices is established.
2.	Apply professional, ethical and conduct standards.	2.1.	Professional, ethical and conduct standards relevant to specific work assignments are identified.
2.2.	Duties and obligations associated with complying with professional, ethical and conduct standards are examined and fulfilled.
2.3.	Ethical, professional and conduct standards are applied in resolving work-related issues.
2.4.	Ethical, professional and conduct standards and practice are promoted with clients and colleagues.
2.5.	Situations involving non-compliance with relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards are reported in line with organisational, industry and legislative requirements.
3.	Evaluate own professional practice.	3.1.	Own professional practice is monitored and reviewed against relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards.
3.2.	Advice and feedback are sought on performance to improve ethical practice.
3.3.	Professional development activities and networks are evaluated and accessed to address needs in relation to compliance with and knowledge of relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain up-to-date information on professional, ethical and conduct standards.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify own understanding of professional, ethical and conduct standards use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	read, extract information and interpret professional, ethical and conduct standards.
Writing skills to:	prepare routine text that explains relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards to clients and colleagues.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of information on professional, ethical and conduct standards participate in webinars and other electronic forms of professional development relevant to professional, ethical and conduct standards.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Sources must include:	legislative requirements strata industry codes of conduct.
Duties and obligations must include:	compliance with relevant industry and legislative codes of conduct duty of care obligations identifying and reporting potential conflict of interests responsibilities with regard to communicating and reporting.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM5040 Meet ethical and professional standards in managing strata communities

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also meet the professional, ethical and conduct standards required to effectively manage strata communities.

In doing the above, the person must source information on relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards, apply this information to resolve four of the following different workplace issues, and provide a written evaluation on own performance in addressing each issue:

potential conflict of interest in business relations

potential conflict of interest in contract management

conflict between client requirements and industry standards

differences in expectations caused by cultural requirements

dilemmas caused by tensions between personal and professional standards of practice and values.

In doing the above, the person must also:

apply codes of ethics and conduct, and professional standards to practice

analyse practice and participate in professional development activities and networks to address identified needs

maintain knowledge of ethical and professional issues and requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry standards of professional behaviour and presentation relating to practice

networks relevant to own professional practice

professional techniques, strategies and responsibilities of strata managers

types and sources of professional resources

situations posing dilemmas and their implications for professional judgment and decisions

relevant professional codes of ethics and conduct.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

physical conditions:

professional associations, networks and peer support activities

specifications:

relevant professional, ethical and conduct standards

workplace policies and procedures on professional, ethical and conduct standards, including procedures for dealing with non-compliance

supervisor:

member of a work team in a strata community management context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPDSM6007 Develop life cycle asset management plans

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM6007A Develop life cycle asset management plan.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop a life cycle asset management plan. It requires the ability to determine asset management objectives, carry out strategic analysis, and interpret an asset management plan.

The unit supports the work of those involved in developing a life cycle asset management plan. It applies to real estate agents, strata community managers, and stock and station agents.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States and Territories. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Strata community management

Unit Sector

Property services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine asset management objectives.	1.1.	Asset management objectives are assessed and clarified using appropriate research and survey techniques and consultative processes.
1.2.	Strategic plans and other information are obtained and asset management issues analysed.
1.3.	Roles and responsibilities associated with developing an asset management plan are clearly defined and documented.
1.4.	Monitoring and reporting arrangements for asset management activities are determined.
1.5.	Information is reviewed to ensure accuracy, and a detailed budget and sinking fund forecast are prepared.
1.6.	Applicable industry, organisational and legislative requirements are interpreted and complied with.
2.	Conduct strategic analysis.	2.1.	Information on current and future asset requirements is accessed and evaluated according to organisational policies and procedures.
2.2.	Economic trends and market developments are identified and evaluated in terms of potential factors that may impact on asset management objective.
2.3.	Comparative market data is obtained and analysis undertaken using standard financial analysis techniques.
2.4.	Risks and contingencies are identified and quantified according to industry standards, precedents and techniques.
3.	Design support processes.	3.1.	Key performance criteria for measuring the achievement of objectives and strategies are developed and incorporated into asset management plan.
3.2.	Financial, physical and human resources to support the asset management plan are determined and organised within budget parameters.
3.3.	Quality assurance goals and strategies are determined.
3.4.	Draft asset management plan is prepared using business equipment and technology.
4.	Review and evaluate asset management plan.	4.1.	Asset management plan is reviewed and evaluated.
4.2.	Systematic review processes are established and evaluation methods used to assess strategic processes and outcomes.
4.3.	Evaluation results are prepared.
4.4.	Recommendations for improving strategy are presented to management within agreed timeframes.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	maintain up-to-date information on asset management strategies.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify own understanding of risks associated with different asset management strategies use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences.
Reading skills to:	read, extract and interpret information in reports on economic conditions to determine factors that may influence the selection of asset management strategies.
Writing skills to:	prepare asset management plans.
Technology skills to:	access online sources of information on asset management strategies.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Assets must be dynamic or static and include at least one of the following:	buildings equipment furniture goodwill land property vehicles.
Asset management activities must include at least one of the following:	accounting, including cost accounting asset creation and acquisition asset maintenance asset strategies audit and management reviews condition and performance monitoring disposals information and support systems operations renewals.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPDSM6007A Develop life cycle asset management plan

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPDSM6007 Develop life cycle asset management plans

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPDSM6007A Develop life cycle asset management plan.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 5.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit.

The person must also develop a life cycle asset management plan for one property-related asset.

In doing the above, the person must:

conduct a risk analysis and evaluate potential factors that may impact on asset management objectives

establish asset management objectives

apply knowledge of organisation’s practices, ethical standards and legislative requirements associated with developing a life cycle asset management plan

formulate, review and evaluate an asset management strategy

prepare a detailed budget outlining resource requirements to support asset management activities.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

asset life cycle

asset management plans

basic knowledge of property contracts and administrative requirements

building codes and Australian standards relating to life cycle asset management plans

building construction practice

common hazards to public and personal safety associated with particular types of maintenance work in buildings

industry benchmarks for maintenance procedures

limitations of own work role, responsibilities and professional abilities

organisational and professional procedures, ethical practices and business standards

property-related assets

key requirements of federal, state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to asset management, including building control legislation

work health and safety (WHS) issues and requirements relating to developing life cycle asset management plans.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer system with internet, email and printing facilities

specifications:

relevant legislation and associated regulations

workplace policies and procedures on asset management

specification for an asset for which a life cycle asset management plan is required

supervisor:

member of a work team in a property industry context.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3002 Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3002A Assess and advise on pest management options.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assess premises and advise on suitable pest management options for managing cockroaches, rodents or other common pests such as ants, bedbugs, spiders or flying insects in complex or high risk operations, such as aged care or childcare facilities, hospitals, hotels, food manufacturing premises or large construction projects. High risk operations are those in premises where occupants are more sensitive to pesticide application. The premises may have an existing pest problem or may be seeking to prevent future pest problems.

The unit covers clarifying client requirements; inspecting premises to identify the nature and extent of existing, and the risk of future, pest and pest activity; and assessing inspection findings to select and advise the client on pest management methods most suitable to the premises and nature of operations.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for assessing pest activity that impacts on the health, safety or amenity of persons or environments.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Access work site and confirm work requirements.	1.1.	Work site is accessed according to client and company requirements.
1.2.	Work order is reviewed, work site requirements are identified according to client and company requirements, and issues are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Authority of client requesting services is confirmed according to company and compliance requirements.
2.	Clarify nature of pest management problem.	2.1.	Information on client record is reviewed and client perception of pest problem, needs and expectations are clarified according to company requirements.
2.2.	Initial scan of work site is conducted to confirm client’s perception of pest problem according to company and compliance requirements.
3.	Plan work site inspection.	3.1.	Cost effective, practical and safe inspection method that minimises disruption to client and site activities is selected according to work site conditions, work order, manufacturer specifications, and company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Hazards associated with inspection method and site are identified, and risk control strategies are applied to planning according to company and compliance requirements.
3.3.	Client agreement to inspection method is obtained according to company requirements.
3.4.	Required inspection equipment is identified and selected according to company and compliance requirements.
4.	Inspect work site.	4.1.	Type and condition of building and environment are determined according to work order and company and compliance requirements.
4.2.	Hazards are identified during inspection and risks controlled at work site according to company and compliance requirements.
4.3.	Suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.4.	Work site is inspected using agreed method and safe operating practices according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.5.	Types of pests are identified, or identification is referred to relevant experts as required.
4.6.	Density of pests and level of pest activity are assessed from available evidence according to work order, agreed inspection method and company requirements.
4.7.	Pest harbourages are located according to work order, agreed inspection method and company requirements.
4.8.	Evidence of pest activity or condition is documented according to company and compliance requirements.
5.	Assess and select options for pest management.	5.1.	Pest management methods and integrated pest management solutions suitable for pest problem are identified according to manufacturer specifications and client, company and compliance requirements.
5.2.	Pest management options are assessed for suitability to work site conditions and usage patterns.
5.3.	Pest management methods are selected and reviewed to confirm compliance with client needs and cost-effectiveness according to work order and company requirements.
6.	Advise client on pest management.	6.1.	Evidence of pest conditions or activity is demonstrated to client according to company requirements.
6.2.	Accurate information is provided on selection of pest management methods based on established evidence of pest conditions or activity and according to company requirements.
6.3.	Opportunities for client to confirm understanding and seek clarification about pest management options are provided according to company requirements.
6.4.	Client is informed of relevant service exclusions and limitations according to company and compliance requirements.
6.5.	Advice is provided on company services and additional sources of information according to company requirements.
7.	Prepare pest management plan and process documentation.	7.1.	Proposed pest management plan is documented according to work order and company requirements.
7.2.	Client is provided with copy of inspection findings and pest management plan according to company requirements.
7.3.	Client records are updated according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	draw on prior knowledge to identify the nature of pest problems and select suitable pest management methods in new situations develop sequenced plans for inspection tasks incorporating work health and safety requirements, and including prioritised steps and attention to timelines.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate: areas of buildings and surrounds requiring treatment volumes of required pesticides for the areas calculated read and interpret mathematical information in workplace documents, including equipment manuals, pesticide labels and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication skills to:	apply observation and active listening to identify clients’ attitude to pest problems use questioning and summarising to clarify and confirm client’s needs and understanding of pest problems request advice and information on pest identification and control options from experts as required, using technical language specific to pest management.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret technical information, including directions and safety instructions in workplace documents such as equipment manuals, pesticide labels and SDS.
Writing skills to:	prepare a pest management plan for clients using technical language, as required, and providing explanatory notes in plain English where necessary.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include one or more of the following:	clients colleagues managers persons in control of work site supervisors.
Compliance requirements must include:	commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to assessing complex or high risk premises and advising on pest management methods, including those relating to: consumer protection dangerous goods pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy environmental requirements relating to assessing complex or high risk premises and advising on pest management methods, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards company environmental policies and guidelines emergency pesticide and other chemical spill control measures hazardous materials handling regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments public health and safety requirements relating to assessing complex or high risk premises and advising on pest management methods, including: AS/NZS standards codes of practice licence endorsements and conditions or limitations occupant notifications record of site conditions regulatory requirements warning signs work health and safety requirements relating to assessing complex or high risk premises and advising on pest management methods, including: hazard identification and risk assessment mechanisms, including hierarchy of hazard control procedures health and safety control procedures incident and near miss reporting safe work practices for equipment, including PPE selection and use of PPE and clothing appropriate to hazard.
Pests must include:	rodents cockroaches and two or more of the following: ants bed bugs flying insects spiders.
Work sites must include two or more of the following:	aged care facility childcare facility construction project education facility food manufacturing premises general manufacturing premises health care facility hospital motel recreational club residential hotel.
Inspection method:	must involve: discussion with client review of past pest management records, if available visual inspection must be selected on the basis of: company and compliance requirements existing condition of premises manufacturer specifications work order instructions work site activities.
Hazards to be checked for must include:	animal bites and stings confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise pesticides and other chemicals remote locations respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Inspection equipment must include:	camera ladder magnifying glass mirror portable lighting or torch probe specimen bottles.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kit appropriate to the task and location site-specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.
Evidence must include one or more of the following:	droppings evidence of feeding harbourage pest damage specimens tracks.
Pest management methods must include two or more of the following:	biological controls chemical controls cultural controls physical controls.
Information must include:	assessment of pest types and pest activity conditions for, and sources of, pest infestation impacts on the environment and buildings of different pest management methods legislation, codes of practice, Australian standards and advisory standards relevant to pest management methods pest management treatment and maintenance methods.
Pest management plan must include:	advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters advice on pest prevention strategies details of pest and pest activity follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule mandatory notification requirements pest management options pesticide application methods, if applicable record keeping mandated by licensing or regulatory requirements types and quantities of chemicals to be used, if applicable.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3002A Assess and advise on pest management options

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3002 Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3002A Assess and advise on pest management options.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must:

safely assess pest types and levels of activity at two different complex or high risk operations selected from the following:

aged care facility

childcare facility

construction project

education facility

food manufacturing premises

general manufacturing premises

health care facility

hospital

motel

recreational club

residential hotel

propose two pest management options for each of the two operations selected, with:

each option involving a minimum of two of the following pest management methods:

biological controls

chemical controls

cultural controls

physical controls

all four pest management methods being used across the above four proposed pest management options.

In doing the above, the person must identify pest types and pest activity and propose pest management options for a minimum of four different pests consisting of:

each of the following:

cockroaches

rodents

as well as two of the following:

ants

bed bugs

flying insects

spiders.

Two or more pests may be identified as existing, or possible future, problems at one location.

In doing the above, the person must also:

accurately confirm type of organism and its associated key behavioural characteristics, including activity and habitats, referring to experts as required

achieve outcomes as specified in work orders

communicate information and advice on pest management options suitable for the type of pest and premises

comply with company and compliance requirements

identify hazards and risks associated with pest management and apply knowledge of the hierarchy of hazard control

inspect building and surrounds to clarify client’s pest problem

produce pest management plans that include biological, physical, chemical or cultural controls for all four pests

select safe, effective and environmentally responsible pest management options.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements relevant to assessing and advising on pest management options

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

company policies and procedures relevant to developing a pest management plan, including:

emergency response procedures

integrated pest management strategies

pest assessment reporting

the following aspects of pest assessment:

pest ecology relevant to pest management operations

types of pests relevant to the area and their life cycles, habits and harbourages

pest management methods, including:

biological, physical, chemical and cultural controls associated with managing pests in a range of environments

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for equipment and products.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access

inspection equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

specifications:

client records

company procedures

plain English guides to compliance requirements

safety data sheets (SDS)

work orders

physical conditions:

premises to be inspected and assessed as specified in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work must be conducted individually, under supervision

relationship with client:

consultation with client required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3005A Modify environment to manage pests.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to adapt or create physical conditions in the site environment to manage non-timber pests. The unit covers assessing the nature and extent of the pest and pest activity, gaining a thorough understanding of client requirements and factors contributing to the pest problem, and then applying company procedures to eliminate food, water and harbourages and block ingress for a range of non-timber pests. The selection of appropriate equipment and methods is essential for performing the task safely and efficiently.

The unit applies to non-timber pests that include ants, cockroaches, rodents and spiders, and to pest activity that may affect the health, safety and amenity of persons or the environment. It can be applied to residential, commercial or industrial premises or sites.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Inspect work site and identify pests and pest activity.	1.1.	Work site is accessed and contact with client or nominated representative is established, according to client and company requirements.
1.2.	Work order is reviewed and client requests and issues are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Inspection method is determined and inspection equipment selected and checked according to work order and client and company requirements.
1.4.	Hazards relating to inspection of work site are identified and risks assessed and controlled according to relevant company and compliance requirements.
1.5.	Site buildings and environment are examined and types of pest, extent of pest activity and potential for pest activity are identified according to work order and company requirements.
2.	Develop pest management plan and discuss with client.	2.1.	Pest management methods are selected according to type and extent of pest and pest activity, potential for pest activity, work order, manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
2.2.	Pest management plan is developed according to client, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
2.3.	Client is advised of proposed pest management plan according to work order and company requirements, and questions are invited and responses given.
2.4.	Client approval to proceed with implementation of pest management plan is confirmed according to company requirements.
3.	Prepare work site for pest management	3.1.	Risk assessment is conducted, hazards relating to pest management at the work site are identified, and risk control measures determined according to manufacturer specifications.
3.2.	Size and usage pattern of work site are determined to ensure safety of personnel and efficient use of tools and building components when installing physical controls.
3.3.	Signage and barriers are installed as required to protect public health and safety during pest management activities.
3.4.	Factors affecting completion of work order are identified and appropriate persons are promptly advised.
4.	Select and prepare equipment and materials for implementation of pest management plan.	4.1.	Suitable tools and personal protective equipment (PPE) are selected, accessed and checked for operational effectiveness according to manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
4.2.	PPE is adjusted to suit operator’s requirements according to manufacturer specifications.
4.3.	Materials are selected according to risk assessment and pest management plan, and are located and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
5.	Adapt or create physical conditions in work site to manage pests.	5.1.	Work site is modified using tools, equipment, materials and pest management method according to the client-approved pest management plan.
5.2.	Work is conducted using safe operating practices according to manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
5.3.	Emergency situations are responded to using emergency response procedures according to manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
6.	Finalise work and complete documentation.	6.1.	Equipment, materials and waste are collected and removed from work site according to work order, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
6.2.	Work site is restored according to work order, client requests, and environmental and company requirements.
6.3.	Signage and barriers are removed when work site is available for re-use, according to work order, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
6.4.	Regulatory and company documentation is completed and distributed according to relevant company and compliance requirements.
7.	Clean up.	7.1.	Tools and equipment are cleaned and decontaminated according to manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
7.2.	Tools and equipment are safety checked and required maintenance is recorded according to manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
7.3.	Cleaned tools and equipment are stored to allow ready access and re-use according to company requirements.
7.4.	Waste that was removed from work site is disposed of according to work order, manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
7.5.	Exposed skin is treated to remove any contamination according to manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	draw on prior knowledge of pests and pest activity to determine the scope of inspections required at new sites and to select effective pest management methods for the types of pests identified.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical data in manufacturer specifications and work order estimate or measure and calculate size of work site and determine volumes of materials required to apply physical pest management controls.
Oral communication skills to:	confirm understanding of client’s pest problem and related requests and issues using strategies, including questioning and summarising propose and discuss with clients cultural control aspects of pest management plan, including pest-prevention strategies relating to cleaning and waste management that can be implemented by the client.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions in equipment manuals, manufacturer specifications and work orders.
Writing skills to:	prepare client information, including invoice for completed work where required record information on regulatory and workplace documentation, such as equipment maintenance records.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise inspection and pest management activities, including identifying risks and accessing relevant resources such as manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site must include either:	residential premises with different types of construction, or commercial premises with different uses, or a combination of the above.
Appropriate persons must include one or more of the following:	clients colleagues managers persons in control of work site supervisors.
Inspection equipment must include:	camera ladder magnifying glass mirror portable lighting or torch probe specimen bottles.
Hazards to be checked for must include:	animal bites and stings audible alarms chemicals confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire guard dogs hazards affecting native species lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise remote locations residual pesticides and other chemicals respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements relating to pest management industry guides, advisory standards and codes of practice relating to pest management commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to pest management, including those relating to: chemical registers and manifests chemical usage consumer protection dangerous goods privacy licensing requirements for pest management public health and safety environmental protection, including waste handling and disposal work health and safety requirements relating to pest management, including: injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control manual handling requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods.
Types of pests must include species identification of:	ants cockroaches rodents spiders.
Extent of pest activity must include:	factors contributing to pest activity scope and degree of activity or infestation source of pest activity.
Pest management methods must include:	cultural controls physical controls.
Pest management plan must include:	advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters advice on pest prevention strategies details of pest and pest activity and potential for pest activity follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule mandatory notification requirements pest management methods risk management plan.
Signage and barriers must include one or more of the following:	physical barriers and restraints erected to restrict access to work site signs that warn of danger or adverse conditions in compliance with legislative requirements or Australian standards.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kit appropriate to the task and location site-specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.
Emergency response procedures must include one of more of the following:	calling emergency numbers cleaning up isolating hazards notifying authorities.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3005A Modify environment to manage pests

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3005A Modify environment to manage pests.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must manage pests without applying pesticides in three premises selected as follows:

three residential premises with different types of construction, or

three different commercial premises with different uses, or

a mix of three different residential and commercial premises.

The following different pests must be managed during work across the three premises:

ants

cockroaches

rodents

spiders.

In doing the above, the person must also:

achieve the outcomes specified in work orders

apply knowledge of emergency response procedures as required

assess the work site and identify hazards associated with pest management

comply with company and compliance requirements

control risks by applying knowledge of hierarchy of hazard control

identify types of pests, extent of pest activity and the potential for pest activity

select and use safe, effective and environmentally responsible pest management methods

select, check and use appropriate equipment, tools, materials and personal protective equipment (PPE) for the task.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company procedures relevant to managing pests without applying pesticides, including:

site arrival, sign-in and pre-work preparation procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

company equipment maintenance and servicing procedures

health and safety procedures, including:

safe manual-handling techniques

safe work practices for using equipment, including PPE

work documentation and reporting procedures

compliance requirements relevant to managing pests without applying pesticides

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

the following aspects of pest assessment:

pest ecology in relation to pest management operations

relevant pest biology, including life cycles, habits and harbourages

pest management methods, including:

physical controls associated with managing pests in a range of environments and conditions

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

contingencies:

emergency response to pesticide spillage

equipment:

tools required for installing selected physical controls

materials:

building components required for installing selected physical controls

specifications:

company procedures, including safe work methods

manufacturer manuals and specifications for equipment and materials

plain English guides to relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice

work order

physical conditions:

three premises with pest management problems as specified in the performance evidence

site induction, as required

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be completed alone or as part of a team

relationship with client:

must establish contact with client and discuss proposed pest management plan after inspection and before implementation

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3006A Apply pesticides to manage pests.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to apply pesticides safely and efficiently and according to directions on manufacturers’ labels in order to manage non-timber pests in residential, commercial and industrial premises.

The unit covers assessing the nature and extent of the pest and pest activity, and gaining a thorough understanding of client requirements and company information, in order to manage the pest problem. The selection of appropriate equipment, pesticides and methods is essential for performing the task safely and efficiently.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for applying pesticides that may affect public health, work health and safety, and the amenity of the community and the environment.

The unit does not apply to non-chemical pest management, where the environment is modified to manage pests; or to fumigation methods of pest and organism management or inspection and management of timber pests.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Inspect work site and identify pests and pest activity.	1.1.	Work site is accessed according to client and company requirements.
1.2.	Work order is reviewed and client requests and issues are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Inspection method is determined and inspection equipment is selected and checked according to work order and client and company requirements.
1.4.	Hazards relating to inspection of work site are identified and risks are assessed and controlled according to relevant company and compliance requirements.
1.5.	Site buildings and environment are examined and source and type of pest, extent of pest activity, and potential for pest activity are identified according to work order and company requirements.
2.	Develop and discuss pest management plan with client.	2.1.	Pesticide application methods are selected to control pest according to type and extent of pest activity, potential pest activity, work order, manufacturer specifications, and company and compliance requirements.
2.2.	Pest management plan is developed according to client, company, and compliance requirements.
2.3.	Client is advised of proposed pest management plan according to work order and company requirements, and questions are invited and responses given.
2.4.	Client’s approval to proceed with implementation of pest management plan is confirmed according to company requirements.
3.	Prepare work site for pest management.	3.1.	Hazards relating to the application of pesticides at the work site are identified, risk assessment is conducted, and hazard control measures are determined according to manufacturer specifications and safety data sheets (SDS).
3.2.	Size and usage pattern of work site are determined to ensure safety of personnel and efficient use of application equipment and pesticides.
3.3.	Signage and barriers are installed according to legislation or industry best practice to maximise protection of public health and safety during treatment operations.
3.4.	Factors preventing completion of work order are identified and appropriate persons are promptly advised.
4.	Select and prepare equipment and pesticides required to implement pest management plan.	4.1.	Suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications and SDS.
4.2.	Application equipment is selected, accessed and checked for operational effectiveness according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.3.	Equipment is adjusted to suit operator’s requirements according to manufacturer specifications.
4.4.	Pesticides are selected according to risk assessment, pest management plan and manufacturer specifications.
4.5.	Pesticide quantities required for work order are calculated according to manufacturer specifications and compliance requirements.
4.6.	Pesticides are mixed or prepared according to product label directions.
4.7.	Pump sprayer is calibrated and nozzles and flow rate are checked, according to manufacturer instructions for operator maintenance and requirements for surface being treated.
5.	Apply pesticides.	5.1.	Work site is treated internally and externally as required, using equipment and pesticides identified in pest management plan.
5.2.	Pesticides are applied using safe operating practices according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.3.	Emergency situations are responded to using emergency response procedures according to manufacturer specifications, and relevant company and compliance requirements.
6.	Finalise work and complete documentation.	6.1.	Equipment, pesticides and waste are collected and removed from work site according to work order and company and compliance requirements.
6.2.	Waste arising from accidental spillages or contamination is removed and disposed of according to company policy, manufacturer specifications and compliance requirements.
6.3.	Work site is restored according to work order, client requests, and company and compliance requirements.
6.4.	Hazards are eliminated prior to handover according to company and compliance requirements.
6.5.	Client is advised of residual hazards and site re-entry periods according to product labels and SDS.
6.6.	Signage and barriers are removed when work site is available for re-use, according to work order and company and compliance requirements.
6.7.	Appropriate persons are notified of further hazard reduction or necessary rectification measures according to company and compliance requirements.
6.8.	Regulatory and company documentation is completed and distributed according to legislative and company requirements.
7.	Clean, safety check and store equipment.	7.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned and decontaminated according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.2.	Equipment and PPE are safety checked and required maintenance is recorded according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.3.	Cleaned equipment and PPE are stored according to company requirements and to allow ready access and re-use.
7.4.	Pesticides are transported and stored according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.5.	Waste that was removed from site is disposed of according to work order and company policy, manufacturer specifications and relevant jurisdictional legislative requirements.
7.6.	Exposed skin is treated to remove any contamination according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	draw on prior knowledge of pests and pest activity to determine the scope of inspections required at new sites and to select effective pest management methods for the types of pests identified.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical data manufacturer labels and SDS for pesticides in order to dilute and mix pesticides in the correct ratio calculate areas for pesticide application and estimate volumes of pesticide required.
Oral communication skills to:	confirm understanding of client’s pest problem and related requests and issues using strategies that include questioning and summarising confirm clients’ understanding of chemical control aspects of pest management plan, including hazards associated with pesticide use and timeframes for site re-entry.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions, including: pesticide labels equipment manuals work orders.
Writing skills to:	prepare client information, including invoices record information on regulatory and workplace documentation, such as equipment maintenance records.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise inspection and pest management activities, including identifying risks and accessing relevant resources, such as manufacturer specifications and SDS.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work site must include either:	residential premises with different types of construction, or commercial premises with different uses, or a combination of the above.
Appropriate persons must include one or more of the following:	clients colleagues managers persons in control of work site supervisors.
Inspection equipment must include:	camera ladder magnifying glass mirror portable lighting or torch probe specimen bottles.
Hazards must include checking for the following:	animal bites and stings chemical confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise remote locations respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements relating to the use of pesticides industry guides, advisory standards and codes of practice relating to the use of pesticides commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to the use of pesticides, including: consumer protection dangerous goods licensing requirements for pest management pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy environmental requirements relating to the use of pesticides, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards company policies and guidelines emergency chemical spill control measures hazardous materials handling regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments waste handling and disposal public health and safety requirements relating to the use of pesticides, including: licence endorsements and conditions or limitations occupant notifications record of site conditions regulatory requirements warning signs work health and safety requirements relating to the use of pesticides, including: injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting manual handling procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods, including use of pesticides according to manufacturer labels.
Type of pest must include species identification of:	ants cockroaches rodents spiders.
Extent of pest activity must include:	factors contributing to pest activity scope and degree of activity or infestation.
Pesticide application methods must include:	applying pesticide liquids, powders, gels and granules installing and securing baits space treatments, including: preparation no-entry notification application ventilation re-entry process.
Pest management plan must include:	advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters advice on pest prevention strategies chemical application methods details of pest and pest activity and potential for pest activity follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule mandatory notification requirements pest management options types and quantities of chemicals to be used.
Application equipment must include:	bait stations electrical dust applicator hand puffer pump up sprayer.
Pesticides must include:	insecticides rodenticides.
Signage and barriers must include one or more of the following:	physical barriers and restraints erected to restrict access to work site signs complying with legislative requirements and/or Australian standards that warn of danger and/or adverse conditions.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kit appropriate to the task and location site-specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.
Emergency response procedures must include one of more of the following:	calling emergency numbers and poisons information centre cleaning up containing hazards decontamination evacuating work site or workplace, if required isolating hazards notifying authorities using PPE.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3006A Apply pesticides to manage pests

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3006A Apply pesticides to manage pests.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must select and apply pesticides internally and externally as required, in order to manage pests in three premises selected as follows:

three residential premises with different types of construction, or

three different commercial premises with different uses, or

a mix of three different residential and commercial premises.

The following different pests must be managed during work across the three premises:

ants

cockroaches

rodents

spiders.

In doing the above, the person must also:

achieve outcomes as specified in work orders

apply knowledge of emergency response procedures, as required

assess the work site and identify hazards associated with pest management

identify types of pests, pest activity and the potential for pest activity

comply with company and compliance requirements

control risks by applying knowledge of the hierarchy of hazard control

select and use safe, effective and environmentally responsible pest management methods

select, check and use appropriate equipment, materials and personal protective equipment (PPE) for the task.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into human body and potential symptoms of exposure

company policies and procedures relevant to managing pests by applying pesticides, including:

company equipment maintenance and servicing procedures

health and safety procedures, including:

safe manual-handling techniques

safe work practices for using equipment, including PPE

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

site arrival, sign-in and pre-work preparation procedures

work documentation and reporting procedures

compliance requirements relevant to applying pesticides to manage pests

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

the following aspects of pest assessment:

pest ecology in relation to pest management operations

relevant pest biology, including life cycles, habits and harbourages

pest management methods, including:

humane euthanasia procedures

pesticide controls associated with managing pests in a range of environments, conditions, industries and premises

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for equipment and products being used

risks of effect of pesticides on public health and environment

types of pesticides and relevant handling information, including:

chemical group, target site and mode of action

surfaces/substrates and suitable formulation types

application/spray patterns

application methods

hazard controls.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

application equipment

inspection equipment

PPE

signage and barriers

materials:

pesticides suitable for the tasks

contingencies:

emergency response in the case of pesticide spillage, skin contact or inhalation

specifications:

company procedures, including safe work methods

manufacturer manuals and specifications for equipment and materials

plain English guides to relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice

safety data sheets

work order

physical conditions:

three premises with pest management problems as specified in the performance evidence

site induction, as required

relationships with team members and supervisor:

a person may work independently or in a team

relationship with client:

consultation with client regarding recommended pest management plan is essential

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3007 Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3007A Implement pest management plans.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to establish and monitor the implementation of pest management plans for managing cockroaches, rodents or other common pests such as ants, bedbugs, spiders or flying insects, including preventative pest management measures, in complex or high risk operations, such as aged care or childcare facilities, hospitals, hotels, food manufacturing premises or large construction projects. High risk operations include premises where occupants may be sensitive to pesticide application.

The unit covers developing practical strategies to implement pest management plans using industry-standard pest management practices, including work monitoring and documentation.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for implementing pest management plans for pests and pest activity that impact on the health, safety or amenity of persons or environments in domestic, commercial or industrial premises.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Organise implementation of pest management plan.	1.1.	Work and resource requirements of pest management plan are identified according to company requirements.
1.2.	Equipment and materials specified in pest management plan are organised according to company requirements.
1.3.	Documented work orders and schedules are developed, and work is allocated and explained to team members according to requirements of pest management plan, and in line with manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements.
1.4.	Documentation to facilitate implementation of plan, and reporting systems that support established performance indicators and benchmarks, are developed.
2.	Apply pest management methods.	2.1.	Hazards are identified and risks controlled at work site according to relevant company and compliance requirements.
2.2.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected according to pest management plan, and is fitted and used according to manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements.
2.3.	Work site is treated using pest management methods specified in pest management plan.
2.4.	Pest management methods are applied using safe work methods and according to manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements.
3.	Monitor pest management plan.	3.1.	Pest management plan reports are obtained, interpreted and monitored, and appropriate persons are advised of issues according to company requirements.
3.2.	Responses to issues raised in reports are initiated according to company requirements.
4.	Review and revise pest management plan.	4.1.	Pest management plan is reviewed at negotiated intervals in conjunction with client according to contract and company requirements.
4.2.	Agreed changes to pest management plan are implemented and client records are updated according to client and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of compliance requirements information relating to implementing pest management plans at complex or high risk sites.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate the scope of work involved in implementing pest management plans and associated timeframes and resource implications calculate areas to be treated and estimate volumes of required pesticides read and interpret numerical information on product labels and safety data sheets (SDS) to dilute and mix pesticides appropriately for the required application.
Oral communication skills to:	allocate and explain pest management tasks for new site to team members interact effectively with clients to negotiate changes to pest management plans, expressing technical information in appropriate language for the client.
Reading skills to:	identify and interpret compliance requirements read and interpret directions and safety instructions in equipment manuals, pesticide labels and SDS.
Writing skills to:	prepare documents with clearly sequenced information to assist team members in implementing pest management plans record negotiated changes to pest management plans.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise the implementation of pest management plans at complex or high risk sites for a small team, including allocating and scheduling tasks efficiently to meet timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Requirements identified in pest management plan must include:	advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters advice on pest prevention strategies pesticide application methods details of pest and pest activity follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule mandatory notification requirements pest management method options types and quantities of pesticides to be used required reports.
Compliance requirements must include:	commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to implementing pest management plans, including: consumer protection dangerous goods pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy environmental requirements relating to implementing pest management plans in complex or high risk operations, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards emergency pesticide and other chemicals spill control measures hazardous materials handling regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments industry advisory standards and codes of practice relating to pest management plan public health and safety compliance requirements relating to implementing pest management plans in complex or high risk operations, including: AS/NZS standards licence endorsements and conditions or limitations occupant notifications record of site conditions regulatory requirements warning signs work health and safety requirements to be considered when preparing work orders relating to implementing pest management plans in complex or high risk operations, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods, including use of pesticides according to manufacturer labels.
Documentation must include:	pest activity reports pest management system problem or action reports record keeping mandated by licensing or regulatory requirements service logbooks site visit reports.
Hazards to be checked for must include:	animal bites and stings confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise pesticides and other chemicals remote locations respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Work site must include one or more of the following:	aged care facility childcare facility construction project education facility food manufacturing premises general manufacturing premises health care facility hospital motel recreational club residential hotel.
Pest management methods must include two or more of the following:	biological controls chemical controls cultural controls. physical controls.
Appropriate persons must include one or more of the following:	clients colleagues managers persons in control of work site supervisors.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3007A Implement pest management plans

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3007 Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3007A Implement pest management plans.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must implement and monitor pest management plans involving two different pest management methods at each of two of the following different types of complex or high risk operations:

aged care facility

childcare facility

construction project

education facility

food manufacturing premises

general manufacturing premises

health care facility

hospital

motel

recreational club

residential hotel.

A person must implement and monitor pest management options for a minimum of four different pests consisting of:

each of the following:

cockroaches

rodents

as well as two of the following:

ants

bed bugs

flying insects

spiders.

Two or more pests may be managed at one location.

In doing the above, the person must also:

achieve outcomes in relation to implementing the pest management plans

analyse resource requirements for implementing pest management plans

apply safe work methods when:

applying pesticide treatments

identifying hazards and controlling risks

manual handling

working at heights and in confined spaces

comply with company and compliance requirements

develop and review pest management plan documentation and reporting systems

identify hazards and control risks associated with pest management

safely treat work site according to plan.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company policies and procedures relevant to implementing a pest management plan, including:

contractual requirements

emergency response procedures

environmental protection procedures

health and safety procedures, including hierarchy of hazard control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

work documentation and reporting procedures

compliance requirements relevant to implementing pest management plans for complex or high risk operations

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

the following aspects of pest assessment:

pest ecology in relation to pest management operations

types of pests relevant to the area and their life cycles, habits and harbourages

pest management methods, including:

biological, chemical, cultural and physical controls associated with managing pests in a range of environments and conditions

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for products being used

pesticides’ routes of entry into human body and potential symptoms of exposure.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the pest management plan

materials:

as specified in the pest management plan

specifications:

company procedures

pest management plans

plain English guides to relevant compliance requirements

safety data sheets (SDS)

physical conditions:

premises where pest management plans are to be implemented as specified in the range of conditions

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work must be conducted individually under supervision

relationship with client:

consultation with client required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3008A Inspect and report on timber pests.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to inspect premises and surrounding areas for timber pests. The unit covers assessing the nature and extent of the timber pest and timber pest activity, analysing the situation, and preparing an inspection report on managing the timber pest activity.

Inspections may be initiated by a general client request or a government authority. They may apply to pre-purchase, pre-construction or post-construction projects.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for managing timber pests and timber pest activity that impact on the health, safety or amenity of persons or environments in domestic, commercial or industrial premises.

Timber pests may occur in internal and external surfaces of buildings, landscaping, recreational equipment, timber fences, furniture, railings, bridges and stairs. Types of timber pests vary in different geographic regions and this unit applies to those timber pests found in the geographic area.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Access work site and assess work requirements.	1.1.	Work site is accessed according to company requirements.
1.2.	Work order for inspection is reviewed according to company requirements, and issues and client expectations are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Previous inspection and treatment records are accessed and reviewed, where possible, to establish a history of inspection areas.
1.4.	Physical characteristics of work site and work site environment are assessed according to company requirements.
1.5.	Type of structure and construction methods are determined according to relevant company and compliance requirements.
1.6.	Location of industry-recognised pest pressure areas is confirmed to ensure that inspection targets probable timber pest activity.
1.7.	Client agreement to inspection is obtained before starting work according to company requirements.
2.	Plan for inspection.	2.1.	Hazards are identified and risk controls selected for the work site according to manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements.
2.2.	Suitable inspection and personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected according to manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements.
2.3.	Systematic and comprehensive inspection and recording method, using knowledge of work site and work site environment, is determined and adopted according to work order, manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements.
3.	Inspect for timber pests.	3.1.	Suitable PPE is fitted and used according to manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Inspection is conducted using predetermined methods and safe operating practices according to work order, manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements, and findings are recorded.
3.3.	Evidence of previous or present timber pest activity is collected according to relevant company and compliance requirements.
3.4.	Requirements for further inspections are identified and recommended to client.
4.	Analyse inspection data.	4.1.	Where type of timber pest or identified timber pest activity is inconclusive, tests on evidence are conducted according to work order, manufacturer specifications and relevant company and compliance requirements.
4.2.	Previous or current types of timber pests are identified according to company requirements and code of practice.
4.3.	Extent and locations of timber pest infestations are determined using inspection data and test results.
4.4.	Source of timber pests and conditions conducive to infestation are identified.
4.5.	Previous, current and potential impacts of timber pest activity are estimated according to relevant company and compliance requirements.
5.	Prepare and distribute inspection report.	5.1.	Inspection report is prepared according to company requirements.
5.2.	Report is presented according to work order and client and company requirements.
5.3.	Report is distributed to relevant parties according to work order and client and company requirements.
5.4.	Copy of inspection report is included with client records according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information regarding timber and timber pests and their biology.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate timeframes for timber pest inspections and schedule tasks efficiently measure dimensions and calculate areas and volumes of premises.
Oral communication skills to:	interact effectively with clients to explain inspection procedures, expressing technical information in appropriate language for the client.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret technical information, including information about timber pests and their biology.
Writing skills to:	accurately and legibly record findings while undertaking pest inspection activities on site.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise systematic and comprehensive inspections for timber pests.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work sites must include either:	residential premises with different types of construction, or commercial premises with different uses, or a combination of the above.
Appropriate persons must include one or more of the following:	clients colleagues managers persons in control of work site supervisors.
Inspection and treatment records must include two or more of the following:	invoices notes on client requirements and safety issues previous inspection reports previous written reports treatment notices and certificates on buildings warranties.
Inspection areas must include four or more of the following:	external areas of property, including trees and fences external surfaces floor areas interior other timber areas, including trims and mouldings outbuildings roof voids subfloor.
Assessment of work site environment must include five or more of the following:	age of structure associated building or land use dark and humid areas drainage evidence of previous treatments geographic location known pressure pest areas level of moisture risk factors encouraging timber pest activity soil type timber type ventilation.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards, including AS 4349.3 Inspection of buildings - Timber pest inspections industry advisory standards and codes of practice relating to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests, including Code of Practice for Prior to Purchase Timber Pest Inspections commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests, including: consumer protection privacy public health and safety quality assurance and certification requirements relating to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests work health and safety requirements relating to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods.
Timber pests must include three or more of the following:	borers damp wood termites dry wood termites subterranean termites wood decay fungi.
Client agreement must include one of the following:	verbal agreement for general timber pest inspection written pre-agreement for pre-purchase inspections.
Hazards to be checked for must include:	animal bites and stings confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise pesticides and other chemicals remote locations respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Inspection equipment must include:	camera hand lens ladder measuring tape or ruler mirror moisture meter pliers probes or knife report check sheet or notepad sounding tools specimen bottle torch.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kit appropriate to the task and location site-specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.
Evidence inspected for must include:	chambers damp swell (bulging walls) discolouration of timber or plaster evidence of feeding holes mud tracks and leads. nests and nest materials specimens timber damage, timber shavings and sawdust.
Inspection report must:	comply with appropriate standards and codes of practice requirements include: data analysis method of inspection relevant exclusions and limitations to the inspection results of inspection and analysis of evidence and appropriate recommendations.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3008A Inspect and report on timber pests

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3008A Inspect and report on timber pests.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must inspect for and report on timber pests at three premises selected as follows:

three residential premises with different types of construction, or

three different commercial premises with different uses, or

a mix of three different residential and commercial premises.

In doing the above, the person must also:

achieve outcomes in relation to work order

apply inspection and observation skills to:

assess work site and work site hazards

identify client’s timber pest problem, including type of timber pest and timber pest activity

apply safe work methods for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks

manual handling

working at heights and in restricted spaces

comply with company and compliance requirements

identify hazards and select risk controls associated with timber pest inspections

record, report on and communicate inspection results

select equipment and materials suitable for the inspection task.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

building structures and construction methods in relation to timber pest activity

climatic and geographic impact on timber pest activities

company procedures relevant to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests

compliance requirements relevant to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests

construction terminology, including terms for different structural members

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards that apply to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests, including:

AS 4349.3 Inspection of buildings - Timber pest inspections

Code of Practice for Prior to Purchase Timber Pest Inspections

legal implications of work

licensing requirements for timber pest management

health and safety legislation

methodology associated with hierarchy of hazard controls

the following aspects of pest assessment:

soil types in relation to timber pest activity

timber pest ecology relevant to timber pest management operations

types of timber and relationships to timber pests

types of timber pests relevant to geographic area and their life cycles, habits and harbourages

safe work methods for inspecting for timber pests

types of further inspections that could be recommended to clients, including:

detailed inspections, including thermal inspections

inspections by other personnel, including:

builder

electrician

plumber

invasive inspections, including use of bore-scope.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

inspection equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) as specified in the range of conditions

specifications:

company procedures relevant to inspecting for timber pests

plain English guides to legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards that apply to inspecting for and reporting on timber pests

work order

physical conditions:

premises suitable for conducting inspections as specified in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

inspection may be conducted individually or as part of a team and must be supervised by a licensed pest manager

relationship with client:

client consultation required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3010 Control timber pests

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3010A Control timber pests.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement a management plan to control timber pests. The unit covers reviewing existing reports relating to pest activity at the premises and designing, implementing and monitoring a management plan to control timber pests. The selection of appropriate equipment, chemicals, materials and methods is essential for performing the task effectively.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for controlling timber pests and timber pest activity that impact on the health, safety or amenity of persons or environments in domestic, commercial or industrial premises.

Timber pests may occur in internal and external surfaces of buildings, landscaping, recreational equipment, timber fences, furniture, railing, bridges and stairs. Types of timber pests vary in different geographic regions and this unit applies to those timber pests found in the geographic area.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Design timber pest management plan.	1.1.	Work order and inspection report are reviewed to confirm task according to client and company requirements.
1.2.	Hazards are identified and risks controlled at work site according to company and compliance requirements.
1.3.	Suitable timber pest management methods are selected for control of timber pests based on inspection report and work site environment and according to client, company and compliance requirements.
1.4.	Client is advised of proposed pest management plan according to work order and company requirements, and questions are invited and responses given.
1.5.	Access and inspection equipment and application and installation equipment required for managing timber pests is identified according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
1.6.	Materials required to manage timber pests are identified and requirements are calculated according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
1.7.	Timber pest management plan for work site is documented and processed according to company requirements.
2.	Prepare to implement timber pest management plan.	2.1.	Timber pest management plan is reviewed to identify factors affecting completion of work order, and issues are clarified with appropriate persons according to company requirements.
2.2.	Client’s approval to proceed with implementation of pest management plan is confirmed according to company requirements.
2.3.	Suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and fitted according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.4.	Equipment is selected and operational effectiveness checked according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.5.	Materials are prepared according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.6.	Signage and barriers are installed as required to protect public health and safety during the treatment operation.
3.	Implement pest management plan.	3.1.	Hazards are identified and risks controlled at work site according to company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Materials identified in timber pest management plan are applied or installed according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.3.	Pest management plan is implemented using safe operating practices according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.4.	Implementation is reviewed to check effectiveness of timber pest management plan and remedial action is implemented as required.
3.5.	Emergency response procedures are implemented when necessary according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.	Restore work site.	4.1.	Work site is restored to condition agreed with client and requirements of timber pest management plan according to company and compliance requirements.
4.2.	Hazards are eliminated prior to handover according to company and compliance requirements.
4.3.	Signage and barriers are removed when work site is available for re-use, according to work order and company and compliance requirements.
4.4.	Appropriate persons are notified of further hazard reduction or necessary rectification measures according to company and compliance requirements.
5.	Clean, safety check and store equipment.	5.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned and decontaminated according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.2.	Equipment and PPE are safety checked and required maintenance is recorded according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.3.	Cleaned equipment and PPE are stored to allow ready access and re-use according to company requirements.
5.4.	Chemicals are transported and stored according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.5.	Collected waste is disposed of according to work order, manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.6.	Exposed skin is treated to remove any contamination according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.	Complete documentation.	6.1.	Required certificates and notices are prepared and issued according to compliance requirements.
6.2.	Company documentation is completed and distributed according to company and compliance requirements.
7.	Monitor effectiveness of timber pest management plan.	7.1.	Periodic contact schedule is established with client according to company requirements.
7.2.	Regular liaison is maintained with client to monitor effectiveness of plan according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information relating to control of timber pests.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply information on product labels to mix chemicals as specified measure site dimensions and calculate areas and volumes.
Oral communication skills to:	interact effectively with clients to exchange ongoing information on effectiveness of timber pest management strategies, expressing technical information in appropriate language for the client.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret work directions and safety instructions in, equipment manuals, house plans, product labels and safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	record information accurately and legibly on certificates, company documentation and notices.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise the implementation of timber pest management, including scheduling tasks efficiently to meet timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards to be checked for must include:	asbestos animal bites and stings chemical confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise probable location of underground services remote locations respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Work sites must include either:	residential premises with different types of construction, or commercial premises with different uses, or a combination of the above.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements, including AS 3660.2 Termite management - In and around existing buildings and structures commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to controlling timber pests, including: consumer protection environmental protection pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy public health and safety environmental requirements relating to controlling timber pests, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards company policies and guidelines emergency chemical spill control measures hazardous materials handling regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments waste handling and disposal licensing requirements for timber pest management national and industry codes of practice and advisory standards relating to controlling timber pests work health and safety requirements relating to controlling timber pests, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods, including use of pesticides according to manufacturer labels.
Timber pest management methods must include one or more of the following:	biological controls cultural controls chemical controls physical controls.
Control must include one of the following:	eradication exclusion.
Timber pests must include three or more of the following:	borers damp wood termites dry wood termites subterranean termites wood decay fungi.
Work site environment must include consideration of:	age of structure associated building or land use dark and humid areas drainage geographic location known pressure pest areas level of moisture previous treatments soil type timber type ventilation.
Access and inspection equipment must include:	camera hand lens ladder measuring tape or ruler mirror moisture meter pliers probes or knife sounding tools specimen bottle torch.
Application and installation equipment must include five or more of the following:	bait box or station concrete drill dust applicator foaming applicator liquid injection nozzle monitoring station slab injector soil injector soil spray nozzle.
Materials must include one or more of the following:	physical barriers and controls sealing components termiticides.
Calculations must include those for one or more of the following:	flow rates and pressures of termiticide application equipment recalibration of equipment surface areas volumes of termiticide.
Timber pest management plan must include:	advice on health, safety, legislative and environmental matters advice on pest prevention strategies chemical application methods details of timber pest and timber pest activity follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule mandatory notification requirements record keeping mandated by licensing or regulatory requirements timber pest management methods types and quantities of chemicals to be used.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kit appropriate to the task and location site-specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.
Signage and barriers must include one or more of the following:	physical barriers and restraints erected to restrict access to work site signs complying with legislative requirements or Australian standards that warn of danger or adverse conditions.
Public health and safety must include checking for impacts on:	general public and bystanders non-target animals occupants.
Emergency response procedures must include one of more of the following:	calling emergency numbers and poisons information centre cleaning up containing hazards decontaminating evacuating work site or workplace isolating hazards notifying authorities using PPE.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3010A Control timber pests

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3010 Control timber pests

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3010A Control timber pests.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must control timber pests using a minimum of two different pest control methods. The methods must be applied in three different work sites, selected as follows:

three residential premises with different types of construction, or

three different commercial premises with different uses, or

a mix of three different residential and commercial premises.

In doing the above, the person must also:

achieve outcomes in relation to work order

design a timber pest management plan taking into account environmental sustainability

identify hazards and control risks associated with timber pest management

comply with company and compliance requirements, including applying safe work procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks

manual handling

observing progress of work, including recognising variations at work site, such as usage

selecting and using equipment and materials

working at heights and in confined spaces.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

building structures and construction methods relevant to work sites described in performance evidence and to the control of timber pests at these sites

chemicals’ routes of entry into human body and potential symptoms of exposure

company requirements in relation to controlling timber pests, including work documentation and reporting procedures

compliance requirements relevant to controlling timber pests

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

the following aspects of pest assessment:

ecology and biology of timber pests

soil types in relation to timber pest activities

pest management methods, including:

biological, chemical, cultural and physical controls associated with controlling timber pests in a range of environments and conditions

difference in action and application of termiticides

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for equipment and products being used

types of timber pests relevant to the area and their life cycles, habits and harbourages.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

personal protective equipment (PPE) and access and inspection equipment as identified in the range of conditions, suitable for implementing pest management plans for timber pests

materials:

as identified in the range of conditions, suitable for implementing pest management plans for timber pests

specifications:

company procedures relevant to controlling timber pests

plain English guides to legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards that apply to controlling timber pests

safety data sheets (SDS)

work orders and inspection reports for controlling timber pests at premises specified in the performance evidence

physical conditions:

suitable premises for controlling timber pest problems

site induction, as required

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted individually or as part of a team and must be supervised by a licensed pest manager

relationship with client:

client consultation required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3011A Conduct fumigation.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to control by fumigation, organisms and organism activity that affect the health, safety or amenity of persons, commodities or environments in domestic, commercial, industrial and maritime situations.

The unit covers developing a thorough understanding of client requirements; assessing the site; selecting methods, fumigants and equipment required to meet client requirements; and applying company procedures in order to perform the task. These work functions are conducted by teams of at least two people in compliance with state and territory health and safety legislation.

Fumigants are most frequently applied by pest technicians to meet quarantine conditions for exported or imported goods, but are also applied in commercial grain handling and storage environments.

This unit is not intended for use in horticultural or agricultural situations involving the growing of crops.

Fumigants are chemicals which at a particular temperature and pressure can exist in a gaseous state in sufficient concentration and for sufficient time to be lethal to insects or other animals, plants and seeds or other organisms. The fumigant is applied to a fumigation enclosure which is a space which has been made sufficiently gas tight to contain the fumigant at the required concentrations for the required time.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Where required, the fumigator must meet the licensing requirements of the relevant Australian or international quarantine authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Access and assess work site.	1.1.	Site environment is accessed according to company requirements.
1.2.	Work or quarantine order is reviewed according to company requirements, and issues are confirmed or clarified with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Authority of client requesting fumigation services is confirmed according to company requirements.
1.4.	Hazards are identified and risks controlled at work site according to company and compliance requirements.
1.5.	Work site and work site application characteristics are assessed according to company and compliance requirements.
1.6.	Size and usage pattern of work site are determined to ensure safety of personnel and efficient use of equipment and fumigants.
1.7.	Work site is assessed for access and security arrangements, according to company and compliance requirements.
2.	Determine type and method of fumigation.	2.1.	Types of organisms and, if present, commodities are confirmed according to company requirements.
2.2.	Fumigation method is selected to suit types of organisms, work site and, if present, commodities according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.3.	Type of fumigant is selected and accessed according to manufacturer specifications and client, company and compliance requirements.
2.4.	Capacity to create fumigation conditions is established according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.5.	Factors preventing completion of work or quarantine order are identified and appropriate persons are promptly notified.
3.	Prepare work site for fumigation.	3.1.	Hazards of using fumigants at the work site are identified and risks controlled according to company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Appropriate personnel in adjoining properties and regulatory and other relevant authorities are advised of proposed fumigation according to company and compliance requirements.
3.3.	Signage and barriers are installed, as required, to maximise protection of public health and safety during fumigation according to company and compliance requirements.
3.4.	Security measures to control unauthorised access to work site during fumigation and prescribed non re-entry periods are implemented according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.5.	Conditions are created to ensure that required concentration of fumigant is retained for required period within fumigation enclosure, according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.	Prepare equipment and fumigants.	4.1.	Suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and used according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.2.	Equipment suitable for the fumigation method is selected according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.3.	Calibration and operational effectiveness equipment is checked according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
4.4.	Equipment is set up and adjusted to suit operators’ requirements according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
4.5.	Selected fumigants are transported, and dosages calculated and prepared, according to manufacturer specifications and client, company and compliance requirements.
4.6.	Client is advised of risk of non-target contamination or damage, if required.
5.	Apply fumigants.	5.1.	Fumigation enclosure is treated using equipment, fumigants and fumigation methods according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.2.	Fumigation enclosure seal is checked and adjusted, where applicable, according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.3.	Fumigant escape is assessed to control impact on public health and safety, according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.4.	Emergency response procedures are implemented when necessary according to company and compliance requirements.
6.	Monitor fumigation.	6.1.	Fumigation work site is secured or monitored continuously to prevent unauthorised access and to maintain safe conditions according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.2.	Fumigant concentrations are monitored and maintained over fumigation exposure period according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.3.	Integrity of seals is maintained, where applicable, throughout the fumigation exposure period according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.4.	Ongoing assessment of fumigant escape is maintained to control impact on public health and safety according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.	Ventilate fumigation enclosure.	7.1.	Suitable conditions for ventilation are established to control risks to public health and safety according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.2.	Approved method of safe release of fumigant is implemented according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.3.	Fumigation enclosure is ventilated to remove fumigant in a safe and controlled manner according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.4.	Fumigation enclosure and commodities, if present, are aerated according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.5.	Fumigation enclosure and commodities, if present, are tested for evidence of residual fumigant according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
7.6.	Client and other appropriate persons are notified of further required risk control measures according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
8.	Restore work site.	8.1.	Equipment, fumigants and waste are collected and removed according to company and compliance requirements.
8.2.	Work site is restored according to work or quarantine order and client, company and compliance requirements.
8.3.	Signage and barriers are removed when work site is available for re-use, according to company and compliance requirements.
9.	Clean, safety check and store equipment and fumigants.	9.1.	Equipment and PPE are cleaned and decontaminated according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
9.2.	Equipment and PPE are safety checked and required maintenance is recorded according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
9.3.	Cleaned equipment and PPE are stored to allow ready access and re-use according to company requirements.
9.4.	Fumigants are transported and stored according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
9.5.	Collected waste is disposed of according to work or quarantine order, manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
9.6.	Exposed skin is treated to remove any contamination according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
10.	Update required documentation.	10.1	Regulatory and company documentation is completed and distributed according to company and compliance requirements.
10.2	Client records are updated according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	apply knowledge of buildings and structures to the planning of fumigation operations identify responsibilities of self and others when working in fumigation team.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate volumes of fumigation enclosures and calculate dosage rates, based on: enclosure volume required concentrations at various stages of fumigation period calculate percentage variations in concentrations of fumigants estimate timeframes required to complete fumigation tasks.
Oral communication skills to:	interact effectively with clients to give information and ensure client understanding of risks and risk control measures, expressing technical information in appropriate language for the client.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions in chemical labels, equipment manuals and safety data sheets (SDS).
Writing skills to:	record information on certification documents and in fumigant logs.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Environment for fumigation must include one or more of the following:	sheeted stack container chamber silo burrow soil building ship aircraft.
Appropriate persons must include one or more of the following:	clients colleagues managers persons in control of work site supervisors.
Hazards to be checked for must include:	animal bites and stings chemicals confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise remote locations respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Compliance requirements must include:	legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry advisory standards relating to applying fumigants, including: Australian and international standards chemical registers and manifests chemical usage consumer protection dangerous goods fumigation regulations and licence requirements health and safety legislation privacy public health and safety quarantine requirements environmental requirements relating to applying fumigants, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards emergency chemical spill control measures hazardous materials handling regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments work health and safety requirements relating to applying fumigants, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods, including use of fumigants according to manufacturer labels.
Organisms must include one or more of the following:	arachnids bacteria fungi insects molluscs moulds plants rabbits rodents seeds.
Signage and barriers must include one or more of the following:	physical barriers and restraints erected to restrict access to work site signs complying with legislative requirements or Australian standards that warn of danger or adverse conditions.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kit appropriate to the task and location site-specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.
Calculating dosages must include consideration of:	legislative and quarantine requirements target of fumigation type of fumigant volume of enclosure temperature during the fumigation exposure period, if relevant.
Emergency response procedures must include one of more of the following:	calling emergency numbers and poisons information centre cleaning up containing hazards decontaminating evacuating work site or workplace, if required isolating hazards notifying authorities using PPE.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3011A Conduct fumigation

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3011A Conduct fumigation.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must fumigate one or more of the following sites according to the type of licence required:

sheeted stack

container

chamber

silo

burrow

soil

building

ship

aircraft.

In doing the above, the person must also:

confirm site and target of fumigation with client

identify hazards associated with fumigation and control risks by applying knowledge of hierarchy of hazard control

comply with company and compliance requirements relevant to applying fumigants

select and prepare equipment and fumigants

apply fumigants to achieve outcomes according to work or quarantine order

ventilate fumigation enclosure and commodity, if present, according to legislative requirements

restore work site according to client, company and compliance requirements

clean and store equipment used during fumigation process

complete required documentation

apply emergency response procedures, as required.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into human body and potential symptoms of exposure

compliance requirements relevant to the application of fumigants to manage organisms

company policies and procedures relating to applying fumigants and:

dangerous goods use

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

commodity absorption and desorption rates

content and industry terms used in work or quarantine order and specifications

fumigation methods and associated:

fumigant application equipment

fumigation work site requirements

organisms eradicated through fumigation

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for equipment and products being used

risks of effect of fumigants on public health and environment

test methods and readings for monitoring fumigant concentrations

procedures for identifying and managing hazardous substances in the workplace

types of fumigants and their:

application methods

environmental conditions, such as withholding periods

preparation

safety requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

personal protective equipment (PPE)

materials:

fumigants required by the task

specifications:

company procedures, including safe work methods

plain English guides to legislative and regulatory requirements, including quarantine requirements

safety data sheets

physical conditions:

environment for fumigation as listed in the performance evidence

relationships with team members and supervisor:

fumigation must be conducted with at least one other person and supervised by a licensed fumigator

relationship with client:

liaison with client is required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3017A Repair and maintain service equipment.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and conduct the regular maintenance of equipment used in the provision of pest management services. It also applies to conducting or arranging equipment servicing and repairs by specialists as required.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for ensuring that pest management equipment is fit for purpose and ready for use.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Develop and implement an equipment maintenance plan.	1.1.	Equipment maintenance plan is developed to maximise equipment effectiveness according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
1.2.	Program of periodic equipment inspections and ongoing monitoring is established according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
1.3.	Periodic inspections of equipment are conducted and inspection records maintained according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
1.4.	Equipment user reports are monitored and need for equipment maintenance and emergency repairs is assessed according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
1.5.	Specialist advice on complex or technical matters relating to equipment maintenance is accessed according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.	Plan servicing and repair of equipment.	2.1.	Management and operators are informed of scheduled servicing and repair activities for equipment according to company requirements and to minimise disruption to work plans and equipment use.
2.2.	Requirements for parts and labour to meet servicing and repair needs are assessed according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.3.	Servicing and repair tasks are prepared according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.	Service and repair equipment.	3.1.	Equipment is identified and cleaned according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Service and repair tasks are conducted using safe work practices according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.3.	Inspections and approvals from relevant authorities and agencies are arranged according to company and compliance requirements.
3.4.	On completion of servicing and repair, equipment is promptly returned to operational use according to company guidelines.
3.5.	Unserviceable equipment is disposed of according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.6.	Work area is maintained in a clean and orderly manner according to company and compliance requirements.
3.7.	Regulatory and company documentation is completed and distributed according to company and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	draw on experience of diagnosing equipment maintenance and repair requirements and apply knowledge to new problems identify and use reliable sources of information relating to equipment servicing tasks.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information on equipment labels and in operation manuals to ensure maintenance, servicing and repair tasks are conducted according to relevant specifications.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate clearly and concisely, using appropriate technical language when requesting advice or further information on maintenance, servicing or repair requirements.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and instructions on equipment labels and in operation manuals to ensure maintenance, servicing and repair tasks are conducted according to relevant specifications.
Writing skills to:	complete regulatory and company documentation accurately and legibly.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Equipment maintenance plan must include:	arrangements for daily maintenance and periodic service and repair of equipment requiring specialist services, such as: elevated work platforms generators emergency procedures maintenance schedules replacement procedures routine maintenance procedures.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements relating to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment environmental requirements relating to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards company policies and guidelines emergency chemical spill control measures hazardous materials handling regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments relating to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment industry advisory standards and codes of practice relating to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment relevant commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment, including: consumer protection dangerous goods pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy public health and safety work health and safety requirements relating to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities use of safe work methods.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3017A Repair and maintain service equipment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3017A Repair and maintain service equipment.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must develop and implement an equipment maintenance plan for the delivery of pest management services, including daily, weekly and monthly maintenance tasks for equipment as listed below.

In doing the above, the person must also:

conduct three of the following regular maintenance tasks:

first aid kits – check and replenish weekly or after use

nozzles – clean monthly

pneumatic hand sprayers – clean and lubricate monthly

respirators – clean and replace filters weekly at the minimum

spill kits – check and replenish monthly or after use

spray guns – clean and lubricate weekly

conduct three of the following servicing and repair tasks:

nozzles – replace ‘O’ ring (cone jet) as required

pneumatic hand sprayers – fit repair kit to pneumatic sprayer annually

respirators – repair exhalation valve and head strap as required

simple centrifugal pump – fit seal kit

spray guns – fit seal kit to spray gun.

When implementing the maintenance plan and conducting the above servicing and repairs a person must also:

comply with company and compliance requirements

identify hazards and control risks associated with maintenance, servicing and repair of pest management equipment

apply safe work methods for:

manual handling

operating equipment

select equipment and materials suitable for the tasks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into human body and potential symptoms of exposure

compliance requirements relevant to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment

company procedures relevant to maintaining, servicing and repairing pest management equipment, including:

documentation requirements

emergency response procedures

enterprise maintenance and servicing policies and procedures

health and safety procedures, including hierarchy of hazard control

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

maintenance schedules

manual-handling techniques

work documentation and reporting procedures

hazards and risks of storing, preparing, using and disposing of chemicals

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for equipment and products being used during performance evidence tasks

sources of information about spare parts availability and supply

types of pest management plant and equipment and their functions.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

pest management equipment requiring regular maintenance as listed in the performance evidence

pest management equipment requiring servicing, as listed in the performance evidence

pest management equipment requiring repair, as listed in the performance evidence

equipment for conducting maintenance, servicing and repairs, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

specifications:

company policies and procedures

equipment manuals and maintenance schedules

manufacturer specifications

plain English guides to legislative, health and safety and environmental requirements

physical conditions:

suitable workshop for servicing and repairing pest management equipment

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be conducted individually or as part of a team

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3018B Maintain equipment and chemical storage areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to maintain a pest management vehicle storage space for pest management equipment and pesticides. It also covers the movement and control of equipment and pesticides used in the provision of pest management services.

Maintaining a storage area requires the ability to follow established procedures, understand the issues associated with the storage and use of pesticides, and adhere to legislative and public health and safety requirements. These work functions would be carried out according to company guidelines.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for ensuring that pest management equipment and pesticides are stored, transported and controlled according to legislative requirements; in particular health and safety environmental safety and public health and safety. It applies to maintaining and operating a safe and efficient pest management storage area within a strict legislative context.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Set up storage area in pest management vehicle.	1.1.	Storage area is secured from unauthorised access according to company and compliance requirements.
1.2.	Storage area is organised to comply with relevant company and compliance requirements.
1.3.	Existing hazards are identified and risks controlled in storage area according to company and compliance requirements.
1.4.	Vehicle equipment and passenger compartments are separated to minimise transportation risks according to company and compliance requirements.
1.5.	Vehicle is equipped to enable implementation of emergency response procedures according to company and compliance requirements.
1.6.	Vehicle signage is fixed, as required, according to company and compliance requirements.
1.7.	Safety warnings are displayed prominently and safety information is made accessible according to company and compliance requirements.
2.	Stock vehicle storage area.	2.1.	Equipment is stored, maintained and safety checked to enable ready access and re-use according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.2.	Chemicals are stored according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.3.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is cleaned, safety checked and stored and maintenance requirements are recorded according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.4.	Storage area is maintained free from obstacles according to company and compliance requirements.
2.5.	Waste is collected and disposed of according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.	Control and maintain stocks of equipment and chemicals.	3.1.	Inventory system, with maximum and minimum holding levels of equipment and chemicals, is operated and maintained according to company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Equipment and chemical usage patterns are monitored and reordered to maintain required levels according to company and compliance requirements.
3.3.	Accurate labelling system is maintained for all containers according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.4.	Chemicals are used on an oldest-manufactured, first-out basis according to company requirements.
3.5.	Obsolete equipment and chemicals are disposed of according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.	Control a pest management vehicle storage area.	4.1.	Chemicals are secured to prevent accidental spillage, according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.2.	Estimated quantities of chemicals required for immediate work requirements are stored and transported according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.3.	PPE is stored separately to chemicals and vehicle occupants.
4.4.	Equipment, including PPE, is secured, used and maintained according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.5.	Access to and operation of the pest management vehicle are restricted to authorised personnel according to company and compliance requirements.
5.	Maintain a pest management vehicle.	5.1.	Vehicle is safety checked and regular servicing is arranged to ensure roadworthiness according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.2.	Vehicle is cleaned regularly to remove chemical contaminants according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.3.	Waste is collected and disposed of according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
5.4.	Vehicle is presented and maintained in line with company’s public image according to company requirements.
6.	Respond to emergency situations.	6.1.	Emergency response procedures are implemented when accidental spillages or emergency situations occur, according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.2.	Regulatory and company documentation is prepared according to company and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of compliance requirements information relating to maintaining pest management equipment and pesticide storage areas.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information from equipment manuals, safety data sheets (SDS), safety warning signs and symbols, and pesticide labels.
Oral communication skills to:	confirm compliance requirements for storage of pest management equipment and pesticides.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions in equipment manuals, safety warning signs and symbols, pesticide labels and SDS.
Writing skills to:	prepare accurate and legible labels with essential safety information, if required, for containers holding decanted and diluted pesticides.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise the setting up and maintenance of pest management equipment and pesticide storage areas.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Compliance requirements must include:	commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to maintaining pest management vehicle storage areas, including: pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use consumer protection dangerous goods privacy public health and safety environmental requirements relating to maintaining pest management vehicle storage area, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards company policies and guidelines emergency chemical spill control measures hazardous materials handling licensing requirements for pest management national and industry codes of practice and advisory standards relating to maintaining pest management vehicle storage areas regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments relating to maintaining pest management vehicle storage areas work health and safety requirements relating to maintaining pest management vehicle storage areas, including: injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting procedures procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities use of safe work methods work documentation and reporting procedures.
Hazards to be considered must include:	animal bites and stings pesticides and other chemicals electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation.
Equipment must include:	bunding and spill kit inspection equipment lockable storage areas pesticide application equipment pesticide measuring and mixing equipment waste disposal containers.
Emergency response procedures must include one of more of the following:	calling emergency numbers, as required cleaning up containing hazards decontaminating evacuating work site or workplace isolating hazards notifying authorities using PPE.
Safety warnings must include one or more of the following:	charts and posters instructions labels signs and placards symbols.
Safety information must include:	chemical co-location, separation and segregation requirements chemical manifests chemical registers company policies and procedures container and package storage arrangements dangerous goods diamonds emergency management plans health and safety information manufacturer instructions manufacturer specifications operation manuals product labels SDS waste disposal information.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kits appropriate for a range of tasks and locations site specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3018B Maintain equipment and chemical storage areas

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3018B Maintain equipment and chemical storage areas.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must set up, stock and maintain a storage area in a pest management vehicle for pest management equipment and chemicals.

In doing the above, the person must also:

apply knowledge as required of emergency response procedures specific to handling, managing and disposing of pest management equipment and chemicals

apply safe work methods when:

handling, managing and disposing of chemicals

identifying hazards and controlling risks

manual handling

comply with company and compliance requirements

demonstrate good storage and housekeeping practices, particularly those relating to the labelling and security of chemicals

identify hazards and control risks associated with pest management equipment and chemical storage

identify vehicle capacities against intended use

systematically use stock control records and chemical register or manifest.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

chemicals’ routes of entry into human body and potential symptoms of exposure

company procedures, including:

dangerous goods in use

documentation requirements

emergency response procedures

compliance requirements relevant to maintaining pest management equipment and pesticide storage area

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

hazards and risks involved in preparing, using, securing, storing and disposing of pest management chemicals

pest management equipment types and functions

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for pest management products being stored and transported

prohibited areas for pest management vehicles

suitable vehicle cleaning locations that comply with relevant environmental requirements

types and availability of vehicle equipment

vehicle types and specifications suitable to pest management operations.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

as listed in the range of conditions

contingencies:

spill management, using spill kit

materials:

pesticides

specifications:

company policies and procedures

manufacturer specifications

safety data sheets

plain English guides to compliance requirements

physical conditions:

suitable pest management vehicle

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be completed individually or as a team member

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3019 Organise and monitor pest management operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3019A Organise and monitor pest management operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to organise and monitor major pest management contracts, including allocating work to personnel, and conducting training needs analyses and resultant professional development. A comprehensive understanding of pest management services and treatments offered is required to perform this task efficiently.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for assessing work requirements and allocating and monitoring work, including providing appropriate equipment and materials to perform pest management operations. It also covers identifying opportunities for the use of training and assessment to build and recognise staff skills. It applies to pest management technicians who are responsible for leading a small work team.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify work requirements.	1.1.	Work orders are reviewed to identify requirements, including site characteristics and specific requests, according to company requirements.
1.2.	Client needs and expectations are identified and communicated according to work order and company requirements.
1.3.	Hazards and risk control measures relevant to the work site are confirmed according to company and compliance requirements.
2.	Organise equipment and materials.	2.1.	Past work orders are reviewed when available and equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE) and material requirements are estimated according to company requirements.
2.2.	Required equipment, materials and suitable PPE are accessed according to company requirements.
2.3.	Operational effectiveness of equipment is checked according to manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
2.4.	Suitable PPE is selected and checked for correct fitting according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.	Allocate work orders.	3.1.	Schedule of work orders, to be completed within specified time and budget, is developed according to client, company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Work orders are allocated according to company and compliance requirements.
3.3.	Schedule, work orders and associated instructions are communicated to staff according to company requirements.
3.4.	Schedule and work order instructions are confirmed, and where necessary, clarified with staff according to company requirements.
4.	Provide training and assessment opportunities.	4.1.	Staff members’ skill gaps are identified according to company requirements.
4.2.	Staff members are encouraged to seek clarification and feedback on work performance and training needs and opportunities according to company requirements.
4.3.	Relevant training opportunities are provided according to company requirements to meet identified skills gaps and provide for continuous improvement.
4.4.	Assessment opportunities are arranged to enable staff to gain formal recognition of skills according to company requirements.
5.	Monitor performance.	5.1.	Performance of work orders is monitored systematically to ensure client expectations and company and compliance requirements are met.
5.2.	Performance issues are identified and followed up promptly according to company requirements.
5.3.	Work is reallocated as required to meet client and company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information regarding compliance requirements relevant to organising and monitoring pest management operations understand and apply knowledge of learning styles of team members and select appropriate development activities and support materials in suitable formats.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate distances and travel times between client work sites specified on work orders estimate time to complete work orders and schedule operations efficiently, including allocating work orders evenly among staff.
Oral communication skills to:	explain pest management work order instructions to staff using appropriate language use questioning to confirm staff understanding of instructions and schedules interact effectively with clients to negotiate changes to pest management work order schedules, expressing technical information in appropriate language for the client.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret work orders, client records and compliance requirements relevant to different types of pest management work and work sites.
Writing skills to:	document the allocation and scheduling of work orders.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Hazards to be checked for must include:	animal bites and stings confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise pesticides or other chemicals remote locations respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements relating to organising and monitoring pest management operations commonwealth and state or territory legislation and local government regulations relating to organising and monitoring pest management operations, including: consumer protection dangerous goods pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy public health and safety environmental requirements relating to organising and monitoring pest management operations, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards company policies and guidelines emergency chemical spill control measures hazardous materials handling industry advisory standards and codes of practice relating to organising and monitoring pest management operations, such as: building codes dangerous goods codes regulations, by-laws and guidelines relating to organising and monitoring pest management operations of environmental protection agencies and government departments work health and safety requirements relating to organising and monitoring pest management operations, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods, including use of pesticides according to manufacturer labels.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kit appropriate to the task and location site-specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.
Schedule must include one or more of the following:	charts and wall-mounted planning boards electronic or paper-based to-do lists work diary.
Allocation of work must include consideration of available staff:	capabilities licences preferences skills.
Training must include one or more of the following:	attendance at formal training sessions demonstrations on-the-job instructions self-paced learning packages structured feedback.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3019A Organise and monitor pest management operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3019 Organise and monitor pest management operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3019A Organise and monitor pest management operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must schedule, organise and monitor a work order for pest management at three different premises to be selected as follows:

three residential premises with different types of construction, or

three different commercial premises with different uses, or

a mix of three different residential and commercial premises.

In doing the above, the person must also:

allocate work and staff

comply with company, legislative or regulatory requirements

identify work requirements and hazards and risks associated with pest management and clearly communicate them to work team

provide equipment and material supplies

assess staff skill gaps and arrange or provide suitable training, development and assessment opportunities.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements relevant to organising and monitoring pest management operations

company policies and procedures relevant to organising and monitoring pest management operations, including:

emergency response procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

health and safety procedures

performance reviews

work documentation and reporting procedures

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

mathematical methods for budgeting and estimating workloads

pest management equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE) and materials, including manufacturer specifications for safe use.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

pest management equipment essential for undertaking the work orders specified in the performance evidence

PPE as specified in the range of conditions

materials:

materials essential for undertaking the work orders specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

plain English guides to relevant compliance requirements

relevant client databases and information

work order instructions, work plans and schedules, and company policy documents

physical conditions:

access to work sites where work orders are completed in order to monitor team performance

relationships with team members and supervisor:

team leadership role

team leaders must be supervised by a person with a full pest management licence

relationship with client:

consultation with client is required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3026 Select pest management vehicle and equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3026A Select and obtain pest management vehicles, equipment and materials.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to select a pest management vehicle and equipment necessary to deliver pest management services to clients. It requires an understanding of the services to be delivered, and involves the specification of equipment that can support these services and which complies with legislative and public health and safety requirements. The selection of vehicles and equipment requires the ability to assess equipment requirements, review product specifications and marketing materials, and select hiring, leasing or purchasing arrangements for acquisition.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for selecting a suitable vehicle and appropriate equipment for the provision of pest management services.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify services to be provided.	1.1.	Types of pests to be treated and target client groups are identified.
1.2.	Pest management methods to be used for service delivery are identified.
1.3.	Types of equipment required for pest management methods are assessed according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.	Select a pest management vehicle.	2.1.	Type of vehicle required for pest management service delivery is determined according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.2.	Suitable vehicle is identified and its compliance with roadworthiness and registration rules is confirmed according to company and compliance requirements.
3.	Determine performance characteristics and select equipment.	3.1.	Performance requirements of equipment are assessed in relation to types of services to be provided and reviewed against manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Suitability of equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) for service delivery is determined according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.3.	Use and life expectancy of equipment and PPE are estimated according to company requirements.
3.4.	Weather resistant equipment is selected for external use according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.5.	Equipment manufactured from non-absorbent substances is selected to minimise chemical build-up and other contamination according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
3.6.	Pumps, hoses, fittings and tanks are selected to meet anticipated volume or pressure delivery according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.	Ensure access to supplies of equipment.	4.1.	Purchase, hiring and leasing options for equipment are examined and selected to suit budget and usage patterns according to company requirements.
4.2.	Relationship with suppliers is built and maintained on suitable trading terms according to company requirements.
5.	Maintain up-to-date information on equipment.	5.1.	Business network is maintained according to company requirements in order to access regular and current information on new and improved equipment.
5.2.	Latest information and publications are accessed from regulatory authorities, industry sources and suppliers according to company requirements.
5.3.	Offers by suppliers to test new products are used, where relevant to services provided and according to company requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information about vehicles and equipment for delivery of pest management services assess capabilities and characteristics of equipment against performance requirements for pest management service delivery engage in activities to build information and relationships that benefit the business.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret mathematical data regarding equipment performance capacities calculate and compare costs of purchasing, hiring or leasing equipment.
Oral communication skills to:	question manufacturers and suppliers about vehicle and equipment specifications and costs build and maintain relationships with suppliers and business networks.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret manufacturer specifications, marketing materials, purchase documents and financing contracts.
Writing skills to:	email suppliers using appropriate technical language to request advice or further information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Pests must include:	ants cockroaches rodents spiders.
Equipment must include:	inspection equipment lockable storage areas personal protective equipment pesticide application equipment pesticide measuring and mixing equipment waste disposal containers.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements relating to selecting pest management vehicle and equipment commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to selecting pest management vehicle and equipment that affect company operation, including: consumer protection dangerous goods pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy public health and safety national and industry codes of practice and advisory standards relating to selecting pest management vehicle and equipment, including: building codes dangerous goods codes work health and safety requirements relating to selecting pest management vehicle and equipment, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities use of safe work methods.
Suitability criteria to be considered must include:	compliance with regulatory or legislative requirements containment of pesticides durability in normal working conditions ease of cleaning ease of use maintenance costs repair costs safety spray equipment application rates.
Estimation must be based on one or more of the following:	maintenance records manufacturer specifications previous experience usage patterns.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3026A Select and obtain pest management vehicles, equipment and materials

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3026 Select pest management vehicle and equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3026A Select and obtain pest management vehicles, equipment and materials.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must identify pest management services for a minimum of two different pests to be delivered by the company, and select a vehicle and the following types of equipment suitable for the delivery of the pest management services identified:

inspection equipment

lockable chemical storage cupboard

personal protective equipment

pesticide application equipment

pesticide measuring and mixing equipment

waste disposal containers.

In doing the above, the person must also:

apply knowledge of hierarchy of hazard control

assess performance characteristics and suitability of equipment

comply with company and compliance requirements

identify:

hazards and risks associated with the pest management services

vehicle capacities against intended use.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements relevant to the pest management services to be delivered and the types of vehicle and equipment required to deliver those services

company procedures relevant to selecting pest management vehicles and equipment, including:

documentation requirements

emergency response procedures

enterprise maintenance and servicing procedures

environment protection procedures

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting

health and safety procedures

purchasing, hiring and leasing procedures

work documentation and reporting procedures

equipment and chemical types and functions suitable to the work specified in performance evidence

financing options for obtaining equipment, such as leasing, hiring or purchasing

hazards and risks associated with different types of equipment

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for equipment and products being used

sources of industry and product information relating to vehicles and equipment required for delivering pest management services

types of pests relevant to the area and their life cycles, habits and harbourages.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

telephone

computer with internet access

specifications:

company policies and procedures

manufacturer specifications

plain English guides to compliance requirements

supplier information

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be completed individually or in a team.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3029 Plan and schedule pest management operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3029A Plan and schedule pest management operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and schedule all types of pest management operations, including rescheduling work when circumstances change. The unit requires the ability to assess the workload implications of current work orders, including amount and type of work required; and then using this knowledge, to schedule work in a logical and organised manner. A comprehensive understanding of the pest management services and treatments being offered is required.

The unit applies to those managing the presence or activities of pests that may affect the health, safety or amenity of persons or the environment and can be applied to domestic, commercial or industrial premises.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Assess requirements of current work orders.	1.1.	Work orders are identified for specified schedule period according to company requirements.
1.2.	Geographic locations of work orders are identified according to company requirements.
1.3.	Work orders are reviewed according to company requirements to assess types of pest management services to be delivered, site entry requirements, and site hazards or health and safety concerns to be addressed.
1.4.	Time requirements are estimated for each work order by comparison with records of similar work orders and according to company requirements.
2.	Prepare work schedule.	2.1.	Schedule of work orders is prepared to maximise company productivity, minimise travel and staff downtime, achieve business targets, and meet client expectations according to company and compliance requirements.
2.2.	Treatment time is planned to minimise disruption and discomfort to clients and personnel at work site according to company and compliance requirements.
2.3.	Provision is made in schedule for weather and other variables when planning treatments.
2.4.	Emergency and priority work orders are scheduled according to company requirements.
3.	Monitor and adjust work schedule.	3.1.	Clients and team members are advised promptly, according to company requirements, when adjustments to the schedule affect timing of work order.
3.2.	Reasons for changes to schedules are recorded according to company requirements to assist future planning.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information regarding compliance requirements relevant to organising and monitoring pest management operations.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate time to complete work orders and travel between locations calculate totals of estimated times to identify numbers of work orders to be scheduled and completed in a day.
Oral communication skills to:	interact effectively with clients to keep them informed of scheduling and to negotiate scheduling changes if required.
Reading skills to:	interpret work order and compliance requirements related to the pest management tasks to be performed.
Writing skills to:	record scheduling information accurately and legibly and in formats suitable for staff.
Problem-solving skills to:	manage a range of contingencies when rescheduling work.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Schedule period must include two or more of the following:	annual daily monthly weekly.
Schedule:	must include one or more of the following: charts and wall-mounted planning boards electronic or paper-based to-do lists work diaries must reflect: licence endorsements staff skills, knowledge and preferences.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements relating to planning and scheduling pest management operations commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to planning and scheduling pest management operations, including: consumer protection dangerous goods pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy public health and safety national and industry codes of practice and advisory standards relating to planning and scheduling pest management operations: building codes dangerous goods codes work health and safety requirements relating to planning and scheduling pest management operations, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods, including use of pesticides according to manufacturer labels.
Personnel must include:	clients’ staff colleagues site visitors, including bystanders venue, facility, building or shopping centre staff or management.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3029A Plan and schedule pest management operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3029 Plan and schedule pest management operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3029A Plan and schedule pest management operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must plan and schedule fifteen work orders for pest management operations at work sites in different geographic locations.

In doing the above, the person must also:

allocate work to appropriately trained staff

assess and prioritise work order requirements

comply with company and compliance requirements for pest management operations

negotiate rescheduling of two work orders due to unforeseen issues, such as traffic or weather conditions

schedule work orders efficiently.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company procedures relevant to planning and scheduling pest management operations, including:

health and safety procedures

work documentation and reporting procedures

compliance requirements relating to planning and scheduling pest management operations

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

key features of scheduling software programs and methods

local conditions and travel routes that may impact on timeframes and schedules for pest management tasks

scheduling methods and contingency factors that may affect pest management operation schedules

time requirements to perform each of the pest management services

types of pest management services offered.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access

maps

telephone

specifications:

company procedures relating to planning and scheduling pest management operations

fifteen current work orders as specified in the performance evidence

manufacturer specifications relating to treatment times

past work orders for pest management

plain English guides to compliance requirements

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work must be completed individually

relationship with client:

consultation with clients is required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3042 Install physical termite management systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3042A Install physical termite barriers.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to install physical termite management systems, including management systems that combine physical and chemical characteristics. The unit covers the ability to assess methods of construction of different premises, as well as techniques required to prevent termites gaining concealed access to a completed construction.

The unit covers applying a thorough understanding of client requirements and company information in order to install the systems. The selection of appropriate equipment, materials and methods is essential for performing the task safely and efficiently. These work functions would be carried out according to company guidelines and statutory requirements.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for applying physical termite management systems in both pre- and post-construction stages, in domestic, commercial and industrial buildings.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan for installation process.	1.1.	Installation requirements for termite management system are identified from work order, drawings and supervisor’s instructions.
1.2.	Work site plan is reviewed and installation specification is selected to prevent termite access according to work order and company and compliance requirements.
1.3.	Client is advised of installation procedure according to work order and company requirements.
1.4.	Quality assurance requirements are identified and applied to planning according to company and manufacturer requirements.
1.5.	Materials are selected and located in readiness for installation according to manufacturer specifications, and health and safety, company and manufacturer requirements.
1.6.	Equipment and tools consistent with installation requirements are selected, serviceability is checked, and faults are reported to appropriate persons according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
2.	Access and assess site.	2.1.	Work site is accessed according to client and company requirements.
2.2.	Installation method is reviewed according to work order and company and manufacturer requirements, and issues are clarified with appropriate persons.
2.3.	Previous trades work is checked for possible effect on proposed installation of termite management system according to company and manufacturer requirements.
2.4.	Work site is assessed for access during installation work and safety issues according to company and compliance requirements.
3.	Prepare site for installation.	3.1.	Hazards are identified and risks controlled at the work site according to company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Usage pattern of work site is determined to ensure safety of personnel and efficient use of equipment and tools.
3.3.	Factors affecting completion of work order are identified and appropriate persons promptly advised.
4.	Prepare equipment.	4.1.	Suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and fitted according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.2.	Equipment and tools are set up according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
4.3.	Equipment and tools are adjusted according to manufacturer specifications to suit operator requirements.
5.	Install physical management system.	5.1.	Termite management system is installed to termite access points according to work order, manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
5.2.	Installation of termite management system is checked according to company and manufacturer requirements.
6.	Restore work site and complete documentation.	6.1.	Equipment, tools and waste are collected and removed according to work order, manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.2.	Work site is restored according to work order, client requests and company requirements.
6.3.	Equipment, tools and PPE are cleaned according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.4.	Equipment, tools and PPE are safety checked and required maintenance is recorded according to manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.5.	Cleaned equipment, tools and PPE are stored according to company requirements.
6.6.	Collected waste is disposed of according to work order, manufacturer specifications and company and compliance requirements.
6.7.	Client records are updated and regulatory and company documentation is completed and distributed according to company and compliance requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of information relating to installation of physical termite management systems.
Numeracy skills to:	perform measurements and mathematical calculations required to check length and area of installation read and interpret numerical information in equipment manuals, product labels and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication skills to:	obtain accurate and detailed information from client about site access and occupants’ usage patterns explain installation procedures to client, and negotiate alterations to planned work if factors arise that force changes to plans.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret directions and safety instructions in equipment manuals, product labels and SDS.
Writing skills to:	record information accurately, completely and legibly in company and regulatory documentation.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise work, including: accurately estimating timeframes attending to detail in observing work site conditions scheduling efficiently.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Installation requirements must include:	identifiable areas that require protection method of combining specifications and work order requirements procedures and specifications from company training and reference manuals techniques conveyed during product training courses.
Termite management system must include one of the following:	proprietary products that provide a barrier at termite access points proprietary products used in combination that provide a comprehensive termite management system in line with regulatory requirements.
Compliance requirements must include:	Australian standards relating to installing physical termite management systems industry advisory standards and codes of practice relating to installing physical termite management systems commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to installing physical termite management systems, including: consumer protection dangerous goods pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy licensing requirements relating to installing physical termite management systems public health and safety requirements relating to installing physical termite management systems, including those covering effects on: general public and bystanders non-target animals occupants work health and safety requirements relating to installing physical termite management systems, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods, including use of pesticides according to manufacturer labels.
Appropriate persons must include one or more of the following:	clients colleagues managers persons in control of work site supervisors.
Previous trades work must include one or more of the following:	blocklaying bricklaying carpentry concreting electrical plumbing.
Hazards to be considered must include:	animal bites and stings pesticides and other chemicals confined or restricted spaces electrical environmental contamination fire lighting manual handling moving vehicles and machinery noise remote locations respiratory slips and trips temperature ultraviolet (UV) radiation.
Personnel must include:	clients’ staff colleagues site visitors, including bystanders work site staff and management.
Personal protective equipment must include:	appropriate eye, ear and respiratory protection first aid kit appropriate to the task and location site-specific PPE and clothing requirements soap and towel sun protection.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3042A Install physical termite barriers

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3042 Install physical termite management systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3042A Install physical termite barriers.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must install one type of physical termite management system to manage subterranean termites in two premises with different types of construction.

In doing the above, the person must also:

carry out correct procedures prior to and during installation of physical termite management system

communicate to support team and ensure safe and effective workplace operations

comply with:

company policies and procedures, including quality assurance

compliance requirements

product installation specifications

identify hazards and risks associated with each installation

safely and effectively use hand and power tools, plant and equipment

apply safe work methods when:

identifying hazards and controlling risks

manual handling

achieve outcomes in relation to work orders.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company procedures, including:

emergency response procedures

health and safety procedures

manual-handling techniques

reporting channels

compliance requirements relevant to installing physical termite management systems

construction methods and materials, including:

concrete slabs

footings

wall frames

content and industry terms used in work order specifications

hazardous substances that may be present in the workplace during installation work

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for equipment and products being used

subterranean termite ecology as related to termite management system installation

types and applications of installation equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

installation equipment and tools required for the type of termite management system

personal protective equipment (PPE) as listed in the range of conditions

materials:

termite management system as listed in the range of conditions

contingencies:

managing situations where previous trades construction work is not completed according to plans provided in work order

specifications:

company policies and procedures relating to installing physical termite management systems

installation specifications and procedures

manufacturer specifications for equipment used during installation

plain English guides to relevant legislation codes and standards

safety data sheets (SDS)

work orders

physical conditions:

premises requiring installation of physical termite management systems

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work may be completed individually or as part of a team and supervised by a person holding a licence to control timber pests

relationship with client:

consultation with client required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPPMT3043 Prepare and present pest management proposals for complex or high risk operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3043A Prepare and present pest management proposals.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare and present pest management proposals to clients that detail pest management plans for complex or high risk operations, such as childcare facilities, educational facilities, hospitals, hotels, food manufacturing premises and large construction projects, as well as estimates for the costs of the proposed services. High risk operations include premises where occupants are more sensitive to pesticide application.

The unit covers applying the results of a pest management assessment, confirming clients’ requirements, analysing the requirements of the pest management plans, calculating the costs of service options, and providing clients with proposals detailing services and benefits, costs and conditions. A comprehensive knowledge of the company’s policies and procedures for developing submissions for pest management plans and costing services is essential.

The unit supports pest management technicians responsible for preparing proposals, including costings, for management of pests and pest activity that impact on the health, safety or amenity of persons or environments in domestic, commercial or industrial premises.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Pest management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Review client information.	1.1.	Work order is reviewed to determine client requirements according to company requirements.
1.2.	Client records are accessed and inspection findings, information on assessment of pest management options, and proposed pest management plan are reviewed according to company requirements.
1.3.	Pest management plan is checked to ensure it meets current client and compliance requirements and is amended, if required, according to company requirements.
2.	Prepare budget and finalise pest management plan.	2.1.	Product and costing information necessary for pest management plan implementation is sourced, selected and interpreted according to company requirements.
2.2.	Costs of equipment and materials required to implement pest management plan are calculated according to company requirements.
2.3.	Relevant labour rates and conditions are accessed and used to prepare labour costs according to company and compliance requirements.
2.4.	Budget for pest management plan is developed using equipment, materials and labour costings, and including taxes and profit margin, according to company requirements.
2.5.	Calculations are checked and legible records of methods of calculations are kept according to company requirements.
2.6.	Principles of integrated pest management are incorporated into pest management plan according to company requirements.
2.7.	Pest management plan that meets company and compliance requirements is finalised.
3.	Prepare pest management proposal.	3.1.	Components of proposal are prepared in required format according to client, company and compliance requirements.
3.2.	Cost estimate based on pest management plan budget is provided as part of proposal according to client and company requirements.
3.3.	Relevant supporting information is included in proposal according to client and company requirements.
4.	Present proposal to client and initiate follow-up actions.	4.1.	Client direction on preferred presentation method for receiving proposal is obtained according to company requirements.
4.2.	Proposal is presented to client in preferred format and according to company requirements.
4.3.	Sufficient time is made available for client to review proposal and opportunities are provided for client to seek further information.
4.4.	Issues concerning proposal are negotiated with client and proposal is revised according to company requirements.
4.5.	Client acceptance of proposal is confirmed according to company requirements.
4.6.	Client records are updated with copy of proposal according to company guidelines.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify and use reliable sources of compliance requirements information for the site and equipment, human resources and materials costings information relevant to preparing pest management proposals draw on prior knowledge of implementing pest management plans and preparing proposals for pest management work, and apply to complex or high risk operations.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions using appropriate language to clarify and confirm client’s needs and their understanding of pest management proposal.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret relevant compliance requirements and costings information.
Writing skills to:	prepare a pest management proposal for clients detailing recommended procedures and actions, after defining client needs and purpose of the plan, and taking into account site-specific requirements use technical language, as required, and provide explanatory notes in plain English where necessary.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Pest management options must include two or more of the following:	biological controls chemical controls cultural controls physical controls.
Content of pest management plan to be reviewed must include:	advice on health, safety, environmental and other legislative matters advice on pest prevention strategies chemical application methods, if applicable details of pest and pest activity follow-up pest management advice, monitoring and call-back schedule mandatory notification requirements pest management options record keeping mandated by licensing or regulatory requirements types and quantities of chemicals to be used, if applicable.
Compliance requirements must include:	commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government regulations relating to pest management proposals, including: consumer and contract law consumer protection dangerous goods pesticide registers and manifests pesticide use privacy national and industry codes of practice and advisory standards relating to pest management proposals public health and safety requirements relating to pest management proposals, including: AS/NZS standards licence endorsements and conditions or limitations occupant notifications record of site conditions regulatory requirements warning signs environmental requirements relating to pest management proposals, including: clean up, containment or isolation of hazards company policies and guidelines emergency chemical spill control measures hazardous materials handling regulations, by-laws and guidelines of environmental protection agencies and government departments work health and safety requirements relating to pest management proposals, including: procedures for hazard identification, risk assessment and hazard control, including hierarchy of hazard control requirements of national registration authority and state government authorities site inductions and client safety requirements use of safe work methods, including use of pesticides according to manufacturer labels.
Components of proposal must include:	benefits and rationale of selected methods conditions and limitations of proposal description of client requirements evidence of pest activity and location pest management methods pest management plan recommended maintenance programs warranties or guarantees.
Cost estimate must be written and must include:	acceptance of offer provisions company identification information costs associated with all aspects of the proposal liability terms and conditions limitations of pest treatment proposed pest management method terms of trade.
Presentation methods must include one or more of the following:	formal meeting involving a structured presentation of proposal to individual or group informal meeting to deliver proposal and discussion of proposal content with an individual or group.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPPMT3043A Prepare and present pest management proposals

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPPMT3043 Prepare and present pest management proposals for complex or high risk operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPPMT3043A Prepare and present pest management proposals.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and must prepare and present pest management proposals involving two different pest management methods, for two different complex or high risk operations selected from the following:

childcare facility

construction project

education facility

food manufacturing premises

general manufacturing premises

health care facility

hospital

motel

recreational club

residential hotel.

The proposals must cover management of four different pests, consisting of:

each of the following:

cockroaches

rodents

as well as two of the following:

ants

bed bugs

flying insects

spiders.

Two or more pests may be managed at one location.

In doing the above, the person must also:

analyse resource requirements of a pest management plan

calculate costs of service provision

demonstrate compliance with company and compliance requirements

identify, source and include relevant supporting documentation

identify hazards and risks associated with the pest management plan and specific site

prepare and present pest management proposals

prepare cost estimates.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

company procedures for preparing and documenting pest management proposals, including:

costing and pricing procedures

emergency response procedures

environment protection procedures

health and safety procedures

plans and quotations

compliance requirements relevant to preparing pest management proposals for complex or high risk operations

principles of integrated pest management

product knowledge, including manufacturer specifications for equipment and products being used

types of pests relevant to the area and their life cycles, habits and harbourages

types of supporting information to be included with proposals, including:

accounting procedures

auditing procedures

formal assessment documents

impact statements

inspection reports

insurances, including:

professional indemnity insurance

public liability insurance

licences held by staff and company

pest management methods proposed

product or chemical data sheets

quality assurance certification

reporting systems

training systems

vehicle details

workers compensation coverage.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

computer with internet access

specifications:

inspection reports

pest management plans

product information and costings

manufacturer specifications

client records

company procedures

labour rates and conditions

plain English guides to compliance requirements

physical conditions:

venue and required resources for presenting proposal to client

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work must be conducted individually, under supervision

relationship with client:

consultation with client required

timeframe:

according to work order.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2001A Communicate effectively in the security industry.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply oral, non-verbal and written communication skills to maintain security.

It includes:

gathering information from a range of sources including standard operating procedures and signs written in English to understand and comply with workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities

using observation, listening, oral and non-verbal communication skills to interact with others and request behaviour modification in a manner that accounts for cultural differences, avoids aggression or hostility, and encourages conflict resolution

using telephone and radio systems to report security risks

using notebooks and information technology to record and store incident details.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather, convey and receive information for security work.	1.1 Locate, read and apply standard operating procedures, workplace policies and other written information required to complete work instructions to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.2 Use listening and observation skills to receive and interpret spoken and non-verbal information. 1.3 Use oral and non-verbal communication to develop and maintain positive relationships, mutual trust and confidence. 1.4 Clarify understanding of received information with relevant persons using clear and concise language, questioning and summarising.
2. Request behaviour modification to maintain security.	2.1 Observe the work area and identify person demonstrating disruptive or inappropriate behaviour. 2.2 Exchange information with person using non-verbal and oral communication that takes account of social and cultural differences, and uses basic strategies to overcome language barriers. 2.3 Explain required behaviour and request modification in a manner that avoids an aggressive or hostile response.
3. Report security risks using telephone and radio systems.	3.1 Check radio or phone features and control functions to confirm sufficient battery and signal levels and that system is fully operational. 3.2 Select radio channel appropriate for the location and type of communication. 3.3 Convey security risk information using appropriate language, protocols and codes and following standard operating procedures. 3.4 Receive and answer incoming communications promptly using clear and concise language and following standard operating procedures.
4. Complete and store security records.	4.1 Write security incident details in notebook ensuring information is accurate, concise and easy to read. 4.2 Complete security incident form using clear and concise language and factual accuracy. 4.3 Use information technology to enter, save, retrieve and export security information in a manner that complies with organisational standards of style, format and accuracy. 4.4 Store information securely in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and work tasks

signs and forms written in English

speaking and listening skills to exchange information with others in the workplace, including using questioning to clarify and confirm understanding and communicating with emergency service

numeracy skills to calculate time when recording incident details

problem solving skills to find solutions to defuse conflict

self-management skills to plan tasks to meet job requirements

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to use information technology to record and maintain security information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2001A Communicate effectively in the security industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2001A Communicate effectively in the security industry.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply effective communication skills to maintain security and request behaviour modification from two different people:

one person who is being verbally abusive

one person who is behaving in a physically aggressive manner.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when applying communication skills to maintain security:

anti-discrimination and diversity

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic communication process

common barriers to effective communication

how to read and use non-verbal communication to gain the confidence of others

requirements for recording incident information that is factual and may be used as evidence in court

strategies for overcoming language barriers

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of non-verbal communication that can increase fear, aggression or hostility in others

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply effective communication skills to maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2002A Follow workplace safety procedures in the security industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1004A Apply health care security procedures.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply workplace health and safety (WHS), emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security and ensure the safety of self and others in the work environment.

It includes:

clarifying and applying policies and procedures to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

identifying, assessing and controlling security hazards and risks within the limits of own authority

working with others to identify and respond to emergency situations including evacuation of the work area

participating in a review of an emergency response to identify procedural improvements.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Follow WHS procedures and prepare for emergency response.	1.1 Read WHS and emergency procedures and workplace policies and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.2 Clarify emergency procedures, personal authority and response limitations with relevant persons. 1.3 Identify and locate emergency resources and instructions within the workplace. 1.4 Select and use communications and personal protective equipment (PPE) to follow safe work practices.
2. Identify, assess and control security hazards and risks.	2.1 Identify hazards in the work area and assess security risks. 2.2 Report hazards and risks immediately to relevant persons following workplace procedures. 2.3 Use the hierarchy of control to select and apply appropriate methods to control the hazard or minimise risk as far as possible within limits of own authority.
3. Identify and respond to emergency situation.	3.1 Identify emergency situation and promptly notify emergency personnel and relevant persons. 3.2 Follow emergency response procedures and comply with instructions to maintain security within limits of own competence and authority. 3.3 Seek information from relevant persons to maintain situational awareness. 3.4 Identify need to evacuate from the work area according to nature of emergency and immediate danger level. 3.5 Select safe evacuation pathway and methods following emergency procedures and instructions and modify evacuation pathway as required. 3.6 Communicate regularly with relevant persons and others in the work area to give and receive instructions. 3.7 Evacuate work area following emergency procedures.
4. Complete documentation and assist review of emergency response.	4.1 Record details of identified hazards, risks and incidents using workplace documentation. 4.2 Discuss WHS arrangements and emergency response with relevant persons to seek feedback, exchange information and identify procedural improvements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver

writing skills to record and describe observations, actions, hazards, risks and incidents, and to complete forms

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

emergency response and evacuation procedures and instructions that may be written in English or in diagrammatic form

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to seek information and confirm spoken instructions

orally report WHS and emergency information

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out emergency procedures

problem solving skills to adjust evacuation pathways where the usual means of evacuation are blocked or endangered

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2002A Follow workplace safety procedures in the security industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1004A Apply health care security procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2002A Follow workplace safety procedures in the security industry. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1004A Apply health care security procedures.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply workplace health and safety (WHS), emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security for the following three scenarios:

identify and control two different types of hazards in the work area

respond to a bomb threat requiring evacuation of the work area

respond to an accident involving injury to a person.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when applying WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security:

duty of care

limits of own authority

WHS or occupational health and safety (OHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used by emergency personnel

basic definition of a ‘hazard’

basic definition of a ‘risk’

circumstances where evacuation methods or pathways may need to be modified

current national terrorism threat level and context

emergency warning system, resources, signals and instructions used in the workplace

how to apply the hierarchy of control to control hazards and minimise risk

location of assembly areas and post-evacuation actions

location of emergency equipment in the workplace

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

range and meanings of common WHS signs and symbols

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of security emergencies and the basic hazards and evacuation actions associated with each one.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2004B Respond to security risk situation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1001A Identify and report security risk situations.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply risk assessment to select and carry out responses to identified security risk situations.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

following procedures to identify and report potential security risks and use risk assessment methods to carry out a response that is proportionate to the level of risk and own authority

participating in a review of the response and identifying improvements to future response procedures.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm work procedures and legal requirements for responding to security risk situations.	1.1 Read standard operating procedures including WHS to clarify own responsibilities and authority to respond to security risk situations. 1.2 Read workplace policies and procedures and apply to work tasks to comply with legal rights and responsibilities when responding to security risk situations.
2. Monitor environment and identify security risks.	2.1 Monitor environmental factors to maintain situational awareness in accordance with workplace requirements. 2.2 Identify potential security risk situations.
3. Assess risks and select security responses.	3.1 Assess degree of risk to self, others, property and premises. 3.2 Select security response proportionate to level of risk and own authority, and seek advice or assistance as required from relevant persons.
4. Respond to security risk situations and record details.	4.1 Carry out security responses to ensure the safety and security of self, others, property and premises is maximised within the scope of own responsibility, competency and authority. 4.2 Use security equipment to communicate clear and accurate information to relevant persons and assist security responses according to standard operating procedures. 4.3 Secure and preserve incident scenes and maintain security following response procedures. 4.4 Record incident details in notebook using clear, concise and factual information.
5. Assist in review of security responses.	5.1 Participate in review of security responses and provide observations in a clear, concise and constructive manner. 5.2 Identify effects of stress related to own well-being and use appropriate stress management techniques. 5.3 Identify areas, in discussion with relevant persons, for improving future response procedures and for reducing the effects of stress.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

speaking and listening skills to ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when communicating details of risk situations and communicating with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out security response procedures

problem solving skills to match security responses to degrees of risk

self-management skills to plan tasks to meet response requirements

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2004B Respond to security risk situation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1001A Identify and report security risk situations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2004B Respond to security risk situation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1001A Identify and report security risk situations.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply risk assessment to select and carry out appropriate responses to two different security risk situations:

one risk situation involving a suspicious package in a public area

one risk situation involving a person behaving in an aggressive and threatening manner.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when selecting and carrying out responses to security risk situations:

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

use of force

use of self-defence techniques

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved security response options

basic understanding of the force model

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods and reasons for securing and preserving an incident or crime scene

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

potential adverse health effects arising from the use of force or physical restraint including positional asphyxia

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services personnel

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

signs and indicators of stress

signs of possible harassment or assault

techniques for recognising and controlling own stress

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

types of security risks that may be present in the work environment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

a suspicious package to enable achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2006B Provide security services to clients. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1002A Apply retail security procedures.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to provide quality services to a range of security clients, demonstrating professionalism and courtesy. For the purposes of this unit of competency, clients are any persons or groups that request or use professional security advice or services, paid or unpaid.

It includes:

identifying the range of security clients and their individual service needs

clarifying and applying workplace procedures and policies to comply with legal rights and responsibilities, and meet client service standards

working and communicating with clients to establish positive relationships, take required actions to meet their needs and resolve conflict and complaints, improve service provision.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify clients and establish positive relationships.	1.1 Identify security clients and their individual service requirements. 1.2 Read workplace instructions, procedures and policies and apply to work tasks to meet client service standards to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.3 Check personal presentation to ensure it complies with workplace standards for appearance. 1.4 Use communication and interpersonal techniques to establish client trust and respect in a manner that accounts for individual social and cultural differences.
2. Provide services to meet client needs and maintain client satisfaction.	2.1 Confirm security service needs with client and maintain confidentiality and professional conduct. 2.2 Select and explain service options to meet client needs in accordance with work instructions. 2.3 Identify conflict situations that may affect service provision, and take required action to minimise impact on client satisfaction. 2.4 Seek assistance from relevant persons to meet client needs where personal limitations are identified. 2.5 Provide security services to meet client needs, and report outcomes to the client in a timely manner.
3. Respond to client complaints and special requirements to improve service provision.	3.1 Identify client special needs or requirements and adjust service to meet needs. 3.2 Seek feedback to ascertain possible causes of client dissatisfaction. 3.3 Resolve client complaints with professionalism and courtesy, and develop ideas to improve future service provision. 3.4 Report unresolved complaints or client dissatisfaction to relevant persons following workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver, for example clients who are young or from minority groups

writing skills to record and describe actions taken to meet client needs, and complete forms

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and service standards

signs and instructions that may be written in English or diagrammatic, for example directional signs

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to elicit client needs and preferences and seek feedback on satisfaction with service provided

negotiate service options to meet client needs

orally report unresolved complaints and client dissatisfaction

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out work tasks

problem solving skills to:

adjust service to address conflict and improve client satisfaction

find ways to improve future service provision

self-management skills to plan work tasks to meet specified timeframes

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2006B Provide security services to clients. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1002A Apply retail security procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2006B Provide security services to clients. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1002A Apply retail security procedures.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must provide quality services to meet the needs of the following security clients:

a person seeking assistance

a person who is showing signs of being under the influence of an intoxicating substance, and seeking assistance

a person from a culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) background who has little English language and is seeking assistance

a person who is paying for professional security services and has a complaint about service provision

a person who is paying for professional security services because they are being threatened by another person.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when providing services to security clients:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

definition of ‘client’ and different types of security clients

how to adjust communication to interact positively with people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic background and varying physical and mental abilities

how to read and use non-verbal communication to gain the confidence of others

how to safeguard confidential client information

methods for accessing local youth services

organisational client service standards

procedures and standards for reporting to clients

uniform and personal grooming requirements to maintain a professional image

ways that individual and social differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to provide quality services to a range of security clients

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2106 Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2017A Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to protect self and others using basic defensive techniques.

It includes:

clarifying and applying workplace procedures and policies to understand and comply with legal rights and responsibilities

identifying threats and assessing response and withdrawal options to prevent escalation and minimise use of force

using interpersonal techniques to defuse conflict and give spoken warnings and applying basic defensive techniques to minimise the threat and restrain, secure or escort persons.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify need to use defensive techniques and assess response options.	1.1 Read and follow workplace policies and procedures including workplace health and safety (WHS) to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using basic defensive techniques 1.2 Maintain situational awareness and identify threat to safety of self or others. 1.3 Assess response and withdrawal options to prevent escalation and minimise use of force in accordance with legislative and workplace requirements. 1.4 Check personal safety requirements and seek advice or assistance from relevant persons.
2. Use interpersonal and communication techniques to defuse conflict.	2.1 Use interpersonal techniques to facilitate information exchange with subject of threat. 2.2 Clarify misunderstandings and uncertainty with subject, using language that reflects sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences. 2.3 Communicate with subject to maintain positive interaction and minimise aggressive behaviour, and to give clear spoken warnings. 2.4 Identify factors that might impact on the safety and security of self and others and apply contingency measures within scope of own competence and authority.
3. Apply basic defensive techniques and report outcomes.	3.1 Apply basic defensive techniques to minimise immediate threat following legislative and workplace requirements. 3.2 Monitor subject to anticipate movement and aggressive actions. 3.3 Maintain stance and distance from subject to maximise ability to quickly apply recognised hold techniques, and immediately use lower force options when threat decreases or ceases. 3.4 Request assistance from relevant persons and restrain, secure or escort subject. 3.5 Record details of incident using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

writing skills to record and describe observations and complete forms

reading skills to understand and follow standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when communicating to resolve conflict

orally report security risk information using a radio

communicate with emergency services

problem solving skills to anticipate movement and aggressive actions, react in a timely manner, and adjust response accordingly

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2017A Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2106 Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2017A Protect self and others using basic defensive techniques.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must protect self and others using basic defensive techniques for three different threat situations. For each threat situation, the person must demonstrate correct techniques for avoidance, body safety and body positioning including:

bladed stance

interview stance

defensive stance.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when protecting self and others using basic defensive techniques:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic understanding of the force model

basic defensive techniques and how and when they can be applied including:

blocking techniques

locking and holding techniques

take-down techniques

body safety and body positioning techniques including:

bladed stance

interview stance

defensive stance

methods of restraint and associated effects, including signs and symptoms of positional asphyxiation

pre-attack indicators

procedures for communicating with emergency services

procedures for effecting an arrest

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using basic defensive techniques that are within specified legal limits

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances or substance-affected.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to protect self and others using basic defensive techniques

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2107 Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2015A Patrol premises.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

conducting a complete patrol sequence to meet work instructions, including activating and deactivating alarms or other security systems, monitoring and inspecting property and access points to confirm security status

confirming alarm signals and assessing and responding to potential security risks.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for security patrol.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures for patrol and clarify work tasks with relevant persons. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security patrol.
2. Prepare for security patrol.	2.1 Maintain personal dress and presentation to meet work instructions and workplace standards for appearance. 2.2 Check resources and equipment for operational effectiveness following manufacturers’ instructions, and replace or report faulty or damaged equipment. 2.3 Confirm patrol area, access and entry points and alarm locations, and clarify issues with relevant persons.
3. Carry out patrol sequence and monitoring.	3.1 Conduct systematic personal safety checks on a regular basis in accordance with workplace requirements. 3.2 Patrol premises following site patrol schedules, routes and work instructions. 3.3 Activate and deactivate alarms or other security systems following procedures. 3.4 Monitor and inspect property and access points to confirm security status in accordance with work instructions. 3.5 Use communication processes and equipment to regularly convey security status to relevant persons.
4. Identify, report and respond to security risks.	4.1 Confirm alarm signals and identify potential security risks. 4.2 Communicate security risk details to relevant persons, and request assistance. 4.3 Assess risk and carry out security response within scope of own competence and authority. 4.4 Monitor changing circumstances and adjust response to maintain security.
5. Finalise patrol and complete documentation.	5.1 Complete patrol sequence and confirm security of premises. 5.2 Record details of patrol and incidents using workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations and complete forms

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

maps and other site information when clarifying the patrol area

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when negotiating to resolve conflict

orally report security risk information using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete patrol activities

problem solving skills to interpret alarm signals

self-management skills to plan tasks to meet job requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2015A Patrol premises.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2107 Patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2015A Patrol premises.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must conduct two patrols to monitor property and maintain security, involving, at a minimum, the following scenarios for each patrol:

an alarm activation

indications of unauthorised access

the presence of an intruder.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security patrols:

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

current national terrorism threat level and context

differences between procedures for mobile and static patrols

methods for monitoring property and access points

operational principles of basic security and alarm systems, communications and protective equipment

procedures for alarm response including responding to multiple alarm activations

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during patrol operations and appropriate responses

site emergency and evacuation plan and procedures

site layout, including access and exit points and location of alarms and security systems

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to patrol premises to monitor property and maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2108 Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2007A Screen people and CPPSEC2008A Screen items.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and legal rights and responsibilities to ensure compliance

obtaining required permissions and using a hand-held scanner and personal search methods to screen people, personal effects and items

following procedures to carry out an appropriate response where prohibited or dangerous items are identified or alarms activated.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for security screening.	1.1 Read workplace instruction, standard operating procedures and policies including workplace health and safety (WHS). 1.2 Clarify screening requirements with relevant persons. 1.3 Apply to screening tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.4 Check personal presentation to ensure it complies with workplace standards for appearance.
2. Prepare screening equipment.	2.1 Select and check screening equipment for operational effectiveness. 2.2 Identify and report faulty and damaged equipment following workplace procedures.
3. Monitor and screen people and personal effects.	3.1 Observe and control flow of people through security point and provide information and assistance to maintain order. 3.2 Direct people through screening process using interpersonal and communication techniques that are courteous, professional and account for individual social and cultural differences. 3.3 Screen people using equipment that is fit-for-purpose, and adjust screening methods for infants and persons with special needs. 3.4 Identify need to search person and personal effects and request authority to proceed, or seek assistance from persons authorised to conduct search. 3.5 Conduct permitted personal search within legal constraints in a professional and courteous manner. 3.6 Where required personal search is not permitted, deny access through screening point and report status to relevant persons following workplace procedures. 3.7 Monitor people, personal effects and equipment to promptly identify prohibited or dangerous items.
4. Monitor and screen items.	4.1 Control position of items and carry out physical search and screening, using equipment that is fit-for-purpose. 4.2 Monitor items and equipment to promptly identify prohibited or dangerous items.
5. Report and respond to prohibited or dangerous items and alarm activations.	5.1 Conduct further screening to clarify potential prohibited or dangerous items. 5.2 Report and respond to identified prohibited or dangerous items and alarm activations following standard operating procedures. 5.3 Record screening outcomes using workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information, advice and instructions, using structure and language that engages people, including young people and minority groups

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

signs and instructions that are written in English and may be diagrammatic, such as equipment instructions and dangerous goods or hazardous signs and labels

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when directing and explaining the screening process to members of the public

orally request authority to proceed with search of persons, and seek assistance where authority is not granted

communicate with emergency services

problem solving skills to:

recognise suspicious behaviour when observing people through the screening process

recognise suspicious items, for example by checking size, shape and colour

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2007A Screen people and CPPSEC2008A Screen items.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2108 Screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2007A Screen people and CPPSEC2008A Screen items.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, after obtaining required permissions, a person must:

use a hand-held scanner to screen two different people and their personal effects

use physical search techniques to search two different bags containing several items that can hide or mask prohibited items, and identify one prohibited item

use personal search techniques to search two different people and their personal effects and identify one prohibited item.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when screening people, personal effects and items to maintain security:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

search of people, property and seizure of goods

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic features of screening technologies

basic wanding techniques

components and characteristics of typical weapons, prohibited or dangerous items and explosives that may be contained in items being screened

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods and techniques for physically searching items

methods for screening infants and people with special needs

personal search methods and techniques

premises’ emergency and evacuation procedures

premises’ layout and access points

procedures for confiscating prohibited or dangerous goods

procedures for responding to positive alarms

procedures for selecting a random sample of persons for screening with hand-held equipment

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

situations requiring notification of emergency services

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to screen people, personal effects and items to maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry, including a functioning hand-held scanner

bags and items (including props representing prohibited items) to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2109 Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2011B Control access to and exit from premises and CPPSEC3017A Plan and conduct evacuation from premises.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor and control the access and exit of people and vehicles from premises. Vehicles include any mobile plant or equipment requiring access to or exit from premises.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

checking and validating the identity and authority of people and vehicles entering and exiting from premises and refusing access as required

inspecting baggage and vehicles to verify loads and to identify and report prohibited or hazardous items

managing premises’ access control systems, such as locked or alarmed doors, and identifying and responding to indications of unauthorised entry.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for controlling access to and exit from premises.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures to clarify requirements for controlling access to and exit from premises. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work.
2. Monitor people entering premises.	2.1 Check the identity of persons entering premises by matching relevant details on identification (ID) documents or using electronic ID equipment. 2.2 Allow person to enter premises where ID and authority to enter have been validated. 2.3 Use appropriate interpersonal techniques and oral and non-verbal communication to clarify issues and confirm compliance with conditions of entry. 2.4 Refuse entry to persons where conditions of entry have been breached using communication that takes account of social and cultural differences, and is in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver.
3. Inspect baggage and vehicles entering or exiting premises.	3.1 Carry out baggage and vehicle inspections following standard operating procedures. 3.2 Report refusals to inspection requests immediately to relevant persons following workplace procedures. 3.3 Identify and report prohibited or hazardous items found during inspection in accordance with standard operating procedures.
4. Monitor vehicular traffic entering and exiting premises.	4.1 Verify identification and authority of vehicles entering premises in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.2 Direct incoming vehicles to appropriate unloading or parking areas in accordance with site requirements. 4.3 Check vehicles carrying dispatched product by matching load details against relevant documentation. 4.4 Report incidents that infringe or breach conditions of vehicular entry or exit.
5. Operate and monitor access control systems.	5.1 Monitor access control system in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 5.2 Activate and deactivate access control system to meet work instructions. 5.3 Promptly identify and respond to indications of unauthorised entry following standard operating procedures. 5.4 Record details of unauthorised entry incident using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

manufacturers’ instructions for operating access control systems

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when checking the authority of persons or vehicles to enter premises

orally report refusals to baggage or vehicle inspection requests

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to calculate time and estimate vehicular speed

problem solving skills to match identification documentation to persons and recognise suspicious behaviour and items

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2011B Control access to and exit from premises and CPPSEC3017A Plan and conduct evacuation from premises.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2109 Monitor and control access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2011B Control access to and exit from premises and CPPSEC3017A Plan and conduct evacuation from premises.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must monitor and control:

the entry of three persons to premises where:

one person is carrying dangerous or prohibited goods

one person does not meet conditions of entry

one person refuses a request to search baggage

the entry and exit of two vehicles where one is carrying dangerous or prohibited goods

entry to premises via an access control system where there has been at least one unauthorised attempt at entry.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring and controlling access and exit of persons and vehicles from premises:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

search of people, property and vehicles and seizure of goods

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

current national terrorism threat level and context

how negotiation techniques can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

operational principles and features of common access control systems

premises’ emergency and evacuation procedures

premises’ layout and access points

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

signs of intoxication

signs of positional asphyxiation

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

types of identification and authority required to confirm entry to premises

types of vehicles that may require monitoring while accessing and exiting from premises, including:

bicycles

buses

cars

motorcycles

personal transporters

ride-on lawnmowers

trolleys

trucks

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to monitor and control the access and exit of people and vehicles from premises

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2110 Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2012A Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour and CPPSEC2014A Operate basic security equipment.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security of persons, property and premises.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

assessing site layout, and observing individual and crowd behaviour to maintain situational awareness and intervene early to defuse conflict, assess and respond to risks

knowledge of crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can pose a threat to security.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for monitoring and controlling individual and crowd behaviour.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures for monitoring and controlling individual and crowd behaviour and clarify work tasks with relevant persons. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work.
2. Prepare for monitoring activities.	2.1 Maintain personal dress and presentation to meet work instructions and workplace standards for appearance. 2.2 Check resources and equipment for operational effectiveness following manufacturers’ instructions, and replace or report faulty or damaged equipment. 2.3 Assess site layout to identify access and exit points, barriers and thoroughfares, and identify strategic observation points to monitor crowd movement and behaviour.
3. Monitor individual and crowd behaviour.	3.1 Conduct systematic personal safety checks on a regular basis. 3.2 Observe individual and crowd behaviour to maintain constant situational awareness. 3.3 Use communication equipment to regularly convey security status to relevant persons following workplace procedures. 3.4 Identify persons behaving in a potentially disruptive manner and assess degree of risk to self, others, premises and property. 3.5 Act promptly to calm the situation and defuse conflict, using interpersonal techniques that take account of individual social and cultural differences.
4. Control and report individual and crowd behaviour.	4.1 Identify potential security risks and assess degree of risk to self, others, premises and property. 4.2 Communicate details of security risk to relevant persons and request assistance following standard operating procedures. 4.3 Select and carry out security response within scope of own competence and authority. 4.4 Monitor changing crowd and individual behaviour and adjust response to maintain security. 4.5 Record details of security risk and response using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to record and describe observations

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

manufacturers’ instructions for operating communication equipment

maps and other information when assessing site layout

speaking and listening skills to:

use negotiation skills to defuse conflict

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when negotiating to resolve conflict

orally report security risk information using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to calculate time and estimate vehicular speed

problem solving skills to recognise changes in crowd dynamics and individual behaviour

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2012A Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour and CPPSEC2014A Operate basic security equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2110 Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2012A Monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour and CPPSEC2014A Operate basic security equipment.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security, involving two separate risk scenarios:

a queue of at least two people who are becoming disorderly and impatient

a person behaving suspiciously in a public area.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring and controlling individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

how negotiation techniques can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

measures for managing queues

measures to prevent crushing in mass gatherings

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

security risks posed by crowds and mass gatherings

signs of possible harassment or assault

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

site layout, including entrances, exits, first-aid points and potential hazards

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to monitor and control individual and crowd behaviour to maintain security

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2111 Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1003A Apply security procedures for the responsible service of alcohol.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies to comply with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work

maintaining situational awareness and acting early to identify security risks and persons demonstrating disorderly behaviour or signs of intoxication

finding options to assist intoxicated persons to comply with venue rules in a manner that avoids aggression or hostility.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for managing intoxicated persons.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures for work in venues where persons may be intoxicated, and clarify requirements with relevant persons. 1.2 Read workplace policies and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when maintaining security in venues where people may be intoxicated.
2. Prepare for work at venue.	2.1 Select and use communication equipment, and clarify reporting requirements with relevant persons. 2.2 Check venue layout and confirm access and exit points, locations of facilities and emergency equipment.
3. Monitor the work area, and identify and assist intoxicated persons.	3.1 Maintain observation and situational awareness of noise levels, drink orders and individual and crowd behaviour to detect early warning signs of security risks. 3.2 Where early warning signs are detected, intervene early to offer options to prevent intoxication. 3.3 Maintain a visible presence and provide information, instructions and assistance using professional and courteous communication that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 3.4 Promptly identify persons showing signs of intoxication or disorderly behaviour. 3.5 Ascertain cause of behaviour and assess intoxication level using calm, courteous and respectful oral and non-verbal language. 3.6 Assess behaviour against venue rules and offer options to ensure compliance in a manner that avoids aggression or hostility.
4. Report security risk and complete incident documentation.	4.1 Report security risk and request assistance following standard operating procedures. 4.2 Record security incident details using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and which engages minority groups

communicate effectively with intoxicated persons

writing skills to record and describe observations and incident details

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

signs and instructions that are pictorial, graphical and written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when ascertaining cause of behaviour and level of intoxication

orally report security risks using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

recognise changes in individual and crowd behaviour that indicate risk

assess intoxication levels

determine when to intervene in a potential security risk situation

find suitable options to comply with venue rules

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1003A Apply security procedures for the responsible service of alcohol.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2111 Apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1003A Apply security procedures for the responsible service of alcohol.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons in each of the following scenarios:

a person who may be intoxicated and appears to be unwell

a person who may be intoxicated and is behaving in an aggressive manner

a group of people who may be intoxicated.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when applying security procedures to manage intoxicated persons:

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

responsible service of alcohol:

underage drinking

definition of minors

undue intoxication

disorderly behaviour

venue policies and rules to comply with its liquor licence (trading hours, ways alcohol can be sold, number of people allowed in venue)

refusing entry to premises

removal of persons from premises

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

acceptable proof of age

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

effects of alcohol on emotional state, health and physical alertness of persons

how to recognise illegal substances and dangerous items

methods for assessing intoxication level of persons

options for assisting intoxicated persons to comply with venue rules

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

signs of intoxication including non-verbal indications

situations requiring emergency services to be notified when dealing with intoxicated persons

strategies to prevent a person from becoming intoxicated when early warning signs are detected

time taken for alcohol to affect the body, and factors that can influence this including gender, size and rate of consumption

types, strengths, alcohol percentages and standard size for alcoholic beverages

ways that spoken and non-verbal communication can escalate conflict.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply security procedures to manage intoxicated persons

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2112 Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply security procedures to remove persons from premises.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies to comply with legal rights and responsibilities when removing persons from premises

maintaining situational awareness to identify and assess risk and select response options that avoid use of force where possible

using communication skills to apply required interventions to remove persons from premises, and take precautions to ensure their safety and security upon departure.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for removing persons from premises.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures to clarify requirements for removing persons from premises. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work.
2. Monitor the work area and identify person requiring removal from premises.	2.1 Check premises layout and confirm access and exit points, locations of facilities and emergency equipment. 2.2 Maintain observation and situational awareness to identify person behaving in a manner that poses a security risk or breaches premise’s rules. 2.3 Approach person to discuss behaviours of concern using positive oral and non-verbal communication.
3. Assess risk, select response options and seek support.	3.1 Assess level of risk and select response options that avoid use of force where possible in accordance with workplace requirements. 3.2 Report security risk to relevant persons and request assistance.
4. Apply interventions and remove person from premises.	4.1 Explain the reasons for removal from premises and provide options or assistance to leave. 4.2 Ask the person to leave the premises using oral and non-verbal communication that is courteous and takes account of social and cultural differences. 4.3 Use interpersonal techniques and negotiation skills to defuse conflict and respond to incidents. 4.4 Escort person from premises in a calm manner, taking precautions to maximise their safety and security upon departure. 4.5 Escort person from premises using reasonable force and suitable and safe escort restraint.
5. Complete incident report.	5.1 Record incident details using a notebook in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.2 Store notebook following workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

oral and non-verbal communication skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and which engages minority groups

writing skills to record and describe incident observations using workplace forms and notebook

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

signs and instructions that are pictorial, graphical and written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when explaining the reasons for removal from premises

orally report security risks and seek assistance using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to

recognise changes in individual and crowd behaviour that may indicate risk

assess behaviours against rules to identify the need to remove a person from the premises

offer options to assist the person to leave the premises

identify potential risks to the person’s wellbeing after departing the premises

teamwork skills to:

adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

work collaboratively with others to assist a person to leave the premises.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2112 Apply security procedures to remove persons from premises

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply security procedures to remove persons from premises, involving each of the following scenarios:

removing one person who is intoxicated without force

removing one person who is intoxicated with reasonable force

removing one person who is behaving in an aggressive manner with reasonable force

removing one person who is behaving in an aggressive manner without force.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when applying security procedures to remove persons from premises:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic defensive techniques

basic understanding of the force model and what constitutes reasonable force

how negotiation techniques can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

measures for ensuring safety and security of persons removed from premises

methods for safely restraining persons for escort from the premises

options to assist persons to leave premises

potential adverse health effects arising from the use of force or physical restraint of persons including positional asphyxiation

premises’ emergency and evacuation procedures

premises’ layout and access points

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

signs a person is substance-affected

signs of intoxication

signs of positional asphyxiation

situations requiring a person to be removed from premises

situations requiring emergency services to be notified for persons being removed from premises

techniques for safe physical restraint including standing, wall, seated and floor

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to apply procedures to remove persons from premises

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2113 Escort and protect persons and valuables

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2013A Protect valuables in transit.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to escort and protect persons and valuables.

It includes:

clarifying and applying standard operating procedures and workplace policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

escorting persons and valuables to ensure their safety and security while maintaining constant and active observation and monitoring to assess, identify and respond to security risks

participating in reviews of escort procedures to identify improvements

knowledge of basic defensive techniques.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for escorting and protecting persons and valuables.	1.1 Read work instructions and standard operating procedures for escorting and protecting persons and valuables, and clarify work tasks with relevant persons. 1.2 Read workplace policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when escorting and protecting persons and valuables.
2. Prepare to escort person and valuables.	2.1 Select, organise and use equipment, personal protection equipment (PPE) and resources required to meet work tasks. 2.2 Check equipment to ensure operational effectiveness and report faulty or damaged equipment. 2.3 Check personal presentation to ensure it complies with workplace standards for appearance. 2.4 Clarify communication processes with relevant persons. 2.5 Assess risk and plan primary and secondary routes and schedule to maximise security and to meet work instructions.
3. Protect person and valuables during escort.	3.1 Collect and escort person and valuables following planned route and to meet work instructions. 3.2 Conduct regular personal safety checks and monitor security of person and valuables during escort. 3.3 Maintain constant and active observation of the environment to identify and assess potential security risks. 3.4 Select and use appropriate security response to minimise risk and maximise protection of person and valuables within the scope of own competence and authority. 3.5 Use communication equipment to report risk to relevant persons and request assistance.
4. Finalise and review escort procedures, and maintain equipment and documentation.	4.1 Escort person and valuables safely to destination point according to work instructions. 4.2 Check, clean and store equipment and report faults or damage following workplace procedures. 4.3 Provide accurate and constructive observations to assist in the review of escort procedures and improve future practices. 4.4 Complete and maintain security documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

writing skills to maintain escort documentation

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

maps when planning and following escort routes

road signs and directions when following escort routes

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when clarifying work tasks

orally report security risk information using a radio or telephone

communicate with emergency services

problem solving skills to assess risk and change routes when responding to security risks

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to operate global positioning systems (GPS) to find safe and alternate escort routes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2013A Protect valuables in transit.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2113 Escort and protect persons and valuables

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2013A Protect valuables in transit.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must escort and protect persons and valuables involving two different scenarios:

one person requiring security escort

one person carrying valuables.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when escorting and protecting persons and valuables:

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic contingency planning

basic defensive techniques

basic escort techniques

basic understanding of the force model and what constitutes reasonable force

operational functions of communications equipment

options for security response within the limits of own competence and authority

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

types of threats that may exist and situations requiring assistance when:

escorting persons to safety

escorting persons carrying valuables.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations(RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to escort and protect persons and valuables

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with legal rights and responsibilities.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2018A Monitor electronic reporting facility.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events. The unit relates to work in a monitoring centre and does not include training for specific security equipment, covered by AS 2201.2-2004 Intruder alarm systems - Monitoring centres which specifies requirements and a grading convention for monitoring centres and the operations, equipment and staff necessary to carry out monitoring of intruder alarm systems.

The unit includes:

receiving, interpreting, processing, transmitting and storing information and electronic security data using a range of electronic security and telecommunications systems

checking equipment and systems to verify correct operation and data integrity, and resolving and reporting faults

recognising and responding to different and multiple alarm events and taking appropriate response actions to verify alarm status, resolve alarm and ensure security

using written and spoken English and communication equipment to provide clear and accurate spoken instructions.

It applies to people working under general supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm and comply with work procedures and legal requirements for monitoring electronic security equipment.	1.1 Read workplace procedures and policies including WHS and apply to work tasks to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when monitoring electronic security equipment. 1.2 Clarify legislative and workplace requirements for monitoring tasks with relevant persons.
2. Check equipment for correct operation.	2.1 Check security equipment to ensure correct operation and connections following operating instructions. 2.2 Identify actual or suspected faults or deficiencies in security equipment and report to relevant persons. 2.3 Discuss and confirm preventative and breakdown maintenance procedures with relevant persons. 2.4 Conduct equipment back-up to maintain security and integrity of data in accordance with workplace requirements.
3. Receive, interpret, transmit and store electronic security data.	3.1 Receive, interpret and transmit electronic security data following workplace procedures. 3.2 Input data into security equipment and check to ensure accuracy following workplace procedures. 3.3 Identify processing or transmission errors and take remedial action and report issues to relevant persons. 3.4 Store security data securely to meet legislative and workplace requirements.
4. Respond to alarm events and report security status.	4.1 Recognise alarm event and follow procedures to action correct response to meet client instructions. 4.2 Use communication equipment and interpersonal techniques to discuss alarm status with relevant persons. 4.3 Action further response to resolve alarm event and maintain security following workplace procedures and client instructions. 4.4 Report security status ensuring confidentiality of security information in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information using security industry terminology, codes and signals

communicate in English

communicate in a manner that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

reading skills to understand and follow:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

technical equipment instructions that may be in written or diagrammatic form

speaking and listening skills to:

ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding when clarifying work tasks and responding orally to alarm events

provide clear and accurate spoken instructions when responding to alarm activations

accurately interpret voice messages

communicate with emergency services

numeracy skills to calculate and enter numerical data into security equipment

problem solving skills to:

troubleshoot equipment malfunctions and select appropriate remedial actions

respond to multiple simultaneous alarm events

technology skills to input, manipulate, retrieve and store electronic data in a variety of formats including databases.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2018A Monitor electronic reporting facility.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2018A Monitor electronic reporting facility.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must monitor electronic security equipment and respond to six different alarm events.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring electronic security equipment and responding to alarm events:

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

categories of alarm events and procedures for responding to each category

customer service standards

methods for verifying polling connections

operational functions of electronic security equipment

own competence to operate electronic security system as required by AS 2201.2-2004 Intruder alarm systems, Part 2: Monitoring centres

procedures for door, alarms, time clock, subsequent and further alarms and monitoring

procedures to back-up and protect security data

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of alarm events that may require response such as duress alarms, intrusion alarms, air conditioning alarms, smoke alarms, vehicle global positioning system (GPS) and satellite tracking

types of alarm transmission technologies including wireless and internet protocol (IP) monitoring and dialler monitoring.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events

electronic security equipment in a monitoring centre environment

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3101 Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3002A Manage conflict through negotiation.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage conflict and security risks using negotiation techniques.

It includes:

reviewing and applying workplace procedures and policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

maintaining situational awareness to identify and assess sources of conflict and risk, and selecting and implementing response options within the scope of own authority

using negotiation and communication techniques to resolve conflict, minimise risk and encourage a shared approach to conflict resolution

working with others to report, evaluate and improve response procedures.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and assess conflict situation and select response option.	1.1 Review work instructions, procedures and policies including WHS to confirm own responsibilities and authority to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing security work. 1.2 Select and use personal protective equipment to ensure own safety, and communication equipment to exchange information with relevant persons. 1.3 Observe the work environment to maintain situational awareness and identify sources of conflict and security risk to people, property or premises. 1.4 Assess conflict situation and nature and degree of risk, and use communication equipment to seek assistance from relevant persons.
2. Negotiate conflict resolution.	2.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange and gather information to clarify conflict situation. 2.2 Use negotiation techniques to offer options and encourage a shared approach to conflict resolution. 2.3 Use even tone of voice and positive non-verbal and spoken communication that takes account of individual social and cultural differences throughout negotiation. 2.4 Anticipate factors that might escalate conflict or risk safety and security, and apply contingency measures.
3. Report, evaluate and improve conflict response procedures.	3.1 Report incident observations and response actions using workplace documentation. 3.2 Discuss response with relevant persons and review procedures to evaluate effectiveness and identify improvements. 3.3 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use strategies to overcome language barriers

writing skills to record and describe incident observations and response actions

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

signs and forms written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

use active listening to understand spoken information and instructions exchanged during negotiation

use questions to seek information during negotiation

use paraphrasing to check own understanding and show empathy during negotiation

seek and understand feedback from others when reviewing response procedures

orally request assistance using communication equipment

numeracy skills to calculate time when recording incident details

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match risk presented in conflict situations

modify response to changing circumstances when applying contingency measure

teamwork skills to adjust

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3002A Manage conflict through negotiation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3101 Manage conflict and security risks using negotiation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3002A Manage conflict through negotiation.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must manage conflict and security risks using negotiation in three different security risk situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when managing conflict and security risks through negotiation:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

how to access specialist assistance for negotiating conflict resolution

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict, maintain positive interaction, divert and minimise aggressive behaviour

principles of effective communication

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

the effects of power plays on a conflict situation

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict or incite aggressive or hostile responses from others

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to manage conflict and security risks using negotiation

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3102 Maintain operational safety and security of work environment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3007A Maintain security of environment.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to maintain operational safety and security of the work environment.

It includes:

reviewing work instructions and applying procedures and policies to comply with legal rights and responsibilities

assessing the work environment to identify risks and vantage points

monitoring environmental factors to maintain operational safety and security and recognise changing circumstances

formulating and implementing security response measures that maximise safety and security

reporting and preserving incident scenes.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for security operation.	1.1 Review work instructions and workplace procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities. 1.2 Use interpersonal techniques with relevant persons to develop, support and promote confidence. 1.3 Select and organise security equipment required to meet work instructions. 1.4 Assess work environment to locate access and entry points, emergency equipment and facilities, and to identify security vantage points.
2. Monitor environment to maintain operational safety and security.	2.1 Monitor environmental factors and security equipment to maintain situational awareness and promptly recognise changing circumstances. 2.2 Gather and receive information from others in the work area using communication that is courteous and professional and which accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 2.3 Conduct regular and systematic personal safety checks, and take corrective actions as required to maintain operational safety and security. 2.4 Communicate regularly with relevant persons to give instructions and exchange up-to-date operational information in accordance with workplace requirements.
3. Formulate and carry out response to security risk situation.	3.1 Identify security risk situation and assess degree of risk to self, others, property and premises. 3.2 Formulate security response appropriate to assessed risk level, and which maximises the safety and security of self, others, property and premises. 3.3 Implement security risk control procedures and adjust response to adapt to changing circumstances. 3.4 Promptly seek specialist assistance or advice as required to maintain operational safety and security.
4. Finalise security operation.	4.1 Finalise security response, record details of risk and response procedures undertaken, and preserve incident scene. 4.2 Report operational outcomes to relevant persons. 4.3 Complete and securely maintain operational documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

maintain operational documentation

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

information and instructions written in English, such as directional signs and emergency procedures

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken security risk information

communicate to give instructions

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out operational tasks

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match security risk situation

evaluate and adjust security response measures to meet changing risk circumstances

recognise security risk situations requiring specialist assistance

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3007A Maintain security of environment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3102 Maintain operational safety and security of work environment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3007A Maintain security of environment.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must maintain operational safety and security of the work environment for three separate security operations involving, in each operation, different security risk situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when maintaining operational safety and security of the work environment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

chain of command relevant to security operation

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

methods of restraint and associated effects including causes and signs and symptoms of asphyxia

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

premises emergency and evacuation procedures

premises site layout

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plan and procedures

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict or incite aggressive or hostile responses from others

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during guarding operations and response options for each, including situations involving terrorism and bomb threats

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to maintain operational safety and security of work environment

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3103 Determine and implement response to security risk situation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3003A Determine response to security risk situation.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to determine and implement responses to security risk situations.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with workplace procedures, policies and legal rights and responsibilities to implement security risk responses within specified legal and strategic limits and the scope of own competence and authority

identifying and verifying security risk situations and exchanging information with others to clarify risk factors, assess risk and formulate response options appropriate to the degree of risk

evaluating, selecting and implementing a preferred security response that maximise the safety and security of people, property and premises

reporting, securing and preserving the incident scene.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm, verify and communicate security risk situations.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies including workplace health and safety (WHS) to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities and own role and authority for responding to security risk situations. 1.2 Receive and verify information on security risk situation and confirm risk authenticity, in consultation with relevant persons. 1.3 Monitor the work environment to promptly identify changing circumstances and factors that may impact security risk. 1.4 Maintain accurate and up-to-date information exchange to clarify risk situation with relevant persons.
2. Assess security risk situations and formulate response options.	2.1 Assess security risk situation to establish nature and degree of risk to people, property and premises. 2.2 Formulate security risk response options that are appropriate to the nature and degree of risk and comply with workplace policies and procedures.
3. Evaluate and implement security response.	3.1 Evaluate security response options and select preferred control measure to address known and potential risk factors. 3.2 Ensure that security response is within scope of own competence and authority and maximises the safety and security of people, property and premises. 3.3 Select and use equipment and resources to implement security response. 3.4 Review and adjust security response to adapt to changing risk circumstances in consultation with relevant persons. 3.5 Report security situation and response details using workplace documentation. 3.6 Secure and preserve incident scene and maintain security following response procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to record and describe security situations and responses

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

signs written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken security risk information

give clear, sequenced instructions and reports

numeracy skills to calculate time when recording incident details

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match security risk situation

evaluate and adjust security response measures to meet changing risk circumstances

recognise security risk situations requiring specialist assistance

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3003A Determine response to security risk situation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3103 Determine and implement response to security risk situation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3003A Determine response to security risk situation.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must determine and implement responses to three different security risk situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when determining and implementing responses to security risk situations:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

empty hand techniques

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

methods and reasons for securing and preserving an incident or crime scene

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

signs of possible harassment or assault

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict or incite aggressive or hostile responses from others

types of security risk situations and response options for each including:

persons acting suspiciously

persons carrying weapons

persons suffering from emotional or physical distress

persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

persons, vehicles or equipment in unsuitable locations

presence of biological hazards or chemical spills

potential terrorist activity including the suspected presence of explosives, suspicious packages, bags or substances

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to determine and implement responses to security risk situations

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3104 Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2010A Protect safety of persons.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour.

It includes:

assessing and controlling potential threats and security risks associated with site layout and monitoring individual and crowd behaviour and movement

implementing security response procedures to control risk, remove immediate threat and seek assistance

recording, reporting and reviewing work outcomes to identify procedural improvements.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm work and legal requirements for monitoring and controlling individual and crowd behaviour.	1.1 Review work instructions and workplace policies and procedures and clarify requirements in consultation with relevant persons. 1.2 Clarify legal rights, reporting chain of command, roles and responsibilities with relevant persons.
2. Prepare to oversee monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour.	2.1 Maintain personal dress and presentation to meet work instructions and workplace standards for appearance. 2.2 Check resources and equipment for operational effectiveness following manufacturers’ instructions, and rectify or report faulty and damaged equipment. 2.3 Assess site layout including access and exit points, barriers and thoroughfares, and identify strategic observation points to monitor crowd movement and behaviour. 2.4 Assess potential threats and security risks and provide clear response instructions to team members to maintain safety and security.
3. Oversee monitoring of individual and crowd behaviour.	3.1 Use communication equipment to exchange up-to-date situational information with team members and conduct regular and systematic personal safety checks. 3.2 Monitor individual and crowd behaviour and movement and assess risk associated with changing circumstances. 3.3 Identify persons behaving in a potentially disruptive manner and assess degree of risk to self, others, premises and property. 3.4 Intervene early to explain legal rights and responsibilities and behavioural expectations for subject of threat to remain in the work area.
4. Oversee control of individual and crowd behaviour.	4.1 Act promptly to respond to threat and negotiate alternative strategies to de-escalate risk level. 4.2 Apply security response procedures that minimise use of force and maximise safety and security of persons, premises and property. 4.3 Use defensive techniques where reasonable to control person and remove immediate threat. 4.4 Use communication equipment to request assistance from relevant persons. 4.5 Monitor subject of threat and provide assistance to ensure their ongoing safety and wellbeing.
5. Report and review individual and crowd monitoring and control outcomes.	5.1 Record and report outcomes and observations of individual and crowd monitoring activities using workplace documentation. 5.2 Facilitate review and debrief of individual and crowd monitoring and control outcomes to identify procedural improvements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

use a variety of expressions and sentence structures to provide factual information and express opinions when recording incident observations

reading skills to interpret:

work instructions and roles and responsibilities

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken information when clarifying roles and reporting chain of command

use a radio to give clear, sequenced instructions to team members and people in crowds

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out work tasks

problem solving skills to:

assess potential threats and security risks

formulate response options to match security threat

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2010A Protect safety of persons.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3104 Coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC2010A Protect safety of persons.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions and at different sites, coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour. On each occasion the person must prepare documented outcomes and observations of individual and crowd monitoring activities that identify at least one procedural improvement.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures and client policies that ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when coordinating the monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

crowd control and control of persons under the influence of intoxicating substances

duty of care

limits of own authority

right of entry under common law

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic principles of effective leadership

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

how negotiation techniques can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

measures to prevent crushing in mass gatherings

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

right of entry rules for work area

security risks posed by crowds and mass gatherings

signs of intoxication

signs and symptoms of restraint asphyxia

signs that a person is drug-affected

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

site layout, including entrances, exits, first-aid points and potential hazards

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict

understanding of the force model

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to coordinate monitoring and control of individual and crowd behaviour

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3105 Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3006A Coordinate a quality security service to clients.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to coordinate provision of quality security services to a range of clients.

It includes:

clarifying work instructions, procedures and policies to deliver quality client services that satisfy specific client needs and preferences

using interpersonal techniques and negotiation to offer service options that meet client requirements

monitoring services and implementing contingency measures to maintain client satisfaction and negotiate resolution of conflict or client complaints

using interview and survey techniques to gather feedback on client service satisfaction and identifying and implementing service improvements.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify client needs and service preferences.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when providing services to a range of clients. 1.2 Use interpersonal techniques to discuss and clarify client service preferences, needs and expectations. 1.3 Provide client with information about security services and systems to meet their specific needs, and assist client to select preferred option. 1.4 Recognise personal limitations that may impede the provision of required client services and seek assistance from relevant persons.
2. Deliver quality client service.	2.1 Review and follow work instructions to provide client services. 2.2 Identify client’s special requirements and adjust service to meet their needs. 2.3 Anticipate service problems or delays and promptly implement contingency arrangements to maintain client satisfaction. 2.4 Maintain communication with client and monitor service provision to provide up-to-date information and respond to changing circumstances. 2.5 Use negotiation to resolve conflict and client complaints, and report issues to relevant persons.
3. Review and improve client service.	3.1 Seek regular feedback from clients to ascertain their satisfaction with service provision using interview and survey techniques. 3.2 Analyse client feedback in consultation with relevant persons and identify improvements to future service provision. 3.3 Record and implement agreed improvements to client service procedures. 3.4 Securely maintain client records according to legislative and workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to prepare routine reports and maintain client records using information technology such as a computer and software to send email communications

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and client service standards

information and instructions written in English

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and paraphrasing to clarify client needs

use negotiation to resolve client complaints and conflict

orally report client service information and issues, face-to-face and using a radio or phone

numeracy skills to estimate time required to meet client service requirements

problem solving skills to:

select client services to meet client needs and expectations

adjust service to meet changing circumstances or client needs

identify areas where client service can be improved

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3006A Coordinate a quality security service to clients.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3105 Coordinate provision of quality security services to clients

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3006A Coordinate a quality security service to clients.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must coordinate provision of quality security services to three different clients.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when coordinating the provision of security services to clients:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

limits of own authority

privacy and confidentiality

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

how to read and use non-verbal communication to gain the confidence of others

interpersonal techniques that promote positive interactions and communication with clients

limits of own responsibility and authority

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when gathering, presenting and storing client information

negotiation techniques and how they can be applied to resolve conflict

organisational client service standards

procedures and standards for reporting to clients

questioning techniques that can be used to elicit specific information on client needs and preferences

rights and responsibilities of different types of clients

techniques for gathering and analysing client feedback using interviews and surveys

types of security clients and available services and security systems to meet their needs

uniform and personal grooming requirements to maintain a professional image

ways that individual and social differences may be expressed

ways to engage people with individual social and cultural differences and strategies for overcoming language barriers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to coordinate the provision of quality security services to clients

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3106 Gather, organise and present security information and documentation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3005A Prepare and present security documentation and reports.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation. It includes:

collecting and validating security information using factual and surveillance methods and information technologies

presenting gathered security information into a documented report within required timeframes

technology skills to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data or information.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather security information.	1.1 Review and clarify work instructions and workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when gathering, organising and presenting security information and documentation. 1.2 Collect required security information from spoken, observed and written sources.
2. Organise and check security information.	2.1 Assess gathered security information to confirm validity, reliability and relevance. 2.2 Identify omissions and source additional information from established sources. 2.3 Review collected security information to confirm completeness and accuracy to meet work instructions. 2.4 Prioritise and organise information in a logical manner that facilitates analysis and dissemination.
3. Edit and present security information and documentation.	3.1 Prepare draft security documentation and edit content to ensure it contains clear and concise language and accurate information. 3.2 Review draft, and seek and incorporate feedback from relevant persons. 3.3 Finalise security documentation and check that it complies with workplace standards for style, format and accuracy. 3.4 Present final security documentation within designated timeframes to meet work instructions. 3.5 File and securely store retained information in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains confidentiality.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to:

prepare security documentation using information technology such as a computer and software to send email communications

select and integrate security information to complete a range of formatted texts and forms

use concise and factual notes to record information gained from spoken sources such as voice recordings and interviews

sequence security information to present cohesive text

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

information and instructions written in English

security information provided in different formats and contexts including medical reports

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify the meaning and accuracy of security information

use paraphrasing to check understanding of information gathered from spoken sources

numeracy skills to interpret and calculate security data in numerical format

problem solving skills to:

edit own work to identify and correct omissions and errors

validate accuracy and sources when gathering information using the Internet

technology skills to use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data or information, for example mobile phones and devices, and computer and software packages including Internet browsers.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3005A Prepare and present security documentation and reports.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3106 Gather, organise and present security information and documentation

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3005A Prepare and present security documentation and reports.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must, within required timeframes, develop two written reports to present gathered security information to meet the requirements of different work instructions.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when gathering, organising and presenting security information and documentation:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

limits of own authority

privacy and surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic research techniques that can be used to gather security information

interpersonal techniques that promote positive interactions and communication with others

interview techniques used to gather security information

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when gathering, presenting and storing security information

methods for recording and reporting incidents

observation and monitoring techniques used to gather security information

operational functions of a range of information technologies used to gather, organise and present security information

protocols and requirements for presenting evidence in court

questioning techniques that can be used to elicit specific information

requirements for recording information that is factual and can be used as evidence in court

surveillance procedures that comply with legal requirements

techniques for validating the accuracy and reliability of security information

ways to engage people with individual social and cultural differences and strategies for overcoming language barriers

workplace standards for the presentation of security information and documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3020A Monitor security from control room.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to monitor security and coordinate a field response from within a control room.

It includes:

checking security systems and equipment for correct operation and cross-checking consistent information exchange with companion monitoring systems

monitoring security, interpreting information and alarms, assessing risk and deploying field staff for security response

conducting regular and systematic checks with field staff to provide information and directions and assistance

carrying out change of shift procedures, updating security databases and completing documentation.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for control room operations.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when conducting control room operations. 1.2 Clarify operational information in consultation with relevant persons. 1.3 Check security system and equipment to confirm correct operation following manufacturers’ instructions. 1.4 Identify system or equipment faults or malfunctions and rectify or report for remedial action in accordance with workplace requirements. 1.5 Cross-check systems and equipment with companion monitoring systems and confirm accurate and consistent information exchange.
2. Monitor security and deploy field staff.	2.1 Operate and monitor security systems and equipment to maintain security. 2.2 Receive and interpret security information and alarm, and assess incident nature and risk. 2.3 Deploy field staff to carry out security response proportionate to the nature of incident and risk. 2.4 Conduct regular and systematic checks with field staff to provide information and directions and to maintain security. 2.5 Respond promptly to irregular or non-responses from field staff to maintain safety and security of people, property and premises.
3. Finalise control room operations and complete documentation.	3.1 Carry out change of shift procedures ensuring monitoring and system continuity. 3.2 Update security database following workplace procedures. 3.3 Complete and securely maintain workplace documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

maintain workplace documentation

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

technical information contained in manufacturers’ instructions

visual information contained in closed circuit television (CCTV) screens and security cameras

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken security information

use communication equipment to give clear, sequenced instructions and information when deploying field staff

numeracy skills to estimate time and resources required to carry out operational tasks

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match alarm or security risk situation

rectify equipment or system malfunctions

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to input, manipulate, retrieve and store electronic data in a variety of formats including databases.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3020A Monitor security from control room.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3020A Monitor security from control room.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms to four alarm events covering different risk scenarios in each event.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when monitoring security and coordinating a response from a control room:

casinos and gaming

counter terrorism

duty of care

information privacy and confidentiality

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

chain of command relevant to control room operation

communication formats relating to security systems (high speed, contact ID etc.)

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

difference between local and monitored alarms

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

operational principles of a range of security systems, equipment and software used in control rooms

procedures for change of shift

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

procedures for deploying field staff to respond to security risks and alarms

procedures for preparing, storing and retrieving surveillance footage

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

range of security risk or incident situations and appropriate response procedures implemented from a control room

roles and responsibilities of field staff

signs of possible harassment or assault

surveillance recording systems (digital and analogue) and interfaces

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of computer operating systems used in a control room

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of detectors monitored from a control room including passive infrared sensor (PIR), and dual tech

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer. Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

a security control room with operational equipment and systems.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3012A Store and protect information.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to store, protect and dispose of security information, including evidence that may be used in future judicial proceedings.

It includes:

storing information for future retrieval using methods that preserve and maintain data integrity

monitoring information movement and security

disposing of security information using appropriate disposal methods and maintaining records to track information disposal.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect, assess and record security information.	1.1 Review and apply workplace procedures and policies when storing, protecting and disposing of security information. 1.2 Collect security information and assess for accuracy and potential future use to meet client requirements. 1.3 Clarify legal rights and responsibilities and apply to work tasks when protecting, storing and disposing of security information to meet client requirements with relevant persons. 1.4 Use information technologies to label, register and record security information in accordance with workplace requirements.
2. Store security information for future retrieval.	2.1 Assess storage requirements and address factors that may impact on the safety of stored information in consultation with relevant persons. 2.2 Store security information using methods that are appropriate to the required storage timeframe, that preserve information integrity and condition, and that prevent loss. 2.3 Safely store security information for future analysis, dissemination and use in accordance with workplace requirements. 2.4 Establish and maintain continuity logs to monitor information movement and security.
3. Dispose of security information.	3.1 Verify authorisation, with relevant persons, to dispose of security information. 3.2 Assess type of security information and select appropriate disposal method. 3.3 Dispose of security information using legal disposal methods. 3.4 Complete and securely maintain records to track information disposal in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to label, register and record security information and continuity logs, using information technology and using concise and factual data

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

security information and evidence in a range of written, digital and diagrammatic or pictorial formats, such as film, photos, legal documents and text messages

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to clarify and discuss factors that may impact on the safety of stored information

use paraphrasing to check understanding when verifying authorisation to dispose of security information

interpret information contained in audio files

numeracy skills to interpret and calculate security data in numerical format

problem solving skills to:

validate the accuracy of security information

assess potential future use of security information

select storage methods that are suitable for the preservation requirements of different types of security information

select information disposal methods

technology skills to use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data and information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3012A Store and protect information.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3012A Store and protect information.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must store, protect and dispose of security information for two different security assignments. For each assignment, the person must use information technology to collect, assess, record, store and successfully retrieve in its original condition the following types of security information:

two audio files

two digital images

two hard copy documents

two text messages

two emails.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when storing, protecting and disposing of security information:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

limits of own authority

privacy and surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology used in the security industry

basic research techniques that can be used to collect and assess security information

different types and formats of security information and evidence that require storage and preservation and may be used in future judicial proceedings

factors that may impact on the safety of stored security information

interpret security information provided in different formats and contexts

legal methods for disposing of different types of security information and evidence

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when collecting, storing and disposing of security information

operational functions of a range of information technologies used to collect, store, record, retrieve and dispose of security information in a range of formats

procedures for verifying authorisation to dispose of security information

storage and preservation methods for a range of security information and evidence formats that:

are appropriate to the required storage timeframe

are suitable for the effective retention and preservation of information in original condition

prevent cross contamination

prevent damage

prevent interference or tampering

prevent theft

techniques for establishing and maintaining continuity logs to monitor information movement and security

techniques for validating the accuracy and reliability of security information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to store, protect and dispose of security information

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3021A Maintain and use security database.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to use and maintain security databases and compile reports.

It includes:

setting up hardware, software, databases and information systems

using and maintaining security databases and a broad range of database functions

monitoring and reviewing database performance and effectiveness and using feedback to implement improvements

compiling data in the required reporting format and checking accuracy, compatibility and reliability.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish security database and systems.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when maintaining and using security databases. 1.2 Set up workstation to comply with ergonomic considerations and use work processes that conserve resources. 1.3 Use software and hardware to meet data requirements following manufacturers’ specifications. 1.4 Monitor and regularly update virus protection software to ensure continuous data integrity and protection. 1.5 Confirm data access, security and storage requirements and set up systems to ensure data security and confidentiality. 1.6 Set up and follow regular housekeeping, maintenance and back-up procedures. 1.7 Implement stand-by database and alternative strategies to address operational faults and deficiencies in database systems.
2. Use and maintain security database.	2.1 Confirm and comply with data entry, output and presentation requirements to meet work instructions. 2.2 Obtain data from verifiable sources and check for variations in data quality. 2.3 Use database functions to input verified data, check data accuracy and quality, and rectify errors. 2.4 Diagnose and report errors and lags in data processing or information discrepancies. 2.5 Identify faults requiring specialist assistance and organise repairs in consultation with relevant persons. 2.6 Monitor database performance and identify and implement measures to improve content, interfaces and effectiveness in consultation with relevant persons.
3. Compile report and improve database and systems.	3.1 Produce report in the required format, and check content to confirm accuracy and data compatibility and reliability. 3.2 Request and use feedback to improve the effectiveness and performance of database and systems. 3.3 Store and protect security data, and complete and maintain documentation with due regard to confidentiality in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to:

produce reports using information technology such as a computer and software

collate and present data in a logical and sequential manner

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions to correctly set up hardware and database systems

security data that may be technical and numerical in nature, such as database formulae and queries

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to clarify and discuss system faults

use paraphrasing to check understanding when receiving spoken feedback to improve systems

numeracy skills to:

interpret and calculate statistical information

use simple mathematical formulae within databases

problem solving skills to:

verify the accuracy of security data

recognise variations in data quality

troubleshoot system problems and identify faults

technology skills to:

use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data and information, for example computer and software packages involving spreadsheets

type and use a keyboard to enter data.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3021A Maintain and use security database.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3021A Maintain and use security database.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must use and maintain security databases to compile reports to meet the requirements of two different security assignments.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when using and maintaining security databases and compiling reports:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

limits of own authority

privacy and surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

backup and recovery methodologies used for security databases and systems

basic research techniques that can be used to verify sources of security data

data analysis techniques

data entry procedures and processes

database administration, security and storage requirements

database functions and diagnostic tools

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when collecting, storing and disposing of security information

methods for conserving energy and resources when using information technologies and their outputs

methods for ensuring workstation meets ergonomic requirements

presentation and reporting formats used for security data

techniques for creating queries and formulae to analyse and process security data

types of database software and hardware and their uses.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to use and maintain security databases and compile reports

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3014A Control persons using baton.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to control persons using batons.

It includes:

following correct procedures for drawing and holding batons and adopting stance and tactical positioning

using negotiation techniques to defuse conflict, and direct and restrain a person

using a baton to apply defensive strikes to target areas of the body, and avoiding vital areas and monitoring the wellbeing of the subject

reviewing and evaluating the effectiveness of the response to identify improved practices.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm legal requirements and assess need to use baton.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using batons for security work. 1.2 Assess need to present baton against known information and potential and existing risks and threats.
2. Confirm personal safety needs and draw baton.	2.1 Select and use PPE to meet WHS requirements. 2.2 Check and confirm personal safety needs and identify withdrawal options. 2.3 Draw baton in a non-threatening manner while maintaining eye contact with subject. 2.4 Hold baton according to type, and maintain a secure grip to ensure continuous control. 2.5 Adopt stance that is confident, assertive, balanced and allows for tactical positioning.
3. Direct person using baton.	3.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange information with the subject and negotiate to defuse conflict and aggression. 3.2 Clearly and assertively advise subject of intention to use baton. 3.3 Use baton to restrain person and adjust response to minimise force while preventing continued aggressive behaviour.
4. Apply defensive strikes using baton.	4.1 Continually observe subject to anticipate movement and aggression. 4.2 Strike baton ensuring contact with the subject is minimised and avoids vital areas of the body. 4.3 Restrict baton strikes to target areas of hands, arms, lower abdomen, legs or feet. 4.4 Control and limit force of strike to prevent continued or escalated aggression, and discontinue baton use immediately when threat ceases or decreases. 4.5 Monitor wellbeing of subject and provide first aid and seek immediate assistance as required from relevant persons. 4.6 Use communication equipment to report incident details to relevant persons.
5. Finalise and evaluate response.	5.1 Review and evaluate effectiveness of baton response against incident circumstances and observations, in consultation with relevant persons. 5.2 Identify improvements to future security response procedures using batons. 5.3 Inspect condition of baton and report identified faults. 5.4 Complete incident report and securely maintain documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress-management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

writing skills to:

record and describe incident observations and actions taken

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information with subject

control tone of voice when negotiating with the subject

give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions when negotiating with the subject

use a radio to give clear and sequenced information when reporting incident details

numeracy skills to estimate distance when adopting stance and tactical positioning

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match nature of risk

target baton strikes and avoid vital areas of the body

recognise situations requiring the need to call emergency services.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3014A Control persons using baton.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3014A Control persons using baton.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must control persons using batons in three different threat situations involving persons holding weapons.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when controlling persons using batons:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

arrest and control techniques using batons

basic negotiation techniques

blocking techniques using batons

first aid procedures and their application

methods of restraint and associated effects, including signs of positional asphyxiation

procedures for communicating with emergency services personnel

procedures for effecting an arrest

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using batons that are within specified legal limits

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances

stances and grips to be adopted when using baton

target (strike) areas of the body (hands, arms, legs and feet)

techniques for drawing batons

types and uses of personal protective equipment (PPE) required when using batons

types of batons and holds and grips associated with each

types of injuries that can be incurred from baton strike including fractures, shock and bleeding

understanding of the force model

vital areas of the body and reasons they are to be avoided (head, neck, throat, spine, tailbone, chest, kidney and liver, clavicle and collar bone)

ways in which social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to control persons using batons

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including:

a baton

weapon props to enable achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3015A Restrain persons using handcuffs.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to restrain persons using handcuffs.

It includes:

identifying and assessing the need to use handcuffs, confirming personal safety needs including personal protective equipment (PPE) and monitoring and observing the subject to approach allowing a safe defensive distance

applying handcuffs using appropriate pressure, checking that they are locked and can be unlocked, and minimising physical contact and humiliation or indignity that may be suffered by the subject

using communication to give directions and warnings, and removing handcuffs in a manner that maintains control of the subject.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use handcuffs.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using handcuffs for security work. 1.2 Check handcuffs to ensure correct operation and report malfunctions. 1.3 Select and use PPE to meet WHS requirements.
2. Assess need to use handcuffs	2.1 Assess need to use handcuffs against known information and potential and existing risks and threats. 2.2 Monitor and observe movement and actions of subject and use approach that allows a safe defensive distance. 2.3 Adjust response to minimise force and prevent continued aggressive behaviour.
3. Apply handcuffs with sensitivity to subject’s needs.	3.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange information with the subject, negotiate to defuse conflict and aggression, and warn of intention to use handcuffs. 3.2 Identify situations requiring assistance and use communication equipment to seek support from relevant persons. 3.3 Apply handcuffs using appropriate pressure, and minimising physical contact, and humiliation or indignity suffered by the subject. 3.4 Check that handcuffs are secure after application, and can be removed in the event of an emergency.
4. Direct and detain subject.	4.1 Direct subject to a seated or standing position that maximises control and opportunities for detention, and ensures their wellbeing. 4.2 Monitor subject to ensure their safety and wellbeing, and ascertain their intention to comply with instructions. 4.3 Give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions to indicate intention to remove handcuffs, and maintain control of detained subject.
5. Finalise and evaluate response.	5.1 Review and evaluate effectiveness of response using handcuffs against incident circumstances and observations, in consultation with relevant persons. 5.2 Identify improvements to future security response procedures where subjects are restrained using handcuffs. 5.3 Inspect condition of handcuffs and report identified faults. 5.4 Complete and securely maintain workplace documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

writing skills to record and describe incident observations and actions taken

reading skills to interpret workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information with subject and monitor their compliance

control tone of voice when negotiating with the subject

give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions when negotiating with the subject

use communication equipment to give clear and sequenced information when reporting incident details

numeracy skills to estimate distance when adopting stance and tactical positioning

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match nature of risk

apply handcuffs with sensitivity to the subject’s physical needs

recognise situations requiring the need to call emergency services

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3015A Restrain persons using handcuffs.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3015A Restrain persons using handcuffs.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must restrain persons using handcuffs in three different threat situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when restraining persons using handcuffs:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic negotiation techniques

methods for applying and removing handcuffs

methods for restraining people who have wrists that are too large for handcuffs

methods of restraint and associated positions and effects, including signs and symptoms of asphyxiation

potential issues and health risks associated with the incorrect application of handcuffs

procedures for communicating with emergency services personnel

process for dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using handcuffs that are within specified legal limits

security risks that warrant use of handcuffs, and those that do not

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances

types and uses of personal protective equipment (PPE) required when restraining a person using handcuffs

types of injuries that can be incurred from restraint using handcuffs

ways in which social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer. Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to restrain persons using handcuffs

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including handcuffs to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3010A Manage dogs for security functions.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to manage the training and well-being of dogs used for security functions.

It includes:

applicable legislative and organisational, animal welfare and licensing requirements relevant to handling guard dogs

identifying and assessing the needs of the dog and handler team, and inspecting canine breeds to select a dog suitable for the security role

developing and implementing a training maintenance plan to meet the performance objectives of the dog and handler team

maintaining the dog’s health and well-being including cleaning and maintaining its facilities and equipment.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select dog for security role.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when managing security dogs. 1.2 Identify and assess needs of security dog and handler team. 1.3 Inspect appropriate canine breeds and select suitable dog to meet security role. 1.4 Check dog’s health and training records and confirm suitability for security role.
2. Develop dog and handler training maintenance plan.	2.1 Develop a tailored training maintenance program to address the unique needs, strengths and weaknesses of the security dog and handler team. 2.2 Schedule training to meet priority needs within an agreed timeframe. 2.3 Update training plan to meet changing needs of security dog and handler team.
3. Implement dog and handler maintenance training.	3.1 demonstrate dog handling techniques which minimise risk to self, others and dog. 3.2 Select and use suitable protective clothing and equipment and training aids. 3.3 Conduct maintenance training according to schedule and timeframes. 3.4 Assess the security dog’s response to training and adjust methods to achieve team performance objectives. 3.5 Complete training records using workplace documentation.
4. Maintain dog’s health and well-being.	4.1 Monitor security dog’s health and condition and immediately address identified needs and problems in consultation with relevant persons. 4.2 Administer preventive health treatments and maintain a diet that meets security dog’s nutritional requirements. 4.3 Maintain security dog at a high level of fitness. 4.4 Clean and maintain security dog’s facilities and equipment to the required standard.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to:

maintain security dog training records

document a training maintenance program

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

security dog health and training records and information from the breeder

speaking and listening skills to use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information when inspecting dogs

numeracy skills to schedule and conduct training to meet timeframes

problem solving skills to:

select a dog to match the requirements of the security role

formulate training exercises to meet dog and handler team objectives

identify symptoms of ill health and take necessary actions to maintain the well-being of dogs.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3010A Manage dogs for security functions.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3010A Manage dogs for security functions.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must manage the training and well-being of two dogs to ensure their competence to perform the following security functions:

foot patrol

assist with an arrest

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative, licensing and regulatory requirements when managing the training and well-being of dogs for security functions:

animal welfare

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

breeds, drives and behaviours of canines suitable for security work

canine preventive health treatments and nutritional requirements

canine training standards and procedures for the security context

capabilities and limitations of a trained security dog

common canine infections and contagious diseases

kennel management including routine and emergency treatment of sick or injured dogs

licensing and registration requirements for handling, using and owning security dogs

methods to train dog to show aggression or bite with control and conditioning

principles of continuation or maintenance training

procedures for conducting a patrol with a security dog

procedures for effecting an arrest using a security dog

requirements for muzzle and tactical training of dogs

risks and hazards associated with use, training and care of security dogs and appropriate control measures

safe canine handling methods and techniques

security roles and functions suitable for canines

standards of cleanliness and safety relating to the dog’s facilities and equipment

standards of training for obedience and handler protection

training maintenance exercises for dogs and handlers

training methods to ensure dog can defend handler and not escalate risk.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

two security dogs to allow achievement of the performance criteria.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3011A Handle dogs for security patrol.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to handle dogs while conducting a security patrol.

It includes:

applicable legislative and organisational and licensing requirements relevant to handling guard dogs

verifying the suitability of a dog to undertake patrol tasks

handling and maintaining control of a dog while conducting a security patrol and assessing threat situations to determine appropriate use of the dog as a security measure

applying the correct hold, release and arrest procedures to apprehend intruders.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for patrol with security dog.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when handling dog during security patrol. 1.2 Interpret work instructions and clarify patrol requirements with relevant persons. 1.3 Confirm security dog is suitable and trained to the standard required to meet patrol requirements 1.4 Check health, hygiene and stability of dog, and take required remedial action where signs of poor health or abnormal behaviour are detected in accordance with animal welfare requirements. 1.5 Organise and use personal protective equipment (PPE) and handling aids in accordance with workplace requirements.
2. Conduct patrol with security dog.	2.1 Carry out patrol tasks with security dog using safe handling methods. 2.2 Handle security dog in a manner that ensures minimal risk of injury to the dog, self and members of the public. 2.3 Monitor and maintain dog’s operating efficiency and well-being throughout patrol.
3. Identify and respond to security threat.	3.1 apply general safety procedures to handle dogs, both leashed and unleashed in a security work environment. 3.2 Identify security threat and assess degree of risk to persons, property and premises. 3.3 Assess the threat situation to determine appropriate use of the dog as a security measure and implement response. 3.4 Check personal safety needs and seek assistance as required. 3.5 Apply hold, release and arrest procedures to apprehend intruder, ensuring minimal risk of injury to the dog, members of the public and self. 3.6 Adjust or discontinue response promptly to meet changing circumstances while maintaining control of dog. 3.7 Promptly attend to injuries to persons or the dog, and seek assistance from relevant persons as required. 3.8 Record patrol and response details using documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to record patrol and response details using workplace documentation

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

work instructions that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

speaking and listening skills to use questions and active listening to clarify patrol tasks and to effectively communicate with others, including emergency services

numeracy skills to conduct patrol to meet required timeframes

problem solving skills to:

verify the suitability of the dog’s condition and training to meet patrol requirements

select security response options proportionate to the nature of risk

issue commands to a dog while responding to security threats.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3011A Handle dogs for security patrol.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3011A Handle dogs for security patrol.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must handle a dog weighing a minimum of 30 kilograms (adult), leashed and unleashed, for three different security patrol functions:

patrol a site or premises

patrol in a crowd setting

search a building.

For each function, the person must:

demonstrate correct hold, release and arrest procedures to apprehend an intruder whilst maintaining effective control of the dog.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative, license and regulatory requirements when handling dogs for security patrols:

animal welfare

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care relating to animals and persons

limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

capabilities and limitations of a trained security dog

hold, release and arrest procedures for apprehending intruders

common canine infections and contagious diseases

defensive tactics for use with and without dogs

licensing and registration requirements in relation to the handling, use and ownership of dogs

methods for inspecting baggage, vehicles and property using dogs

methods to train dog to show aggression or bite with control and conditioning

premises and property security requirements including search and confiscation procedures

principles of continuation or maintenance training

procedures for conducting a patrol with a security dog

procedures for effecting an arrest using a security dog

remedial action to be taken where the dog shows signs of poor health or abnormal behaviour

requirements for use of muzzles

risks and hazards associated with use, training and care of security dogs and appropriate control measures

safe canine handling methods and techniques

security roles and functions suitable for canines

signs of poor health, hygiene and stability in a security dog.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to handle dogs for security patrols

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

a security dog to allow achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3114 Control security risk situations using firearms

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3008A Control security risk situations using firearms.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to control security risk situations using a firearm.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with work instructions, procedures, workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities including workplace health and safety (WHS) to discharge a firearm in response to a life-threatening situation within specified legal and strategic limits

selecting and using protective and communication equipment, firearm and ammunition to meet work instructions

identifying security threats and assessing the need and opportunity to present a firearm, and formulating response options that allow for changing risk circumstances

using firearm control and tactical positioning techniques, discharging the firearm with consistent accuracy, and unloading, inspecting and storing the firearm after use.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Note:

This unit requires appropriate permits to be obtained to conduct firearms training in some states and territories.

This unit does not result in a firearms licence or permit. Refer to the regulatory requirements of individual states and territories.

Pre-requisite Unit

A learner must have achieved at least one of the three units of competency listed below, or a firearms training course approved in the relevant jurisdiction:

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for security response using a firearm.	1.1 Review work instructions to ensure compliance with workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities when using a firearm to respond to a security risk situation. 1.2 Select and use protective and communication equipment to meet work instructions and WHS requirements. 1.3 Select firearm and conduct pre-operational checks to confirm safe and continuing operation of firearm. 1.4 Obtain ammunition appropriate to type of firearm according to manufacturers’ instructions. 1.5 Load firearm with correct ammunition following manufacturers’ specifications. 1.6 Carry firearm in a manner that ensures it is secure, protected and accessible for security response.
2. Identify need for security response and draw firearm.	2.1 Identify security threat and assess need and opportunity to present firearm. 2.2 Formulate response options that allow for changing risk circumstances. 2.3 Identify personal safety needs and use communication equipment to request assistance from relevant persons. 2.4 Negotiate with subject of threat to defuse conflict, and maintain communication that reflects sensitivity to individual social and cultural differences. 2.5 Use interpersonal techniques to provide clear warnings and instructions that are legally justifiable. 2.6 Draw firearm in a positive and controlled manner.
3. Evaluate threat and response options and discharge firearm.	3.1 Use personal positioning, stance and grip to maintain control of firearm. 3.2 Continually monitor threat to assess risk and evaluate response options. 3.3 Select response option that accounts for safety needs of self and others that may be at risk from firearm discharge. 3.4 Use fluid tactical positioning to access available cover and protection during incident. 3.5 Discharge firearm to respond to life-threatening situation when it is the only reasonable option to remove threat within legal and strategic limits. 3.6 Maintain consistent accuracy when discharging firearm and react promptly to terminate force when threat ceases.
4. Finalise armed response and complete documentation.	4.1 Unload, inspect and store firearm, and report damage or faults. 4.2 Review presentation and discharge of firearm against circumstances of incident. 4.3 Identify improvements to procedures for future security response using firearms. 4.4 Complete and securely maintain operational documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.5 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide instructions and warnings using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

record and describe incident observations and actions

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

technical information contained in manufacturers’ instructions

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken information

use a radio to give clear, sequenced information and request assistance

numeracy skills to estimate time required to carry out operational tasks

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match threat and risk situation

evaluate and adjust security response measures to meet changing risk circumstances

recognise security risk situations requiring specialist assistance

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3008A Control security risk situations using firearms.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3114 Control security risk situations using firearms

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3008A Control security risk situations using firearms.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must control three different security risk situations using a firearm.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when controlling security risk situations using firearms:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

carriage and use of firearms and weapons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved course of fire and standard of accuracy

chain of command relevant to security operation

current national terrorism threat level and context

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

firearm retention techniques

fundamentals of shooting including grip, stance, trigger control, sight alignment and picture, breathing and follow through

legal consequences of pointing and discharging a firearm outside of an approved range

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict and prevent discharge of firearm

premises emergency and evacuation procedures

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

procedures for responding to multiple threats

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

techniques for safe handling, carriage, unloading and unloading firearm

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of behaviours and non-verbal language that can escalate conflict or incite aggressive or hostile responses from others

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during armed assignments and appropriate responses

understanding of the force model

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessment of performance must comply with jurisdictional regulatory requirements for conducting firearms training and assessment.

This unit must be assessed in conjunction with one of the following units of competency unless the person has already completed an approved firearms training course in the relevant jurisdiction and can provide appropriate supporting evidence:

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to control security risk situations using firearms

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

firearm, ammunition and duty gear to complete work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with range rules and procedures, workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities including firearms and weapons Acts and workplace health and safety (WHS)

selecting and checking the revolver, ammunition, duty gear and required personal protective equipment (PPE), and following manufacturers’ specifications to ensure correct and safe operation

operating a revolver demonstrating correct techniques for loading and unloading, draw and recovery, retention, shooting and discharging multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to the required standard of accuracy

discharging a revolver at an approved range following local range rules and instructions from range personnel

cleaning and maintaining revolvers following point, remove, observe, verify and examine (PROVE) safety procedures.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Note:

This unit requires appropriate permits to be obtained to conduct firearms training in some states and territories.

This unit does not result in a firearms licence or permit. Refer to the regulatory requirements of individual states and territories.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry and operate revolver.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when carrying and operating revolvers for security purposes. 1.2 Select revolver and correct ammunition and duty gear for revolver type, and use required personal protective equipment (PPE) and clothing. 1.3 Check that equipment is operational following manufacturers’ instructions and rectify or report faults or malfunctions.
2. Draw, use and recover revolver.	2.1 Check and load ammunition following manufacturers’ instructions and safely recover revolver. 2.2 Draw revolver safely to ready position. 2.3 Operate revolver demonstrating compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles. 2.4 Control revolver to demonstrate correct retention techniques. 2.5 Use available cover and concealment, and demonstrate correct techniques for low light shooting. 2.6 Discharge multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to meet the required standard of accuracy. 2.7 Perform immediate and remedial actions in the event of revolver malfunction. 2.8 Safely unload and recover revolver.
3. Discharge revolver at approved range.	3.1 Interpret and comply with local range rules at approved shooting range. 3.2 Select and fit PPE including hearing and eye protection, and baseball cap to comply with range rules. 3.3 Handle revolver according to fundamentals of shooting principles. 3.4 Follow commands from range personnel or firearms instructors. 3.5 Select correct ammunition for revolver and load as instructed by range personnel or firearms instructor. 3.6 Discharge revolver to meet approved course of fire and achieve required standards. 3.7 Complete range register and incident report as required.
4. Clean and maintain revolver.	4.1 Apply PROVE procedures to physically check revolver, swing out cylinder and confirm that the chamber is empty prior to cleaning. 4.2 Select and use correct tools and cleaning kit for revolver following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.3 Access a suitable venue to clean revolver following WHS procedures. 4.4 Disassemble and clean revolver following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.5 Reassemble revolver and inspect to confirm safety and correct operation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to complete range registers and incident reports

reading skills to interpret:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and technical information when checking, operating and cleaning revolvers

signs that detail range rules that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

speaking and listening skills to:

understand spoken commands from range personnel and firearms instructors

use questions to clarify instructions

numeracy skills to apply basic mathematical techniques to:

select and use correct amount of ammunition

discharge correct number of shots

problem solving skills to:

recognise faults and malfunctions in revolvers and equipment

correctly disassemble and reassemble revolver

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes in:

one dry fire environment

one live fire shooting range.

On each occasion, the person must:

draw and recover revolver safely keeping fingers off the trigger until target is acquired and ensuring the muzzle does not cross body parts

demonstrate each of the following loading and unloading techniques:

administrative loading

tactical loading using speed strips and speed loaders

using pouches to store speed strips and speed loaders

demonstrate compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles while handling a revolver:

grip

stance

trigger control

sight alignment and picture

breathing

follow through.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when carrying, operating and maintaining revolvers for security purposes:

carriage and use of firearms and weapons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

range rules at approved shooting range

selection and use of ammunition

selection and use of duty gear

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved course of fire

different procedures for operating various revolver types and models

duty gear required for carrying and using revolvers

effective range of law-enforcement ammunition

firearms retention techniques

fundamentals of shooting including grip, stance, trigger control, sight alignment and picture, breathing and follow through

legal consequences of pointing and firing a revolver outside of an approved range

loading and unloading techniques including administrative loading, tactical loading using speed strips and speed loaders, and using pouches to store speed strips and speed loaders

low light shooting techniques

methods for discharging multiple shots at same target and multiple targets

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement ammunition

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement revolvers

operating sequence and principles of revolvers

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when carrying and using revolvers and using an approved range

procedures for attending an approved shooting range

procedures for responding to multiple threats

reasons finger must remain off trigger until target is sighted

reasons muzzle must not cross body parts when drawing and recovering revolvers from or to holsters

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

rules of approved shooting range

situations where it is appropriate to draw or use a revolver to manage a perceived threat according to the use of force model

techniques for proving a revolver: point in a safe direction, remove ammunition, observe chamber, verify feeding path, and examine bore for obstructions

techniques for safely drawing and recovering a revolver and moving to ready position

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during armed assignments and appropriate responses

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessment of performance must comply with jurisdictional regulatory requirements for conducting firearms training and assessment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes

appropriate documents, materials, and equipment currently used in industry

revolver, ammunition, duty gear and PPE to meet work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0 New unit
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Minor change to Knowledge Evidence for loading and unloading techniques.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with range rules and procedures, workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities including firearms and weapons Acts and workplace health and safety (WHS)

selecting and checking the pistol, ammunition, duty gear and required personal protective equipment (PPE), and following manufacturers’ specifications to ensure correct and safe operation

operating a semi-automatic pistol demonstrating correct techniques for loading and unloading, draw and recovery, retention, shooting and discharging multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to the required standard of accuracy

discharging a semi-automatic pistol at an approved range following local range rules and instructions from range personnel

cleaning and maintaining semi-automatic pistols following point, remove, observe, verify and examine (PROVE) safety procedures.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Note:

This unit requires appropriate permits to be obtained to conduct firearms training in some states and territories.

This unit does not result in a firearms licence or permit. Refer to the regulatory

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry and operate semi-automatic pistol.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when carrying and operating semi-automatic pistols for security purposes. 1.2 Select semi-automatic pistol and correct ammunition and duty gear for semi-automatic pistol type, and use required personal protective equipment (PPE) and clothing. 1.3 Check that equipment is operational following manufacturers’ instructions and rectify or report faults or malfunctions.
2. Draw, use and recover semi-automatic pistol.	2.1 Check and load ammunition following manufacturers’ instructions and safely recover semi-automatic pistol. 2.2 Draw semi-automatic pistol safely to ready position. 2.3 Operate semi-automatic pistol demonstrating compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles. 2.4 Control semi-automatic pistol to demonstrate correct retention techniques. 2.5 Use available cover and concealment, and demonstrate correct techniques for low light shooting. 2.6 Discharge multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to meet the required standard of accuracy. 2.7 Perform immediate and remedial actions in the event of semi-automatic pistol malfunction. 2.8 Safely unload and recover semi-automatic pistol.
3. Discharge semi-automatic pistol at approved range.	3.1 Interpret and comply with local range rules at approved shooting range. 3.2 Select and fit PPE including hearing and eye protection, and baseball cap to comply with range rules. 3.3 Handle semi-automatic pistol according to fundamentals of shooting principles. 3.4 Follow commands from range personnel or firearms instructors. 3.5 Select correct ammunition for semi-automatic pistol and load as instructed by range personnel or firearms instructor. 3.6 Discharge semi-automatic pistol to meet approved course of fire and achieve required standards. 3.7 Complete range register and incident report as required.
4. Clean and maintain semi-automatic pistol.	4.1 Apply PROVE procedures to physically check semi-automatic pistol, remove magazine and confirm the chamber is empty prior to cleaning. 4.2 Select and use correct tools and cleaning kit for semi-automatic pistol following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.3 Access a suitable venue to clean semi-automatic pistol following WHS procedures. 4.4 Disassemble and clean semi-automatic pistol following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.5 Reassemble semi-automatic pistol and inspect to confirm safety and correct operation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to complete range registers and incident reports

reading skills to interpret:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and technical information when checking, operating and cleaning semi-automatic pistols

signs that detail range rules that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

speaking and listening skills to:

understand spoken commands from range personnel and firearms instructors

use questions to clarify instructions

numeracy skills to apply basic mathematical techniques to:

select and use correct amount of ammunition

discharge correct number of shots

problem solving skills to:

recognise faults and malfunctions in semi-automatic pistols and equipment

correctly disassemble and reassemble semi-automatic pistols

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0 New unit
Release 2	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 7.1. Minor change to Knowledge Evidence for loading and unloading techniques.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes in:

one dry fire environment

one live fire shooting range.

On each occasion, the person must:

draw and recover the semi-automatic pistol safely keeping fingers off the trigger until target is acquired and ensuring the muzzle does not cross body parts

demonstrate each of the following loading and unloading techniques:

administrative loading

tactical loading using magazines

using pouches to store magazines

demonstrate compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles while handling a semi-automatic pistol:

grip

stance

trigger control

sight alignment and picture

breathing

follow through.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when carrying, operating and maintaining semi-automatic pistols for security purposes:

carriage and use of firearms and weapons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

range rules at approved shooting range

selection and use of ammunition

selection and use of duty gear

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved course of fire

different procedures for operating various semi-automatic pistol types and models

duty gear required for carrying and using semi-automatic pistols

effective range of law-enforcement ammunition

firearms retention techniques

fundamentals of shooting including grip, stance, trigger control, sight alignment and picture, breathing and follow through

legal consequences of pointing and firing a semi-automatic pistol outside of an approved range

demonstrate each of the following loading and unloading techniques, including administrative loading, tactical loading using magazines and using pouches to store magazines

low light shooting techniques

methods for discharging multiple shots at same target and multiple targets

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement ammunition

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement semi-automatic pistols

operating sequence and principles of semi-automatic pistols

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when carrying and using semi-automatic pistols and using an approved range

procedures for attending an approved shooting range

procedures for responding to multiple threats

process for dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

reasons finger must remain off trigger until target is sighted

reasons muzzle must not cross body parts when drawing and recovering semi-automatic pistols from or to holsters

rules of approved shooting range

situations where it is appropriate to draw or use a semi-automatic pistol to manage a perceived threat according to the use of force model

techniques for proving a semi-automatic pistol: point in a safe direction, remove ammunition, observe chamber, verify feeding path, and examine bore for obstructions

techniques for safely drawing and recovering a semi-automatic pistol and moving to ready position

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during armed assignments and appropriate responses.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessment of performance must comply with jurisdictional regulatory requirements for conducting firearms training and assessment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes

appropriate documents, materials, and equipment currently used in industry

semi-automatic pistol, ammunition, duty gear and PPE to meet work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with range rules and procedures, workplace policies and legal rights and responsibilities including firearms and weapons Acts and workplace health and safety (WHS)

selecting and checking the shotgun, ammunition, duty gear and required personal protective equipment (PPE), and following manufacturers’ specifications to ensure correct and safe operation

operating a shotgun demonstrating correct techniques for loading and unloading, carrying, retention, shooting and discharging multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to the required standard of accuracy

discharging a shotgun at an approved range following local range rules and instructions from range personnel

cleaning and maintaining shotguns following point, remove, observe, verify and examine (PROVE) safety procedures.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Note:

This unit requires appropriate permits to be obtained to conduct firearms training in some states and territories.

This unit does not result in a firearms licence or permit. Refer to the regulatory requirements of individual states and territories.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry and operate shotgun.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when carrying and operating shotguns for security purposes. 1.2 Select shotgun and correct ammunition and duty gear for shotgun type, and use required personal protective equipment (PPE) and clothing. 1.3 Check that equipment is operational following manufacturers’ instructions and rectify or report faults or malfunctions.
2. Operate a shotgun.	2.1 Access shotgun from car carry position and load ammunition. 2.2 Operate shotgun demonstrating compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles. 2.3 Control shotgun to demonstrate correct retention techniques. 2.4 Use available cover and concealment, and demonstrate correct techniques for low light shooting. 2.5 Discharge multiple shots at the same target and multiple targets to meet the required standard of accuracy. 2.6 Perform immediate and remedial actions in the event of shotgun malfunction. 2.7 Safely unload, store and secure shotgun in car carry position.
3. Discharge shotgun at approved range.	3.1 Interpret and comply with local range rules at approved shooting range. 3.2 Select and fit PPE including hearing and eye protection, and baseball cap to comply with range rules. 3.3 Handle shotgun according to fundamentals of shooting principles. 3.4 Follow commands from range personnel or firearms instructors. 3.5 Select correct ammunition for shotgun and load as instructed by range personnel or firearms instructor. 3.6 Discharge shotgun to meet approved course of fire and achieve required standards. 3.7 Complete range register and incident report as required.
4. Clean and maintain shotgun.	4.1 Apply PROVE procedures to physically check shotgun is safe and empty of ammunition prior to cleaning. 4.2 Select and use correct tools and cleaning kit for shotgun following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.3 Access a suitable venue to clean shotgun following WHS procedures. 4.4 Disassemble and clean shotgun following manufacturers’ instructions. 4.5 Reassemble shotgun and inspect to confirm safety and correct operation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

writing skills to complete range registers and incident reports

reading skills to interpret:

standard operating procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and technical information when checking, operating and cleaning shotguns

signs that detail range rules that may be in written and diagrammatic formats

speaking and listening skills to:

understand spoken commands from range personnel and firearms instructors

use questions to clarify instructions

numeracy skills to apply basic mathematical techniques to:

select and use correct amount of ammunition

discharge correct number of shots

problem solving skills to:

recognise faults and malfunctions in shotguns and equipment

correctly disassemble and reassemble shotgun

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes in:

one dry fire environment

one live fire shooting range.

On each occasion, the person must demonstrate:

loading and unloading techniques:

administrative loading

combat load

loading for car carry

downloading to car carry

compliance with fundamentals of shooting principles:

grip

stance

trigger control

sight alignment and picture

breathing

follow through.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when carrying, operating and maintaining shotguns for security purposes:

carriage and use of firearms and weapons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

range rules at approved shooting range

selection and use of ammunition

selection and use of duty gear

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

approved course of fire

different procedures for operating various shotgun types and models

duty gear required for carrying and using shotguns

effective range of law-enforcement ammunition

firearms retention techniques

fundamentals of shooting including grip, stance, trigger control, sight alignment and picture, breathing and follow through

legal consequences of pointing and firing a shotgun outside of an approved range

loading and unloading techniques including administrative loading, combat load, loading for car carry and downloading to car carry

low light shooting techniques

methods for discharging multiple shots at same target and multiple targets

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement ammunition

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement shotguns

operating sequence and principles of shotguns

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when carrying and using shotguns and using an approved range

procedures for attending an approved shooting range

procedures for responding to multiple threats

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

reasons finger must remain off trigger until target is sighted

rules of approved shooting range

situations where it is appropriate to draw or use a shotgun to manage a perceived threat according to the use of force model

techniques for proving a shotgun: point in a safe direction, remove ammunition, observe chamber, verify feeding path, and examine bore for obstructions

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security risk situations that may be encountered during armed assignments and appropriate responses.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessment of performance must comply with jurisdictional regulatory requirements for conducting firearms training and assessment.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to safely and legally carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes

appropriate documents, materials, and equipment currently used in industry

shotgun, ammunition, duty gear and PPE to meet work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3052A Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify identified faults to ensure continuity of cash-in-transit security services.

It includes:

reviewing maintenance schedules and manufacturers’ instructions to inspect and test a range of cash-in-transit equipment, components and warning systems to confirm operational effectiveness and identify faults

assessing the impact of faults on cash-in-transit security services, and promptly coordinating replacement systems or equipment to ensure continuity of services

regular monitoring of the work environment to identify, assess and control potential hazards and risks.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.	1.1 Review maintenance schedules, procedures and equipment information to confirm inspection and testing requirements. 1.2 Review work procedures to ensure compliance with legislative and workplace requirements for inspecting and testing cash-in-transit security equipment. 1.3 Select and organise tools and equipment required to meet work instructions. 1.4 Conduct pre-operational checks of cash-in-transit security equipment following manufacturers’ specifications. 1.5 Monitor the work area continuously to ensure ongoing safety. 1.6 Check and test equipment, components and warning systems for operational effectiveness following manufacturers’ specifications and report faults to relevant persons.
2. Assess and rectify faults in cash-in-transit security equipment.	2.1 Assess identified equipment faults to clarify impact on cash-in-transit security services. 2.2 Identify and assess potential hazards and risks to security services and the work area, and implement necessary controls. 2.3 Tag non-serviceable systems or equipment and arrange repair or disposal in accordance with workplace requirements. 2.4 Promptly coordinate replacement system or equipment to ensure continuity of cash-in-transit security services.
3. Record and report inspection and testing results.	3.1 Report results of equipment inspection, testing and maintenance to relevant persons. 3.2 Complete inspection and testing records using documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

record equipment maintenance and fault details

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

written and diagrammatic equipment manufacturers’ instructions, procedures, technical data and specifications

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to clarify work tasks

orally report issues arising from equipment checking and testing

numeracy skills to estimate time to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

test equipment to identify faults

assess the impact of faulty equipment on provision of security services

self-management skills to coordinate the timely replacement of faulty systems or equipment

technology skills to check and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3052A Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3052A Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must inspect and test the following cash-in-transit security equipment items for operational effectiveness:

two types of communication equipment:

mounted two-way radio

portable two-way radio

one alarm system

one access control system

one surveillance camera.

For two different types of equipment listed above, the person must identify one fault.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when inspecting and testing cash-in-transit security equipment:

duty of care

licensing requirements for cash-in-transit operations

licensing requirements and permits for firearms

limits of own responsibility and authority

surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS) including manual handling

common faults and malfunctions in cash-in-transit security equipment and devices

operational features and functions of a range of cash-in-transit security equipment and devices

procedures for activating and de-activating a range of security systems and devices

procedures for inspecting and testing a range of cash-in-transit security equipment and devices

procedures for responding to a violent encounter including armed robbery

procedures for tagging non-serviceable equipment and systems

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

risks and hazards posed by faulty equipment and inspection and testing activities, and related precautions and controls

tools and equipment required to inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment and rectify faults

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including equipment required to achieve the performance evidence:

two types of communication equipment:

mounted two-way radio

portable two-way radio

alarm system

access control system

surveillance camera

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3051A Implement cash-in-transit security procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement cash-in-transit security procedures to protect consignments and secure the work area.

It includes:

reviewing and complying with work instructions, workplace procedures and policies and legal rights and responsibilities including workplace health and safety (WHS) to identify and control hazards and risks

constant surveillance of people, vehicles and goods in the work area, operating security systems to prevent unauthorised access, and coordinating a response to security incidents to maintain safety and security of the consignment, self, people and property

problem-solving to predict consequences and apply contingencies where incidents can escalate to emergency situations.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cash-in-transit operation.	1.1 Review work instructions, procedures and workplace policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when implementing cash-in-transit security procedures. 1.2 Operate and check security and communications equipment to verify operational effectiveness. 1.3 Conduct systematic safety checks and confirm correct strategic positioning and tactics to ensure security of consignment. 1.4 Monitor people, goods and vehicles in the work area to identify hazards, assess risks to consignment, and implement necessary security controls. 1.5 Record receipt and delivery of consignment in accordance with workplace requirements. 1.6 Check consignment content to verify security, and report discrepancies to relevant persons.
2. Maintain surveillance and security of work area.	2.1 Monitor security equipment to maintain situational awareness and identify changing circumstances in the work area. 2.2 Operate security systems to secure work area and prevent unauthorised access. 2.3 Regularly check security equipment to ensure operational effectiveness and take immediate corrective actions where faults are identified.
3. Coordinate response to security incident.	3.1 Observe the work area to identify security incident and assess risk of escalation and emergencies. 3.2 Direct immediate security response, following WHS procedures, to protect consignment and safety of self, people and property. 3.3 Use communication equipment to receive and transmit accurate and concise incident information to relevant persons.
4. Finalise cash-in-transit operation and report incident.	4.1 Finalise cash-in-transit security procedures and record details using documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.2 Report account of security incident details to relevant persons.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

record consignment receipt and delivery information

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

information and instructions written in English, such as consignment documents and labels and safety data sheets (SDS)

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify and verify spoken security risk information

use communication equipment to give clear, sequenced instructions and reports, for example when reporting discrepancies with consignment content

numeracy skills to estimate time when receiving and delivering consignments

problem solving skills to:

recognise suspicious movements of people, vehicles or goods in the work area

assess incidents and potential emergency situations and apply contingency measures

identify malfunctioning security equipment

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3051A Implement cash-in-transit security procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3051A Implement cash-in-transit security procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must implement cash-in transit security procedures for two separate operations involving different security risk situations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when implementing cash-in-transit security procedures:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and permits for firearms, and handling and carrying dangerous goods

limits of own responsibility and authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS) including manual handling

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

cash-in-transit surveillance and monitoring techniques

chain of command relevant to cash-in-transit operation

correct strategic positioning and tactics when conducting cash-in-transit operations

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

principles of effective teamwork

procedures for activating and de-activating a range of common security systems and devices

procedures for communicating and collaborating with emergency services

procedures for handling non-conforming consignments

procedures for responding to a violent encounter including armed robbery

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security incidents and emergencies that may be encountered during cash-in-transit operations and appropriate responses for each

understanding of the force model.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to implement cash-in-transit security procedures

appropriate documents, materials, cash-in-transit equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2027A Load and unload cash in transit in a secured environment and CPPSEC3050A Load and unload cash-in-transit in an unsecured environment.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments.

It requires

constantly monitoring people, vehicles and goods in the loading area and implementing security procedures to prevent unauthorised access to cash-in-transit consignments

securely transferring, verifying and delivering consignments and recording and reporting non-conformances

formulating and applying contingency measures to respond to changing risk circumstances and maintain security during cash-in-transit operations.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select cash-in-transit loading site.	1.1 Review work instructions, procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when performing cash-in-transit operations. 1.2 Clarify operational details with relevant persons. 1.3 Select consignment loading site to meet work instructions. 1.4 Assess accessibility and security of loading site and, where deemed inappropriate, identify an alternative site in consultation with relevant persons. 1.5 Monitor people, goods and vehicles in the loading area to identify hazards, assess risks to consignment and implement necessary security controls. 1.6 Use interpersonal techniques to discuss consignment transfer details with relevant persons and obtain necessary authorisations.
2. Transfer and secure cash-in-transit.	2.1 Monitor loading area to maintain situational awareness and identify changing circumstances. 2.2 Implement security procedures and operate security systems to secure loading area and prevent unauthorised access. 2.3 Identify potential security risks and formulate contingency measures in consultation with relevant persons. 2.4 Respond to changing risk circumstances to maintain security of consignment and loading area. 2.5 Safely and securely transfer load according to work instructions. 2.6 Verify consignment information and record and report details of non-conforming items.
3. Deliver cash-in-transit and complete transfer documentation.	3.1 Deliver consignment and request client to verify consignment. 3.2 Complete transfer documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to:

complete consignment transfer documentation

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities and WHS requirements

information and instructions written in English, such as consignment documents, labels and safety data sheets (SDS)

site plans and features to assess security of loading site

consignment information to verify contents

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions to clarify operational information

use a radio to give clear, sequenced instructions and reports, for example when reporting discrepancies with consignment content

orally request the client to verify the consignment

numeracy skills to estimate time to meet scheduled timeframes for loading and unloading cash-in-transit

problem solving skills to:

recognise suspicious movements of people, vehicles or goods in the loading area

assess the security and identify the need for an alternative site

formulate contingency measures to respond to risks when transferring consignment

select and use correct manual handling techniques when carrying, loading and unloading cash-in-transit

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2027A Load and unload cash in transit in a secured environment and CPPSEC3050A Load and unload cash-in-transit in an unsecured environment.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC2027A Load and unload cash in transit in a secured environment and CPPSEC3050A Load and unload cash-in-transit in an unsecured environment.

Units merged to reduce duplication and align with vocational needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must load and unload cash-in transit consignments in:

one secured location

two different unsecured locations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when loading and unloading cash-in-transit:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and permits for firearms, and handling and carrying dangerous goods

limits of own responsibility and authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS) including manual handling

accessibility and security issues that would deem a loading site to be inappropriate

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

authorisations necessary to load and unload cash-in-transit consignments

cash-in-transit carrying, loading and unloading techniques

correct strategic positioning and tactics when conducting cash-in-transit operations

difference between secured and unsecured loading sites and the risks associated with each

principles of effective teamwork

procedures for activating and de-activating a range of common security systems and devices

procedures for handling non-conforming consignments

procedures for responding to a violent encounter including armed robbery

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of security risks that may be encountered during cash-in-transit operations and appropriate responses for each

understanding of the force model.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments

appropriate documents, materials, cash-in-transit equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3121 Control persons using empty hand techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3013A Control persons using empty hand techniques.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to control persons using empty hand techniques.

It includes:

identifying threats posed by persons presenting a risk to the safety of self or others and assessing response and withdrawal options

negotiating with subjects to defuse conflict and give spoken warnings and directions

applying recognised empty hand techniques using the minimum amount of force necessary to remove the immediate threat while avoiding vital areas of the body and without harming subjects

isolating subjects at a safe distance from members of the public and monitoring their wellbeing and safety.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess need to use empty hand techniques and response options.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using empty hand techniques for security work. 1.2 Identify subject of threat and continually observe and anticipate movement and aggression. 1.3 Ensure stance and distance from subject maximises range of defensive options and tactical advantages in physical contact. 1.4 Assess alternative response and withdrawal options for viability and incorporate defensive options into selected response. 1.5 Check and confirm personal safety needs and identify available escape routes.
2. Apply defensive empty hand techniques.	2.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange information with the subject and give spoken warnings and directions. 2.2 Use empty hand techniques and ensure that grip on subject is secure, firm and applied using level of force proportionate to the threat context. 2.3 Quickly apply holds to appropriate areas of the body in a safe manner. 2.4 Anticipate strikes and blows from subject and adopt, parry or block positioning. 2.5 Limit contact with subject to the minimum necessary to remove immediate threat, and use lower force options immediately when threat decreases or ceases.
3. Restrain and isolate subject.	3.1 Isolate and contain subject at a safe distance from members of the public, and minimise opportunities for escape. 3.2 Identify situations requiring specialist assistance and seek assistance or advice from relevant persons using communication equipment. 3.3 Escort subject from the incident scene to a secure location and monitor their wellbeing and safety. 3.4 Use communication equipment to report incident details and subject location to relevant persons.
4. Finalise and evaluate response.	4.1 Review and evaluate effectiveness of response against incident circumstances and observations, in consultation with relevant persons. 4.2 Identify improvements to future security response procedures using defensive techniques. 4.3 Complete incident report and securely maintain documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.4 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and that engages minority groups

writing skills to:

record and describe incident observations and actions taken

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret and follow workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information with subject

control tone of voice when negotiating with the subject

give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions when negotiating with the subject

use a radio to give clear and sequenced information to emergency services personnel when requesting assistance and reporting incident details

numeracy skills to estimate safe distances when engaging with and isolating subject

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match nature of risk

apply empty hand techniques that avoid vital areas of the body

recognise security risk situations requiring specialist assistance

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3013A Control persons using empty hand techniques.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3121 Control persons using empty hand techniques

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3013A Control persons using empty hand techniques.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must control persons using empty hand techniques in three different threat situations, and in each situation, demonstrating:

correct techniques for body safety and body positioning:

bladed stance

interview stance

defensive stance

correct application of defensive techniques:

blocking techniques

locking and holding techniques

take-down techniques.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when controlling persons using empty hand techniques:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

trespass and the removal of persons

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic negotiation techniques

body safety and body positioning techniques, including:

bladed stance

interview stance

defensive stance

defensive techniques and how and when they are applied, including

blocking techniques

empty hand techniques

impact techniques to less-than-lethal parts of the body

locking and holding techniques

take-down techniques

methods of restraint and associated effects, including signs and symptoms of asphyxiation

pre-attack indicators

procedures for collaborating with emergency services personnel to restrain and isolate subject of threat

procedures for effecting an arrest

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using defensive techniques that are within specified legal limits

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances

understanding of the force model

vital areas of the body and reasons they are to be avoided (head, neck, throat, spine, tailbone, chest, kidney and liver, clavicle and collar bone).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to control persons using empty hand techniques

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3122 Plan provision of close protection services

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3018A Provide for the safety of persons at risk.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to plan to provide close protection services for the safety and security of a principal who may be a celebrity, political figure, very important person (VIP) or other person requiring close protection services.

It includes:

clarifying the principal’s protection requirements and complying with legal rights and responsibilities, policies and procedures associated with close protection tasks

gathering, verifying and assessing protective intelligence to gain a full understanding of potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks to the principal

selecting routes and performing reconnaissance to clarify the risk environment and identify factors that might compromise safety and security

working with others to assess threats, vulnerabilities and operational risks and plan protection arrangements.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify roles, responsibilities and close protection requirements.	1.1 Review work instructions, associated workplace and client’s policies and procedures to clarify principal’s close protection requirements. 1.2 Clarify roles and responsibilities, with relevant persons, of self and others in the close protection team and chain of command. 1.3 Review legal rights and responsibilities of self and others in the close protection team and apply to work instructions.
2. Gather and assess protective intelligence.	2.1 Source background information on principal from multiple sources, and verify accuracy and relevance to work instructions. 2.2 Source and verify information to define and clarify operational parameters including the principal’s itinerary, routes, venues and contacts. 2.3 Assess and record information in a manner that can be used to analyse potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks to principal. 2.4 Protect confidentiality and privacy of gathered information to comply with legal responsibilities.
3. Select routes and perform reconnaissance.	3.1 Analyse maps and other route information, and select primary and secondary routes to meet work instructions. 3.2 Perform reconnaissance of routes and venues based on work instructions and information. 3.3 Identify suitable embus and debus points, vulnerable areas and other factors that might compromise the safety and security of the principal. 3.4 Locate available safe areas that can be used in emergency situations. 3.5 Record reconnaissance findings and recommend changes to operational instructions to anticipate and avoid foreseeable risk situations.
4. Assess threats, vulnerabilities and operational risks and plan protection arrangements.	4.1 Evaluate factors that could influence threats, vulnerabilities and operational risks to assess and determine level and nature of potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks. 4.2 Identify resources and equipment required to protect principal from potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks. 4.3 Consult with principal and close protection team members to report potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks, to explain resource requirements, and to agree suitable protection arrangements. 4.4 Record details of planned protection arrangements using workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

observe and follow accepted protocols and methods for communicating with people from different social, professional and cultural contexts, such as foreign diplomats, celebrities and other very important persons (VIPs)

use positive non-verbal skills to develop rapport with others when working as part of a team

writing skills to:

use a variety of expressions and sentence structures to provide factual information and express opinions when recording information and reconnaissance findings

sequence and present cohesive text when recording details of planned protection arrangements

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

information in different formats and contexts when gathering protection intelligence

different types of maps and information contained within navigation systems when planning routes

speaking and listening skills to use questions and active listening to clarify tasks and verify spoken information

numeracy skills to:

estimate time required to carry out operational tasks

use basic mathematical techniques to calculate resource requirements

problem solving skills to:

plan alternative routes using maps

evaluate and adjust protective arrangements to meet changing risk circumstances

source intelligence from multiple sources to ensure sufficiency, validity and relevance to meet work instructions

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to use a range of information technologies and devices to gather information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3018A Provide for the safety of persons at risk.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3122 Plan provision of close protection services

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC3018A Provide for the safety of persons at risk.

Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must plan the provision of close protection services to meet the needs of two different principals.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when planning the provision of close protection services:

anti-discrimination and diversity

confidentiality and privacy

counter terrorism

duty of care

information privacy and legal use of gathered intelligence

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

search of premises

surveillance

workplace health and safety (WHS)

access and exit points and layout of work environment and premises to be accessed by principal

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

basic contingency planning techniques

chain of command relevant to protection services

current national terrorism threat level and context

difference between static, mobile and direct protection and the tactics used for each

emergency and evacuation plans and procedures for premises that may be accessed by principal

factors that may compromise safety and security of principal during embus and debus points and when entering and exiting premises

from where and how to collect sufficient information to determine levels of threats, vulnerabilities and risks to principals, without compromising the safety or security of the principal

how to access and use different types of maps

how to use common global positioning satellite (GPS) devices, maps and tracking systems

methods for ensuring intelligence is sufficient, valid and relevant to protection operation

methods for verifying sources of intelligence

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of reconnaissance in planning safety and security of close protection operations

research techniques using multiple sources

role and legal rights and responsibilities of a close protection operative

types of equipment and resources used when providing close protection services

types of potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks that can be encountered during close protection operations

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to plan provision of close protection services

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3123 Implement close protection services

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement close protection services to protect the safety and security of a principal who may be a celebrity, political figure, very important person (VIP) or other person requiring close protection services.

It includes:

searching and securing premises to be used by the principal, and providing close protection escort services using approved foot formations and procedures for debus and embus

maintaining communication with the principal and members of the close protection team to ensure ongoing safety and security, maintain situational awareness and identify and respond decisively to threats which may come from multiple sources

using reasonable defensive techniques that minimise use of force and maximise the safety and security of the principal, self and others.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for close protection operation.	1.1 Review operational information and instructions to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities and workplace policies and procedures when performing close protection tasks. 1.2 Assess planning information to clarify protective arrangements including known threats, vulnerabilities and risks and contingency measures. 1.3 Select and organise resources and equipment to meet work instructions and check to ensure correct operation. 1.4 Liaise with members of close protection team to exchange and report operational information in accordance with chain of command.
2. Search and secure premises.	2.1 Confirm authority to search premises to be used by principal in consultation with persons on site. 2.2 Use search methods and procedures to identify potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks, and implement necessary controls to ensure premises are secure. 2.3 Report problems and request specialist assistance as required to maintain security of premises.
3. Provide close protection escort.	3.1 Monitor the environment to maintain situational awareness and avoid hazards while implementing protective arrangements. 3.2 Exchange information with principal to ensure safety and security, and balance principal’s needs with operational needs. 3.3 Use communication equipment and non-verbal methods to convey information and to receive instructions from members of close protection team. 3.4 Perform safe debus and embus of principal following workplace procedures. 3.5 Carry out foot escort formations that avoid or minimise risks and threats to principal following standard procedures.
4. Respond to threat and protect principal.	4.1 Identify source of threat and assess risk to safety and security of principal. 4.2 Use immediate and decisive response actions that extract principal from threat and minimise use of force. 4.3 Give clear and concise instructions to the principal and close protection team members within limits of own role and responsibilities. 4.4 Use defensive techniques that are reasonable in the circumstances to defend principal, self and others. 4.5 Remain alert to multiple threats and identify and respond to secondary or subsequent incidents to maintain safety and security of principal, self and others.
5. Finalise and review close protection operation.	5.1 Fulfil close protection services in accordance with work instructions. 5.2 Record operational outcomes and incident observations using workplace documentation. 5.3 Participate in review and debrief of close protection outcomes to identify procedural improvements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

observe and follow accepted protocols and methods for communicating with people from different social, professional and cultural contexts, such as foreign diplomats, celebrities and other very important persons (VIPs)

use positive non-verbal skills to develop rapport with others when working as part of a team

writing skills to use a variety of expressions and sentence structures to provide factual information and express opinions when recording operational outcomes and incident observations

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

different directional signs and information when escorting principal

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to clarify and verify spoken information when exchanging information with principal and team members, and confirming authority to search premises

convey and receive clear and succinct information and instructions using communication equipment

numeracy skills to estimate time required to meet principal’s needs relating to schedule and itinerary

problem solving skills to:

recognise source of threat

modify actions to balance operational requirements with needs of principal

select response options that meet changing risk circumstances and multiple threats

teamwork skills to:

adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

work effectively with others and comply with chain of command reporting

maintain professional working relationships with principal and members of close protection team.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3123 Implement close protection services

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must implement close protection services in separate operations to meet the protection needs of each of two different principals. In doing this, the person must demonstrate correct application of two different types of foot formations from the list below:

wedge

box

diamond

one-on-one.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when implementing close protection services:

anti-discrimination and diversity

confidentiality and privacy

counter terrorism

duty of care

information privacy and legal use of gathered intelligence

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

search of premises

surveillance

use of force

use of restraints and weapons including batons, firearms, handcuffs and spray

workplace health and safety (WHS)

access and exit points and layout of work environment and premises to be accessed by principal

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

chain of command relevant to protection services

code of conduct and professional standards for providing close protection services

crowd behaviour, dynamics and movement patterns that can threaten security

current national terrorism threat level and context

difference between static, mobile and direct protection and the tactics used for each

empty hand techniques

factors that may indicate escalation of conflict or risk and situations requiring specialist assistance

methods for performing debus and embus procedures

negotiation techniques and how they can be used to defuse and resolve conflict

procedures for communicating and collaborating with close protection team

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

protocols and signals used to communicate with principal and team in a close protection operation

purpose and types of foot formations used in close protection:

wedge

box

diamond

one-on-one

role and legal rights and responsibilities of a close protection operative

the phonetic alphabet and how it is used

types of equipment and resources used when providing close protection services

types of potential threats, vulnerabilities and risks that can be encountered during close protection operations

understanding of the force model

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to implement close protection services

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

access to two different principals to enable achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to prepare and present evidence in court.

It requires

sourcing, organising and checking security information to be used as evidence in court proceedings, and checking compliance against rules of evidence and evidence management principles to ensure admissibility

participating in oral briefing sessions, submitting evidence briefs and preparing documentation and exhibits

adhering to court procedures and protocols such as those relating to personal presentation, manner and language

presenting evidence in a clear, concise and unambiguous manner and providing specialist opinion on request.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare evidence.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when preparing and presenting evidence in court. 1.2 Source, research and collate case summary and supporting information. 1.3 Select information to be used as evidence in court and confirm its relevance, validity and admissibility in court. 1.4 Organise evidence and check compliance against evidence management principles. 1.5 Interpret requirements for recording and presenting evidence in court.
2. Prepare for court proceedings.	2.1 Participate in oral briefing session with relevant persons to confirm court arrangements, own role and involvement. 2.2 Discuss information to be presented as evidence and clarify negotiation parameters with relevant persons. 2.3 Submit briefs of evidence in a logical sequence and check compliance with rules of evidence to ensure admissibility in court proceeding. 2.4 Conduct a thorough review of material to be used or referred to in court proceeding prior to presentation in court to ensure familiarity, completeness and availability. 2.5 Prepare documentation and exhibits and review to confirm their acceptability for use in court.
3. Attend court proceeding and present evidence.	3.1 Attend court and adhere to court procedures and protocols including those for personal presentation, manner and language throughout proceeding. 3.2 Present admissible evidence in a clear, concise and unambiguous manner and on request, provide specialist opinion within own area of competence and expertise in accordance with evidence requirements. 3.3 Note, file and store outcomes of proceedings and associated documentation and evidence in accordance with evidence management principles.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to:

prepare documentation using formal structure and language

sequence security information and evidence to present cohesive text

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

information and evidence that may be technical in nature, and in pictorial, diagrammatic or written formats

speaking and listening skills to:

use active listening to check understanding when participating in briefing sessions

participate effectively in spoken interactions in a court setting using strategies to confirm, clarify or repair understanding

make constructive additions to what has been said when offering own specialist opinion in court

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

verify accuracy and sources when gathering information and evidence

analyse information to ensure it complies with rules of evidence for admissibility

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data or information that may be used as evidence.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare and present evidence in court in two separate court proceedings.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when preparing and presenting evidence in court:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

information privacy and confidentiality

workplace health and safety (WHS)

basic research techniques that can be used to gather information and evidence

evidence management principles

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when gathering, presenting and storing security information

methods for identifying proofs of an offence

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

operational functions of a range of information technologies used to gather, organise and present security information and evidence

own areas of competence and expertise to provide specialist opinion in court

procedures for preparing briefs of evidence

procedures, protocols and rules to be followed when presenting evidence in court:

addressing court personnel

language

manner

participating and giving evidence

personal presentation

who's who in court

purpose of the Evidence Act

requirements for recording information that is factual and can be used as evidence in court, including meaning of ‘continuity of evidence’

requirements for recording and reporting incidents

requirements for taking statements from witnesses

rules of evidence that can be presented in court:

contemporaneousness

must not be 'hearsay'

must not be opinion

must be relevant

must be admissible

storage requirements for information that is susceptible to spoil or damage, such as film, tapes and images

techniques for validating the accuracy and reliability of security information and evidence

treatment of persons being interviewed

types of documentation and exhibits that may be presented as evidence in court

types of law:

civil

common

criminal

statute.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to prepare and present evidence in court

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

access to a court environment to allow achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3125 Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC1005A Apply critical infrastructure protection procedures. Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets. Critical infrastructure is those physical facilities, supply chains, information technologies and communication networks which, if destroyed, degraded or rendered unavailable for an extended period, would significantly impact the social or economic well-being of the nation or affect Australia’s ability to conduct national defence and ensure national security. Critical infrastructure provides essential services such as power, water, health services, communication and financial systems.

The unit includes:

reviewing and complying with work instructions, workplace procedures and policies and legal rights and responsibilities when protecting critical infrastructure and public assets

implementing security procedures to monitor security of the work area and maintain situational awareness, and identify and respond appropriately to indicators of terrorist or criminal activity and potential security threats in collaboration with others

using communication equipment to report and receive instructions to respond to identified security threats.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to protect critical infrastructure and public assets.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when protecting critical infrastructure and public assets. 1.2 Review work instructions to confirm procedures for protecting critical infrastructure or public assets, including emergency and evacuation. 1.3 Discuss and clarify authority, role and responsibilities of self and delegated personnel to implement security procedures that protect critical infrastructure and public assets. 1.4 Check communication equipment to confirm correct working order and resolve problems.
2. Monitor security of work area.	2.1 Monitor security of the work area to maintain vigilance and observational awareness according to work instructions. 2.2 Gather intelligence to clarify the nature of potential security threats in consultation with delegated personnel. 2.3 Verify the authority of people, items and vehicles in the work area, and take necessary actions to maintain security and safety of self, others, property and premises.
3. Identify, report and respond to security threats.	3.1 Identify indicators of potential terrorist or criminal activity. 3.2 Use communication equipment to immediately report suspected threats to critical infrastructure or public assets following chain of command procedures. 3.3 Receive and follow instructions to maximise the safety of self and others, and security of critical infrastructure and public assets. 3.4 Record details of security threat and response using documentation in accordance with workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience

use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

writing skills to clearly and accurately record details of security threats and responses

reading skills to interpret:

directional signs and information in written, pictorial and diagrammatic forms, such as emergency and evacuation procedures and site maps

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

identity documentation when verifying the authority of persons and vehicles

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when using communication equipment to report security threats

use questions to clarify understanding when receiving spoken instructions

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

identify faults and malfunctions in communication equipment

recognise suspicious items, behaviours and activities

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC1005A Apply critical infrastructure protection procedures. Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3125 Implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is non-equivalent to CPPSEC1005A Apply critical infrastructure protection procedures. Significant changes made to the unit to reflect current industry needs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure or public assets in response to three different threats involving different locations.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when implementing security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

counter terrorism

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

personal search

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

current national terrorism threat level and context

designated personnel responsible for collaborating to protect critical infrastructure and public assets

indicators of potential terrorist activity

methods for gathering intelligence and identifying sources of threat to critical infrastructure and public assets

procedures for monitoring security of critical infrastructure and public assets

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

risk and associated risk events relating to critical infrastructure and public assets

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of national critical infrastructure and public assets and the general impact of their destruction, degradation or unavailability on national well-being and security capabilities

types of terrorist and criminal activity that can threaten the security of critical infrastructure and public assets.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to implement security procedures to protect critical infrastructure and public assets

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3126 Defend persons using spray

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3016A Defend persons using spray.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to defend persons using spray, commonly known as ‘capsicum’ (oleoresin capsicum) or ‘pepper’ spray.

It includes:

complying with policies, procedures and legal rights and responsibilities including workplace health and safety (WHS)

identifying and assessing the need to use spray based on risk and threat levels, and confirming personal safety needs including personal protective equipment (PPE) and options for withdrawal

using negotiation techniques to defuse conflict and give spoken warning of the intention to use spray

discharging spray in a controlled manner and adjusting discharge to respond to changing circumstances in a manner that protects self and others and does not cause undue harm to the subject

monitoring the wellbeing of the subject and providing required assistance.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess need to use spray and response options.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using spray for security work. 1.2 Inspect spray canister for correct operation, locate actuator button, and clarify procedures for use. 1.3 Assess need to use spray against known information and potential and existing risks and threats, and decide preferred response option to contain incident.
2. Confirm personal safety needs and present spray.	2.1 Select and use PPE to meet WHS requirements. 2.2 Check and confirm personal safety needs and identify withdrawal options. 2.3 Present spray in a non-threatening manner while maintaining eye contact with subject.
3. Negotiate and give warning.	3.1 Use interpersonal techniques to exchange information with the subject and negotiate to defuse conflict and aggression. 3.2 Give clear spoken warning to the subject and advise of intention to use spray.
4. Discharge spray.	4.1 Control and direct spray to contain source of threat following manufacturer’s specifications. 4.2 Discharge spray ensuring canister is upright and that grip and handling allows secure retention and continued control. 4.3 Use tactical positioning that is fluid, uses available cover and protection and allows options for withdrawal. 4.4 Adjust discharge to respond to changing circumstances and discontinue spray immediately when threat ceases. 4.5 Monitor wellbeing of subject and provide care or seek immediate assistance from relevant persons. 4.6 Decontaminate self, clothing and equipment from spray exposure.
5. Evaluate spray use and maintain spray.	5.1 Review and evaluate effectiveness of response using spray against incident circumstances and observations, in consultation with relevant persons. 5.2 Identify improvements to future security response procedures using spray. 5.3 Inspect condition of spray and report identified faults. 5.4 Complete and securely maintain documentation in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5 Recognise effects of stress and manage own well-being using stress management techniques.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to provide information or advice in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver and engages minority groups

writing skills to:

record and describe incident observations and actions taken

complete routine reports and forms

reading skills to interpret:

workplace procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

read canister labels to interpret manufacturer’s instructions for using and maintaining spray and giving first aid

speaking and listening skills to:

use questions and active listening to exchange and understand information with subject

control tone of voice when negotiating with the subject

give clear and succinct spoken warnings and directions when negotiating with the subject

use a radio to give clear and sequenced information when reporting incident details

numeracy skills to estimate optimal distance for spray effectiveness and how long to spray

problem solving skills to:

formulate response options to match nature of risk

recognise situations requiring the need to call emergency services.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3016A Defend persons using spray.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3126 Defend persons using spray

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC3016A Defend persons using spray.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must defend persons using spray in response to three different threat situations involving subjects holding weapons.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when defending persons using spray:

anti-discrimination and diversity

apprehension, arrest and restraint of persons

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

use of force

workplace health and safety (WHS)

application methods for spray including how to hold the canister, how to discharge spray, target placement, distance and length of spray

approved communication terminology, call signs and radio channels used in the security industry

arrest and control techniques using spray

basic negotiation techniques

methods for caring for a spray recipient

methods for decontamination after exposure to spray

methods for storing and maintaining spray canisters

methods of restraint and associated effects, including signs and symptoms of asphyxiation

procedures for communicating with emergency services personnel

procedures for effecting an arrest

process of dynamic risk assessment and how it is applied

response options using spray that are within specified legal limits

risks associated with using spray and common physiological effects and symptoms, particularly related to eyes and the respiratory tract

security risk situations that warrant the use of spray and situations where use may amount to excessive use of force

signs that a person may be suffering from emotional or physical distress

signs that a person may be suffering from mental illness

signs that a person may be under the influence of intoxicating substances

tactical positioning to be adopted when using spray

types and purpose of sprays that may be used for security purposes

types and uses of personal protective equipment (PPE) required when using spray

ways in which social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to defend persons using spray

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

access to spray and threat scenarios to allow achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3127 Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1006A Apply x-ray image interpretation procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct security screening of items using x-ray equipment. X-ray equipment includes single or multi-view equipment which may have threat-image projection system capability that can differentiate between organic and inorganic material.

It includes:

setting up, testing and operating x-ray equipment and managing the position and flow of items through the screening point

interpreting x-ray images to clarify the meaning of colours, shapes and sizes and using image enhancement functions to detect the presence of prohibited items such as weapons, explosives or dangerous goods

maintaining situational awareness to monitor and maintain security and respond quickly to detect and report security risks.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for screening using x-ray equipment.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when screening items using x-ray equipment. 1.2 Set up and test x-ray screening equipment following manufacturers’ instructions, and rectify or report problems to relevant persons.
2. Operate x-ray equipment and screen items.	2.1 Identify hazards and risks in the work area and implement necessary controls to maintain safety of people and property. 2.2 Operate x-ray screening equipment following manufacturers’ instructions. 2.3 Manage position and flow of items through screening point for optimal image interpretation.
3. Interpret x-ray images.	3.1 Review x-ray images and verify meaning of colours, shapes and sizes of items being screened. 3.2 Manipulate images using enhancement functions to clarify item components, and seek assistance in situations where image features cannot be clarified.
4. Detect and report prohibited items.	4.1 Detect actual or suspected prohibited items on x-ray image and check image features to confirm findings. 4.2 Use security equipment to immediately report the presence or suspected presence of prohibited items to relevant persons. 4.3 Monitor persons and items in the screening area to maintain situational awareness and promptly respond to potential security risks.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and equipment labels when setting up, testing and operating x-ray equipment

coloured, pictorial, graphical and written information and instructions

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when managing position and flow of items

use a radio or phone to report and describe detected prohibited items

use questions to receive instructions when seeking assistance

numeracy skills to interpret and calculate numerical information when calibrating x-ray equipment and interpreting images

problem solving skills to:

identify equipment faults and malfunctions

recognise suspicious items and behaviours.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1006A Apply x-ray image interpretation procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3127 Conduct security screening using x-ray equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1006A Apply x-ray image interpretation procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions, conduct security screening using x-ray equipment, involving, on each occasion:

correctly positioning and screening six different items

correctly identifying the nature of the items by interpreting the colours, shapes and sizes of their x-ray images

correctly using image enhancement functions of equipment to identify:

one weapon

the presence of explosives

the presence of another type of prohibited item, such as a dangerous good.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security screening using x-ray equipment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

dangerous goods

duty of care

limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

components, operating principles and characteristics of typical weapons, explosives and prohibited items that may be contained in items being screened

current national terrorism threat level and context

features of x-ray images that indicate the possible presence of weapons, explosives or prohibited items in articles

limitations of x-ray imaging processes and how to overcome these limitations

methods and techniques for interpreting x-ray images and the meaning of colour (metals, organics and inorganics), shape and size

potential hazards, risks and security risk situations that can arise when screening items using x-ray equipment

procedures for reporting the detection of prohibited items and security risks

procedures for setting up and testing x-ray screening equipment

purpose and uses of image enhancement functions on x-ray equipment

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

surveillance techniques for monitoring security of the screening point

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of items that are prohibited including weapons, explosives and dangerous goods that are corrosive, flammable, explosive, spontaneously combustible, toxic, oxidising or water-reactive.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to conduct security screening using x-ray equipment

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including x-ray equipment and items to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3128 Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1007A Apply walk through metal detection procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct security screening of people and personal effects using walk-through metal detection equipment. Walk-through metal detection equipment is any electronic device in an upright configuration capable of being used in a security screening environment for the detection of metal by magnetic induction as a person walks through the detection zone.

It includes:

setting up, testing and operating the walk-through equipment

using sensitive spoken and non-verbal communication to manage the order and flow of people through the screening point and using special screening methods for infants, children and people with specific needs

following legal requirements and procedures associated with personal search where required

monitoring and maintaining security and responding quickly to positive alarms.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for screening using walk-through metal detection equipment.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when screening people and personal effects using walk-through metal detection equipment. 1.2 Set up and test walk-through metal detection equipment following manufacturers’ instructions, and rectify or report problems to relevant persons.
2. Screen people and personal effects.	2.1 Identify hazards and risks in the work area and implement necessary controls to maintain safety of people and property. 2.2 Operate walk-through metal detection equipment following manufacturers’ instructions. 2.3 Direct and assist people through the screening point using interpersonal techniques and communication that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 2.4 Use alternate screening methods to accommodate infants, children and people with specific needs.
3. Monitor screening and respond to potential security risks.	3.1 Monitor people through the screening point and give spoken and non-verbal instructions to maintain an orderly flow and address causes of potential delays. 3.2 Identify persons not consenting to be screened and take appropriate action following workplace procedures. 3.3 Respond to positive alarms and locate and secure prohibited items following workplace procedures. 3.4 Identify the need to conduct personal search, and clarify legal authority to search in consultation with relevant persons. 3.5 Obtain consent for personal search, and use approved search techniques locate or confirm the absence of prohibited items. 3.6 Where permission to search is refused, use communication equipment to immediately report situation to relevant persons. 3.7 Monitor persons and items in the screening area to maintain situational awareness and to respond promptly to potential security risks.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use strategies to overcome language barriers

use non-verbal signals to give directions to people through the screening point

reading skills to interpret:

medical cards or letters for people requiring alternate screening methods

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and equipment labels when setting up, testing and operating walk-through metal detection equipment

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when managing flow and assisting people through the screening point

use a radio or phone to report risks

use questions to clarify understanding when receiving spoken information

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

identify equipment faults and malfunctions

recognise suspicious items and behaviours

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1007A Apply walk through metal detection procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3128 Conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1007A Apply walk through metal detection procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions, conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment, involving, on each occasion:

modifying the screening process to accommodate the needs of:

one child

one person who is unable to walk unassisted through the screening point

responding to positive alarms and identifying at least two prohibited items.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

dangerous goods

duty of care

limits of own authority

personal search

workplace health and safety (WHS)

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods for screening infants, children and people with specific needs

potential hazards, risks and security risk situations that can arise when screening people and personal effects using walk-through metal detection equipment

procedures for obtaining permission to search

procedures for reporting the detection of prohibited items and security risks

procedures for responding to denied request to search

procedures for setting up and testing walk-through metal detection equipment

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

situations requiring personal search to be conducted

surveillance techniques for monitoring security of the screening point

techniques for overcoming language barriers to ensure correct information exchange

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of items that are prohibited including weapons, explosives and dangerous goods

ways that individual and social cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to conduct security screening using walk-through metal detection equipment

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including:

Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

operational walk-through metal detection equipment and screening scenarios and items to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3129 Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1009A Apply Explosive Trace Detection (ETD) procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct security screening of people using explosive trace detection (ETD) equipment. ETD equipment can detect and indicate by means of an alarm, the presence of a target amount of explosive material.

It includes:

checking, calibrating and operating EDT equipment following manufacturers’ specifications

using sensitive spoken communication techniques to prepare people for ETD sampling, and using correct techniques to screen people and items using ETD equipment

maintaining situational awareness and responding quickly to security risks and positive and negative ETD results.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for screening using ETD equipment.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when conducting security screening using ETD equipment. 1.2 Follow manufacturers’ instructions to prepare, check and calibrate ETD equipment, and rectify or report problems to relevant persons.
2. Conduct ETD sampling and testing.	2.1 Select person and items for ETD screening, and explain EDT screening procedures using interpersonal techniques and communication that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 2.2 Use an ETD wand to screen person and items following workplace procedures. 2.3 Test sample using ETD equipment following workplace procedures.
3. Respond to sample results and potential security risks.	3.1 Recognise positive and negative results and repeat testing following workplace procedures. 3.2 Take appropriate action to respond to a double positive result, and request assistance from relevant persons. 3.3 Monitor persons and items in the screening area to maintain situational awareness and to respond promptly to potential security risks. 3.4 Record results of screening using ETD equipment using workplace documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use strategies to overcome language barriers

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and equipment labels when checking, testing, calibrating and operating ETD equipment

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when assisting people through the screening process

use questions to clarify understanding when receiving spoken information

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

identify equipment faults and malfunctions

apply contingency measures to respond to a double positive screening results

recognise suspicious items and behaviours while applying screening procedures

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1009A Apply Explosive Trace Detection (ETD) procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3129 Conduct security screening using explosive trace detection equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1009A Apply Explosive Trace Detection (ETD) procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions, conduct security screening using explosive trace detection (ETD) equipment, involving, on each occasion:

giving clear spoken instructions to direct the person for ETD sampling and screening

responding to one double-positive and one positive-negative result and implementing appropriate responses for each.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security screening using explosive trace detection equipment:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

dangerous goods

duty of care

limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

client service standards for requesting ETD sampling and explaining screening procedures

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods and techniques involved in sampling and screening people and items using ETD equipment

potential hazards, risks and security risk situations that can arise when screening people and personal effects using ETD equipment

procedures for checking, testing, calibrating and operating ETD equipment

procedures for conducting ETD swab testing and analysis

procedures for obtaining verbal consent to ETD sampling

procedures for reporting the detection of explosive material and other security risks

procedures for responding to double-positive ETD detection

procedures for when people do not consent to ETD sampling

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

situations requiring assistance when screening people and items using ETD equipment

surveillance techniques for monitoring security of the screening point

techniques for overcoming language barriers to ensure correct information exchange

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

ways that individual and social cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to conduct security screening using ETD equipment

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including operational ETD equipment and scenarios to allow achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3130 Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1008A Apply hand-held metal detection procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to conduct security screening of people and personal effects using a hand-held metal detector. Hand-held metal detectors are portable electronic devices that can detect metal by magnetic induction while the device is passed over a person or their personal effects.

It includes:

checking, testing and operating hand-held metal detectors following manufacturers’ specifications

using screening techniques that cover the full body and personal effects and detect sources of positive alarms

using sensitive spoken communication to direct, position and assist people through the screening process and investigate alarm sources

maintaining situational awareness and responding quickly to security risks.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for screening using hand-held metal detector.	1.1 Review workplace procedures and policies to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when screening people and personal effects using a hand-held metal detector. 1.2 Follow manufacturers’ instructions to check battery, turn detector on, test for correct audible and visual signals, and rectify or report problems to relevant persons. 1.3 Calibrate detector to correct sensitivity and volume for screening tasks.
2. Screen people and personal effects.	2.1 Identify hazards and risks in the work area and implement necessary controls to maintain safety of people and property. 2.2 Direct and position person at the screening point using interpersonal techniques and communication that accounts for individual social and cultural differences. 2.3 Sweep hand-held metal detector over the body and personal items within the maximum range specified by manufacturers’ instructions for the type of detector. 2.4 Complete screening using hand-held metal detector ensuring full body and all personal effects have been scanned.
3. Respond to positive alarms and potential security risks.	3.1 Respond to positive alarms and locate and secure prohibited items following workplace procedures. 3.2 Where there is a positive alarm without a visible source, request assistance from the person to reveal potential alarm sources and repeat the scan until all alarms have been investigated. 3.3 Identify situations requiring specialist assistance and report to relevant persons. 3.4 Monitor persons and items in the screening area to maintain situational awareness and promptly respond to potential security risks.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to:

provide information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience and engage minority groups

use strategies to overcome language barriers

reading skills to interpret:

medical cards or letters for people requiring alternate screening methods

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and equipment labels when checking, testing, calibrating and operating hand-held metal detectors

speaking and listening skills to:

give clear, sequenced instructions when assisting people through the screening process

use questions to clarify understanding when receiving spoken information

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

identify equipment faults and malfunctions

find the sources of positive alarms and interference

recognise suspicious items and behaviours

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1008A Apply hand-held metal detection procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3130 Conduct security screening using hand-held metal detectors

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1008A Apply hand-held metal detection procedures.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must on two separate occasions, conduct security screening using a hand-held metal detector, involving, on each occasion:

giving clear spoken instructions to direct the person into the correct stance and body positioning to ensure scanning of the entire body and personal effects

responding to positive alarms and identifying at least two prohibited items.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when conducting security screening using a hand-held metal detector:

anti-discrimination and diversity

counter terrorism

dangerous goods

duty of care

limits of own authority

workplace health and safety (WHS)

current national terrorism threat level and context

methods for screening people and items using a hand-held metal detector including infants, children and people with specific needs

possible causes of positive alarms and interference from the work environment

potential hazards, risks and security risk situations that can arise when screening people and personal effects using hand-held metal detectors

procedures for checking, testing, calibrating and operating a range of hand-held metal detectors

procedures for reporting the detection of prohibited items and security risks

purpose of Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommended response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

site emergency and evacuation plans and procedures

situations requiring assistance when screening people and items using hand-held metal detectors

surveillance techniques for monitoring security of the screening point

techniques for overcoming language barriers to ensure correct information exchange

types of behavioural anomalies and suspect behaviours that can indicate criminal activity, hostile reconnaissance or the potential for terrorist activity

types of items that are prohibited including weapons, explosives and dangerous goods

ways that individual and social cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to conduct security screening using a hand-held metal detector

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry including:

Australia's Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

operational hand-held metal detectors and scenarios to enable achievement of the performance evidence

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC3131 Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes.

It includes:

complying with work instructions, workplace procedures and policies, and legal rights and responsibilities, including firearms and weapons Acts and workplace health and safety (WHS)

clarifying shift requirements and work tasks, and assessing the risks inherent in work instructions to understand threat and protection requirements

selecting, fitting and using different types of body armour to protect against potential security threats.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use body armour.	1.1 Review work instructions and procedures for shift and clarify work tasks with relevant persons. 1.2 Review workplace policies including WHS to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when using body armour. 1.3 Assess risks inherent in work instructions to clarify threat and protection requirements.
2. Select and fit body armour.	2.1 Select items of body armour to meet work instructions. 2.2 Inspect body armour to confirm suitability for work tasks. 2.3 Wear body armour and adjust for correct fit and maximum protective capacity.
3. Clean and maintain body armour.	3.1 Read manufacturers’ instructions to confirm care and maintenance requirements for body armour. 3.2 Clean and store body armour following manufacturers’ instructions.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved communication terminology, codes and signals

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

manufacturers’ instructions and technical information when checking, fitting, cleaning and maintaining body armour

speaking and listening skills to ask questions and listen to answers to gain information or confirm understanding

numeracy skills to calculate measurements to ensure correct size of body armour

problem solving skills to:

select body armour that is appropriate to protect against

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3131 Select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must select, use and maintain for security purposes two different types of body armour.

On each occasion, the person must select items of body armour that are appropriate for protection against assessed threats.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when selecting, using and maintaining body armour for security purposes:

duty of care

legal requirements for using body armour

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

selection, use and fitting of body armour

workplace health and safety (WHS)

criteria for selecting body armour for protection during security assignments

difference between stab and bullet proof vests

difference between stab and spike protection

effect of secondary projectiles on body armour

factors that affect the use of body armour

factors that contribute to thermoregulation problems

factors that impact the effectiveness of body armour

health risks associated with using body armour including common heat disorders and their treatment

importance of hydration when using body armour

limitations of different types of body armour

methods for cleaning and storing body armour

National Institute of Justice (NU) Standards relating to:

Body armour performance standards

NU ballistic resistance standards

NU stab resistance standards (slashes and stabs from knives and spikes)

NU performance levels and protection classes

nomenclature of modern law-enforcement body armour

process for inspecting suitability of body armour

types of body armour and the threats they protect against including:

ballistic protection

edged blade protection

spike protection.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to select, use and maintain body armour for security purposes

appropriate documents, materials, and equipment currently used in industry

body armour to meet work instructions

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

National Institute of Justice Standards.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS2012A Assist in the collection of spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assist team members to collect basic spatial data in the field using surveying methods. Basic spatial data refers to measurements of distances, angles and height difference. The unit covers preparing for data collection by clarifying tasks and equipment to be used, and checking equipment for safe working order. The unit also covers participating in spatial data gathering activities, including recording data in the correct format and using equipment in a safe manner. It covers finalising work tasks by checking and storing equipment and reporting faults or problems, and completing and storing data and documentation. The unit requires the ability to follow instructions and communicate with team members, and to apply mathematical concepts used for basic surveying methods.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying team, in positions relating to field data collection and administration.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to collect basic spatial data.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Equipment is selected to meet task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Equipment is checked to ensure it is in safe working order according to organisational requirements.
2.	Collect basic spatial data.	2.1.	Data is collected and recorded in correct format in line with task and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Data is checked for accuracy and problems are reported to appropriate persons.
2.3.	Equipment is used according to task and safety requirements and manufacturer specifications, and problems are reported to appropriate persons.
3.	Finalise spatial data collection tasks.	3.1.	Equipment is checked and stored safely according to organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications.
3.2.	Unsafe or faulty equipment is reported according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Data and documentation are completed and stored according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical concepts in surveying methods relating to distance and angles.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements and equipment selection.
Reading skills to:	locate specific information in standard operating procedures understand forms required for recording collected data.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements that can be interpreted by a third party.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague site personnel supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS2012A Assist in the collection of spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also collect basic spatial data for two field projects according to organisational procedures and instructions, and using surveying methods. For each project, the person must use safety equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), and a communication device.

During the above projects, the person must collect the basic spatial data using four of the following tools and equipment:

clinometer or device to measure vertical angles

compass

data recording equipment

digital or hard copy map

distance measuring tape

distance measuring wheel

level

scientific calculator

simple global positioning system (GPS) device to determine position

simple laser measuring device.

While assisting in collecting the above basic spatial data, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and equipment use

comply with organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications

report problems and seek assistance with work tasks

use organisational proformas to record accurate measurements and data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards for recording surveying measurements and data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

accessing manufacturer specifications

collecting spatial data

formats for records and documentation

reporting problems

selecting and using the tools and equipment specified in the performance evidence

using communications equipment

working safely when using surveying equipment and working in the field.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

PPE

specifications:

equipment operating manuals and manufacturer specifications

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to work tasks

relationships with team members and supervisor:

access to supervisor and other appropriate persons for assistance with work tasks.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS2013A Assist in the storage and retrieval of spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assist team members to store and retrieve basic spatial data. Basic spatial data refers to recorded surveying measurements or datasets of objects with coordinates. The unit covers following instructions to record, maintain and retrieve spatial data from either paper or digital sources. It requires the ability to follow instructions and communicate with team members to clarify work tasks.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying or spatial information services team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Store basic spatial data.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Computer and software are prepared and checked to meet task requirements, and problems are reported to appropriate persons.
1.3.	Requirements are followed to record data in index according to organisational requirements.
2.	Retrieve basic spatial data.	2.1.	Requirements are followed to access and retrieve spatial data source according to task and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Problems are identified and reported to appropriate persons.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	extract and compare numerical data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	understand graphical information in basic spatial data.
Technology skills to:	store and retrieve spatial data in digital format.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS2013A Assist in the storage and retrieval of spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS2013A Assist in the storage and retrieval of spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also follow procedures and instructions to store and retrieve basic spatial data for two different projects.

While storing and retrieving the above basic spatial data, the person must:

adhere to data privacy and information copyright laws relating to data storage and retrieval

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks

comply with organisational requirements to work safely when using screen-based equipment

cooperate with team members to store and retrieve spatial data

report problems and seek assistance with work tasks

use a computer and software to store and retrieve spatial data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

data privacy and information copyright

preparing and using computers and software

reporting problems with spatial data availability and formats

working safely when using screen-based equipment.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computers and software required to collect basic spatial data

specifications:

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

access to supervisor and other appropriate persons for assistance with work tasks.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS2015A Assist in field activity.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assist members of a surveying and spatial information services team by carrying out field support tasks as directed. The unit covers preparing for work by clarifying tasks and equipment to be used, including personal protective equipment (PPE). The unit also covers participating in a range of support activities, including identifying and marking surface positions; and using and storing tools and equipment. It covers restoring the work site after tasks are completed, and checking tools and equipment to report faults or problems. The unit requires the ability to follow instructions and communicate with team members to clarify work tasks, and apply mathematical concepts used for distance measurements and calculations.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in positions relating to field support and administration.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for field support tasks.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Tools and equipment are selected to meet task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.3.	PPE is accessed and used according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Assist with field support tasks.	2.1.	Support tasks are carried out and problems reported to appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.
2.2.	Surface positions are identified and marked in line with task and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Tools and equipment are used according to task and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise field support tasks.	3.1.	Measurements are checked and recorded according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Assistance is provided in restoring site as near as practicable to original condition, and waste is disposed of according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Tools and equipment are checked and stored safely according to organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications.
3.4.	Unsafe or faulty tools and equipment are reported according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply basic mathematical concepts to measure and calculate distances, area and volume.
Reading skills to:	understand forms required for recording collected data understand standard operating procedures and equipment operating manuals.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements that can be interpreted by a third party.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	site personnel supervisor or line manager.
Support tasks must include at least two of the following:	checking data identifying and marking positions of assets for which information is required maintaining equipment recording data.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS2015A Assist in field activity

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS2015A Assist in field activity.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also follow procedures and instructions to assist with field support activities in two projects in the surveying and spatial field.

For each project, the person must use safety equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), and a communication device, such as ultra-high frequency radio.

The person must also use four of the following:

compass

data recording equipment

digital or hard copy map

distance measuring wheel

level

measuring instruments

scientific calculator

hand-held laser measuring device.

While assisting in the above field support activities, the person must:

use and check tools and equipment to identify faults or problems

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and report problems

comply with organisational and manufacturer requirements in order to work safely and protect the environment

cooperate with team members to follow instructions

follow procedures to identify and mark surface positions

report problems and seek assistance with work tasks

assist in restoring work site to as near as practicable to original condition after field activities are completed.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards and practices for marking surface positions and measuring and recording basic spatial data

organisational policies and procedures covering work tasks relating to field projects, including reporting and equipment use and maintenance

purpose of and storage procedures for the tools and equipment required in above field activities

site restoration and waste disposal procedures

work health and safety procedures relating to field support activities, including required PPE.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

equipment operating manuals and manufacturer specifications

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to field activities

relationships with team members and supervisor:

access to supervisor and other appropriate persons for assistance with work tasks.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS2016A Assist with load transfer.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to assist team members to load, unload and transfer goods and personnel to a work site. The unit covers following procedures and instructions to select equipment to assist loading activities. It also covers complying with legal requirements relating to the transport and handling of hazardous materials, and to load mass, restraint and protection. The unit requires the ability to follow instructions and communicate with team members to clarify work tasks and seek assistance.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in a range of work sites and positions, such as field hands and data collection assistants.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements concerning the loading and unloading of goods, including mass and loading regulations dealing with over-size and over-mass permits, apply to this unit in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for load transfer.	1.1.	Load transfer work tasks are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Loading and unloading plans are followed to ensure efficiency and safety according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Type and nature of load are checked in consultation with appropriate persons to ensure even and legal distribution according to organisational requirements.
2.	Assist with loading and unloading.	2.1.	Instructions are followed to assist with loading and unloading activities in a safe and efficient manner, taking into account suitable locations, stowage and balance of remaining load.
2.2.	Lifting aids and equipment are selected and used to assist loading and unloading according to organisational procedures and safety requirements.
2.3.	Instructions are followed to secure and protect load using correct load restraint methods and according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Goods that require special handling are identified and procedures followed to complete required records according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise load transfer activities.	3.1.	Documentation relating to own role is completed according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Aids and equipment used in the load transfer process are cleaned and stored according to organisational procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply basic computations relating to load mass, size and weight check size, weight and shape of load against legal and safety guidelines.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements receive and relay information clearly using a two-way radio.
Reading skills to:	recognise and understand Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) markings and HAZCHEM signs.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate load details using organisational proformas.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.
Lifting aids and equipment must include at least one of the following:	block and tackle hoist hydraulic lift jack stacker.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS2016A Assist with load transfer.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also assist with planning and conducting the loading, transfer and unloading of:

dangerous goods in one load

personnel in a separate load.

While assisting with the above activities, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and relay accurate information using a communication device

follow procedures for the safe manual handling of goods

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

load mass, restraint and protection

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

record data and complete required organisational documentation, including for goods that require special handling

select and use the lifting aids and equipment specified in the range of conditions to assist loading and unloading.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

codes of practice for handling and transporting dangerous goods and hazardous substances

communication protocols during load transfers

factors that can impact on safety when loading and unloading, including risks posed by traffic and weather

goods identification numbers and codes, including Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) markings and HAZCHEM signs

relevant parts of regulations relating to:

handling and transport of dangerous goods and hazardous substances

load mass (over-size and over-mass), load restraint and requirements to protect loads.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

communications equipment

load lifting aids and equipment, as specified in the range of conditions

PPE

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

standard operating procedures relating to health and safety, including manual handling

task specifications for load transfer work, including load restraint guide

relationships with team members and supervisor:

access to supervisor and other appropriate persons for assistance with work tasks.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3011A Apply map presentation principles.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use mapping software, such as geographic information system (GIS) functionality, to produce a basic map. The unit covers activities to prepare and process basic spatial data and produce a basic map, which includes simple marginal information and content, to meet task specifications.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in areas such as surveying, cartography, mapping, town planning and GIS.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to create basic map.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Equipment and software are selected according to task and organisational requirements.
2.	Compile map content.	2.1.	Map marginal information and content are prepared according to task specifications.
2.2.	Spatial data is processed to prepare map content according to task specifications.
3.	Finalise basic map production.	3.1.	Map is produced in required format and content according to task requirements.
3.2.	Map content and format are checked against task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
3.3.	Map is finalised and documentation completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply datums and projections to map read data attributes and numerical data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret instructions in standard operating procedures interpret spatial data, software menus and messages.
Writing skills to:	label marginal information and map content.
Technology skills to:	use mapping functions of basic software to format maps that meet task specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Task requirements must include:	coordinate system format of map map content marginal information spatial data to be used type of map.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS3011A Apply map presentation principles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3011A Apply map presentation principles.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use suitable software to produce two basic maps containing the following:

two man-made features and two natural features and their symbology depicting data by points, lines and polygons

data that has been geoprocessed from retrieved spatial data

simple marginal information, including:

data sources

georeferencing system

legend

north point

scale.

While producing the above basic maps, the person must:

communicate clearly when clarifying work tasks

comply with organisational requirements regarding health and safety and completing records and documentation

use a computer, printer and required ancillary hardware

use basic software mapping functions to:

apply scale

change data appearance

change symbology

import simple point, line and areal data

label features

pan zoom

perform simple thematic mapping

symbolise features by attributes.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

functions of mapping software suitable for making basic maps

key geographic feature types and how they are portrayed in mapping software, including using points, lines and polygons

key features of coordinate systems, datums and projections

common types of maps used for surveying and spatial information services

organisational policies and guidelines relating to basic map production

typical scales used on different types of maps

typical spatial referencing systems used on different types of maps

typical symbology used on different types of maps.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computers and software relevant to basic map production

specifications:

work task specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety when using screen-based equipment

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS3015A Collect spatial data.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to collect basic surveying data using measurements taken in the field. Basic surveying data refers to measurements of distances, angles and height difference with accuracy of one centimetre or better. The unit covers preparing for data collection by clarifying the data collection tasks and equipment to be used, and identifying and reporting hazards. The unit also covers operating equipment to take basic surveying measurements, and performing required data reductions and computations to ensure the accuracy of collected data before leaving the field. It requires the ability to follow standard operating procedures for setting up, using, checking and storing equipment; and completing records and documentation.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in positions relating to field data collection.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for data collection tasks.	1.1.	Data collection requirements and basic surveying tasks are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Equipment and collection method are selected to meet task requirements, and set up in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Hazards are identified and risks controlled and reported according to organisational requirements.
2.	Carry out basic data collection tasks.	2.1.	Factors affecting equipment use and accuracy of data are identified and reported.
2.2.	Basic surveying data is collected using selected equipment and according to manufacturer specifications, standard operating procedures, and task requirements.
2.3.	Measurements are recorded, calculated, reduced and checked before leaving the site according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise data collection tasks.	3.1.	Documentation is completed and data stored according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Equipment is checked, and faults and problems are reported.
3.3.	Equipment is packed up and stored according to manufacturer and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform mathematical reductions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements and equipment selection.
Reading skills to:	locate specific information in forms and standard operating procedures required for using equipment and recording collected data.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements, computations, and field checks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague site personnel supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS3015A Collect spatial data.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also accurately record basic surveying data for two field projects, including data relating to the position of geographic features and their attributes, including angles, distances and height.

During the above projects, the person must collect the basic surveying data using two of the following pieces of equipment:

automatic, digital or laser level

electromagnetic recording equipment

global positioning system (GPS) for:

determining point position

navigating and recording a traverse

collecting designated attributes for designated features

ground penetrating radar

total station.

In addition, while collecting basic surveying data, the person must use two of the following:

digital or hard copy maps and images

distance measuring

measuring bearings or angles

measuring vertical angles or slopes.

During the above projects, the person must also:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and equipment selection

comply with organisational, legislative and manufacturer requirements to work safely and use personal protective equipment (PPE)

comply with relevant safe work method statements (SWMS)

follow manufacturer specifications and standard operating procedures to correctly set up, operate, pack up, and store tools and equipment

use organisational and industry procedures and proformas to accurately collect and record measurements and data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accepted organisational standards for recording surveying metadata

attributes associated with a dataset

organisational and industry policies and procedures relating to collecting, recording and storing surveying data

organisational and industry procedures relating to work tasks specified in the performance evidence, including equipment use

spatial data collection procedures for equipment used, as specified in the performance evidence

work health and safety procedures relating to data collection activities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to data collection tasks

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3016A Provide field support services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects. The unit covers planning and preparing for work, including selecting equipment and supplies, and while in the field following safety procedures and carrying out field support tasks.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying or spatial information services team, in positions that provide assistance with data collection in the field.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for field support tasks.	1.1.	Task requirements are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.
1.2.	Equipment and supplies appropriate to the task are selected and prepared according to task and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Hazards relating to the work site are identified and risks controlled according to organisational and safety requirements.
1.4.	Site drawings and plans are obtained and examined to determine location of services.
1.5.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is accessed and used according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Execute field support tasks.	2.1.	Support tasks are carried out in consultation with appropriate persons and according to task requirements.
2.2.	Equipment is operated according to task and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise field support tasks.	3.1.	Site is restored as near as practicable to original condition, and waste is disposed of according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Equipment is cleaned and stored in a secure location according to manufacturer specifications.
3.3.	Repair work is organised for unsafe or faulty tools and equipment according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	locate features at the work site identified from maps and drawings.
Numeracy skills to:	record numerical data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements.
Reading skills to:	understand and follow procedures in task requirements understand graphical information on maps and site drawings.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate data and information.
Technology skills to:	set up tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague. supervisor or line manager.
Support tasks must include at least five of the following:	assisting equipment operator with data collection and recording clearing lines finding survey marks loading and unloading equipment and tools performing simple measurements, such as height of instrument and target placing survey marks setting up tripods and equipment in preparation for use by an instrument operator shifting equipment between designated points using and maintaining tools, such as shovels, crow bars, axes and brush hooks.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS3016A Provide field support services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3016A Provide field support services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also provide five of the field support tasks listed in the range of conditions for two different spatial data collection projects.

While providing the above field support services, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks

comply with organisational, legislative and manufacturer requirements in order to work safely and protect the work environment while in the field

cooperate with team members to collect and record data

select and use the following spatial tools and equipment to complete support tasks:

communication device

data measuring and recording equipment and tools

safety equipment and supplies, including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards and practices for measuring and recording basic spatial data

organisational policies and procedures relating to work tasks, including reporting and equipment use and maintenance

purpose and uses of required tools and equipment

site restoration and waste disposal procedures

work health and safety procedures relating to field support activities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

job specifications for field support work

equipment operating manuals

safety instructions

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work tasks

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3018A Transfer personnel and loads.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and conduct the loading, transfer and unloading of personnel and goods to a work site. The work site could be in a remote location in off-road conditions using a boat or four-wheel drive vehicle. The unit covers selecting equipment to assist loading activities, and complying with legal requirements relating to the transport and handling of hazardous materials, and to load mass, restraint and protection.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in a range of work sites and positions, such as field support for data collection and site set-out.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements concerning the loading and unloading of goods, including mass and loading regulations dealing with over-size and over-mass permits, apply to this unit in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for load transfer.	1.1.	Load transfer requirements are identified and clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Load transfer activities are planned to ensure efficient and safe operations and environmental protection, and according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Transport equipment appropriate for the type of load and loading and unloading activities to be conducted is selected and accessed.
1.4.	Factors affecting safe and efficient load transfer are identified and assessed in consultation with appropriate persons to meet organisational and safety requirements.
2.	Carry out loading and unloading.	2.1.	Loading and unloading activities are conducted in a safe and efficient manner, taking into account suitable locations, stowage and balance of remaining load.
2.2.	Lifting aids and equipment are selected and used to assist loading and unloading according to organisational procedures and safety requirements.
2.3.	Load is secured and protected using correct load restraint methods and according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Goods and technical equipment requiring special handling are identified and documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.
3.	Operate vehicle to complete load transfer.	3.1.	Pre-operational inspections and checks of vehicle are conducted, and problems or malfunctions reported according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Vehicle is operated using most efficient route of travel and ensuring safety of load and equipment.
3.3.	Route conditions and vehicle performance are constantly monitored and occurrences affecting safety and efficiency of operations are reported according to organisational requirements.
3.4.	Vehicle records are completed and maintained according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and navigate a transport route to account for terrain, weather and traffic contingencies.
Numeracy skills to:	apply basic computations relating to load mass, size and weight.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements receive and relay information clearly using a two-way radio.
Reading skills to:	interpret Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) markings and HAZCHEM signs interpret information from maps and manufacturer specifications.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate load computations.
Problem-solving skills to:	solve routine problems impacting on safety of load.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Load transfer requirements must include:	load shape load size load weight route conditions work site location for load transfer.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.
Transport equipment must include at least one of the following:	boat car four-wheel drive vehicle (with or without trailer) light truck quad bike two-wheel drive vehicle (with or without trailer).
Lifting aids and equipment must include at least one of the following:	block and tackle hoist hydraulic lift jack stacker.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS3018A Transfer personnel and loads

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3018A Transfer personnel and loads.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also plan and transfer:

dangerous goods in one load

personnel in a separate load.

While transferring the above loads, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and relay accurate information using a two-way radio

comply with organisational and legislative requirements during transfer activities relating to:

load mass, restraint and protection

protecting the environment

working safely

conduct pre-operational checks and inspections of the transport to identify defects and malfunctions, and report as required

follow procedures for the safe manual handling of goods

operate a vehicle safely while transporting loads on a variety of travelling surfaces and in varying weather conditions

conduct a basic assessment of terrain, traffic flow and weather conditions impacting on the transfer route, including off-road routes

navigate safe transport routes allowing for a range of terrain, weather and traffic conditions

record data and complete required organisational documentation, including for goods that require special handling

select and use lifting aids and equipment, as specified in the range of conditions, to assist loading and unloading

work safely and follow procedures to ensure the safety of personnel, loads and equipment, including using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

codes of practice for handling and transporting dangerous goods and hazardous substances

communication protocols during load transfers

factors that can impact on safety when loading and unloading, including risks posed by traffic and weather

goods identification numbers and codes, including Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) markings and HAZCHEM signs

licensing requirements for operating vehicles on land and water

regulations relating to the handling and transport of dangerous goods and hazardous substances, mass (over-size and over-mass), and load restraint and protection.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

communications equipment

load lifting aids and equipment, as specified in the range of conditions

safety equipment, including PPE

vehicle to suit transport route

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety and load restraint guide

equipment operating manuals

job specifications for load transfer work

maps

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3019A Perform basic drafting.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use suitable computer software to produce basic plans of a survey from surveying field data. The unit covers setting up equipment and software, establishing surveying data and dimensions, processing data, and producing basic plans to meet task specifications. It requires an ability to read and understand surveying data, and technology skills to manipulate, import and export data using software applications.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to create basic plan of survey.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Hardware, software and other equipment are set up and checked to ensure requirements are met.
1.3.	Dimensions and data for required plan are established according to task requirements.
1.4.	Required data is identified and retrieved according to task requirements.
2.	Compile plan content.	2.1.	Basic software functions are used to process surveying data to prepare plan of survey according to task requirements.
2.2.	Plan marginal information is prepared according to task requirements.
3.	Finalise basic plan production.	3.1.	Preliminary plan of survey is reviewed and checked against task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
3.2.	Adjustments to plan are made in consultation with appropriate persons.
3.3.	Data files are stored according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	measure bearings, angles, distances, coordinates, perimeter and area within plans.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret plan requirements understand technical terminology in help files and prompts.
Technology skills to:	import and export data into software applications manipulate screen-based information.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify errors by checking plans against given data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS3019A Perform basic drafting

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3019A Perform basic drafting.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use suitable software to produce basic plans of surveys for two different tasks.

While producing the above plans, the person must:

include content data obtained from collected field surveying data

produce the plan content and marginal information

take measurements of bearings, angles, distances, coordinates, perimeter and area from a digital plan

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks

comply with organisational requirements relating to work health and safety, completing records and documentation, privacy of information, and data storage

use a computer, printer and required ancillary hardware.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic drafting design principles

key features of coordinate systems

industry-accepted standards relating to preparing and producing plans using appropriate software

methods for checking and validating drawing accuracy

software functions to produce basic plans

typical content of plans of a survey.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

ancillary hardware necessary to prepare and print plans of a survey

computer software suitable for preparing and producing plans of a survey

specifications:

design specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3020A Perform basic surveying computations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to perform basic surveying computations in a plane coordinate system. The unit covers computations and conversions based on basic mathematical concepts of algebra, geometry and trigonometry. Computations are done on simple regular geometric figures, traverses, angles, bearings, distances, plane coordinates, heights, perimeter and area.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team to perform basic computations associated with field work and data collection.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for basic surveying computations.	1.1.	Computational requirements are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Computational procedures are identified according to industry and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Computational equipment is selected according to computational and organisational requirements.
2.	Calculate basic surveying data.	2.1.	Computations are performed on angles and bearings according to computational requirements and using computational equipment.
2.2.	Conversions between polar and rectangular coordinates are performed according to computational requirements.
2.3.	Computations are performed on the coordinates of a simple closed traverse.
3.	Finalise work processes.	3.1.	Computations and conversions are finalised and their accuracy confirmed according to computational requirements.
3.2.	Data is recorded according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply the basic concepts of algebra, geometry and trigonometry to plane geometry and measuring simple regular figures perform calculations relating to geometric figures, area, angles, bearings, distances, traverses, plane coordinates, heights and perimeter.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements and computational formulas discuss computational methods.
Reading skills to:	interpret computational data provided in diagrammatic form interpret written computational tasks.
Writing skills to:	record computations and results in line with industry requirements and in an appropriate format.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify errors in computations.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced computational colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS3020A Perform basic surveying computations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also accurately perform basic computations for two different surveying computational tasks, demonstrating the ability to:

calculate perimeter and areas of simple regular figures

calculate adjusted coordinates of points on a closed traverse

convert between:

polar and rectangular coordinates

vertical angles and gradients and vice versa

check accuracy of above computations.

During the above surveying computational tasks, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and computational results

comply with organisational requirements and industry-accepted methods for systematically and legibly laying out computations

use organisational documents to complete required records.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common surveying and mathematical terms used in basic surveying computations

industry-accepted methods for performing and laying out different types of basic surveying computations

organisational policies and procedures for completing surveying records and documentation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

scientific or programmable calculator or software application

specifications:

task specifications

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to visually interpret image data to identify the basic features of the landscape, including land cover such as vegetation, roads, railways, buildings, water bodies and terrain forms. Image data can include aerial and terrestrial photographs and satellite images. The images can be digital or in hard copy. Mapping or other appropriate software can be used to assist visual interpretation if it is available. The unit requires the ability to apply the principles and methods of visual image interpretation. This unit is restricted to visual interpretation, as digital enhancement of images is covered in CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data.

The unit supports those who work under direct supervision in a surveying and spatial information services team, in positions that support mapping, geographic information systems (GIS) and town planning.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify image and ancillary data.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Possible sources of image data are identified to meet task requirements.
1.3.	Constraints in using different types of image data are clarified in discussion with appropriate persons.
1.4.	Ancillary data that can be used to assist visual interpretation of image is identified and obtained.
2.	Identify and record basic landscape features.	2.1.	Image data is visually interpreted using interpretation principles and ancillary data, and features are identified and recorded according to task and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Interpreted results are discussed and confirmed with appropriate persons.
2.3.	Ground control targets for photogrammetric mapping are checked to enhance understanding of image data.
2.4.	Scale is determined according to organisational requirements.
2.5.	Data is stored and documents are completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	measure and calculate scale objects from an image and ancillary data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work tasks.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information, including shapes and patterns within aerial and terrestrial photographs and satellite images.
Writing skills to:	record details of image features using standard proformas.
Technology skills to:	use simple analogue and digital tools to assist with visual interpretation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also visually identify three instances of the following from both an aerial or terrestrial photograph or image, and a satellite image:

buildings

rail lines

roads

terrain types

vegetation

water bodies.

Where images from ground penetrating radar (GPR) are required to be interpreted, the person must visually identify three of the basic landscape features listed above from:

a GPR image display, and

one of the following:

aerial photograph or image

satellite image.

While visually interpreting the above image data, the person must:

assess task requirements to clarify types of image data to be accessed and interpreted

communicate clearly with others to clarify and discuss work tasks

identify possible sources of image and ancillary data to meet task requirements

apply the principles and methods of visual image interpretation

apply ground controls to aerial photographs

calculate scale from image data

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

accessing and formatting image data

data privacy and information copyright

health and safety

conduct basic measurements relating to image data to identify scale

identify and report constraints and problems with image data

use organisational proformas to accurately record measurements and data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic formulas used to calculate scale relating to data images

basic landscape features that can be identified from image data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

accessing and formatting image data

data privacy and information copyright

health and safety

possible sources of image and ancillary data

principles and methods of visual image interpretation

types of image data used in spatial applications.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

specifications:

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to data privacy and information copyright

suitable image data in hard copy or digital format

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working under supervision.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4022A Store and retrieve spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to store and retrieve spatial data, including digital and hard copy storage. The unit covers locating, storing, and backing up data according to organisational procedures.

The unit supports those who work in support positions in a surveying or spatial information services team in surveying, town planning, cartography, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare spatial data for storage.	1.1.	Task requirements are identified and clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Method of spatial data storage and distribution is selected to ensure access to current data and to comply with organisational requirements.
1.3.	Data index is created to assist in retrieval and storage according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Data is stored and recorded according to organisational requirements.
2.	Access and retrieve spatial data.	2.1.	Required spatial data is located and retrieved according to organisational procedures.
2.2.	Spatial data is analysed and translated into required format according to task requirements.
3.	Manage spatial data security.	3.1.	Data security and backup measures are applied to manage risk according to organisational risk management plan and procedures.
3.2.	Problems with data security, storage or retrieval are identified and reported according to organisational procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply basic measurements and computations to accurately mark and record observations and position.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information obtained from global navigation satellite system (GNSS), GIS or other software.
Writing skills to:	record digital data write routine reports detailing problems with data storage or retrieval.
Technology skills to:	use a range of software applications to access and store data use querying commands to obtain information from a database.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify storage solutions appropriate to different types of spatial data identify contingency procedures in the event of unforeseen risk to data security.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager spatial data provider.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4022A Store and retrieve spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4022A Store and retrieve spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also store and retrieve digital and hard copy spatial data for three different projects.

While storing and retrieving the above spatial data, the person must:

follow organisational procedures to apply data security and backup measures

comply with administrative and legal requirements for storing and retrieving spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

comply with organisational requirements for recording data and completing documentation, and when using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

create a workable indexing system

develop and implement risk management plan, including strategies to protect spatial data

translate spatial data downloaded from global navigation satellite system (GNSS), geographic information system (GIS), and other relevant software applications.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of spatial reference systems

methods for downloading data from GNSS, GIS and other relevant software applications

organisational procedures for storing and retrieving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

spatial data classification and indexing systems

spatial data querying techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

data retrieval equipment

computer with software appropriate for spatial data storage and retrieval

hard copy and digital data storage media

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4024A Collect and set out spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to source spatial data from a range of media and datasets, and assess its availability and suitability for use in meeting client requirements. The unit covers researching and assessing data suppliers and information, such as metadata and attributes, to determine the most suitable sources of available data to meet job specifications. The unit also covers collecting and setting out data using a computer and software suitable for manipulating and presenting spatial data. The unit requires the ability to measure and reduce data and write technical reports.

The unit supports those who work in support positions for surveying and mapping, town planning, cartography and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Source spatial data.	1.1.	Job specifications for required spatial data are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Search is undertaken of a range of media to identify sources of potential spatial data.
1.3.	Metadata, datasets and attributes are obtained and assessed to determine most appropriate data source according to job specifications.
1.4.	Potential sources of spatial data are listed according to job specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Assess potential spatial data.	2.1.	Potential spatial data and datasets are assessed for suitability against job specifications.
2.2.	Availability of suitable spatial data is verified with potential suppliers, and constraints are identified according to organisational requirements.
2.3.	Spatial data indexing, backup and archiving requirements are determined to ensure currency.
3.	Prepare data suitability report.	3.1.	Spatial data is collected and set out according to job specifications and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Administrative and industry requirements for data collection are complied with and recorded.
3.3.	Documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	identify situations requiring the need to obtain further sample data to ensure data suitability.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and compare data version information measure spatial data components.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify data requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical and technical information from maps and photographs.
Writing skills to:	prepare clear and accurate technical reports that can be interpreted by a third party.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to set out and format spatial data.
Problem-solving skills to:	implement contingency measures where there are constraints on the use of spatial data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager spatial data provider.
Metadata must include at least four of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.
Documentation must include:	written assessment of data availability, including cost, licensing conditions, and constraints on use written assessment of suitability of available data in meeting requirements for accuracy, completeness, coverage, density, logical consistency and specifications.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4024A Collect and set out spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4024A Collect and set out spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also source and assess the availability and suitability of spatial data for two different projects in consultation with colleagues.

While sourcing and assessing the above spatial data, the person must:

clarify job specifications, including extent, content, intended use, accuracy, precision and format of spatial data

complete required documentation, including written assessments as specified in the range of conditions

communicate clearly with others to clarify and discuss work tasks

comply with legal and organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and documentation

copyright and ownership of spatial data

using and storing equipment

working safely

perform spatial data measurements, reduction and manipulation with accuracy

set out spatial data and related attributes, including:

colour

layer

level

line type

line width

text

verify availability of suitable data with suppliers, taking into account copyright and ownership constraints.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements relating to measuring and recording spatial data

key features of spatial reference systems

methods for assessing the availability and suitability of spatial data

potential sources of spatial data and datasets

range of basic spatial data capture and data set-out methodologies

requirements to comply with data license agreements and copyright

spatial data formats, handling and structure

spatial data recording and reduction techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for spatial data manipulation and set-out

printer

specifications:

job specifications

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4025A Collect basic GNSS data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to collect spatial data using global navigation satellite system (GNSS) equipment for surveying purposes, using both single point and differential techniques. The unit covers planning work tasks and setting up and operating GNSS equipment to achieve the required accuracy. The unit includes validating data to identify errors.

The unit supports those who work in support positions collecting field surveying data.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for spatial data collection.	1.1.	Task requirements are reviewed and spatial data collection is planned in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	GNSS equipment is selected and checked according to task requirements.
2.	Use GNSS equipment to collect data.	2.1.	Site conditions are checked to identify factors that could obstruct or interfere with GNSS operation and impact on accuracy of data.
2.2.	Conditions for obtaining optimum GNSS positions are determined and basic methods to improve accuracy of GNSS point positioning are applied.
2.3.	GNSS equipment is set up and operated according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Point positional data is collected, validated and recorded according to task specifications and organisational requirements.
2.5.	Checked data is collected according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise spatial data collection.	3.1.	Data is downloaded and verified, and additional data gathered where required according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Data is processed, and reports and documentation are completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform surveying calculations relating to height, distances, angles and coordinates set required datum and map projection and other parameters in equipment.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret equipment software menus and configurations interpret three-dimensional (3-D) information.
Writing skills to:	compile a short report of data collection task record data legibly by hand.
Technology skills to:	use GNSS software to communicate with GNSS receivers.
Problem-solving skills to:	recognise and address possible anomalies in collected data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Spatial data must include:	features and their attributes horizontal position in latitude and longitude, easting and northing vertical height.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4025A Collect basic GNSS data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4025A Collect basic GNSS data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also collect spatial data using global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) for two different tasks in consultation with colleagues.

While collecting the above spatial data, the person must:

collect point positional data and attributes to surveying accuracies for the task, both by single point positioning and differential techniques for designated datum and map projection

communicate clearly with others to clarify data collection tasks and report task information

comply with organisational and legislative requirements for identifying hazards and working safely

operate the equipment specified in the assessment conditions, and comply with industry and organisational methods for data collection

plan work tasks to take into account factors that affect accuracy of data collection using GNSS

spatially view collected positional data, and non-spatially view collected attributes

verify accuracy of a sample of collected points by recollecting points or other suitable method.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

difference in heights and height datums between GNSS heights and heights on Australian Height Datum

factors that affect accuracy of data collection by GNSS

methods for checking accuracy of data collected

purpose of and methods for setting designated datum and map projection

typical accuracies obtainable with different GNSS techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

GNSS equipment and any associated software

specifications:

job specifications and plans

organisational policies and procedures relating to work health and safety

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS4026A Read and interpret image data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to enhance and process image data using digital techniques. The unit covers using remote sensing software to manipulate, enhance, classify and process data to reveal geographic patterns and relationships and improve resolution. Image data can be digital, multispectral scanner, or radar. Platforms can be aircraft, unmanned aerial vehicles or satellites at low to high altitudes. The unit requires assessing the survey area and project specifications to determine the types and possible sources of image data to meet requirements.

The unit supports those who work in a spatial information services team in support positions, such as image analyst, geographic information system (GIS) analyst, GIS officer, or cartographer.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify image data.	1.1.	Project specifications, survey area and types of image data requirements are determined in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Possible sources of image data are identified to meet project specifications.
1.3.	Constraints of different types and formats of image data are identified in relation to project specifications.
2.	Process image data.	2.1.	Image data is accessed and analysed using digital techniques to clarify features and properties according to project specifications.
2.2.	Ground control targets for photogrammetric mapping are checked to enhance image data.
2.3.	Image data is processed, analysed and classified according to organisational procedures to achieve project specifications.
3.	Finalise digital image enhancement tasks.	3.1.	Data image problems are identified and resolved using enhancement techniques according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Information from data images is used to meet project specifications, and documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	conduct research to identify image data sources.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate scale of image data solve problems relating to area, height, depth, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify data image requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical and technical information, including shapes and patterns within digital images.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements and computations.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to manipulate and enhance image resolution.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client experienced colleague supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS4026A Read and interpret image data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use remote sensing applications to digitally enhance, process and classify two of the following types of image data for two different projects:

digital aerial photographs

digital terrestrial images

images from an unmanned aerial vehicle

light detection and ranging (LiDAR)

satellite images.

One of the above projects must have a built environment focus, and the other a natural environment focus.

While digitally enhancing and processing the above image data, the person must:

analyse project specifications to clarify types of image data required and to identify possible sources of suitable image data

apply ground controls to aerial photographs

calculate information in digital and hard copy image data to measure and identify scale

communicate clearly with others to clarify and discuss work tasks

comply with industry-accepted standards for processing remotely sensed data

comply with legislative and organisational requirements relating to data privacy and information copyright

comply with organisational requirements relating to health and safety when using screen-based equipment, and completing records and documentation

georeference images

identify and resolve constraints and problems relating to image data

identify ground controls, including targets for horizontal and vertical control

use software applications to access, analyse and enhance image data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic properties and characteristics of image data used in spatial applications

key features of spectral signatures, discriminant functions, supervised and unsupervised clustering, and ground trothing

organisational policies and guidelines relating to equipment use, health and safety, and accessing and formatting image data and copyright

photogrammetric control requirements relating to three-dimensional (3-D) model image data

possible sources of image data

set-out and format requirements for image data

techniques for enhancing image resolution, including basic interpolation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer and software with image enhancement functionality

specifications:

task specifications

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped workstation

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4027 Organise surveying field services

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4027A Organise field services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to organise surveying field services. The unit covers planning field activities to allow for contingencies and risks, and allocating resources. The unit also covers conducting organised field service tasks relating to measuring and marking surface positions, and documenting and reporting project results. It requires some client consultation.

The unit supports those who work in support positions for surveying, cartography, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements concerning the use of vehicles apply to this unit in most States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan surveying field services.	1.1.	Job specifications and principal work activities are identified and clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Field services are planned to include objectives, spatial data specifications, required resources, constraints, and health and safety requirements.
1.3.	Plans and other relevant information are analysed to determine the location of services and site references.
1.4.	Risks and contingencies are identified and risk control measures incorporated into field services plan according to organisational requirements.
1.5.	Tools, equipment and supplies are selected and prepared to meet job requirements.
1.6.	Work is allocated to appropriate persons, and checks and measures are implemented to ensure work is completed within time available.
2.	Conduct field service tasks.	2.1.	Field service tasks are carried out according to job specifications.
2.2.	Surface positions are determined and marked according to site drawings and organisational requirements.
3.	Complete field service tasks.	3.1.	Site is restored as near as practicable to original condition, and waste is disposed of according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in a secure location according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Documentation is completed accurately and promptly and checked against job specifications.
3.4.	Job completion is reported to appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	prioritise activities to meet work requirements and immediate field needs.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate time and resources to allocate to field services.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to identify and clarify client requirements impart knowledge and ideas to meet client needs.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information in manufacturer specifications.
Writing skills to:	complete field records prepare clear and accurate technical reports that can be interpreted by a third party.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to prepare reports.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client experienced colleague supervisor or line manager supplier.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4027A Organise field services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4027 Organise surveying field services

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4027A Organise field services.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also organise surveying field services for two different projects in consultation with colleagues.

While organising the above field services, the person must:

review job specifications and objectives to determine resource allocations in consultation with others

plan field services to allow for contingencies, such as inclement weather

organise a small work team to provide field services

conduct a range of field service tasks and assist in restoring the work site on completion

determine and mark surface positions based on information in site drawings and references

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational requirements when using and storing the equipment specified in the assessment conditions, and completing records and documentation

comply with health and safety requirements to:

identify potential hazards and apply risk control measures

inspect equipment to ensure it is in safe working order.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic techniques for planning field services and organising a small work team

industry requirements and standards for determining and marking surface positions

organisational requirements relating to resource allocation, equipment use, and health and safety when working in the field

types and uses of spatial data obtained from:

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

total station

ways to minimise environmental impact from field activities.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

data measuring and recording equipment

communications equipment

computer and relevant software

safety equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE) for field work

vehicle as required

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

maps and site drawings

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work in a team

relationships with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4030 Operate surveying equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4030A Operate surveying equipment.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to operate a range of surveying equipment for data capture or spatial data set-out. The unit covers selecting, setting up and using surveying equipment to perform basic measurements; and recording and calculating horizontal and vertical information. This includes validating and checking data accuracy and performing basic data reductions and manipulation using software. The unit requires the ability to check and adjust equipment to achieve task requirements, and to identify and report faults or problems. It also requires the ability to plan and execute work tasks in consultation with team members, and complete records and documentation.

The unit supports those who work in a surveying team in support positions relating to field data collection.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan surveying tasks.	1.1.	Task requirements and principal work activities are identified and clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Design information is reviewed to identify components to be measured in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Surveying equipment is selected to meet task requirements, and set up according to manufacturer specifications.
1.4.	Hazards are identified and risks managed, and problems are reported according to organisational requirements.
2.	Execute surveying tasks.	2.1.	Equipment is operated and adjusted as required to measure identified survey components according to task and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Measured surveying data is reduced for comparison with design and manipulated to meet task and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Data is checked against task requirements, and errors are identified and resolved in consultation with appropriate persons.
2.4.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to industry-accepted standards and organisational requirements.
2.5.	Team activities are performed according to task and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise surveying tasks.	3.1.	Surveying task is finalised and data processed according to task and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Documentation is completed and data stored according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Equipment is checked, and faults and problems are reported according to manufacturer and organisational requirements.
3.4.	Equipment is packed up and stored according to manufacturer and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	record and interpret statistics solve basic problems relating to height, depth, dimension, direction and position.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical and diagrammatic information in task specifications and designs.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements, computations and field checks.
Technology skills to:	operate equipment and software to manipulate basic spatial data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced site personnel qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4030A Operate surveying equipment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4030 Operate surveying equipment

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4030A Operate surveying equipment.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also operate the following surveying equipment for spatial data capture or data set-out for two different surveying tasks:

hand-held global positioning system (GPS) in single point positioning mode for:

determining point position

navigating and recording a traverse

collecting designated attributes for designated features

automatic, digital or laser level

total station.

In addition, while capturing or setting out surveying data for the above surveying tasks, the person must use two of the following pieces of surveying equipment:

compass

clinometer

data recording equipment

digital or hard copy map or image

distance measuring wheel

hand-held laser measuring device

tape.

While capturing or setting out the above spatial data, the person must:

plan work activities to meet design and task specifications

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and report problems and errors relating to data or equipment

accurately perform the following:

checks to validate measurements and identify potential faults and problems with equipment

data manipulations and reductions

measurements and computations that meet industry-accepted standards for accuracy, including calculating horizontal and vertical information

comply with organisational, legislative and manufacturer requirements in order to work safely, including:

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

complying with relevant safe work method statements (SWMS)

identifying and managing hazards and risks

cooperate with team members to operate equipment

follow manufacturer specifications and standard operating procedures to correctly set up, operate, pack up and store surveying equipment and tools

use organisational proformas to accurately record measurements and data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accepted organisational standards for recording metadata

attributes associated with a spatial dataset

key features of spatial reference systems

limitations of the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

methods for downloading spatial data collected using the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

methods for setting up, levelling, calibrating and using the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

organisational policies and procedures relating to surveying data collection and set-out, and storage and retrieval of collected data

organisational procedures for hazard reporting, and equipment use and maintenance

surveying data acquisition methodologies using equipment specified in the performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

equipment operating manuals

standard operating procedures and documentation relating to work tasks

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4031 Perform surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4031A Perform surveying computations.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to perform surveying computations in a plane coordinate system. Computations involve simple and complex figures with regular and irregular sides, and computations for traverses, angles, bearings, coordinates, perimeter and area. Computations include simple horizontal curves and horizontal set-out data for curves. Specialised software applications are routinely used.

The unit supports those who work in support positions in a surveying team to conduct surveying and mapping tasks.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for surveying computations.	1.1.	Task requirements are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Computational methods are identified according to industry and organisational procedures.
1.3.	Computational equipment is selected according to task and organisational requirements.
2.	Execute computation tasks.	2.1.	Computations are performed on coordinates of a simple closed traverse using computational equipment, and missing elements and coordinates are adjusted and computed.
2.2.	Traverse information is reduced and adjustments are performed according to industry-accepted standards and task requirements.
2.3.	Computations are performed on all elements of simple circular curves, and missing elements are solved according to standards and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise computation tasks.	3.1.	Data and computations are checked to ensure accuracy according to standards and task requirements.
3.2.	Computations are finalised and recorded according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply the principles of algebra, geometry and trigonometry to the plane geometry and measuring figures with regular and irregular sides.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements and computational formulas discuss solutions to computational problems.
Reading skills to:	interpret computational data provided in diagrammatic form interpret written computational tasks.
Writing skills to:	record computations and results using industry-accepted templates and formats.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify errors in computational results by applying rigorous checking procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client experienced surveying colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4031A Perform surveying computations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4031 Perform surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4031A Perform surveying computations.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also accurately perform the following computations for two different surveying tasks:

calculate areas from bearings and distances or coordinates

calculate angles, distances, perimeter and area for simple and complex figures

set out data for simple horizontal curves

calculate surveying data required to set out the position of curves and structures

traverse calculations in east, north, misclose and adjustment calculations, and calculations based on adjusted coordinates

traverse types, include opening and closing on same point and different points of known coordinates.

While performing the above surveying computations, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and computational results

comply with organisational requirements and industry-accepted standards for:

systematically and legibly laying out computations

completing records and documentation

examine the computational results and verify the accuracy of results.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

common computational terms used in surveying

industry-accepted methods for performing surveying computations in a plane coordinate system

methods for checking accuracy of computations to identify errors and solve problems

methods for computing basic traverse data

organisational procedures for completing surveying records and documentation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

scientific or programmable calculator or a software application that includes surveying calculations

specifications:

task specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work tasks

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by the task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4032 Conduct field surveying operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4032A Plan and conduct survey expeditions.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan and conduct field surveying operations, which may include working in isolated or remote areas. The unit covers planning and preparing operations to ensure adequate equipment and supplies and to meet work health and safety requirements. The unit also requires completing documentation and cleaning, checking, maintaining and storing equipment after the field operation is completed. The unit requires knowledge of emergency procedures.

The unit supports those who work in support positions in a surveying team.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements concerning the use of vehicles apply to this unit in most States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan field surveying operation.	1.1.	Field surveying objectives, principal work activities and site location are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Logistical considerations are planned according to location, duration and size of field trip, and resupply requirements.
1.3.	Maps, photographs and other available data are used in planning activities.
1.4.	Equipment and supplies are selected and prepared according to field surveying objectives, and health and safety requirements.
2.	Carry out field surveying activities.	2.1.	Vehicles are prepared and equipment and supplies loaded and secured according to organisational requirements.
2.2.	Surveying field site is located, prepared and maintained according to organisational requirements.
2.3.	Surveying activities are conducted according to operation objectives and timeframes, and health and safety requirements.
2.4.	Contingency procedures are implemented in the event of emergencies and unforeseen hazards according to organisational requirements.
2.5.	Environmental impact from field activities is minimised and waste disposed of according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise field surveying operation.	3.1.	Equipment is unloaded, cleaned and stored according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Equipment is checked and necessary repairs organised and reported according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Required documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	prioritise work activities to meet field operation timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate supply requirements relative to location, duration and size of field operation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to elicit details of field surveying requirements relay accurate information to emergency services personnel.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in maps and photographs.
Writing skills to:	complete planning documents and proformas.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4032A Plan and conduct survey expeditions

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4032 Conduct field surveying operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4032A Plan and conduct survey expeditions.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also:

plan two field surveying operations

carry out field service tasks during one of the above planned operations.

While planning and conducting the above field surveying operations, the person must:

assess field operation objectives to identify equipment and supply requirements

comply with health and safety requirements when carrying out field service tasks by:

following procedures in the event of an emergency

identifying potential hazards and applying risk management strategies

inspecting equipment to ensure it is in safe working order

comply with legislation and regulations when disposing of waste, and if using vehicles

comply with organisational requirements when using and storing equipment and resources, and completing records and documentation

monitor surveying activities to ensure planned schedules and objectives are met

plan for logistical considerations to:

allow for contingencies in the event of adverse weather conditions and emergencies

arrange an appropriate method of communication and transport to and from the site

arrange appropriate amounts of equipment and supplies

locate an appropriate field site

select and use the tools and equipment specified in the assessment conditions, to conduct field operation activities.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

emergency procedures, particularly survival procedures when working in remote and isolated areas

methods of communication in an emergency situation, including procedures for using distress beacons

organisational procedures for using equipment and instruments when carrying out surveying field service tasks

procedures for communicating with emergency services personnel

procedures for minimising the impact on the environment from field work activities

requirements for survival kits

project management techniques and their application to field surveying work.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

communications equipment appropriate to field site location

emergency and personal protective equipment (PPE) appropriate to the operation

surveying equipment and instruments, including scanning total station

vehicle

specifications:

maps and other spatial and navigational data appropriate to field trip

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

protecting the environment

surveying data specifications

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by field operation requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4034 Maintain spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4034A Maintain spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement a full cycle of spatial data maintenance, including updating, backup, recovery and archiving. The unit covers editing, updating and integrating existing and new spatial data, and problem solving to test and validate data currency and retrieval and backup systems. The unit requires the ability to use computers and software to display and manipulate data and create metadata. It also covers recording information and completing documentation.

The unit supports those who work in support positions in a spatial information services team in areas such as field work coordination, data collection and administration.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Confirm reliability of spatial data.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Equipment is selected, set up and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality.
1.3.	Spatial data updates are accessed and checked to confirm currency and relevance, and recorded in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.4.	Spatial data is checked and edited to ensure it is compatible and in acceptable format according to task specifications.
1.5.	Entities and attributes are used to display spatial information while maintaining integrity and consistency of data.
2.	Edit and update spatial data.	2.1.	Spatial data is amended and replaced to meet task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
2.2.	Existing and new data is edited, prepared and integrated according to task requirements.
2.3.	Spatial datasets are tested and validated to ensure integrity and quality according to task requirements.
2.4.	Documentation is amended and updated according to organisational requirements.
3.	Carry out data backup and recovery.	3.1.	Data backups are implemented to ensure data is accessible in contingency situations according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Backup system is tested to ensure that data can be retrieved, and problems are resolved in consultation with appropriate persons.
4.	Archive data.	4.1.	Spatial dataset to be archived is checked for completeness and manipulated where necessary, in consultation with appropriate persons.
4.2.	Metadata is created according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Archived spatial data is stored in a secure location, and details are recorded according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	conduct research to source spatial data.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and compare data version information.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify process and instructions.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical and technical information from maps and imagery.
Technology skills to:	enter data into a database or document using a computer and software.
Problem-solving skills to:	verify accuracy of data and identify errors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	end user supervisor or line manager technical staff.
Metadata must include at least four of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4034A Maintain spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4034 Maintain spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4034A Maintain spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also work under direction to implement the full cycle of spatial data maintenance for two different tasks, including updating, backup, recovery and archiving of data.

While maintaining the above spatial data, the person must:

comply with administrative and legal requirements for storing and retrieving spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

comply with organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications when using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

comply with organisational requirements for recording data, completing documentation, and working safely when using screen-based equipment

display spatial information using vector and raster data, including:

arcs

circles

colour

hatch

imagery

layer

level

lines, including type and width

text

manage and manipulate a range of spatial data, including:

hard copy

text

raster

vector.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

administrative and legal requirements for accessing, storing, retrieving and archiving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

methods for validating test results to identify systematic distortions

querying and browsing techniques for obtaining information from databases

key features of spatial reference systems

types of spatial data formats

types of storage media for a range of spatial data.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

data storage media, including hard copy and digital

computer with software appropriate for spatial data management and retrieval

printer

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4035 Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4035A Apply GIS software to problem-solving techniques.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use geographic information system (GIS) software applications to integrate data and solve spatial data problems. The unit covers setting up hardware and GIS software applications and using features, such as spatial overlay techniques, to solve problems and test and validate the cartographic integrity of data. The unit also covers producing reports based on analysing basic spatial data and archiving the data. The unit requires the ability to use entity and attribute queries to generate results for presenting spatial data, and using univariate statistics to explore datasets.

The unit supports those who work in support positions in a spatial information services team in areas such as field work coordination, data collection and administration.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Query spatial data.	1.1.	Task requirements are clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	GIS software and equipment are set up and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality.
1.3.	Spatial datasets are accessed, interpreted and manipulated to ensure they are in acceptable format to meet task requirements.
1.4.	Entities and attributes are used to display spatial information, and entity and attribute queries are used to generate summary results.
1.5.	Query results are used to present spatial data graphically according to organisational requirements.
1.6.	Entity and attribute queries are applied when using univariate statistics to explore the dataset.
1.7.	Routine spatial data problems or irregularities are identified and resolved in consultation with appropriate persons.
2.	Solve spatial data problems.	2.1.	Existing spatial and aspatial data is adjusted to integrate with new data according to organisational requirements.
2.2.	Spatial techniques and tools are used to combine spatial layers data to solve problems, highlight selected features, and improve visual aspects.
2.3.	Spatial overlay techniques are used to solve problems and generate results relating to spatial task in consultation with appropriate persons.
2.4.	Cartographic integrity is tested and validated to solve accuracy and quality problems.
3.	Produce reports based on basic spatial data analysis.	3.1.	Map or plans are integrated into reports according to task requirements.
3.2.	Results, summary statistics and graphs from mapping application are incorporated into reports according to organisational requirements.
4.	Archive data.	4.1.	Spatial dataset to be archived is checked for completeness and manipulated where necessary, according to organisational requirements.
4.2.	Metadata is created according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Archived spatial data is stored in a secure location, and details are recorded according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	conduct research to access spatial updates.
Numeracy skills to:	apply understanding of height, depth, breadth, dimension and position to actual operational activity and virtual representation check accuracy of cartographic tolerances and measurements interpret statistics.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in vectors and rasters interpret technical information from maps and imagery.
Writing skills to:	use organisational templates to integrate existing and new data.
Technology skills to:	enter data into database or document using a computer and software operate a range of GIS software systems.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify errors by cross-referencing validation results.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	colleague end user supervisor or line manager supplier.
Metadata must include at least four of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4035A Apply GIS software to problem-solving techniques

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4035 Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4035A Apply GIS software to problem-solving techniques.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use geographic information system (GIS) software applications to integrate data and solve spatial data problems for two different tasks.

While undertaking the above tasks, the person must:

combine spatial layers data, including:

raster, including aerial and terrestrial photography and satellite imagery in digital format

vector overlay

comply with organisational requirements for documentation and reporting relating to:

audit trails

naming standards

templates

version control

comply with organisational requirements to work safely when using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

comply with legal and ethical requirements for producing reports based on spatial data analysis

display spatial information using entities and attributes, including:

arcs

circles

colour

hatch

layer

level

lines, including type and width

symbology

text

manage and manipulate a range of spatial data, including:

digital

hard copy

image

text

raster

vector

operate a range of GIS software to perform entity and attribute queries and explore datasets

use geospatial techniques, including:

buffer

clip

dissolve

intersect

merge union

overlay.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

legal requirements for accessing, manipulating, reporting and archiving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

methods for using univariate statistics and charting, including:

arithmetic mean, median and mode

histograms that illustrate the concepts of normal and other distributions

maximum and minimum

range

standard deviation

variance

methods for validating test results to identify systematic distortions in accuracy of information

printing and image formats for map production

querying and browsing techniques for obtaining information from databases and solving problems

spatial data storage technology

spatial overlay techniques

key features of spatial reference systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with access to GIS software applications

printer and other hardware necessary for work tasks

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4036 Operate spatial software applications

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4036A Operate spatial software applications.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to operate spatial software applications to produce, name and store spatial documents. The unit covers planning work tasks and selecting suitable software and equipment to meet task requirements. The unit requires the ability to use a computer and the features, tools and functions of different software applications to present, calculate and check spatial information.

The unit supports those who work as part of a surveying and spatial information services team in a range of support positions.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan spatial operation.	1.1.	Task objectives and audience and presentation requirements are identified and reviewed in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Appropriate software application and equipment are selected to meet task and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Equipment and software are set up and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality.
2.	Carry out spatial operation.	2.1.	Work methodology and spatial data are selected and applied according to software application and task objectives and requirements.
2.2.	Software application is operated to produce spatial documents according to task requirements.
2.3.	Control structures are applied according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Technical functions and tools are used to edit, format and complete documents according to task requirements.
3.	Finalise spatial operation.	3.1.	Spatial documents are checked and finalised using software functions according to task requirements.
3.2.	Spatial documents are named and stored in directories and folders according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	design spatial document presentation and layout.
Learning skills to:	conduct research to source spatial data for inclusion in documents.
Numeracy skills to:	undertake computations using basic formulas in software.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify software application requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical commands and prompts in software applications.
Writing skills to:	record clear and accurate measurements and computations.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software features, tools and functions to produce, name and store spatial documents operate hardware, including computers and printers.
Problem-solving skills to:	verify accuracy of document content using formulas use online help function to assist software operation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague supervisor or line manager.
Software application must include at least one of the following:	database spreadsheet word processing.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4036A Operate spatial software applications

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4036 Operate spatial software applications

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4036A Operate spatial software applications.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also operate two different types of spatial software applications to produce spatial documents.

While operating the above spatial software applications, the person must:

plan work tasks to select and access software, equipment and resources to meet spatial task objectives

communicate clearly with others to clarify task requirements and required document content

use a computer and spatial software applications to prepare spatial documents

apply control structures, including:

acceptance criteria

inspection

review

test plans

apply different spatial software applications to use the following tools and features:

alignment

clip art

comments

digital photographs

digital signatures

display features

embedding

exporting

fields

fills and shading

formulas

importing

lines and borders

linking

merging and splitting cells

page and section breaks

permissions

reviewing

sharing

sort criteria

spell check

table of contents

templates

text direction

versioning

identify and resolve problems with spatial data and documents

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and documentation

file naming and storing conventions

health and safety when using screen-based equipment

privacy of information.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

features, tools and functions of different commercial software applications used to prepare and present spatial information

organisational conventions for naming and storing spatial documents

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

data privacy and information copyright

using equipment safely

using spatial software applications and input and output devices

presentation and format requirements for spatial documents

technical terminology relating to online help files and functions.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

personal computer and keyboard

printer

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

spatial task specifications

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4037 Produce computer-aided drawings

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4037A Produce computer-aided drawings.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use appropriate software program functions and features to produce drawings for spatial tasks. The unit covers determining task requirements, including analysing task or design specifications and client needs, and setting up hardware and software applications. It requires the ability to use software functions and features to prepare digital and paper computer-aided spatial drawings, and to test and validate the integrity of drawings.

The unit supports those who work in technical support positions in a surveying and spatial information services team, and take some responsibility for liaising with clients or end users to meet task requirements.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine drawing requirements.	1.1.	Design specifications and client needs are identified and analysed to determine drawing requirements.
1.2.	Appropriate persons are consulted to clarify task specifications according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Equipment and software are selected, set up and checked according to task specifications.
2.	Gather object parameters and measures.	2.1.	Critical dimensions and data for required drawings are established and recorded.
2.2.	Quality requirements are identified and applied to design.
2.3.	Requirements in relation to accuracy and tolerances are identified according to organisational requirements.
3.	Produce spatial drawings.	3.1.	Software functions and features are accessed and used according to task specifications.
3.2.	Preliminary drawings are prepared and reviewed in consultation with appropriate persons.
3.3.	Drawings are checked against task specifications and industry-accepted standards.
3.4.	Drawing integrity is checked and validated to ensure accuracy and quality.
3.5.	Adjustments to drawings are made to meet task specifications and final drawings are disseminated to appropriate persons.
3.6.	Data files are stored according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	create spatial data layout and design.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet contractual requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	apply understanding of height, depth, dimension and position to actual operational activity and virtual representation verify accuracy of drafting or drawing tolerances and measurements.
Oral communication skills to:	liaise with clients and end users to identify task requirements and required drawing detail.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical drawing standards.
Technology skills to:	load spatial data into software applications operate hardware, including computers and printers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague end user.
Software functions and features must include at least eight of the following:	arcs dimensions drawing features, such as polylines and texts drawing functions edit functions isometrics and perspectives methods for drawing lines plotting and printing using attributes to make a report view displays working with layers three-dimensional (3-D) techniques, including displaying 3-D views two-dimensional (2-D) coordinate plotting.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4037A Produce computer-aided drawings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4037 Produce computer-aided drawings

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4037A Produce computer-aided drawings.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use a range of software program functions and features to produce two different computer-aided spatial drawings that meet technical specifications.

While producing the above computer-aided spatial drawings, the person must:

analyse the following specifications to translate requirements into design:

measurements and dimensions for objects and space

scope for making adjustments

technical objectives

timeframes for completing work tasks

allocated resources

specific client requirements

select and use appropriate equipment and software, as specified in the assessment conditions, to produce spatial drawings

communicate clearly with others to clarify task requirements and drawing detail

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and documentation

data storage and privacy of information

health and safety when using screen-based equipment

comply with industry-accepted drawing standards and legislation associated with the quality of computer-aided drawings, including:

accuracy of measurements, tolerances and information

complying with drawing principles, formats and standards for spatial drawings

exercise precision and accuracy in relation to drawing production

import a file containing a detail survey, including feature coding and digital terrain data, and produce a drawing containing appropriate symbols and a three-dimensional (3-D) terrain model

produce drawings using data imported from other software.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

display principles, including:

colour

composition

font type

legends

media

scale

size

text and line style

drawing principles, capabilities and uses in relation to the surveying and spatial information services industry

industry-accepted drawing standards and common formats, and precision and accuracy requirements for preparing computer-aided drawings

methods for validating drawings to identify errors

spatial data storage technology.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

personal computer, including appropriate drawing software and software appropriate for accessing and storing spatial data

hardware, including printer, plotter and multimedia devices and peripherals

specifications:

task and design specifications

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team

relationships with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and client requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4038 Prepare and present GIS data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4038A Prepare and present GIS data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare and present a range of geographic information system (GIS) data using various media. The unit covers consulting and assessing to identify display specifications, and selecting and applying appropriate data formats and presentation media. The unit also covers gathering feedback as the basis for implementing quality improvements. It requires the ability to translate client requirements into an appropriate design and layout, and to adhere to copyright requirements and drawing standards to ensure quality of output.

The unit supports those who work in technical support positions in a surveying and spatial information services team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for display of GIS data.	1.1.	Display specifications are determined in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Extent, content and intended use of output are assessed, and display format and medium are selected according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Hardware, software and other equipment are set up and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality, and that compliance requirements are met.
2.	Format GIS data.	2.1.	Spatial datasets are accessed and compiled to meet display specifications.
2.2.	Data formats are transformed to meet specifications.
2.3.	Formatted data is checked to ensure compatibility and quality according to display specifications.
3.	Display GIS data.	3.1.	Spatial data is presented according to display specifications and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Feedback on display is obtained from appropriate persons using simple question and answer process.
3.3.	Feedback is analysed to identify improvements, and display is rectified according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	translate client requirements into spatial data design and layout.
Learning skills to:	research and source GIS data.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions and listen to responses provided during the feedback process.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in GIS data.
Writing skills to:	communicate orders for sourcing spatial data record details of quality improvements.
Technology skills to:	use computer and software applications to access and manipulate spatial data use querying commands to obtain information from databases.
Problem-solving skills to:	resolve problems in data compatibility.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client end user supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS4038A Prepare and present GIS data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4038 Prepare and present GIS data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS4038A Prepare and present GIS data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also prepare and present geographic information system (GIS) data for two different projects that use different mediums.

While preparing and presenting the above GIS data, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to negotiate client requirements, clarify work tasks, and seek feedback to improve display

access GIS data from a range of sources

apply data formats and media that ensure compatibility of data and comply with display specifications

comply with administrative and legal requirements for accessing spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

comply with organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications when setting up and using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

comply with organisational requirements for:

health and safety when using screen-based equipment

recording data and completing documentation

present GIS data that complies with quality requirements relating to:

accuracy

detail

format

information

meeting client requirements

timeframe.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

administrative and legal requirements for accessing and presenting digital and hard copy GIS data, including data privacy and information copyright

basic purpose and use of metadata, including:

availability

conditions of use

coordinate system

currency

custodian

data accuracy

data description

date of acquisition

licence

quality

source

spatial data acquisition methodologies

version control.

GIS data formats, including:

databases

digital graphic output

hard copy

maps

nomenclature

plans and diagrams

spreadsheets

display principles, including:

colour

composition

font type

legends

media

scale

size

symbology

text and line style

organisational requirements for preparing and displaying GIS data, including:

accuracy and precision

Australian drawing standards.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with access to suitable software

hardware, including plotter or printer

high resolution computer screen

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4039 Design and produce maps

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to apply cartographic design principles and conventions to design and produce maps and associated products for use in surveying and spatial information services applications. The unit covers activities to identify specifications and information on which to base the map design and layout, and produce a map that includes elements, features and spatial reference systems and which meets client needs. It requires using geographic information system (GIS) or map design and production software.

The unit supports those who work in support positions in a surveying and spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, cartography, mapping, town planning (land development) and GIS.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan map design.	1.1.	Project requirements, and map type and purpose are determined in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Information is gathered and analysed to determine geographic coverage of map area according to project requirements.
1.3.	Required datasets are identified, sourced and assessed for suitability according to project requirements.
1.4.	Geoprocessing workflow is planned according to project requirements.
1.5.	Scale and map layout are designed according to project requirements.
1.6.	Cartographic and infographic principles, standards and conventions are identified and applied according to project requirements.
1.7.	Equipment and software are selected and operated according to organisational requirements.
2.	Produce map.	2.1.	Geoprocessing is carried out on source datasets to produce the data required for map content.
2.2.	Map components are identified and incorporated into map according to project requirements.
2.3.	Spatial reference systems are adopted and applied to locate and align features on map according to project requirements.
2.4.	Map is produced to meet project and organisational requirements and guidelines.
2.5.	Accuracy of map layout and position is checked against project and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise process.	3.1.	Map is finalised and hard copy or digital output is completed according to project requirements.
3.2.	Documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply datums and projections to map read data attributes and numeric datasets.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify map requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret cartographic information, including symbols, colour, images, labels and typography.
Technology skills to:	use the functions of mapping software applications to geoprocess data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Map type must include at least one of the following:	cadastral map general reference map infographic map special purpose map thematic map topographic map.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client experienced colleague qualified cartographer supervisor or line manager.
Map components must include:	elevations spatial data features spatial data references.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4039 Design and produce maps

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also design and produce two different types of maps for use in surveying and spatial information services applications.

While designing and producing the above maps, the person must:

carry out geoprocessing on several vector datasets with attributes from sourced data in order to produce the data that comprises map content

communicate clearly with others to clarify project requirements and required map design and detail

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

records and documentation

health and safety when working on screen-based equipment

quality assurance

exercise precision and accuracy relating to map design and layout

incorporate appropriate marginal information, including data sources, georeferencing system, map graticule, legend and scale

incorporate raster data

insert content into the map frame data that shows the application of cartographic principles

use equipment, including a computer, printer and mapping software required to produce maps.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

cartographic and infographic design principles and conventions

common scales used on maps

key features of spatial reference systems

procedures for applying datums and projections to map making

main types of geoprocessing functions in mapping software

map features and how they are represented

organisational procedures for map production, reporting and equipment use

typical characteristics and content of different types of maps, as listed in the range of conditions.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer, printer and required mapping software

specifications:

project and design specifications

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team

relationships with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4040 Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS4029A Collect and set out basic surveying data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies, including total station. The unit covers planning work tasks to identify control marks, as well as equipment set-up and operation. The unit includes validating data to identify errors, and making corrections and adjustments using industry-accepted methods to achieve required accuracy range.

The unit supports those who work in support positions in a surveying and spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, town planning, cartography, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for spatial data collection.	1.1.	Project specifications, information and control marks are reviewed, and surveying tasks planned in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Terrestrial technologies are selected according to project requirements.
1.3.	Site conditions are checked to identify factors that could impact on operation of terrestrial technologies and accuracy of data.
2.	Operate terrestrial technologies.	2.1.	Equipment is set up according to manufacturer specifications.
2.2.	Equipment is operated to collect data and attributes according to job specifications.
2.3.	Identified survey components are measured and data is reduced according to job specifications.
2.4.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to job specifications and data collection plan.
3.	Finalise spatial data collection.	3.1.	Data is checked and adjustments are made to identify and correct errors, and where required additional measurements are taken.
3.2.	Data is downloaded and project documentation completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform surveying calculations relating to height, distances, angles and coordinates set required datums.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret equipment software menus and configurations.
Writing skills to:	record legible measurements and computations by hand.
Technology skills to:	format data using equipment software.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify optimum equipment positions to improve accuracy of measurements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague qualified surveyor supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4040 Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS4029A Collect and set out basic surveying data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies for two different projects in consultation with colleagues.

While collecting the above spatial data, the person must:

plan work tasks by checking control marks and ensuring site conditions are appropriate for surveying tasks

use a total station to collect the spatial data and related attributes

measure and calculate basic spatial data based on control marks and set coordinates

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational and legislative requirements for:

identifying hazards and working safely

recording, storing and filing data

comply with manufacturer specifications when using above equipment

use industry-accepted standards and procedures for checking accuracy of spatial data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy ranges that can be achieved using terrestrial technologies

formats and documentation used for recording spatial data collected using terrestrial technologies

mathematical concepts relating to algebra, trigonometry and geometry and their use in calculating basic spatial measurements

methods for calculating spatial data and verifying its accuracy using terrestrial technologies

methods for downloading data collected using terrestrial technologies

methods for setting up, levelling and calibrating equipment.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

total station

specifications:

job specifications and plans

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

recording and storing spatial data

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS4041 Set out site and building works

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS4029A Collect and set out basic surveying data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to set out spatial data for building or site works using surveying methods and equipment. The unit covers using horizontal and vertical control techniques to set out marks and lines to define the position and level of design points on site. It also covers interpreting plans and specifications in order to conduct measurements and calculations that ensure building elements are the correct size, in the correct plan position, and at the correct reduced level. The unit requires the ability to check and validate measurements and calculations against specifications, and complete set-out documentation.

The unit supports those who work under supervision in a surveying field team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for set-out tasks.	1.1.	Relevant plans and specifications are accessed and interpreted to identify set-out requirements.
1.2.	Equipment is selected and prepared according to set-out and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Work is planned in consultation with appropriate persons to ensure correct understanding of set-out activities.
2.	Use control techniques for set-out.	2.1.	Horizontal control points are located throughout work area and coordinates are set out according to plans and specifications.
2.2.	Design points are set out and checked to ensure correct tolerances according to specifications.
2.3.	Control points are used and accuracy is checked according to plans and specifications.
2.4.	Set-out pegs or markers are used to indicate base lines and offsets relative to work area.
2.5.	Vertical control points are established to ensure design points are positioned at correct levels according to plans and specifications.
2.6.	Offsets and profiles are put in place to define main lines of building or site works and provide vertical controls.
2.7.	Measured surveying data is reduced and calculations are conducted according to industry-accepted standards and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise set-out tasks.	3.1.	Measurements are checked and validated to ensure correct size, plan position, and reduced level of set-out according to plans and specifications.
3.2.	Discrepancies between specifications and actual activities are identified and addressed or reported according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Set-out is finalised and documentation completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform surveying calculations relating to height, distances, angles and coordinates set required datums and projections.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in construction plans and drawings.
Writing skills to:	record field notes in a format that can be interpreted by a third party.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and use primary and secondary controls to improve accuracy of measurements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	experienced colleague qualified surveyor site engineer supervisor or line manager.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS4041 Set out site and building works

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS4029A Collect and set out basic surveying data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also set out spatial data for site or building works for two different projects as follows:

one project is to be conducted using a total station

one project is to be conducted using a global navigation satellite system (GNSS).

While setting out the above spatial data, the person must:

plan work tasks by checking plans, maps, specifications and control marks

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and report project information

set out marks and lines to define position and level of design points on site

use horizontal and vertical control techniques to position design points and markers

comply with organisational and legislative requirements for:

identifying hazards and working safely

recording, storing and filing spatial data

setting up and using surveying equipment

comply with manufacturer specifications when using surveying equipment

measure and calculate spatial data within industry-accepted tolerances for accuracy.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

mathematical concepts relating to algebra, trigonometry and geometry and their use in calculating spatial measurements

methods for performing the following:

calculating surveying data and verifying its accuracy using primary and secondary controls

establishing a control network that meets specified tolerances

recording spatial data relating to set-out

setting up, levelling and calibrating equipment used to set out spatial data

purpose of primary and secondary controls for set-out

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia

types of pegs and markers used during set-out, and methods for ensuring their optimal placement on site.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

GNSS

total station

specifications:

job specifications, maps and plans

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

setting up and using surveying equipment

spatial data collection

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5031 Plan spatial data collection

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5031A Plan spatial data collection and validation.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop and document a spatial data collection plan that meets client specifications. The unit covers analysing project specifications and client instructions to evaluate and determine appropriate data acquisition and collection options. The unit requires the ability to use technology to manage spatial data and prepare the written plan. It also requires the ability to assess the technical, financial, legal and resource implications of the project in order to select the preferred collection options.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, cartography, town planning, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Scope spatial data acquisition.	1.1.	Client instructions are analysed and project specifications determined according to organisational requirements.
1.2.	Data requirements and constraints are identified in consultation with appropriate persons and recorded according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Additional information is gathered to clarify acquisition requirements according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Evaluate collection options.	2.1.	Technical, financial, legal and resource implications of available collection options are assessed to ensure preferred option meets project specifications.
2.2.	Preferred collection option is selected based on project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Assessment process is documented according to organisational requirements.
3.	Develop collection plan.	3.1.	Spatial data collection specifications, deliverables, constraints and principal work activities are identified and documented in a plan according to project requirements.
3.2.	Identified risks, contingencies and resources, as well as technology and techniques to be used to collect spatial data, are included in plan.
3.3.	Process to verify integrity of required spatial data is specified in plan according to organisational requirements.
3.4.	Plan is finalised and communicated to appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	research sources of appropriate spatial data.
Numeracy skills to:	apply budget constraints to project specifications.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate data requirements with clients and service providers.
Reading skills to:	interpret contractual obligations detailed in legal documents, such as contracts, agreements, memorandums of understanding, and licences analyse detailed technical descriptions of spatial data and their qualifiers.
Writing skills to:	prepare written communications to clients and data providers.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to prepare plan.
Problem-solving skills to:	devise strategies to manage risk.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client end user financial or legal specialist manager qualified surveyor spatial data provider supplier.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5031A Plan spatial data collection and validation

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5031 Plan spatial data collection

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5031A Plan spatial data collection and validation.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also develop and document a spatial data collection plan that meets client specifications for two different projects.

While developing the above spatial data collection plans, the person must:

conduct research and consultation to gather information as the basis for scoping spatial data acquisition requirements

select a preferred spatial data collection method for inclusion in the plan based on evaluation of available options

apply industry-accepted methods for assessing validity and integrity of spatial data

apply contingency measures and risk management strategies to the planning process

comply with organisational requirements for:

allocating resources and working within budgetary constraints

communicating with clients and spatial data providers

recording and reporting information, and completing documentation

using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

working safely when using screen-based equipment

comply with legal requirements relating to client service provision, and accessing spatial data

exercise precision when archiving, retrieving and managing spatial data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

legal requirements for accessing, storing, retrieving and archiving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

methods for assessing and validating spatial datasets and dataset sources

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

budget and resource constraints

client service and communication

completing records and documentation

using equipment

work health and safety

principles of risk management relating to collecting spatial data

purpose and use of metadata, including:

availability

conditions of use

coordinate system

currency

custodian

data accuracy

data description

date of acquisition

licence

quality

source

spatial data acquisition methodologies

version control

spatial data capture methodologies

spatial data formats and structures

key features of spatial reference systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for report development and electronic communication

printer

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team

relationships with clients:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5032 Capture new spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5032A Capture new spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to capture new spatial data to meet client specifications using a variety of data capture methodologies. The unit covers analysing project specifications, as well as organisational, administrative and legal requirements, to coordinate human resources, equipment and supplies. The unit also covers setting up and using specialist surveying equipment and technologies to capture and manipulate spatial data, including entities, attributes, topological features and metadata; and checking and validating the integrity and accuracy of results. In addition, the unit covers performing the operational maintenance of equipment to ensure its sound working order, and identifying faults and organising repairs as required. The unit requires the ability to use project management techniques to schedule, monitor and report on project activities, and supervisory skills to designate work and provide guidance to staff.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, cartography, town planning, mapping or geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for data collection.	1.1.	Project and client specifications, organisational requirements, and available resources are identified and key activities and timeline scheduled accordingly.
1.2.	Administrative and legal requirements for data collection are complied with and recorded according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Appropriate persons are informed about the project according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Equipment, supplies and technologies are selected according to project specifications.
1.5.	Designated responsibilities are communicated to staff to ensure understanding of work tasks according to organisational requirements.
2.	Gather spatial data.	2.1.	Equipment is set up and operated according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Entities are related to a reference system, and data and attributes are collected according to project specifications.
2.3.	Metadata is documented according to industry-accepted standards and organisational requirements.
2.4.	Discrepancies between specifications and actual activities are identified, recorded and reported.
2.5.	Guidance is given to staff assisting in the data collection process as required and according to organisational requirements.
3.	Maintain equipment.	3.1.	Operational maintenance of equipment is undertaken according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Contingencies that may affect equipment use are identified and reported.
3.3.	Unsafe or faulty equipment is identified, and reported and referred for repair according to organisational requirements.
3.4.	Tools and equipment are stored safely according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
4.	Finalise collection process.	4.1.	Attributes and topological structures are added to spatial data according to project specifications.
4.2.	Data is recorded correctly and documentation completed according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.3.	Data integrity and accuracy are checked and validated according to project specifications.
4.4.	Data and documentation are stored according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	prioritise activities to meet contractual requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	apply budget constraints to project specifications conduct precise measurements and computations relating to length, angle, elevation, area and volume.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client requirements explain procedures to staff.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information detailed in manufacturer specifications and legislation.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	calibrate specialised surveying equipment use equipment software to manipulate spatial data.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply contingency measures in the event of adverse weather or equipment failure.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Administrative and legal requirements must include at least one of the following:	Indigenous considerations licensing arrangements relevant state, territory and federal legislation and regulations relating to data access, use and storage, including data privacy and information copyright royalty obligations title search processes.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	administrative staff colleague contractor field survey staff land occupier land owner manager technician.
Metadata must include at least four of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.
Operational maintenance must include at least three of the following:	adjusting calibrating cleaning lubricating maintaining battery tightening undertaking simple repairs.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5032A Capture new spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5032 Capture new spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5032A Capture new spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also capture new spatial data that meets client specifications for two different projects, with each project using two of the following pieces of equipment:

data logger or other mobile computing device

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

laser scanner

level

sonar

total station

unmanned aerial vehicle.

While capturing the above new spatial data, the person must:

coordinate technical and human resources to undertake scheduled work activities, designate work and provide guidance to staff

accurately record metadata

apply contingency measures and risk management strategies to ensure data is collected safely and within project timeframes

comply with legal, administrative and organisational requirements for:

communicating with clients

copyright

recording and reporting information, and completing documentation

using, maintaining and storing tools and equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE) when collecting data and operating equipment

apply industry-accepted methods for assessing the validity and integrity of spatial data

conduct operational maintenance on equipment to ensure good working order

exercise accuracy and precision when collecting and recording spatial data using two of the following data capture methodologies:

aerial

conversion or translation from existing information, including hard copy or digital

data logging, including GNSS

photogrammetry

remote sensing

scanning

sonar

manage and manipulate spatial data, including entities and attributes and topological structures, using surveying technologies

plan and organise equipment and supplies required to capture spatial data

set up, calibrate and use surveying equipment

use two of the following tools to assist in capturing new spatial data:

compass

clinometer

digital imagery

distance measuring wheel

tape

ultra-high frequency radio.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

legal requirements for accessing and storing spatial data, including copyright

methods for conducting operational maintenance on surveying equipment

methods for validating the integrity of spatial data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

budget and resource constraints

client service and communication

completing records and documentation

using and maintaining equipment

work health and safety

principles of risk management relating to data capture operations

purpose and uses of various data capture technologies and equipment

spatial data capture methodologies

spatial data formats and structures

key features of spatial reference systems

supervisory processes required to delegate work tasks and communicate with staff.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment and tools:

as specified in the performance and knowledge evidence

PPE

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5035 Obtain and validate spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5035A Obtain and validate spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to obtain and validate spatial data to meet client specifications. The unit covers analysing project requirements and agreements and determining appropriate data acquisition options. It also covers applying industry-accepted validation methodologies to assess the validity and integrity of data and resolve problems. The unit requires the ability to use technology to access, manipulate, archive and retrieve a range of spatial data. It also requires the ability to record metadata and complete documentation and written communications.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, cartography, town planning, mapping or geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for spatial data acquisition.	1.1.	Project specifications, client instructions and agreements are determined and analysed according to organisational requirements.
1.2.	Data requirements are confirmed with appropriate persons and resources are allocated to project tasks according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Protocols for communicating with spatial data providers are followed according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Viability of provider’s service agreement is assessed based on advice from appropriate persons.
1.5.	Data acquisition options are determined according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
1.6.	Data is received and processed according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Validate spatial data.	2.1.	Data is assessed for validity and integrity according to project specifications.
2.2.	Omissions and gaps in spatial data are identified and resolved in consultation with appropriate persons.
2.3.	Metadata is recorded according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Documentation is completed and stored according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	delegate project tasks to staff.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and analyse statistics.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate data requirements with clients and service providers.
Reading skills to:	interpret contractual obligations detailed in legal documents, such as contracts, agreements, memorandums of understanding, and licences analyse detailed technical descriptions of spatial data and their qualifiers.
Writing skills to:	communicate with clients and data providers using email record measurements with accuracy and precision.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to access, manipulate, archive and retrieve a range of spatial data.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply contingency measures to resolve identified errors verify authenticity of data against specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client end user financial or legal specialist manager qualified surveyor spatial data provider supplier town planner.
Metadata must include at least three of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5035A Obtain and validate spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5035 Obtain and validate spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5035A Obtain and validate spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also obtain and validate spatial data that meets client specifications for two different projects.

While obtaining and validating the above spatial data, the person must:

apply contingency measures when solving problems relating to data

comply with organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications when using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

comply with organisational requirements for:

allocating resources, delegating duties and working within budgetary constraints

communicating with clients and spatial data providers

recording metadata and completing documentation

working safely when using screen-based equipment

comply with legal requirements relating to client service provision, and accessing and managing spatial data

exercise precision when archiving, retrieving, managing and manipulating spatial data

use industry-accepted methods for assessing the validity and integrity of spatial data and resolving errors.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards relating to obtaining and validating spatial data

legal requirements for accessing, storing, retrieving and archiving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

methods for assessing and validating spatial datasets and dataset sources

organisational requirements relating to:

work health and safety

client services

human resource management

completing documentation

spatial data capture methodologies

spatial data formats and structures

key features of spatial reference systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for spatial data management and electronic communication

printer

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

project budget and resources

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5036 Integrate spatial datasets

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5036A Integrate spatial datasets.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use technology and software applications to integrate spatial datasets for the purpose of providing spatially referenced information. The unit covers obtaining spatial and attribute data, creating datasets, and linking spatial and attribute data to meet client specifications for spatial data solutions. The unit also covers analysing and compiling metadata sets, assessing geographic coverage, establishing filtering parameters, and checking and validating the accuracy and integrity of data. The unit requires the ability to consult with appropriate persons to define project requirements and report outcomes, and use database querying operations and techniques.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, cartography, town planning, mapping or geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to integrate datasets.	1.1.	Client specifications are identified and analysed to determine specific needs and required outcomes.
1.2.	Requirements for spatial data and constraints are identified through further consultation with appropriate persons and outcomes are recorded according to organisational requirements.
2.	Obtain spatial and attribute data.	2.1.	Metadata is used to determine sources of data consistent with project specifications.
2.2.	Data is obtained and checked for integrity and quality according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Geographic coverage is assessed for completeness according to project specifications.
2.4.	Metadata set is compiled based on sourced spatial data.
2.5.	Exception reports on non-conforming items are referred to appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.
3.	Create resultant spatial datasets.	3.1.	Filtering parameters are established in line with scientific accuracy, redundancy and project specifications.
3.2.	Spatial data is translated into a format that satisfies project specifications.
3.3.	Spatial datasets are populated with edited spatial data according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.	Link spatial and attribute data.	4.1.	Method required for referencing location of attribute data is identified according to organisational requirements.
4.2.	Spatial and attribute data are linked according to client specifications and organisational requirements.
4.3.	Spatial queries are carried out on spatial data to access attribute data according to project specifications.
5.	Test and validate spatial datasets.	5.1.	Test queries are determined and implemented to ensure spatial datasets meet project specifications and organisational requirements.
5.2.	Accuracy and integrity of spatial data are checked and validated to ensure correctness of links, and identified problems are resolved or escalated where required according to organisational requirements.
5.3.	Documentation is completed according to organisational requirements and appropriate persons are notified of project results.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	design spatial data solutions to meet client specifications and organisational requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse and compare metadata and attribute ranges.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client and project requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret field records, images, and detailed technical descriptions of spatial data.
Writing skills to:	record measurements with accuracy and precision.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to manipulate and compare spatial data.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify exceptions and non-conformances within datasets.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client end user staff manager.
Metadata must include at least four of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5036A Integrate spatial datasets

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5036 Integrate spatial datasets

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5036A Integrate spatial datasets.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also integrate spatial datasets for the purpose of providing spatially referenced information for two different projects.

While integrating the above spatial datasets, the person must:

select and use industry-accepted software applications to obtain spatial data, create datasets, and link attribute data

comply with organisational requirements while:

communicating with clients and other appropriate persons

ensuring quality of datasets

recording data and completing documentation

working safely when using screen-based equipment

comply with legal requirements relating to data privacy and information copyright when accessing and using spatial data

devise and implement functional solutions to spatial datasets

exercise precision when editing, processing, comparing, manipulating and archiving spatial data

perform querying techniques to access attribute data and test and validate spatial data

prepare exception reports to identify non-conforming data

reference and link the location of attribute data

translate spatial data into industry-accepted formats

use approved methods for assessing accuracy and integrity of spatial data and resolving errors

use filtering parameters, including attribute range accuracy and geographic location to establish accuracy and redundancy of data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

data acquisition methods

database querying techniques and languages

key features of spatial data

legal requirements for accessing and manipulating spatial data, including copyright

methods for comparing and checking different spatial datasets

organisational requirements relating to:

work health and safety

recording data

completing documentation

principles of data acquisition, including photogrammetry, remote sensing, terrestrial survey and hydrography

quality guidelines regarding the validity of spatial data

software applications used to compute spatial datasets

key features of spatial coordinate and reference systems

spatial data formats and structures

spatial database design tools

key characteristics of spatial database operation

spatial dataset integration methods, including role of scale in dataset integration.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for integrating spatial datasets

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and legislation relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5037 Maintain spatial data systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5037A Maintain complex spatial data systems.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to implement a full cycle of maintenance of spatial data, including updating, backup, recovery and archiving. The unit covers analysing spatial data systems to determine maintenance requirements and constraints; confirming the reliability of spatial data by editing, updating and integrating existing and new spatial data; and problem solving to test and validate data currency and retrieval and backup systems. The unit requires the ability to use computers and software to manage spatial data, create metadata, and apply spatial data input, output and distribution technologies.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, cartography, town planning, mapping or geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine data maintenance requirements.	1.1.	Data maintenance objectives and constraints are identified and documented in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Data system is analysed to determine components to be maintained according to project objectives.
1.3.	Maintenance techniques are determined and evaluated according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Work is allocated to appropriate persons and supervisory processes are implemented to ensure work is completed within time available.
2.	Confirm reliability of spatial data.	2.1.	Spatial data updates are accessed and checked to confirm currency and relevance, and are recorded according to organisational requirements.
2.2.	Spatial data is checked and edited to ensure it is compatible, and in an acceptable format according to project requirements.
2.3.	Integrity and consistency of data are maintained according to organisational requirements.
3.	Replace spatial data.	3.1.	Spatial data is amended and replaced according to project and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Existing and new data is edited, prepared and integrated according to project requirements.
3.3.	Spatial datasets are tested and validated to ensure integrity, quality and currency according to project requirements.
3.4.	Documentation is amended and updated according to organisational requirements.
4.	Carry out backup and recovery of spatial data.	4.1.	Data backups are implemented to ensure data is accessible in contingency situations according to organisational requirements.
4.2.	Backup system is tested to ensure that data can be retrieved, and any problems are resolved or contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
5.	Archive spatial data.	5.1.	Spatial dataset to be archived is checked for completeness and manipulated where necessary.
5.2.	Metadata is created according to organisational requirements.
5.3.	Archived spatial data is stored in a secure location, and details are recorded according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	schedule and prioritise work tasks to meet project timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	apply error tolerances when manipulating datasets solve problems relating to height, dimension, direction, position, flow rates and slope.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to determine maintenance objectives.
Reading skills to:	interpret query language and graphic interfaces.
Technology skills to:	apply spatial data input, output and distribution technologies use scripting, queries, macros, networks and remote access when maintaining spatial data systems.
Problem-solving skills to:	verify accuracy and currency of data and identify errors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client manager spatial technician staff.
Validated must include at least two of the following methods:	confounding bias information/data bias observational bias recall bias selection bias.
Metadata must include at least four of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5037A Maintain complex spatial data systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5037 Maintain spatial data systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5037A Maintain complex spatial data systems.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also implement the full cycle of maintenance of spatial data systems for two different projects, including the full cycle of updating, backup, recovery and archiving.

While maintaining the above spatial data systems, the person must:

allocate tasks within the work team, and provide supervision to ensure work is completed within required timeframes

apply industry-accepted standards for:

accuracy, precision and error tolerances to ensure data systems are accurately maintained

creating and recording metadata

comply with administrative and legal requirements for storing and retrieving spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

comply with organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications when using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

comply with organisational requirements for recording data and completing documentation, and working safely when using screen-based equipment

evaluate and decide appropriate data maintenance techniques

use spatial data input technologies, including:

digitising

scanning

remote sensing

satellite imagery

use spatial data output and distribution technologies, including:

scripting

query language

macro development

graphic interfaces

networks

remote access.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

administrative and legal requirements for accessing, storing, retrieving and archiving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

advanced spatial data reduction processes

key features of coordinate reference systems

industry-accepted standards relating to accuracy and precision, error tolerances and metadata

types of map projections

methods for validating test results to identify systematic distortions

organisational policy and procedures relating to work tasks, including:

health and safety when using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

maintaining the quality and integrity of spatial data

reporting, including completing records and documentation

storing and retrieving data

software that can be used to manage spatial data, create metadata, and apply spatial data input, output and distribution technologies

types of spatial data formats

techniques for using spatial data input technologies, as specified in the performance evidence

techniques for using spatial data output and distribution technologies, as specified in the performance evidence

types of storage media for a range of spatial data.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for spatial data management and retrieval

hard copy and digital data storage media

printer

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5038 Develop spatial databases

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5038A Develop a complex spatial and aspatial database.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop spatial databases using a range of storage media, including digital and hard copy storage. The unit covers analysing and evaluating storage requirements, specifications and constraints, to identify data components to be maintained and appropriate storage solutions. The unit also covers arranging to create data indexes to assist in data retrieval and storage; using indexes to record and retrieve data; and accessing and retrieving data. It requires the ability to translate data into the required format to meet task requirements. The unit also requires the ability to negotiate with data suppliers and network storage providers, and to implement project management techniques to manage risks and contingencies relating to data security, and use supervisory techniques to allocate tasks and achieve planned outcomes.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, town planning, cartography, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for storage of spatial data.	1.1.	Data storage objectives and constraints are identified and documented in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Data design is analysed to determine components to be maintained according to task requirements.
1.3.	Storage techniques to be used are determined and evaluated according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Administrative and legal requirements for data storage are complied with and recorded according to organisational requirements.
1.5.	Work is allocated to appropriate persons and supervisory processes are implemented to ensure work is completed within time available.
2.	Store spatial data.	2.1.	Arrangements are put in place to create data indexes to assist in data retrieval and storage according to task requirements.
2.2.	Spatial data is recorded in an index according to organisational requirements.
2.3.	Method of spatial data storage is selected according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Spatial data is backed up according to organisational requirements.
2.5.	Distribution method is determined to ensure that current data is available according to task and organisational requirements.
3.	Access and retrieve spatial data.	3.1.	Arrangements are put in place to use the indexing system to locate spatial data source.
3.2.	Spatial data is accessed and if necessary translated into required format according to task requirements.
4.	Manage contingencies.	4.1.	Risk management plan is developed to identify risks, contingencies and possible solutions to anticipated spatial data storage and retrieval problems.
4.2.	Risk and contingency plans are communicated to appropriate persons and, if necessary, implemented according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	research and access sources of spatial data.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct image analysis identify budgetary constraints relating to cost of storage systems.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate distribution methods and network access with data storage providers.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information obtained from global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) and GIS.
Writing skills to:	write technical reports detailing problems and solutions relating to data storage and retrieval.
Technology skills to:	use a range of software applications to access and store data use querying commands to obtain information from a database.
Problem-solving skills to:	analyse storage solutions appropriate to different types of spatial data identify contingency procedures in the event of unforeseen risk to data security.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client end user manager network storage provider qualified surveyor spatial data supplier staff.
Administrative and legal requirements must include at least two of the following:	Indigenous considerations licensing arrangements relevant state, territory and federal legislation and regulations relating to data access, use and storage, including data privacy and information copyright royalty obligations title search processes.
Contingencies must include at least four of the following:	duplicates fireproof storage insurance media malfunction media and formats becoming outdated off-site storage storage in different media.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5038 Develop a complex spatial and aspatial database

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5038 Develop spatial databases

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5038A Develop a complex spatial and aspatial database.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also develop two different spatial databases to meet specifications.

While developing the above spatial databases, the person must:

analyse written spatial data storage specifications to identify storage requirements and constraints

arrange data indexes that allow for several notations for cross-referencing data

access spatial data and translate it into required format

arrange to create, access and use an indexing system for spatial data

assess feasibility of data storage options based on available budget, resources and priorities

comply with administrative and legal requirements for storing, using and retrieving spatial data

comply with organisational requirements for:

recording data

completing documentation

health and safety when using screen-based equipment

develop risk and contingency management plans to ensure security of stored spatial data

negotiate with clients, data suppliers and data network storage providers to achieve required outcomes

plan system design, including assessing available formats and storage requirements

read and write technical reports detailing storage solutions for spatial data

research and evaluate sources of spatial data

supervise and coordinate staff to assist with research activities

use project management techniques to coordinate database requirements

use software, hardware and networking applications to access, store and retrieve data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

administrative and legal requirements for storing, using and retrieving digital and hard copy spatial data, including copyright

spatial data storage and retrieval methods

key features of current indexing systems

data retrieval methods, including querying and browsing techniques for obtaining information from databases

industry metadata standards relating to:

availability

conditions of use

coordinate system

currency

custodian

data accuracy

data description

date of acquisition

licence

quality

source

spatial data acquisition methodologies

version control

network and security guidelines relating to spatial data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

accessing, recording, storing and retrieving spatial data

communicating with clients, end users and network storage providers

completing records and documentation

working within budget and resource constraints and priorities

spatial data formats, classification and indexing systems

spatial data input technologies, including digitising, scanning, remote sensing and satellite imagery

spatial data maintenance and management systems

key features of spatial reference systems

types of storage media for a range of spatial data.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for spatial data storage and retrieval

ancillary hardware

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5039 Plan and implement spatial projects

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5039A Produce spatial project deliverables.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan, implement and complete spatial projects to produce client-specified deliverables. The unit covers project planning processes to allocate and organise equipment, materials and resources; adhere to financial, administrative and legal requirements; and manage project risks and contingencies. The unit also covers designing, producing and validating spatial project deliverables and products. It requires the ability to interpret technical information relating to spatial products, and to communicate verbally and in writing with a range of project stakeholders.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, cartography, town planning, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Develop spatial project plan.	1.1.	Spatial project specifications and client requirements are identified and analysed, and then confirmed and clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Resources, equipment and materials are determined and organised according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Appropriate persons are informed of their involvement in project, parameters of their responsibilities, and project communication processes.
1.4.	Key activities and timelines are scheduled with full consideration given to project specifications, available resources, and organisational requirements.
1.5.	Risk management and contingency strategies are incorporated into documented project plan to meet administrative, legal and organisational requirements.
2.	Implement spatial project plan.	2.1.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to monitor, record and report project progress in relation to project plan.
2.2.	Computations and analysis are undertaken for spatial product development according to project specifications.
2.3.	Project deliverables are designed and produced according to project specifications and project plan.
2.4.	Metadata is created according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.5.	Project deliverables are validated against project specifications and irregularities are identified, reported and resolved.
3.	Monitor and complete spatial project.	3.1.	Project is monitored against specifications and plan, and contingencies managed to ensure quality is maintained.
3.2.	Actual expenditure is monitored to control costs according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Project is completed and checked to ensure compliance with specifications, plan and organisational requirements.
3.4.	Project documentation is completed and outcomes are reported to appropriate persons.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	identify areas for improvement to meet budget constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical language and representation to prepare and communicate budgetary and financial information.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to seek information and confirm understanding.
Reading skills to:	interpret detailed technical descriptions of surveying data interpret graphical information within image data.
Writing skills to:	develop plans, reports and recommendations using technical language.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to manage, manipulate, archive and retrieve spatial data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client end user manager qualified surveyor spatial data provider supplier.
Metadata must include at least four of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5039A Produce spatial project deliverables

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5039 Plan and implement spatial projects

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5039A Produce spatial project deliverables.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also plan and implement two different projects to produce spatial products that meet specific client requirements.

While planning and implementing the above spatial projects, the person must:

design and produce spatial project deliverables that meet specifications and client requirements

accurately record metadata

apply contingency measures and risk management strategies to ensure quality of project deliverables

comply with legal, administrative and organisational requirements for:

allocating and using resources, materials and equipment

communicating with clients and stakeholders

copyright of spatial data

designating tasks within the work team

meeting financial management obligations

recording and reporting information, and completing documentation

coordinate technical and human resources to undertake scheduled work activities

exercise accuracy and precision when performing computations and spatial data analysis and manipulation

use a computer and software to develop plans, reports and recommendations relating to the project

use project management techniques to plan, schedule, measure, monitor and report project activities and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

legal requirements for accessing, using and storing spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

methods for assessing and validating integrity of existing spatial datasets and dataset sources

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

budget and resource constraints

client service and stakeholder communication

completing records, reports and documentation

quality and industry standards relating to spatial products

techniques for managing risk to comply with administrative and legal requirements of spatial projects

project management tools, techniques and methodologies

project management techniques, including resource planning and costing

spatial data formats, structures and presentation methods

key features of spatial reference systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer, software and ancillary hardware to produce reports

specifications:

project and client specifications for spatial product

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5040 Interpret and collate spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5040A Collate and interpret spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to interpret and collate spatial data to meet project deliverables and client requirements. The unit covers accessing, querying and interpreting spatial data from various sources to test and determine its relevance and compatibility for meeting project requirements. It also covers collating spatial data and facilitating links with other functional areas within the organisation as part of the broader knowledge management system. The unit requires the ability to use various technologies and software applications, including geographic information system (GIS) software to access, manipulate, archive, retrieve and validate spatial data. It also requires the ability to complete records and documentation.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, cartography, town planning, mapping and GIS.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Access spatial data.	1.1.	Project spatial data requirements and constraints, and client requirements, are identified and documented in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Spatial datasets are retrieved from data storage and other relevant sources and new data is captured according to project and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Data is manipulated into appropriate format to meet project requirements.
2.	Query and interpret spatial data.	2.1.	Data is queried and interpreted using appropriate equipment and software application according to project requirements.
2.2.	Data is verified for integrity and relevance using industry-accepted statistical tests and methods according to project requirements.
2.3.	Irregularities are identified and resolved, and results recorded and documented according to organisational requirements.
3.	Collate spatial data.	3.1.	Spatial data is collated according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Most appropriate format and database for spatial data are selected according to organisational requirements.
4.	Validate spatial data.	4.1.	Tools for testing validity of information and data are identified, accessed and used according to organisational requirements.
4.2.	Problems with collated data are identified and resolved to ensure quality and usability according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Spatial data is archived and records and documentation are completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	source spatial data appropriate to client needs.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and analyse statistics.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client data requirements.
Reading skills to:	analyse detailed technical descriptions of spatial data and its qualifiers.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to manipulate spatial data.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply contingency measures to resolve identified errors verify authenticity of data against specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client end user manager qualified surveyor spatial data provider supplier.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5040A Collate and interpret spatial data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5040 Interpret and collate spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5040A Collate and interpret spatial data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also interpret and collate spatial data that meets client requirements for two different projects.

While interpreting and collating the above spatial data, the person must:

establish project and client requirements for new spatial data

acquire spatial data from a range of industry-accepted sources

comply with organisational requirements for:

communicating with clients and spatial data providers

completing documentation

facilitating information and knowledge management processes

working safely when using screen-based equipment

comply with legal requirements relating to client service provision, and accessing and managing spatial data

exercise precision when retrieving, managing, manipulating and archiving spatial data

manipulate and analyse geographic information system (GIS) data using GIS software

query and interpret spatial data using databases

use industry-accepted methods for assessing validity and integrity of spatial data and resolving errors

use one of the following statistical tests and methods to verify relevance of data:

broad analytical studies to determine estimates of risk

making comparisons using basic tests of significance

mean, standard deviation, regression analysis and percentage change.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted sources of spatial data, including photogrammetry, remote sensing, terrestrial survey and hydrography

key features of coordinate reference systems

GIS software, including ArcInfo, GenaMap and MapInfo

industry-accepted standards and methods for assessing, verifying and validating spatial datasets and dataset sources

legal requirements for accessing, storing, retrieving and archiving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

line instructions and programming for geographical information systems data

organisational requirements relating to:

work health and safety

client service

information and knowledge management

completing documentation

purpose and use of metadata, including:

availability

conditions of use

coordinate system

currency

custodian

data accuracy

data description

date of acquisition

licence

quality

source

spatial data acquisition methodologies

version control

types of spatial data storage technologies

key features of spatial reference systems

statistical tests and methods used to verify relevance of spatial data

techniques for manipulating datasets using:

command lines

general query language, such as structured query language (SQL)

programming language

scripts

techniques for operating, querying and browsing spatial databases.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for spatial data management and electronic communication

printer

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5043 Design spatial data storage systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5043A Design a spatial data storage system.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to design spatial data storage systems to meet client requirements. The unit covers analysing client needs and storage requirements and assessing the feasibility of those requirements against organisational budgets, resources and priorities. It also covers planning the system design; scheduling development; and creating and testing prototypes where standard formats are unsuitable. The unit requires the ability to negotiate storage requirements and design solutions; and to seek agreement on the final design, as well as feedback from end users, as the basis for implementing improvements to the storage system.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, town planning, cartography, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine spatial data storage requirements.	1.1.	Requirements for spatial data storage are determined in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Audit of existing spatial data sources is conducted to determine their suitability, useability, dependencies and adaptability in meeting storage requirements.
1.3.	Feasibility of storage requirements is assessed against organisational budget, resources and priorities; and documented according to organisational requirements.
2.	Plan storage system design.	2.1.	Plan is developed based on functional requirements of storage system and detailing spatial data dependencies.
2.2.	Appropriate spatial data storage environment is determined according to data and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Schedule for introducing data storage system is developed and communicated to appropriate persons.
2.4.	Prototype is created and tested, or a standard format adopted, to confirm that design meets functional requirements.
3.	Finalise storage system design.	3.1.	Final design of spatial data storage system is negotiated with appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Final design is agreed and accepted, and documentation is created according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	End users are canvassed to determine effectiveness of designed spatial data storage system.
3.4.	Feedback is analysed and used to make improvements to storage system according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	assess standard storage formats against requirements for a new design.
Numeracy skills to:	compare costs of spatial data storage systems against organisational budget and resource allocations.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information obtained from global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) and GIS.
Writing skills to:	record details of quality improvements.
Technology skills to:	use a range of software applications to access and store data use querying commands to obtain information from a database.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify storage solutions appropriate to different types of spatial data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client end user manager spatial data supplier staff.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5043A Design a spatial data storage system

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5043 Design spatial data storage systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5043A Design a spatial data storage system.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also design spatial data storage systems for two different clients.

While designing the above spatial data storage systems, the person must:

negotiate with end users regarding spatial data storage requirements and design

plan the system design, including assessing available formats and storage requirements

assess existing spatial data sources to determine their capacity to meet user storage requirements based on suitability, useability, dependencies and adaptability

assess the feasibility of storage options based on organisational budget, resources and priorities

comply with administrative and legal requirements for storing and retrieving spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

comply with organisational requirements for recording data, completing documentation, and using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

test design prototypes to confirm that they meet functional requirements

obtain feedback from end users on final storage system.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

administrative and legal requirements for storing and retrieving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

data storage and retrieval methods

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

accessing, recording and storing data

communicating with clients and end users

completing documentation

working within budget and resource constraints and priorities

querying and browsing techniques for obtaining information from databases

spatial data classification and indexing systems

spatial data formats

key features of spatial reference systems

types of storage media for a range of spatial data, including Cloud technology.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

data retrieval equipment

computer with software appropriate for spatial data storage and retrieval

hard copy and digital data storage media

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5044 Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5044A Develop a subdivision survey design for local government approval.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop a subdivision survey design for local government approval using cadastral surveying methods and equipment. The unit covers analysing and researching client service requests and existing information to assess and prioritise work tasks, and conducting a survey of the land to be subdivided. The unit also covers conducting measurements and calculations; and developing plans detailing required information, including boundary dimensions and corners, subdivision lots, features, surrounds, connections and offsets. The unit requires the ability to set up, calibrate and use surveying equipment to measure, record and reduce surveying data. The unit also requires the ability to prepare, lodge and monitor a detailed design submission for local government approval which details engineering aspects, physical constraints and any environmental impacts. The unit requires knowledge of land and planning law and local government building approval processes. It requires consultation with clients and professionals to obtain advice for input into the design submission.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team, in areas such as town planning, surveying and mapping.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States where cadastral surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify type of service requests.	1.1.	Client requirements and timelines are established in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Client service requirements are assessed to establish if they are within the jurisdiction and ability of relevant authority and any necessity for statutory compliance.
1.3.	Work is prioritised and recorded, and research is conducted to gather additional information as required according to organisational requirements.
2.	Conduct subdivision survey.	2.1.	Surveying equipment is set up, calibrated and used according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Identified components of land to be subdivided are measured and subdivision lots marked according to client service and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Measured surveying data is reduced according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to organisational requirements.
2.5.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
3.	Develop detailed design submission for local government approval.	3.1.	Surveying data is used to develop plan according to client service and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Appropriate persons are consulted to obtain professional advice for input into subdivision submission.
3.3.	Availability of existing services and costs of supply, including local government and utility authority contributions, are determined.
3.4.	Engineering aspects in subdivision design are considered and documented according to local government requirements.
3.5.	Subdivision submission is prepared to incorporate physical constraints and environmental impact of the development according to client service requirements.
4.	Monitor approval process.	4.1.	Local government approval assessment criteria are further examined and advertising and exhibition requirements observed according to organisational requirements.
4.2.	Outcomes of subdivision submission are reviewed to identify required follow-up actions.
5.	Advise client of outcomes.	5.1.	Client is advised of submission outcomes in writing and verbally according to organisational requirements.
5.2.	Rights of appeal are explained to client where appropriate, and advice is recorded according to organisational requirements.
5.3.	Documentation is completed and records stored according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	conduct research to collect property information, including title searches.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet submission timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct precise measurements and computations relating to length, angle, elevation, area and volume.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client requirements.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in photographs and drawings interpret legal information in land and planning laws.
Writing skills to:	use templates to record field notes write field notes that can be interpreted by a third party.
Technology skills to:	connect surveying equipment to coordinate systems.
Problem-solving skills to:	select appropriate validation methods to verify accuracy of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	builder client colleague engineer local government representative manager registered or qualified surveyor statutory authority representative town planner.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5044A Develop a subdivision survey design for local government approval

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5044 Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5044A Develop a subdivision survey design for local government approval.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also develop a subdivision survey design for local government approval in response to two different client requests.

While developing the above subdivision survey designs, the person must:

analyse existing plans, drawings, surveying data and photographs to plan service provision

conduct research to obtain information relating to planned subdivisions, including:

boundary dimensions

connections

land title information

local government provisions and restrictions relating to subdivision, zoning, heritage and flooding

services

subdivision plan

title search

topographic features

accurately measure and calculate boundary dimensions and mark subdivision lots

use industry-accepted methods to check and validate measurements and calculations

analyse and comply with land and planning law and local government guidelines for building approvals

communicate clearly with appropriate persons in writing and verbally, to obtain information, clarify service and survey detail, and explain and report submission processes and outcomes

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and documentation, including field notes

prioritising service requests

recording, storing and filing surveying data

using surveying equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

comply with relevant legal and statutory requirements and standards to ensure accuracy of survey, field procedures, and submission information

determine availability of existing services and costs of supply

determine survey controls, land dimensions and corners, and locate features, boundaries, surrounds, connections and offsets

identify physical constraints and environmental impacts of planned developments, including those relating to three of the following:

drainage

easements

public reserves

sediment control

sewerage control

monitor local government approval process, including observing advertising and exhibition requirements

perform surveying tasks using one of the following surveying equipment:

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

total station

prepare clear and concise subdivision survey design submission, with plans that comply with local government approval assessment criteria

use surveying data and other relevant information to produce plans, including contours.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for cadastral surveying data and subdivision survey design

aspects of land and planning law impacting on surveying tasks, including:

common law and old system title

community title

crown land, alienation and native title

environmental protection

residential subdivision provisions

set-back requirements

strata title

Torrens title system

data capture and set-out methodologies used in surveying

data reduction techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

industry-accepted standards relating to subdivision survey design

land tenure systems appropriate to relevant jurisdiction

legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to:

cadastral surveying

local government building requirements

methods for determining availability of existing services and costs of supply

methods for setting up and calibrating surveying equipment

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

completing records and documentation

health and safety when using the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

prioritising service requests

recording, storing and filing data

possible community issues and repercussions relating to building permits

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia

local government approval and submission processes relating to subdivision survey design

road alignment design and associated computations.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

subdivision survey specifications, including relevant surveying, construction or engineering plans and drawings

equipment operating manual and manufacturer specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to submission process

relevant legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to cadastral surveying and local government building requirements for the jurisdiction

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervision by a registered surveyor or licensed land surveyor is required in some jurisdictions

relationships with clients:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5046 Set out stormwater systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS5046A Design a stormwater system.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to set out stormwater systems and associated engineering structures using surveying methods and equipment. The unit covers using horizontal and vertical control techniques to set out marks and lines to define the position and level of design points on site. It also covers interpreting plans, maps and specifications to conduct measurements and calculations that ensure stormwater components and related engineering structures are in the correct plan position and at the correct reduced level. The unit requires the ability to measure, calculate and reduce surveying data, including fall of land and volume relating to contours, spot heights and cross-sections. It also requires the ability to check and validate measurements against specifications and complete set-out documentation.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for stormwater system set-out.	1.1.	Project and client requirements for stormwater system are identified and interpreted.
1.2.	Relevant plans, maps and stormwater specifications are accessed and analysed to identify principal work activities.
1.3.	Equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements.
1.4.	Work is planned in consultation with appropriate persons to meet survey specifications and timeframes.
2.	Use control techniques for set-out.	2.1.	Horizontal control points are located throughout the work area and coordinates are set out according to plans and specifications.
2.2.	Design points are set out from base lines by offsetting, and positions are checked to ensure correct tolerances according to specifications.
2.3.	Primary and secondary controls are used and accuracy is checked according to plans and specifications.
2.4.	Set-out pegs or markers are used to indicate base lines and offsets relative to the work area.
2.5.	Vertical control points are established to ensure design points are positioned at correct levels according to plans and specifications.
2.6.	Offsets and profiles are put in place to define the main lines of stormwater works and provide vertical controls.
2.7.	Measured surveying data is reduced and calculations, including fall of land and volume, are conducted according to industry-accepted standards and organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise stormwater system set-out.	3.1.	Measurements are checked according to plans and specifications to ensure correct plan position and reduced level of set-out.
3.2.	Discrepancies between specifications and actual activities are identified and addressed or reported according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Stormwater system set-out is finalised and documentation completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform surveying calculations relating to height, distances, slope, angles and coordinates use datum and contours to calculate fall of land and volume.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify task requirements report and discuss project information.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in plans, drawings and contour maps.
Writing skills to:	record field notes in a format that can be interpreted by a third party.
Technology skills to:	connect observations to coordinate systems set up, calibrate and operate surveying equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and use primary and secondary controls to improve accuracy of measurements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5046 Set out stormwater systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSIS5046A Design a stormwater system.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also set out stormwater systems and associated engineering structures for two different projects.

While setting out the above stormwater systems and associated engineering structures, the person must:

plan work tasks by checking plans, drawings, maps, specifications and control marks

set out marks and lines to define position and level of design points on site using two of the following pieces of equipment:

hand-held laser measuring device

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

tape

total station

use horizontal and vertical control techniques to position design points and markers

measure and calculate data within industry-accepted tolerances for accuracy

comply with manufacturer specifications when using equipment

check measurements to ensure accuracy of plan position and reduced level of set-out and address identified discrepancies

reduce and manipulate surveying data

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational and legislative requirements for:

identifying hazards, using personal protective equipment (PPE), and working safely

recording, storing and filing data

setting up and using surveying equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

mathematical concepts relating to algebra, trigonometry and geometry and their use in calculating spatial measurements

methods for calculating fall of land and volume relating to:

contours and spot heights

cross-sections: mean area and end area using trapezoidal, prismoidal and Simpson’s rules

regular objects, including cone, cylinder, pyramid, wedge, frustum and sphere

methods for calculating surveying data and verifying its accuracy using primary and secondary controls

methods for establishing a control network that meets specified tolerances

methods for recording spatial data relating to set-out

methods for setting up, levelling and calibrating equipment used to set out stormwater systems

purpose of primary and secondary controls for set-out

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia

types of pegs and markers used during set-out and methods for ensuring their optimal placement on site

types of stormwater systems and their purposes.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

task specifications, drawings, maps and plans

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5047 Conduct GNSS surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5047A Conduct an advanced GNSS data collection and set out survey.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct global navigation satellite system (GNSS) surveys for data collection and engineering set-outs, using GNSS equipment and suitable software to communicate with GNSS receivers. The unit covers project managing data collection activities, including planning collection methodologies and allocating work tasks in a team environment. The unit requires the ability to validate the accuracy of data and identify discrepancies between specifications and actual activities.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for GNSS survey.	1.1.	GNSS survey specifications and organisational requirements are identified and analysed, and key activities and timelines are scheduled according to available resources.
1.2.	Equipment is prepared according to survey and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Survey methodology is planned to meet survey specifications and organisational requirements.
1.4.	Existing survey control data is obtained and validated according to organisational requirements.
1.5.	Set-out data is collated, validated, manipulated and uploaded into GNSS receiver.
1.6.	Work responsibilities are allocated and communicated to appropriate persons according to survey and organisational requirements.
2.	Carry out GNSS surveying tasks.	2.1.	GNSS equipment is operated according to survey specifications and organisational requirements.
2.2.	GNSS instruments are related to a reference system based on survey specifications.
2.3.	GNSS data is collected using planned methodology according to survey specifications and organisational requirements.
2.4.	GNSS measurements are validated and recorded on the reference system according to specifications.
3.	Finalise GNSS survey.	3.1.	GNSS software is used to process data according to survey specifications and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Validation checks are completed according to specifications and organisational requirements.
3.3.	Discrepancies between specifications and actual data are identified and addressed according to survey specifications and organisational requirements.
3.4.	Survey is finalised and documentation completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	analyse and decide GNSS data collection methods.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet survey timeframes and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse metadata and positional data, and set-out positional accuracy solve problems relating to height, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify colleagues’ understanding of delegated tasks.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in maps, engineering drawings, field records and survey plots.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	access, manipulate, retrieve and archive data calibrate and validate GNSS equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	select appropriate validation methods to verify accuracy of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague end user manager registered or qualified surveyor.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5047A Conduct an advanced GNSS data collection and set out survey

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5047 Conduct GNSS surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5047A Conduct an advanced GNSS data collection and set out survey.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also plan and conduct a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) survey for data collection and engineering set-outs for two different projects.

While conducting the above GNSS surveys, the person must:

plan and document data collection methodologies that account for the following:

accessibility of marks

environmental considerations

field reconnaissance

GNSS methodology to be used

network design

placement of survey marks

work health and safety considerations

schedule and allocate resources and work tasks

collect data for GNSS positions, including differential methods

operate GNSS equipment and software, as specified in the assessment conditions, to collect data appropriate to survey specifications

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report work information

analyse survey specifications, including:

cross-sections and plans

technical descriptions of surveying data and their requirements

apply projection and datum parameters when using GNSS equipment and software

comply with industry-accepted standards for validating accuracy of GNSS data

comply with organisational requirements for:

completing records and documentation

recording, storing and filing data

using and storing GNSS equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

use industry-accepted validation methods to test accuracy of data and identify errors and discrepancies.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for GNSS data and network surveys

GNSS data formats and collection methods

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

methods for accessing, manipulating, retrieving and archiving GNSS data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety relating to survey activities

reporting and documentation

using and allocating resources

using GNSS equipment and software

projection and datum parameters required for GNSS equipment and processing software

reference systems for GNSS data

techniques for project management

types of GNSS equipment and software and their uses.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

geodetic GNSS receiver

GNSS equipment, including equipment capable of differential and real time modes of operation

GNSS software application

PPE

specifications:

survey specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5048 Conduct engineering surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5048A Conduct an engineering survey.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct an engineering survey based on specifications and information in construction or engineering designs. The unit covers using surveying equipment to measure, record and reduce surveying data. It requires the ability to validate the accuracy of data, and identify discrepancies between specifications and actual activities.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for engineering survey.	1.1.	Project requirements and specifications are identified and analysed to determine surveying data requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Key survey activities are planned according to available resources, project and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Compliance with legal and statutory standards is planned according to project requirements.
2.	Carry out engineering surveying tasks.	2.1.	Surveying equipment is selected, calibrated and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality, and problems are reported or resolved according to manufacturer specifications.
2.2.	Identified survey components are measured according to project requirements and specifications.
2.3.	Measured surveying data is reduced according to project requirements and specifications.
2.4.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.5.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise and report engineering survey results.	3.1.	Survey is finalised and checked for compliance with project and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of survey results according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Survey documentation is completed and data archived according to project and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet survey timeframes and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct precise measurements and computations relating to length, angle, elevation, area and volume.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client requirements explain and discuss survey results with appropriate persons.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in construction and engineering drawings.
Writing skills to:	prepare conformance and non-conformance reports record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	calibrate specialised surveying equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	select appropriate validation methods to verify accuracy of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague end user engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5048A Conduct an engineering survey

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5048 Conduct engineering surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5048A Conduct an engineering survey.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also conduct two different engineering surveys.

While conducting the above engineering surveys, the person must:

plan and document data collection methodologies that allow for contingencies

analyse survey specifications, including:

cross-sections and plans

technical descriptions of surveying data and their requirements

collect data appropriate to surveying specifications using three of the following pieces of surveying equipment:

echo sounder

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

tape

total station

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report work information

comply with organisational and legal requirements for:

applying industry-accepted standards to measurements and computations

completing records and documentation

recording, storing and filing data

using, checking and storing surveying equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

interpret design information to identify components to be measured

comply with industry-accepted standards for validating accuracy of surveying data and identifying errors and discrepancies

schedule work tasks to meet survey timeframes.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for surveying data

data reduction techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

methods for calibrating surveying equipment

methods for identifying and reporting non-conformities in collected surveying data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety relating to survey activities and work on construction sites

reporting and documentation

using the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

project management techniques for scheduling work tasks and planning for contingencies

key features of reference systems for surveying data.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

survey specifications, including relevant construction or engineering plans and drawings

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5049 Plan and implement surveying projects

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5049A Conduct an engineering surveying project.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to plan, monitor and finalise surveying projects to ensure that they meet client requirements and specifications. The unit covers organising resources and planning project tasks to manage risks and contingencies. It also covers project management tasks relating to stakeholder consultation, scheduling, measuring, recording and monitoring work progress. The unit requires knowledge of surveying techniques.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information service

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan surveying project tasks.	1.1.	Project, client and organisational requirements and associated activities are identified and clarified with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Characteristics of operating environment, and special equipment and resource requirements are identified according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Higher authorities are obtained to ensure resources and equipment operation comply with project and organisational requirements.
1.4.	Survey design is interpreted to identify components to be measured and monitored, and constraints are identified according to project specifications.
1.5.	Risk management strategies are planned and followed to ensure project complies with legal and statutory standards and organisational requirements.
1.6.	Project activities and timelines are scheduled according to available resources, project and organisational requirements.
2.	Monitor surveying project.	2.1.	Agreed communication processes between client and other appropriate persons are implemented and maintained.
2.2.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, measure, record, monitor and report work progress according to organisational requirements.
2.3.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise surveying project.	3.1.	Project is finalised and checked for compliance with specifications and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of project results according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Documentation is completed and data archived according to project and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet survey timeframes and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate time required for project duration.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client requirements inform clients and other stakeholders of project progress.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in engineering plans interpret consultant reports in project specifications.
Writing skills to:	prepare project reports record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to document reports.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply risk control and contingency strategies to anticipated and identified problems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague end user engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor stakeholder.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5049A Conduct an engineering surveying project

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5049 Plan and implement surveying projects

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5049A Conduct an engineering surveying project.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also plan and implement two different surveying projects.

While planning and implementing the above surveying projects, the person must:

analyse standards, specifications and information, including plans and drawings to determine project requirements, including necessary equipment and resources

analyse the operating environment to ensure adequate equipment and resources

communicate clearly with clients and stakeholders to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational and legal requirements for:

completing records and documentation

recording, storing and filing data

identify and manage project constraints and problems

plan and implement risk management and contingency strategies

prepare and document project reports

use project management techniques to monitor projects to ensure they are completed within required timeframes and comply with specifications and standards.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for surveying data

data reduction and manipulation techniques

industry-accepted methods for identifying errors and discrepancies in surveying data

legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to work tasks

methodologies for surveying data capture and data set-out

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

client and stakeholder consultation processes

health and safety relating to surveying activities

reporting and documentation

using and allocating resources

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for risks and contingencies

spatial data reference systems used for surveying

surveying techniques.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer, software and ancillary hardware necessary to prepare surveying project reports

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

specifications for a surveying project, including relevant plans and drawings

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5051 Apply land and planning law to surveying

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5051A Apply land and planning law to surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to apply land and planning law to surveying. The unit covers marking out urban structures and identifying urban lots and related improvements using cadastral surveying methods and equipment. The unit also covers determining azimuth for identification and re-mark surveys, and undertaking mark-out surveys to fix front and rear corners, angles and line marks. It includes calculating identification surveys and preparing reports and sketches that identify physical constraints and environmental impacts. The unit requires the ability to set up, calibrate and use surveying equipment to measure, record and reduce surveying data; and to compile reports and sketches for submission to an approving authority as part of a development application. The unit requires knowledge of land and planning law, and of the submission process for local government building approvals.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team, in areas such as town planning, surveying and mapping.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States where cadastral surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine survey requirements and azimuth.	1.1.	Relevant information is gathered to determine survey requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Survey marks are located as indicated on survey plan.
1.3.	Position of parcel of land corners is established from identified survey marks.
1.4.	Right on boundary or parallel azimuth is established.
1.5.	Monumented and non-monumented occupations are used to establish an azimuth parallel to street boundary.
1.6.	Assumed azimuth is adopted to enable completion of field survey, and subsequent calculations and adjustments to swing onto azimuth are made.
1.7.	Azimuth derived from marks at opposite extremities of survey is calculated.
1.8.	Relationship between alignment marks, kerb lines, kerb as laid, and occupations is interpreted when azimuth is fixed using alignment marks, kerbs and occupations shown in alignment plans.
2.	Undertake mark-out survey and fix front and rear corners, angles and line marks.	2.1.	Azimuth is established by direct or indirect means and front corners of allotment are fixed.
2.2.	Side fix is established for the allotment using occupations, and monuments or reference marks.
2.3.	Direct methods are used to establish positions of rear corners.
2.4.	Traverse and calculations from street azimuth and side fix are made to set out rear corners by indirect means.
2.5.	Requirement to use line marks on long or obstructed boundaries is identified.
2.6.	Suitable checking procedure to validate positioning of all placed marks is identified and followed.
3.	Meet local government building requirements.	3.1.	Re-mark surveys and local government siting requirements for the issue of building certificate are met.
3.2.	Relevant survey regulations relating to supervision and accuracy of surveys, field procedures, and survey searching are adhered to.
3.3.	Field notes are prepared according to organisational requirements and legal and statutory standards.
4.	Calculate identification survey.	4.1.	Position of improvements in relation to boundaries is calculated using industry-accepted methods.
4.2.	Position of improvements in relation to set-out buildings is calculated using coordinate system.
5.	Prepare draft survey report and sketches.	5.1.	Draft survey report and accompanying sketches are prepared for a re-mark survey according to organisational requirements.
5.2.	Physical constraints and environmental impacts of development are incorporated into report.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	conduct research to identify survey information and task requirements .
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet survey timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct precise measurements and computations relating to length, angle, elevation, area and volume.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client requirements discuss observations and evidence with appropriate persons.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in construction and engineering drawings and survey plans interpret legal information in land and planning laws.
Writing skills to:	use templates to record field notes write field notes that can be interpreted by a third party.
Technology skills to:	connect equipment to coordinate systems set up and calibrate specialised surveying equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	select appropriate validation methods to verify accuracy of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague engineer local government representative manager registered or qualified surveyor.
Industry-accepted methods must include at least one of the following:	coordinate system direct methods indirect methods, such as radiations.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5051A Apply land and planning law to surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5051 Apply land and planning law to surveying

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5051A Apply land and planning law to surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also apply land and planning law to two different surveying projects.

While applying land and planning law to above projects, the person must:

accurately calculate position of improvements in relation to boundaries and set-out buildings

apply road alignment design and associated computations with accuracy and precision

check and validate position of all marks

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report survey information

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and documentation, including field notes

meeting local government building requirements

recording, storing and filing data

setting up and using surveying equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

comply with relevant legal and statutory requirements and standards to ensure accuracy of survey, field procedures and searches

conduct research to obtain survey information relating to:

boundary dimensions

design information

land title information

topographic features

apply traverse surveying techniques and calculations

follow standard operating procedures to perform cadastral surveying tasks using two of the following pieces of surveying equipment:

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

tape

total station

identify physical constraints and environmental impacts of planned developments, including those relating to two of the following:

drainage

easements

public reserves

sediment control

sewerage control

implement project management mechanisms to ensure survey is completed within required timeframes and complies with specifications

prepare clear and concise survey report and related sketches to accompany development application.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for cadastral surveying data

aspects of land and planning law impacting on surveying tasks, including:

common law and old system title

community title

crown land, alienation and native title

environmental protection

set-back requirements

strata title

Torrens title system

data capture and set-out methodologies used in surveying

data reduction techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating surveying data to identify errors and discrepancies

legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to cadastral surveying and local government building requirements

methods for setting up and calibrating surveying equipment

purpose of monuments in marking lines

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety relating to survey activities

reporting and documentation

using the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

possible community issues and repercussions relating to building permits

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia

submission process for local government building approvals.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

survey specifications, including relevant surveying, construction and engineering plans and drawings

local land and planning laws

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety and complying with planning submission processes

relationships with team members and supervisor:

supervision by a registered or licensed land surveyor is required in some jurisdictions.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5052 Integrate surveying datasets

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5052A Integrate surveying datasets.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use technology and software applications to integrate spatial datasets captured using surveying methods and equipment. The unit covers importing or downloading, editing, checking and validating measured datasets. It also covers processing and comparing integrated datasets to check accuracy and resolve errors, and finalising the process by archiving data and completing documentation. The unit requires the ability to consult with appropriate persons to define project requirements and report outcomes; interpret field records, images and technical descriptions of data; and apply mathematical concepts used in surveying.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to integrate surveying datasets.	1.1.	Project specifications are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Measured datasets are imported or downloaded into a processing package according to project specifications.
1.3.	Measurements are checked, validated and recorded according to project specifications.
1.4.	Data is edited according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Process surveying datasets.	2.1.	Measured data is processed for comparison with dataset design using a processing package.
2.2.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to project specifications.
2.3.	Checks on integrated data are completed, and problems are identified and resolved or contingencies managed, according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise surveying dataset integration.	3.1.	Documentation is promptly and accurately completed according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Appropriate persons are informed of results of dataset integration according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Data is archived according to project specifications and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	select and apply different software applications to meet specific project requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	apply mathematical concepts relating to depth, dimension, direction, height and position to check data measured through surveying activities.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client and project requirements seek advice to resolve problems.
Reading skills to:	interpret field records, images and detailed technical descriptions of spatial data.
Writing skills to:	record measurements with accuracy and precision.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to manipulate and compare spatial data.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply contingency measures to resolve identified errors.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Project specifications must include:	constraints deliverables principal work activities.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client field hand manager registered or qualified surveyor site personnel.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5052A Integrate surveying datasets

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5052 Integrate surveying datasets

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5052A Integrate surveying datasets.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also integrate two different surveying datasets.

While integrating the above surveying datasets, the person must:

exercise precision when editing, processing, comparing, manipulating and archiving spatial data

select and use industry-accepted processing packages to process surveying datasets into integrated format

comply with legal requirements when accessing and managing spatial data

apply contingency measures when solving problems relating to accuracy and compatibility of data

comply with organisational requirements for:

communicating with clients and other appropriate persons

recording data and completing documentation

working safely when using screen-based equipment

use industry-accepted methods for assessing the validity and integrity of spatial data and resolving errors.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

different types of surveying equipment used to capture spatial data

legal requirements for accessing, storing, retrieving and archiving digital and hard copy spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

methods for comparing and checking different spatial datasets

organisational requirements relating to:

work health and safety

recording data

completing documentation

key features of software applications used to compute measured spatial datasets

spatial data capture methodologies

spatial data formats and structures

spatial data reduction techniques

key features of spatial reference systems.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with software appropriate for integrating surveying datasets

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5053 Perform advanced surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5053A Perform advanced surveying computations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to perform advanced surveying computations to solve from a range of surveying and basic engineering-related problems. The unit covers applying mathematical concepts, computations and conversions relating to algebra, statistics, geometry and trigonometry. It also covers solving a range of surveying problems to identify errors and missing elements, and make necessary adjustments to computations. It requires the ability to analyse and evaluate spatial data as the basis for performing computations.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for surveying computations.	1.1.	Task requirements are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Standards in relation to accuracy and tolerances are identified according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Computational equipment is selected according to task and organisational requirements.
2.	Solve advanced computation problems.	2.1.	Computations are performed on the coordinates of a traverse using computational equipment, and missing elements and coordinates are adjusted and computed.
2.2.	Traverse information is reduced according to standards and task requirements.
2.3.	Problems involving linear figures of parallel, constant or different width are identified and solved according to standards.
2.4.	Road intersections involving different road widths are solved according to standards.
2.5.	Computations are performed to maintain areas of closed figures according to industry-accepted standards.
2.6.	Computations are performed on all elements of complex circular and reverse curves, and missing elements are solved according to industry-accepted standards.
3.	Finalise computations.	3.1.	Measurements and computations are checked to ensure accuracy according to industry-accepted standards and task requirements, and are adjusted as required.
3.2.	Computations are finalised and recorded according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	apply the principles of algebra, geometry and trigonometry to calculate area, height and missing lines calculate linear, angular and height measurements.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify work task requirements and computational formulas discuss solutions to advanced computational problems.
Reading skills to:	interpret complex computational data provided in diagrammatic form.
Writing skills to:	record computations and results using industry-accepted templates and formats.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify errors with computational results by applying rigorous checking procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client experienced surveying colleague manager qualified surveyor.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5053A Perform advanced surveying computations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5053 Perform advanced surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5053A Perform advanced surveying computations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also accurately perform advanced computations for two different surveying tasks.

While performing the above advanced surveying computations, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks

comply with organisational requirements and relevant standards essential to the accuracy of:

measurement, including circular geometry and trigonometry

calculating horizontal and vertical information

recorded computations

exercise precision and accuracy in performing advanced surveying computations

interpret statistics from adjustments relating to normal curve and distributions, and standard deviations and errors

select and use the computational equipment specified in the assessment conditions, to perform advanced surveying computations

solve computational problems relating to angular, linear and height observations

transform east and north coordinates from one system to another

check accuracy of computations and make necessary adjustments

comply with organisational requirements relating to completing records and documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards relating to accuracy and tolerances for surveying computations

methods for performing the following:

computing data from supplied field information

solving complex surveying computations

checking accuracy of computations to identify errors and solve problems

organisational policies and guidelines relating to completing records and documentation.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

scientific or programmable calculator or a software application that includes surveying calculations

specifications:

task requirements

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5054 Perform geodetic surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5054A Perform geodetic surveying computations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to perform geodetic surveying computations to solve a range of geodetic surveying problems. The unit covers applying mathematical concepts and formulas to geodetic components and performing computations relating to reference surfaces and projection planes. It covers using techniques for data reduction and checking data. It requires the ability to analyse data to comply with standards, and to consult with others to clarify and report on work tasks.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for geodetic surveying computations.	1.1.	Task requirements are identified and required geodetic computations determined in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Industry-accepted standards relating to accuracy and tolerances are identified according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Computational equipment is selected according to task and organisational requirements.
2.	Perform computations on reference surface.	2.1.	Relevant reference surface is selected according to required geodetic computations.
2.2.	Geodetic data is reduced to identified reference surface according to industry-accepted standards and using computational equipment.
2.3.	Geodetic components for reference surface are identified and computed according to industry-accepted standards.
2.4.	Computations on reference surface are identified and performed according to standards.
2.5.	Reference surface computations are checked and problems resolved according to standards and organisational requirements.
2.6.	Reference surface (spheroid) coordinates are converted to projection plane coordinates according to standards.
3.	Perform computations on projection plane.	3.1.	Relevant projection plane is selected according to required geodetic computations.
3.2.	Data is reduced to required projection plane according to standards.
3.3.	Geodetic components for projection plane are identified and computed according to standards.
3.4.	Projection plane coordinates are converted to reference surface (spheroid) coordinates according to standards.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform calculations relating to shape and size of the earth.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret complex computational data provided in diagrammatic form.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	use computing aids, including geodetic software.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague end user manager registered or qualified surveyor.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5054A Perform geodetic surveying computations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5054 Perform geodetic surveying computations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5054A Perform geodetic surveying computations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also accurately perform geodetic surveying computations for two different surveying tasks.

While performing the above geodetic surveying computations, the person must:

apply formulas to geodetic data and obtain correct results

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks

comply with organisational requirements and relevant standards essential to accuracy of:

calculating geodetic data

recording computations

exercise precision and accuracy in geodetic computations

perform calculations in a logical progression to solve geodetic surveying problems

perform point to point calculations on:

projection plane

spheroid

relate reference surfaces to geodetic components

check accuracy of computations and resolve errors

select and use the following computational equipment to perform geodetic surveying computations: scientific or programmable calculator or a software application that includes surveying calculations

comply with organisational requirements relating to completing records and documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted standards relating to accuracy and precision for geodetic surveying data

common terms used in geodetic surveying calculations

computing aids and software used to perform geodetic computations

data reduction techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

methods to perform projection plane computations relating to the following:

angle or bearing calculations on Map Grid of Australia (MGA)

arc to chord corrections

grid bearings

grid convergence

latitude and longitude to grid coordinates

point and line scale factor

point to point calculations

project zone calculations

transforming coordinate axes

using MGA and Geocentric Datum of Australia software

zone to zone transformations

methods to perform reference surface computations relating to the following:

meridian convergence

point to point calculations

principle radii

spheroidal distance from observed distance.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

task requirements

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5057 Conduct precision surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5057A Carry out a precision survey.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct a precision survey, including techniques for precise levelling, precise setting out and industrial measurements, and detecting structural deflection and deformation. The unit covers preparing for precision surveying by analysing project specifications and information, and identifying and controlling risks and contingencies. The unit also covers selecting and using specialised equipment, attachments and instruments necessary for precise levelling and setting out, and checking horizontal and vertical movement of structures. The unit requires the ability to apply high level surveying computations to surveying problems, including conducting statistical analysis of measurements and errors to achieve specified accuracies and tolerances.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for precision survey.	1.1.	Project specifications, precision survey objectives, and accuracy requirements are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Risks are identified and controlled, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Specialised equipment and attachments for precise levelling and setting out are determined and selected according to project specifications.
1.4.	Precise levelling run is carried out and results are calculated and recorded according to organisational requirements.
2.	Apply techniques for precise setting out.	2.1.	Applications of specialised surveying techniques used for precise setting out are determined according to project specifications.
2.2.	Remote measuring systems to be used for industrial measurements are determined according to project specifications.
2.3.	Set-out and observations are conducted according to project specifications, using instruments and attachments suitable for precise setting out.
3.	Detect structural deflection and deformation.	3.1.	Survey methods used to check horizontal movement of engineering structures and instruments used to monitor verticality of tall structures are determined.
3.2.	Survey methods used to check vertical movement due to settlement of engineering structures caused by tunnelling and mining are determined.
3.3.	Precision survey of an accuracy that will detect and monitor deformation or deflection of engineering structure is carried out according to project specifications.
4.	Finalise precision survey.	4.1.	Precision survey is finalised and checked according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of survey results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Survey documentation is completed and data archived according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet survey timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse measurements between two or more points to achieve accuracy and precision in calculations conduct error analysis relating to angle, distance and height difference, observations, values and positional results.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify survey requirements report details of survey results.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in construction and engineering plans.
Writing skills to:	prepare technical reports record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	calibrate specialist instruments and attachments.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply risk control and contingency strategies to anticipated and identified problems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor.
Remote measuring systems must include at least one of the following:	precise intersection techniques robotic instruments terrestrial photogrammetry.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5057A Carry out a precision survey

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5057 Conduct precision surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5057A Carry out a precision survey.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also conduct two different precision surveys.

While conducting the above precision surveys, the person must:

analyse standards, specifications and information in plans and drawings to determine surveying and precision requirements

apply precision surveying techniques, measurements and error analysis to achieve specified accuracies and precision tolerances

carry out precise levelling run, using two of the following pieces of specialised equipment and attachments:

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

gyro-theodolite

optical and digital level

optical reading instruments

total station (reflectorless)

total station (theodolite function)

carry out precise setting out using one of the following instruments and attachments:

auto collimation and laser eyepieces

total stations

zenith and nadir auto plumb instruments

carry out precise setting out using one of the following remote measuring systems:

precise intersection techniques

robotic instruments

terrestrial photogrammetry

use industry-accepted survey methods to detect and monitor deflection and deformation of structures

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational and legal requirements for:

completing records and documentation

recording, storing and filing data

using, checking and storing surveying equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

plan and implement risk management and contingency strategies.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy standards and field procedures for high-precision horizontal and vertical control surveys

basic application of electromagnetic measuring principles and techniques

common terms used in precision surveying calculations

data reduction techniques

basic concepts of algebra, geometry and trigonometry

industry-accepted methods for error analysis

legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to work tasks

methods for computing three-dimensional (3-D) coordinates and coordinate changes by intersection

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety relating to survey activities

reporting and documentation

using specialised surveying equipment, attachments and instruments

standard plan design and presentation conventions

surveying methods used to detect horizontal and vertical movement of structures.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

PPE

specialised surveying equipment, attachments and instruments selected from those listed in the performance evidence

remote measuring system selected from those listed in the performance evidence

specifications:

survey specifications, including relevant plans and drawings

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5058 Conduct geodetic surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5058A Conduct geodetic surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct a geodetic survey based on specifications and client requirements. The unit covers project management tasks relating to scheduling, measuring, recording and monitoring work progress and planning for risks and contingencies. The unit also covers applying reference surfaces and projection planes to geodetic components, and performing geodetic calculations. The unit requires using specialist equipment to measure, record and reduce data, including global navigation satellite system (GNSS). The unit requires the ability to perform geodetic calculations, validate the accuracy of data, and identify discrepancies between specifications and actual activities. It also requires using a range of coordinate systems, such as Map Grid of Australia (MGA) and Geocentric Datum of Australia (GDA) to manage surveying data.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for geodetic survey.	1.1.	Project specifications are analysed to determine geodetic survey and client requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Characteristics of operating environment and special equipment or resource requirements are identified according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Equipment is selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications to ensure correct operation and functionality according to manufacturer specifications.
1.4.	Risk management strategies are devised and followed to ensure project complies with legal and statutory standards and organisational requirements.
2.	Plan geodetic survey.	2.1.	Key activities and timelines are scheduled according to available resources, and project and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Design is interpreted to identify required surveying data according to project requirements.
2.3.	Relevant reference surface and projection plane are selected for geodetic components.
2.4.	Existing survey control data is obtained and validated according to project and organisational requirements.
3.	Carry out geodetic surveying tasks.	3.1.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, measure, record, monitor and report work progress according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Identified surveying components are measured according to project requirements and specifications.
3.3.	Measured surveying data is reduced according to project requirements and specifications.
3.4.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
3.5.	Discrepancies between specifications and actual activities are identified and resolved, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
4.	Finalise geodetic survey.	4.1.	Survey is finalised and checked for compliance with project and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of survey results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Survey documentation is completed and data archived according to project and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet survey timeframes and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	apply geodetic formulas for point to point calculations on MGA conduct precise measurements and calculations relating to shape and size of the earth.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client requirements inform clients and other stakeholders of project progress.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in project specifications.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	calibrate instruments using GNSS software use coordinate systems, including MGA and GDA.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply risk control and contingency strategies to anticipated and identified problems select appropriate validation networks to verify accuracy of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague end user engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5058A Conduct geodetic surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5058 Conduct geodetic surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5058A Conduct geodetic surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also conduct a geodetic survey for two different projects.

While conducting the above geodetic surveys, the person must:

analyse standards, specifications and information, including plans and drawings to determine survey requirements

prepare for the survey by analysing specifications and operating environment to ensure adequate equipment and resources

carry out a precise global navigation satellite system (GNSS) traverse for survey control using two of the following pieces of equipment:

barometer

GNSS equipment

thermometer

identify and apply relevant geodetic coordinate systems and reference points to survey activities

measure and compute GNSS survey traverse components using GNSS equipment and appropriate software to aid geodetic calculations

perform calculations in a logical progression to solve geodetic surveying problems

use coordinate systems, including Map Grid of Australia (MGA) and Geocentric Datum of Australia (GDA) to manage surveying data

communicate clearly with clients and stakeholders to clarify and report survey information

comply with industry-accepted standards for validating accuracy of data and identifying errors and discrepancies

comply with organisational and legal requirements for:

completing records and documentation

recording, storing and filing data

using, checking and storing surveying equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

plan and implement project management mechanisms to ensure the survey is completed within required timeframes and project complies with specifications and standards

plan and implement risk management and contingency strategies.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for geodetic surveying data

common terms used in geodetic surveying calculations

coordinate systems that are compatible with GNSS, including MGA and GDA

data reduction techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to work tasks

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety relating to survey activities

reporting and documentation

using and allocating resources

using the equipment specified in the performance evidence

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for risks and contingencies

reference surfaces, projection planes and coordinate systems for geodetic components

industry-accepted techniques for survey control

standard survey plan design and presentation conventions.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

survey specifications, including relevant plans and drawings

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5060 Develop spreadsheets for spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5060A Use complex spreadsheets for spatial information.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to design and develop spreadsheets to enter, edit and format spatial data. The unit covers using functions and features of spreadsheet software, including linked spreadsheets, multiple documents and advanced mathematical formulas based on trigonometrical functions. The unit also covers work preparation activities, including evaluating tasks to identify design parameters and setting up software and spreadsheet templates to ensure quality and consistency in format and design. The unit requires the ability to use technology to apply advanced mathematical concepts to spatial data, including identifying and resolving errors relating to formulas and other spreadsheet functions.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for spreadsheet tasks.	1.1.	Spreadsheet requirements for spatial data entry, storage, output, reporting and presentation are identified to determine task requirements in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Tasks are evaluated to identify design parameters, required mathematical formulas and areas where automation would increase efficiency according to task requirements.
1.3.	Software is set up and checked to ensure functionality and capacity to meet task and organisational requirements.
2.	Set up spreadsheets.	2.1.	Spreadsheet templates are developed and edited to standardise spreadsheet operation and ensure quality and consistency in format and design.
2.2.	Linked worksheet solution is developed using software functions and formulas to meet task requirements.
2.3.	Worksheets are formatted to incorporate cell and data attributes, formulas and graphs with labels and titles.
2.4.	Formulas are tested to confirm that output meets task requirements and errors are identified and resolved or contingencies managed.
3.	Use functions and features of spreadsheet software.	3.1.	Spatial data is entered, checked and edited according to task and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Spatial data is imported and exported between compatible spreadsheets, and host documents are adjusted according to task requirements.
3.3.	Software documentation and online help are used to overcome problems with spreadsheet design and production.
3.4.	Spreadsheets, including graphs, are produced and stored according to organisational requirements.
4.	Finalise spreadsheets.	4.1.	Completed spreadsheets are protected to prevent accidental corruption and are archived according to organisational requirements.
4.2.	Documentation is completed and appropriate persons are informed of results according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	translate spatial data into spreadsheet design and layout.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical formulas involving trigonometrical functions use spreadsheet functions that use mathematical and statistical terms, including absolute, value, integer, square root, standard deviation, and simple if functions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify spreadsheet requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret cell references interpret information in graphs.
Writing skills to:	incorporate headings and labels into spreadsheets to enhance meaning of spatial data.
Technology skills to:	create multi-page and linked documents use querying commands to obtain information from databases.
Problem-solving skills to:	resolve problems with data compatibility.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client end user manager.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5060A Use complex spreadsheets for spatial information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5060 Develop spreadsheets for spatial data

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5060A Use complex spreadsheets for spatial information.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also develop three spreadsheets for different spatial data, in which the work must involve:

linking spreadsheets

multiple documents

advanced mathematical formulas based on trigonometrical functions.

While developing the above spreadsheets for spatial data, the person must:

analyse task requirements and evaluate work tasks as the basis for designing data layout, formulas and areas of automation

communicate clearly with others to clarify work tasks and notify task results

comply with organisational and legal requirements for:

accessing spatial data, including data privacy and information copyright

completing records and documentation

naming, storing and archiving spreadsheets

design and develop spreadsheet templates which ensure consistency in format, font type and size across multiple documents

develop spreadsheets using a range of complex software functions and formulas, including:

cell and data attributes

cell protection

embedding cell references in formulas

graphs

headers and footers

headings and labels

importing and exporting data

relative and absolute cell references

edit and proofread spreadsheets to check for accuracy and data consistency, including checks for correct formula function and output

identify errors and solve problems relating to data and spreadsheets

preserve the integrity and accuracy of spatial data during import and export process

use industry-accepted techniques to save and protect spreadsheets and data from corruption.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

advanced functions of spreadsheet software applications, including linking spreadsheets and using formulas

display principles, including:

colour

composition

font type

legends

size

text and line style

methods for applying trigonometrical functions to formulas in spreadsheets

organisational requirements for:

completing records and documentation

preparing, naming, saving and archiving spreadsheet files.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer with access to appropriate spreadsheet software

printer

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5061 Locate underground services in surveying practice

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5061A Locate underground services in surveying practice.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to locate underground services in surveying practice. The unit covers using specialised surveying equipment and electronic locating and geophysics methods, such as electro-magnetic detecting and ground penetrating radar, to identify and interpret targets on lines of subterranean assets. The unit also covers project management tasks relating to scheduling, recording, monitoring and reporting work progress, and planning for risks and contingencies. The unit requires the ability to perform surveying calculations and data reductions, read and interpret Dial Before You Dig (DBYD) plans, and to output data using equipment software.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States. This unit may also require adherence to AS5488 Classification of Subsurface Utility Information (SUI). Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan location processes.	1.1.	Project objectives, principal work activities, and constraints are identified and documented in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Geophysics methods to locate services and spatial data requirements are determined.
1.3.	Details of instruments and basic surveying techniques to be used are evaluated and determined according to project objectives.
1.4.	Surveying equipment is selected, calibrated and verified according to manufacturer specifications.
1.5.	Work is scheduled to be completed within available time according to organisational requirements.
2.	Carry out surveying tasks.	2.1.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, measure, record and report work progress according to organisational requirements.
2.2.	Underground services are located and required components measured and marked according to project specifications.
2.3.	Surveying equipment is used to collect and scrutinise spatial data to determine targets on lines of subterranean assets.
2.4.	Measured spatial data is reduced to project reference system for comparison with design.
2.5.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to project specifications, organisational requirements and standards.
2.6.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements and plans.
3.	Finalise location processes.	3.1.	Location processes are finalised and achievements reviewed against project and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of results according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	conduct surveying measurements and calculations relating to depth, dimension, direction, flow rates, position and angle.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify project requirements.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in cross-sections and plans interpret and comply with DBYD plans.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	use geodetic software to output measured data.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply risk control and contingency strategies to anticipated and identified problems select appropriate validation methods to verify accuracy of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	asset owner client colleague end user engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5061A Locate underground services in surveying practice

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5061 Locate underground services in surveying practice

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5061A Locate underground services in surveying practice.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also locate underground services in surveying practice for two different projects.

For each of the above projects, two of the following pieces of equipment must be used:

electro-magnetic equipment

ground penetrating radar

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

total station.

While locating underground services in the above projects, the person must:

plan work activities to identify and manage potential constraints, including those relating to:

confined spaces

traffic control

work health and safety

prepare for survey by analysing specifications and operating environment to ensure adequate equipment and resources

plan and implement project management mechanisms to ensure work is completed within required timeframes and that project complies with specifications and standards, including Dial Before You Dig (DBYD) requirements

plan and implement risk management and contingency measures, including two of the following tools and strategies:

DBYD

non-destructive digging

pipe and cable tracers, including transmitter and receiver

pipe cameras

sonde

analyse electronic and radar data to determine subterranean assets

communicate clearly with clients and stakeholders to clarify and report project information

comply with industry-accepted standards for validating accuracy of data and identifying errors and discrepancies

comply with organisational and legal requirements for:

completing records and documentation

recording, storing and filing data

using, checking and storing equipment

working safely to identify and control hazards and risks, including those relating to traffic control and confined spaces, and to use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use one the following geophysics methods to locate and measure underground services and components:

electro-magnetic locating

ground penetrating radar acquisition

interpreting presented data, including DBYD and other relevant evidence

spraying targets on the ground.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for locating underground services

data reduction and manipulation techniques

electro-magnetic and geophysics methods used for locating underground services

basic concepts of algebra, geometry and trigonometry that relate to locating underground services

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to work tasks

methods for identifying targets on lines of radar

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

client and stakeholder communication

contacting relevant utility providers

health and safety relating to work activities

reporting and documentation

using the equipment specified in the performance evidence

procedures for calibrating specialised surveying equipment

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for risks and contingencies

relevant industry standards, including AS5488 Classification of Subsurface Utility Information (SUI).

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

task specifications, including relevant plans and drawings

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

AS5488 Classification of Subsurface Utility Information (SUI)

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5062 Conduct photogrammetric mapping

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5062A Conduct photogrammetric mapping.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to interpret information from various types of image data to conduct photogrammetric mapping. The unit covers assessing the survey area and project requirements to determine the types and possible sources of image data to meet project specifications as well as identifying constraints. The unit also covers visually analysing image data against spatial reference systems and ground controls for photogrammetric mapping. The unit requires the ability to measure and calculate information obtained from image data; identify and resolve problems; and implement project management techniques.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a spatial information services team in cartography, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Apply photogrammetric data to project.	1.1.	Project specifications are identified, and survey area and photogrammetric data are analysed and applied to project plan.
1.2.	Possible sources of image data for mapping purposes are identified according to project specifications.
1.3.	Properties and constraints of different types of image data are identified according to project specifications.
2.	Calculate information from image data.	2.1.	Image data is accessed and spatial reference systems are used to clarify properties according to project specifications.
2.2.	Ground controls targeted for photogrammetric mapping are checked to enhance understanding of image data.
2.3.	Scale of digital and hard copy image data is determined and calculated.
2.4.	Problems involving acquired image data are identified and resolved according to organisational requirements.
3.	Interpret and store image data.	3.1.	Information from acquired photogrammetric data is used to meet project specifications.
3.2.	Captured data is stored according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Documentation is completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	apply spatial reference systems to compare data images.
Learning skills to:	conduct research to source photogrammetric data.
Numeracy skills to:	solve complex problems relating to height, depth, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify data image requirements.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information from maps and photographs.
Writing skills to:	document technical detail in project plan.
Technology skills to:	use a computer and software to manipulate and set out image data.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply ground controls to aerial photographs.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Photogrammetric data must include at least two of the following:	aerial survey computer vision geoinformatics geomatics engineering images GeoPhoto stereoplotter three-dimensional data acquisition and object reconstruction videogrammetry.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5062A Conduct photogrammetric mapping

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5062 Conduct photogrammetric mapping

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5062A Conduct photogrammetric mapping.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also conduct photogrammetric mapping of data images from a range of sources for two different projects.

While conducting the above photogrammetric mapping, the person must:

analyse project specifications to clarify the types of image data required and the project survey area, which include:

aerial photographs

other forms of digital data in the horizontal or vertical plane

develop a project plan and implement project management techniques to plan, schedule, monitor and report on project activities

apply ground controls for photogrammetric mapping, including:

pre-marked targets

primary ground control

post-marked targets

secondary control

analyse photogrammetric images to calculate information and measure and identify scale

communicate clearly with others to clarify and negotiate project tasks

comply with organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and documentation

health and safety when using screen-based equipment

data privacy and information copyright

identify and resolve constraints and problems with image data

record and interpret statistics with accuracy and precision

research and access sources of photogrammetric data

use a computer and software applications to access, analyse and store photogrammetric data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

legal and administrative requirements for accessing, using and storing photogrammetric data, including data privacy and information copyright

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

accessing and formatting image data and managing quality

health and safety when using screen-based equipment

possible sources of image data

properties and characteristics of photogrammetric data used in mapping

relevant industry requirements and standards relating to photogrammetric mapping

requirements for ground control in the photogrammetric process

set out and format requirements for image data

key features of spatial reference systems relating to photogrammetric mapping.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer and software applications appropriate to conducting photogrammetric mapping

specifications:

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

work health and safety

data privacy and information copyright

project specifications

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5064 Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5064A Manipulate and analyse GIS data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to coordinate geographic information system (GIS) data manipulation and analysis to meet client specifications. The unit covers analysing client needs and GIS data format requirements and developing procedures; assessing the applicability of existing tools, models, theories and applications; and developing models to achieve the required outcome, including feasible parameters, equations and assumptions. The unit also covers verifying data source integrity and manipulating and analysing data for presentation. The unit requires the ability to use computers and GIS software as well as querying and programming languages to capture geographic information, obtain information from databases, and create layers on maps. It also requires the ability to comply with organisational and legal requirements relating to client consultation and data ownership.

The unit supports those who work in a lead role in a surveying or spatial information services team in areas such as surveying, town planning, cartography, mapping and GIS.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to meet client GIS data needs.	1.1.	Client requirements and project specifications for GIS data format are determined in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Parameters for data manipulation and analysis are specified according to project specifications.
1.3.	New procedures for manipulating and analysing data to meet project specifications are documented.
2.	Establish GIS data models.	2.1.	Applicability of existing tools, models, theories, applications and solutions is reviewed against project specifications.
2.2.	Feasible parameters, equations and assumptions are developed according to project specifications.
2.3.	Models are established to meet project specifications according to organisational requirements.
3.	Manipulate and analyse GIS data.	3.1.	Processes for data manipulation and analysis are determined and used to meet project specifications.
3.2.	Source data limitations and other restricting factors are analysed to ensure data integrity, and problems are identified and resolved or contingencies are managed.
3.3.	Data is isolated and retrieved from source, and interrogated to ensure reliability according to project specifications.
3.4.	Data is manipulated and prepared for presentation media, and project is finalised according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	translate client requirements into model design.
Numeracy skills to:	perform data reductions.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate data solutions with clients.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in maps interpret technical information obtained from external datasets.
Writing skills to:	record details of quality improvements.
Technology skills to:	use querying commands to obtain information from databases use a computer and software to create layers on maps.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify deficiencies in existing procedures and models.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague end user manager spatial data supplier.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS5064A Manipulate and analyse GIS data

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5064 Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS5064A Manipulate and analyse GIS data.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also coordinate geographic information system (GIS) data manipulation and analysis to meet client needs for two different projects.

While coordinating the above GIS data manipulation and analysis projects, the person must:

negotiate with clients regarding data format requirements

conduct research to source geographic information

develop parameters, equations and assumptions to meet task requirements

develop procedures and establish models for data analysis that meet established client specifications for data format

analyse data sources to verify data integrity to ensure:

accuracy

completeness

confidence limits

currency

quality

resolution

scale

build up elements of a database

capture geographic information

manipulate and analyse datasets using general query and programming languages, scripts and command lines

use GIS software to manipulate and analyse data for display on a map

comply with organisational and legal requirements for:

client consultation

data ownership, including accessing and using spatial data, including copyright, intellectual property, data privacy and trade practices

comply with organisational requirements for recording data and completing documentation, and using screen-based equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

data reduction and manipulation techniques

database structures and spatial features of databases

line instructions and programming languages to capture geographic information

methods for creating layers on maps

querying and browsing techniques for obtaining information from databases

types of spatial data formats

organisational and legal requirements for accessing and using spatial data, including copyright, intellectual property, and trade practices

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

accessing, recording and storing spatial data

communicating with clients and end users

completing records and documentation

custodianship of data

using computer systems and software to manipulate GIS data.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer and software appropriate for manipulating GIS data

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

relationships with clients:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by task and organisational requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS5065 Design basic engineering structures

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to design and create drawings for basic engineering structures. Basic engineering structures refer to small scale designs for structures, such as rural or urban roads, railway, and sewer and stormwater drainage lines. The unit covers interpreting plans and design standards and specifications, organising resources, and using surveying methods and equipment to conduct measurements and calculations and develop a design. The unit also covers preparing design documents and accompanying forms to gain engineering construction approval, and creating engineering drawings using design software functions and features. The unit requires the ability to perform calculations appropriate to the engineering structure, including volume relating to contours, spot heights and cross-sections. It also requires the ability to check and validate measurements against specifications and complete reports and documentation, including a schedule of quantities (SOQ). The unit requires knowledge of key design features of basic engineering structures.

The unit supports those who work under limited supervision in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Organise resources for design work.	1.1.	Plans, maps, planning approvals, and design and drafting specifications are identified, accessed and analysed to define type of engineering structure, principal work activities, and constraints.
1.2.	Characteristics of operating environment and equipment and resource requirements are identified according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Surveying equipment and tools are selected, calibrated and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality according to manufacturer specifications.
1.4.	Work is planned in consultation with appropriate persons to meet safety requirements, project specifications and timeframes.
2.	Develop design of basic engineering structure.	2.1.	Equipment is used to perform measurements and calculations according to design type, project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Design plan is developed based on calculations and according to project specifications.
2.3.	Natural surface terrain model is developed according to project specifications.
2.4.	Vertical alignment is designed according to project specifications.
2.5.	Plot design, natural surface cross-section and long section plots are designed according to project specifications.
2.6.	Measurements are checked to ensure correct size, plan position and reduced level according to plans and specifications, and problems are resolved or reported.
2.7.	Report is generated on set-out information and existing plans are edited according to organisational requirements.
3.	Create engineering drawings.	3.1.	Hardware and software systems are set up and used according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Drawing menus and drawing defaults are customised to suit project specifications according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Drawings for basic engineering structure are created using available software drawing functions and features to meet project specifications.
3.4.	Drawing entities are linked to database attributes to suit project specifications.
3.5.	Supplementary data is extracted from existing engineering drawings to meet project specifications.
3.6.	Detailed views are created using various scales to meet project specifications.
3.7.	Plots are produced at required scale to meet project specifications.
3.8.	Files are saved in various formats according to organisational requirements.
3.9.	Entities are produced from drawing files or database and listed in required format to meet project specifications.
4.	Finalise drawings of structure.	4.1.	Drawings and SOQ are finalised and checked for compliance with project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	translate specifications into design.
Planning and organising skills to:	prioritise work to meet project timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	apply understanding of height, depth, dimension and position to actual operational activity and virtual representation perform surveying calculations relating to height, distances, slope, angles and coordinates reduce surveying data to required levels.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify design requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in plans, drawings and maps interpret technical drawing standards.
Writing skills to:	record field notes in a format that can be interpreted by a third party.
Technology skills to:	connect surveying equipment to coordinate systems load spatial data into software applications.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify non-conforming aspects of design.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Specifications must include at least one of the following:	industry-accepted standards and specifications local government design standards and specifications state government design standards and specifications.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague engineer registered or qualified surveyor manager.
Design type must include at least one of the following:	railway rural road sewer line stormwater drainage line urban road other basic engineering structure.
Drawing functions and features must include at least eight of the following:	batters chainages dimensions drawing features, such as polylines and texts drawing functions edit functions horizontal and vertical alignments isometrics and perspectives longitudinal sections and cross sections macros methods for drawing lines plotting and printing plotting in two dimensions (2-D) super elevation using attributes to make project report using geospatial techniques vertical curves view displays volumes working with layers three-dimensional (3-D) techniques, including displaying 3-D views.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS5065 Design basic engineering structures

Modification History

Release 1.

New unit of competency.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also prepare a design and drawings for two projects using a basic engineering structure from one of the following categories:

railway

rural road

urban road

sewer line

stormwater drainage line

other basic engineering structure.

While designing the above basic engineering structures and creating related drawings, the person must:

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational and legislative requirements for:

identifying hazards and working safely, using personal protective equipment (PPE)

recording, storing and filing data

reporting and completing documentation

setting up and using surveying equipment

comply with manufacturer specifications when calibrating and using equipment

create designs for basic engineering structures which include:

construction layout

cul de sac design

kerb returns

long section plots

natural surface cross-section

natural surface terrain model

plot design

vertical alignment design

create drawings that comply with design requirements, including:

data extracted from existing engineering drawings

drawing entities that are linked to database attributes

producing drawings, views and plots at required scale

create, extract and output information from engineering plans

organise resources and equipment appropriate to perform required work tasks

perform advanced data reduction techniques to reduce and manipulate surveying data

perform calculations appropriate to the type of engineering structure within industry-accepted tolerances for accuracy

plan work tasks by checking plans, drawings, maps and specifications

prepare the drawing environment by setting up the hardware and software system, drawing defaults and customising menus

measure components and design specifications within industry-accepted tolerances for accuracy and using two of the following pieces of equipment:

hand-held laser measuring device

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

total station

save drawing files in a range of formats relating to the design software, including one of the following:

data exchange format (DXF)

format used in triangulation process to define position of points and triangles (PTS)

Excel spreadsheet format (XLS)

use a broad range of software features and functions to produce engineering drawings.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

calculations relating to the design of basic roads, including:

cross-sections

cut and fill volumes

grades and levels of grades

grade intersections

vertical curves, including levels and length

drawing software display principles, including:

colour

composition

font type

legends

media

scale

size

text and line style

industry drawing standards, data formats, and precision and accuracy requirements for preparing engineering drawings using software

key design considerations for the basic engineering structures specified in the performance evidence

methods for calculating volume relating to:

contours and spot heights

cross-sections: mean area and end area using trapezoidal, prismoidal and Simpson’s rules

methods for calculating surveying data and verifying its accuracy

methods for setting up, levelling and calibrating equipment

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia

standard construction and engineering plan design and presentation conventions.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

job specifications, drawings, maps and related engineering plans

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6021 Conduct open pit mine surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6021A Conduct open mine pit surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct open pit mine surveying operations to meet client specifications. The unit covers project management activities relating to scheduling, measuring, recording, monitoring and reporting work progress, organising resources and equipment, and planning for risks and contingencies. The unit also covers presenting schematic models of areas that may have mineral deposits to identify projects, and organising resources and planning to support an open pit mine surveying operation. The unit requires the ability to implement open pit mine surveying operations using specialist equipment to measure identified components of an open pit mine; capture and reduce data; create mine drawings; and comply with standards, legislation and regulations applicable to the mining industry. It requires knowledge of surface mining operations.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in an open pit mine environment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States where mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for open pit mine survey.	1.1.	Open pit mine surveying objectives and specifications are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Processes and procedures involved in exploring mineral deposits are planned according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Required mining methods are detailed according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.	Plan open pit mine survey.	2.1.	Surveying objectives, deliverables, constraints, work activities and surveying resource and equipment needs are identified and documented according to spatial data specifications and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, measure, record and report progress of activities in relation to agreed schedule and plans.
2.3.	Agreed communication processes between client and other appropriate persons are implemented and maintained.
2.4.	Risk management and contingency strategies are followed to ensure project complies with legal and statutory standards and organisational requirements.
3.	Carry out open pit mine surveying tasks.	3.1.	Identified spatial components of open pit mine are accurately measured or set out according to project specifications.
3.2.	Measured spatial data is reduced to project reference system for comparison with design.
3.3.	Mine drawings are created to meet project specifications.
3.4.	Captured data is used to calculate mine volumes according to project specifications.
3.5.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to organisational requirements.
3.6.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
4.	Finalise and report open pit mine survey outcomes.	4.1.	Project is finalised and checked for compliance with project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of project results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to project and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet contract and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct precise measurements and calculations relating to height, depth, dimension, direction, position and volumes in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate to clarify client requirements inform clients and other stakeholders of project progress.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical and technical information in mining and engineering plans.
Writing skills to:	record accurate technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	connect equipment to coordinate systems set up and calibrate specialised surveying equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and resolve areas of potential non-compliance with legislation, regulations and standards.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague engineer manager site personnel registered or qualified surveyor supplier.
Required mining methods must include at least two of the following:	developing roads and ramps drilling removing interburden pre-stripping stockpiles, dumps and safety berms tailings dams.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6021A Conduct open mine pit surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6021 Conduct open pit mine surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6021A Conduct open mine pit surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also conduct open pit mine surveys for two different projects.

While conducting the above open pit mine surveys, the person must:

interpret relevant plans and documents to plan surveying project processes and activities

communicate clearly with clients and stakeholders to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational policies and procedures, standards, regulations and legislation relating to surface mining when planning for:

blasting

drainage and dewatering

dumps and stockpiles

equipment use

records and reporting

standards and quality

surveying tasks

work health and safety

create mine drawings and capture and reduce data to calculate mine volumes

perform calculations to measure, reduce and validate spatial data captured from open pit mine surveying

measure survey components using two of the following pieces of surveying equipment:

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

remote sensing

tape

total station

plan and implement project management mechanisms to ensure open pit mine surveying operations are completed within required timeframes and comply with project specifications

prepare and document project plans that detail:

required surveying equipment

surveying objectives and deliverables

strategies for risk and contingency management

work processes and timeframes

work safely, using personal protective equipment (PPE) when performing surveying tasks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for surveying data

basic characteristics of common ore deposits

data capture and set-out techniques

data reduction and manipulation techniques

explosives, blasting and blasting practices applicable to mining operations

mineral exploration methods, including geophysical, geochemical and geological techniques

mining methods, including:

developing roads and ramps

drilling

removing interburden

pre-stripping

stockpiles, dumps and safety berms

tailings dams

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

client and stakeholder communication

records and reporting

using the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

work health and safety

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress

specialised surveying equipment requirements and accessibility in relation to open pit mining

techniques for wall monitoring to derive a suitable pit wall slope, including:

batter stakes

measuring and recording ground cracks

required prism locations

toe and batter checks

terminology and nomenclature applicable to surface mining.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

relevant mines safety legislation and regulations for the jurisdiction

surveying specifications, including relevant plans and drawings

relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6022 Produce mine drawings

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6022A Create mine drawings.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use high-level design software program functions and features to produce mine drawings. The unit covers preparing the drawing environment by analysing project specifications; and setting up hardware, software, menus and drawing defaults accordingly. It also covers designing and creating mine drawings; producing drawing files that are saved in various formats; measuring and calculating mine volumes; and checking and validating the results to identify and resolve errors. The unit requires the ability to link drawing entities to database attributes and create and plot detailed views using various scales.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in a mining environment and take responsibility for liaising with clients and end users to meet project requirements.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States where mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare drawing environment.	1.1.	Project specifications are sourced and analysed; and objectives, deliverables, constraints and principal work activities are identified and documented in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Hardware and software are set up and used according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Menus and drawing defaults are customised to suit project specifications according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Survey database is created according to organisational requirements.
2.	Create mine drawings.	2.1.	Drawings for surface mine are created using available software drawing functions and features to meet project specifications.
2.2.	Drawings are designed to incorporate mines safety requirements according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
2.3.	Drawing entities are linked to database attributes to suit project specifications.
2.4.	Supplementary data is extracted from existing mining and engineering plans and drawings to meet project specifications.
2.5.	Detailed views are created using various scales to meet project specifications.
2.6.	Plots are produced at required scale to meet project specifications.
3.	Produce output.	3.1.	Files are saved in various formats according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Entities are produced from drawing files or database and listed in required format to meet project specifications.
3.3.	Identified spatial components are accurately measured or set out, and data is reduced to project reference system.
3.4.	Mine volumes are calculated and validated using captured data and measurements, and errors are resolved or contingencies managed according to specifications and organisational requirements.
4.	Finalise drawings.	4.1.	Drawings are finalised and checked for compliance with project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	translate specifications into drawing design.
Learning skills to:	extract and output information from engineering plans.
Numeracy skills to:	apply understanding of height, depth, dimension and position to actual operational activity and virtual representation use statistics to reduce errors in measurements.
Oral communication skills to:	liaise with clients and end users to identify drawing detail.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical drawing standards.
Technology skills to:	export drawings into different formats operate hardware, including computers and plotters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least one of the following:	client colleague end user registered or qualified surveyor site personnel.
Drawing functions and features must include at least eight of the following:	arcs area and volumes functions creating output files using designs or survey pick-up data dimensions drawing features, such as polylines and texts drawing functions edit functions grade reports isometrics and perspectives macros methods for drawing lines ore and waste reports two-dimensional (2-D) coordinate plotting.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6022A Create mine drawings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6022 Produce mine drawings

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6022A Create mine drawings.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use a range of design software program functions and features to produce mine drawings that meet technical specifications for two different projects.

While producing the above mine drawings, the person must:

define and document project objectives, constraints and main work activities

prepare the drawing environment by setting up hardware and software system and drawing defaults, and customising menus

communicate clearly with clients and stakeholders to clarify drawing requirements and detail

apply mathematical concepts and skills to a range of surveying-related problems

comply with standard operating procedures, drawing standards and organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and reporting

drafting mine drawings

protocols for saving and formatting drawing files

create mine drawings that comply with design requirements, including:

data extracted from existing mining and engineering drawings

drawing entities linked to database attributes

incorporating mines safety requirements

producing drawings, views and plots at required scale

exercise precision and accuracy in relation to measurements, tolerances and design

save drawing files in formats relevant to software

select and use appropriate equipment and software, as specified in the assessment conditions, to produce mine drawings.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

display principles in relation to mine drawings, including:

colour

composition

font type

legends

media

scale

size

text and line style

drawing principles, capabilities and uses in relation to mine drawings

industry-accepted drawing standards, data formats, and precision and accuracy requirements for preparing mine drawings using software

methods for validating drawings and measurements to identify errors

organisational, legal and statutory requirements relating to:

records and documentation

reporting

standard engineering and mining plan design and presentation conventions

techniques for incorporating surface mining methods and mines safety requirements into mine drawings.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

Equipment:

personal computer, including drawing applications and software appropriate for producing mine drawings

hardware, including printer, scanner, plotter and multimedia devices and peripherals

Specifications:

project and design specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to legal requirements for mines safety

Physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

Relationships with team members and supervisor:

working in a team

Relationships with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6025 Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6025A Apply quality control measures to spatial information services industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to design and implement quality control measures to assess the quality of spatial products and services. The unit covers analysing specifications and information to plan and design quality control standards and assessment criteria, and implementing quality control processes to assess sample products and services. Assessing quality includes analysing data; and identifying, isolating and rectifying faults. The unit also covers conducting independent inspection, tests and audits, and facilitating work groups to identify and resolve quality variances. It includes implementing procedures to monitor and maintain quality processes, and preparing quality assessment reports. The unit requires the ability to design computations and conduct error analysis using a computer and software.

The unit supports those who manage quality processes and staff in a surveying or spatial information services team, in areas such as surveying, cartography, town planning, mapping and geographic information systems (GIS).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to assess the quality of spatial product or service.	1.1.	Spatial product or service to be assessed and project specifications are identified and analysed against organisational guidelines.
1.2.	Quality control processes are identified and used to assess sample products or services in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.3.	Information on identified risks, contingencies, resources, technologies and techniques is analysed and incorporated into quality control process.
1.4.	Pertinent legal and statutory standards and legislative requirements are incorporated into quality control process.
2.	Assess quality of spatial product or service.	2.1.	Product or service is examined and assessed against assessment criteria and quality control measures.
2.2.	Existing information and spatial data are checked to identify appropriate quality control measures.
2.3.	Data is analysed and relevant information is used to identify variations and verify its reliability according to quality control measures.
2.4.	Work groups are facilitated to assist in identifying and resolving quality variances according to organisational requirements.
2.5.	Computations are designed to conduct error analysis, and faults are isolated and rectified or contingencies managed according to quality control measures.
2.6.	Independent inspection, tests and audits are conducted according to organisational requirements.
3.	Monitor quality control process.	3.1.	Quality improvement is monitored and maintained according to organisational requirements.
3.2.	Quality awareness is promoted among immediate work team according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Quality assessment records and reports are completed and spatial data archived according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	prioritise work to meet agreed timeframes.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse statistics to identify errors apply cost considerations when planning quality control process.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to gather information about products and services reiterate quality awareness with members of work team.
Reading skills to:	compare technical information in assessment criteria and spatial products.
Writing skills to:	prepare technical reports.
Technology skills to:	connect equipment to coordinate systems set up and calibrate specialised surveying equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	select appropriate validation methods to verify reliability of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague end user engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor site personnel supplier.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6025A Apply quality control measures to spatial information services industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6025 Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6025A Apply quality control measures to spatial information services industry.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also apply quality control measures to:

one spatial product

one spatial service.

While applying quality control measures to the above spatial product and service, the person must:

analyse specifications and spatial data requirements to develop quality control processes

schedule work tasks and organise resources and equipment

determine and apply quality assessment criteria to products and services

identify and resolve quality variances

comply with industry-accepted standards for validating accuracy of surveying data and identifying errors and discrepancies

comply with organisational, legal and statutory requirements for:

completing records and documentation

health and safety when using surveying equipment

recording, storing and filing data

using, checking and storing equipment

conduct independent inspection, tests and audits of spatial products and services

design and plan quality control measures to account for:

identified risks and contingencies

legal and statutory standards and legislative requirements

resources

technologies and techniques to be used

design computations to be used to assess quality of spatial data

implement project management mechanisms to ensure that quality control processes are completed within required timeframes and comply with specifications

interpret specifications to identify products and services to be examined and assessed

monitor and maintain quality improvements

perform error analysis using one of the following methods or pieces of equipment:

computer-aided design

digital gauge

dimensional gauge

measurements

tapes

templates

visual inspection

promote quality awareness among the work team

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report quality control information and negotiate task completion

supervise staff to complete work tasks on time.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements and tolerances for surveying products and services

data formatting, processing and reduction techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to work tasks

methods of assessing existing spatial datasets and dataset sources

methods for calculating surveying data and verifying its accuracy using spatial reference systems

methods for error analysis using sample products and services

methods for reporting non-conformities in spatial product or service

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety when using screen-based equipment

reporting and documentation

supervising the work team

using and allocating resources

using computers and software

quality control measures and assessment criteria that can be applied to spatial products and services

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for contingencies

purpose and application of independent inspection, testing and auditing of the quality of spatial products and services

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia

purpose and use of metadata in relation to quality assessment of spatial products and services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

quality assessment specifications, including relevant data, plans and drawings

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to quality measures for spatial products and services

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6031 Design basic mines

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6031A Carry out basic mine design.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to design basic mines to meet client specifications. The unit covers designing a mine development that incorporates identified mine design parameters, as well as accounting for levels of rock stability and ground support and methods for obtaining ore and mineral samples. The unit includes assessing the environment to recognise the geological aspects of possible ore deposits. The unit also covers planning the design project, including objectives, deliverables and constraints to comply with standards and legal and statutory requirements relating to the organisation and the mining industry. The unit requires the ability to implement project management activities relating to scheduling, measuring, recording, monitoring and reporting work progress. It also requires the ability to use computers and a range of software to produce mine designs. It requires knowledge of underground mining operations.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in a mining environment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States where mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan design project.	1.1.	Client requirements and project specifications are determined and documented in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, record and report progress of activities in relation to agreed timeframes and plans.
1.3.	Agreed communication processes between client and other appropriate persons are implemented and maintained.
1.4.	Geological aspects of possible ore deposits are identified by assessing the environment, and information is verified.
1.5.	Pertinent legal and statutory requirements and standards are identified and analysed to ensure compliance.
2.	Design mine development.	2.1.	Data required for mine design is identified and analysed according to project specifications.
2.2.	Mine design parameters are identified and analysed according to project specifications.
2.3.	Levels of rock stability and ground support requirements are incorporated into mine design according to project specifications.
2.4.	Methods for obtaining ore and mineral samples are incorporated into mine design ensuring compliance with relevant legislation and mining regulations.
2.5.	Mine design is developed using suitable software according to project specifications.
2.6.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies and constraints are managed according to organisational requirements.
3.	Finalise project.	3.1.	Project is finalised and checked for compliance with specifications and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of project results according to organisational requirements.
3.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to project and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet contracts and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct precise measurements and calculations relating to height, depth, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate to achieve client requirements.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in mining and engineering plans.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	use a range of geological information systems software to design mine.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and resolve areas of potential non-compliance with legislation, regulations and standards.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor supplier.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6031A Carry out basic mine design

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6031 Design basic mines

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6031A Carry out basic mine design.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also produce two different basic mine designs using a computer and relevant software.

While designing the above basic mines, the person must:

plan and implement project management mechanisms to ensure the project is completed within required timeframes and complies with specifications and standards

assess the environment to recognise geological aspects of possible ore deposits

communicate clearly with clients and others to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational policies and procedures, legislation, regulations and Australian standards for mine safety when planning mine design

create basic mine drawings that detail:

levels of rock stability and ground support

mine design parameters

methods for obtaining ore and mineral samples

perform calculations to measure, reduce and validate spatial data captured from mine surveying.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for mine design

basic characteristics of common ore deposits

classification of economic mineral deposits and the process involved in presenting a schematic model

data capture and set-out techniques

data reduction and manipulation techniques

legislation, regulations and Australian standards relating to mine safety

methods for assessing the environment to recognise ore deposits

methods for obtaining ore and mineral samples

mineral exploration methods, including geophysical, geochemical and geological techniques

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

client and stakeholder communication

using a computer and relevant software

mine design, including:

mine access

layout

service provision, such as water, air, power, lighting and dewatering

records and reporting

risk and contingency management

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for risks and contingencies

techniques for providing rock stability and ground support

key features of underground mining operations.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

mining and surveying specifications, including relevant plans and drawings

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to mine design

relevant legislation, regulations and Australian standards for mine safety

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6032 Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6032A Conduct an advanced GNSS control survey.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct advanced global navigation satellite system (GNSS) control surveys using GNSS equipment and suitable software to communicate with GNSS receivers. The unit covers project managing surveying activities, including planning collection methodologies and allocating resources and work tasks in a team environment. The unit also covers analysing existing survey control data and networks to identify non-conformities and the need for additional controls, and implementing a network of points for controlling horizontal and vertical positions. The unit requires the ability to program, calibrate and operate GNSS equipment, relate surveying data to a reference system, and identify and resolve discrepancies with the reference system.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for advanced GNSS control survey.	1.1.	Survey specifications are identified and analysed and key activities and timelines scheduled according to available resources and organisational requirements.
1.2.	Organisational GNSS survey requirements are complied with and recorded.
1.3.	GNSS equipment is set up and calibrated according to survey and organisational requirements.
1.4.	Existing survey control data is obtained, validated and recorded, and need for additional controls is determined based on identified non-conformities.
1.5.	Set-out data is collated, validated, manipulated and uploaded into the GNSS receiver.
1.6.	Work responsibilities are allocated and communicated to appropriate persons according to survey and organisational requirements.
2.	Carry out GNSS control surveying tasks.	2.1.	GNSS equipment is programmed and operated according to survey and organisational requirements.
2.2.	GNSS survey is related to a reference system according to survey specifications.
2.3.	Problems relating to discrepancies in the reference system are identified and resolved, or contingencies are managed.
2.4.	GNSS data is collected using planned methodologies according to survey and organisational requirements.
2.5.	Network of points for controlling horizontal and vertical positions is implemented according to project specifications.
2.6.	GNSS measurements are validated and recorded on the reference system according to specifications.
3.	Finalise advanced GNSS control survey.	3.1.	GNSS software is used to process data according to survey and organisational requirements.
3.2.	Validation checks are completed according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
3.3.	Discrepancies between survey specifications and actual data are identified and addressed according to survey and organisational requirements.
3.4.	Survey is finalised and documentation completed according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	research existing horizontal and vertical control networks.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet contractual timeframes and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	apply accuracy tolerances to measurements and calculations conduct precise measurements and computations relating to length, angle, elevation, area and volume.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify client requirements.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in aerial photographs, maps, drawings, field records and survey plots interpret technical terminology in specifications and contracts.
Writing skills to:	use templates to record field notes.
Technology skills to:	connect equipment to coordinate systems.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify situations impacting on effectiveness of GNSS technologies.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6032A Conduct an advanced GNSS control survey

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6032 Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6032A Conduct an advanced GNSS control survey.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also plan and conduct an advanced global navigation satellite system (GNSS) control survey for two different projects using the following pieces of equipment:

geodetic GNSS receiver

associated equipment capable of differential and real time modes of operations.

While conducting the above advanced GNSS control surveys, the person must:

analyse survey specifications, including:

cross-sections and plans

technical descriptions of surveying data and their requirements

plan and document survey methodologies and control data

apply projection and datum parameters when using GNSS equipment and software

collect data for GNSS positions, including differential methods

communicate clearly with others to report work information and allocate duties

comply with industry-accepted standards for validating accuracy of GNSS data and existing control network

comply with organisational requirements for:

recording, storing and filing data

resource allocation

using and storing equipment

working safely, using personal protective equipment (PPE) when conducting field work

conduct field reconnaissance to analyse existing control networks

implement a network of horizontal and vertical control points

identify non-conformances in control networks and the need for additional controls

implement project management techniques to schedule, monitor and report on survey tasks and outcomes

program and operate GNSS equipment and software to analyse and manipulate images and data.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for GNSS control networks

GNSS accuracy enhancement techniques

GNSS availability, structures, capabilities and limitations

GNSS control surveying techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating set-out data to identify errors and discrepancies

methods for accessing, manipulating, retrieving and archiving GNSS data

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety relating to survey activities

reporting and documentation

using and allocating resources

using GNSS equipment and software

projection and datum parameters required for GNSS equipment and processing software

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia

situations and factors that impact on the effectiveness of GNSS technologies

techniques for project management, including techniques for scheduling, monitoring and reporting on survey tasks and outcomes

types of GNSS equipment and software and their uses.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

survey specifications, plans, maps and photographs

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety when using GNSS equipment and conducting field work

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6033 Conduct underground mine surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6033A Conduct underground mine surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct underground mine surveying operations to meet client specifications. The unit covers project management activities relating to scheduling, measuring, recording, monitoring and reporting work progress; organising resources and equipment; and planning for risks and contingencies. The unit also covers identifying projects, and organising resources and planning to support an underground mine surveying operation, including for developing headings, rock stability and ground support, loading and haulage and mine ventilation. The unit requires the ability to implement underground surveying operations using specialist equipment to measure identified components of an underground mine, capture and reduce data, and create mine drawings. The unit requires knowledge of underground mining operations and requirements to comply with standards, legislation and regulations applicable to the mining industry.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in an underground mining environment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States where mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for underground mine surveying.	1.1.	Client requirements and project specifications are identified in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Processes and procedures involved in undertaking underground mining methods are planned according to organisational requirements.
1.3.	Mining techniques applicable to developing headings in underground mining operations are planned according to project objectives and organisational requirements.
1.4.	Underground mining methods for metalliferous and coal mines are determined according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
1.5.	Project specifications are developed that incorporate levels of rock stability, ground support, and loading and haulage requirements for underground mines.
1.6.	Mine ventilation requirements for underground mines are detailed in project specifications according to organisational requirements.
2.	Plan underground mine surveying operations.	2.1.	Surveying objectives, deliverables, constraints, work activities and surveying equipment needs are identified and documented according to spatial data specifications and organisational requirements.
2.2.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, measure, record and report progress of activities in relation to agreed schedule and plans.
2.3.	Agreed communication processes between client and other appropriate persons are implemented and maintained.
2.4.	Risk management and contingency strategies are devised and followed to ensure project complies with legal and statutory standards and organisational requirements.
3.	Conduct operational elements of underground mine surveying.	3.1.	Identified spatial components of mine design are accurately measured or set out according to project specifications.
3.2.	Measured spatial data is reduced to project reference system for comparison with design.
3.3.	Mine drawings are created to meet project specifications.
3.4.	Captured data is reduced and used to calculate mine volumes according to project specifications.
3.5.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to organisational requirements.
3.6.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
3.7.	Underground development is set out according to design parameters.
4.	Finalise and report project outcomes.	4.1.	Project is finalised and checked for compliance with project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of project results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to project and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet contracts and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct precise measurements and calculations relating to height, depth, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	inform clients and other stakeholders of project progress negotiate to meet client requirements.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in mining and engineering plans.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	connect equipment to coordinate systems set up and calibrate specialised surveying equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and resolve areas of potential non-compliance of operations with legislation, regulations and standards.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor supplier.
Processes and procedures must include:	mine access mine layout service provision.
Underground mining methods must include at least one of the following:	mining methods applicable to underground coal mining, including: long wall room pillar mining methods applicable to underground metalliferous mining, including: block caving cut and fill stoping and shrinkage stoping sub-level caving sub-level open stoping.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6033A Conduct underground mine surveying

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6033 Conduct underground mine surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6033A Conduct underground mine surveying.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also conduct underground mine surveys for two different projects.

While conducting the above underground mine surveys, the person must:

analyse organisational priorities and plans and drawings to identify project specifications

prepare and document project plans and specifications that detail:

levels of rock stability and ground support

loading and haulage requirements for underground mines

mine ventilation requirements

required equipment

strategies for risk and contingency management

underground mining methods for metalliferous and coal mines

set out underground development based on design parameters in drawings

communicate clearly with clients and stakeholders to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational policies and procedures, standards, regulations and legislation relating to underground mining surveying operations when planning for:

drainage and dewatering

dumps and stockpiles

equipment use

loading and haulage

mine ventilation and air control

power and lighting

records and reporting

rock stability and ground support

standards and quality

surveying tasks

water control and supply

work health and safety and mines safety requirements

conduct underground surveying tasks to create mine drawings, and capture and reduce data to calculate mine volumes

perform calculations to measure, reduce and validate spatial data captured from underground mine surveying

measure survey components using two of the following pieces of equipment:

cavity monitoring systems

gyro-theodolites

level

remote sensing

tape

total station

plan and implement project management mechanisms to ensure the underground mine surveying operation is completed within required timeframes and the project complies with specifications and standards

work safely, using personal protective equipment (PPE) when performing surveying tasks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for surveying data

data capture and set-out techniques

data reduction and manipulation techniques

drilling techniques:

applicable to blasting in mining operations

used for sampling rock and unconsolidated sands

methods for developing headings in underground mining operations

methods for ensuring adequate mine ventilation, including:

duties of ventilation officer for an underground mining operation

exposure standards for atmospheric contaminants

methods for measuring air velocity and determining air quantity given relevant operational data

properties of natural air flow

methods of mechanical and auxiliary ventilation

procedures for testing and sampling atmospheric contaminants

requirements for ventilation plans

sources of atmospheric contaminants in an underground mining environment

mineral exploration methods, including geophysical, geochemical and geological techniques

mining methods for metalliferous and coal mines

organisational policies and procedures, standards, regulations and legislation relating to:

client and stakeholder communication

using equipment, as specified in the performance evidence

mining industry and underground mining, including:

mine access

layout development

service provision, such as water, air, power, lighting and dewatering

work health and safety and mines safety requirements

records and reporting

risk and contingency management

phases and stages of exploration procedure and possible methods of exploration relevant to each

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for risks and contingencies

safe work practices in all aspects of underground mining

specialised surveying equipment requirements and accessibility in relation to underground mining

techniques for providing rock stability and ground support, including cable bolts and rock bolts

terminology and nomenclature applicable to underground mining.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

mining and surveying specifications, including relevant plans and drawings

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to:

work health and safety

mining regulations

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6034 Conduct mining geology operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6034A Conduct mining geology operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct mining geology operations. The unit covers analysing organisational priorities and specifications to identify projects; and planning projects to identify and document factors, such as objectives, deliverables, risks, constraints and equipment requirements, in order to comply with regulations and legislation applicable to the mining industry. The unit also covers analysing mining geology to assess and recognise geological aspects of possible ore deposits, rock types and structures, and levels of rock stability and ground support; using surveying techniques to take measurements and reduce and manipulate spatial data to assist in analysing the geology of the mining operation. The unit requires the ability to implement project management activities relating to scheduling, measuring, recording, monitoring and reporting work progress. It also requires the ability to evaluate project activities and outcomes for compliance with specifications. It requires knowledge of underground mining and mining geology operations.

The unit supports surveyors of mine geology who work in a surveying team in a mining environment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States where mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify and plan project.	1.1.	Organisational priorities are determined to identify project objectives and specifications.
1.2.	Project specifications are presented to appropriate persons.
1.3.	Project objectives, deliverables, constraints, environmental considerations and work activities are planned and documented according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Mining regulations with regard to management and safety are detailed according to legislative and organisational requirements.
1.5.	Equipment is selected and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality according to organisational requirements.
2.	Analyse mining geology.	2.1.	Geological aspects of possible ore deposits are identified by assessing the environment, and information is verified.
2.2.	Rock types and structures fundamental to mining operations are identified and analysed according to project specifications.
2.3.	Levels of rock stability and ground support requirements are observed according to project specifications.
2.4.	Ore and minerals fundamental to mining operations are identified and analysed according to project specifications.
2.5.	Methods for obtaining ore and mineral samples are identified and analysed according to project specifications.
2.6.	Measurements are conducted and spatial data is reduced and manipulated according to project specifications.
3.	Manage project.	3.1.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, record and report progress of activities in relation to agreed timeframes and plans.
3.2.	Agreed communication processes between client and other appropriate persons are implemented and maintained.
3.3.	Pertinent legal and statutory requirements and standards are identified and analysed to ensure compliance.
3.4.	Risk management and contingency strategies are devised and followed to ensure project complies with legal and statutory standards and organisational requirements.
3.5.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies and constraints are managed according to organisational requirements.
4.	Finalise project.	4.1.	Mining geology project is evaluated for compliance with project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of project results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to project and organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet schedules.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct precise measurements and calculations relating to height, depth, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate to achieve client requirements.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in specifications.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	calibrate and program specialised surveying instruments.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify and resolve areas of potential non-compliance of operations with pertinent legislation, regulations and standards.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor supplier.
Environmental considerations must include at least one of the following:	chemical leakage coal fire erosion loss of biodiversity sinkhole formation soil, groundwater and surface water contamination.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6034A Conduct mining geology operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6034 Conduct mining geology operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6034A Conduct mining geology operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also conduct mining geology operations for two different projects.

While conducting the above mining geology operations, the person must:

assess the environment to recognise geological aspects of possible ore deposits

analyse mining geology to report on:

geological aspects of possible ore deposits

rock types and structures

levels of rock stability and ground support

ore and minerals fundamental to mining operations

methods for obtaining ore and mineral samples

communicate clearly with clients and others to clarify and report project information

comply with organisational policies and procedures, standards, mining regulations and legislation when planning and implementing project activities

evaluate mining geology projects for compliance with specifications and identify non-conformances

measure geological survey components using two of the following pieces of equipment:

current meter

echo sounder

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

remote sensing

tape

total station

perform calculations to measure, reduce and validate spatial data captured from surveying tasks

plan and implement project management mechanisms to ensure the project is completed within required timeframes and complies with specifications and standards

plan and implement risk and contingency management strategies

use computers and relevant software applications to manipulate spatial data and develop reports

work safely, using personal protective equipment (PPE) when performing surveying tasks.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for mining geology surveying operations

basic characteristics of common ore and mineral deposits

classification of economic mineral deposits and the process involved in presenting a schematic model

data capture and set-out techniques

data reduction and manipulation techniques

methods for assessing the environment to recognise ore deposits

methods for obtaining ore and mineral samples

mineral exploration methods, including geophysical, geochemical and geological techniques

mining methods for metalliferous and coal mines

organisational policies and procedures, standards, regulations and legislation relating to:

client and stakeholder communication

mining industry and mine design, including:

mine access

layout

service provision, such as water, air, power, lighting and dewatering

mines safety

records and reporting

risk and contingency management

using the equipment specified in the performance evidence

phases and stages of exploration procedures and possible methods of exploration relevant to each

physical and chemical characteristics of rock types and structures fundamental to mining operations

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for risks and contingencies

techniques for providing rock stability and ground support relating to underground mining.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

specifications:

mining and surveying specifications, including relevant plans and drawings

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

relevant legislation and regulations relating to mines safety

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6035 Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6035A Conduct complex engineering set out surveys.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to conduct a complex engineering set-out survey based on specifications and client requirements. The unit covers analysing specifications and organisational priorities to identify and negotiate projects and organise resources. The unit also covers implementing project management mechanisms relating to scheduling, measuring, recording, monitoring and reporting, and reviewing project progress and outcomes against organisational goals. It covers planning for risks and contingencies and staff supervision, and involves setting up and using specialised surveying equipment to measure, record and reduce surveying data using an established control network and spatial coordinate and reference systems. The unit requires the ability to validate the accuracy of data, and identify and resolve problems.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare for complex engineering set-out survey.	1.1.	Organisational priorities are determined to identify project objectives and specifications.
1.2.	Project specifications are presented to appropriate persons.
1.3.	Characteristics of the operating environment and any special equipment or resource requirements are identified according to organisational requirements.
1.4.	Surveying equipment is selected and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality according to manufacturer specifications.
2.	Plan complex engineering set-out survey.	2.1.	Design is interpreted to identify surveying data components required for set-out.
2.2.	Plan is developed detailing objectives, constraints, work activities, technologies and techniques to be used for set-out according to project specifications and client requirements.
2.3.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, measure, record and report progress of activities in relation to agreed schedule and plans.
2.4.	Agreed communication processes between client and other appropriate persons are implemented and maintained.
2.5.	Risk management and contingency strategies are devised and followed to ensure project complies with legal and statutory standards and organisational requirements.
2.6.	Work responsibilities are allocated and supervisory processes and problem-solving techniques implemented to ensure work is completed within time available.
3.	Manage complex engineering set-out survey.	3.1.	Identified project components are accurately set out according to project specifications.
3.2.	Set-out measurements and calculations are conducted, validated and recorded using control network according to project specifications.
3.3.	Project progress is reviewed and agreed changes are implemented to ensure consistency with project scope, objectives and constraints.
3.4.	Problems are identified and resolved, and contingencies managed according to organisational requirements.
4.	Finalise complex engineering set-out survey.	4.1.	Project is finalised and checked for compliance with project and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of project results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to project and organisational requirements.
5.	Review project.	5.1.	Project achievements are reviewed against organisational strategic goals.
5.2.	Recommendations are made on possible links between project achievements and future organisational goals.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise work to meet contracts and resource constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	conduct precise measurements and calculations relating to height, depth, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate to meet client requirements inform clients and other stakeholders of project progress.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in engineering plans.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	connect equipment to coordinate systems set up and calibrate specialised surveying equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	select appropriate validation methods to verify accuracy of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague end user engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor supplier.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6035A Conduct complex engineering set out surveys

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6035 Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6035A Conduct complex engineering set out surveys.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also conduct a complex engineering set-out survey for two different projects.

While conducting the above complex engineering set-out surveys, the person must:

analyse survey set-out specifications, including:

cross-sections and plans

technical descriptions of surveying data and set-out requirements

develop a project plan, including detail of:

project objectives and deliverables

constraints

risk management and contingency strategies

work activities

technologies and techniques to be used

interpret engineering design information and specifications to identify components to be measured

plan and document data collection methodologies that allow for contingencies

schedule work tasks and organise resources and equipment

apply industry-accepted standards for performing surveying measurements and computations

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report work information and negotiate completion of tasks

comply with industry-accepted standards for validating accuracy of surveying data and identifying errors and discrepancies

comply with organisational, legal and statutory requirements for:

completing records and documentation

recording, storing and filing data

using, checking and storing surveying equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

conduct set-out measurements and calculations to meet engineering specifications using two of the following pieces of surveying equipment:

current meter

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

tape

theodolite

total station

implement project management mechanisms to ensure the survey is completed within required timeframes and complies with specifications

review project outcomes against strategic organisational goals to identify links to future goals

supervise staff to complete work tasks on time.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements for setting out surveying data

data capture, set-out and reduction techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

legislative, statutory and industry requirements and standards relating to work tasks associated with set-out surveys

methods for calculating surveying data and verifying its accuracy using primary and secondary controls

methods for establishing a control network that meets specified tolerances

methods for setting up, levelling and calibrating surveying equipment

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety relating to surveying activities

reporting and documentation

using and allocating resources

using the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for contingencies

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence, including PPE

materials:

paper for printing reports, documents and data

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

survey specifications, including relevant engineering plans and drawings

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6036 Monitor engineering structures

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6036A Monitor complex engineering surveying structures.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to monitor engineering structures using surveying methods. The unit covers analysing project specifications and design information to identify components to be measured and monitored, and planning monitoring activities. The unit also covers implementing project management mechanisms, including risk management, and reviewing work outcomes against specifications. It covers setting up and using surveying equipment to measure, record and reduce surveying data using spatial coordinate and reference systems. The unit requires the ability to validate the accuracy of data, and identify and resolve discrepancies and non-conformities between specifications and activities.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in a surveying team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare to monitor engineering structure.	1.1.	Project specifications and engineering design information are interpreted to identify components to be measured, and accuracy and precision tolerances to be applied in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Characteristics of operating environment and any special equipment and resource requirements are identified according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
1.3.	Equipment to be used to collect data is selected and checked to ensure correct operation and functionality according to manufacturer specifications.
1.4.	Organisation of project resources, equipment, materials and transport is designated to appropriate persons.
2.	Develop project plan to monitor engineering structure.	2.1.	Project objectives, deliverables, constraints and principal work activities are documented according to project specifications.
2.2.	Information is included in project plan relating to identified risks and contingencies, resources, technologies and techniques to be used to collect spatial data.
2.3.	Validation processes to verify integrity of required spatial data are devised and specified in project plan.
2.4.	Work responsibilities are allocated and supervisory processes, checks and measures are implemented.
3.	Implement monitoring tasks.	3.1.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, measure, record and report progress of activities in relation to project plan.
3.2.	Risk management and contingency strategies are devised and followed to identify and control hazards and risks, and ensure that monitoring activities comply with legal and statutory requirements.
3.3.	Surveying equipment is used to measure identified spatial components according to project specifications.
3.4.	Measured spatial data is reduced to project spatial reference system for comparison with design.
3.5.	Measurements are validated, recorded and processed according to project specifications.
3.6.	Non-conformities between engineering structure and project specifications are identified and resolved, or contingencies are managed according to organisational requirements.
4.	Finalise and report monitoring results.	4.1.	Monitoring is finalised and results are checked for compliance with project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Appropriate persons are notified of monitoring results according to organisational requirements.
4.3.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to project and organisational requirements.
4.4.	Monitoring results are reviewed against project specifications and findings are reported to appropriate persons according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Planning and organising skills to:	prioritise work to meet contract and resource requirements and constraints.
Numeracy skills to:	apply accuracy and precision tolerances to measurements and calculations conduct precise measurements and calculations relating to height, depth, dimension, direction and position in actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	negotiate to meet client requirements inform clients and other stakeholders of project progress.
Reading skills to:	analyse graphical and technical information in engineering plans.
Writing skills to:	record technical information in organisational documentation.
Technology skills to:	connect equipment to coordinate systems set up and calibrate surveying equipment.
Problem-solving skills to:	select appropriate validation methods to verify accuracy of data.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague end user engineer manager registered or qualified surveyor stakeholder supplier.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6036A Monitor complex engineering surveying structures

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6036 Monitor engineering structures

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6036A Monitor complex engineering surveying structures.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also monitor engineering structures for two projects.

While monitoring the above engineering structures, the person must:

analyse surveying specifications, including:

cross-sections and plans

technical descriptions of surveying data and their collection and format requirements

apply industry-accepted standards for performing surveying measurements and computations

communicate clearly with others to clarify and report work information and negotiate task completion

comply with industry-accepted standards for validating accuracy of surveying data and identifying errors and discrepancies

comply with organisational, legal and statutory requirements for:

completing records and documentation

recording, storing and filing data

using, checking and storing surveying equipment

working safely and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

conduct measurements and calculations to meet engineering specifications using two of the following pieces of surveying equipment:

current meter

global navigation satellite system (GNSS)

level

tape

theodolite

total station

develop a project plan to monitor engineering structures, including detail of:

project objectives and deliverables

constraints

risk management and contingency strategies

work activities

technologies and techniques to be used

identify site hazards and control risks

implement project management mechanisms to ensure monitoring activities are completed within required timeframes and comply with specifications

interpret engineering design information and specifications to identify components to be measured and accuracy and precision tolerances to be applied

plan and document data collection methodologies that allow for contingencies

review project outcomes against specifications and objectives

schedule work tasks and organise resources and equipment

supervise staff to complete work tasks on time.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

accuracy and precision requirements and tolerances for engineering structures

data formatting, processing and reduction techniques

industry-accepted methods for validating data to identify errors and discrepancies

legislative, statutory and industry requirements, and standards relating to work tasks

methods for calculating surveying data and verifying its accuracy using spatial reference systems

methods for setting up, levelling and calibrating surveying equipment

methods for identifying and reporting non-conformities

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

health and safety relating to survey activities and work on construction sites

reporting and documentation

using and allocating resources

using the surveying equipment specified in the performance evidence

processes to establish and use high-level survey control

project management techniques for scheduling, measuring and monitoring work progress and planning for contingencies

project zone design

reference and coordinate systems for surveying data, including Australian Height Datum and Map Grid of Australia

surveying data capture and set-out methodologies

use and application of network and traverse adjustments.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

as specified in the performance evidence

specifications:

survey specifications, including relevant engineering plans and drawings

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to work health and safety

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team.

Timeframe:

as specified by project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6037 Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6037A Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to use computing platforms, software systems and image processing techniques to conduct advanced remote sensing analysis on hard copy and digital imagery. The unit covers preparing for work by analysing specifications and deciding appropriate techniques for collecting and analysing images, as well as appropriate hardware and software and image processing systems to perform the required image enhancements and manipulations. The unit also covers accessing and assessing available and suitable spatial datasets to identify constraints on use. The unit requires the ability to perform supervised and unsupervised classifications on datasets using classification algorithms, and to conduct related error analysis. It also requires the ability to merge remote sensing data and prepare data for geographic information system (GIS) integration.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in a spatial information services team, in areas such as cartography, town planning, mapping and GIS.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Determine image processing techniques.	1.1.	Project specifications are identified and analysed to determine appropriate image, merger and modelling techniques according to organisational requirements.
1.2.	Appropriate data collection and analysis techniques in remote sensing process are determined according to project specifications.
1.3.	Suitable digital image processing techniques and digital image data formats are selected according to project specifications.
1.4.	Additional characteristics of image and metadata are identified according to project specifications.
2.	Select computing platforms and software systems for image processing.	2.1.	Appropriate computing platforms and software systems are assessed for suitability according to project specifications.
2.2.	Availability of suitable data is verified with potential suppliers according to project specifications.
2.3.	Constraints on use of spatial data are assessed against project specifications and contingencies are planned according to organisational requirements.
2.4.	Commercially available image processing systems are assessed to determine appropriate components, menu items, characteristics and statistics to meet project specifications.
3.	Enhance and manipulate images.	3.1.	Transformation routines using image calculations are conducted.
3.2.	Edge enhancements and smoothing filters are applied using convolution matrices.
3.3.	Image transformation is performed with channels of brightness, greenness and wetness.
3.4.	Imagery for distribution is determined according to project specifications.
4.	Perform classifications on datasets.	4.1.	Thematic classifications and relative differentiations between supervised and unsupervised classification algorithms are determined.
4.2.	Supervised classification algorithms are applied using training samples according to project specifications.
4.3.	Error analysis is conducted to perform an approximate accuracy assessment of classifications.
4.4.	Hard copy outputs are produced according to project specifications.
5.	Conduct data merger and GIS integration.	5.1.	Integration and merging techniques are identified and documented.
5.2.	Techniques for integrating GIS data are identified and documented.
5.3.	Remote sensing data is merged and integrated into GIS according to project specifications.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Learning skills to:	conduct research to source spatial data.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise activities to meet contractual requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	analyse points, lines, curves and shapes in vector graphics apply and interpret algorithms to correctly classify images.
Oral communication skills to:	liaise with clients and end users to identify remote sensing requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in raster images.
Technology skills to:	use computers and software applications to manipulate and enhance images use printers and plotters to produce hard copy outputs.
Problem-solving skills to:	apply solutions to identified classification discrepancies.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Metadata must include at least eight of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.
Characteristics and statistics must include at least two of the following:	band selections hard copy outputs histogram plots look-up tables univariate and multivariate statistics.
Image calculations must include at least one of the following:	greenness ratios greenness ratios plus dark value normalised difference vegetation index (NDVI).
Techniques for integrating GIS data must include at least one of the following:	cartographic modelling environmental modelling land cover classification.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6037A Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6037 Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6037A Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use a computer and remote sensing software system to conduct advanced remote sensing analysis for two different projects.

While conducting the above advanced remote sensing analysis, the person must:

analyse and define job specifications, constraints and main work activities

analyse remote sensing data to identify and describe its characteristics, including:

metadata

soil

vegetation bodies

water

select and set up appropriate hardware and software systems to meet remote sensing project specifications

assess commercially available image processing systems to ensure their suitability in meeting project specifications

use remote sensing techniques to acquire spatial data from:

airborne platforms

ground observation

satellites

comply with organisational and legal requirements for accessing and using spatial data, including copyright, intellectual property and trade practices

comply with organisational requirements and industry-accepted standards relating to:

applying classification algorithms

quality and risk management

working safely when using above equipment

conduct web-based searches to identify available spatial data and verify its suitability to meet project specifications

exercise precision and accuracy when analysing and classifying remote sensing data

identify and assess constraints relating to use of remote sensing data

perform classifications on datasets using supervised and unsupervised classification algorithms and training samples

save digital images in a range of formats, including two of the following:

band interleaved by line (BIL)

band interleaved by pixel (BIP)

band sequential (BSQ)

run length encoding (RLE)

use integration and merging techniques to allow remote sensing data to be integrated into GIS

use digital image processing techniques to enhance and rectify images.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

industry-accepted techniques for applying supervised and unsupervised classification algorithms to remote sensing data

computer platforms and software systems for advanced remote sensing analysis and GIS integration

copyright and ownership constraints relating to spatial data

digital image processing techniques

digital image data formats, including BIL, BIP, BSQ and RLE

existing spatial datasets and dataset sources

image calculations required for transformation routines, including:

greenness ratios

greenness ratios plus dark value

normalised difference vegetation index (NDVI)

image enhancement, manipulation and merger techniques

methods for analysing metadata

methods for assessing commercially available image processing systems, including characteristics and statistics

methods for validating spatial data sources and constraints on use

key features of spatial referencing and coordinate systems

techniques for integrating GIS data, including:

cartographic modelling

environmental modelling

land cover classification.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer, including computer-aided design (CAD) applications and software appropriate for developing two-dimensional (2-D) and three-dimensional (3-D) terrain visualisations

hardware, including printer, scanner, plotter and multimedia devices and peripherals

specifications:

project and design specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team

relationships with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6040 Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6040A Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to develop two-dimensional (2-D) and three-dimensional (3-D) visualisations in a geographic information system (GIS) or computer-aided design (CAD) context. It requires the ability to apply wide-ranging specialised technical, creative and conceptual skills and a broad knowledge of spatial datasets. The unit requires the development of technical documentation incorporating mapping and scientific techniques, as well as the ability to communicate graphically. It also requires an understanding of the latest technologies that are available to remotely capture raw elevation data.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in a spatial information services team in areas such as cartography, town planning, mapping and GIS.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Prepare 2-D or 3-D digital elevation model (DEM).	1.1.	GIS or CAD environment or surface elevation is designed according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
1.2.	Current remote sensing technologies for capturing raw elevation data are investigated.
1.3.	Views and layouts are established according to job specifications.
1.4.	Spatial computing platforms and software systems are selected and set up for suitability against job specifications according to organisational requirements.
2.	Create 2-D drawings.	2.1.	Availability of suitable data is verified with potential suppliers and constraints are assessed according to job specifications.
2.2.	Detailed views and layouts are created using various scales according to job specifications.
2.3.	2-D drawings are finalised and existing 2-D model is modified as necessary to meet job specifications.
3.	Create 3-D model or DEM.	3.1.	Surface elevation is modelled by mathematically defined surfaces and by point or line data according to job specifications.
3.2.	Products that can be derived from a DEM are determined according to job specifications.
3.3.	Entities are created and manipulated in 3-D space according to job specifications.
3.4.	DEM is developed with a range of thematic data and profiles generated and draped over model according to project specifications.
3.5.	Contour map of area is created by employing procedures appropriate to data format and software according to job specifications.
3.6.	Slope map of area is created from gradient and aspect components according to job specifications.
3.7.	Shaded relief map of area is created from gradient and relief map representations according to job specifications.
3.8.	3-D model is finalised and existing 3-D model modified as necessary to meet job specifications.
4.	Produce output.	4.1.	2-D and 3-D outputs are documented according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
4.2.	Drawing files and elevation data outputs are saved in appropriate format according to job specifications and organisational requirements.
4.3.	Physical properties are extracted to job specifications and slope map of area is used for analytical purposes.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	extract and output information from engineering and environmental plans translate specifications into drawing and analysis design understand how raw elevation data is captured and assigned quality measures.
Numeracy skills to:	apply quality and accuracy measures on modelled 2-D and 3-D outputs apply understanding of height, depth, breadth, dimension and position to actual operational activity and virtual representation use appropriate interpolation techniques to convert from point to raster data.
Oral communication skills to:	liaise with clients and end users to identify project requirements and drawing detail.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information, including rasters interpret technical drawing standards interpret engineering and environmental plans.
Technology skills to:	conduct web-based searches and use digital techniques operate hardware, including computers and plotters.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6040A Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6040 Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6040A Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also use a geographic information system (GIS) or computer-aided design (CAD) environment to develop two-dimensional (2-D) and three-dimensional (3-D) terrain visualisations that meet specifications for two different projects.

While developing the above 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations, the person must:

analyse and define job specifications, constraints and main work activities

conduct web-based searches to identify available spatial data and verify its suitability to meet drawing specifications

prepare the CAD environment by setting up the hardware and software system and drawing defaults and customising menus

design the surface elevation, orientation and views to meet job specifications

exercise precision and accuracy in relation to terrain visualisations

select and use spatial computing platforms and software systems to prepare drawings and models that meet specifications relating to:

accuracy

completeness

coverage

density

logical consistency

use appropriate interpolation techniques to convert from vector to raster data

communicate clearly with clients and colleagues to clarify design requirements and detail

comply with standard operating procedures, drawing standards and organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and reporting

quality and risk management

working safely when using the equipment specified in the assessment conditions

create and manipulate entities in 3-D space to develop contour, slope and shaded relief maps of an area

create detailed 2-D views using various scales

create a digital elevation model in 3-D using mathematically defined surfaces and point or line data

identify and assess constraints and problems relating to spatial data

save drawing files in a range of formats.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

computer platforms and software for GIS, CAD and digital elevation models (DEM)

copyright and ownership constraints relating to spatial data

data formats and precision and accuracy requirements for preparing terrain visualisations in 2-D drawings and 3-D models

digital image processing techniques

display principles, including:

colour

composition

font type

legends

media

scale

size

text and line style

existing spatial datasets and dataset sources

GIS and CAD principles, capabilities and uses in relation to creating terrain visualisations

methods for validating spatial data sources and constraints on use

organisational requirements relating to records and reporting

remote sensing technologies that capture raw elevation data

key features of spatial referencing systems

techniques for modifying existing 2-D and 3-D models

types of products that can be derived from a DEM.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

personal computer, including GIS or CAD applications and software appropriate for developing 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations

hardware, including printer, scanner, plotter and multimedia devices and peripherals

specifications:

project and design specifications

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to:

quality measures relating to 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations

data privacy and information copyright

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team

relationships with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the client and project requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSIS6041 Compile mine survey plans

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6041A Compile mine survey plan.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to compile a mine survey plan using computer-aided design (CAD) programs to produce mine drawings. The unit covers identifying and planning project deliverables and liaising with clients and others to present project specifications and report on outcomes. The unit also covers organising work processes by implementing project management mechanisms; checking and validating essential surveying information; planning for risks and contingencies; and creating a survey database, file structures and conventions and metadata. The unit requires the ability to use specialist surveying tools and techniques to measure, reduce and validate spatial data and create mine plans, cross-sections and plots.

The unit supports those who work in a technical management role in a mining environment and take responsibility for liaising with clients and end users to meet project requirements.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States where mining surveying must be undertaken under the supervision of a registered surveyor. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Surveying and spatial information services

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Organise work processes.	1.1.	Client requirements and project specifications are determined in consultation with appropriate persons.
1.2.	Design information is accessed and interpreted to identify spatial data requirements and components to be measured and monitored.
1.3.	Essential surveying information is checked for currency and validity.
1.4.	Survey database, file structures and conventions, and metadata are created according to project specifications.
1.5.	Project management mechanisms are implemented to schedule, measure, record and report progress of activities in relation to agreed timeframes and plans.
1.6.	Risk management and contingency strategies are followed to ensure project complies with legal, statutory and organisational requirements.
1.7.	Agreed communication processes between client and other appropriate persons are implemented and maintained.
2.	Standardise mine survey plan requirements.	2.1.	Requirements for lodging plan are identified according to organisational requirements.
2.2.	Mine plan drawing and plotting requirements are researched and summarised to meet project specifications.
2.3.	Contingencies and constraints are managed and problems resolved to ensure plans meet specifications.
3.	Produce mine survey plans.	3.1.	Measured spatial data is reduced to project reference system.
3.2.	Mine plans are created according to project specifications and organisational requirements.
3.3.	Measurements are validated and recorded according to project specifications.
4.	Finalise mine survey plans.	4.1.	Mine survey plans are finalised and relevant personnel notified of results according to organisational requirements.
4.2.	Documentation is completed and spatial data archived according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	translate specifications into drawing designs.
Numeracy skills to:	apply coordinate system to measured spatial data apply understanding of height, depth, dimension and position to actual operational activity and virtual representation.
Oral communication skills to:	liaise with clients to identify plotting detail.
Reading skills to:	interpret graphical information in cross-sections and plans interpret technical drawing standards.
Writing skills to:	record measurements in a format that can be interpreted by a third party.
Technology skills to:	calibrate specialist surveying equipment to take measurements operate hardware, including computers and plotters use CAD software to create plans.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify legal non-compliance issues.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate persons must include at least two of the following:	client colleague end user registered or qualified surveyor site personnel supplier.
Metadata must include at least eight of the following:	availability conditions of use coordinate system currency custodian data accuracy data description date of acquisition licence quality source spatial data acquisition methodologies version control.

Unit Mapping Information

CPPSIS6041A Compile mine survey plan

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSIS6041 Compile mine survey plans

Modification History

Release 1.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSIS6041A Compile mine survey plan.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 3.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills and range of conditions of this unit. The person must also use a computer and computer-aided design (CAD) software to compile a mine survey plan that meets technical specifications for two projects.

While compiling the above mine survey plans, the person must:

define and document project deliverables, constraints and activities

prepare for work by checking the following essential surveying information for currency and validity:

mine grid coordinate systems

requirements for data processing

communicate clearly with clients and stakeholders to clarify and report project requirements and plot details

comply with statutory, legal and organisational requirements relating to:

completing records and reporting

mine drawings

protocols for saving and formatting drawing files

comply with drawing standards and specifications to create mine plans, views and plots at required scale, which incorporate:

grid convergence

long and cross-section plot requirements

map legends

plot symbols

sheet surround

create metadata, database, file structures and conventions as the basis for design work

exercise precision and accuracy in relation to measurements, tolerances and design

follow project management techniques to schedule, measure, record and report progress of project activities

prepare the CAD environment by setting up the hardware and software systems and drawing defaults, and customising menus

identify and comply with plan lodgement requirements, standard drawing requirements and plotting specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian drawing standards, data formats and precision and accuracy requirements for preparing mine drawings using CAD

CAD principles, capabilities and uses in relation to mine design

data reduction and manipulation techniques

industry-accepted standards for mine survey plans

statutory, legal and organisational requirements for mine survey plans

methods for validating measurements to identify errors

key features of mine grid coordinate systems

organisational requirements relating to:

completing records

reporting

saving and formatting drawing files

working safely

standard engineering and mining plan design and presentation conventions

types of mine plans, including:

accident plans

emergency plans

open cut mine plans

surface infrastructure plans

underground level plans

ventilation plans.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

computer and CAD software

specifications:

organisational policies, procedures and documentation relating to data privacy and information copyright for plan content

physical conditions:

access to equipped work station

relationships with team members and supervisor:

lead role in a team

relationships with client:

client consultation required.

Timeframe:

as specified by the client and project requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3001 Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3001A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals.

It includes:

assessing risks associated with different types of swimming pool and spa chemicals

following legislative requirements for the safe handling, transport and storage of swimming pool and spa chemicals

following emergency procedures for chemical spillages and leaks

maintaining chemical storage areas and chemical inventories.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency in some states and territories. State and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm these requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely.	1.1 Review and clarify task to handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely, including types and amounts of chemicals to be transported. 1.2 Review information on situations in which swimming pool and spa chemicals may become hazardous. 1.3 Review work health and safety (WHS) requirements for the task in accordance with safety plans and policies, safety data sheets (SDSs), manufacturers’ instructions, safety symbols and signs, government regulations and codes of practice in relation to the handling, transport and storage of swimming pool and spa chemicals. 1.4 Identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures when handling, transporting and storing swimming pool and spa chemicals. 1.5 Review and follow transport requirements. 1.6 Review environmental requirements for the task in accordance with environmental plans and legislative requirements. 1.7 Ensure that appropriate first aid and spill kits are ready and accessible for all stages of handling, transport and storage.
2. Safely handle and transport swimming pool and spa chemicals.	2.1 Carry out all work in accordance with task and legislative requirements. 2.2 Select and fit personal protective equipment (PPE). 2.3 Implement identified risk control measures to minimise risks involved in the handling and transport of swimming pool and spa chemicals. 2.4 Check that swimming pool and spa chemical containers are in sound condition for transport. 2.5 Select and handle required chemicals safely. 2.6 Respond to any chemical spills and leaks in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions, WHS, environmental, legislative guidelines and emergency action plans. 2.7 Report transport incidents in accordance with workplace and legislative requirements.
3. Store equipment and chemicals.	3.1 Implement identified risk control measures to minimise risks involved in the storage of swimming pool and spa chemicals. 3.2 Store chemicals safely, in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions, WHS requirements, and legislative guidelines. 3.3 Retain products in original containers with labels intact. 3.4 Repackage and label unused chemicals. 3.5 Dispose of unwanted and/or out-of-date chemicals and storage containers in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions, WHS legislation, environmental legislation, and workplace requirements. 3.6 Store equipment, chemicals, and PPE safely and to allow ready-to-use access.
4. Record storage details of swimming pool and spa chemicals.	4.1 Calculate and record quantities of used and unused chemicals in chemical storage inventory. 4.2 Report storage incidents in accordance with workplace and legislative requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to:

interpret task documentation

understand written instructions, procedures and signs

access information in safety data sheets (SDSs), chemical container labels

interpret manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements

writing skills to report incidents and record chemical storage details

numeracy skills to calculate and record quantities of chemicals

oral communication skills to:

use questioning to identify and confirm requirements

report work site hazards.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3001A Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3001 Handle, transport and store swimming pool and spa chemicals safely

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3001A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must demonstrate safe procedures when handling, transporting and storing swimming pool and spa chemicals safely on two different occasions.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional work health and safety and environmental legislation and regulations relating to handling, transporting and storing swimming pool and spa chemicals safely

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of handling, transporting and storing swimming pool and spa chemicals, including:

workplace health and safety procedures

workplace emergency procedures

use of safety data sheets (SDSs)

safe handling of chemicals and equipment

interpreting work orders and reporting problems

chemical handling, storage and disposal including;

chemical disposal principles

chemical safety principles and reasons and procedures for segregating chemicals

chemical storage requirements

purpose and types of chemical storage inventory and records systems

processes for calculating and recording quantities of used and unused chemicals in chemical storage inventory

Commonwealth, state or territory legislation, and local government regulations impacting on the handling, transport and storage of swimming pool and spa chemicals relating to:

dangerous goods

environmental protection

health

licensing requirements in relation to chemical transport and storage

work health and safety (WHS)

waste disposal

handling, transport and storage requirements for different types of swimming pool and spa chemicals

processes for clearing and cleaning up chemical spillages and leakages

requirements for disposing of excess, unwanted and out-of-date swimming pool and spa chemicals

requirements for disposing of used chemical containers

types, uses and properties of swimming pool and spa chemicals, including:

algaecides

balancers

clarifiers and flocculants

oxidisers

sanitisers

specialised chemicals

water balancing chemicals

reactive properties of swimming pool and spa chemicals

situations in which chemicals may become hazardous

reactive material hazards responses:

emergency action plans

firefighting

incident reporting procedures

risk triggers, including:

improper mixing

wetting

risk control measures for:

chemicals, including safe chemical use principles and compliance with labels and instructions

dust prevention

fire prevention

keeping swimming pool and spa chemicals dry

adequate ventilation

types and uses of PPE used in safe handling and transporting swimming pool and spa chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to handle and transport swimming pool and spa chemicals safely

appropriate documents, SDSs, materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3002 Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3002A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to perform basic measurements and calculations in a range of workplace contexts.

It includes:

planning for, performing and recording measurements

performing calculations of quantity, area, volume, perimeter, dosing rates, flow rate and time

interpreting graphical representations of mathematical information relating to swimming pools and spas.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations.	1.1 Review and clarify task to perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations. 1.2 Confirm measurement requirements and select method for achieving required result. 1.3 Select measuring and calculating equipment and check for accuracy.
2. Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations.	2.1 Obtain and check basic measurements using established work practices, measuring equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) to ensure safety and security of self, others and property. 2.2 Record basic measurements using appropriate measurement units. 2.3 Convert measurement values into different measurement units. 2.4 Perform and check basic calculations using online or electronic calculators and record results. 2.5 Interpret results of basic calculations to solve problems relating to swimming pool and spa servicing. 2.6 Clean measuring equipment and materials, check for serviceability and calibrate and store. 2.7 Minimise environmental impact of basic measurement and calculation activities and dispose of waste following workplace procedures.
3. Interpret basic mathematical information.	3.1 Recognise and interpret information represented in graphs, symbols, diagrams and pictures to complete workplace tasks. 3.2 Review limitations and risks associated with using inaccurate basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to:

interpret task documentation

interpret information in symbols, diagrams, pictures, packaging labels and safety data sheets (SDSs) e.g. for dosing rates

writing skills to record swimming pool and spa measurements and results of basic calculations

numeracy skills to perform basic measurements and calculations and to record quantities of chemicals

oral communication skills to use questioning to identify and confirm requirements

technology skills to use measurement equipment and online or electronic calculators.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3002A Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3002 Perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3002A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations, including:

at each of two different locations, measure and calculate:

the dimensions, area, perimeter and volume of each of one regular and one irregular shaped swimming pool or spa with sloped floors

water loss in one swimming pool or one spa

the quantity of pool chemicals required to improve water quality in one swimming pool or spa

flow and turnover rates and time taken to fill and empty one swimming pool or spa.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements and application of jurisdictional work health and safety (WHS) and environmental legislation and regulations relating to performing basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations, including safety data sheets (SDSs)

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of performing basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations,

selection and use of personal protective equipment (PPE) when performing basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations

hazards, risks and enterprise safety procedures associated with measurements undertaken on site

uses and limitations of measuring equipment, including:

bucket

calculator

ruler, including laser ruler

measuring flask

scales

stopwatch

tape measure

trundle wheel

taking basic measurements in the swimming pool and spa industry, including units of measurement, types and functions of measuring equipment

basic measurement requirements, including for:

flow rates

swimming pool or spa chemical quantities

swimming pool or spa dimensions

temperatures

methods for conversion of units of measurement, including:

distance units of measurement:

metric conversions

metric to imperial units of measurement and vice versa

surface area units of measurement:

metric conversions

metric to imperial units of measurement and vice versa

volume units of measurement:

metric conversions

metric to imperial units of measurement and vice versa

weight units of measurement:

metric conversions

metric to imperial units of measurement and vice versa

processes for taking basic measurements, including for calculating areas, perimeters and volumes of regular and irregular shapes relevant to measuring swimming pools and spas, such as rectangles, squares, cubes, circles, semi-circles, triangles, trapeziums and cylinders

conversion of measurement units used in the swimming pool and spa industry, including: metric system conversions, metric to imperial conversion and vice versa

graphical representations of mathematical information used in basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations, including diagrams, graphs, pictures and symbols

water loss in swimming pools and spas, including:

evaporation

plumbing and shell leaks

user splash-outs and drag-outs

planned dilution, including:

total dissolved solids (TDSs) levels

user loads.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to perform basic swimming pool and spa measurements and calculations

appropriate documents, safety data sheets (SDSs), measuring and calculating equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3003 Maintain swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3003A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to carry out routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas.

It includes:

preparing for and carrying out routine swimming pool and spa maintenance

assessing hazards and determining risk controls, including pool and spa safety barriers

completing maintenance and minor repair activities, including work completion records.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas.	1.1 Review task requirements for routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas. 1.2 Review requirements of legislation relating to the task. 1.3 Review work health and safety (WHS) requirements for the task, in accordance with safety plans, policies and safety data sheets (SDSs). 1.4 Identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures including requirements for safety signage, barricade and personal protective equipment (PPE). 1.5 Review environmental requirements for the task in accordance with environmental plans and legislative requirements. 1.6 Inspect and assess swimming pools and spas and environs for operational effectiveness and safe operation against normal operating criteria. 1.7 Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and rectify or report any faults. 1.8 Select materials for task and check against quality requirements.
2. Carry out routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas.	2.1 Carry out all work in accordance with task, workplace and legislative requirements. 2.2 Implement identified risk control measures, including erecting safety signage and barricades, and fitting PPE. 2.3 Carry out routine servicing of swimming pools and spas in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and workplace requirements. 2.4 Identify faults in swimming pools and spas and make routine repairs or report faults and requirements for repairs.
3. Complete routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas.	3.1 Reinstate serviced swimming pool or spa to safe operational condition. 3.2 Restore work area to original condition and check for and rectify or report safety hazards, dispose of waste in accordance with environmental requirements, and clean and store tools and equipment. 3.3 Report for repair or replacement any malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to swimming pools and spas, environs, tools or equipment. 3.4 Provide client with information on compliance with safety legislation of swimming pools, spas and environs. 3.5 Complete and store work completion documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to:

interpret task documentation

understand written instructions, procedures and signs

access information in safety data sheets (SDSs), chemical container labels

interpret manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements

writing skills to report faults and record work completion information

numeracy skills to interpret numerical information relating to routine swimming pool and spa maintenance

oral communication skills to:

use questioning to identify and confirm requirements

provide client with information

report work site hazards.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3003A Routinely maintain swimming pools and spas.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3003 Maintain swimming pools and spas

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3003A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must perform routine maintenance of each of two swimming pools and two spas.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional work health and safety and environmental legislation and regulations relating to routinely maintaining swimming pools and spas

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of routinely maintaining swimming pools and spas, including:

work health and safety procedures

workplace emergency procedures

use of safety data sheets (SDSs) and selection, care and use of PPE

safe handling of chemicals and equipment

emergency responses relating to hazardous materials and chemicals

interpreting work orders and reporting problems

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines and Commonwealth, state or territory legislation, and local government regulations, Australian Standards, and codes of practice impacting on the routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas relating to:

electrical and plumbing regulations controlling conduct of electrical and plumbing work

private and public swimming pools and spas

swimming pool and spa safety barriers

environmental health

waste disposal

tools, materials and equipment used in routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas, their application and requirements for safe use

processes to identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures in routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas

personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements and use in routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas

processes and requirements for inspection and assessment of swimming pools and spas for operational effectiveness and safe operation

requirements for routine servicing of swimming pools and spas

differences between hot and cold-water chemistry

swimming pool and spa routine maintenance and repairs, including:

purpose

common faults in pools and spas

hazards

routine maintenance procedures for:

barriers

brushing

pumps

reporting

routine repairs

tile cleaning

vacuuming

water balancing

testing water quality

water testing

routine servicing, maintenance and repairs of a swimming pool or spa, including:

addressing seasonal requirements

brushing pool

carrying out routine repairs to pool and spa systems

checking swimming pool and spa safety barriers and gates

checking and cleaning skimmer basket and hair and lint-pot basket

checking and maintaining:

pool blankets and rollers, if present

pool chlorinators, if present

pool cleaning equipment

pool filters

pool heating, if present

pump

signs and safety equipment

water level

checking operation of pool lighting

checking suction openings in gutters and skimmers for debris

checking that handrails, ladders, diving boards, slides and other equipment are secure and in good condition

checking that return inlet fittings and vacuum line covers are in place

checking tiles, including water line and gutter tile

maintaining sanitisation

recording routine maintenance activities and required follow-up actions

vacuuming pool

checking water quality

testing and balancing water

processes for:

reinstating a swimming pool and spa to safe operational condition after routine servicing

restoring work area after routine servicing

disposing of waste

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

providing client with information on compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety legislation

completing workplace documents on routine maintenance of swimming pool or spa.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to routinely maintain swimming pools and spas

appropriate documents, SDSs, manufacturers’ instructions, materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3004 Maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3004A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to carry out routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems.

It includes:

preparing for and carrying out maintenance to swimming pool and spa circulation and filtration systems

assessing hazards and determining risk controls, including pool and spa safety barriers

completing maintenance and minor repair activities, including work completion records.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems.	1.1 Review task requirements for routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems. 1.2 Review requirements of legislation relating to the task. 1.3 Review work health and safety (WHS) requirements for the task, in accordance with safety plans, policies and safety data sheets (SDSs). 1.4 Identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures including requirements for safety signage, barricade and personal protective equipment (PPE). 1.5 Review environmental requirements for the task in accordance with environmental plans and legislative requirements. 1.6 Inspect and assess swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems and environs for operational effectiveness and safe operation against normal operating criteria. 1.7 Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and rectify or report any faults. 1.8 Select materials for task and check against quality requirements.
2. Carry out routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems.	2.1 Carry out all work in accordance with task, workplace and legislative requirements. 2.2 Implement identified risk control measures, including erecting safety signage and barricades, and fitting PPE. 2.3 Carry out routine servicing of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and workplace requirements. 2.4 Identify faults in swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems and make routine repairs or report faults and requirements for repairs.
3. Complete maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems.	3.1 Reinstate serviced swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems to safe operational condition. 3.2 Restore work area to original condition and check for and rectify or report safety hazards, dispose of waste in accordance with environmental requirements, and clean and store tools and equipment. 3.3 Report for repair or replacement any malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems, environs, tools and equipment. 3.4 Provide client with information on compliance with safety legislation of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems and environs. 3.5 Complete and store work completion documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to:

interpret task documentation

understand written instructions, procedures and signs

access information in safety data sheets (SDSs)

interpret manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements

writing skills to report faults and record work completion information

numeracy skills to interpret numerical information relating to routine swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems maintenance

oral communication skills to:

use questioning to identify and confirm requirements

provide client with information

report work site hazards.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3004A Routinely maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3004 Maintain swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3004A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must perform routine maintenance of water circulation and filtration systems of each of two swimming pools and two spas.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional work health and safety and environmental legislation and regulations relating to routinely maintaining swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of routinely maintaining swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems, including:

work health and safety procedures

workplace emergency procedures

use of safety data sheets (SDSs)

safe handling of chemicals and equipment

emergency responses relating to hazardous materials and chemicals

interpreting work orders and reporting problems

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines and Commonwealth, state or territory legislation, and local government regulations, Australian Standards, and codes of practice impacting on the routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems relating to:

electrical and plumbing regulations controlling conduct of electrical and plumbing work

private and public swimming pools and spas

swimming pool and spa safety barriers

environmental health

waste disposal

processes to identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures in routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems, including:

chemical hazards

electrical hazards

bacteria, viruses

bodily fluids

contaminated water and surfaces

working in confined spaces

tools, materials and equipment used in routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas water circulation and filtration systems, their application and requirements for safe use

personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements and use in routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems

processes and requirements for inspection and assessment of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems for operational effectiveness and safe operation

requirements for routine servicing of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems

testing and overflow testing

filtration principles

flow rate

direction suction

types of filters

filter area

filter media changeover

water removal

swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems’ components, including:

circulation systems and pumps

control systems

dosing systems

gauges used to determine circulation performance

motors

piping

pressure side elements

suction side elements

valves

processes for:

reporting faults, wear or damage

providing client with information on compliance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems and environs with safety legislation

reinstating swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems to safe operational condition after routine servicing

restoring work area after routine servicing

disposing of waste

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

completing workplace documents on routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa water circulation and filtration systems

differences between hot and cold-water chemistry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications for routine maintenance of swimming pools and spas water circulation and filtration systems

appropriate documents, SDSs, manufacturers’ instructions, materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3005 Maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3005A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to carry out routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems.

It includes:

preparing for and carrying out maintenance to swimming pool and spa dosing systems

assessing hazards and determining risk controls, including pool and spa safety barriers

completing maintenance and minor repair activities, including work completion records.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems.	1.1 Review task requirements for routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems. 1.2 Review requirements of legislation relating to the task. 1.3 Review work health and safety (WHS) requirements for the task, in accordance with safety plans, policies and safety data sheets (SDSs). 1.4 Identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures including requirements for safety signage, barricade and personal protective equipment (PPE). 1.5 Review environmental requirements for the task in accordance with environmental plans and legislative requirements. 1.6 Inspect and assess swimming pool and spa dosing systems and environs for operational effectiveness and safe operation against normal operating criteria. 1.7 Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and rectify or report any faults. 1.8 Select materials for task and check against quality requirements.
2. Carry out routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems.	2.1 Carry out all work in accordance with task, workplace and legislative requirements. 2.2 Implement identified risk control measures, including erecting safety signage and barricades, and fitting PPE. 2.3 Carry out routine servicing of swimming pool and spa dosing systems in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and workplace requirements. 2.4 Identify faults in swimming pool or spa dosing systems and make routine repairs or report faults and requirements for repairs.
3. Complete maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems.	3.1 Reinstate serviced swimming pool and spa dosing systems to safe operational condition. 3.2 Restore work area to original condition and check for and rectify or report safety hazards, dispose of waste in accordance with environmental requirements, and clean and store tools and equipment. 3.3 Report for repair or replacement any malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to swimming pool and spa dosing systems, environs, tools and equipment. 3.4 Provide client with information on compliance with safety legislation of swimming pool and spa dosing systems and environs. 3.5 Complete and store work completion documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to:

interpret task documentation

understand written instructions, procedures and signs

access information in safety data sheets (SDSs)

interpret manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements

writing skills to report faults and record work completion information

numeracy skills to interpret numerical information relating to routine swimming pool and spa dosing systems maintenance

oral communication skills to:

use questioning to identify and confirm requirements

provide client with information

report work site hazards.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3005A Routinely maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3005 Maintain swimming pool and spa dosing systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3005A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must perform routine maintenance of dosing systems of each of two swimming pools and two spas.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional work health and safety and environmental legislation and regulations relating to routinely maintaining swimming pool and spa dosing systems

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of routinely maintaining swimming pool and spa dosing systems, including:

work health and safety procedures

workplace emergency procedures

use of safety data sheets (SDSs)

safe handling of chemicals and equipment

emergency responses relating to hazardous materials and chemicals

interpreting work orders and reporting problems

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines and Commonwealth, state or territory legislation, and local government regulations, Australian Standards, and codes of practice impacting on the routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems relating to:

electrical and plumbing regulations controlling conduct of electrical and plumbing work

private and public swimming pools and spas

swimming pool and spa safety barriers

environmental health

waste disposal

processes to identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures in routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems, including:

chemical hazards

electrical hazards

bacteria, viruses

bodily fluids

contaminated water and surfaces

working in confined spaces

tools, materials and equipment used in routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems, their application and requirements for safe use

personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements and use in routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems

processes and requirements for inspection and assessment of swimming pool and spa dosing systems for operational effectiveness and safe operation

requirements for routine servicing of swimming pool and spa dosing systems

maintenance processes and procedures for:

dosing control systems

erosion feeders or flow-through chemical feed systems: pressure differential feeders,

pressure erosion dry chemical feeders, pressure to vacuum feeders, and spray erosion dry chemical feeders

gas feed systems, excluding chlorine gas systems: carbon dioxide and ozone

ionisers

liquid solution feeds

salt water pool chlorinators: brine method and in-line

ultraviolet (UV) system

swimming pool and spa dosing systems equipment and tools, including

electrically interlocking chemical feeder and pool pump systems:

procedure

purpose

water testing:

parameters

techniques

test results

processes for:

reporting faults, wear or damage

providing client with information on compliance with safety legislation of swimming pool and spa dosing systems and environs

reinstating a swimming pool and spa dosing systems to safe operational condition after routine servicing

restoring work area after routine servicing

disposing of waste

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

providing client with information on compliance of swimming pool or spa dosing systems and environs with safety legislation

completing workplace documents on routine maintenance of swimming pool or spa dosing systems

differences between hot and cold-water chemistry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications for routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa dosing systems

appropriate documents, SDSs, manufacturers’ instructions, materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3006 Maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3006A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to carry out routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems.

It includes:

preparing for and carrying out maintenance to swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems

assessing hazards and determining risk controls, including pool safety barriers

completing maintenance and minor repair activities, including work completion records.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems.	1.1 Review task requirements for routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems. 1.2 Review requirements of legislation relating to the task. 1.3 Review work health and safety (WHS) requirements for the task, in accordance with safety plans, policies and safety data sheets (SDSs). 1.4 Identify hazards, assess risks, and determine and implement risk control measures including requirements for safety signage, barricade and personal protective equipment (PPE). 1.5 Review environmental requirements for the task in accordance with environmental plans and legislative requirements. 1.6 Inspect and assess swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems and environs for operational effectiveness and safe operation against normal operating criteria. 1.7 Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and rectify or report any faults. 1.8 Select materials for task and check against quality requirements.
2. Carry out routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems.	2.1 Carry out all work in accordance with task, workplace and legislative requirements. 2.2 Implement identified risk control measures, including erecting safety signage and barricades, and fitting PPE. 2.3 Carry out routine servicing of swimming pool swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and workplace requirements. 2.4 Identify faults in swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems and make routine repairs or report faults and requirements for repairs.
3. Complete maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems.	3.1 Reinstate serviced swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems to safe operational condition. 3.2 Restore work area to original condition and check for and rectify or report safety hazards, dispose of waste in accordance with environmental requirements, and clean and store tools and equipment. 3.3 Report for repair or replacement any malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems, environs, tools or equipment. 3.4 Provide client with information on compliance with safety legislation of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems and environs. 3.5 Complete and store work completion documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to:

interpret task documentation

understand written instructions, procedures and signs

access information in safety data sheets (SDSs)

interpret manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements

writing skills to report faults and record work completion information

numeracy skills to interpret numerical information relating to routine swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems maintenance

oral communication skills to:

use questioning to identify and confirm requirements

provide client with information

report work site hazards.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3006A Routinely maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3006 Maintain swimming pool and spa cleaning and vacuuming systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3006A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must perform routine maintenance of the cleaning and vacuuming systems in each of two swimming pools.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional work health and safety and environmental legislation and regulations relating to routinely maintaining swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of routinely maintaining swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems, including:

work health and safety procedures

workplace emergency procedures

use of safety data sheets (SDSs)

emergency responses relating to hazardous materials and chemicals

interpreting work orders and reporting problems

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines and Commonwealth, state or territory legislation, and local government regulations, Australian Standards, and codes of practice impacting on the routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems relating to:

electrical and plumbing regulations controlling conduct of electrical and plumbing work

private and public swimming pools

swimming pool safety barriers

environmental health

waste disposal

processes to identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures in routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems, including:

chemical hazards

electrical hazards

bacteria, viruses

bodily fluids

contaminated water and surfaces

working in confined spaces

tools, materials and equipment used in routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems, their application and requirements for safe use

personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements and use in routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems

processes and requirements for inspection and assessment of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems for operational effectiveness and safe operation

requirements for routine servicing of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems

swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems equipment and tools, including:

built-in floor systems

electric self-propelled cleaners

pressure cleaners

suction cleaners

communications equipment

computer and software

hand tools

power tools

processes for:

reporting faults, wear or damage

providing client with information on compliance with safety legislation of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems and environs

reinstating a swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems to safe operational condition after routine servicing

restoring work area after routine servicing

disposing of waste

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

providing client with information on compliance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems and environs with safety legislation

completing workplace documents on routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications for routine maintenance of swimming pool cleaning and vacuuming systems

appropriate documents, SDSs, manufacturers’ instructions, materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3007 Maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3007A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to carry out routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems.

It includes:

preparing for and carrying out maintenance to swimming pool and spa heating systems

assessing hazards and determining risk controls, including pool and spa safety barriers

completing maintenance and minor repair activities, including work completion records.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems.	1.1 Review task requirements for routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems. 1.2 Review requirements of legislation relating to the task. 1.3 Review work health and safety (WHS) requirements for the task, in accordance with safety plans, policies and safety data sheets (SDSs). 1.4 Identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures including requirements for safety signage, barricade and personal protective equipment (PPE). 1.5 Review environmental requirements for the task in accordance with environmental plans and legislative requirements. 1.6 Inspect and assess swimming pool and spa heating systems and environs for operational effectiveness and safe operation against normal operating criteria. 1.7 Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and rectify or report any faults. 1.8 Select materials for task and check against quality requirements.
2. Carry out routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems.	2.1 Carry out all work in accordance with task, workplace and legislative requirements. 2.2 Implement identified risk control measures, including erecting safety signage and barricades, and fitting PPE. 2.3 Carry out routine servicing of swimming pool and spa heating systems in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and workplace requirements. 2.4 Identify faults in swimming pool or spa heating systems and make routine repairs or report faults and requirements for repairs.
3. Complete maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems.	3.1 Reinstate serviced swimming pool and spa heating systems to safe operational condition. 3.2 Restore work area to original condition and check for and rectify or report safety hazards, dispose of waste in accordance with environmental requirements, and clean and store tools and equipment. 3.3 Report for repair or replacement any malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to swimming pool and spa heating systems, environs, tools and equipment. 3.4 Provide client with information on compliance with safety legislation of swimming pool and spa heating systems and environs. 3.5 Complete and store work completion documentation.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to:

interpret task documentation

understand written instructions, procedures and signs

access information in safety data sheets (SDSs)

interpret manufacturers’ instructions and workplace requirements

writing skills to report faults and record work completion information

numeracy skills to interpret numerical information relating to routine swimming pool and spa heating systems maintenance

oral communication skills to:

use questioning to identify and confirm requirements

provide client with information

report work site hazards.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3007A Routinely maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3007 Maintain swimming pool and spa heating systems

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3007A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must perform routine maintenance of the heating systems in each of two swimming pools and two spas.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional work health and safety and environmental legislation and regulations relating to routinely maintaining swimming pool and spa heating systems

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of routinely maintaining swimming pool and spa heating systems, including:

work health and safety procedures

workplace emergency procedures

use of safety data sheets (SDSs)

emergency responses relating to hazardous materials and chemicals

interpreting work orders and reporting problems

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines and Commonwealth, state or territory legislation, and local government regulations, Australian Standards, and codes of practice impacting on the routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems relating to:

electrical and plumbing regulations controlling conduct of electrical and plumbing work

private and public swimming pools and spas

swimming pool and spa safety barriers

environmental health

waste disposal

processes to identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures in routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems, including:

chemical hazards

electrical hazards

bacteria, viruses

bodily fluids

contaminated water and surfaces

working in confined spaces

tools, materials and equipment used in routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems, their application and requirements for safe use

personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements and use in routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems

processes and requirements for inspection and assessment of swimming pool and spa heating systems for operational effectiveness and safe operation

requirements for routine servicing of swimming pool and spa heating systems, including:

adjustments

cleaning

confirming operation

identifying worn parts

inspecting

lubricating

programming automated systems

replacing consumable or worn parts

routine repairs

testing

swimming pool and spa heating systems equipment and tools, including:

communications equipment

computer and software

hand tools

ladders

lifting equipment

power tools

scaffolds

swimming pool and spa heating systems, including:

gas

electric

heat exchangers

heat pumps

solar

freestanding

glazed

plastic

roof-mounted

rubber

solar blankets

processes for:

reporting faults, wear or damage

providing client with information on compliance with safety legislation of swimming pool and spa heating systems and environs

reinstating swimming pool and spa heating systems to safe operational condition after routine servicing

restoring work area after routine servicing

disposing of waste

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

providing client with information on compliance of swimming pool and spa heating systems and environs with safety legislation

completing workplace documents on routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications for routine maintenance of swimming pool and spa heating systems

appropriate documents, SDSs, manufacturers’ instructions, materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3008 Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3008A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry.

It includes:

the basic entry-level functions that enable compliance with legislative requirements and industry

complying with enterprise ethical standards and codes of conduct

identifying own work role and responsibilities

participating in a team

identifying risks

awareness of the environmental regulations and employment arrangements that apply to swimming pool and spa technicians.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Comply with legislative and regulatory requirements for working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry.	1.1 Identify and apply legislative and regulatory requirements for working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry. 1.2 Confirm own understanding of legislative requirements for swimming pool and spa technicians with supervisor. 1.3 Identify situations requiring specialist advice to meet legislative requirements, and seek assistance as required. 1.4 Report breaches or potential breaches of legislative requirements.
2. Comply with ethical practices and codes of conduct while working as a swimming pool and spa technician.	2.1 Review and apply industry, business and association standards, and codes of ethics, practice and/or conduct. 2.2 Confirm own understanding of ethical and conduct requirements with supervisor 2.3 Identify and review situations requiring specialist advice and seek assistance as required.
3. Review own work role while working as a swimming pool and spa technician.	3.1 Identify own work role and responsibilities and confirm with supervisor. 3.2 Identify, schedule and complete work tasks within designated timeframes. 3.3 Seek feedback from clients and colleagues relating to own competence and performance and use to identify areas for improvement 3.4 Record and maintain information regarding learning and professional development in line with workplace requirements. 3.5 Complete and store work completion documentation.
4. Work as a member of a team.	4.1 Confirm team goals in accordance with workplace requirements. 4.2 Apply strategies to identify own role in the team, support other team members, and prevent conflict within the team. 4.3 Provide information to clients on compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety legislation. 4.4 Give and receive feedback to assist the team to meet own, team and workplace goals.
5. Identify hazards and minimise risks involved in working as a swimming pool and spa technician.	5.1 identify hazards, assess risks and determine and implement risk control measures. 5.2 Apply workplace policies and procedures for minimising risks. 5.3 Provide information to clients on compliance of swimming pool or spa and environs with safety legislation. 5.4 Identify and review own limitations in identifying risks, and seek assistance as required.
6. Review industry employment requirements for working as a swimming pool and spa technician	6.1 Access and review industry employment requirements to determine own professional development needs and priorities. 6.2 Access and review employee and employer rights and responsibilities, including remuneration and employment conditions. 6.3 Maintain organisational personal presentation standards.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to:

interpret legislative and regulatory and workplace requirements

writing skills to:

report breaches of requirements

record information on learning and professional development

record work completion information

oral communication skills to:

seek specialist advice

confirm understanding with supervisor

communicate effectively with colleagues in a team

report potential risks

provide clients with information

seek feedback from clients and colleagues.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3008A Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3008 Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3008A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must demonstrate working consistently and effectively as a swimming pool and spa servicing technician.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional work health and safety and environmental legislation and regulations relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of Work in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry, including:

work health and safety procedures

workplace emergency procedures

use of safety data sheets (SDSs)

emergency responses relating to hazardous materials and chemicals

interpreting work orders and reporting problems

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines for spas and pools

Australian Standards and associated handbooks, including:

AS 1926.1 Swimming pool safety – Safety barriers for swimming pools

AS 1926.2 Swimming pool safety – Location of safety barriers for swimming pools

AS 1926.3 Swimming pool safety – Water recirculation systems

AS 3633 Private swimming pools – Water quality

AS 3634 Solar heating systems for swimming pools

AS 3979 Hydrotherapy pools

HB 241 Water Management for Public Swimming Pools and Spas

S8.1.12.0203 Safe Work Methods – Pool Chemicals – Safe handling

workplace procedures for working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

customer service principles relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

industry codes of practice and ethics relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

principles of effective communication relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

processes for scheduling, time management and monitoring of work tasks relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

techniques for seeking and acting upon feedback on own competence and performance relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

principles of risk assessment and risk mitigation relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

processes for completing workplace documentation relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

employment requirements and employer and employee rights and responsibilities relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

swimming pool and spa servicing industry remuneration and employment conditions

processes for establishing own professional development needs and priorities relating to working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications for working in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

appropriate documents, SDSs and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3009 Maintain swimming pool and spa stock

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3009A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to order, receive, maintain and control swimming pool and spa stock.

It includes:

sourcing and requisitioning stock

receiving and storing stock

controlling stock levels

collecting and disposing of stock waste

responding to emergency situations involving hazardous stock.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Source and requisition swimming pool and spa stock.	1.1 Identify stock requirements. 1.2 Obtain and document information from suppliers on stock availability, cost and delivery capacity. 1.3 Obtain approval for stock orders following workplace procedures to meet stock maintenance requirements 1.4 Place and record orders for stock items with suppliers.
2. Receive swimming pool and spa stock.	2.1 Apply stock handling and storing procedures in accordance with legislative, manufacturers’ and workplace requirements. 2.2 Check stock quantities and quality with requirements of order and report discrepancies or unacceptable quality issues. 2.3 Record stock receipt data. 2.4 Manage deliveries of swimming pool and spa chemicals and other dangerous goods in accordance with safety requirements. 2.5 Complete and maintain stock-control documentation and records.
3. Store swimming pool and spa stock.	3.1 Follow stock storage, transport and handling processes in accordance with safety requirements. 3.2 Place stock placed on shelves or in storage locations in line with enterprise stock layout plan and in accordance with safety requirements. 3.3 Separate, handle and store swimming pool and spa chemicals in accordance with workplace and safety requirements. 3.4 Monitor and maintain storage conditions to ensure product integrity and compliance with legislative, manufacturers’ and workplace requirements. 3.5 Implement and follow workplace product-security procedures.
4. Control swimming pool and spa stock levels.	4.1 Identify and record working stock levels. 4.2 Implement and apply stock-control procedures to maintain working stock levels. 4.3 Implement and apply stocktaking procedures to conduct a stock take. 4.4 Identify, investigate, record, resolve and stock discrepancies.
5. Collect and dispose of swimming pool and spa stock waste.	5.1 Identify, label and process expired, damaged and returned stock following enterprise procedures 5.2 Dispose of expired, damaged and returned stock following with enterprise disposal procedures and legislative requirements. 5.3 Update stock records following return of stock or after disposal of expired and damaged stock.
6. Respond to emergency situations involving hazardous swimming pool and spa stock.	6.1 Respond to accidental spillages and emergency situations following emergency response procedures and complying with environmental, legislative and workplace requirements. 6.2 Complete regulatory and workplace documentation required in response to accidental leakages and emergency situations.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to interpret:

stock requirements

information from suppliers

workplace and legislative requirements

writing skills to:

place and record stock orders

record information on receiving and storing stock, and stock levels

record details of accidental spillages and emergency situations

numeracy skills to calculate stock quantities during ordering, receipt and storage

oral communication skills to communicate effectively with colleagues and suppliers

technology skills to use computerised stock control systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3009A Maintain swimming pool and spa stock.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3009 Maintain swimming pool and spa stock

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3009A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must maintain swimming pool and spa stock in a one swimming pool and spa service and retail organisation.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional legislation and regulations relating to maintaining swimming pool and spa stock, including those for work health and safety (WHS) and protection of the environment

workplace procedures for maintaining swimming pool and spa stock, including interpreting work orders and reporting problems

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

Commonwealth, state or territory legislation, and local government regulations, Australian standards, and codes of practice impacting on swimming pool and spa stocks and supplies relating to:

chemicals

dangerous goods

emergencies

private and public swimming pools and spas

product recall

WHS

stock databases and information systems to support management of supplier information and goods requisition

processes for:

identifying swimming pool and spa stock requirements

obtaining and documenting information on swimming pool and spa stock from suppliers

obtaining approval for swimming pool and spa stock orders

placing and recording orders for swimming pool and spa stock

safely receiving, checking, handling, storing and recording deliveries of swimming pool and spa stock

using and maintaining stock control and stocktaking systems

safely handling and storing swimming pool and spa chemicals, including:

documentation requirements

emergency response procedures

equipment types and functions

handling and storage requirements

hazards and risks of storing, preparing, using and disposing of chemicals

injury, dangerous occurrence and incident reporting requirements

securely maintaining storage conditions

responding to emergency situations involving hazardous swimming pool and spa stock, and completing records of responses

stock layout and storage locations and conditions for swimming pool and spa stock items

product knowledge, including manufacturers’ specifications for equipment and chemicals being used

routes of entry to storage areas and potential symptoms of exposure from chemicals

types of swimming pool and spa chemicals.

HAZCHEM code system

WHS and environmental management issues and processes relating to the handling and disposal of swimming pool and spa stock.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to maintain swimming pool and spa stock

swimming pool and spa stock-control system

appropriate documents, safety data sheets (SDSs), tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3010 Sell swimming pool and spa products and services

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3010A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to sell swimming pool and spa products and services. It involves applying selling skills and knowledge of swimming pool and spa products and services to meet customers’ needs.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for selling swimming pool and spa products and services.	1.1 Review own swimming pool and spa product and service knowledge. 1.2 Review own knowledge of the types, applications, features and benefits of swimming pool and spa products and services.
2. Determine customer requirements for swimming pool and spa products and services	2.1 Determine and apply type and timing of approach to customer, taking into account customer and workplace requirements. 2.2 Determine and apply appropriate sales approach to customer. 2.3 Apply questioning techniques to determine and confirm customer-buying motives for swimming pool and spa products and services. 2.4 Apply listening skills to determine and confirm customer requirements for swimming pool and spa products and services. 2.5 Interpret customer non-verbal communication cues to determine and confirm customer requirements for swimming pool and spa products and services.
3. Apply sales strategies.	3.1 Match customer motives and requirements to swimming pool and spa products and services. 3.2 Clearly communicate features and benefits of swimming pool and spa products and services to customer. 3.3 Clearly communicate swimming pool and spa product use and safety requirements to customer 3.4 Provide customer with manufacturers’ and promotional information on swimming pool products and services. 3.5 Refer customer to product and service specialists as required. 3.6 Respond to customer questions about swimming pool and spa products and services accurately and honestly or refer to other staff for response.
4. Close sale of swimming pool and spa products and services.	4.1 Identify and monitor customer buying signals and respond appropriately. 4.2 Acknowledge customer objections and offer solutions. 4.3 Encourage customer to make purchase decisions. 4.4 Select and apply appropriate method of closing sale. 4.5 Process order and/or payment for swimming pool or spa product or service using ordering or point-of-sale systems, as required.
5. Maximise sale opportunities.	5.1 Identify and maximise opportunities for making additional sales. 5.2 Review sales process, outcomes and feedback to develop changes to maximise future sales.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to access and interpret product information for swimming pool and spa products and services

writing skills to complete information, and sales and delivery documentation for swimming pool and spa products and services

numeracy skills to interpret routine numerical and graphical information relating to price and specifications of swimming pool and spa products and services

oral communication skills to ask questions to clarify customer requirements for swimming pool and spa products and services

technology skills to:

use business technologies

access swimming pool and spa products information

access and update electronic documents

search on-line databases.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3010A Sell swimming pool and spa products and services.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3010 Sell swimming pool and spa products and services

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3010A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must successfully sell swimming pool and spa products and services, including each of:

one swimming pool product

one spa product

one swimming pool or spa service.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional legislation and regulations relating to selling swimming pool and spa products and services, including those for work health and safety (WHS) and protection of the environment

workplace procedures for selling swimming pool and spa products and services, including interpreting work orders and reporting problems

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission product safety guidelines

Commonwealth, state or territory legislation, and local government regulations impacting on the sale of swimming pool and spa products and services relating to:

consumer protection

dangerous goods

swimming pool and spa chemicals

environmental protection

health

work health and safety (WHS)

waste disposal

processes for developing, documenting and demonstrating swimming pool and spa product service knowledge

techniques for types and timing of sales approaches to customers for swimming pool and spa products and services

customer service principles applicable to customers for swimming pool and spa products and services

theories of customer types, characteristics and behaviours applicable to customers for swimming pool and spa products and services, including:

customer behaviour and cues

customer buying motives

demographics, lifestyle and income range of potential buyers

individual and cultural differences

types of customer needs:

environmental

functional

psychological

questioning techniques, listening skills and non-verbal communication skills applicable to customers for swimming pool and spa products and services

techniques for communicating features and benefits of swimming pool and spa products and services to customers

sources of information on swimming pool and spa products and services, including:

demonstrations

enterprise manuals

franchise and business meetings

internet

product labels

product profiles

promotional materials

staff members:

business owner

field staff

senior sales staff

supplier manuals

suppliers and their representatives

trade displays and trade conferences

training programs

videos

on-line databases, websites and information

knowledge of features and benefits of workplace swimming pool and spa product and service range

swimming pool and spa products and services, including:

components, spare parts and consumable items for swimming pool and spa systems

swimming pool and spa equipment and accessories

swimming pool and spa maintenance, service and repair

swimming pool and spa toys

swimming pool and spa chemicals

technical advice on swimming pool or spa

water testing services

water testing kits

swimming pool and spa product and service knowledge, including:

after-sales service and support of product or service

application of product or service

availability of product or service

benefits of product or service

common faults and troubleshooting of product or service

comparative products and services

consumer reports on product or service

environmental protection relating to product or service

features of product or service

installation and set-up of product or service

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to product or service

manufacturer requirements relating to product or service

operation of product or service

potential hazards of product or service

price of product or service

risks associated with product or service

safe handling, transport, disposal and storage requirements of product or service

safety features and requirements of product or service

servicing requirements of product or service

time-saving features of product or service

use-by dates of product or service

warranties of product or service

components, spare parts and consumable items for swimming pool and spa systems, including:

circulation and filtration

cleaning and vacuuming

dosing

heating

lighting

spa equipment

swimming pool and spa accessories

swimming pool and spa maintenance, service and repair

swimming pool and spa toys

swimming pool and spa chemicals

technical advice on swimming pools and spas

water testing services

water testing kits

techniques for closing sales of swimming pool and spa products and services and for making additional sales

procedures for processing different methods of placing orders or payment

operation of point-of-sale systems

processes for reviewing sales process, outcomes and feedback and using the results to improve sales performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to sell swimming pool and spa products and services

appropriate documents, safety data sheets (SDSs), and product and service information currently used in industry

access to product and service on-line data

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3011 Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3011A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to select, use and maintain a range of business technology equipment to support swimming pool and spa servicing.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing.	1.1 Identify swimming pool and spa servicing task that requires use of business technology equipment. 1.2 Select business technology equipment related to swimming pool and spa servicing to achieve task requirements. 1.3 Identify and review manuals, training booklets and/or online help or help-desks to support use of business technology equipment related to swimming pool and spa servicing.
2. Operate business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing.	2.1 Identify and apply work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to operation of swimming pool and spa servicing business technology equipment. 2.2 Access manuals, training booklets and/or online help or help-desks to assist with use of business technology equipment. 2.3 Operate business technology equipment following manufacturers’ instructions. 2.4 Where required, interpret results from application of business technology equipment following manufacturers’ instructions.
3. Maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing.	3.1 Follow workplace procedures to check business technology equipment for serviceability and arrange service or repair if required. 3.2 Perform routine maintenance of business technology equipment in accordance with maintenance schedule and within own work responsibility 3.3 Store business technology equipment safely and securely.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

reading skills to access and interpret manufacturers’ instructions for business technology equipment relating to swimming pool and spa servicing

writing skills to complete documentation relating to swimming pool and spa servicing relating to use of business technology equipment

numeracy skills to interpret routine numerical and graphical information relating to business technology equipment involved in swimming pool and spa servicing

oral communication skills to ask questions to clarify applications of business technology equipment relating to swimming pool and spa servicing

technology skills to use business technology equipment to access information relating to swimming pool and spa servicing.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3011A Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3011 Use and maintain business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3011A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must use and maintain business technology equipment related to swimming pool and spa servicing, including using and maintaining three pieces of equipment in completing work tasks associated with swimming pool and spa servicing.

One piece of equipment must be selected from each of the following three lists:

general business equipment (select 1):

digital camera

electronic diary or scheduler

electronic tablet

global positioning system (GPS)

laptop or personal computer

modem

printer

smart phone

mobile device

point-of-sale equipment (select 1):

cash register

EFTPOS equipment

scanner

swimming pool and spa-specific equipment (select 1):

chlorometer

digital water testing device

electronic stopwatch

electronic thermometer

photometer

pool management software package.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of jurisdictional legislation and regulations relating to using and maintaining business technology equipment related to swimming pool and spa servicing, including those for work health and safety (WHS) and protection of the environment

workplace procedures for using and maintaining business technology equipment related to swimming pool and spa servicing, including interpreting work orders and reporting problems

equipment manuals

training programs

videos

on-line information

processes to access and use:

information in manuals, training booklets and/or online help or help-desks to support use of business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing

items of business technology for tasks commonly undertaken in the swimming pool and spa servicing industry

use, maintenance and storage procedures for:

general business technology related to swimming pool and spa servicing

point-of-sale equipment related to swimming pool and spa servicing

swimming pool and spa-specific equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to using and maintaining business technology equipment related to swimming pool and spa servicing

appropriate documents, safety data sheets (SDSs) and business technology equipment currently used in industry

business technology equipment use and maintenance information

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSPS3012 Access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3012A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to access information from technical manuals required for the servicing of swimming pools and spas, and apply the information during servicing work.

It applies to swimming pool and spa technicians, and related industry professionals and specialists, with limited supervisory responsibilities who perform their duties alone or as members of a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Swimming pool and spa servicing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and access swimming pool and spa technical manuals.	1.1 Identify swimming pool or spa components and systems to be maintained serviced in servicing task. 1.2 Access manuals for the swimming pool or spa components and systems to be maintained or repaired. 1.3 Establish version status of swimming pool and spa technical manuals to ensure that correct specifications and procedures are applied. 1.4 Follow storage, back-up and retrieval procedures for manuals.
2. Interpret and apply information in swimming pool and spa technical manuals.	2.1 Locate required technical information using search techniques appropriate to type of swimming pool and spa technical manual and work to be carried out. 2.2 Obtain clarification or further explanation of technical information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals where required. 2.3 Carry out procedures in line with the information in technical manuals for the swimming pool or spa components or systems to be maintained or serviced.

Foundation Skills

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must have the following language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills:

reading skills to access and interpret technical manuals relating to swimming pool and spa servicing

numeracy skills to interpret complex numerical and graphical information relating to swimming pool and spa servicing located in technical manuals

technology skills to use on-line technical manuals relating to swimming pool and spa servicing.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3012A Read and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSPS3012 Access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSPS3012A.

Unit of competency upgraded to reflect Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must access and use information in swimming pool and spa technical manuals to carry out maintenance or repair of:

one swimming pool component or system

one spa component or system.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures for undertaking repairs to swimming pool and spa components and systems using information from technical manuals, including interpreting work orders and reporting problems

processes for accessing and interpreting work tasks relating to repairs to swimming pool and spa components and systems from work instructions

techniques for searching for information and data in swimming pool and spa technical manuals in the following media:

digital

print

processes for accessing and interpreting version control information in swimming pool and spa technical manuals

processes for accessing, storing, backing up and retrieving swimming pool and spa technical manuals

techniques for locating information in swimming pool and spa technical manuals

symbols, codes, legends and abbreviations used in swimming pool and spa technical manuals

types of information found in swimming pool and spa technical manuals

sources of clarification of technical information found in swimming pool and spa technical manuals.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

work site/s and specifications to access and apply information from swimming pool and spa technical manuals

access to printed and on-line technical manuals

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce drawings that represent and communicate ideas. It does not relate to drawing as an art form.

It applies to individuals who use drawings, either electronic or hand drawn, for personal use or in response to a project or brief. Drawings may include design concepts for objects, processes or spaces, movement sequences for performances or screen productions, exhibitions, tenders, proposals or publications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan drawing work	1.1 Identify drawing requirements from reference material and confirm with appropriate people if required 1.2 Identify factors, including contractual, legal and ethical factors, that may impact on how drawing work is undertaken 1.3 Gather information about drawing techniques, materials and equipment from a range of sources and determine how they may be used to communicate ideas 1.4 Evaluate information for its application to specific drawing briefs
2. Experiment to represent ideas	2.1 Explore the capabilities of techniques, materials and equipment 2.2 Follow safety procedures for particular techniques, materials and equipment 2.3 Select approaches that best suit the purpose of drawings and their presentation context
3. Create drawings	3.1 Organise materials, tools and equipment for selected techniques 3.2 Produce preliminary drawings and discuss their effectiveness with relevant people 3.3 Confirm intellectual property and other relevant legislative requirements are met 3.4 Finalise drawings, incorporating feedback on work in progress as required 3.5 Prepare drawings for the presentation context

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4	Interprets information from familiar sources to determine drawing production requirements and legal and safety constraints
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 3.2	Uses questioning and active listening to gather information and opinions from others
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.2, 3.3	Complies with legal, ethical and safety requirements associated with creative work
Interact with others	3.2	Uses accepted practices and protocols in discussions of work progress with others
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5	Identifies and organises relevant information and resource requirements Analyses drawing requirements and tests the capabilities of materials, tools and equipment to determine the most appropriate approach for final production Refine drawings in response to feedback and presentation requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	CUVACD301A Produce drawings to communicate ideas	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and analyse drawing requirements

explore techniques, materials and equipment safely

produce a series of drawings that:

show a command of selected techniques

successfully communicate the required ideas.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe physical properties and capabilities of the range of materials, tools and equipment used in drawing

identify sources of information about different approaches to drawing

identify work health and safety issues associated with tools and materials used for drawing

explain intellectual property issues and other legislation relevant to drawing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment and materials required to produce drawings

information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

FNSORG501 Develop and manage a budget

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with FNS Financial Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to collect and analyse information and apply sound accounting principles to the development and ongoing management of a budget for a small organisation or section of a large organisation.

It applies to individuals who use a range of specialist and managerial techniques to plan, monitor and control budgetary work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Organisational skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan for and collect information for budget	1.1 Determine and confirm areas for which budget is being prepared with appropriate personnel, and identify, access and analyse data required for development of budget 1.2 Determine budget parameters with estimates based on research, consultation and negotiation with appropriate personnel 1.3 Consult relevant colleagues in budget planning process as required
2. Develop budget	2.1 Draft budget based on analysis of all available information in accordance with organisational policy 2.2 Identify and support income and expenditure estimates with reliable information and circulate draft budget for comment
3. Finalise budget and allocate resources	3.1 Provide final budget which incorporates agreed modifications to appropriate personnel 3.2 Inform personnel affected by budget of its limits and goals in their work area and clarify financial management and reporting responsibilities 3.3 Obtain agreement to budget priorities and allocate resources
4. Monitor and control budget	4.1 Check actual income and expenditure against budget at regular intervals, and prepare and present budget reports to appropriate personnel 4.2 Identify and respond to deviations, take appropriate action and advise relevant personnel on budget status
5. Complete financial and statistical reports	5.1 Complete all required financial and statistical reports accurately within designated timelines 5.2 Make appropriate recommendations about future financial planning 5.3 Provide clearly presented and accurate reports to appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 4.1, 4.2	Extracts, analyses and monitors complex textual information from a range of sources to determine relevance, accuracy and compliance with organisational policy
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3	Analyses and compiles numerical data and text information to convey specific information and recommendations accurately and effectively to others using clear and detailed language Demonstrates effective control of text types required by financial and statistical report conventions and documentation
Oral Communication	1.1 -1.3, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 5.2	Participates in verbal exchanges of information, demonstrating control of a range of oral techniques to elicit the views and opinions of others and confirm understanding Clearly articulates requirements and outcomes using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience and environment
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.3	Interprets, analyses and uses numerically expressed data to effectively prepare, monitor, amend and present accurate budgetary information
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 3.2, 5.1	Works independently and collectively in making decisions about budge requirements in accordance with organisational policy
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 5.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols to gain and provide relevant budgetary information Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaborative skills, demonstrating high level negotiation skills and ability to gather information through consultation
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes to make recommendations in complex and non-routine situations Uses digital technologies to access, extract and share relevant information to achieve required outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
FNSORG501 Develop and manage a budget	FNSORG501A Develop and manage a budget	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c7200cc8-0566-4f04-b76f-e89fd6f102fe

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG501 Develop and manage a budget

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with FNS Financial Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

collect and accurately interpret relevant data to develop and finalise a budget

consult effectively and negotiate outcomes with others on budgetary issues

accurately complete financial and statistical reports related to budgeting.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the evidence requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

define basic accounting and financial services industry terminology

outline types of data required to develop the budget

explain accounting techniques relevant to budget preparation and maintenance

describe budgeting techniques and tools

describe organisational and industry policy and procedures related to budget development and management.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the organisational skills field of work and include access to:

a range of common office equipment, technology, software and consumables

an integrated financial software system and data.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c7200cc8-0566-4f04-b76f-e89fd6f102fe

FNSORG508 Analyse and comment on management reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with FNS Financial Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and strategically analyse irregularities in management reports, and document recommendations to achieve business forecasts or expected outcomes.

It applies to individuals who use well-developed analytical and problem-solving techniques to complete their work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Organisational skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish items that require analysis	1.1 Identify and determine parameters and key requirements to be included in management reports 1.2 Review content of reports to identify abnormal or unusual items, exceptions and variations for comment
2. Analyse components identified	2.1 Compare actual results to forecast or expected outcomes to identify items requiring further examination 2.2 Obtain all information on identified items to enable report to be prepared
3. Report on findings	3.1 Explain outcomes, results and variances to satisfy management questions 3.2 Document recommendations on required action in accordance with organisational requirements 3.3 Record outstanding matters to enable follow up action to be implemented

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2	Selects from a broad repertoire of strategies to interpret, critically analyse and assess complex texts to identify inconsistencies, consulting other information sources as required
Writing	1.1, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Produces clear, logically sequenced texts that identify irregularities, convey precise meaning of recommendations and clearly record further action in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	3.1	Participates in complex spoken interactions using language appropriate to the purpose and audience Uses careful listening and questioning to clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2	Analyses and interprets complex financial calculations and predictions for accuracy, consistency and comparison with final results achieved
Navigate the world of work	3.2	Takes full responsibility for identifying and complying with organisational requirements
Interact with others	2.2, 3.1	Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions and protocols when liaising with others to seek or share information
Get the work done	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information to make informed recommendations Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks, store data and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
FNSORG508 Analyse and comment on management reports	FNSORG508A Analyse and comment on management reports	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c7200cc8-0566-4f04-b76f-e89fd6f102fe

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG508 Analyse and comment on management reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with FNS Financial Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

establish business items that require analysis and obtain relevant information

analyse components within reports

evaluate for comment and correction where necessary.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe key features of organisational policy and procedures relating to management reports

outline the key points of relevant legislation, regulations and compliance requirements

outline the key requirements of the financial services industry codes of practice

describe common business objectives and expected outcomes in management reports.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the organisational skills field of work and include access to:

common office equipment, technology, software and consumables

an integrated financial software system and data

organisational policy and procedures documentation.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c7200cc8-0566-4f04-b76f-e89fd6f102fe

FNSORG601 Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with FNS Financial Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and gain agreement to organisational goals, and identify, document and effectively manage disputes with stakeholders to achieve the best outcome.

It applies to individuals who use well-developed judgement skills and a range of negotiation techniques to manage others to reach agreement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Organisational skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish needs of parties	1.1 Identify desires, needs, requirements and outcomes of all parties using open and professional communication strategies 1.2 Identify and document potential issues and problems, and successful outcomes for organisation and client 1.3 Identify, analyse and discuss strategies and options for achieving outcomes with relevant parties 1.4 Identify and evaluate risks and contingency strategies 1.5 Establish information, facts and issues relevant to situation, and obtain expert advice from third parties or other professionals where required prior to negotiations
2. Negotiate to achieve agreed outcome	2.1 Obtain agreement on strategies and options to achieve goals and complete processes, and communicate it professionally to relevant parties 2.2 Review strategies and options for compliance with contractual, legislative, regulatory and professional requirements, in accordance with organisational policy and procedures 2.3 Obtain, confirm and correctly document agreement by all parties
3. Identify and document causes of disputes	3.1 Identify and analyse issues or disputes promptly and establish position of relevant parties 3.2 Use professional communication techniques that demonstrate respect and empathy for other viewpoints and positions to establish confidence of relevant parties 3.3 Document disputes and issues promptly and accurately, and verify with all relevant parties
4. Implement and manage strategies to resolve disputes	4.1 Identify, evaluate and implement strategies and options which are most likely to achieve favourable outcomes for all relevant parties 4.2 Implement proceedings promptly to settle dispute in accordance with legislative, regulatory, professional and organisational requirements 4.3 Manage dispute to optimise likelihood of favourable outcome for all parties in line with organisational policy and goals 4.4 Ensure procedures to resolve dispute are in accordance with organisational policy and procedures, and legislative, regulatory and professional requirements 4.5 Document accurate, thorough and accessible records of all aspects of dispute for follow up and future reference 4.6 Contact relevant parties to identify any follow up action required to ensure client satisfaction

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4	Reviews information from stakeholders and other sources and assesses it to develop strategies that comply with organisational, regulatory and legislative requirements
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.5, 4.6	Records discussions of analysis and proposed solutions to a range of issues Documents agreements correctly using a range of text types Produces comprehensive records of evidence and dispute outcomes, including any further actions required
Oral Communication	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.6	Uses clear and direct language to present information that is suitable for the audience and context Uses active listening and questioning techniques to encourage discussion, and confirm and clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.4, 1.5, 2.2	Identifies and applies financial risks, systems and regulatory requirements to negotiation processes
Navigate the world of work	1.2-1.5, 2.2, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Develops and implements strategies to ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met
Interact with others	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.6	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients, staff and external stakeholders Implements strategies to build rapport and establish a supportive environment with a diverse range of clients Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaborative skills, demonstrating high level negotiation skills and ability to resolve disputes
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.3, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.5, 4.6	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising complex tasks and own workload to achieve organisational outcomes Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge to formulate recommendations Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
FNSORG601 Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes	FNSORG601A Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c7200cc8-0566-4f04-b76f-e89fd6f102fe

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG601 Negotiate to achieve goals and manage disputes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with FNS Financial Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

apply high level communication, interpersonal and negotiation skills to achieve rapport and empathy with others

manage relationships to achieve goals and results

use sound conflict resolution skills and contingency strategies

comply with relevant legislation, regulations and professional codes of practice.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain dispute resolution and conflict theory and strategies

describe negotiating processes and strategies

explain the organisational policy and procedures that relate to negotiation and dispute management

explain the application of risk assessment and evaluation strategies to dispute management

explain the application of contract law to dispute management

outline current legislative, regulatory and industry practices, procedures and services that relate to negotiation and dispute management

outline relevant business principles and practices

describe relevant consumer protection requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the organisational skills field of work and include access to:

common office equipment, technology, software and consumables

organisational policy and procedures documentation.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c7200cc8-0566-4f04-b76f-e89fd6f102fe

HLTAID003 Provide first aid

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 6	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 5	Updated mapping information. Changes to assessment requirements. Equivalent outcome.
Release 4	Updated mapping information. Equivalent outcome.
Release 3	Updated mapping information.
Release 2	Minor corrections to formatting to improve readability. Equivalent competency outcome.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to elements and performance criteria, changes to scope of unit. New evidence requirements for assessment. Removal of prerequisite unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide a first aid response to a casualty. The unit applies to all workers who may be required to provide a first aid response in a range of situations, including community and workplace settings.

Specific licensing /regulatory requirements relating to this competency, including requirements for refresher training should be obtained from the relevant national/state/territory Work Health and Safety Regulatory Authorities.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria specify the level of performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Respond to an emergency situation	1.1 Recognise an emergency situation 1.2 Identify, assess and manage immediate hazards to health and safety of self and others 1.3 Assess the casualty and recognise the need for first aid response 1.4 Assess the situation and seek assistance from emergency response services
2. Apply appropriate first aid procedures	2.1 Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in accordance with Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines 2.2 Provide first aid in accordance with established first aid principles 2.3 Display respectful behaviour towards casualty 2.4 Obtain consent from casualty where possible 2.5 Use available resources and equipment to make the casualty as comfortable as possible 2.6 Operate first aid equipment according to manufacturer’s instructions 2.7 Monitor the casualty’s condition and respond in accordance with first aid principles
3. Communicate details of the incident	3.1 Accurately convey incident details to emergency response services 3.2 Report details of incident to workplace supervisor as appropriate 3.3 Maintain confidentiality of records and information in line with statutory and/or organisational policies
4. Evaluate the incident and own performance	4.1 Recognise the possible psychological impacts on self and other rescuers involved in critical incidents 4.2 Participate in debriefing to address individual needs

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.
Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID003 Provide first aid

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 6	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 5	Updated mapping information. Changes to assessment requirements. Equivalent outcome.
Release 4	Updated mapping information. Equivalent outcome.
Release 3	Updated mapping information.
Release 2	Minor corrections to formatting to improve readability. Equivalent competency outcome.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to elements and performance criteria, changes to scope of unit. New evidence requirements for assessment. Removal of prerequisite unit.

Performance Evidence

e candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role.

There must be evidence that the candidate has completed the following tasks in line with state/territory regulations, first aid codes of practice, Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines and workplace procedures:

Followed DRSABCD in line with ARC guidelines, including:

performed at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) (5 cycles of both compressions and ventilations) on an adult resuscitation manikin placed on the floor

performed at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer CPR (5 cycles both compressions and ventilations) on an infant resuscitation manikin placed on a firm surface

responded appropriately in the event of regurgitation or vomiting

managed the unconscious breathing casualty

followed single rescue procedure, including the demonstration of a rotation of operators with minimal interruptions to compressions

followed the prompts of an Automated External Defibrillator (AED)

Responded to at least two simulated first aid scenarios contextualised to the candidate’s workplace/community setting, including:

conducted a visual and verbal assessment of the casualty

demonstrated safe manual handling techniques

post-incident debrief and evaluation

provided an accurate verbal or written report of the incident

Applied first aid procedures for the following:

allergic reaction

anaphylaxis

bleeding control

choking and airway obstruction

envenomation, using pressure immobilisation

fractures, sprains and strains, using arm slings, roller bandages or other appropriate immobilisation techniques

respiratory distress, including asthma

shock

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

State/Territory regulations, first aid codes of practice and workplace procedures including:

ARC Guidelines relevant to provision of CPR and first aid

safe work practices to minimise risks and potential hazards

infection control principles and procedures, including use of standard precautions

requirements for currency of skill and knowledge

legal, workplace and community considerations including:

awareness of potential need for stress-management techniques and available support following an emergency situation

duty of care requirements

respectful behaviour towards a casualty

own skills and limitations

consent

privacy and confidentiality requirements

importance of debriefing

considerations when providing first aid including:

airway obstruction due to body position

appropriate duration and cessation of CPR

appropriate use of an AED

chain of survival

standard precautions

how to conduct a visual and verbal assessment of the casualty

principles and procedures for first aid management of the following scenarios:

abdominal injuries

allergic reaction

anaphylaxis

basic care of a wound

bleeding control

burns

cardiac conditions, including chest pain

choking and airway obstruction

crush injuries

diabetes

dislocations

drowning

envenomation

environmental impact, including hypothermia, hyperthermia, dehydration and heat stroke

eye and ear injuries

fractures

febrile convulsions

head, neck and spinal injuries

minor skin injuries

needle stick injuries

poisoning and toxic substances

respiratory distress, including asthma

seizures, including epilepsy

shock

soft tissue injuries, including strains and, sprains

stroke

unconsciousness

basic anatomy and physiology relating to:

how to recognise a person is not breathing normally

chest

response/consciousness

upper airway and effect of positional change

considerations in provision of first aid for specified conditions

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated working individually in an environment that provides realistic in-depth, industry-validated scenarios and simulations to assess candidates’ skills and knowledge.

Assessment resources must include:

adult and infant resuscitation manikins in line with ARC Guidelines for the purpose of assessment of CPR procedures

adrenaline auto-injector training device

AED training device

placebo bronchodilator and spacer device

roller bandages

triangular bandages

workplace First Aid kit

workplace injury, trauma and/or illness record, or other appropriate workplace incident report form for written reports

wound dressings

Simulated assessment environments must simulate the real-life working environment where these skills and knowledge would be performed, with all the relevant equipment and resources of that working environment.

Assessor requirements

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

HLTAID006 Provide advanced first aid

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 5	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 4	Updated mapping information. Changes to assessment requirements. Equivalent outcome.
Release 3	Updated mapping information. Equivalent outcome.
Release 2	Minor changes to formatting to improve readability.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to elements and performance criteria, changes to scope of unit. Removal of embedded content from HLTFA412A Apply First Aid. New evidence requirements for assessment. Removal of pre-requisite unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide an advanced first aid response, including management of the incident and other first aiders, until the arrival of medical or other assistance.

The unit applies to workers who may be required to provide, coordinate and manage a first aid response across a range of complex situations, including community and workplace settings.

Specific licensing /regulatory requirements relating to this competency, including requirements for refresher training should be obtained from the relevant national/state/territory Work Health and Safety Regulatory Authorities.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria specify the level of performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Respond to an emergency situation	1.1 Recognise an emergency situation 1.2 Identify, assess and manage immediate hazards to health and safety of self and others 1.3 Assess the casualty and recognise the need for first aid response 1.4 Assess the situation and seek assistance from emergency response services 1.5 Deploy resources to appropriate locations as required in line with workplace procedures
2. Apply appropriate first aid procedures	2.1 Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in accordance with Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines 2.2 Provide first aid in accordance with established first aid principles 2.3 Display respectful behaviour towards casualty 2.4 Obtain consent from casualty where possible 2.5 Use available resources and equipment to make the casualty as comfortable as possible 2.6 Operate first aid equipment according to manufacturer’s instructions 2.7 Monitor the casualty’s condition and respond in accordance with first aid principles
3. Coordinate first aid activities until arrival of medical assistance	3.1 Identify available resources required and establish communication links with appropriate personnel, emergency management services and medical assistance as appropriate 3.2 Deploy correct amount of required resources to appropriate locations in an effective manner to ensure timely arrival 3.3 Document the provision of resources and recommend modifications as required 3.4 Monitor the condition of casualties in accordance with first aid principles and workplace procedures 3.5 Coordinate evacuation of casualties according to relevant evacuation procedures 3.6 Arrange support services for personnel involved in the incident in accordance with relevant principles and procedures
4. Communicate details of the incident	4.1 Accurately convey incident details to emergency response services 4.2 Report details of incident in line with organisational policies 4.3 Maintain confidentiality of records and information in line with statutory and/or organisational policies
5. Evaluate the incident and own performance	5.1 Recognise the possible psychological impacts on self and other rescuers involved in critical incidents 5.2 Participate in debriefing to address individual needs 5.3 Evaluate management of the incident and develop an action plan in consultation with relevant parties 5.4 Review contingency planning to identify and select alternative management principles and procedures as required

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.
Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID006 Provide advanced first aid

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 5	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 4	Updated mapping information. Changes to assessment requirements. Equivalent outcome.
Release 3	Updated mapping information. Equivalent outcome.
Release 2	Minor changes to formatting to improve readability.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to elements and performance criteria, changes to scope of unit. Removal of embedded content from HLTFA412A Apply First Aid. New evidence requirements for assessment. Removal of pre-requisite unit.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role.

There must be evidence that the candidate has completed the following tasks in line with state/territory regulations, first aid codes of practice, Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines and workplace procedures:

followed DRSABCD in line with ARC guidelines, including:

performed at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) (5 cycles of both compressions and ventilations) on an adult resuscitation manikin placed on the floor

performed at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer CPR (5 cycles both compressions and ventilations) on an infant resuscitation manikin placed on a firm surface

performed at least 2 minutes of Bag-valve-mask ventilation and at least 2 minutes of compression during a two rescuer procedure on an adult resuscitation manikin placed on the floor

responded appropriately in the event of regurgitation or vomiting

managed the unconscious breathing casualty

followed the prompts of a Automated External Defibrillator (AED)

followed single rescue procedure, including the demonstration of a rotation of operators with minimal interruptions to compressions

responded to at least three simulated first aid scenarios contextualised to the candidate’s workplace/community setting, including:

demonstrated safe manual handling techniques

conducted a visual and verbal secondary survey assessment of the casualty

assessed vital signs (respirations, pulse and temperature)

communicated effectively with a first aid team providing direction and coordination of other first aiders

post-incident debrief and evaluation

provided an accurate verbal and written report of the incident

applied first aid procedures for the following:

allergic reaction

anaphylaxis

bleeding control

choking and airway obstruction

conducted a basic triage for multiple casualty incident

envenomation (using pressure immobilisation)

fractures, sprains and strains (using arm slings, roller bandages or other appropriate immobilisation principles)

head, neck and spinal injuries (using immobilisation principles)

respiratory distress - including asthma

seizures - including epilepsy

shock

located and interpreted workplace policies and procedures

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

State/Territory regulations, first aid codes of practice and workplace procedures including:

ARC guidelines relevant to provision of CPR and first aid

guidelines of Australian national peak clinical bodies

safe work practices to deal with risks and potential hazards including manual handling, hazardous substances, dangerous goods and chemicals

infection control principles and procedures, including use of standard precautions

requirements for currency of skill and knowledge

legal, workplace and community considerations including:

awareness of potential need for stress-management techniques and available support following an emergency situation

capabilities of emergency management services

consent

duty of care requirements

importance of debriefing

own skills and limitations

legal requirements of administration of medication and the rights and responsibilities of the First Aider in the workplace regarding medication

privacy and confidentiality requirements

respectful behaviour towards a casualty

considerations when providing first aid including:

airway obstruction due to body position

appropriate duration and cessation of CPR

appropriate use of an AED

assessment and interpretation of vital signs, including respirations, temperature and pulse

chain of survival

how to conduct a visual and verbal secondary survey assessment of casualty

priorities of management in first aid when dealing with life-threatening conditions

procedures for dealing with casualties who are aged or infirmed

procedures for dealing with major and minor accidents in the workplace

procedures when providing first aid to children

standard precautions

principles and procedures for first aid management of the following scenarios, including complications:

abdominal injuries

allergic reaction

anaphylaxis

basic care of a wound

bleeding control

burns, including thermal, chemical, friction and electrical

cardiac conditions, including chest pain

choking and airway obstruction

crush injuries

diabetes

drowning

emergency childbirth

envenomation

environmental impact including hypothermia, hyperthermia, dehydration and heat stroke

eye and ear injuries

febrile convulsions

head, neck and spinal injuries

levels of consciousness

needle stick injuries

poisoning and toxic substances

respiratory distress, including asthma

seizures, including epilepsy

shock

skin injuries

soft tissue musculoskeletal, including injuries including sprains, strains, dislocations and fractures

stroke

substance misuse, including common drugs and alcohol, including illicit drugs

basic anatomy and physiology relating to:

how to recognise a person is not breathing normally

chest, skeleton, joints and muscles

response/level of consciousness

upper airway and effect of positional change

considerations in provision of first aid for specified conditions

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated working individually in an environment that provides realistic in-depth, industry-validated scenarios and simulations to assess candidates’ skills and knowledge.

Assessment resources must include:

adult and infant resuscitation manikins in line with ARC Guidelines for the purpose of assessment of CPR procedures

adrenaline auto-injector training device

AED training device.

bag-valve-mask

eye patch

placebo bronchodilator and spacer device

roller bandages

thermometer

triangular bandages

workplace first Aid kit

workplace injury, trauma and/or illness record, or other appropriate workplace incident report form

wound dressings

Simulated assessment environments must simulate the real-life working environment where these skills and knowledge would be performed, with all the relevant equipment and resources of that working environment.

Assessor requirements

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

HLTAID007 Provide advanced resuscitation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 5	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 4	Updated mapping information. Changes to assessment requirements. Equivalent outcome.
Release 3	Updated mapping information. Equivalent outcome
Release 2	Updated mapping information.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to elements and performance criteria, changes to scope of unit. Removal of embedded content from HLTFA404C. Removal of analgesic gases. New evidence requirements for assessment. Removal of prerequisite unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use specialised equipment in the provision of resuscitation in line with the Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines.

This unit applies to workers who may be required to use specialised equipment to provide resuscitation in a range of complex situations, include community and workplace settings.

Specific licensing requirements relating to this competency, including requirements for refresher training, should be obtained from the relevant state/territory Work Health and Safety Regulatory Authority.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria specify the level of performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Respond to an emergency situation	1.1 Recognise an emergency situation 1.2 Identify, assess and manage immediate hazards to health and safety of self and others 1.3 Assess the casualty and recognise the need for advanced resuscitation response 1.4 Assess the situation and seek assistance from emergency response services where required
2. Perform advanced resuscitation	2.1 Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in accordance with ARC guidelines 2.2 Provide supplemental oxygen 2.3 Display respectful behaviour towards casualty 2.4 Obtain consent from casualty where possible 2.5 Use available resources and equipment to make the casualty as comfortable as possible 2.6 Monitor casualty condition and rectify issues preventing adequate treatment
3. Communicate details of the incident	3.1 Accurately convey incident details to emergency response services 3.2 Report details of incident in line with organisational policies 3.3 Maintain confidentiality of records and information in line with statutory and/or organisational policies
4. Evaluate the incident and own performance	4.1 Recognise the possible psychological impacts on self and other rescuers involved in critical incidents 4.2 Participate in debriefing to address individual needs 4.3 Check, maintain and clean equipment ready for future use

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.
Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID007 Provide advanced resuscitation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 5	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 4	Updated mapping information. Changes to assessment requirements. Equivalent outcome.
Release 3	Updated mapping information. Equivalent outcome
Release 2	Updated mapping information.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to elements and performance criteria, changes to scope of unit. Removal of embedded content from HLTFA404C. Removal of analgesic gases. New evidence requirements for assessment. Removal of prerequisite unit.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role.

The demonstrated evidence is performed in line within state/territory regulations, first aid codes of practice, Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines and workplace procedures.

Followed DRSABCD in line with ARC guidelines, including:

performed at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) (5 cycles of both compressions and ventilations) on an adult resuscitation manikin placed on the floor

performed at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer CPR (5 cycles both compressions and ventilations) on an infant resuscitation manikin placed on a firm surface

performed at least 2 minutes of bag-valve-mask ventilation and at least 2 minutes of compression on an adult resuscitation manikin placed on the floor

responded appropriately in the event of regurgitation or vomiting

managed the unconscious breathing casualty

followed the prompts of an Automated External Defibrillator (AED)

followed single rescue procedure, including the demonstration of a rotation of operators with minimal interruptions to compressions

conducted a visual and verbal secondary survey assessment of the casualty

assessed vital signs (respirations, pulse and temperature)

responded to at least three simulated first aid scenarios contextualised to the candidate’s workplace/community setting, including:

demonstrated safe manual handling techniques

clearing the airway using a suction device

post-incident debrief and evaluation

provided an accurate verbal and written report of the incident

selected and inserted an oropharyngeal airway adjunct

administered oxygen to an unconscious/conscious casualty, including:

selected and prepared correct oxygen equipment

administered oxygen safely at correct flow rate

monitored and coordinated maintenance of resuscitation equipment

dismantling

storage

disposal

cleaning and decontamination

checking and diagnosis of faults

located and interpreted workplace policies and procedures

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

State/Territory regulations, first aid codes of practice and workplace procedures including:

ARC guidelines relevant to provision of CPR

guidelines of Australian national peak clinical bodies

safe work practices to deal with risks and potential hazards including manual handling, hazardous substances, dangerous goods and chemicals

infection control principles and procedures, including use of standard precautions

requirements for currency of skill and knowledge

legal, workplace or community considerations including:

awareness of potential need for stress-management techniques and available support following an emergency situation

capabilities of emergency management services

consent

duty of care requirements

importance of debriefing

legal requirements of administration of medication and the rights and responsibilities of the First Aider in the workplace regarding medication

own skills and limitations

privacy and confidentiality requirements

respectful behaviour towards a casualty

considerations when performing resuscitation including:

airway obstruction due to body position

appropriate duration and cessation of CPR

appropriate use of an AED

assessment and interpretation of vital signs (respirations, temperature and pulse)

benefits, contraindications and complications with the use of an oropharyngeal airway

chain of survival

how to conduct a visual and verbal secondary survey assessment

standard precautions

considerations when providing supplementary oxygen, including:

benefits, contraindications and complications of providing oxygen to a casualty and of providing suction during the application of advanced resuscitation techniques

complications with the use of a bag-valve-mask device and suitable strategies to minimise these

selection and operation of oxygen masks and other appropriate delivery devices

basic anatomy, physiology and toxicology as it relates to the provision of advanced resuscitation, including:

basic electrical activity associated with normal and abnormal heart rhythm

how to recognise a person is not breathing normally

relevant organs of the cardio pulmonary system and their operation

response/level of consciousness

upper airway and effect of positional change

methods for cleaning, replenishing, recharging and maintaining resuscitation and oxygen equipment including:

actions to rectify problems

procedures to ensure operational readiness

storage, cleaning, decontamination and safe disposal of consumables

troubleshooting to identify minor and major faults

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated working individually in an environment that provides realistic in-depth, industry-validated scenarios and simulations to assess candidates’ skills and knowledge.

Assessment resources must include:

adult and infant resuscitation manikins in line with ARC Guidelines for the purpose of assessment of CPR procedures

airway model suitable for insertion of an oropharyngeal airway

Automated External Defibrillator (AED) training device.

bag-valve-mask

oropharyngeal airway adjunct

oxygen resuscitation system with oxygen cylinder

selection of oxygen masks with tubing; nasal cannula, therapy mask, resuscitation mask with oxygen port

thermometer

suction device

workplace incident, injury, trauma or illness record or other appropriate workplace incident report form.

Simulated assessment environments must simulate the real-life working environment where these skills and knowledge would be performed, with all the relevant equipment and resources of that working environment.

Assessor requirements

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

HLTINF001 Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 2.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to the elements and performance criteria. New evidence requirements for assessment, including volume and frequency requirements. Significant change to knowledge evidence.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow organisational infection prevention and control procedures, including implementing standard and transmission-based precautions and responding to infection risks.

This unit applies to individuals working in health and direct client care contexts.

The skills in this unit must be applied in accordance with Commonwealth and State/Territory legislation, Australian/New Zealand standards and industry codes of practice.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1. Follow standard and additional precautions for infection prevention and control	1.1 Follow hand hygiene practices in accordance with organisations policies and procedures 1.2 Implement hand care procedures and cover cuts and abrasions 1.3 Follow organisation procedures for choice and use of personal protection equipment 1.4 Follow procedures for respiratory hygiene and cough etiquette 1.5 Follow procedures for environmental cleaning 1.6 Follow procedures for handling, transporting and processing of linen in a manner that controls the spread of infection 1.7 Follow procedures for disposal of contaminated waste 1.8 Follow procedures for handling and cleaning client equipment that prevents skin and mucous membrane exposures, contamination of clothing, and transfer of pathogens 1.9 Identify and respond to situations where additional precautions may be required to prevent transmission of infection
2. Identify infection hazards and assess risks	2.1 Identify infection hazards associated with own role and work environment 2.2 Identify own areas of responsibility in relation to infection prevention and control 2.3 Assess risk by determining the likelihood and severity of harm from identified hazards. 2.4 Document and report activities and tasks that put self, clients, visitors and/or other workers at risk 2.5 Identify appropriate control measures to minimise risk in accordance with organisations procedures
3. Follow procedures for managing risks associated with specific hazards	3.1 Follow protocols for care after exposure to blood or other body fluids as required 3.2 Place appropriate signs when and where appropriate 3.3 Remove spills in accordance with the policies and procedures of the organisation 3.4 Minimise contamination of materials, equipment and instruments by aerosols and splatter 3.5 Identify, separate and maintain clean and contaminated zones 3.6 Confine records, materials and medicaments to a well-designated clean zone 3.7 Confine contaminated instruments and equipment to a well-designated contaminated zone

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.
Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

Assessment Requirements for HLTINF001 Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 2.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to the elements and performance criteria. New evidence requirements for assessment, including volume and frequency requirements. Significant change to knowledge evidence.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role. There must be evidence that the candidate has:

followed established organisation infection prevention and control procedures on at least 3 separate occasions

followed established organisation infection prevention and control procedures at least once for each of the following:

hand hygiene and care of hand

use of personal protective equipment

handling of waste

enforcing clean and contaminated zones

limitation of contamination

surface cleaning

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

established guidelines for the prevention and control of infection, including those for:

personal and hand hygiene:

how to hand wash

how to hand rub

pre-surgical hand preparation

clinical moments when hand hygiene should be performed with soap and water rather than alcohol-based hand rub

non-clinical moments for hand hygiene hand care, including guidelines on maintaining intact skin, fingernails and jewellery/watches

use and scope of personal protective equipment guidelines for:

glove use

wearing gowns and waterproof aprons

wearing masks

wearing protective glasses

surface cleaning:

cleaning procedures and their specified times

routine surface cleaning

managing a blood or body fluid spill

sharps handling and disposal techniques

reprocessing procedures for equipment

types of additional precautions and their relevance to particular areas of work or client groups

types of hazards in the work environment and associated risks and control measures

chain of infection:

source of infectious agent

mode of transmission

susceptible host

basis of infection, including:

bacteria and bacterial spores

difference between harmless microorganisms and pathogens

difference between colonisation, infection and disease

fungi

viruses

key modes of disease transmission – contact, airborne and droplet:

paths of transmission including direct contact, aerosols and penetrating injuries

risk of acquisition

sources of infecting microorganisms including persons who are carriers, in the incubation phase of the disease or those who are acutely ill

factors that increase the susceptibility to infection:

immune status

wounds or devices

medications and comorbidities

age

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace with the addition of simulations and scenarios where the full range of contexts and situations have not been provided in the workplace or may occur only rarely.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

organisational infection prevention and control guidelines

personal protective equipment

hand hygiene facilities and equipment

medical or client care equipment relevant to the workplace

clinical and other waste and waste disposal equipment

areas for cleaning

equipment for cleaning, including sterilised sharps if relevant to role

modelling of industry operating conditions, including integration of problem solving activities to which the candidate responds

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

HLTINF003 Implement and monitor infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 2.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Minimal changes to the elements and performance criteria. New evidence requirements for assessment, including volume and frequency requirements. Significant changes to knowledge evidence. Removed prerequisite.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide information about infection prevention and control procedures, integrate those procedures into work practices and monitor workplace performance.

This unit applies to individuals working in health or direct client care contexts, who have a coordination, team leading or supervisory responsibility in relation to infection prevention and control.

The skills in this unit must be applied in accordance with Commonwealth and State/Territory legislation, Australian/New Zealand standards and industry codes of practice.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1. Provide information about infection prevention and control policies and procedures	1.1 Explain correct and current infection prevention and control information clearly to the work group 1.2 Regularly provide information about identified hazards and the outcomes of infection risk assessments 1.3 Provide opportunities for the work group to seek further information on workplace infection prevention and control issues and practices 1.4 Adapt communication to the needs of different workers
2. Integrate infection prevention and control policy and procedure into work practices	2.1 Implement infection prevention and control policy and procedures with members of the work group 2.2 Maintain liaison with person responsible for organisation-wide infection prevention and control 2.3 Provide coaching and support as required to ensure that individuals or teams are able to implement infection prevention and control practices 2.4 Adopt work procedures to reflect appropriate infection prevention and control practice 2.5 Promptly resolve issues raised through consultation or refer to the appropriate personnel 2.6 Implement workplace procedures for dealing with infection prevention and control risks and hazardous events 2.7 Encourage colleagues to report infection risks and to improve infection prevention and control procedures
3. Monitor infection prevention and control procedures performance and implement improvements in practices	3.1 Promptly investigate infectious hazardous events to identify their cause in accordance with organisation policy and procedure 3.2 Monitor work procedures to control infection risks 3.3 Regularly review and adjust work procedures to improve infection prevention and control practice 3.4 Provide feedback to colleagues on compliance issues, changes in work procedures and infection prevention and control outcomes 3.5 Identify and respond to inadequacies in work procedures and infection prevention and control measures or report to designated personnel 3.6 Maintain accurate records of infection prevention and control risks and incidents as required 3.7 Use aggregate infection prevention and control information reports to identify hazards, to monitor and improve risk control methods and to indicate training needs 3.8 Document, report and investigate potential breaches of infection prevention and control in accordance with organisation procedures

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.
Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

Assessment Requirements for HLTINF003 Implement and monitor infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 2.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Minimal changes to the elements and performance criteria. New evidence requirements for assessment, including volume and frequency requirements. Significant changes to knowledge evidence. Removed prerequisite.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role. There must be evidence that the candidate has:

implemented and monitored infection prevention and control policy and procedures for at least 1 work area and at least 1 team of workers, incorporating:

hand hygiene and hand care

use of personal protective equipment

surface cleaning

waste management

handling of potentially infectious material

hazard identification and risk assessment and management

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

key features of infection prevention and control regulation and guidelines:

Australian standards

government guidelines

manufacturer documentation

management and work processes used to control infection:

assessment

monitoring

reporting processes and hierarchies

training requirements

standard and additional infection prevention and control precautions, including:

personal hygiene

use of personal protective equipment

surface cleaning

handling of potentially infectious material

key aspects of communicable disease transmission and their relationship to different work processes

infection risks and control measures specific to work area and related work processes

hierarchy of risk control measures from most to least preferred:

elimination

engineering controls

administrative control

personal protective equipment

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace with the addition of simulations and scenarios where the full range of contexts and situations have not been provided in the workplace or may occur only rarely.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

organisational infection prevention and control policies and procedures

personal protective equipment

hand washing facilities and equipment

medical or client care equipment relevant to the workplace

clinical and other waste

areas for cleaning

modelling of industry operating conditions, including:

interaction with a team

presence of real or simulated risks, hazards and infection prevention and control problems to which the candidate responds

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

HLTWHS003 Maintain work health and safety

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 2	Minor corrections to formatting to improve readability. Equivalent competency outcome.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Updated to include relevant content from HLTWHS401A. Revised scope of unit to reflect requirements of supervisor and/or line manager.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and monitor work health and safety (WHS) policies, procedures and work practices as part of a small work team.

This unit applies to workers who have a key role in maintaining WHS in an organisation, including duty of care for other workers.

The skills in this unit must be applied in accordance with Commonwealth and State/Territory legislation, Australian/New Zealand standards and industry codes of practice.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria specify the level of performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Contribute to workplace procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks	1.1 Identify existing and potential hazards and record them according to workplace procedures 1.2 Contribute to the development of strategies for implementing risk controls in line with workplace procedures and policies 1.3 Implement risk controls in line with the hierarchy of risk control and workplace and legislative requirements 1.4 Identify and report issues with risk controls, including residual risk, in line with workplace and legislative requirements
2. Implement policies and procedures into work team processes	2.1 Regularly provide information about WHS policies and procedures to the work team 2.2 Provide information about identified hazards and the outcomes of risk assessment and risk controls to the work team 2.3 Monitor housekeeping practices to ensure that WHS policies and procedures are followed 2.4 Maintain WHS incident records in the work area according to workplace procedures and legislative requirements
3. Support consultation, cooperation and communication	3.1 Support workplace consultative procedures by encouraging work team participation in consultative activities 3.2 Report health and safety issues in line with workplace procedures and legislative requirements 3.3 Encourage and assist work team members to contribute to WHS

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.
Written communication – in order to complete a workplace risk assessment and complete a workplace incident report in line with regulatory guidelines and organisational policies Oral communication – in order to accurately present information to a small group of at least two participants The remaining foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit

Unit Mapping Information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

Assessment Requirements for HLTWHS003 Maintain work health and safety

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 2	Minor corrections to formatting to improve readability. Equivalent competency outcome.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Updated to include relevant content from HLTWHS401A. Revised scope of unit to reflect requirements of supervisor and/or line manager.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role.

There must be demonstrated evidence that the candidate has completed the following tasks at least once in line with state/territory WHS regulations, relevant codes of practice and workplace procedures:

conducted a workplace risk assessment and recorded the results, including:

identification of hazards and potential hazards

risk assessment

strategies for minimising risk, and

analysis of residual risk

provided WHS information to at least two workers, including:

explanation of WHS policies and procedures

demonstration of safe housekeeping practices

correct use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

consistently monitored safety procedures in the day-to-day work activities required by the job role

completed a workplace incident report

followed workplace procedures for a simulated emergency situation

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

State/territory legislation and how it impacts on workplace regulations, codes of practice and industry standards, including:

state/territory WHS authorities

rights and responsibilities of persons conducting a business or undertaking (PCBUs), officers and workers, including duty of care

legislative requirements for record-keeping and reporting

regulatory requirements relevant to the particular industry/type of work site

hazardous manual tasks

infection control

Hazards common to the work environment and how they cause harm

Principles of hazards and risk assessment, including:

hazard identification procedures

risk assessment process

residual risk

risk controls

hierarchy of control

Workplace emergency procedures

Workplace policies and procedures for WHS.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in the workplace.

In addition, simulations and scenarios must be used where the full range of contexts and situations cannot be provided in the workplace or may occur only rarely. These are situations relating to emergency or unplanned procedures where assessment in these circumstances would be unsafe or is impractical.

Simulated assessment environments must simulate the real-life working environment where these skills and knowledge would be performed, with all the relevant equipment and resources of that working environment.

Assessment must ensure use of:

current workplace policies and procedures for WHS.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

ICPKNW322 Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICP Printing and Graphic Arts Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work in or deal with individuals in various sectors of the printing and graphic arts industry.

It applies to individuals who require detailed technical knowledge in particular areas of the industry, together with a working knowledge of related areas. Individuals need the skills to facilitate technical communication and to work as a member of a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Holistic knowledge

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Apply knowledge of the printing industry	1.1 Printing industry terminology and vocabulary are used correctly and accurately 1.2 New technology and new work processes are monitored and implemented when required 1.3 Trends within the printing industry are monitored, on an ongoing basis, to inform personal work practices 1.4 Basic principles and obligations of legislative, standards and industrial awards are researched and followed within the workplace and in personal work practices
2. Acquire knowledge of the graphic pre-press, graphic design and multi-channel communications sector	2.1 Principles behind pre-press functions such as image production, image combining, image output and workflow are researched 2.2 Different types of images are assessed to identify the most appropriate usage 2.3 Different types of output are researched and their effects on final product are evaluated 2.4 Different output devices are researched to identify appropriate usage 2.5 Differences between various markup and scripting languages and their application are assessed to identify most appropriate usage 2.6 Platforms and computer systems requirements for different products are researched and their effects on final product are evaluated
3. Acquire knowledge of printing machining sector	3.1 Basic principles of printing processes (lithography, relief, flexography, gravure, pad printing, screen printing, digital and electronic printing) are researched 3.2 Types of products and processes are researched to identify appropriate usage 3.3 Capabilities and limitations of each process are reviewed
4. Acquire knowledge and requirements of the converting, binding and finishing sector	4.1 Basic characteristics of converting and finishing processes (guillotining, flat-bed and rotary cutting, collating, folding, adhesive, mechanical and thermal fastening) are researched 4.2 Types of processes are researched to identify appropriate usage 4.3 Capabilities and limitations of each process are reviewed
5. Acquire knowledge and requirements of the ink manufacturing sector	5.1 The ink manufacturing sector, its products, services and supplier profile are identified 5.2 Enterprise products and services, their characteristics and their end use, specifically with regard to printing industry, are identified 5.3 Printing processes and their implication for ink manufacture are researched 5.4 Manufacturing processes and quality control procedures for ink, coating, varnish, resin, or chemical production are identified
6. Acquire knowledge and requirements of mail house operations	6.1 Australia Post Standards and weight and size limitations are researched 6.2 Equipment used in mail house operations is researched 6.3 Computer driven bar code, sorting, tagging and reading systems are researched to identify appropriate usage 6.4 Data management and processing systems and software are researched to identify appropriate usage 6.5 Computerised document management, design and reading systems and software are researched to identify appropriate usage 6.6 Computerised market research, listing services and associated software are researched to identify appropriate usage
7. Acquire knowledge of colour theory	7.1 Colour theory of additive colours (light), Red, Green, Blue (RGB), is researched to inform pre-press and/or design decisions 7.2 Colour theory of subtractive colours (pigments), Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key (black) (CMYK), is researched to inform pre-press and/or design decisions 7.3 Relationship between ranges of visual colour RGB and CMYK is researched to inform pre-press and/or design decisions 7.4 Relationship between hue, greyness and substrate for tone and colour correction is researched to inform pre-press and/or design decisions 7.5 Colour matching conditions and colour matching systems are researched to inform pre-press and/or design decisions
8. Apply knowledge of substrates and consumables	8.1 Range of substrates used for each printing process is researched 8.2 Relationship of different substrate sizes is researched to identify appropriate usage 8.3 Effects of different weights and callipers of substrates on pre-press, printing and finishing operations are researched 8.4 Effects of substrate on pre-press, printing and finishing operations are researched 8.5 Effects of different properties of ink (drying properties, fastness, gloss) on pre-press, printing and finishing operations are researched 8.6 Suitability of inks and coatings for particular finishing processes is identified
9. Acquire basic knowledge of costs of production	9.1 Main cost elements (fixed, capital, variable) in production are identified 9.2 Information required to accurately cost particular jobs is determined 9.3 Ways of minimising use of materials without affecting quality of output are identified 9.4 Ways of maximising efficiency of resources without affecting quality of output are identified
10. Acquire basic knowledge of production management requirements and systems	10.1 Types of information that need to be exchanged between different stages of production to facilitate production efficiency are identified 10.2 Systems and strategies to exchange identified information are researched 10.3 Basic principles of efficient production management are identified 10.4 Principles of effective quality management are identified

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4- 2.6, 3.1-3.3, 4.1- 4.3, 5.1- 5.4, 6.1-6.6, 7.1-7.6, 8.1-8.6, 9.1-9.4, 10.1-10.4	Researches, comprehends and applies information extracted from various sources
Writing	1.1`	Uses appropriate vocabulary, including technical language, in written documents prepared for a range of audiences
Oral Communication	1.1	Uses appropriate vocabulary, including technical language, to interact with others
Numeracy	5.3, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4	Uses mathematical techniques to estimate quantities, usage and costs Interprets and analyses mathematical information included in texts
Navigate the world of work	1.2-1.4, 5.4, 6.1	Maintains knowledge of the printing industry required for current role Understands and adheres to relevant industry standards, legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.1-3.3, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.4, 6.2-6.6, 7.1-7.5, 8.1-8.6, 9.2-9.4, 10.1-10.4	Plans, organises and implements systems and activities to achieve efficient and effective outcomes Analyses and evaluates information to solve problems and make decisions Monitors trends and identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches for use in new contexts Understands and uses digital technologies to access, organise, store and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICPKNW322 Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry	ICPKN311 Apply knowledge of the graphic pre-press sector	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW312 Apply knowledge of printing machining	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW313 Apply knowledge and requirements of the converting, binding and finishing sector	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW314 Apply knowledge and requirements of the screen printing sector	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW315 Apply knowledge and requirements of the multimedia sector	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW316 Apply knowledge and requirements of paper and printing processes	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW317 Apply knowledge and requirements of the ink manufacturing sector	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW318 Apply knowledge and requirements of mail house operations	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW319 Apply knowledge and processes of converting paper-based products	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW320 Apply knowledge and requirements of information technology systems in the printing industry	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit
ICPKNW321 Apply knowledge and requirements of digital production	11 units merged into 1 due to duplication of information	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a74b7a0f-a253-47e3-8be0-5d426e24131d

Assessment Requirements for ICPKNW322 Develop knowledge of the printing and graphic arts industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICP Printing and Graphic Arts Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use appropriate vocabulary and terminology in written and oral communications with tradespeople, colleagues, management or clients

document current with trends in the printing industry

apply relevant legislative and workplace requirements when completing tasks

conduct research to determine image type, output settings, output requirements and output devices for different jobs

conduct research to determine the correct process for a print job

conduct research to determine the correct process for a converting or finishing job

use a colour management system to determine colour requirements for a print job

conduct research to determine appropriate substrate and ink for different print jobs

accurately plan, cost and document a print job.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe legislative and enterprise requirements that affect work practice

describe the basic principles behind the following pre-press functions:

image production (typesetting, scanning, graphic arts camera)

image combining (manual and electronic)

image output (film, plates, direct to press)

describe the basic principles of the following printing processes:

lithography

relief

flexography

gravure

pad printing

screen printing

digital and electronic printing

describe the range of substrates used for each printing process

describe designs that are appropriate for different printing processes

describe the basic characteristics of the following converting and finishing processes:

guillotining

flat-bed and rotary cutting

collating

folding

adhesive

mechanical and thermal fastening

describe the relationship between ranges of visual colour Red, Green, Blue (RGB) and Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key (black) (CMYK)

explain the main cost elements in printing production

explain the basic principles of efficient production management.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the printing industry and include access to:

industry-standard technology, equipment and materials

sources of information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a74b7a0f-a253-47e3-8be0-5d426e24131d

ICTDBS502 Design a database

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish client needs and technical requirements and to design a database that meets those requirements.

It applies to individuals employed as database administrators and designers who are required to design databases.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine database requirements	1.1 Meet with the client, and conduct a user-needs analysis, to determine database functionality 1.2 Analyse the results of a user-needs analysis to identify technical requirements 1.3 Develop a conceptual model of the database 1.4 Submit the conceptual model to the client for review 1.5 Evaluate client feedback and make changes as required
2. Develop a logical data model	2.1 Identify the attributes and determine the data types 2.2 Undertake the normalisation of attributes 2.3 Develop an entity-relationship (ER) diagram in order to clarify the cardinality of relationships 2.4 Document attributes, normalised data, and the ER diagram 2.5 Forward documentation to the client for confirmation
3. Design the data structures	3.1 Confirm primary and foreign keys for tables 3.2 Review client business rules 3.3 Identify the referential integrity constraints 3.4 Establish database management system constraints and incorporate into database design 3.5 Develop the validation rules for data 3.6 Design indexes and develop the data dictionary 3.7 Document the database design
4. Design queries, screens and reports	4.1 Design the user interface for database, including menus, input screens and outputs 4.2 Design queries, based on requirements 4.3 Design output reports, based on requirements 4.4 Compare the physical design with the conceptual model, or user-needs analysis 4.5 Incorporate changes as required
5. Design access and security systems	5.1 Review the business security plan as a basis for commencing the access and security design 5.2 Design the password and access system for the database 5.3 Identify multiple-user requirements 5.4 Develop client access profiles using the client business model
6. Confirm the database design	6.1 Identify the database backup and recovery requirements 6.2 Develop and document the database backup and restore procedures 6.3 Submit the database, and documentation, to the client for final approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.5, 2.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.4, 5.1, 6.1	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.3, 2.4, 3.7, 6.2, 6.3	Develops content in a manner that supports the purposes and format of the requirements using appropriate structure, layout and specialised technical and programming language
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.5, 3.2, 5.1, 6.3	Uses listening, questioning and summarising techniques to identify needs, and uses specific and clear language when engaging with others
Numeracy	3.4, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Makes measurements and performs calculations for work layout, determine field lengths and table size and estimate database size
Get the work done	All	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks, identify and evaluate alternative strategies and resources Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against the agreed criteria Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDBS502 Design a database	ICADBS502A Design a database	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of the performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS502 Design a database

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and confirm client requirements for a database application

design database elements including:

structure

indexes

queries

screens

reports

design secure access to the database

confirm final database design with the client.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the process of data analysis, particularly in determining data types and data structures, query and report design

describe the data modelling related to developing the conceptual data model

explain how data redundancy is identified

describe database management system (DBMS) fundamentals, particularly during the design phase

explain encryption and authentication as these apply to database security features

outline the functions and features of data types, and data structures

describe the functions, and features, of databases

describe logical design concepts, particularly those related to designing data structures, queries screens and reports

outline the object model design concepts, particularly those related to designing data structures, queries, screens and reports

explain the term ‘scalability’ as it applies to databases.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the database field of work, and include access to:

equipment and materials

current industry accepted database software

network or other system for remote or multi-user access

business requirements

computer-aided software engineering (CASE) or diagramming software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate a personal computer (PC) in a home or small office environment, including accessing files with application programs, sending and retrieving emails, using the internet, using peripheral devices and applying basic security procedures and power management settings.

It applies to individuals who require entry level information and communications technology (ICT) knowledge and literacy skills to perform a range of simple operation tasks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use the personal computer	1.1 Identify physical components and associated peripheral devices of the personal computer to become familiar with the available network 1.2 Check physical connectivity of devices to ensure correct operation and performance 1.3 Boot up and follow procedures to activate the computer
2. Manage computer configurations	2.1 Alter the computer settings to best suit the user 2.2 Configure power management settings to minimise power consumption as an environmentally sustainable measure 2.3 Identify operating system and the application programs loaded on the computer to determine computer capability 2.4 Conduct basic software installation and removal to improve computer capability 2.5 Navigate and manipulate desktop environment to create and customise desktop icons and access application programs
3. Access and use basic application programs	3.1 Open a folder with file documents containing basic office applications, make minor changes and save in a different folder 3.2 Send and retrieve a simple email message using the desktop icon to communicate with other parties 3.3 Access the internet using the web browser to view and conduct basic web information search 3.4 Use firewall and antivirus and malware scans to reduce security risks and threats in the system
4. Access and use basic peripheral devices	4.1 Access external storage devices to retrieve, copy, move and save information in different media and locations 4.2 Use printer settings on an installed printer to print a document 4.3 Access audio-visual (AV) devices to view and play a multimedia file
5. Shut down computer	5.1 Back up important documents and programs to minimise risk of data loss 5.2 Save any work to be retained and close open application programs 5.3 Shut down computer and switch off any unused peripheral devices

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.2, 3.3	Recognises textual information to determine and complete technical functions
Writing	3.1- 3.3, 4.1	Enters information using familiar text types in a format appropriate to environment
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.3	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Implements basic security requirements related to own tasks Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems related to role in the immediate work context

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer	ICAICT101A Operate a personal computer	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use hardware and software

navigate around the desktop, using features to perform tasks

save results of work.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify basic parts of a computer and various hardware components

explain commonly used software operation and application packages

name basic security functions and computer functions

list a range of peripheral devices that can be used with a personal computer

describe common computer storage devices.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

appropriate learning and assessment support when required

personal computer, including printer, mouse, keyboard and monitor

use of basic software currently used in industry.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate word- processing applications and perform basic operations, including creating and formatting documents, creating tables and printing labels.

It applies to individuals in the workplace using fundamental knowledge of word-processing under direct supervision or with limited responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Apply workplace health and safety (WHS) practices	1.1 Use workplace ergonomic work practices and strategies 1.2 Organise work area to ensure an ergonomic work environment
2. Create documents	2.1 Open word-processing application, create document and add data according to information requirements 2.2 Use document templates as required 2.3 Use simple formatting tools when creating the document 2.4 Save document to directory
3. Customise basic settings to meet page layout conventions	3.1 Adjust page layout to meet information requirements 3.2 Open and view different toolbars 3.3 Change font format to suit document purpose 3.4 Change alignment and line spacing according to document information requirements 3.5 Modify margins to suit the document purpose 3.6 Open and switch between several documents
4. Format documents	4.1 Use formatting features and styles as required 4.2 Highlight and copy text from another area in the document or from another active document 4.3 Insert headers and footers to incorporate necessary data 4.4 Save document in another file format 4.5 Save and close document to a storage device
5. Create tables	5.1 Insert standard table into document 5.2 Change cells to meet information requirements 5.3 Insert and delete columns and rows as necessary 5.4 Use formatting tools according to style requirements
6. Add images	6.1 Insert appropriate images into document and customise as necessary 6.2 Position and resize images to meet document formatting needs
7. Print documents	7.1 Preview document in print preview mode 7.2 Select basic print settings 7.3 Print document or part of document from printer

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 3.1, 3.4, 7.1	Interprets specific information to determine and complete work required
Writing	2.1, 4.3	Prepares simple correspondence that incorporates key information in a format and style relevant to requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 3.1-3.6, 4.1-4.5, 5.1-5.4, 6.1, 6.2, 7.2, 7.3	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Recognises and responds to common operational problems when using word-processing applications

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications	ICAICT102A Operate word-processing applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

follow organisational ergonomic work health and safety (WHS) requirements and practices

create, open and retrieve documents using customised basic settings

format documents by creating tables and adding text, objects and images

save and prints documents.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe formatting styles and their effect on formatting, readability and appearance of documents

identify organisational requirements for ergonomics, including work periods and breaks

select organisational style guide to use

outline purpose, use and function of word-processing software.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer and printer

word-processing software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide or policy and work health and safety (WHS) requirements

data suitable for use with word-processing packages.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use spreadsheet applications, including creating spreadsheets, formatting data, incorporating charts and objects, and printing spreadsheets.

It applies to individuals who perform a range of routine tasks in the workplace using a fundamental knowledge of spreadsheets under direct supervision or with limited responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create spreadsheets	1.1 Open the spreadsheet application, create spreadsheet files and enter numbers, text and symbols into cells according to information requirements 1.2 Enter simple formulas and functions using cell referencing when required 1.3 Correct formulas when error messages occur 1.4 Use a range of common tools during spreadsheet development 1.5 Edit columns and rows within the spreadsheet 1.6 Use the auto-fill function to increment data where required 1.7 Save the spreadsheet to a folder on a storage device
2. Customise basic settings	2.1 Adjust page layout to meet user requirements or special needs 2.2 Open and view different toolbars 2.3 Change font settings so they are appropriate for the document purpose 2.4 Change alignment options and line spacing according to spreadsheet formatting features 2.5 Format cell to display different styles as required 2.6 Modify margin sizes to suit the purpose of the spreadsheets 2.7 View multiple spreadsheets concurrently
3. Format spreadsheet	3.1 Use formatting features as required 3.2 Copy selected formatting features from another cell in the spreadsheet or from another active spreadsheet 3.3 Use formatting tools as required within the spreadsheet 3.4 Align information in a selected cell as required 3.5 Insert headers and footers using formatting features 3.6 Save spreadsheet as another file type 3.7 Save to storage device and close spreadsheet
4. Incorporate object and chart in spreadsheet	4.1 Import an object into an active spreadsheet 4.2 Manipulate imported object by using formatting features 4.3 Create a chart using selected data in the spreadsheet 4.4 Display selected data in a different chart 4.5 Modify chart using formatting features
5. Print spreadsheet	5.1 Preview spreadsheet in print preview mode 5.2 Select basic printer options 5.3 Print spreadsheet or selected part of spreadsheet 5.4 Submit the spreadsheet to appropriate person for approval or feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1	Interprets and comprehends symbolic, textual and numerical information and data Identifies data specifically needed for the spreadsheet from information received
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 3.5, 4.5	Enters both written and verbally received information and data into a format suitable for spreadsheet analysis Selects vocabulary, terminology and naming conventions suitable for the spreadsheet
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1, 5.4	Uses simple and relevant language with listening and questioning skills to confirm user requirements and elicit feedback
Numeracy	1.2, 4.3, 4.4	Adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals, identifying and selecting the correct formulas and functions to use Applies the order of operations in calculations Identifies and comprehends the specific numeric data needed to create charts
Interact with others	5.4	Begins to use some routine forms of written communication relevant to immediate work role, with a limited awareness of requirements and expectations
Get the work done	1.1-1.7, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.7, 4.1-4.5, 5.1-5.3	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications	ICAICT105A Operate spreadsheet applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create spreadsheets

customise basic settings

format spreadsheets

create basic formulas

insert objects and charts in spreadsheets

save and print spreadsheets.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list basic technical terminology related to reading help files and prompts

explain the effect of formatting and appearance on the readability and usability of spreadsheets

outline log-in procedures relating to accessing a personal computer (PC)

describe the purpose, use and function of spreadsheet applications.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) and printer

spreadsheet software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

documents or information containing data suitable for creating spreadsheets.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT203 Operate application software packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, select and operate three commercial software packages, including a word-processing and a spreadsheet application package.

It applies to individuals who utilise different software applications within a small to large office environment to produce diverse documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use appropriate workplace health and safety (WHS) office work practices	1.1 Use safe work practices to ensure ergonomic, work organisation, energy and resource conservation requirements are addressed 1.2 Use wrist rests and document holders where appropriate 1.3 Use monitor anti-glare and radiation reduction screens where appropriate
2. Use appropriate word-processing software	2.1 Select word-processing software appropriate to perform activity 2.2 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with personnel as required 2.3 Identify organisational requirements for text-based business documents, and design document structure and layout to ensure consistency of style and image 2.4 Match document requirements with software functions to provide efficient production of documents 2.5 Use technical functions, other data and formatting to finalise documents 2.6 Ensure the naming and storing of documents in appropriate directories or folders and the printing of documents to the required specifications
3. Use appropriate spreadsheet software	3.1 Select spreadsheet software appropriate to perform activity 3.2 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with personnel as required 3.3 Enter simple formulas and functions using cell referencing where required 3.4 Customise spreadsheet settings to meet requirements 3.5 Ensure the naming and storing of documents in appropriate directories or folders and the printing of documents to the required specifications
4. Use a third application software package	4.1 Select software application package appropriate to perform activity 4.2 Identify purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with personnel as required 4.3 Use technical functions, other data and formatting to finalise documents 4.4 Ensure documents are named and stored in appropriate directories or folders and printed to required specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.2-2.5, 3.2-3.4, 4.2, 4.3	Recognises and interprets textual information to determine organisational standards and job requirements Interprets and comprehends symbols, icons and text associated with applications software
Writing	2.3-2.6, 3.3- 3.5, 4.3, 4.4	Enters both written and verbally received information and data into a format suitable for the software application Selects vocabulary, syntax, terminology, labelling and naming conventions suitable for the program
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 4.2	Uses simple, relevant language, effective questioning, and active listening techniques to clarify work requirements
Numeracy	3.2-3.4	Adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals, identifying and selecting the correct formulas and functions to use Applies the order of operations in calculations
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.1-3.5, 4.1-4.4	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks, adapting some functions to improve personal efficiency Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT203 Operate application software packages	ICAICT203A Operate application software packages	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT203 Operate application software packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce workplace documents using a minimum of three different software application packages

open, amend and save files and documents according to organisational requirements

apply workplace health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities for ergonomics, such as work periods and breaks

use help manuals and online help.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify application software packages used by the organisation and list the purpose of each

explain basic technical terminology related to reading help files and responding to system help prompts

outline current business practices related to using software to prepare reports

list features and functions of commercial computing packages

describe import and export software functions

describe the process of linking documents

outline WHS principles and responsibilities for ergonomics, such as work periods and breaks

explain the purpose of input and output devices.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) and printer

software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

documents or information containing data suitable for developing software application documents.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT210 Operate database applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate database applications and create and develop simple relational databases using pre-existing data.

It applies to individuals who provide administrative support working under direct supervision or with limited responsibility within a wide range of industry occupations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create database	1.1 Open a database application and design a two-table, simple relational database incorporating basic design principles 1.2 Develop a table with fields and attributes according to database usage, as well as user requirements 1.3 Create a primary key and establish an index for each table 1.4 Modify table layout and field attributes as required 1.5 Create a relationship between the two tables 1.6 Add and modify data in a table according to information requirements 1.7 Add and delete records as required 1.8 Save and close down database to storage area
2. Customise basic settings	2.1 Adjust page layout to meet user requirements 2.2 Open and view different toolbars 2.3 Format font as appropriate for the purpose of the database entries
3. Create reports	3.1 Design reports to present data in a logical sequence 3.2 Modify reports to include or exclude additional requirements 3.3 Distribute reports to appropriate person in a suitable format
4. Create forms	4.1 Use a wizard to create a simple form 4.2 Open existing database and modify records through a simple form 4.3 Rearrange objects within the form to accommodate information requirements
5. Retrieve information	5.1 Access existing database and locate required records 5.2 Create simple query and retrieve required information 5.3 Develop query with multiple criteria and retrieve required information 5.4 Select data and display appropriately

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 5.1	Identifies and analyses a wide range of hard copy and on-line forms, reports and other end-user documentation to identify end-user needs and data
Writing	1.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3, 5.2, 5.3	Uses database related terminology and protocols when designing tables, queries, reports and forms Uses clear plain English appropriate for end-users when labelling fields within reports and forms
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.3	Uses simple, relevant language, effective questioning, and active listening techniques to clarify user requirements, confirm understanding and when liaising with the appropriate person
Numeracy	5.3	Identifies and comprehends the specific numeric data needed, and uses logical functions, mathematical symbols and applies the order of operations in calculations when developing queries
Interact with others	3.3	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1-1.8, 2.1-2.3, 3.1,3.2, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.4	Plans a range of routine tasks and aims to achieve them efficiently Takes responsibility for routine, low-impact decisions within familiar situations Begins to identify and implement standard solutions for a number of routine problems Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT210 Operate database applications	ICAICT210A Operate database applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT210 Operate database applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

design and develop a simple database using a standard database package

add data

create and use a query with multiple criteria

create and modify reports and forms.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline basic database design principles

discuss the purposes of forms, reports and queries for retrieving and displaying information

outline the reasons for relationships between tables (cardinality)

describe the purpose, use and function of database software.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry and include access to:

a PC and printer

database software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

documents or information containing data suitable for creating a database.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to engage in basic ongoing review and research of industry specific technologies in order to identify and apply these technologies or techniques to improve aspects of an organisation's activities.

It applies to individuals who work under minimal supervision and are responsible for ensuring that the quality of the business process is maintained at the highest level possible, through the appropriate application of industry specific technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use basic industry specific technologies	1.1 Identify technologies specific to an industry sector 1.2 Acquire and use the industry specific technologies 1.3 Identify, classify and use industry specific technologies for the benefit of the organisation
2. Use basic industry specific technologies to assist in solving organisational problems	2.1 Conduct testing of industry specific technologies 2.2 Use features and functions of industry specific technologies within an organisational context 2.3 Demonstrate depth of knowledge of enabling technologies to an accepted industry standard 2.4 Access and use sources of information relating to the industry specific technologies
3. Evaluate performance of basic industry specific technology	3.1 Evaluate industry specific technologies for performance, usability and benefit to the organisation 3.2 Determine environmental considerations involved when using the technology 3.3 Seek feedback from users where appropriate

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 2.4	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts to expand own knowledge and identify industry specific technologies that will benefit the organisation
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify industry specific technologies that will benefit the organisation, and to determine environmental considerations
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Elicits information and feedback by using effective listening and questioning techniques to identify and evaluate industry specific technologies Uses clear, easy-to-understand language, and translates industry specific terminology into plain English where necessary
Navigate the world of work	2.3, 3.2	Recognises organisational expectations and follows explicit protocols and procedures
Get the work done	1.1-.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1	Determines priorities and sequences the steps involved in clearly defined familiar tasks, and identifies and assembles the resources required Demonstrates the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	ICAICT211A Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify basic new and emerging industry specific technologies and techniques

use basic features and functions of identified industry specific technologies to an industry standard.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline current technology trends and directions in information and communications technology (ICT), and specifically of the major industry technology standards used in the specified area

outline vendor product directions

describe current industry hardware and software products, with broad knowledge of general features and capabilities, and their application

outline information gathering techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

a site where industry specific technologies may be used

industry specific technologies currently used in industry

documents detailing work health and safety (WHS) standards, environmental guidelines and organisational requirements.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit defines the skills and knowledge required to install, configure and optimise operating system (OS) software to meet business and client needs.

It applies to individuals who may work under supervision and support others using well developed skills in creating solutions through analysis and evaluation of information.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine function of operating system	1.1 Identify and demonstrate understanding of the purposes of operating system 1.2 Distinguish between batch system, real-time system and multi-tasking system 1.3 Compare and contrast different operating systems and their features 1.4 Identify and demonstrate knowledge of the basic functions of operating system, including file system, memory management, process scheduling 1.5 Identify and demonstrate management of virtual memory
2. Obtain operating system	2.1 Contact operating system vendors to obtain technical specifications and system requirements 2.2 Identify process and steps required to install and configure the operating system using installation components 2.3 Document adjustment recommendations and provide to appropriate person 2.4 Determine and apply knowledge of licensing, hardware and security requirements
3. Install, configure and optimise operating system	3.1 Install, configure and test operating system using installation components and boot-utility options 3.2 Use the relevant operating system user interface to correctly configure the installation 3.3 Optimise the system to meet organisational requirements 3.4 Document the system according to organisational requirements 3.5 Install the operating system with minimal disruption to client or users
4. Provide instruction to meet new software requirements	4.1 Provide one-to-one instruction about changes to the client or users as required 4.2 Obtain client evaluation about new system to ensure requirements are met, using appropriate feedback mechanism

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of on-line and hard-copy text containing complex, OS specific terminology, and applies the information to the selection, installation, configuration and optimisation of operating systems Interprets and comprehends a large range of syntax, diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary to install and configure operating systems
Writing	2.3, 3.4	Uses the correct spelling and grammar, clear plain English and systems related text to document recommendations and processes, and develop feedback tools
Oral Communication	2.1, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Elicits and evaluates information using OS related terminology and effective listening and questioning techniques Uses simple and relevant language to liaise with clients, present information and obtain feedback
Navigate the world of work	2.4	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements, and seeks clarification when required
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 3.5	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency and considering how to link with the work of others Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	ICAICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test an operating system to improve system performance with minimum disruption to clients.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

compare current industry accepted hardware and software products

outline functions and features of operating systems used by the organisation

explain the installation and configuration of systems software

explain the architecture of current technical systems

outline the deployment of current organisational systems

list organisational requirements for operating system (OS) software

explain prerequisites for system software installation

outline set-up and configuration procedures

list software packages supported by the organisation

describe system’s current functionality

list system’s diagnostic software

outline vendor specifications and requirements for installation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer where installation may be performed

OS software and technical documentation

organisational documentation.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse, design, implement and review the customisation of packaged software applications, using simple programming constructs.

It applies to individuals who have achieved a degree of autonomy as information and communications technology (ICT) users and support personnel for software application activities in the workplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse customisation requirements	1.1 Determine and document client requirements in a requirement specifications file in line with organisational requirements and security requirements 1.2 Confirm that projected specifications meet client requirements 1.3 Determine level of documentation necessary to meet client requirements
2. Develop customisation	2.1 Design software applications, taking into account system limitations and client needs 2.2 Customise software applications using simple programming constructs, conforming to organisational requirements 2.3 Obtain feedback from the client following client testing of the customised software applications 2.4 Make further changes to software applications to meet client requirements 2.5 Document the changes
3. Provide support for customised application	3.1 Produce documentation for client 3.2 Produce help desk documentation for ongoing support 3.3 Obtain clients’ evaluation and feedback to ensure that their requirements have been met

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 3.3	Identifies and interprets a variety of hard copy and online technical information to identify organisational requirements and clarify client requirements
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Uses correct spelling and grammar, plain English and specific terminology to produce documents to organisational guidelines as required by the job role Uses the appropriate programming syntax and conventions to perform job role
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.3	Elicits and evaluates information using effective listening and questioning techniques Uses simple and relevant language to confirm understanding of requirements, liaise with the client and obtain feedback
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1-2.4	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for efficiency Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools Tests and operates common digital tools and systems to effectively complete routine tasks Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients	ICAICT307A Customise packaged software applications for clients	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret and document client requirements to customise software applications

design software applications

analyse, implement and review customised software applications

produce documentation for the client

obtain feedback from client to ensure requirements have been met.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the general features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

discuss functions and features of software applications suitable for client

discuss functions and features of the operating system (OS)

identify information and communications technology (ICT) structure and system infrastructure

describe organisational policy and procedures relating to customising software

identify organisational security procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

a site where software applications may be customised

use of customisable software applications currently used in industry

client requirements documentation

organisational requirements.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use computer applications employing advanced features. It involves manipulating data and accessing support resources to solve routine problems.

It applies to individuals who have achieved a degree of autonomy as advanced information and communications technology (ICT) users, and support information technology activities in software applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manipulate data	1.1 Employ advanced features of applications in the preparation and presentation of data 1.2 Transfer data between applications, linking and embedding related data files as required 1.3 Create and employ objects, macros and templates for routine activities 1.4 Use shortcuts and features to increase personal productivity
2. Access and use support resources	2.1 Solve routine problems using support resources 2.2 Use online help to overcome difficulties with applications 2.3 Solve problems with manuals and training booklets 2.4 Access and apply technical support for system problems, using troubleshooting results and alert messages

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1-2.4	Identifies and interprets a variety of hard copy, online and software generated technical information containing software specific language, syntax and code to apply features and functions of applications to their fullest extent and to solve problems
Oral Communication	2.1, 2.4	Discusses and resolves problems using technical terms and language, and effective listening and questioning techniques
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1- 2.4	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications	ICAICT308A Use advanced features of computer applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use at least three computer applications employing advanced features and import and export capacities for efficiency and productivity purposes

solve routine problems using support resources.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the basic features and functions of relevant operating systems software and system tools

outline relevant vendor product directions in computer applications

identify commonly available vendor applications and their features.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a site where advanced features of computer applications may be used

computer applications currently used in industry

documents or information containing data suitable to demonstrate advanced features of computer applications

support resources, including online, manuals and training booklets.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop macros and templates for clients using industry recognised software applications.

It applies to individuals working in an office environment who achieve a degree of self-sufficiency as an advanced information and communications technology (ICT) user, and who support software applications activities in the workplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine macro or template requirement	1.1 Determine client requirements in line with organisational guidelines 1.2 Develop macro or template specification 1.3 Confirm that macro or template specification meets client’s needs and operational guidelines 1.4 Determine documentation requirements
2. Develop macro or template for client	2.1 Develop macro or template to specification using industry recognised software applications 2.2 Demonstrate macro or template to client and obtain feedback 2.3 Amend macro or template as required by client 2.4 Update macro or template specification
3. Provide client support for macro or template	3.1 Document support and instruction requirements 3.2 Provide documentation to client help desk for future support

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4	Reviews a range of written and online texts to identify relevant organisational guidelines and requirements relating to the job role
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1	Uses the appropriate macro syntax and conventions to develop macros Uses correct spelling and grammar; and organisational guidelines for terminology, address format, logos and document structure to develop templates Uses correct spelling and grammar, plain English and, when necessary, technical terminology to comply with documentation requirements and develop support documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 3.2	Uses simple and relevant language and effective listening and questioning techniques to determine client needs and obtain feedback Uses technical language suitable to the job role when liaising with help desk personnel
Interact with others	3.2	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols, and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1- 2.4	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	ICAICT409A Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

determine client needs and specifications for macros and templates

develop a variety of macros and templates using at least two industry recognised application packages

provide support to the client for utilising the macros and templates.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline features and functions of particular categories of commercial computing packages, in particular procedures for:

creating macros and using default templates supplied by the software application package

creating new macros and templates

identify functions and features of the operating system

identify features and functions of software and hardware supported by the organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

documents detailing organisational policies

a personal computer where software installation may be performed

internet connection

networked computers

server and workstation hardware and software

style guides and design brief

technical documentation and installation manuals

use of software currently used in industry.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a website to specifications, within a particular technical and human interface environment.

This unit applies to individuals who are responsible for analysis, documentation and design, including identifying the technical and human computer interface requirements that drive design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define the technical environment	1.1 Identify the business requirements 1.2 Identify the appropriate standards required to develop the site 1.3 Identify the appropriate hardware and software required
2. Define the human computer interface	2.1 Conduct a user analysis, in order to determine a user profile and user needs 2.2 Determine the user content, and requirements 2.3 Determine the appropriate design principles for the site 2.4 Identify the appropriate operating system
3. Determine the site hierarchy	3.1 Identify the hierarchy of pages 3.2 Ensure that the content is logical and accessible to the user 3.3 Ensure that navigation between pages is consistent and clear
4. Integrate the design components	4.1 Apply the appropriate information hierarchy to the site design 4.2 Ensure that the design principles are appropriate to the business, and to the user 4.3 Ensure that the process flow is developed in a logical and simple manner 4.4 Test the site against user needs 4.5 Complete and document the design structure

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.3	Interprets, analyses, and syntheses, technical and organisational information to inform decision-making, to construct and validate solutions, and to produce responses to pre-determined requirements and work tasks
Writing	2.2, 3.2, 3.3, 4.5	Develops content in a manner that supports and conveys information, using the appropriate structures, templates, software, and specialised language Produces a logically sequenced text to convey exact procedural requirements and specific, and concise, instructions/meaning
Navigate the world of work	1.2	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to the standards of industry bodies, where related to own work context
Interact with others	2.1, 2.2, 4.2	Selects the appropriate communication protocols and conventions, when conferring with clients to elicit information, and to determine specific needs and requirements
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing, and prioritising tasks within own workload, for efficiency and effective outcomes Uses analytical processes to make routine and some complex decisions, to develop logical structures within the website information and operation that meet client needs Understands the purposes, specific functions and , key features of common digital systems, tools and software, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements	ICAWEB401A Design a website to meet technical requirements	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and select, the appropriate tools and procedures required to develop a website

conduct a user analysis to identify the website, or design structure, required

define the user interface

determine the site hierarchy

test the website, to ensure that it meets the standards required by the user.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the basic aspects of information architecture

describe the business process design

outline copyright and intellectual property requirements

provide an overview of the customer, and business, liaison

detail e-business sites and corporate strategy

describe the implications of technology connectivity

explain the procedures for documenting technical specifications

discuss the relevant standards relating to website design

compare website design methods, and standard website structures

recognise and define, common operating systems

recognise and operate, common computer hardware.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the website technologies field of work, and include access to the:

analysis software

customer relationship model

e-business website

requirements documentation

site server

site server software

web servers

relevant standards, and copyright information.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop interactive and engaging websites, using a range of features from various, appropriate languages.

It applies to individuals working in web development environments who are required to produce client-side scripts as a common means of creating interactive websites. These scripts offer an effective simple means of enabling websites to provide greater interaction with clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the requirements for web documents	1.1 Determine the necessary dynamic functionality of the web document 1.2 Determine the appropriate language to achieve that functionality 1.3 Determine the web document requirements
2. Design and produce web documents	2.1 Design the web document, and embedded scripts to achieve the required functionality 2.2 Write a simple hypertext markup language (HTML), considering accessibility 2.3 Write embedded scripts
3. Test the scripts and debug	3.1 Test the web document against the required functionality, and reiterate until correct 3.2 Complete the documentation and submit it to the appropriate person for their approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3	Recognises and interprets textual information in various information and communications technology (ICT) languages, in order to determine the dynamic functionality of the web document
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2	Develops material for a specific audience, using detailed ICT language, to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3	Articulates clearly, using the specific language suitable to technical, operational and business audiences, to convey requirements and listening, and questioning, techniques to confirm understanding
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.2	Plans approach to work based on internet protocols, and the analysis of business needs and requirements Sequences, schedules and prioritises own work activities Resolves issues, including design and functionality conflicts, debugging and handling errors, and implements tests to ascertain the functionality of solutions, prior to full implementation Utilises a combination of lateral and analytical thinking, and practice, to design and validate the reliability, and efficacy of web documents Uses a range of digitally-based technologies, software packages, and hardware to view the active elements or objects across different platforms, and to design, and produce, web documents

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages	ICAWEB411A Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

determine the dynamic functionality and requirements of web documents

select the appropriate language

design web documents with embedded script

produce dynamic web page documents

test and debug, the web document functionality

document and gain client approval.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss the basic principles behind open platform programming

describe client-side scripting and its application to dynamic web page design, including:

events and event handlers

internet operation related to servers and clients

internet protocols

standard generalised markup language (SGML)

associated standards

identify and outline, security restrictions on servers

describe the difference between server-side and client-side scripting

describe the standards associated with programming documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the website technologies field of work, and include access to:

special purpose tools

equipment and materials

industry software packages

the web server

the client requirements

the security policy

functionality and scope requirements.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a text editor to design, create and save web pages to a given specification, rather than using an authoring tool.

It applies to individuals working as web designers and developers who interpret client briefs, generate a framework for internet information, and are resourceful in their application of technology in using a markup language.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the specifications and requirements	1.1 Determine the uses and audience of the document 1.2 Determine the appropriate markup language, based on the document’s uses and audience, and current industry best practice 1.3 Determine the document structure
2. Create the document structure	2.1 Create and assign the basic elements of the document, taking into account accessibility 2.2 Mark-up the sections of the document required to describe the structure
3. Incorporate the web page components	3.1 Identify the web page components 3.2 Evaluate suitable web page components 3.3 Include the required web page components
4. Validate the documents	4.1 Validate the markup language document, against the specifications and record the outcomes 4.2 Validate the markup language document in different browsers for compatibility, and record the outcomes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 4.1, 4.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates instructions, technical information and industry guidelines, to determine client needs and business requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2	Produces documentation for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information Writes, edits and proofreads documents to ensure clarity of meaning, and accuracy and consistency of information
Navigate the world of work	1.2	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and industry best practice
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload, for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information, and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification	ICAWEB429A Create a markup language document to specification	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

design, create and save a document using a markup language, without using an automated code generation program

use a text editor for generating the markup language code for use on common web browsers

validate the markup document against the standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C).

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

recognise and outline the use of markup languages including:

dynamic hypertext markup language (DHTML)

hypertext markup language (HTML)

standard generalised markup language (SGML)

virtual reality modelling language (VRML)

extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML)

extensible markup language (XML)

identify and describe, standards applicable to a markup language

summarise the range of available web browsers and their accessibility

identify and describe, the issues of accessibility.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the website technologies field of work, and include access to:

an organisational style guide or policy

all user requirements

a text editor

a range of browsers

the internet, to validate the markup.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

LGACOMP008A Apply conflict resolution strategies

Modification History

LGACOMP008A Release 2:	Layout adjusted.

LGACOMP008A Release 1:	Primary release.

Unit Descriptor

This unit covers dealing effectively with conflict, both in the workplace and outside the organisation. The unit outlines the knowledge and skills required to assess potential conflict situations and deal appropriately with the situation to achieve a resolution. The unit is suitable for all people working within the organisation.

Application of the Unit

This unit supports the attainment of skills and knowledge required for competent workplace performance in councils of all sizes. Knowledge of the legislation and regulations within which councils must operate is essential. The unique nature of councils, as a tier of government directed by elected members and reflecting the needs of local communities, must be appropriately reflected.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a Unit of Competency	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the Range Statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess potential conflict situations	1.1 Signs, stages and possible causes of conflict are identified and anticipated. 1.2 Appropriate responses are evaluated against organisational procedures and legal requirements. 1.3 Additional information is identified and sought as required to assist in the assessment of the conflict situation.
2. Implement conflict resolution strategies	2.1 Factors and issues relevant to the conflict are clarified. 2.2 Strategies for dealing with conflict situations are developed in accordance with organisational procedures. 2.3 Assistance is sought as required and is appropriate to the person's skill and responsibility. 2.4 Options for resolution of the conflict are identified which allow for constructive responses to be negotiated. 2.5 Negotiation techniques are used to maintain positive interaction and to divert and minimise aggressive behaviour. 2.6 Effective communication techniques are used to ensure understanding of information received or relayed. 2.7 Social and cultural differences are taken into account in the negotiation style and approach taken. 2.8 Mutual agreement to the situation and its resolution is confirmed and follow up action is agreed upon by all parties. 2.9 Systems, records and reporting procedures are maintained according to organisational procedures.
3. Evaluate response and outcome	3.1 Effectiveness of response is evaluated and reviewed according to information available and organisational practices. 3.2 Accurate and constructive observations of incidents are provided in reviewing and debriefing the situation. 3.3 Records and reports are provided and maintained according to organisational requirements. 3.4 Effects of stress are recognised and addressed through stress management techniques and debriefing.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Required Skills
problem-solving strategies to know how to deal with unexpected questions or attitudes interpersonal skills to develop rapport with other parties in the conflict capacity to evaluate own response to situations of conflict and manage own emotions communication skills to effectively come to an agreed outcome negotiation skills to negotiate difficult situations and resolve problems as they arise flexibility to adjust quickly to differing situations empathy to develop rapport and understanding with and for the other party dealing with difficult people and situations
Required Knowledge
legislative and/or other legal provisions conflict resolution strategies organisational policies and procedures relating to managing conflict through negotiation recording and reporting procedures principles of cooperative team work different social and cultural practices

Evidence Guide

Overview of assessment requirements	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit will be able to perform the outcomes described in the Elements to the required performance level detailed in the Performance Criteria. The knowledge and skill requirements described in the Range Statement must also be demonstrated. For example, knowledge of the legislative framework and safe work practices that underpin the performance of the unit are also required to be demonstrated.
Critical aspects of evidence to be considered	The demonstrated ability to: interpret accurately and comply with legal and procedural requirements identify typical symptoms and causes of conflict in the workplace and ways of resolving conflict situations select conflict resolution strategies that are most effective for the objective use negotiation techniques to defuse and resolve conflict use communication techniques to give clear and accurate information in a form that is preferred and understood by the receiver
Context of assessment	Competency is demonstrated by performance of all stated criteria, with particular attention to the critical aspects of evidence and the knowledge and skills elaborated in the Evidence Guide, and within the scope of the Range Statement. Assessment must take account of the endorsed Assessment Guidelines in the Local Government Training Package. Assessment of performance requirements in this unit should be undertaken in an actual workplace or simulated environment. Assessment should reinforce the integration of the key competencies for the particular AQF level. Refer to the key competency levels at the end of this unit.
Relationship to other units(prerequisite or co-requisite units)	To enable holistic assessment this unit may be assessed with other units that form part of the job role.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: observation of the learner performing a range of workplace tasks over sufficient time to demonstrate handling of a range of contingencies written and/or oral questioning to assess knowledge and understanding completion of workplace documentation third-party reports from experienced practitioners completion of self-paced learning materials including personal reflection and feedback from trainer, coach or supervisor
Evidence required for demonstration of consistent performance	Evidence should be collected over a set period of time that is sufficient to include dealings with an appropriate range and variety of formal and informal situations, involving different types of problems and clients.
Resource implications	The learner and trainer should have access to appropriate documentation and resources normally used in the workplace.

Range Statement

The Range Statement relates to the Unit of Competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below.
Causes of conflict may include:	refusal to follow directions and guidance dissatisfaction of client with council service or information disagreement between members of the public disagreement between members of the organisation ejection of persons persons suffering from emotional distress bystander behaviour
Legal requirements may include:	relevant state and commonwealth legislation decisions of relevant tribunals roles and responsibilities terms and conditions of employment
Negotiation techniques may include:	strategic questioning and listening to gather information and direct the focus of the people involved positive, confident and cooperative language control of tone of voice and body language using language and concepts appropriate to the people involved using clear presentations of options and consequences demonstrating flexibility and willingness to compromise summarising positions and agreements made to confirm understanding between the negotiating parties
Communication techniques may include:	verbal and non-verbal language two-way interaction constructive feedback active listening reflection and summarising
Social and cultural differences may include:	verbal and non-verbal language beliefs and values religious or spiritual observances relationships and family structures social conventions codes of conduct

Unit Sector(s)

Common

MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using computer-aided design (CAD) applications to produce models and documentation for interior decoration and design projects to meet client and project brief requirements. It applies to the development of 2-D and 3-D drawings that incorporate all standard practice notations and drawing protocols.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine project requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing with CAD applications are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and confirmed
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Design concepts and details of design solution are examined to determine drawing requirements
1.5	Sketches, drawings and materials board are analysed
1.6	Calculations and measurements are confirmed
1.7	Documentation requirements for the design are clarified and confirmed
1.8	Computing equipment and suitable software is selected and prepared for use
1.9	Customised template created for individual workplace
2	Use CAD applications to produce 3-D model and documentation	2.1	Layering strategy for project is designed, created and applied
2.2	Architectural library is developed to acquire relevant design components
2.3	Custom designed library parts are created
2.4	Text, line, font and dimension styles are applied
2.5	Pan, zoom and orbit tools are used to navigate in the 2-D and 3-D windows within the model
2.6	Text and notations are added to the drawing in accordance with drawing protocols
2.7	Dimensions are added to the drawing in accordance with drawing protocols
2.8	3-D detailed suite of rooms, complete with fenestration and doors is produced on appropriate layers
2.9	Advanced features of drawing tools are used to generate 3-D form
3	Edit drawing components	3.1	Editing tools are used to modify drawing elements and text
3.2	Object properties are modified changed or transferred to a different layer
4	Render surfaces	4.1	Library is used to assign materials to surfaces and objects of the model
4.2	New material creations are explored
4.3	Texture, transparency, luminescence and patterns are edited to achieve desired surface effects using shader settings
4.4	Light fixtures are included in model and parameters adjusted to achieve desired effects
5	Create 3-D views of the model	5.1	Isometric, two and three point perspective views are created using a range of camera settings and rendering techniques
5.2	Camera or target is repositioned to provide alternate views using a variety of camera techniques
5.3	Effect of natural and artificial lighting are created in 3-D space to achieve photo realistic awareness of the 3-D model and the effect of light on surfaces
5.4	Rending time considerations are examined to achieve specific output
6	Plot and print for final presentations	6.1	Perspective views are saved and are appropriate for final media presentation
6.2	Appropriate views are saved to meet requirements of brief
6.3	Page layout is created for plotting and printing
6.4	Page layout is prepared using saved views and documentation
6.5	2-D documentation is plotted with appropriate line weights
6.6	Slide show presentation is prepared using saved views and documentation
7	Save and back up files	7.1	Folders and files are created to store drawing projects
7.2	Drawings are saved and filed to allow easy access according to workplace documentation system
7.3	Appropriate techniques for reducing file size are identified and compared
7.4	Copies of files are backed up

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes (legislative and planning) effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Details of design solution include:	products materials fixtures and finishes dimensions features openings furnishings and accessories colour effects and lighting electrical sources
Documentation requirements include:	site plans floor plans sections elevations projections general notes construction notes area analysis services structures location neighbouring buildings any other space or area addressed by interior designers
Layering includes:	the use of different overlays to portray a range of applications, including: architectural civil electrical fire protection general landscaping mechanical plumbing equipment or furnishings structural telecommunications
Architectural library includes:	a catalogued reference of interior decoration and design components which can be uploaded into a model
Pan, zoom and orbit tools include:	procedures for moving around the window and the ability to look closer or more broadly at certain components
Drawing protocols include:	commonly used symbols lettering standards standard units of measurement paper size scale numbering legends abbreviations
Editing tools include:	tools which enable changing of: components sections text measurements on a model
Rending time considerations include:	global settings quality settings and impact on rendering times specific rendering quality issues
Appropriate views include:	sectional views internal and external elevations removal of wire frames and hidden lines use of desired output settings
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5014A Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design and produce at least two (2) 2-D CAD drawings and two (2) 3-D CAD drawings that document the requirements of the design brief applying drafting and drawing protocols in accordance with Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Apply design elements and principles to designing with CAD applications

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Apply design concepts to drawings

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for using CAD applications

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for using CAD applications

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Types of CAD equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Relevant computer programs and CAD applications

Drafting and drawing codes and practices relevant to interior design

2-D and 3-D drawing techniques

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Documentation control procedures

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing with CAD applications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

PMAOMIR210 Control evacuation to muster point

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to PMAOMIR210B Control evacuation to muster point

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to coordinate and control evacuation to a designated muster point.

This unit of competency applies to operators who are required to assess an incident; prepare for and control evacuation, including people requiring assistance; conduct head counts; respond to first aid and other needs of evacuees; and maintain communications and safety throughout these activities.

Generally the person would be part of a team during the incident but may be required to act independently. At all times they would be liaising and cooperating with other members of the team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Incident readiness and response

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to evacuate	1.1	Recognise alarm or other signs of incident
1.2	Determine nature and location of incident, wind direction and other relevant information
1.3	Assess incident situation and instigate relevant procedure
1.4	Predict probable changes/escalation to incident
1.5	Prepare the area and personnel for evacuation
1.6	Facilitate incident roles and the operation of incident response stations according to procedures
1.7	Coordinate incident response actions according to procedures
1.8	Maintain communication channels with relevant personnel
2	Control evacuation	2.1	Identify hazards associated with evacuation
2.2	Identify and communicate most appropriate path for evacuation to the desired muster point
2.3	Implement relevant hazard control procedures
2.4	Initiate evacuation when appropriate
2.5	Ensure evacuation of mobility/sensory-impaired people
2.6	Control incident evacuation according to procedures
2.7	Undertake roll call of evacuated persons
2.8	Communicate required details of evacuation to relevant personnel
3	Complete evacuation	3.1	Arrange and coordinate the first aid, welfare and other needs of evacuated persons
3.2	Maintain control over evacuees
3.3	Arrange for/provide assistance to the incident controller as required
3.4	Maintain communication channels with relevant personnel
3.5	Move evacuees to a new location, or dismiss and return to work
3.6	Debrief evacuees and seek possible improvements
3.7	Complete all required records and reporting
3.8	Make recommendations for improvements to be incorporated into procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following: legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment (HSE) requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment include one or more of the following: hard hats armbands torches smoke hoods lifejackets incident communications equipment check lists and floor plans
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, include one or more of the following: emergency procedures work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant.
Hazards	Hazards include one or more of the following: spread of fire threat to adjoining areas danger of explosion loss of communications falling or shifting debris obstruction of evacuation routes heat, smoke, darkness, dust or other atmospheric hazards electricity gas gases and liquids under pressure structural hazards structural collapse equipment failures industrial (machinery, equipment and product) equipment or product mass noise, rotational equipment or vibration plant services (steam, condensate and cooling water) limited head spaces or overhangs working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours hazardous products and materials unauthorised personnel sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions slippery surfaces, spills or leaks extreme weather other hazards that might arise

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to PMAOMIR210B Control evacuation to muster point

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=9fc2cf53-e570-4e9f-ad6a-b228ffdb6875

Assessment Requirements for PMAOMIR210 Control evacuation to muster point

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to PMAOMIR210B Control evacuation to muster point

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include the ability to:

assess incident situation, related hazards and likely changes/escalation and apply procedures

coordinate people and activities to effect evacuation according to procedures

monitor and account for evacuees

respond to needs of evacuees, including those who are injured, impaired and/or require other support

communicate effectively with evacuees, incident controller and other personnel under stress

complete forms and records.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including those covering:

safety, hazards and hazard control

incident, fire and accident

emergency response plans

communication systems

hazards that may arise in an incident and risk controls

accounting procedures and analysis of reports from evacuation areas

types of first aid and welfare responses available in an emergency.

Assessment Conditions

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

Typically this evidence might be expected to be collected during an emergency drill.

The collection of performance evidence:

should occur over a range of situations which include typical disruptions to normal, smooth operations

will typically include a supervisor/third-party report focusing on consistent performance and problem recognition and solving. A supervisor/third-party report must be prepared by someone who has a direct, relevant, current relationship with the person being assessed and who is in a position to form a judgement on workplace performance relevant to the unit of competency

must include the use of appropriate tools, equipment and safety gear requiring demonstration of evacuation and mustering procedures

may use industry-based simulation for all or part of the unit particularly where safety, lack of opportunity or significant cost is an issue.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment in a simulated environment should use evidence collected from one or more of:

walk-throughs

pilot plant operation

demonstration of skills

industry-based case studies/scenarios

‘what ifs’.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The regulatory framework will be reflected in workplace policies and procedures and is not required to be independently assessed.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessors must satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator.

In addition, the assessor or anyone acting in subject matter expert role in assessment must demonstrate both technical competency and currency. If the assessor cannot demonstrate technical competency and currency they must assess with a subject matter expert who does meet these requirements.

Technical competence can be demonstrated through one or more of:

relevant VET or other qualification/Statement of Attainment

appropriate workplace experience undertaking the type of work being assessed under routine and non-routine conditions

appropriate workplace experience supervising/evaluating the type of work being assessed under routine and non-routine conditions

Currency can be demonstrated through one or more of:

being currently employed undertaking the type of work being assessed

being employed by the organisation undertaking the type of work being assessed and having maintained currency in accordance with that organisation’s policies and procedures

having consulted/had contact with an organisation undertaking the type of work being assessed within the last twelve months, the consultation/contact being related to assessment

conducting on-the-job training/assessments of the type of work being assessed

being an active member of a relevant professional body and participating in activities relevant to the assessment of this type of work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=9fc2cf53-e570-4e9f-ad6a-b228ffdb6875

PSPLND001 Investigate tenure and land use history

Modification History

Release	Comments
1	This unit was released in PSP Public Sector Training Package release 1.0 and meets the Standards for Training Packages. This unit supersedes and is equivalent to PSPLAND302A Investigate tenure and land use history. Unit code updated Content and formatting updated to comply with new standards All PC transitioned from passive to active voice

Application

This unit describes the skills required to investigate a tenure and land use history. It includes identifying land, reading plans and/or maps, searching records, interpreting information, recording investigation findings and organising plans and/or diagrams.

This unit applies to those working to form a history of land use and tenure.

The skills and knowledge described in this unit must be applied within the legislative, regulatory and policy environment in which they are carried out. Organisational policies and procedures must be consulted and adhered to.

Those undertaking this unit would work independently, performing routine tasks in a range of familiar contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Public land administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify land	1.1 Obtain sufficient details to identify the map, plan or aerial photo containing the area of land. 1.2 Locate the area of land on the map, plan and aerial photo using the information gathered.
2. Read plans and/or maps	2.1 Establish the purpose of the plan and/or map. 2.2 Identify the type of information that can be obtained from the different types of plans and/or maps. 2.3 Obtain information from the plan and/or map to suit the intended purpose.
3. Search public land records	3.1 Establish the purpose for the investigation of tenure and/or land use history to determine the level of detail required. 3.2 Access and search electronic data sources. 3.3 Identify key repositories and access data sources and historic records to obtain information relating to the identified land. 3.4 Conduct consultations when necessary to identify and/or corroborate tenure and/or land use information. 3.5 Source and analyse all available land records related to the area and compile evidence in accordance with the purpose of the investigation.
4. Interpret information	4.1 Interpret legislation relevant to the jurisdiction. 4.2 Interpret information in tenure related and land use documentation. 4.3 Obtain expert assistance for interpretation as required. 4.4 Identify and analyse evidence of past and present tenure and/or land use.
5. Record investigation findings	5.1 Compile chronology of tenure and/or land use history with sufficient detail to meet the investigations purpose. 5.2 Record history to suit the intended purpose and audience. 5.3 Present findings.
6. Organise plans/diagrams	6.1 Establish the purpose of the plan or diagram. 6.2 Access and obtain the information and resources required to arrange for the diagram or plan. 6.3 Check the diagram or plan to see that it suits the intended purpose.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills are embedded within the elements and performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit supersedes and is equivalent to PSPLAND302A Investigate tenure and land use history.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND001 Investigate tenure and land use history

Modification History

Release	Comments
1	These Assessment Requirements were released in PSP Public Sector Training Package release 1.0 and meet the Standards for Training Packages. Assessment Requirements created drawing upon specified assessment information from superseded unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence must satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria. If not otherwise specified the candidate must demonstrate evidence of performance of the following on at least one occasion.

finding information in systems, databases and other sources

researching data repositories, including libraries and archives

interpreting legislation and instruments

interpreting tenure documents, correspondence, maps, plans

reading a gazette

using microfiche

producing accurate reports, setting out facts in logical sequence

making assessments of facts where interpretation is required

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence must satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria. If not otherwise specified the depth of knowledge demonstrated must be appropriate to the job context of the candidate.

the organisation’s spatial and textual information systems, databases and archival storage/s

land tenure legislation, tenure types and the effect of these

maps, plans, title documents and related legal matter

sources of historical information and how to access them

public sector legislation, including work health and safety, environment, privacy and diversity

Assessment Conditions

This unit contains no specific industry-mandated assessment conditions. Guidance on suggested and recommended conditions and methods can be found in the Implementation Guide.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

PSPLND002 Compile and check survey plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
1	This unit was released in PSP Public Sector Training Package release 1.0 and meets the Standards for Training Packages. This unit supersedes and is equivalent to PSPLAND308A Compile and check survey plans. Unit code updated Content and formatting updated to comply with new standards All PC transitioned from passive to active voice

Application

This unit describes the skills required to prepare a compiled survey plan to industry standards. This includes checking the plan to ensure compliance with organisational requirements and industry standards.

This unit applies to those working as land surveyors.

The skills and knowledge described in this unit must be applied within the legislative, regulatory and policy environment in which they are carried out. Organisational policies and procedures must be consulted and adhered to.

Those undertaking this unit would work independently, while performing routine tasks in a familiar context.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Public land administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Check a survey plan	1.1 Check survey plans to ensure compliance with specialised requirements and industry standards. 1.2 Refer any discrepancies or abnormalities to the appropriate personnel for verification or amendment. 1.3 Endorse approval.
2. Compile a survey plan	2.1 Access and gather information and resources required. 2.2 Check the compiled plan to ensure it is mathematically correct. 2.3 Ensure the plan is endorsed by the appropriate personnel.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills are embedded within the elements and performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit supersedes and is equivalent to PSPLAND308A Compile and check survey plans.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND002 Compile and check survey plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
1	These Assessment Requirements were released in PSP Public Sector Training Package release 1.0 and meet the Standards for Training Packages. Assessment Requirements created drawing upon specified assessment information from superseded unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence must satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria. If not otherwise specified the candidate must demonstrate evidence of performance of the following on at least one occasion.

compiling and preparing survey plans

interpreting survey plans

checking survey plans

calculating a survey close

converting imperial dimensions to metric

creating an easement or covenant

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence must satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria. If not otherwise specified the depth of knowledge demonstrated must be appropriate to the job context of the candidate.

land titles office guidelines for plan preparation and lodgement

distance calculations and geometry

past and current survey techniques and practices

easement or covenant creation

public sector legislation, including work health and safety, environment, privacy and diversity in the context of compiling and checking survey plans

Assessment Conditions

This unit contains no specific industry-mandated assessment conditions. Guidance on suggested and recommended conditions and methods can be found in the Implementation Guide.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

PSPLND012 Review planning documents and environmental assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
1	This unit was released in PSP Public Sector Training Package release 1.0 and meets the Standards for Training Packages. This unit supersedes and is equivalent to PSPLAND501A Review planning documents and environmental assessments. Unit code updated Content and formatting updated to comply with new standards All PC transitioned from passive to active voice

Application

This unit describes the skills required to review planning documents and environmental assessments. It includes documenting reviews and consulting with authorities and/or other parties where required.

This unit applies to those working in administration roles dealing with the review of planning documents and environmental assessments.

The skills and knowledge described in this unit must be applied within the legislative, regulatory and policy environment in which they are carried out. Organisational policies and procedures must be consulted and adhered to.

Those undertaking this unit would work independently, while performing complex tasks in a range of familiar contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Public land administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Review planning documents and/or environmental assessments	1.1 Establish the purpose of the planning document and/or environmental assessment involving public land. 1.2 Identify the impact of the likely effects of the proposal as submitted on public land. 1.3 Ensure that any proposal is in accordance with legislative requirements and policies relating to public land. 1.4 Follow statutory and organisational procedures. 1.5 Prepare and direct documentation associated with the review. 1.6 Make responses within the specified timeframe.
2. Consult with other authorities and/or parties	2.1 Establish the authorities and/or parties that need to be consulted. 2.2 Direct the information submitted to all authorities and/or parties promptly. 2.3 Prepare a coordinated response using the information supplied through consultation.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills are embedded within the elements and performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit supersedes and is equivalent to PSPLAND501A Review planning documents and environmental assessments.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Assessment Requirements for PSPLND012 Review planning documents and environmental assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
1	These Assessment Requirements were released in PSP Public Sector Training Package release 1.0 and meet the Standards for Training Packages. Assessment Requirements created drawing upon specified assessment information from superseded unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence must satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria. If not otherwise specified the candidate must demonstrate evidence of performance of the following on at least one occasion.

assessing impacts of development on public land

interpreting policy and strategies

interpreting documents, including planing documents, engineering and construction plans, aerial photographs, electronic mapping

communicating with a diverse range of stakeholders to enable a coordinated response

preparing a response involving negotiation of an agreed position

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence must satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria. If not otherwise specified the depth of knowledge demonstrated must be appropriate to the job context of the candidate.

public sector legislation, including work health and safety and environment, regulations, policies and practices relating to public land administration and land use planning approvals

legal implications of a development on public land

risk management

departmental delegations

Assessment Conditions

This unit contains no specific industry-mandated assessment conditions. Guidance on suggested and recommended conditions and methods can be found in the Implementation Guide.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bebbece7-ff48-4d2c-8876-405679019623

RIISTD201D Read and interpret maps

Modification History

Release	Comment
1	This unit replaces RIISTD201A Read and interpret maps
2	Removed irrelevant points in Knowledge Evidence; Editorial corrections
3	Required frequency and volume of evidence amended in Performance evidence. Substantial amendments made in Assessment Conditions field, including: references to Industry Sectors, assessor and subject matter expert experience requirements, how assessment should be conducted and what it should confirm.

Application

This unit describes a participant’s skills and knowledge required to read and interpret maps in the Resources and Infrastructure Industries.

This unit is appropriate for those working in operational roles.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1. Plan and prepare for navigation	1.1 Access, interpret and apply navigation documentation and ensure the work activity is compliant 1.2 Obtain, interpret, clarify and confirm navigation information, work requirements and travel details 1.3 Select maps, equipment and navigation aids, and check for accuracy, currency and operational effectiveness 1.4 Identify faults/errors in maps and equipment, and record, report and address issues 1.5 Establish and maintain communication plan
2. Plan the route	2.1 Assess and select route to destination, consider information from map/plan/field observations 2.2 Examine maps, and identify relevant symbols, information and navigation data 2.3 Identify and locate current position in the field, on map/plan using landmarks and key geographical features 2.4 Identify and locate required destination on map/plan 2.5 Review the map route/plan, field observations, and local knowledge 2.6 Identify potential hazards and plan risk control measures 2.7 Measure and estimate distance to destination using map scale for selected route 2.8 Document in writing planned route on a navigation data sheet
3. Conduct navigation	3.1 Navigate planned route and schedule 3.2 Orientate the map/plan to surroundings and planned route 3.3 Use and interpret navigation aids 3.4 Navigate alternative routes to bypass obstacles and improve efficiency of route or course 3.5 Maintain clear and concise communication during navigation activity

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit. Further information is available in the Resources and Infrastructure Industry Training Package Companion Volume.

Unit Mapping Information

RIISTD201A Read and interpret maps

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=88a61002-9a21-4386-aaf8-69c76e675272

Assessment Requirements for RIISTD201D Read and interpret maps

Modification History

Release	Comment
1	This unit replaces RIISTD201A Read and interpret maps
2	Removed irrelevant points in Knowledge Evidence; Editorial corrections
3	Required frequency and volume of evidence amended in Performance evidence. Substantial amendments made in Assessment Conditions field, including: references to Industry Sectors, assessor and subject matter expert experience requirements, how assessment should be conducted and what it should confirm.

Performance Evidence

Evidence is required to be collected that demonstrates a candidate’s competency in this unit. Evidence must be relevant to the roles within this sector’s work operations and satisfy all of the requirements of the performance criteria of this unit and include evidence that the candidate:

locates and applies relevant documentation, policies and procedures

implements requirements, procedures and techniques for the safe, effective read and interpret map activities including:

applying problem solving skills to resolve issues to navigation route

applying mathematical skills, including: basic angles and geometry for compass bearings, estimation and measurement

works effectively with others to undertake and complete read and interpret map activities that meets all of the required outcomes including:

communicating by speaking clearly and listening actively

demonstrating the practice of working with others to read and interpret maps

maintaining written records and reporting

demonstrates completion of the reading and interpreting of maps that safely, effectively and efficiently meets all of the required outcomes on more than one (1) occasion including:

reviewing the map route/plan by identifying and using:

symbols

navigation data

landmarks

geographical features

scale

identifying obstacles and navigating alternative routes

undertaking a minimum 2 km navigation following established route

traversing a 2 km route to specified destination

orienting the map to ground and surrounds

documenting the navigation route and details on the navigational data sheet

communicating the planned navigation route to others

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of reading and interpreting maps through:

identifying fatigue management techniques

identifying and using various types of communication systems and equipment

engaging map reading and road navigation techniques

identifying and interpreting types of maps, charts and scales and their uses

determining representation of topographic features on maps and plans

determining common scales used on maps and plans

identifying and using features and use of a compass and factors that affect compass accuracy

identifying the applications of a GPS

advantages and disadvantages of different map and chart types and sources of error

techniques for estimating distance travelled

Assessment Conditions

An assessor of this unit must satisfy the requirements of the NVR/AQTF or their successors; and Industry regulations for certification and licensing; and,

this unit is best assessed in the context of this sector’s work environment;

where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment may occur in a simulated environment provided it is realistic and sufficiently rigorous to cover all aspects of this sector’s workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills; and,

this unit must be assessed in compliance with relevant legislation/regulation and using policies, procedures, processes and operational manuals directly related to the industry sector for which it is being assessed; and,

assessment may be conducted in conjunction with the assessment of other Units of Competency; and,

assessment must confirm consistent performance can be applied in a range of relevant workplace circumstances; and,

assessors must demonstrate the performance evidence, and knowledge evidence as outlined in this Unit of Competency, and through the minimum years of current* work experience specified below in an Industry sector relevant to the outcomes of the unit; or,

where the assessor does not meet experience requirements a co-assessment or partnership arrangement must exist between the qualified assessor and an Industry subject matter expert. The Industry subject matter expert should hold the unit being assessed (or an equivalent unit) and/or demonstrate equivalence of skills and knowledge at the unit level. An Industry technical expert must also demonstrate skills and knowledge from the minimum years of current work experience specified below in the Industry sector, including time spent in roles related to the unit being assessed; and,

assessor and Industry subject matter expert requirements differ depending on the Australian Qualifications Framework Level (AQF) of the qualification being assessed and/or Industry Sector as follows:

Industry sector	AQF** Level	Required assessor or Industry subject matter expert experience
Drilling, Metalliferous Mining, Coal Mining, Extractive (Quarrying) and Civil Construction	1	1 Year
2	2 Years
Drilling, Coal Mining and Extractive (Quarrying)	3-6	3 Years
Metalliferous Mining and Civil Construction	3-6	5 Years
Other sectors	Where this Unit is being assessed outside of the Resources and Infrastructure Sectors assessor and/or Industry subject matter expert experience should be in-line with industry standards for the sector in which it is being assessed and where no Industry standard is specified should comply with any relevant regulation.

*Assessors can demonstrate current work experience through employment within Industry in a role relevant to the outcomes of the Unit; or, for external assessors this can be demonstrated through exposure to Industry by conducting frequent site assessments across various locations.

**Where a unit is being delivered outside of a Qualification the first numeric character in the Unit code should be considered to indicate the AQF level

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=88a61002-9a21-4386-aaf8-69c76e675272

SISCAQU001 Test pool water quality

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to conduct pool water tests, record test results and make visual ongoing checks.

This unit applies to those working as pool attendants or aquatic operators in aquatic environments, such as council or commercially operated aquatic and leisure centres. Work is performed according to public health regulatory requirements, organisational policies and procedures, and relevant legislation.

Work may be carried out under supervision or with some autonomy, depending on the individual situation and job role.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Aquatics

Unit Sector

Community Recreation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Conduct pool water tests.	1.1 Complete routine pool water tests according to public health regulatory requirements. 1.2 Interpret test results and compare with public health regulatory requirements. 1.3 Identify and report pool water test irregularities to appropriate personnel for corrective action. 1.4 Respond to contamination incidents within scope of own role. 1.5 Conduct regular sample collection and initiate corrective actions as required. 1.6 Perform regular visual checks of pool water quality, identify issues and initiate corrective actions when required.
2. Record test results.	2.1 Record pool water test results accurately. 2.2 Update swimming pool log according to aquatic facility specifications.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

SISCAQU201A Monitor pool water quality

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1ca50016-24d2-4161-a044-d3faa200268b

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU001 Test pool water quality

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

test pool water for the following on a minimum of four separate occasions:

free chlorine and/or total bromine

total chlorine

combined chlorine

pH

total alkalinity

cyanuric acid

calcium hardness

total hardness

temperature

perform routine visual checks for pool water quality.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

legislation and organisational policies and procedures:

public health regulatory requirements in the local area

health acts

infectious diseases regulations

dangerous goods act and regulations

work health and safety/occupational health and safety

environmental legislation

local government regulation

roles, responsibilities and limitations of own role

pool water chemistry terms and their meaning:

pH levels

alkalinity

chlorine and or bromine

temperature

calcium hardness

types of pool water tests, their purpose and testing procedures

visual checks made by pool attendants

equipment and resources used for testing pool water quality

responses to contamination incidents.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in:

a workplace or simulated aquatic facility with an operating pool.

Assessment must ensure use of:

pool water testing apparatus

public health regulatory documentation

organisational policies and procedures.

Assessment activities that allow the individual to:

conduct regular pool water tests within industry realistic timeframes.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1ca50016-24d2-4161-a044-d3faa200268b

SISCAQU004 Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to develop, implement, monitor and evaluate systems and procedures for the maintenance of quality pool water in an aquatic recreation facility.

This unit applies to those working autonomously in aquatic leisure centres or community pools, in roles such as program coordinators, swim school coordinators, recreation coordinators or duty managers. Work is performed according to relevant legislation, and organisational policies and procedures.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Aquatics

Unit Sector

Community Recreation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop pool water maintenance procedures.	1.1 Evaluate pool water quality maintenance and treatment needs according to regulatory framework. 1.2 Develop and document systems for pool water maintenance in consultation with appropriate personnel.
2. Implement pool water maintenance procedures.	2.1 Provide accurate and current information and instruction to staff about legislative and technical requirements. 2.2 Delegate testing and treatment tasks according to staff skills. 2.3 Test pool water quality following established procedures. 2.4 Interpret results of tests made by self and others and identify where correction is needed. 2.5 Calculate the amount of chemicals required to correct chemical imbalances in pool water. 2.6 Select and use chemical dosing equipment for treatment of pool water according to manufacturer specifications. 2.7 Monitor pool water quality on ongoing basis, identify issues of concern and respond according to agreed procedures. 2.8 Identify and respond to emergency situations according to agreed procedures. 2.9 Complete accurate documentation
3. Evaluate pool water maintenance procedures.	3.1 Assess effectiveness of pool water maintenance procedures against testing and treatment records. 3.2 Identify and document potential improvements to maintenance procedures. 3.3 Communicate improvements and changes to relevant staff and stakeholders.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Reading skills to:	interpret technical content of regulatory requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

SISCAQU414A Develop pool water maintenance procedures

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1ca50016-24d2-4161-a044-d3faa200268b

Assessment Requirements for SISCAQU004 Develop and implement pool water maintenance procedures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

develop and document pool water maintenance procedures that meet regulatory requirements for at least one aquatic facility that incorporate:

monitoring and treatment procedures for:

microbiological levels

disinfectant levels

pH levels

clarity levels

staff training requirements

safety procedures

emergency response procedures

documentation and reporting

implement and evaluate pool water maintenance procedures for at least one aquatic facility

implement emergency procedures in the event of a chemical emergency on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to do the task outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

legislation and industry standards relevant to aquatic facility maintenance with specific focus on local requirements:

work health and safety/occupational health and safety

dangerous goods act and regulations

local government regulations

building codes and regulations

organisational policies and procedures:

standard operating conditions and levels

work health and safety/occupational health and safety

risk assessment and control

handling of hazardous chemicals

emergency response

factors that affect pool water treatment needs in different contexts:

condition of aquatic facility

location

size

nature of services provided

availability of resources

characteristics of water quality:

pH levels

alkalinity

chlorine and / or bromine

temperature

calcium hardness

disinfectant levels

waterborne bacteria and how to enable these to be monitored and controlled safely:

pseudomonas

aeruginosa

consultation and communication mechanisms to develop and implement procedural systems

content considerations for procedure documents:

specific testing and treatment procedures

safety requirements (chemicals, plant and equipment)

emergency response

training requirements

documentation and reporting requirements

water treatment processes:

routine pool water tests

pool water microbiological tests

superchlorination

shock dosing

dechlorination

ozonisation or use of sanitizer

pool water filtration and recirculation

backwashing

manual removal of visible contaminants

features and sources of products for pool water quality maintenance.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in:

a workplace or simulated aquatic facility or environment.

Assessment must ensure use of:

a pool for which a maintenance program would be developed

information about pool water quality maintenance to allow the individual to develop a tailored system

organisational policies and procedures

incident reporting documentation

resources to maintain facility and equipment.

Assessment activities that allow the individual to:

implement and monitor pool quality maintenance over time

respond to a chemical emergency situation.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1ca50016-24d2-4161-a044-d3faa200268b

TLIB2004 Carry out vehicle inspection

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to carry out an inspection of a commercial vehicle, in accordance with relevant roads and traffic authority regulations for inspecting commercial vehicles. It includes action to implement vehicle manufacturer specifications for routine checks, to clean vehicle, to ensure all specified safety requirements are met, and to ensure vehicle is operational to workplace requirements and relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority regulations. Work is performed with limited or minimum supervision, and with duty of care responsibility for self and others in achieving the prescribed outcomes. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

B – Equipment Checking and Maintenance

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Check vehicle	1.1	Vehicle hazards are identified and required action is taken to minimise, control or eliminate identified hazards
1.2	Visual check of internal and external condition of vehicle is carried out in accordance with workplace procedures
1.3	Pre-operational inspections and checks of the vehicle tyres, suspension, fluid levels and other critical features are carried out to ensure conformance with relevant roads and traffic authority requirements, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
1.4	Associated equipment is tested to ensure it functions correctly to manufacturer specifications
1.5	Post start-up and shut-down checks are carried out after engine is started to identify possible engine or electrical problems
1.6	Warning systems (instruments and gauges) are checked to ensure they are operational
1.7	Vehicle monitoring device is logged on/off in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures as required
2	Clean vehicle	2.1	Vehicle is cleaned in accordance with workplace procedures
2.2	Vehicle associated equipment is cleaned in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Complete documentation	3.1	Vehicle faults are identified and/or diagnosed, and appropriate action is taken to report or remedy identified faults as required by workplace procedures
3.2	Records of inspection are updated and recommended repairs are documented in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Non-essential conditions can be found in the Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIB2004A Carry out vehicle inspection.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIB2004 Carry out vehicle inspection

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying relevant legislation and workplace procedures carrying out vehicle inspections in accordance with workplace and manufacturer requirements communicating effectively with others completing documentation related to routine vehicle inspection reading and interpreting relevant instructions, procedures, information and manuals reporting and/or rectifying identified problems, faults or malfunctions promptly, in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
duty of care requirements for routine vehicle inspections principles of systems operation on commercial vehicles including: brakes cooling systems electrical systems exhaust systems fuel systems steering systems tyres problems that may occur during routine vehicle inspections and appropriate actions and solutions relevant reporting and documentation requirements relevant roads and traffic authority relevant work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) and pollution control procedures workplace procedures and manufacturer requirements for: pre-operational inspection of a commercial vehicle visual inspection checking warning systems.

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. As a minimum, assessment must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment include: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations applicable documentation including workplace procedures, regulations, codes of practice and operation manuals relevant materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLIC1051 Operate commercial vehicle

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to maintain the safety of and to operate, a commercial vehicle across a variety of job roles. It includes monitoring traffic and associated equipment, managing vehicle condition and performance, and effectively managing hazardous situations. Driving must be carried out in accordance with relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority licence requirements and regulations. Driving is performed with limited supervision, and with duty of care responsibility for self and others in achieving the prescribed outcomes. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements are applicable to this unit. Provisional car licence must be held prior to commencement of this unit of competency.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

C – Vehicle Operation

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Operate commercial vehicle	1.1	Engine power is managed to ensure efficiency and performance and to minimise engine and transmission damage
1.2	Driving hazards are identified and/or anticipated and avoided
1.3	Vehicle lights and indicators are used in accordance with traffic regulations and manufacturer instructions
1.4	Vehicle is secured in accordance with manufacturer specifications, traffic regulations and workplace procedures
1.5	Appropriate procedures are followed in a driving emergency
1.6	Appropriate low-risk driving behaviour is displayed towards other road users in accordance with workplace procedures
1.7	Vehicle is positioning and moved conveniently and safely for loading and unloading in accordance with regulatory and workplace instruction
1.8	All associated equipment is operated in accordance with manufacturer and workplace instructions
2	Monitor traffic and road conditions	2.1	Most efficient route of travel is taken by monitoring and anticipating traffic flows and conditions, road standards and other factors likely to cause delays or route deviations
2.2	Traffic and road conditions are constantly monitored and acted on to enable safe operation and to ensure no injury to people or damage to property, equipment, loads and facilities
3	Monitor and maintain vehicle performance	3.1	Vehicle performance and safety is maintained through vehicle pre-operational inspections and
3.2	Performance and efficiency of vehicle operation is monitored during use
3.3	Vehicle is driven in a manner that incorporates eco driving principles
3.4	Defective or irregular performance or malfunctions are repaired as a minor repair or reported to appropriate authority
3.5	Vehicle records are maintained/updated and information is processed in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Non-essential conditions can be found in the Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIC1051A Operate commercial vehicle.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIC1051 Operate commercial vehicle

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate identified hazards applying relevant legislation and workplace procedures checking and replenishing fluids and carrying out lubrication processes completing relevant documentation demonstrating low-risk driving behaviours monitoring and anticipating traffic hazards and taking appropriate action monitoring performance of vehicle and taking appropriate action operating a commercial vehicle and its associated equipment reporting and/or rectifying identified problems, faults or malfunctions promptly, in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures reading and interpreting relevant instructions, procedures, information and signs .

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
causes and effects of fatigue on drivers differences between transmission types driving hazards and related defensive driving techniques efficient driving techniques engine power management and safe driving strategies factors that increase fatigue-related accidents factors that may cause traffic delays and diversions, and related action that can be taken fatigue management strategies including on-road techniques lifestyles that promote effective long-term fatigue management low-risk driving behaviours map reading and road navigation techniques pre-operational checks carried out on vehicle and related action principles of stress management when driving a vehicle procedures to be followed in a driving emergency relevant work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental/emissions procedures and regulations relevant state/territory road traffic authority road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements vehicle controls, instruments and indicators and their use vehicle handling procedures workplace driving and operational instructions.

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. As a minimum, assessment must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment include: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations applicable documentation including workplace procedures, regulations, codes of practice and operation manuals relevant materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry. A simulator/online assessment is not suitable for the final assessment of this unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLIC2025 Operate four wheel drive vehicle

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to operate a four wheel drive vehicle safely in a range of conditions in accordance with the relevant state/territory legislated roads and traffic licence requirements. It includes driving a four wheel drive vehicle on roads, traversing gradients, ascending and descending steep gradients, and operating in rugged terrain. It also includes using vehicle equipment/controls and completing pre- and post-operational checks. Recognised driver’s licence or provisional car licence must be held prior to commencing this unit of competency. Driving involves the application of four wheel drive vehicle operating principles and procedures to maintain the safety and operation of a four wheel drive vehicle across a variety of on-road and off-road contexts. Driving is performed with limited supervision, and with duty of care responsibility for self and others in achieving the prescribed outcomes. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

C – Vehicle Operation

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Operate four wheel drive vehicles on roads	1.1	Pre-start checks of vehicle and equipment are carried out in accordance with manufacturer specifications and roadworthy requirements
1.2	Job hazards are identified and required action is taken to minimise, control or eliminate identified hazards
1.3	Tyres are checked for pressure suitable for terrain and/or changed in accordance with manufacturer and workplace procedures
1.4	Vehicle fuel, water and any ancillary equipment are checked before starting vehicle journey in accordance with manufacturer and workplace procedures
1.5	Loads are secured in accordance with workplace and legislative requirements
1.6	Vehicle is driven on-road and off-road in accordance with legislative and workplace requirements, at appropriate operating speeds for road or track conditions and hazards
1.7	Vehicle equipment/controls are set and operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions for operation in surrounding terrain
1.8	Road conditions are constantly monitored, negotiated and appropriate operations and control techniques are used to ensure safe vehicle operation and no injury to people or damage to vehicle, tracks or loads is sustained
1.9	Vehicle is parked and shut down in accordance with workplace and manufacturer requirements
2	Operate vehicle on, or across a gradient	2.1	Intended vehicle path is inspected prior to negotiating gradient
2.2	Loads are secured in accordance with workplace and legislative requirements
2.3	Appropriate gear and/or range are selected and engine revolutions are maintained to ensure constant traction
2.4	Vehicle is driven on-road and off-road in accordance with legislative and workplace requirements at appropriate speeds for conditions and gradient hazards
2.5	Vehicle equipment/controls are set and operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions for operation in, on or across a gradient
2.6	Gradient conditions are constantly monitored, and appropriate operations and control techniques are used to ensure safe vehicle operation and no injury to people or damage to vehicle, tracks or loads is sustained
3	Operate vehicle ascending a steep gradient	3.1	Intended vehicle path is inspected prior to negotiating ascent
3.2	Appropriate gear and/or range are selected to ascend grade, and engine revolutions are maintained to ensure constant traction
3.3	Vehicle equipment/controls are set and operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions for operation while ascending a steep gradient
3.4	Stall recovery techniques are applied in accordance with manufacturer and workplace procedures
3.5	Ascent conditions are constantly monitored, and appropriate operations and control techniques are used to ensure safe vehicle operation and no injury to people or damage to vehicle, tracks or loads is sustained
4	Operate vehicle descending a steep gradient	4.1	Intended vehicle path is inspected prior to negotiating gradient
4.2	Appropriate gear and/or range are selected to descend grade, and engine revolutions are maintained to ensure constant traction
4.3	Vehicle equipment/controls are set and operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions for operation while descending a steep gradient
4.4	Stall recovery techniques are applied in accordance with manufacturer and workplace procedures
4.5	Descent conditions are constantly monitored, and appropriate operations and control techniques are used to ensure safe vehicle operation and no injury to people or damage to vehicle, tracks or loads is sustained
5	Operate vehicle in rugged terrain	5.1	Intended vehicle path is inspected prior to negotiating rugged terrain
5.2	Appropriate gear and/or range are selected to negotiate rugged terrain and engine revolutions are maintained to ensure constant traction
5.3	Vehicle equipment/controls are set and operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions for operation in surrounding terrain
5.4	Vehicle chains are fitted in accordance with manufacturer instructions and environmental conditions, as required
5.5	Vehicle load is inspected, positioned and secured to maximise traction for four wheel driving
5.6	Rugged conditions are constantly monitored, and appropriate operations and control techniques are used to ensure safe vehicle operation and no injury to people or damage to vehicle, tracks or loads is sustained
6	Complete operations	6.1	Vehicle is parked and shut down in accordance with workplace and manufacturer requirements
6.2	Faults or malfunctions are corrected and/or reported in accordance with manufacturer and workplace requirements
6.3	Vehicle and equipment are cleaned and stored after use in accordance with workplace requirements
6.4	Documentation and journey reports are completed in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Non-essential conditions can be found in the Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIC2025A Operate four wheel drive vehicle.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIC2025 Operate four wheel drive vehicle

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying relevant legislation and workplace procedures cleaning and storing vehicles and equipment communicating effectively with others completing relevant documentation conducting pre-start checks demonstrating low-risk driving behaviours identifying and correcting minor operational faults identifying job hazards and taking required action implementing contingency plans interpreting and following operational instructions and prioritising work modifying activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments reporting and/or rectifying identified problems, faults or malfunctions promptly, in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures reading and interpreting relevant instructions, procedures, information and signs using and adjusting vehicle equipment/controls as required: brakes electronic traction control freewheeling hubs gears/range heating and cooling systems jacks tyres working systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others, or damage to goods or equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
documentation and record keeping requirements effect of hard surface driving (such as transmission wind up) on a 4x4 system effect of loads while negotiating a gradient effect on centre of gravity of changing fluid loads efficient driving techniques and safe driving strategies environmental impact of 4x4 driving hazards and risks associated with traversing cross gradients hazards that may exist when operating a four wheel drive vehicle in on-road and off-road situations, and action to minimise, control or eliminate identified hazards low risk driving behaviours: creating and maintaining crash avoidance space protecting crash avoidance space road rules and directions space and time management pre- and post-operational checks and related action problems that may occur when operating a four wheel drive vehicle, and action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems relevant land management procedures and regulations relevant state/territory road traffic authority road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements relevant work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental procedures and regulations vehicle equipment/controls, instruments and indicators, and their use vehicle handling procedures and techniques for a range of road and track conditions workplace procedures for operating a four wheel drive vehicle in both on-road and off-road situations.

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. As a minimum, assessment must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations, where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions in a four wheel drive vehicle typical of that used in industry. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment include: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations applicable documentation including workplace procedures, regulations, codes of practice and operation manuals relevant materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry. A simulator/online assessment is not suitable for the final assessment of this unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLIC3036 Apply safe car driving behaviours

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required for higherorder safe driving. This unit applies to driving instructors required to apply safe driving behaviours. This includes higherorder skills involving broad cognitive, technical, communication and vehicle management. It also requires knowledge about hazard perception, risk control and safe driving behaviour, judgement, decision making and multi-tasking, that builds on driver licence requirements across a range of vehicles and driving situations. Safe car driving behaviours are applied without supervision. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

C – Vehicle Operation

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Apply relevant legislation applicable to safe car driving	1.1	Current road rules and regulations are identified, interpreted and applied
1.2	Road signs, signals and markings are identified and complied with in safe car driving activities
1.3	Purpose of road rules and traffic safety laws in ensuring safe and efficient regulation of traffic flow, is interpreted and applied when driving a vehicle
2	Apply safe car driving behaviours	2.1	Requirements for safe car driving are applied
2.2	Importance of attitude in complying with road rules in relation to level of risk faced by a driver, is applied when driving a car
2.3	Importance of road sharing principles are applied when driving a car
2.4	Importance of motivation to drive safely is interpreted and explained
2.5	Principles of proactive driving methods, that maintain one’s driving at a low risk, are identified and applied
2.6	Contributing risk factors to potential crash risks, are identified and are taken into consideration
3	Apply low-risk driving strategies	3.1	Contributing risk factors to forming opinions and beliefs about low-risk driving are applied
3.2	Human factors that can influence lowrisk driving behaviour are outlined
3.3	Lowrisk driving strategies are applied and their rationale is explained
4	Explain risk factors that contribute to accidents when driving a car	4.1	Contributing risk factors to accidents are recognised
4.2	External factors that could lead to accidents are outlined
4.3	Internal factors that could lead to accidents are outlined
4.4	Consequences of accidents in relation to relevant traffic laws and physical, financial and psychological costs to the individual and society, are explained
4.5	Functions of vehicle operations and controls, and how to recover control of a vehicle are explained
5	Apply operation and car control skills	5.1	Appropriate action is taken to respond to hazardous situations
5.2	Principles of braking are applied to a high level of technical competence
5.3	Principles of steering are applied to a high level of technical competence
5.4	Slow speed manoeuvres are carried out to a high level of technical competence
5.5	Vehicle is operated and controlled to a high level of technical competence

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Non-essential conditions can be found in the Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIC3036A Apply safe car driving behaviours.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIC3036 Apply safe car driving behaviours

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
adapting to differences in vehicles, including their operations, controls and safety devices applying correct selection and application of a braking system applying correct steering control techniques in a variety of driving conditions applying high-level road craft skills applying road rules carrying out pre-operational checks and related action on vehicles complying with relevant legislative, regulatory and workplace procedures dealing with adverse road conditions while driving a vehicle evaluating risk and consequences of own driving actions following operational instructions identifying, monitoring and anticipating traffic hazards and taking appropriate and timely action identifying risk factors that might impact on driving behaviours and implementing appropriate low-risk driving response measures implementing contingency plans implementing work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements and practices when: conducting prestart-up checks identifying hazards minimising, controlling or eliminating hazards observing and interpreting driver behaviour that may put people at risk maintaining situational awareness making necessary adjustments to suit driving environment managing speed and space while driving a vehicle manoeuvring a vehicle at slow speed monitoring traffic and road conditions and reacting appropriately monitoring vehicle performance and taking appropriate action as required negotiating complex traffic and road conditions reading and interpreting relevant instructions, road rules, procedures, jurisdictional requirements, information and signs selecting and using vehicle operations, controls and safety devices to enable safe car driving working collaboratively with other road users when driving a vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
cognitive factors that may influence performance in car driving activities consequences of vehicle accidents correct application of braking techniques critical factors underpinning high-level driving technical competence factors contributing to accidents: age, experience, drugs, alcohol, medication, road conditions, fatigue and time of day driver values, emotions, limitations and personal needs emotional factors, driver’s own behaviours and driver’s operation at high levels of risk speed, space, vision, road conditions, vehicle condition and environmental conditions lowrisk driving behaviours including: creating and maintaining crash avoidance space protecting crash avoidance space obeying road rules, safety information and directions observation and scanning techniques procedures for identifying and responding to hazards purpose and benefits of road rules enforcement for safe car driving rationale for ongoing development of traffic regulations to meet changing traffic conditions relevant road rules and traffic safety legislation including: alcohol and drugs driver licensing vehicle registration vehicle standards relevant laws and penalties for demerit point offences, such as driving while unlicensed, disqualified or under the influence of drugs or alcohol road signs, signals and markings sources and availability of relevant learning resources and learning materials steering operation and controls types of adverse driving conditions commonly encountered during driving activities vehicle operation and control including: cabin drill managing accelerator managing brakes managing steering start, move off, shut down and secure.

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. As a minimum, assessment must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations in a vehicle typical of that used in industry and on a variety of road conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment include: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations applicable documentation including workplace procedures, regulations, Australian Road Rules, codes of practice and operation manuals relevant materials, tools and equipment currently used in industry suitable vehicle that meets state/territory requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

CPP Property Services Training Package

Modification History

Version	Release date	Comments
Release 7.1	8 February, 2019	Security Operations Updated realease of CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations, which now supersedes and is non- equivalent to CPP10107 Certificate I in Security Operations. Updated release of: CPPSEC2103 Apply WHS, emergency response and evacuation procedures to maintain security, which now also supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1004A Apply health care security procedures. CPPSEC2104 Apply risk assessment to select and carry out response to security risk situations, which now also supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1001A Identify report risk situation CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients, which now also supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC1002A Apply retail security procedures. CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semiautomatic pistols for security purposes, minor change to the Knowledge Evidence.
Release 7.0	19 January, 2019	Security Operations Revision of 2 qualifications, which are non-equivalent to their superseded versions in the CPP07 Property Services Training Package: CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations. Development of 1 new qualification: CPP31418 Certificate III in Close Protection Operations. Updated 39 units of competency. Development of 6 new units of competency. Deleted 12 units of competency. Development of 6 new skill sets. Minor release Imported elective unit CPCCWHS2001 - Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry in the following qualifications: CPP31218 Swimming Pool and Spa Service CPP40115 Certificate IV in Building Design Drafting
Release 6.0	15 November, 2018	Revision of 1 qualification, which is equivalent to its superseded version in the CPP07 Property Services Training Package: CPP31218 Certificate III in Swimming Pool and Spa Service Revision of 13 equivalent units of competency. SSO Minor upgrade: CPPCMN3005 superseding and equivalent to CPPCMN3005A. Imported units BSBLED401 BSBSMB402 BSBSMB404 BSBSMB407 updated to reflect latest release.
Release 5.0	June 2017	Endorsement for: Addition of one new cleaning qualification, supersedes but not equivalent to CPP20611 Certificate II in Cleaning Operations: CPP20617 Certificate II in Cleaning Revision of 1 equivalent unit: CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements Addition of fourteen new cleaning units: CPPCLO2032 Plan basic cleaning activities CPPCLO2034 Maintain storage area and cleaning equipment CPPCMN2002 Participate in workplace safety arrangements CPPCCL2008 Clean carpeted floors CPPCCL2009 Perform basic stain removal from carpets CPPCLO2002 Clean hard floor surfaces CPPCLO2005 Maintain glass surfaces CPPCLO2011 Maintain ceiling surfaces and fittings CPPCLO2014 Clean and arrange furniture and fittings CPPCLO2016 Clean wet surfaces CPPCLO2018 Sort, remove and recycle waste material CPPCLO2036 Maintain external surfaces CPPCLO2042 Clean surfaces using microfibre equipment CPPCLO2045 Clean rooms for guests and residents CPPCMN2004 Provide basic client services Minor Update to 22 current units to fix a typo in the KE, change 'distilling' to 'diluting': CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces
Release 4.2	Jan 2017	SSO minor release to update current qualifications where imported non-native units have been superseded by a new non-native equivalent elective unit. Revision to 5 current qualifications: CPP30216 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services CPP40316 Certificate III in Spatial Information Services CPP40516 Certificate IV in Strata Community Management CPP50116 Diploma of Surveying CPP50216 Diploma of Spatial Information Services
Release 4.1	9 December 2016	Endorsement for: revision of three equivalent qualifications: CPP20116 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services CPP30216 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services CPP40115 Certificate IV in Building Design Drafting
Release 4	6 May 2016	Endorsement for the: revision of two equivalent cleaning qualifications: CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations CPP40416 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management addition of four new cleaning units: CPPCLO3005 Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work CPPCLO4001 Induct cleaning staff CPPCLO4002 Develop, implement and monitor new cleaning techniques CPPCLO4003 Manage cleaning equipment maintenance and supply revision of 34 cleaning units: 27 cleaning units equivalent to their superseded versions: CPPCLO3001 Maintain hard floor surfaces CPPCLO3004 Maintain carpeted floors CPPCLO3008 Mitigate carpet water damage CPPCLO3009 Clean glass surfaces CPPCLO3010 Apply odour control to carpets CPPCLO3012 Repair and reinstall carpets CPPCLO3013 Clean window coverings CPPCLO3014 Maintain clean-room environments CPPCLO3015 Treat complex carpet stains CPPCLO3016 Apply topical treatments to carpets CPPCLO3017 Clean wet areas CPPCLO3018 Clean and maintain furniture and fittings CPPCLO3019 Remove waste and recyclable materials CPPCLO3020 Pressure wash and clean surfaces CPPCLO3021 Clean industrial machinery CPPCLO3024 Clean fabric upholstery CPPCLO3029 Inspect sites prior to carpet cleaning CPPCLO3035 Maintain cleaning storage areas CPPCLO3036 Clean at heights CPPCLO3037 Clean external surfaces CPPCLO3038 Clean food-handling areas CPPCLO3040 Clean ceiling surfaces and fittings CPPCLO3043 Clean using microfibre and chemical-free techniques CPPCLO3044 Prepare rooms for guests and residents CPPCLO4022 Schedule and monitor cleaning tasks CPPCLO4024 Manage the supply of cleaning stores to the work site CPPCLO4025 Provide quotation for cleaning services seven cleaning units not equivalent to their superseded versions: CPPCLO3002 Restore hard floor surfaces CPPCLO3003 Clean using safe work practices CPPCLO3006 Clean carpets CPPCLO3007 Remove carpet stains CPPCLO3011 Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices CPPCLO3030 Develop a plan to mitigate water damage and restore carpets CPPCLO3045 Clean high-touch surfaces revision of four common units equivalent to their superseded versions: CPPCMN3007 Support leadership in the workplace CPPCMN4001 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability CPPCMN4004 Develop and manage client relations CPPCMN4007 Manage workplace safety arrangements. ISC upgrade for: revision of three cleaning skill sets equivalent to their superseded versions: CPPSS00052 Develop and implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs CPPSS00053 Implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs CPPSS00055 Perform environmentally sustainable cleaning operations addition of five new cleaning skill sets: CPPSS00048 Clean and restore hard floors CPPSS00049 Clean carpets CPPSS00051 Clean residential work sites CPPSS00054 Induct cleaning staff CPPSS00050 Clean hospitals and aged care facilities.
Release 3	6 May 2016	Release 3 Endorsement for the: revision of seven surveying and spatial information services (SSIS) qualifications equivalent to their superseded versions: CPP20115 Certificate II in Surveying and Spatial Information Services CPP30215 Certificate III in Surveying and Spatial Information Services CPP40215 Certificate IV in Surveying CPP40315 Certificate IV in Spatial Information Services CPP50115 Diploma of Surveying CPP50215 Diploma of Spatial Information Services CPP60115 Advanced Diploma of Surveying revision of 54 SSIS units of competency equivalent to their superseded versions: CPPSIS2013 Store and retrieve basic spatial data CPPSIS2015 Assist with surveying and spatial field activities CPPSIS3011 Produce basic maps CPPSIS3016 Provide field support services for surveying and spatial projects CPPSIS3018 Transfer loads CPPSIS3019 Produce basic plans of surveys CPPSIS3020 Perform basic surveying computations CPPSIS4022 Store and retrieve spatial data CPPSIS4024 Source and assess spatial data CPPSIS4025 Collect spatial data using GNSS CPPSIS4027 Organise surveying field services CPPSIS4030 Operate surveying equipment CPPSIS4031 Perform surveying computations CPPSIS4032 Conduct field surveying operations CPPSIS4034 Maintain spatial data CPPSIS4035 Apply GIS software to solve spatial data problems CPPSIS4036 Operate spatial software applications CPPSIS4037 Produce computer-aided drawings CPPSIS4038 Prepare and present GIS data CPPSIS5031 Plan spatial data collection CPPSIS5032 Capture new spatial data CPPSIS5035 Obtain and validate spatial data CPPSIS5036 Integrate spatial datasets CPPSIS5037 Maintain spatial data systems CPPSIS5038 Develop spatial databases CPPSIS5039 Plan and implement spatial projects CPPSIS5040 Interpret and collate spatial data CPPSIS5043 Design spatial data storage systems CPPSIS5044 Develop subdivision survey designs for local government approval CPPSIS5047 Conduct GNSS surveys CPPSIS5048 Conduct engineering surveys CPPSIS5049 Plan and implement surveying projects CPPSIS5051 Apply land and planning law to surveying CPPSIS5052 Integrate surveying datasets CPPSIS5053 Perform advanced surveying computations CPPSIS5054 Perform geodetic surveying computations CPPSIS5057 Conduct precision surveys CPPSIS5058 Conduct geodetic surveys CPPSIS5060 Develop spreadsheets for spatial data CPPSIS5061 Locate underground services in surveying practice CPPSIS5062 Conduct photogrammetric mapping CPPSIS5064 Coordinate GIS data manipulation and analysis CPPSIS6021 Conduct open pit mine surveys CPPSIS6022 Produce mine drawings CPPSIS6025 Apply quality control measures to spatial products and services CPPSIS6031 Design basic mines CPPSIS6032 Conduct advanced GNSS control surveys CPPSIS6033 Conduct underground mine surveys CPPSIS6034 Conduct mining geology operations CPPSIS6035 Conduct complex engineering set-out surveys CPPSIS6036 Monitor engineering structures CPPSIS6037 Conduct advanced remote sensing analysis CPPSIS6040 Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations CPPSIS6041 Compile mine survey plans revision of eight SSIS non-equivalent units of competency: CPPSIS2012 Assist in collecting basic spatial data CPPSIS2016 Assist with load transfers CPPSIS3015 Collect basic surveying data CPPSIS4026 Digitally enhance and process image data CPPSIS4040 Collect spatial data using terrestrial technologies CPPSIS4041 Set out site and building works CPPSIS5046 Set out stormwater systems CPPSIS5065 Design basic engineering structures inclusion of two new SSIS units of competency: CPPSIS3021 Visually interpret image data CPPSIS4039 Design and produce maps revision of three common units: two units equivalent to their superseded versions: CPPCMN4002 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices CPPCMN4003 Establish, develop and monitor teams one unit not equivalent to its superseded version: CPPCMN3006 Provide effective client service.
Release 2	8 September 2015	Release 2 Endorsement for the: revision of one qualification equivalent to its superseded version in CPP07: CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management revision of fifteen units of competency equivalent to their superseded versions in CPP07: CPPCMN3004 Respond to enquiries and complaints CPPPMT3002 Assess, advise on options, and develop pest management plans for complex or high risk operations CPPPMT3005 Manage pests without applying pesticides CPPPMT3006 Manage pests by applying pesticides CPPPMT3007 Implement pest management plans for complex or high risk operations CPPPMT3008 Inspect for and report on timber pests CPPPMT3010 Control timber pests CPPPMT3011 Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments CPPPMT3017 Maintain, service and repair pest management equipment CPPPMT3018 Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles CPPPMT3019 Organise and monitor pest management operations CPPPMT3026 Select pest management vehicle and equipment CPPPMT3029 Plan and schedule pest management operations CPPPMT3042 Install physical termite management systems CPPPMT3043 Prepare and present pest management proposals for complex or high risk operations. ISC upgrade revision of three skill sets equivalent to their superseded versions in CPP07: CPPSS00045 Manage complex fumigation operations CPPSS00046 Manage non-timber pests CPPSS00047 Manage timber pests.
Release 1	4 March 2015	Initial release

Credit Arrangements

At the time of endorsement of this Training Package no national credit arrangements exist.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSS00045 Manage complex fumigation operations

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

This skill set replaces equivalent CPPSS00022 Manage Complex Fumigation Operations Skill Set, now deleted from CPP07 Property Services Training Package Version 14.1.

Description

This skill set provides pest management technicians with the competencies required to prepare proposals for complex fumigation work and manage a small team to complete the work to meet compliance requirements, such as quarantine regulations.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

The skill set is applicable in some States but does not meet the full licensing requirements of all States and Territories.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBSMB407	Manage a small team
CPPPMT3011	Manage organisms by applying fumigants to commodities and environments
CPPPMT3019	Organise and monitor pest management operations
CPPPMT3043	Prepare and present pest management proposals for complex or high risk operations

Target Group

This skill set is for people managing large-scale fumigation operations, such as those conducted on aircraft and ships.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for managing complex fumigation operations.

CPPSS00046 Manage non-timber pests

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

This skill set replaces equivalent CPPSS00023 Manage Non-Timber Pests Skill Set, now deleted from CPP07 Property Services Training Package Version 14.1.

Description

This skill set provides pest management technicians with the competencies required to inspect premises for non-timber pests, excluding complex or high risk operations such as hospitals. It also covers developing pest management plans, and with the agreement of the client, implementing pest management methods including application of pesticides or modification of the environment. It also covers maintaining pest management equipment and chemical storage areas.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements

The skill set is applicable in some States but does not meet the full licensing requirements of all States and Territories.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPPMT3005	Manage pests without applying pesticides
CPPPMT3006	Manage pests by applying pesticides
CPPPMT3018	Maintain equipment and pesticide storage area in pest management vehicles

Target Group

This skill set is for people who provide an urban pest management service managing non-timber pests.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for managing non-timber pests in most States and Territories.

CPPSS00047 Manage timber pests

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 2.

This skill set replaces equivalent CPPSS00025 Manage Timber Pests Skill Set, now superseded and not replaced in CPP07 Property Services Training Package Version 14.1.

Description

This skill set provides pest management technicians with the competencies required to inspect premises for timber pests. It also covers developing pest management plans, and with the agreement of the client, implementing pest management methods including biological controls, chemical barrier treatments, physical barrier treatments, management controls or the installation of physical termite management systems.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30115 Certificate III in Urban Pest Management.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to pest management in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements

The skill set is applicable in some States but does not meet the full licensing requirements of all States and Territories.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPPMT3008	Inspect for and report on timber pests
CPPPMT3010	Control timber pests
CPPPMT3042	Install physical termite management systems

Target Group

This skill set is for people who provide an urban pest management service managing timber pests.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for managing basic timber pests in most States and Territories.

CPPSS00048 Clean and restore hard floors

Modification History

Release 1.

New skill set.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Description

This skill set covers the competencies required to clean and restore a range of hard floor surfaces found in commercial and residential cleaning work sites.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, accreditation or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of endorsement.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPCLO3001	Maintain hard floor surfaces
CPPCLO3002	Restore hard floor surfaces

Target Group

This skill set is for cleaners working alone or in teams, responsible for cleaning and restoring hard floors in commercial or residential work sites.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for cleaning and restoring hard floor surfaces.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00049 Clean carpets

Modification History

Release 1.

New skill set.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Description

This skill set covers the competencies required to undertake general cleaning of carpets, including vacuuming and treating basic and complex carpet stains.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, accreditation or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of endorsement.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPCLO3004	Maintain carpeted floors
CPPCLO3006	Clean carpets
CPPCLO3007	Remove carpet stains
CPPCLO3015	Treat complex carpet stains

Target Group

This skill set is for cleaners working alone or in teams, responsible for undertaking carpet cleaning in commercial or residential work sites.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for undertaking carpet cleaning.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00050 Clean hospitals and aged care facilities

Modification History

Release 1.

New skill set.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Description

This skill set covers the competencies required to clean and sanitise a range of surfaces in hospitals and aged care facilities, where infection control is critical to mitigating the spread of diseases.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations and a range of HLT Health Training Package qualifications.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, accreditation or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of endorsement.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPCLO3045	Clean high-touch surfaces
HLTINF001	Comply with infection prevention and control policies and procedures

Target Group

This skill set is for cleaners working alone or in teams, responsible for cleaning and sanitising high-touch surfaces in hospitals and aged care facilities.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for cleaning hospitals and aged care facilities.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00051 Clean residential work sites

Modification History

Release 1.

New skill set.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Description

This skill set covers the competencies required to clean commonly found rooms in residential work sites according to client requirements. It includes working alone or in remote areas in line with privacy requirements, and while maintaining own safety.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations and other CPP qualifications.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, accreditation or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of endorsement.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPCLO3005	Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work
CPPCLO3017	Clean wet areas
CPPCLO3018	Clean and maintain furniture and fittings
CPPCMN3006	Provide effective client service

Target Group

This skill set is for cleaners working alone or in teams, responsible for cleaning residential work sites.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for cleaning residential work sites.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00052 Develop and implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised skill set.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSS00014 Develop and implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Description

This skill set covers the competencies required to develop and implement workplace policies and procedures that support cleaning using environmentally sustainable work practices, and to monitor their implementation.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations, CPP40416 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management, and other CPP qualifications.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, accreditation or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of endorsement.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPCLO3011	Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCMN4001	Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Target Group

This skill set is for experienced managers responsible for developing and implementing environmentally sustainable cleaning programs.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for developing and implementing environmentally sustainable cleaning programs.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00053 Implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised skill set.

Replaces superseded equivalent CPPSS00016 Implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Description

This skill set covers the competencies required to implement environmentally sustainable cleaning programs in commercial or residential work sites.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations, CPP40416 Certificate IV in Cleaning Management, and other CPP qualifications.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, accreditation or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of endorsement.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPCLO3011	Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCMN4002	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Target Group

This skill set is for experienced managers responsible for implementing environmentally sustainable cleaning programs.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for implementing environmentally sustainable cleaning programs.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00054 Induct cleaning staff

Modification History

Release 1.

New skill set.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Description

This skill set covers the competencies required to commence cleaning activities in a new work site or for a new employer. It covers applying safety, privacy and security requirements for different work sites, and maintaining storage areas that house a range of chemicals and equipment.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, accreditation or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of endorsement.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPCLO3003	Clean using safe work practices
CPPCLO3005	Confirm and apply privacy and security requirements for cleaning work
CPPCLO3035	Maintain cleaning storage areas

Target Group

This skill set is for cleaners working alone or in teams, responsible for inducting cleaning staff for commercial or residential work sites.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for providing general workplace induction for cleaning staff.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00055 Perform environmentally sustainable cleaning operations

Modification History

Release 1.

Revised skill set.

Replaces superseded non-equivalent CPPSS00028 Perform environmentally sustainable cleaning operations.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 4.

Description

This skill set covers the competencies required to undertake cleaning tasks using environmentally sustainable work practices. It includes cleaning and handling waste, some of which may be recyclable.

Pathways Information

Completion of these units provides credit towards CPP30316 Certificate III in Cleaning Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, accreditation or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of endorsement.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPCLO3011	Clean using environmentally sustainable work practices
CPPCLO3019	Remove waste and recyclable materials

Target Group

This skill set is for cleaners responsible for performing environmentally sustainable cleaning operations.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units from CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for using environmentally sustainable practices when cleaning.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00059 Batons and handcuffs

Modification History

Release 1

This skill set first released with the CPP Property Services Training Package release 7.0.

Description

This skill set describes the skills and knowledge required to safely and effectively carry and use batons and handcuffs.

Pathways Information

This skill set may provide credit towards CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations and CPP31418 Certificate III in Close Protection Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPSEC3110 Control persons using batons

CPPSEC3111 Restrain persons using handcuffs

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for licensed security officers and crowd controllers who are responsible for protecting the safety and security of people, property and premises using batons and handcuffs.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry and regulatory requirements for a licensed security officer to carry and use batons and handcuffs for security purposes.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00060 Canine

Modification History

Release 1

This skill set first released with the CPP Property Services Training Package release 7.0.

Description

This skill set describes the skills and knowledge required to safely handle a guard dog for security purposes.

Pathways Information

This skill set may provide credit towards CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPSEC3112 Manage training and well-being of dogs for security functions

CPPSEC3113 Handle dogs for security patrols

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for licensed security officers who are responsible for protecting the safety and security of premises and property using a guard dog.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry and regulatory requirements for a licensed security officer to perform guarding and patrol functions using a guard dog.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00061 Cash-in-transit

Modification History

Release 1

This skill set first released with the CPP Property Services Training Package release 7.0.

Description

This skill set describes the skills and knowledge required to securely collect, transfer and deliver cash and valuables whilst in transit.

Pathways Information

This skill set may provide credit towards CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPSEC3118 Inspect and test cash-in-transit security equipment

CPPSEC3119 Implement cash-in-transit security procedures

CPPSEC3120 Load and unload cash-in-transit in secured and unsecured environments

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for licensed security officers who are responsible for collecting, transferring and delivering cash and valuables.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry and regulatory requirements for cash-in-transit guarding. They do not meet regulatory requirements for the possession and use of a firearm.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00062 Control room operations

Modification History

Release 1

This skill set first released with the CPP Property Services Training Package release 7.0.

Description

This skill set describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake control room monitoring activities and coordinate security responses to risk situations.

Pathways Information

This skill set may provide credit towards CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPSEC3107 Monitor security and coordinate response from control rooms
CPPSEC3108 Store, protect and dispose of security information
CPPSEC3109 Use and maintain security databases and compile reports

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for licensed security officers who are responsible for monitoring activity using electronic equipment and coordinating a security response to risk situations from a control room environment.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry and regulatory requirements for a licensed security officer to perform control room operations.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00063 Firearms

Modification History

Release 1

This skill set first released with the CPP Property Services Training Package release 7.0.

Description

This skill set describes the skills and knowledge required to safely use firearms.

Pathways Information

This skill set may provide credit towards CPP31318 Certificate III in Security Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPSEC3114* Control security risk situations using firearms

* The unit in this skill set includes the following prerequisite requirements:

CPPSEC3115 Carry, operate and maintain revolvers for security purposes, or

CPPSEC3116 Carry, operate and maintain semi-automatic pistols for security purposes, or

CPPSEC3117 Carry, operate and maintain shotguns for security purposes, or

Firearms training course approved in the relevant State/Territory jurisdiction.

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for licensed security officers who are responsible for protecting the safety and security of people, property and premises, and require an endorsement to carry and use a firearm.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

This competency from the CPP Property Services Training Package and its prerequisite requirements, meets industry and regulatory requirements for a licensed security officer to carry and use a firearm for security purposes.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSS00064 Monitoring centre operations

Modification History

Release 1

This skill set first released with the CPP Property Services Training Package release 7.0.

Description

This skill set describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake monitoring of centre operations and functions.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards CPP20218 Certificate II in Security Operations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

CPPSEC2101 Apply effective communication skills to maintain security
CPPSEC2102 Apply legal and procedural requirements to work effectively within a security team
CPPSEC2105 Provide quality services to a range of security clients
CPPSEC2114 Monitor electronic security equipment and respond to alarm events

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for people in the security industry working in a specialised monitoring centre who are not operatives required to undertake guarding and protection functions.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the CPP Property Services Training Package meet industry requirements for monitoring centre operations.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.